Protection

Systems
Catalog
SIPROTEC SIP · 2004
Numerical Protection Relays
 Editorial

SIPROTEC –
more than just protection
ONE bay, ONE IED (Intel- This is the latest edition of the printed SIPROTEC Catalog. This
ligent Electronic Device) edition - which is now available - contains many suggestions by our
Siemens is the world mar-
ket leader in delivering readers, along with information regarding innovations and supple-
combined protection & mentary products. The SIPROTEC Catalog is also available on
control relays. We provide
CD ROM.
control functionality with
the CFC (Continuous func-
tion chart), which is ac-
One of the new highlights is the SIPROTEC protection relays with
cepted as state-of-art in IEC 61850 communication. IEC 61850 was created by relay experts
industrial automation and manufacturers alike. The goal of this standard is to achieve an
(SIMATIC STEP 7) and
makes the life for the pro- object-oriented communication structure within substations.
tection engineers easier. SIPROTEC protection relays and bay control units are the first to
ONE DIGSI feature the IEC 61850 standard. With the substation configurator, a
Parameterisation - Software part of DIGSI 4, SIPROTEC units as well as other makes can be
serves all products
Siemens is the first supplier configured in accordance with IEC 61850.
to meet this strong
customer demand to have
one software for all
protection products. DIGSI
can handle previous
versions and the bus-bar This SIPROTEC Catalog is supplemented by multimedia computer
protection while providing animation tools.
unrivalled functionality.
+ CD-ROM “SIPROTEC 4 you – Features, Applications, Relays”
ONE single source for all
products and services + CD-ROM “SIPROTEC 4 you – Start Up”.
Siemens provides a full
product range for all mar- + CD-ROM “SIPROTEC 4 you – IEC 61850 & ETHERNET”.
ket segments. In order to
provide optimal services You can order the printed SIPROTEC Catalog (and all the CD
we have concentrated re- ROMs) via the Internet free of charge. Please fill in a form at
sources for important func-
www.siprotec.com/catalog. You may also consult your Siemens
tions, e.g. one product
management, one product representative or send us an e-mail (support@ptd.siemens.de).
development, one factory,
etc. We will support you in This catalog will assist you by increasing your understanding of our
planning, engineering, products and therefore help you to optimally and conveniently
commissioning, relay
co-ordination, type test, utilize the available features and functionality. We wish you a pleas-
etc. all over the world. ant and productive experience with SIPROTEC.

Bernhard W. Niessing
Vice President
Protection and Power Quality
 Contents
Product Selection 1

Overview 2

Operating Programs 3
SIPROTEC Communication 4
Numerical Protection Relays
Overcurrent Protection 5

Distance Protection 6

Line Differential Protection 7

Transformer Differential Protection 8

Busbar Differential Protection 9

Relays for Various Protection Applications 10

Generator Protection 11

Motor Protection 12

Bay Units and Power Quality 13

Relay Communication Equipment 14

Test Equipment and Accessories 15

Catalog SIP · 2004 Appendix 16

Supersedes Catalog SIP · 2003

© Siemens AG 2004
 1

Product Selection Page

Relay Functions 1/2

 1 Product Selection

Relay Functions

1 –

Pilot wire differential

Line differential

Overcurrent

Differential
Distance

7SD600

7SD610

7UT512
7UT513
7UT612
7UT613
7SA513
7SA522

7SJ600
7SJ602

7VH60

7UT63
7SS60
7SS52
7SJ45
7SJ46

7SJ61
7SJ62
7SJ63
7SJ64
7SD5
7SA6

Protection functions Type

ANSI No.* Description –
14 Locked rotor protection – – – – – – – – – – l l l l – – – – – – – –
21 Distance protection, phase n n n – l – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
21N Distance protection, earth (ground) n n n – l – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
21FL Fault locator n n n – l – – – – – – l l l – – – – – – – –
24 Overfluxing (V/f protection) – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – l l – –
25 Synchronizing, synchronism check l l l – l – – – – – – – – l – – – – – – – –
27 Undervoltage – l l – l – – – – – – l l l – – – – – – – –
27/34 Stator earth fault 3rd harmonic – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
32 Directional power – – – – – – – – – – – – – l – – – – – – – –
32F Forward power – – – – – – – – – – – – – l – – – – – – – –
32R Reverse power – – – – – – – – – – – – – l – – – – – – – –
37 Undercurrent or underpower – – – – – – – – – l n n n n – – – – – – – –
40 Loss of field – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
46 Load unbalance, negative phase- – – – – – – – – n n n n n n – – – l – l – –
sequence overcurrent
47 Phase-sequence voltage n n n – n – – – – – – n n n – – – – – – – –
48 Motor starting protection – – – – – – – – n l l l l l – – – – – – – –
49 Thermal overload – – l – n n – – n n n n n n – n n n n n – –
49R Rotor thermal protection – – – – – – – – n n n n n n – – – – – – – –
49S Stator thermal protection – – – – – – – – n n n n n n – – – – – – – –
50 Instantaneous overcurrent n n n n n n n n n n n n n n – n n n n n – l

50N Instantaneous earth n n n – n n – – n n n n n n – – l n n n – l

fault overcurrent
50BF Breaker failure n l l – n l – – – n n n n n – – – l l l – n

51GN Zero speed and underspeed device – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

51 Overcurrent-time relay, phase n n n n n n n n n n n n n n – n n n n n – l

51N Overcurrent-time relay, earth n n n – n n n n n n n n n n – – – n n n – l

51V Overcurrent-time relay, – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

voltage controlled
59 Overvoltage n l l – l – – – – – – l l l – – – – – – – –
59N Residual voltage earth l l l – l – – – – n – n n n – – – – – – – –
fault protection
59GN Stator earth-fault protection – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
64 100 % Stator earth-fault protection – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
(20 Hz)
64R Rotor earth fault – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

n Standard function
l Option
* ANSI/EEE C 37.2: IEEE Standard Electrical Power System Device Function Numbers

1/2 Siemens SIP · 2004

 1 Product Selection

Breaker management
Generator protection

synchronism check

Voltage, frequency
motor protection

Auto-reclosure +
Generator and

Breaker failure
Synchronizing
7UM511
7UM512
7UM515
7UM516

7RW600
7VK512

7SV512
7SV600
7UM61
7UM62

7VK61

7VE51
7VE6
Protection functions Type
ANSI No.* Description –
14 Locked rotor protection – – – – n n – – – – – – –
21 Distance protection, phase – – – n n n – – – – – – –
21N Distance protection, earth – – – – – – – – – – – – –
21FL Fault locator – – – – – – – – – – – – –
24 Overfluxing (V/f protection) – – n – n n – – – – – – n

25 Synchronizing, synchronism check – – – – – – n n n n – – –

27 Undervoltage n – n – n n l – – l – – n

27/34 Stator earth fault 3rd harmonic – n – – n n – – – – – – –

32 Directional power n n – – – n – – – – – – –
32F Forward power – – – n l n – – – – – – –
32R Reverse power – – – n n n – – – – – – –
37 Undercurrent or underpower – n – – – n – – – – – – –
40 Loss of field n n – n l n – – – – – – –
46 Load unbalance, negative phase- n n – n l l – – – – – – –
sequence overcurrent
47 Phase-sequence voltage – – – – n n – – – – – – –
48 Incomplete sequence, locked rotor – – – – l l – – – – – – –
49 Thermal overload n – – – n n – – – – – –
49R Rotor thermal protection – – – – – – – – – – – – –
49S Stator thermal protection n – – – n n – – – – – – –
50 Instantaneous overcurrent – – – – n n – – – – – – –
50N Instantaneous earth-fault – – – – n n – – – – – – –
overcurrent
50BF Breaker failure – – – – n n – – – – n n –
51GN Zero speed and underspeed dev. – – – – – n – – – – – – –
51 Overcurrent-time relay, phase n n – – n n – – – – – – –
51N Overcurrent-time relay, earth – – – – n n – – – – – – –
51V Overcurrent-time relay, n n – – n n – – – – – – –
voltage controlled
59 Overvoltage n n n – n n l – – l – – n

59N Residual voltage earth- n – – – n n – – – – – – –

fault protection
59GN Stator earth-fault protection – n n – n n – – – – – – –
64 100 % Stator earth-fault protection – n n – – l – – – – – – –
(20 Hz)
64R Rotor earth fault – n n – n n – – – – – – –

n Standard function
l Option
* ANSI/EEE C 37.2: IEEE Standard Electrical Power System Device Function Numbers

Siemens SIP · 2004 1/3

 1 Product Selection

Relay Functions

Pilot wire differential

Line differential

Overcurrent

Differential
Distance

7SD600

7SD610

7UT512
7UT513
7UT612
7UT613
7SA513
7SA522

7SJ600
7SJ602

7VH60

7UT63
7SS60
7SS52
7SJ45
7SJ46

7SJ61
7SJ62
7SJ63
7SJ64
7SD5
7SA6

Protection functions Type

ANSI No.* Description –
67 Directional overcurrent – – – – – – – – – – – n n n – – – – – – – –
67N Directional earth-fault overcurrent l l l – l – – – – n – n n n – – – – – – – –
67G Stator earth-fault – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
directional overcurrent
68 Out-of-step protection n l l – l – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
74TC Trip circuit supervision – n n – n n – – n n n n n n – – – l l l – –
78 Out-of-step protection – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
79 Auto-reclosure l l l – l l – – l l l l l l – – – – – – – –
81 Frequency protection – n n – l – – – – – – l l l – – – – – – – –
81R Rate of frequency change protection – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
Vector jump supervision – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
85 Carrier interface/remote trip n n n l n n – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – n

86 Lockout function – n n n n n – – – – n n n n – – – n n n n –
87G Differential protection generator – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – n n n n n – –
87T Differential protection transformer – – – n l l – – – – – – – – n n n n n n – –
87BB Differential protection busbar – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – n n n n n

87M Differential protection motor – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – n n n n n – –

87L Differential protection line – – – n n n – – – – – – – – – – – n n n – –
87N Restricted earth-fault protection – – – – – – – – – – n n n n n – n l l l – –

n Standard function
l Option
* ANSI/EEE C 37.2: IEEE Standard Electrical Power System Device Function Numbers
1/4 Siemens SIP · 2004
 1 Product Selection

Breaker management
Generator protection

synchronism check

Voltage, frequency
motor protection

Auto-reclosure +
Generator and

Breaker failure
Synchronizing
7UM511
7UM512
7UM515
7UM516

7RW600
7VK512

7SV512
7SV600
7UM61
7UM62

7VK61

7VE51
7VE6
Protection functions Type
ANSI No.* Description –
67 Directional overcurrent – – – – n n – – – – – – –
67N Directional earth-fault overcurrent – – – – n n – – – – – – –
67G Stator earth-fault – – – – n n – – – – – – –
directional overcurrent
68 Out-of-step protection – – – n – l – – – – – – –
74TC Trip circuit supervision – – – – n n n – – – – – –
78 Out-of-step protection – – – n – n – – – – – – –
79 Auto-reclosure – – – – – – n n – – – – –
81 Frequency protection n n n – n n – – – l – – n

81R Rate of frequency change protection – – – – l l – – – l – – l

Vector jump supervision – – – – l l – – – l – – –

85 Carrier interface/remote trip – – – – – – – – – – – – –
86 Lockout function – – – – n n n – – l – – –
87G Differential protection generator – – – – – n – – – – – – –
87T Differential protection transformer – – – – – n – – – – – – –
87BB Differential protection busbar – – – – – – – – – – – – –
87M Differential protection motor – – – – – n – – – – – – –
87L Differential protection line – – – – – – – – – – – – –
87N Restricted earth-fault protection – – – – – l – – – – – – –

n Standard function
l Option
* ANSI/EEE C 37.2: IEEE Standard Electrical Power System Device Function Numbers

Siemens SIP · 2004 1/5

1

1/6 Siemens SIP · 2004

Overview Page

Relay Families 2/4

Typical Protection Schemes 2/20
Protection Coordination 2/44 2
2

2/2 Siemens SIP · 2004

 2 Overview

Overview
Description
2
Simplicity in a complex world
Quite simply – SIPROTEC 4
Face the future with confidence and
innovative solutions.
SIPROTEC 4 is a flexible and uncompli-
cated solution for protecting your power
system.
LSP2296-afp.tif

Ergonomic key path and graphic display

ensure reliable operation. The powerful
software tool DIGSI 4 assists the
engineer in comprehensive relay man-
agement and fault analysis. Only one Relay Families
tool is required for all SIPROTEC relays. Introduction 2/ 4
SIPROTEC 4 offers much more:
SIPROTEC easy 2/ 9
• Function mix of protection, control and
measurement SIPROTEC 4 relays 2/10

• Choice of open communication stand- SIPROTEC ’600 relays 2/17

ards like IEC 60870-5-103 and
SIPROTEC 3 relays 2/19
IEC 61850 protocol, DNP 3, MODBUS
and PROFIBUS
• Communication modules also for Typical Protection
retrofitting
Siemens actively supported international Schemes
standard IEC 61850 and is the first man- Cables and overhead lines 2/22
ufacturer to offer protection relays and
substation control systems with an Transformers 2/32
IEC 61850-compliant communication
Motors 2/35
protocol.
A flexibility that is a pleasure to use. Generators 2/37
As pioneers in numerical protection and Busbars 2/40
substation control, we invite you to take
advantage of SIPROTEC 4. Networks 2/42

Protection
Coordination
Typical applications and functions 2/44

Verification of design 2/50

Instrument transformers 2/52

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/3

 2 Overview

• In 1976, the first minicomputer (process com-

Relay Families
Introduction
Siemens is one of the world’s leading suppliers of
• Since 1985, we have been the first to manufacture
protection equipment for power systems.
2 communication interfaces.
Thousands of our relays ensure first-class
performance in transmission and distribution
networks on all voltage levels, all over the world,
in countries of tropical heat or arctic frost.
For many years, Siemens has also significantly
influenced the development of protection
technology.
puter)-based protection system was commis-
sioned: A total of 10 systems for 110/20 kV substa-
tions was supplied and is still operating
satisfactorily today.
a range of fully numerical relays with standardized
Today, Siemens offers a complete range of protec-
tion relays for all applications including numerical
busbar and machine protection.
To date, more than 350,000 numerical protection
relays from Siemens are providing successful serv-
ice, as stand-alone units in traditional systems or
as components of combined substation protection
and substation control.
Meanwhile, the innovative SIPROTEC 4 series has
been launched, incorporating many years of oper-
ational experience with thousands of relays, to-
gether with users’ requirements.

Fig. 2/1 State-of-the-art technology

Mechanical and solid-state (static) relays have
been almost completely phased out of our
production because numerical relays are now
LSP2257-afp.tif

preferred by the users due to their decisive

advantages:
• Compact design and lower costs due to integration
LSP2256-afp.tif

of many functions into one relay

• High availability even with less maintenance due
to integral self-monitoring
• No drift (aging) of measuring characteristics due
to fully numerical processing
SIPROTEC 4 family • High measuring accuracy due to digital filtering
and optimized measuring algorithms
• Many integrated add-on functions, for example,
SIPROTEC ‘600 for load-monitoring, event/fault recording and
series
thermal monitoring
• Local operation keypad and display designed to
modern ergonomic criteria
• Easy and reliable read-out of information via serial
LSP2258-afp.tif

interfaces with a PC, locally or remotely with

DIGSI (one tool for all relays)
• Possibility to communicate with higher-level
control systems using standardized protocols
(open communication)
SIP053-afp.eps

SIPROTEC easy SIPROTEC 3 family

series

2/4 Siemens SIP · 2004


Modern protection management
All the functions, for example, of a line protection
scheme can be incorporated in one unit:
• Distance protection with associated add-on and
monitoring functions
• Universal teleprotection interface by binary in-
put/contacts or serial interface
• Auto-reclosure and synchronism check
Protection-related information can be called up
on-line or off-line, such as:
• Distance to fault
• Fault currents and fault voltages
• Relay operation data (fault detector pickup, oper-
ating times etc.)
• Set values
• Line load data (kV, A, MW, kVAr)
To fulfill vital protection redundancy require-
ments, only those functions which are interde-
pendent and directly associated with each other
are integrated in the same unit. For back-up pro-
tection, one or more additional units should be
provided.
All relays can stand fully alone. Thus, the tradi-
tional protection concept of separate main and
backup protection as well as the external connec-
tion to the switchyard remain unchanged.
Siemens SIP · 2004
2 Overview
“One feeder, one relay” concept Fig. 2/2
Numerical relays,
Analog protection schemes have been engineered increased information
availability
and assembled from individual relays. Interwiring
between these relays and scheme testing has been
carried out manually in the workshop.
Data sharing now allows for the integration of
several protection and protection-related tasks
into one single numerical relay. Only a few exter-
nal devices may be required for completion of the
total scheme. This has significantly lowered the
costs of engineering, assembly, panel wiring, test-
ing and commissioning. Scheme failure probabil-
ity has also been lowered.
Engineering has moved from schematic diagrams
towards a parameter definition procedure. A pow-
erful user-definable logic integrated in SIPROTEC
4 allows flexible customized design for protection,
control and measurement.
Measuring included
For many applications, the accuracy of the protec-
tion current transformer is sufficient for oper-
ational measuring. The additional measuring c.t.
was required to protect the measuring instru-
ments under short-circuit conditions. Due to the
low thermal withstand capability of the measuring
instruments, they could not be connected to the
protection c.t.. Consequently, additional measur-
ing core c.t.s and measuring instruments are now
only necessary where high accuracy is required,
e.g. for revenue metering.
2/5
 2 Overview

Relay Families For greater distances, especially in outdoor

On-line remote data exchange
A powerful serial data link provides for interroga-
tion of digitized measured values and other infor-
2 mation stored in the protection units, for printout
and further processing at the substation or system
control level.
In the opposite direction, setting groups may be
altered or test routines initiated from a remote
control center.
switchyards, fiber-optic cables are preferably used.
This technique has the advantage that it is totally
unaffected by electromagnetic interference.
Off-line dialog with numerical relays
A simple built-in operator panel which requires
no special software knowledge or codeword tables
is used for parameter input and readout.
This allows operator dialog with the protection re-
lay. Answers appear largely in plain-text on the
display of the operator panel. The dialog is divided
into three main phases:
• Input, alternation and readout of settings
• Testing the functions of the protection unit and
• Readout of relay operation data
for the last system faults.

Modern power system protection management

A notebook PC may be used for upgraded protec-
tion management.
The MS Windows-compatible relay operation
program DIGSI is available for entering and read-
out of setpoints and archiving of protection data
for all SIPROTEC relays. For the whole relay fam-
ily only one PC-software is required. Relay up-
dates are offered now via Internet from
http://www.siprotec.com.

Fig. 2/3
PC-aided setting
procedure

Fig. 2/4 Communication options

2/6 Siemens SIP · 2004

 2 Overview

The relays may be set in 2 steps. First, all relay Setpoints Relay operations
settings are prepared in the office with the aid of a
local PC and stored on a file. On site, the settings
can then be downloaded from a PC into the relay.
The relay confirms the settings and thus provides
an unquestionable record.
Vice versa, after a system fault, the relay memory
can be uploaded to a PC, and comprehensive fault
2
analysis can then take place in the engineer’s office
if required.
Alternatively, the total relay dialog can be guided
from any remote location via a modem-
telephone connection (Fig. 2/4) or via the utility
network.

Relay data management Fig. 2/5

System-wide setting and relay operation library
Distribution type relays have some important
20-30 setpoints. If we consider a power system
with about 500 relays, then the number adds up to
10,000 settings. This requires considerable expen-
diture in setting the relays and filing retrieval
setpoints.
A personal computer-aided human-machine dia-
log and archiving program, e.g. DIGSI, assists the
relay engineer in data filing and retrieval.

Corrective rather than preventive maintenance

Numerical relays monitor their own hardware and
software. Exhaustive self-monitoring and failure
diagnostic routines are not restricted to the
protection relay itself, but are methodically car-
ried through from current transformer circuits to
tripping relay coils.
Equipment failures and faults in the c.t. circuits
are immediately reported and the protection relay
is blocked.
Thus, the service personnel is now able to correct
the failure upon occurrence, resulting in a signifi-
cantly upgraded availability of the protection sys-
tem.
Adaptive relaying
Numerical relays now offer reliable, convenient
and comprehensive matching to changing condi-
tions. Matching may be initiated either by the
relay’s own intelligence or from other systems via
contacts or serial telegrams. Modern numerical
relays contain a number of parameter sets that can
be pretested during commissioning of the scheme
(Fig. 2/6). One set is normally operative.
Transfer to the other sets can be controlled via
binary inputs or serial data link.
Fig. 2/6
Alternate parameter groups
There is a number of applications for which mul-
tiple setting groups can upgrade the scheme per-
formance, e.g.
• For use as a voltage-dependent control of
overcurrent-time relay pickup values to overcome
alternator fault current decrement to below
normal load current when the automatic voltage
regulator (AVR) is not in automatic operation.
• For maintaining short operation times with lower
fault currents, e.g. automatic change of settings if
one supply transformer is taken out of service.
• For “switch-onto-fault” protection to provide
shorter time settings when energizing a circuit
after maintenance. The normal settings can be
restored automatically after a time delay.
• For auto-reclosure programs, i.e. instantaneous
operation for first trip and delayed operation after
unsuccessful reclosure.
• For cold load pickup problems where high starting
currents may cause relay operation.
• For “ring open” or “ring closed” operation.

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/7

 2 Overview

Relay Families distribution level a trend towards higher function

integration can be observed. Here, combined
feeder/line relays for protection, monitoring and
control are on the march (Fig. 2/7).
Implemented functions
Relays with protection functions only and relays
SIPROTEC relays are available with a variety of with combined protection and control functions
protective functions. See description of the relay are being offered. The SIPROTEC 3 relays offer
2 families (page 2/9 and following). protection functions while SIPROTEC 4 relays
Fig. 2/7 left have combined protection and control functions.
Switchgear with SIPROTEC 4 relays support the “one relay one
numerical relay (7SJ62) feeder” concept and thus contribute to a consider-
and traditional control
able reduction in space and wiring.

Fig. 2/7 right With the new SIPROTEC 4 family, Siemens sup-
Switchgear with ports both stand-alone and combined solutions
combined protection on the basis of a single hardware and software
and control relay (7SJ63)
platform. The user can decide within wide limits
on the configuration of the control and protection
LSP2259-afp.tif

LSP2260-afp.tif
The high processing power of modern numerical
units allows further integration of non-protective
add-on functions.
The question as to whether separate or combined
relays should be used for protection and control
Fig. 2/8
cannot be uniformly answered. In transmission
SIPROTEC 4 relays
7SJ61/62/63, type substations, separation into independent
implemented functions hardware units is still preferred, whereas on the
functions in the line, without influencing the reli-
ability of the protection functions (Fig. 2/8).
The following solutions are available within one
relay family:
• Separate control and protection relays
• Feeder protection and remote control of the line
circuit-breaker via the serial communication link
• Combined relays for protection, monitoring and
control
Mixed use of the different relay types is possible
on account of the uniform operation and commu-
nication procedures.

2/8 Siemens SIP · 2004

 2 Overview

Siemens offers the user a uniform technique cov-

ering the whole range of protection applications.
This includes a uniform operator concept, uni-
form housing technology, common communica-
tion protocols and a uniform technology.

LSP2265-afp.tif
This offers a number of advantages for the user:
• Reduced engineering and testing efforts due to 2
well-suited functions
• Reduced training due to uniform operation and
setting for all relays
• Uniform data management due to a common
operator program
Our 3 product families have a common basis and
with their characteristic features are optimized for
your main area of application.

The SIPROTEC 4 family:

LSP2329-afpen.tif
A great variety of units ranging from overcurrent-
time protection for medium-voltage applications
to distance and differential protection for extra-
high-voltage applications. All the units have con-
trol functions (partly with graphic display) and of-
fer a great variety of communications possibilities.
They have a large number of integrated protection
functions, from which the user can easily select
those required for his specific case of application.

The SIPROTEC ‘600 series:

Cost-effective units especially for use in industry
or power supply utilities, where the entire scope of
functions of the SIPROTEC 4 family is not
required.
LSP2257a-afp.tif

LSP2258a-afp.tif
The SIPROTEC 3 family:
The well-proven range of numerical protection
units for all applications concerning medium volt-
age up to extra-high voltage.
All these families or series of devices can be used
with our DIGSI operating program.

The SIPROTEC easy series: Fig. 2/9

DIGSI 4, one operat-
ing tool for all
The relay series SIPROTEC easy completes the SIPROTEC units
SIPROTEC family for simple applications.
SIPROTEC easy means:
• High quality at a favorable price
• Simple setting via dip switches, no PC program
required
• Easy mounting due to compact housing
LSP2256a-afp.tif

• Current transformer (CT) powered or auxiliary

voltage supplied version available
• Condensation-proof version available

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/9

 2 Overview

SIPROTEC 4 relays
Relay Families
SIPROTEC 4 relays are available in 1/3 to 1/1 of
19” wide housings with a standard height of
243 mm. Their size is compatible with that of
other relay families. Therefore, compatible ex-
change is always possible.
All wires (cables) are connected at the rear side of
2 the relay with or without ring cable lugs. A special

LSP2276-afp.tif
relay version with a detached cable-connected op-
erator panel (Fig. 2/13) is also available. It allows,
Fig. 2/10 1/1 of 19”
for example, the installation of the relay itself in
the low-voltage compartment and of the operator
panel separately in the door of the switchgear.

Terminals
Standard relay version with screw-type terminals
Current terminals
Connection Wmax = 12 mm
LSP2266-afp.tif

Ring cable lugs d1 = 5 mm

Wire size 2.7 - 4 mm2 (AWG 13 - 11)
Fig. 2/11 1/2 of 19” Direct Solid conductor,
connection flexible lead, connector sleeve
Wire size 2.7 - 4 mm2 (AWG 13 - 11)

Voltage terminals
Connection Wmax = 10 mm
Ring cable lugs d1 = 4 mm
LSP2261-afpen.tif

Wire size 1.0 - 2.6 mm2 (AWG 17 - 13)

Direct connection Solid conductor, flexible
lead, connector sleeve
Fig. 2/12 1/3 of 19” Wire size 0.5 - 2.5 mm2 (AWG 20 - 13)

Some relays are alternatively available

with plug-in voltage terminals
Current terminals
Screw type (see standard version)
Voltage terminals
LSP2269-afp.eps

Fig. 2/13
SIPROTEC 4
combined protection, 2-pin or 3-pin
control and connectors
monitoring relay 7SJ63
with detached operator Wire size 0.5 - 1.0 mm2
panel 0.75 - 1.5 mm2
1.0 - 2.5 mm2

Adaptation to substation environment

Not only can the software of SIPROTEC units be
flexibly adapted to substation conditions; the
units themselves can be adapted to the secondary
CT rated current IN (1 A or 5 A) or the auxiliary
voltage Vaux via internal settable jumpers. To
achieve a correct indication of the secondary mea-
sured values on the display of the relay, you have
to reset the "CT rated current" parameter in
Fig. 2/14
DIGSI. You should also mark the modifications
you have made on the "Modification note" plate
(Fig. 2/14).
2/10 Siemens SIP · 2004
 2 Overview

Local operation
All operator actions can be executed and informa-
tion displayed via an integrated user interface.
Two alternatives for this interface are available.
On the backlit LCD display, process and device
information can be displayed as text.
2
Freely assignable LEDs are used to display process
or device information. The LEDs can be labelled
according to user requirements. An LED reset key
resets the LEDs and can be used for LED testing.

RS232 operator interface (for DIGSI)

LSP2284-afpen.eps
4 configurable function keys permit the user to
execute frequently used actions simply and fast. Fig. 2/15

Keys for navigation

Numerical keys

Additional features of the interface with

graphic display.
Process and relay information can be displayed on
the large illuminated LC display either graphically
in the form of a mimic diagram or as text in vari-
ous lists.

The keys mainly used for control of the

switchgear are located on the “control axis”
directly below the display.
LSP2283-afpen.eps

Two key-operated switches ensure rapid

and reliable changeover between “Local” and
“Remote” control and between “interlocked” Fig. 2/16
and “non-interlocked” operation.

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/11

 2 Overview

• Energy ± kWh ± kVarh, forward and reverse

Relay Families
SIPROTEC 4 relays
Apart from the relay-specific protection functions,
the SIPROTEC 4 units have a multitude of addi-
2 • Mean operating temperature of overload function
tional functions which
• Provide you with information for the evaluation of
faults
• Facilitate adaption to your specific application
• Facilitate monitoring and control of your installa-
tion
Operational measured values
The large scope of measured and limit values per-
mits improved power system management as well
as simplified commissioning.
The r.m.s. values are calculated from the acquired
current and voltage along with the power factor,
frequency, active and reactive power. The follow-
ing functions are available depending on the relay
type
• Currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IN, IEE (67Ns)
• Voltages VL1, VL2, VL3, VL1-L2, VL2-L3, VL3-L1
• Symmetrical components I1, I2, 3I0; V1, V2, 3V0
• Power Watts, Vars, VA/P, Q, S
• Power factor p.f. (cos ϕ)
• Frequency
LSP2270-afpen.tif
power flow
• Mean as well as minimum and maximum current
and voltage values
• Operating hours counter
• Limit value monitoring
Limit values are monitored using programmable
logic in the CFC. Commands can be derived from
this limit value indication.
• Zero suppression
In a certain range of very low measured values, the
value is set to zero to suppress interference.
Metered values (some types)
For internal metering, the unit can calculate
energy metered values from the measured current
and voltage values. If an external meter with a
metering pulse output is available, some
SIPROTEC 4 types can obtain and process meter-
ing pulses via an indication input.
The metered values can be displayed and passed
on to a control center as an accumulation with
reset. A distinction is made between forward,
reverse, active and reactive energy.
Measuring transducer (some types)
• Knee characteristic
For measuring transducers it sometimes makes
sense to extend a small range of the input value,
e.g. for the frequency that is only relevant in the
range 45 to 55, 55 to 65 Hz. This can be achieved
by using a knee characteristic.
• Live-zero monitoring
4 - 20 mA circuits are monitored for open-circuit

detection.

Operational indications and fault indications

with time stamp
LSP2271-afpen.tif

The SIPROTEC 4 units provide extensive data for

fault analysis as well as control. All indications
listed below are stored even if the power supply is
disconnected.
LSP2272-afpen.tif

• Fault event log

The last eight network faults are stored in the unit.
All fault recordings are time-stamped with a reso-
Fig. 2/17
lution of 1 ms.
Operational measured
• Operational indications
LSP2374-afp.tif

values
All indications that are not directly associated with
Fig. 2/18 a fault (e.g. operating or switching actions) are
Fault event log
stored in the status indication buffer. The time
resolution is 1 ms.

2/12 Siemens SIP · 2004

 2 Overview

Display editor
A display editor is available to design the display
on SIPROTEC 4 units with graphic display. The
predefined symbol sets can be expanded to suit
the user. The drawing of a single-line diagram is
extremely simple. Load monitoring values (analog
values) and any texts or symbols can be placed on 2
the display where required.

Four predefined setting groups for adapting relay

settings
The settings of the relays can be adapted quickly
to suit changing network configurations. The
relays include 4 setting groups which can be pre-
defined during commissioning or even changed
from remote via a DIGSI 4 modem link. The set-

LSP2285-afpen.tif
ting groups can be activated via binary inputs, via
DIGSI 4 (local or remote), via the integrated key-
pad or via the serial substation control interface.

Typical applications are, for example to display Fig. 2/19

Fault recording up to 5 or more seconds
The sampled values for phase currents, earth
(ground) currents, line and zero-sequence cur-
rents are recorded in a fault record. The record
can be started using a binary input, on pickup or
when a trip command occurs. Up to eight fault
recordings may be stored. For test purposes, it is
possible to start a fault recording via DIGSI 4. If
the storage capacity is exceeded, the oldest fault
recording in each case is overwritten.
For protection functions with long delay times in
generator protection the r.m.s. value recording is
available. Storage of relevant calculated variables
(V1, VE, I1, I2, IEE, P, Q, f-fn) takes place at incre-
ments of one cycle. The total time is 80 seconds.
Time synchronization
A battery-backed clock is a standard component
and can be synchronized via a synchronization
signal (DCF77, IRIG B via satellite receiver),
binary input, system interface or SCADA (e.g.
SICAM). A date and time is assigned to every
indication.
Selectable binary inputs and outputs
Display and evaluation
the list of operating indications or to perform of a fault record using
automatic functions, such as “Switching of SIGRA
circuit-breaker”.
Continuous self-monitoring
The hardware and software are continuously
monitored. If abnormal conditions are detected,
the unit signals immediately. In this way, a great
degree of safety, reliability and availability is
achieved.
Reliable battery monitoring
The battery that is provided is used to backup the
clock, the switching statistics, the status and fault
indications and the fault recording in the event of
a power supply failure. Its function is checked by
the processor at regular intervals. If the capacity of
the battery is found to be declining, an alarm is
generated. Regular replacement is therefore not
necessary.
All setting parameters are stored in the
Flash-EPROM and are not lost if the power supply
or battery fails. The SIPROTEC 4 unit
remains fully functional.

Binary inputs, outputs and LEDs can be assigned Commissioning support

to perform specific functions as defined by the
user.
Selectable function keys
Four function keys can be assigned to permit the
user to perform frequently recurring actions very
quickly and simply.
Special attention has been paid to commissioning.
All binary inputs and output contacts can be dis-
played and activated directly. This can signifi-
cantly simplify the wiring check for the user.
Test telegrams to a substation control system can
be initiated by the user as well.

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/13

 2 Overview

Relay Families
SIPROTEC 4 relays

CFC: Programming logic

2 With the help of the CFC graphic tool (Continu-

ous Function Chart) interlocking schemes and

switching sequences can be configured simply via
drag and drop of logic symbols; no special knowl-
edge of programming is required. Logical ele-
ments, such as AND, OR, flip-flops and timer
elements are available. The user can also generate
user-defined annunciations and logical combina-
tions of internal or external signals.
Communication interfaces
With respect to communication, particular em-
phasis has been placed on high levels of flexibility,
data integrity and utilization of standards com-
mon in energy automation. The design of the
communication modules permits interchange-
ability on the one hand, and on the other hand
provides openness for future standards
(for example, Ethernet with IEC 61850).
LSP2261-afpen.tif
LSP2273-afpen.tif
Fig. 2/20
CFC logic with module library
Retrofitting: communication modules
It is possible that the relays are supplied directly
with two communication modules for the service
and substation control interfaces or to retrofit the
communication modules at a later stage. The
modules are mounted on the rear side of the relay.
As standard, the time synchronization interface is
always supplied.
The communication modules are available for the
entire SIPROTEC 4 relay range. Depending on the
relay type the following protocols are available:

IEC 60870-5-103, PROFIBUS-FMS/DP, MODBUS

Local PC interface RTU, DNP 3.0, Ethernet with IEC 61850 (for
some relays). No external protocol converter is re-
The PC interface accessible from the front of the
quired.
unit permits quick access to all parameters and
fault event data. Of particular advantage is the use
Fig. 2/21 Protection relay of the DlGSl 4 operating program during commis-
sioning. The following interfaces can be applied for:
• Service interface (optional)
Several protection relays can be centrally operated
LSP2262-afp.tif

with DIGSI 4, e.g. via a star coupler or RS485 bus.

On connection of a modem, remote control is
possible. This provides advantages in fault clear-
Fig. 2/22
Communication module,
ance, in particular in unmanned power stations.
optical (Alternatively, the external temperature monitor-
ing box can be connected to this interface.)
LSP2263-afp.tif

• System interface (optional)

This is used to carry out communication with a
control system and supports, depending on the
Fig. 2/23 module connected, a variety of communication
Communication module protocols and interface designs.
LSP2274-afp.tif

RS232, RS485

• Time synchronization interface

A synchronization signal (DCF 77, IRIG B via sat-
ellite receiver) may be connected to this input, if
LSP2264-afp.tif

Fig. 2/25 no time synchronization is executed on the system

Rear view with wiring,
Fig. 2/24
terminal safety cover and
interface. This offers a high-precision time tagging.
Communication module,
optical, double-ring serial interface

2/14 Siemens SIP · 2004

 2 Overview

With respect to communication, particular em- PROFIBUS-FMS and PROFIBUS-DP

phasis is placed on the requirements in energy
automation: PROFIBUS-FMS is used for communication with
a SICAM substation controller.
• Every data item is time-stamped at the source, i.e.
where it originates. For connection to a SIMATIC PLC, the
PROFIBUS-DP protocol is recommended. With
• The communication system automatically handles the PROFIBUS-DP the protection relay can be di-
the transfer of large data blocks (e.g. fault record- rectly connected to a SIMATIC S5/S7. The trans- 2
ings or parameter data files). The user can apply ferred data are fault data, measured values and
these features without any additional program- control commands.
ming effort.
Master control unit
• For reliable execution of a command, the relevant
signal is first acknowledged in the unit involved.
When the command has been enabled and exe-
cuted, a check-back indication is issued. The actual
conditions are checked at every command han-
dling step. Whenever they are not satisfactory,
controlled interruption is possible.

Fig. 2/26
Safe bus architecture PROFIBUS:
Optical double ring circuit
• Fiber-optic double ring circuit
The fiber-optic double ring circuit is immune to
electromagnetic interference. Upon failure of a
section between two units, the communication
system continues to operate without interruption.
If a unit were to fail, there is no effect on the com-
munication with the rest of the system. 1) Optical Link Module

• RS485 bus Master control unit

With this data transmission via copper conduc-
tors, electromagnetic interference is largely elimi-
nated by the use of twisted-pair conductors. Upon
failure of a unit, the remaining system continues
to operate without any faults.
• Star structure
The relays are connected with a fiber-optic cable Fig. 2/27
PROFIBUS:
with a star structure to the control unit. The failure Electrical RS485 bus wiring
of one relay/connection does not affect the others.
Depending on the relay type, the following proto-
cols are available:

IEC 60870-5-103
Master control unit
IEC 60870-5-103 is an internationally standard-
ized protocol for efficient communication be-
tween the protection relays and the central unit.
IEC 60870-5-103 is supported by a number of
protection unit manufacturers and is used world-
wide for protection and substation control.
Siemens-specific extensions which are published, Fig. 2/28
can be used. PROFIBUS:
Star structure with fiber-
optic cables

Note:
For further details of communication features, please refer
to Part 4.

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/15

 2 Overview
Relay Families
SIPROTEC 4 relays
MODBUS RTU
2 MODBUS is also a widely utilized communication
standard and is used in numerous automation
solutions.
DNP 3.0
DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network Protocol, version 3)
is a messaging-based communication protocol.
The SIPROTEC 4 units are fully Level 1 and Level 2
compliant with DNP 3.0. DNP 3.0 is supported by
a number of protection unit manufacturers.
IEC 61850 (Ethernet)
IEC 61850 is an available communication stand-
ard specifically designed for substation auto-
mation. In 2004, it becomes an international stand-
ard, and some SIPROTEC 4 units are prepared to
support it.
Control
In addition to the protection functions, the
SIPROTEC 4 units also support all control and
monitoring functions required for operating me-
dium-voltage or high-voltage substations. The
main application is reliable control of switching
and other processes. The status of primary equip-
ment or auxiliary devices can be obtained from
auxiliary contacts and communicated to the relay
via binary inputs.
Fig. 2/29
LSP2277-afp.tif
2/16
Therefore it is possible to detect and indicate both
the OPEN and CLOSED position or a faulty or
intermediate breaker position. The switchgear can
be controlled via:
• Integrated operator panel
• Binary inputs
• Substation control system
• DIGSI 4.
Automation
With the integrated logic, the user can set specific
functions for the automation of the switchgear or
substation by means of a graphic interface (CFC).
Functions are activated by means of function keys,
binary inputs or via the communication interface.
Switching authority
The following hierarchy of switching authority is
applicable: “LOCAL”, DIGSI 4 PC program,
“REMOTE”. The switching authority is deter-
mined according to parameters or by DIGSI 4. If
the “LOCAL” mode is selected, only local switch-
ing operations are possible. Every switching oper-
ation and change of breaker position is stored in
the status indication memory with detailed infor-
mation and time tag.
Command processing
The SIPROTEC 4 protection relays offer all func-
tions required for command processing, including
the processing of single and double commands
with or without feedback as well as sophisticated
monitoring. Control actions using functions such
as runtime monitoring and automatic command
termination after output check of the external
process are also provided by the relays. Typical ap-
plications are:
• Single and double commands using 1, 1 plus 1
common or 2 trip contacts
• User-definable bay interlocking
• Operating sequences combining several switching
operations such as control of circuit-breakers, iso-
lators (disconnectors) and earthing switches
• Triggering of switching operations, indications or
alarms by logical combination of existing informa-
tion.
Siemens SIP · 2004
 2 Overview

Assignment of command feedback SIPROTEC ‘600 relays

The positions of the circuit-breaker or switching
devices are monitored by feedback signals. These
indication inputs are logically assigned to the
corresponding command outputs. The unit can
therefore distinguish whether the indication
changes as a consequence of switching operation
or due to a spontaneous change of state.
Chatter disable
SIPROTEC ‘600 relays are available in 1/6 of 19"
wide housings with a standard height of 243 mm.
Their size is compatible with that of the
SIPROTEC 3 and 4 families. Therefore, mixed in-
stallations are always possible. Versions for flush
mounting and for surface mounting are available. 2
All wires (cables) are connected at the rear side of
the relay via ring cable lugs.

The chatter disable feature evaluates whether the

number of status changes of an indication input
exceeds a specified figure in a configured period of
time. If so, the indication input is blocked for a
certain period, so that the event list will not record Four configurable LEDs
excessive operations.
Two line 8-digit display
Filter time
All binary control indications can be subjected to
a filter time (indication delay) to prevent spurious Keys for navigation and entering of settings
operation. LSP2278-afp.tif

Indication filtering and delay

Indications can be filtered or delayed. Filtering
serves to suppress brief changes at the indication Fig. 2/30
input. The indication is passed on only if the indi- SIPROTEC 7SD60
cation voltage is still present after a set period of Numerical current differential protection relay
time. In the case of indication delay, there is a de-
lay for a preset time. The information is passed on
only if the indication voltage is still present after
this time.

Terminals
Indication derivation
Standard relay version with screw-type terminals
A further indication (or a command) can be Current terminals:
derived from an existing indication. Group indi-
cations can also be formed. The volume of infor- Connection Wmax = 12 mm
mation to the system interface can thus be re- Ring cable lugs d1 = 5 mm
duced and restricted to the most important
signals. Wire size 2.7 - 4 mm (AWG 13 - 11)

Voltage terminals:
Data transmission lockout
Connection Wmax = 10 mm
A data transmission lockout can be activated, so as
to prevent transfer of information to the control Ring cable lugs d1 = 4 mm
center during work on a circuit bay. Wire size 1.0 - 2.6 mm (AWG 17 - 13)
LSP2279-afp.tif

Test mode
During commissioning, a test mode can be se-
Convenient setting
lected; all indications then have a test mode suffix
for transmission to the control system. The menu-driven HMI or a PC with DIGSI is used
for setting parameters. These parameters are
stored in a non-volatile memory so that the set- Fig. 2/31
Rear view of the
tings are retained even if the supply voltage is dis- flush mounting housing
connected.

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/17

 2 Overview

Relay Families Continuous self-monitoring

SIPROTEC ’600 relays
Beside the relay-specific protection functions,
the SIPROTEC ‘600 series of relays has a number
2 of additional functions for monitoring and fault
analysis.
Operational measured values
Two measured values can be displayed simulta-
neously on the LCD display. More measured
values are available for supervision and commis-
sioning purposes depending on the relay type.
The hardware and software in the SIPROTEC ‘600
relays are continuously self-monitored. This en-
sures a very high level of availability and reduces
the need for routine testing.
Circuit-breaker / Trip contact testing
For testing of the trip circuits, the circuit-breaker
can be activated via the command relay. The trip
and reclose command contacts can be activated
via the keyboard or via the PC interface. This facil-
itates testing of the trip and close circuits during
commissioning without the need for additional
test equipment.

Freely assignable inputs and outputs

Improved measurement technique
A number of messages, e.g. blocking of a function
The SIPROTEC ‘600 relays operate fully numeri-
via a binary input or the TRIP command (which is
cally with enhanced algorithms. Due to the nu-
assigned to a command contact) is available
merical processing of measured values, the
within the unit.
influence of higher-frequency transient phenom-
ena and transient DC components is largely sup-
pressed.

Fig. 2/32
Fault record with analog
and binary traces

LSP2369-afpen.tif

Fig. 2/33
Bus communication via
RS485 interface with
DIGSI

2/18 Siemens SIP · 2004

 2 Overview

Commonly used messages are preassigned, so that SIPROTEC 3 relays

normally there is no need to alter the inputs and
SIPROTEC 3 relays are available in 1/3 to 1/1 of
outputs.
19” wide housings with a standard height of
Nonetheless, provision has been made for “OR”
243 mm. Their size is compatible with that of
linking by the user of up to 10 messages to a bi-
SIPROTEC 4 relays. Therefore, mixed installation
nary input. Up to 20 messages can be simulta-
is always possible.
neously assigned to a command and alarm relay
or to a LED. Versions for panel flush and panel surface mount- 2
ing are available.
Fault analysis
Note:
The SlPROTEC ‘600 relays supply detailed data for Suitable SIPROTEC 4 re-
the analysis of faults and for checking of operating lays are now available to
conditions replace most SIPROTEC 3
relays. SIPROTEC 4 relays
• Fault records (Fig. 2/32) should be used in new
substations.
The last 8 fault records can always be displayed. If Assignment for
a new fault occurs, the oldest will be overwritten. SIPROTEC 4 relays see
These records give a detailed description of the page 16/29.
fault in the power system and the reaction of the
SIPROTEC relay, with 1 ms resolution. Each re-
Fig. 2/34
cord is time-stamped and assigned a sequential 1/1 of 19” width
Numerical protection relays
number to easily associate it with the correspond- of the SIPROTEC 3 in 7XP20
ing waveform capture / oscillographic record. The standard housing
last oscillographic fault record is retained within
the relay even on loss of supply voltage.
• Operational indications
This log records up to 30 internal events in the relay
with 1 ms resolution. These events include setting
changes and resets to the relay, binary input activity
and other relay internal activities. They are stored in LSP2281-afp.eps

the status indication buffer. There is also an LCD

display indicating 2 operational measured values.
• Fault event logs 1/3 of 19” width 1/2 of 19” width
The last 8 faults are stored. All fault event logs are
time-stamped with a resolution of 1 ms.
LSP2308-afp.tif

Serial data transmission Terminals

As standard, the units are fitted with an RS485 • Flush-mounting version
interface. This is suitable for connection to a bus
and allows connection of up to 32 units via a
shielded twisted pair of two-wire serial interface
(use of a third conductor for earth is recom-
mended but not required).
This interface may alternatively be used for two
different applications:
• Connection to a PC with the DIGSI operating
program via an RS485/RS232 converter
• Connection to a substation control system using
the IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
• Surface-mounting version:
Each connection may be made via screw-type ter-
minal or crimp contacts. The connection modules
Fig. 2/35
used contain: SIPROTEC 3 relays:
Connection method for
– 4 connection points for measured voltages, bi-
panel flush mounting inclu-
nary inputs or relay outputs (max. 1.5 mm2) or ding fiber-optic interfaces
– 2 connection points for measured currents
(screw-type terminals max. wire cross section
4 mm2, crimp contact max. 2.5 mm2) or
– 2 FSMA connectors for fiber-optic connection
of the serial communication link
LSP2282-afp.tif

A typical application with a connection to a PC is

shown in Fig. 2/33. The communication compo- – Screw-type terminals (max. wire cross section
nents used for this type of application are de- 7 mm2) for all wired terminals at the top and
scribed in chapter 4. With the IEC 60870-5-103- bottom of the housing
Fig. 2/36
mode, only reduced information and the fault – 2 FMSA connectors for fiber-optic connection Connection method
records are available. Both, DIGSI operation and of the serial communication link at the bottom for panel surface mounting
IEC-protocol at the same time are only available of the housing
in the 7SJ602 device.
Siemens SIP · 2004 2/19
 2 Overview

Typical Protection
Schemes
Application Circuit Circuit equipment protected Page
number
2 Cables and overhead lines Radial feeder circuit 2/22
1
2 Ring-main circuit 2/22
3 Switch-onto-fault protection 2/23
4 Directional comparison protection (cross-coupling) 2/23
5 Distribution feeder with reclosers 2/23
6 3-pole multishot auto-reclosure (AR, ANSI 79) 2/24
7 Parallel feeder circuit 2/24
8 Reverse power monitoring at double infeed 2/25
9 Synchronization function 2/25
10 Cables or short overhead lines with infeed from both ends 2/26
11 Overhead lines or longer cables with infeed from both ends 2/26
12 Subtransmission line 2/26
13 Transmission line with reactor 2/28
14 Transmission line or cable (with wide-band communication) 2/29
15 Transmission line, breaker-and-a-half terminal 2/30

Transformers 16 Small transformer infeed 2/32

17 Large or important transformer infeed 2/32
18 Dual infeed with single transformer 2/33
19 Parallel incoming transformer feeders 2/33
20 Parallel incoming transformer feeders with bus tie 2/33
21 Three-winding transformer 2/34
22 Autotransformer 2/34
23 Large autotransformer bank 2/35

Motors 24 Small and medium-sized motors < about 1 MW 2/35

25 Large HV motors > about 1 MW 2/36
26 Cold load pickup 2/36

Generators 27 Very small generators < 500 kW 2/37

28 Small generators, typically 1–3 MW 2/37
29 Small generators > 1–3 MW 2/37
30 Medium-sized generators > 5–10 MW
feeding into a network with isolated neutral 2/38
31 Large generators > 50–100 MW 2/39
in generator transformer unit connection
32 Synchronization of generators 2/40

2/20 Siemens SIP · 2004

 2 Overview

Application Circuit Circuit equipment protected Page

number
Busbars Busbar protection by o/c relays with reverse interlocking 2/40
2
33
34 High-impedance busbar protection 2/41
35 Low-impedance busbar protection 7SS60 2/41
36 Low-impedance busbar protection 7SS5 2/41

Networks 37 Load shedding 2/42

38 Load shedding with rate-of-frequency-change protection 2/42
39 Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC) 2/42

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/21

 2 Overview

Cables and overhead lines

Typical Protection
Schemes
1 Radial feeder circuit

Transformer Notes:
2 protection 1) Auto-reclosure 79 only with overhead lines.
see Fig. 2/54
2) Negative sequence overcurrent protection 46 as
sensitive backup protection against unsymmet-
rical faults.
General hints:
• The relay at the far end (D) is set with shortest
operating time.
Relays further upstream have to be time-graded
against the next downstream relay in steps of
about 0.3 seconds.
• Inverse time or definite time can be selected
according to the following criteria:
Definite time:
Source impedance large compared to the line
impedance, i.e. small current variation between
near and far end faults
Inverse time:
Longer lines, where the fault current is much
Fig. 2/37 *) Alternatives: less at the far end of the line than at the local
7SJ45/46, 7SJ61 end.
Very or extremely inverse time:
Lines where the line impedance is large com-
pared to the source impedance (high difference
Transformer
protection for close-in and remote faults) or lines, where
see Fig. 2/57 coordination with fuses or reclosers is neces-
sary. Steeper characteristics also provide higher
stability on service restoration (cold load pickup
and transformer inrush currents).

2 Ring-main circuit
General hints:
• Operating time of overcurrent relays to be coordi-
nated with downstream fuses of load transformers.
(Preferably very inverse-time characteristic with
about 0.2 s grading-time delay)
• Thermal overload protection for the cables
(option)
• Negative sequence overcurrent protection 46 as
sensitive protection against unsymmetrical faults
(option).

Fig. 2/38
*) Alternatives:
7SJ45/46, 7SJ61

2/22 Siemens SIP · 2004

 2 Overview

3 Switch-onto-fault protection
If switched onto a fault, instantaneous tripping
can be effected. If the internal control function is
used (local, via binary input or via serial inter-
face), the manual closing function is available
without any additional wiring. If the control
switch is connected to a circuit-breaker bypassing 2
the internal control function, manual detection
using a binary input is implemented.

Fig. 2/39

4 Directional comparison protection

(cross-coupling)
It is used for selective protection of sections fed
from two sources with instantaneous tripping, i.e.
without the disadvantage of time coordination.
The directional comparison protection is suitable
if the distances between the protection stations are
not significant and pilot wires are available for
signal transmission. In addition to the directional
comparison protection, the directional coordi-
nated time-overcurrent protection is used for
complete selective backup protection. If operated
in a closed-circuit connection, an interruption of
the transmission line is detected.

Fig. 2/40

5 Distribution feeder with reclosers

General hints:
• The feeder relay operating characteristics, delay
times and auto-reclosure cycles must be carefully
coordinated with downstream reclosers, sectio-
nalizers and fuses.
The 50/50N instantaneous zone is normally set to
reach out to the first main feeder sectionalizing
point. It has to ensure fast clearing of close-in
faults and prevent blowing of fuses in this area
(“fuse saving”). Fast auto-reclosure is initiated in
this case.
Further time-delayed tripping and reclosure steps
(normally 2 or 3) have to be graded against the
recloser.
• The o/c relay should automatically switch over to
less sensitive characteristics after long breaker in-
terruption times to enable overriding of subse-
quent cold load pickup and transformer inrush
currents.

Fig. 2/41

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/23

 2 Overview

Typical Protection 6 3-pole multishot auto-reclosure (AR, ANSI 79)

Auto-reclosure (AR) enables 3-phase auto-reclo-
Schemes sing of a feeder which has previously been discon-
nected by overcurrent protection.
The SIPROTEC 7SJ61 allows up to 9 reclosing
shots. The first four dead times can be set individ-
2 ually. Reclosing can be blocked or initiated by a
binary input or internally. After the first trip in a
reclosing sequence, the high-set instantaneous
elements (I>>>, I>>, IE>>) can be blocked. This
is used for fuse saving applications and other simi-
lar transient schemes using simple overcurrent re-
lays instead of fuses. The low-set definite-time (I>,
IE>) and the inverse-time (Ip, IEp) overcurrent ele-
ments remain operative during the entire
sequence.

*) Alternatives:
7SJ60, 7SJ62/63/64
Fig. 2/42

7 Parallel feeder circuit

General hints:
• This circuit is preferably used for the reliable sup-
ply of important consumers without significant
infeed from the load side.
• The 67/67N directional overcurrent protection
trips instantaneously for faults on the protected
line. This saves one time-grading interval for the
o/c relays at the infeed.
• The 51/51N o/c relay functions must be time-
graded against the relays located upstream.

Fig. 2/43

2/24 Siemens SIP · 2004

 2 Overview

8 Reverse-power monitoring at double infeed

If a busbar is fed from two parallel infeeds and a
fault occurs on one of them, only the faulty infeed
should be tripped selectively to enable supply to
the busbar to continue from the remaining sup-
ply. Unidirectional devices that can detect a
short-circuit current or energy flow from the 2
busbar towards the incoming unit should be used.
Directional time-overcurrent protection is usually
set via the load current. However, it cannot clear
weak-current faults. The reverse-power protection
can be set way lower than the rated power, thus
also detecting the reverse-power flow of weak-cur-
rent faults with fault currents significantly below
the load current.

Fig. 2/44

9 Synchronization function
Note:
1) Also available in relays 7SA6, 7SD5, 7SA522,
7VK61.
General hints:
• When two subnetworks must be interconnected,
the synchronization function monitors whether
the subnetworks are synchronous and can be con-
nected without risk of loosing stability.
• This synchronization function can be applied in
conjunction with the auto-reclosure function as
well as with the control function CLOSE com-
mands (local/remote). Fig. 2/45

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/25

 2 Overview

Typical Protection 10 Cables or short overhead lines with infeed

from both ends
Schemes Notes:
1) Auto-reclosure only with overhead lines
2) Differential protection options:
– Type 7SD5 or 7SD610 with direct fiber-
2 optic connection up to about 20 km or via a
64 kbit/s channel (optical fiber, microwave)
– Type 7SD52 or 7SD610 with 7XV5662 (CC-CC)
with 2 and 3 pilot-wires up to about 30 km
– Type 7SD600 with 2 pilot-wires up to 10 km
3) Functions 49 and 79 only with 7SD5 and
7SD610 relays.
4) 7SD600 is a cost-effective solution where only
the function 87L is required (external current
summation transformer 4AM4930 delivered
separately).

Fig. 2/46
11 Overhead lines or longer cables with infeed
from both ends
Notes:
1) Teleprotection logic 85 for transfer trip or
blocking schemes. Signal transmission via pilot
wire, power-line carrier, digital network or
optical fiber (to be provided separately). The
teleprotection supplement is only necessary if
fast fault clearance on 100 % line length is re-
quired, i.e. second zone tripping (about 0.3 s
delay) cannot be accepted for far end faults.
For further application hints of teleprotection
schemes, please refer to the table on page 2/27.
2) Directional earth-fault protection 67N with
inverse-time delay against high-resistance faults
3) Single or multishot auto-reclosure 79 only with
overhead lines.

12 Subtransmission line
Note:
Fig. 2/47
1) Connection to open delta winding if available.
Relays 7SA6/522 and 7SJ62 can, however, also
be set to calculate the zero-sequence voltage
internally.
General hints:
• Distance teleprotection is proposed as main, and
time-graded directional overcurrent as backup
protection.
• The 67N function of 7SA6/522 provides addi-
tional high-resistance earth-fault protection.
It can be used in parallel with the 21/21N function.
• Recommended schemes:
PUTT on medium and long lines with phase shift
carrier or other secure communication channel
POTT on short lines.
BLOCKING with On/Off carrier (all line lengths).
Fig. 2/48

2/26 Siemens SIP · 2004

 2 Overview

Application criteria for frequently

used teleprotection schemes

Permissive underreach Permissive overreach Blocking Unblocking

transfer trip (PUTT) transfer trip (POTT)
Preferred Signal Dependable and secure communication channel: Reliable communication Dedicated channel with
application transmission • Power line carrier with frequency shift modulation. channel (only required continuous signal transfer
system during external faults)
2
HF signal coupled to 2 phases of the protected line, • Power line carrier with
or even better, to a parallel circuit to avoid • Power line carrier with frequency shift keying.
transmission of the HF signal through the fault amplitude modulation Continuous signal
location. (ON/OFF). The same transmission must be
• Microwave radio, especially digital (PCM) frequency may be used permitted.
on all terminals)
• Fibre-optic cables
Characteristic Best suited for longer • Excellent coverage on All line types - preferred Same as POTT
of line lines - where the short lines in the presence practice in the USA
underreach zone of fault resistance.
provides sufficient • Suitable for the protection
resistance coverage of multi-terminal lines with
intermediate infeed
Advantages • Simple technique • Can be applied without Same as POTT Same as POTT but:
• No coordination of underreaching zone 1 stage • If no signal is received
zones and times with (eg. overcompensated series (no block and no un-
the opposite end compensated lines) block) then tripping by
required. • Can be applied on extremely the overreach zone is re-
The combination of short lines (impedance less leased after 20 ms
different relay types than minimum relay setting)
therefore presents no • Better for parallel lines as mu-
problems tual coupling is not critical for
the overreach zone
• Weak infeed terminals are no
problem. (Echo and Weak
Infeed logic is included)
Drawbacks • Overlapping of the zone 1 • Zone reach and signal timing Same as POTT Same as POTT
reaches must be ensured. coordination with the remote • Slow tripping - all
On parallel lines, teed feed- end is necessary (current rever- teleprotection trips must
ers and tapped lines, the in- sal) be delayed to wait for the
fluence of zero sequence eventual blocking signal
coupling and intermediate
infeeds must be carefully • Continuous channel moni-
considered to make sure a toring is not possible
minimum overlapping of
the zone 1 reach is always
present.
• Not suitable for weak
infeed terminals

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/27

 2 Overview
Typical Protection
Schemes
13 Transmission line with reactor
2 • Dissimilar carrier schemes are recommended
Notes:
1) 51N only applicable with earthed reactor
neutral.
2) If phase CTs at the low-voltage reactor side are
not available, the high-voltage phase CTs and
the CT in the neutral can be connected to a
restricted earth-fault protection using one
7VH60 high-impedance relay.
General hints:
• Distance relays are proposed as main 1 and main 2
protection. Duplicated 7SA513 is recommended
for series-compensated lines.
• Operating time of the distance relays in the range
of 15 to 25 ms depending on the particular fault
condition.
These tripping times are valid for faults in the
underreaching distance zone (80 to 85 % of the
line length). Remote end faults must be cleared
by the superimposed teleprotection scheme.
Its overall operating time depends on the signal
transmission time of the channel, typically 15 to
20 ms for frequency shift audio-tone PLC or
microwave channels, and lower than 10 ms for
ON/OFF PLC or digital PCM signalling via
optical fibers.
Fig. 2/49
2/28
Teleprotection schemes based on distance relays
therefore have operating times in the order of
25 - 30 ms with digital PCM coded communica-
tion. With state-of-the-art two-cycle circuit-
breakers, fault clearing times well below 100 ms
(4 to 5 cycles) can normally be achieved.
for main 1 and main 2 protection, for example
PUTT, and POTT or Blocking/Unblocking.
• Both 7SA522 and 7SA6 provide selective
single-pole and/or three-pole tripping and auto-
reclosure.
The earth-current directional comparison
protection 67N of the 7SA513 relay uses phase
selectors based on symmetrical components.
Thus, single-pole auto-reclosure can also be
executed with high-resistance faults.
The 67N function of the 7SA6/522 relay can
also be used as time-delayed directional over-
current backup.
• The 67N functions are provided as high-impe-
dance fault protection. 67N is often used with an
additional channel as separate carrier scheme. Use
of a common channel with distance protection is
only possible if the mode is compatible (e.g.
POTT with directional comparison). The 67N
may be blocked when function 21/21N picks up.
Alternatively, it can be used as time-delayed
backup protection.
Siemens SIP · 2004
 2 Overview

14 Transmission line or cable

(with wide-band communication)
General hints:
• Digital PCM-coded communication
(with n x 64 kBit/s channels) between line ends is
becoming more and more frequently available,
either directly by optical or microwave 2
point-to-point links, or via a general purpose
digital communication network.
In both cases, the relay type current differential
protection 7SD52/61 can be applied. It provides
absolute phase and zone-selectivity by phase-
segregated measurement, and is not affected by
power swing or parallel line zero-sequence cou-
pling effects. It is furthermore a current-only
protection that does not need VT connection.
For this reason, the adverse effects of CVT tran-
sients are not applicable.
This makes it in particular suitable for double
and multi-circuit lines where complex fault sit-
uations can occur.
The 7SD5/61 can be applied to lines up to about
120 km in direct relay-to-relay connection via Fig. 2/50
dedicated optical fiber cores (see also applica-
tion 10), and also to much longer distances up
to about 120 km by using separate PCM devices
for optical fiber or microwave transmission.
The 7SD5/61 then uses only a small part
(64-512 kBit/s) of the total transmission capac-
ity being in the order of Mbits/s.
• The 7SD52/61 protection relays can be combined
with the distance relay 7SA52 or 7SA6 to form a
redundant protection system with dissimilar mea-
suring principles complementing each other. This
provides the highest degree of availability. Also,
separate signal transmission ways should be used
for main 1 and main 2 line protection, e.g. optical
fiber or microwave, and power-line carrier (PLC).
The current comparison protection has a typical
operating time of 15 ms for faults on 100 % line
length including signalling time.
General hints for Fig. 2/51:
• SIPROTEC 7SD5 offers fully redundant differen-
tial and distance relays accommodated in one sin-
gle bay control unit and provides high-speed oper-
ation of both relays and excellent fault coverage,
even under complicated conditions. Precise dis-
tance-to-fault location avoids time consuming line
patrolling and reduces the down time of the line to
a minimum. Fig. 2/51
The high-speed distance relay operates fully in-
dependent from the differential relay. Back-up
zones provide remote back-up for upstream and
downstream lines and other power system com-
ponents.

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/29

 2 Overview
Typical Protection
Schemes
15 Transmission line,
breaker-and-a-half terminal
2 main 1 and 2 line protection.
Notes for Fig. 2/52 and 2/53:
1) When the line is switched off and the line isola-
tor is open, high through-fault currents in the
diameter may cause maloperation of the dis-
tance relay due to unequal CT errors (satura-
tion).
Normal practice is therefore to block the dis-
tance protection (21/21N) and the directional
earth-fault protection (67N) under this
condition via an auxiliary contact of the line
isolator. Instead, a standby overcurrent func-
tion (50/51N, 51/51N) is released to protect the
remaining stub between the breakers (“stub”
protection).
2/30
2) Overvoltage protection only with 7SA6/52.
General hints:
• The protection functions of one diameter of a
breaker-and-a-half arrangement are shown.
• The currents of two CTs have each to be summed
up to get the relevant line currents as input for
The location of the CTs on both sides of the cir-
cuit-breakers is typical for substations with dead-
tank circuit-breakers. Live-tank circuit-breakers
may have CTs only on one side to reduce cost. A
fault between circuit-breakers and CT (end fault)
may then still be fed from one side even when the
circuit-breaker has opened. Consequently, final
fault clearing by cascaded tripping has to be ac-
cepted in this case.
The 7VK61 relay provides the necessary end fault
protection function and trips the circuit-breakers
of the remaining infeeding circuits.
Fig. 2/52
Siemens SIP · 2004
 2 Overview

General hints for Fig. 2/52 and 2/53:

• For the selection of the main 1 and main 2 line
protection schemes, the comments of application
examples 13 and 14 apply.
• Auto-reclosure (79) and synchro-check function
(25) are each assigned directly to the circuit-
breakers and controlled by main 1 and 2 line pro-
tection in parallel. In case of a line fault, both adja-
2
cent circuit-breakers have to be tripped by the line
protection. The sequence of auto-reclosure of both
circuit-breakers or, alternatively, the auto-
reclosure of only one circuit-breaker and the man-
ual closure of the other circuit-breaker, may be
made selectable by a control switch.
• A coordinated scheme of control circuits is neces-
sary to ensure selective tripping interlocking and
reclosing of the two circuit-breakers of one line
(or transformer feeder).
• The voltages for synchro-check have to be selected
according to the circuit-breaker and disconnector
(isolator) position by a voltage replica circuit.
General hints for Fig. 2/53:
• In this optimized application, the 7VK61 is only
used for the center breaker. In the line feeders,
functions 25, 79 and BF are also performed by
transmission line protection 7SA*.

Fig. 2/53

Notes 1) and 2) see page 2/30.

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/31

 2 Overview

Transformers
Typical Protection
Schemes
16 Small transformer infeed
General hints:
2 • Earth faults on the secondary side are detected by
current relay 51N which, however, has to be time-
graded against downstream feeder protection re-
lays.
The restricted earth-fault relay 87N can optionally
be applied to achieve fast clearance of earth faults
in the transformer secondary winding.
Relay 7VH60 is of the high-impedance type and
requires class X CTs with equal transformation
ratio.
• Primary circuit-breaker and relay may be replaced
by fuses.

Fig. 2/54

17 Large or important transformer infeed

General hint:
• Relay 7UT612 provides numerical ratio and vector
group adaptation. Matching transformers as used
with traditional relays are therefore no longer ap-
plicable.
Notes:
1) If an independent high-impedance-type
earth-fault function is required, the 7VH60
earth-fault relay can be used instead of the 87N
inside the 7UT612. However, class X CT cores
would additionally be necessary in this case.
(See small transformer protection)
2) 51 and 51N may be provided in a separate
7SJ60 if required.

Fig. 2/55

2/32 Siemens SIP · 2004

 2 Overview

18 Dual infeed with single transformer

General hints:
• Line CTs are to be connected to separate stabiliz-
ing inputs of the differential relay 87T in order to
assure stability in case of line through-fault cur-
rents.
• Relay 7UT613 provides numerical ratio and vector 2
group adaptation. Matching transformers, as used
with traditional relays, are therefore no longer ap-
plicable.

Fig. 2/56

19 Parallel incoming transformer feeders

Note:
1) The directional functions 67 and 67N do
not apply for cases where the transformers
are equipped with transformer differential
relays 87T.

Fig. 2/57

20 Parallel incoming transformer feeders

with bus tie
General hints:
• Overcurrent relay 51, 51N each connected as a
partial differential scheme. This provides simple
and fast busbar protection and saves one time-
grading step.

Fig. 2/58

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/33

 2 Overview

Typical Protection 21 Three-winding transformer

Notes:
Schemes 1) The zero-sequence current must be blocked be-
fore entering the differential relay with a delta
winding in the CT connection on the trans-
former sides with earthed starpoint. This is to
2 avoid false operation during external earth
faults (numerical relays provide this function
by calculation). About 30 % sensitivity, how-
ever, is then lost in case of internal faults.
Optionally, the zero-sequence current can be
regained by introducing the winding neutral
current in the differential relay (87T). Relay
type 7UT613 provides two current inputs for
this purpose. By using this feature, the earth-
fault sensitivity can be upgraded again to its
original value.
Restricted earth-fault protection (87T) is op-
tional. It provides backup protection for earth
faults and increased earth-fault sensitivity
(about 10 % IN, compared to about 20 to 30 %
IN of the transformer differential relay).
Separate class X CT-cores with equal transmis-
sion ratio are additionally required for this pro-
tection.
2) High impedance and O/C in one 7SJ61.
General hint:
• In this example, the transformer feeds two differ-
ent distribution networks with cogeneration.
Restraining differential relay inputs are therefore
Fig. 2/59 provided at each transformer side.
If both distribution networks only consume load
and no through-feed is possible from one MV net-
work to the other, parallel connection of the CTs
of the two MV transformer windings is admissible
allowing the use of a two-winding differential relay
(7UT612).

22 Autotransformer
Notes:
1) 87N high-impedance protection requires spe-
cial class X current transformer cores with
equal transformation ratio.
2) The 7SJ60 relay can alternatively be connected
in series with the 7UT613 relay to save this CT
core.

General hint:
• Two different protection schemes are provided:
87T is chosen as low-impedance three-winding
version (7UT613). 87N is a single-phase high-
impedance relay (7VH60) connected as restricted
earth-fault protection. (In this example, it is as-
Fig. 2/60 sumed that the phase ends of the transformer
winding are not accessible on the neutral side, i.e.
there exists a CT only in the neutral earthing con-
nection.)

2/34 Siemens SIP · 2004

 2 Overview

23 Large autotransformer bank

General hints:
• The transformer bank is connected in a
1½ circuit-breaker arrangement.
Duplicated differential protection is proposed:
Main 1: Low-impedance differential protection
87TL (7UT613) connected to the transformer 2
bushing CTs.
Main 2: High-impedance differential overall
protection 87TL (7VH60). Separate class X
cores and equal CT ratios are required for this
type of protection.
• Backup protection is provided by distance protec-
tion relay (7SA52 and 7SA6), each “looking” with
an instantaneous first zone about 80 % into the
transformer and with a time-delayed zone beyond
the transformer
• The tertiary winding is assumed to feed a small
station supply network with isolated neutral.

Fig. 2/61
Motors

24 Small and medium-sized motors

< about 1 MW
a)With effective or low-resistance
earthed infeed (IE ≥ IN Motor)
General hint:
• Applicable to low-voltage motors and high-vol-
tage motors with low-resistance earthed infeed
Fig. 2/62
(IE ≥ IN Motor)

b) With high-resistance earthed infeed

(IE ≤ IN Motor)
Notes:
1) Core-balance CT.
2) Sensitive directional earth-fault protection
67N only applicable with infeed from isolated
or Peterson-coil-earthed network
(For dimensioning of the sensitive directional
earth-fault protection, see also application
circuit No. 30)
3) The 7SJ602 relay can be applied for isolated and
compensated networks. Fig. 2/63

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/35

 2 Overview

Typical Protection 25 Large HV motors > about 1 MW

Notes:
Schemes 1) Core-balance CT.
2) Sensitive directional earth-fault protection
67N only applicable with infeed from isolated
or Peterson-coil-earthed network
2
3) This function is only needed for motors where
the startup time is longer than the safe stall time
tE. According to IEC 60079-7, the tE-time is the
time needed to heat up AC windings, when car-
rying the starting current IA, from the
temperature reached in rated service and at
maximum ambient temperature to the limiting
temperature. A separate speed switch is used to
supervise actual starting of the motor. The mo-
tor circuit-breaker is tripped if the motor does
not reach speed in the preset time. The speed
switch is part of the motor supply itself.
4) Pt100, Ni100, Ni120
5) 49T only available with external temperature
monitoring device (7XV5662)

Fig. 2/64

26 Cold load pickup

By means of a binary input which can be wired
from a manual close contact, it is possible to
switch the overcurrent pickup settings to less sen-
sitive settings for a programmable amount of
time. After the set time has expired, the pickup
settings automatically return to their original set-
ting. This can compensate for initial inrush when
energizing a circuit without compromising the
sensitivity of the overcurrent elements during
steady state conditions.

Fig. 2/65

2/36 Siemens SIP · 2004

 2 Overview

Generators

27 Very small generators < 500 kW

(Fig. 2/66 and 2/67)
Note:
2
1) If a core-balance CT is provided for sensitive
earth-fault protection, relay 7SJ602 with sepa-
rate earth-current input can be used.

28 Small generators, typically 1–3 MW

(Fig. 2/68)
Note:
1) Two VTs in V connection are also sufficient.

Fig. 2/68
29 Small generators > 1–3 MW
(Fig. 2/69)
Notes:
1) Functions 81 and 59 are only required where
prime mover can assume excess speed and the
voltage regulator may permit rise of output
voltage above upper limit.
2) Differential relaying options:
– Low-impedance differential protection 87.
– Restricted earth-fault protection with low ohmic
resistance-earthed neutral (see Fig. 2/67).

Fig. 2/66
With solidly-
earthed neutral

Fig. 2/69

Fig. 2/67
With resistance-earthed neutral

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/37

 2 Overview
2 (Fig. 2/70)
Relay earth-current
input connected to:
Core-balance CT 60/1 A:
1 single CT
2 parallel CTs
3 parallel Cts
4 parallel CTs
Three-phase CTs in
residual (Holmgreen)
connection
Three-phase CTs in
residual (Holmgreen)
connection with special
factory calibration to
minimum residual false
currents (≤ 2 mA)
Fig. 2/70
2/38
Typical Protection For the most sensitive setting of 2 mA, we there-
fore need 20 mA secondary earth current, corre-
Schemes sponding to (60/1) x 20 mA = 1.2 A primary
If sufficient capacitive earth current is not avail-
able, an earthing transformer with resistive
29 Medium-sized generators > 5–10 MW
zero-sequence load can be installed as earth-
feeding into a network with isolated neutral
current source at the station busbar.
The smallest standard earthing transformer
Minimum relay setting: Comments: TGAG 3541 has a 20 s short time rating of
SG = 27 kVA
In a 5 kV network, it would deliver:
2 mA
5 mA
3 ⋅ SG 3 ⋅ 27,000 VA
8 mA I G 20 s = = = 9.4 A
12 mA VN 5000 V
1 A CT: 50 mA In general not suitable
5 A CT: 200 mA for sensitive earth-fault corresponding to a relay input current of
protection 9.4 A x 1/60 A = 156 mA. This would provide a
2 - 3 ‰ of secondary 1 A CTs are not
90 % protection range with a setting of about
rated CT current In SEC recommended in 15 mA, allowing the use of 4 parallel connected
10 - 15 mA with 5 A CTs this case core-balance CTs. The resistance at the 500 V
open-delta winding of the earthing transformer
would then have to be designed for
RB = V2SEC /SG = 500 V2 / 27,000 VA = 9.26 Ω
General hints:
(27 kW, 20 s).
• The setting range of the directional earth-fault
For a 5 MVA machine and 600/5 A CTs with
protection 67N in the 7UM6 relay is 2–1000 mA.
special calibration for minimum residual false
Depending on the current transformer accuracy
current, we would get a secondary current of
a certain minimum setting is required to avoid
IG SEC = 9.4 A/ (600/5) = 78 mA.
false operation on load or transient currents.
With a relay setting of 12 mA, the protection
• In practice, efforts are generally made to protect
 12 
about 90 % of the machine winding, measured range would in this case be 100 1 −  = 85 %.
 78 
from the machine terminals. The full earth current
Notes:
for a terminal fault must then be ten times the set-
See following page
ting value which corresponds to the fault current
of a fault at 10 % distance from the machine neu-
tral.
Siemens SIP · 2004
 2 Overview

Notes to Fig. 2/70:

1) The standard core-balance CT 7XR96 has a
transformation ratio of 60/1 A.
2) Instead of an open-delta winding at the
terminal VT, a single-phase VT at the machine
neutral could be used as zero-sequence polariz-
ing voltage.
2
3) The earthing transformer is designed for a
short-time rating of 20 seconds. To prevent
overloading, the load resistor is automatically
switched off by a time-delayed zero-sequence
voltage relay (59N + 62) and a contactor (52).
4) During the startup time of the generator with
open circuit-breaker the earthing source is not
available. To ensure earth-fault protection
during this time interval, an auxiliary contact of
the circuit-breaker can be used to change over
the directional earth-fault relay function (67N)
to a zero-sequence voltage detection function
via binary input.

31 Large generators > 50 - 100 MW

in generator transformer unit connection
(Fig. 2/71)
Notes:
1) 100 % stator earth-fault protection based on
20 Hz voltage injection
2) Sensitive rotor earth-fault protection based on
1–3 Hz voltage injection
3) Non-electrical signals can be incoupled in the
protection via binary inputs (BI)
4) Only used functions shown, further integrated
functions available in each relay type
(see Product Selection, pages 1/2 – 1/5).

Fig. 2/71

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/39

 2 Overview

Typical Protection 32 Synchronization of a generator

Fig. 2/72 shows a typical connection for synchro-
Schemes nizing a generator. Paralleling device 7VE6 ac-
quires the line and generator voltage, and
calculates the differential voltage, frequency and
phase angle. If these values are within a permitted
2 range, an CLOSE command is output after a spec-
ified circuit-breaker make time. If these variables
are out of range, the paralleling device automati-
cally sends a command to the voltage and speed
controller. For example, if the frequency is outside
the range, an actuation command is sent to the
speed controller. If the voltage is outside the
range, the voltage controller is activated.

Fig. 2/72
Busbars

33 Busbar protection by o/c relays

with reverse interlocking
General hint:
• Applicable to distribution busbars without sub-
stantial (< 0.25 x IN) backfeed from the outgoing
feeders.

Fig. 2/73

2/40 Siemens SIP · 2004

 2 Overview

34 High-impedance busbar protection

General hints:
• Normally used with single busbar and
1½ breaker schemes.
• Requires separate class X current transformer
cores. All CTs must have the same transformation
ratio. 2
Note:
1) A varistor is normally applied across the relay
input terminals to limit the voltage to a value
safely below the insulation voltage of the sec-
ondary circuits (see page 2/51).

Fig. 2/74

35 Low-impedance busbar protection 7SS60

General hints:
• Normally used with single busbar,
1½ breaker and double busbar schemes.
• Different CT transformation ratios can be adapted
by matching transformers.
• Unlimited number of feeders.
• Feeder protection can be connected to the same
CT core.

Fig. 2/75

36 Low-impedance busbar protection

7SS52
General hints:
• Preferably used for multiple busbar schemes
where an isolator replica is necessary.
• The numerical busbar protection 7SS5 provides
additional breaker failure protection.
• CT transformation ratios can be different, e.g.
600/1 A in the feeders and 2000/1 A at the bus tie.
• The protection system and the isolator replica are
continuously self-monitored by the 7SS52.
• Feeder protection can be connected to the same
CT core.

Fig. 2/76
Siemens SIP · 2004 2/41
 2 Overview

Networks
Typical Protection
37 Load shedding
Schemes (Fig. 2/77 and 2/79)
In unstable networks (e.g. solitary networks,
emergency power supply in hospitals), it may be
necessary to isolate selected loads from the net-
2 work to prevent overload of the overall network.
The overcurrent-time protection functions are
effective only in the case of a short-circuit.
Overloading of the generator can be measured as
a frequency or voltage drop.
(Protection functions 27 and 81 available in
Fig. 2/77 7RW600 and 7SJ6..)

38 Load shedding
with rate-of-frequency-change protection
(Fig. 2/78)
The rate-of-frequency-change protection calcu-
lates, from the measured frequency, the gradient
or frequency change df/dt. It is thus possible to de-
tect and record any major active power loss in the
power system, to disconnect certain consumers
accordingly, and to restore the system to stability.
Unlike frequency protection, rate-of-frequency-
change protection already reacts before the fre-
quency threshold is undershot. To ensure effective
protection settings, it is recommended to consider
Fig. 2/78
requirements throughout the power system as a
whole. The rate-of-frequency-change protection
function can also be used for the purposes of sys-
tem decoupling.
Rate-of-frequency-change protection can also be
enabled by an underfrequency state.

Fig. 2/79

2/42 Siemens SIP · 2004

 2 Overview

39 Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)

(Fig. 2/80)
One or two binary inputs can be used for the trip
circuit supervision.

Fig. 2/80

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/43

 2 Overview
Protection Coordination
Peak value of inrush current
2 Numerical relays have high reset ratios near 0.95
Time constant of inrush current
Nominal power 0.5 … 1.0 1.0 … 10 > 10
(MVA)
Time constant 0.16 … 0.2 0.2 … 1.2 1.2 … 720
(s)
Fig. 2/81
Typical applications and functions
Relay operating characteristics and their setting
must be carefully coordinated in order to achieve
selectivity. The aim is basically to switch off only
the faulted component and to leave the rest of the
power system in service in order to minimize sup-
ply interruptions and to assure stability.
Sensitivity
Protection should be as sensitive as possible to
detect faults at the lowest possible current level.
At the same time, however, it should remain
stable under all permissible load, overload and
through-fault conditions. For further information
see: http://www.siemens.com/systemplanning.
The Siemens engineering programs SINCAL and
SIGRADE are especially designed for selective
protection grading of protection relay systems.
They provide short-circuit calculations, interna-
tional standard characteristics of relays, fuses and
circuit-breakers for easy protection grading with
respect to motor starting, inrush phenomena and
equipment damage curves.
2/44
Phase-fault o/c relays
The pickup values of phase o/c relays are normally
set 30 % above the maximum load current, provided
that sufficient short-circuit current is available.
This practice is recommended in particular for
mechanical relays with reset ratios of 0.8 to 0.85.
and allow therefore about 10 % lower setting.
Feeders with high transformer and/or motor load
require special consideration.
Transformer feeders
The energizing of transformers causes inrush cur-
rents that may last for seconds, depending on their
size (Fig. 2/81).
Selection of the pickup current and assigned time
delay have to be coordinated so that the inrush
current decreases below the relay o/c reset value
before the set operating time has elapsed.
The inrush current typically contains only about
50 % fundamental frequency component.
Numerical relays that filter out harmonics and the
DC component of the inrush current can there-
fore be set more sensitive. The inrush current peak
values of Fig. 2/81 will be reduced more than to
one half in this case.
Some digital relay types have an inrush detection
function which may block the trip of the over-
current protection resulting from inrush currents.
Earth-fault protection relays
Earth-current relays enable a much more sensitive
setting, as load currents do not have to be considered
(except 4-wire circuits with single-phase load). In
solidly and low-resistance earthed systems a setting
of 10 to 20 % rated load current can generally be ap-
plied. High-resistance earthing requires much more
sensitive setting in the order of some amperes pri-
mary. The earth-fault current of motors and gen-
erators, for example, should be limited to values
below 10 A in order to avoid iron burning.
Residual-current relays in the star point connec-
tion of CTs can in this case not be used, in partic-
ular with rated CT primary currents higher than
200 A. The pickup value of the zero-sequence re-
lay would in this case be in the order of the error
currents of the CTs.
A special core-balance CT is therefore used in this
case as earth-current sensor. The core-balance CT
7XR96 is designed for a ratio of 60/1 A. The detec-
tion of 6 A primary would then require a relay
pickup setting of 0.1 A secondary. An even more sen-
sitive setting is applied in isolated or Peterson-
coil-earthed networks where very low earth currents
occur with single-phase-to-earth faults. Settings of
20 mA and less may then be required depending on
the minimum earth-fault current. Sensitive direc-
tional earth-fault relays (integrated in the relays
7SJ62, 63 and 7SA6) allow settings as low as 5 mA.
Siemens SIP · 2004
 2 Overview

Motor feeders
The energization of motors causes a starting
current of initially 5 to 6 times the rated current
(locked rotor current).
A typical time-current curve for an induction mo-
tor is shown in Fig. 2/82.
2
In the first 100 ms, a fast decaying asymmetrical
inrush current appears additionally. With conven-
tional relays it was common practice to set the in-
stantaneous overcurrent stage of the short-
circuit protection 20 to 30 % above the locked-
rotor current with a short time delay of 50 to
100 ms to override the asymmetrical inrush
period.
Numerical relays are able to filter out the asym-
metrical current component very rapidly so that
the setting of an additional time delay is no longer
Fig. 2/82
applicable.
Typical motor current-time
The overload protection characteristic should fol- characteristics
low the thermal motor characteristic as closely as
possible. The adaptation is made by setting the Differential relay (87)
pickup value and the thermal time constant, using
the data supplied by the motor manufacturer. Transformer differential relays are normally set to
Further, the locked-rotor protection timer has to pickup values between 20 and 30 % of the rated
be set according to the characteristic motor value. current. The higher value has to be chosen when
the transformer is fitted with a tap changer.
Time grading of o/c relays (51) Restricted earth-fault relays and high-resistance
motor / generator differential relays are, as a rule,
The selectivity of overcurrent protection is based set to about 10 % of the rated current.
on time grading of the relay operating characteris-
tics. The relay closer to the infeed (upstream relay)
lnstantaneous overcurrent protection (50)
is time-delayed against the relay further away
from the infeed (downstream relay). The calcula- This is typically applied on the final supply load or
tion of necessary grading times is shown in Fig. on any protection relay with sufficient circuit im-
2/84 by an example for definite-time overcurrent pedance between itself and the next downstream
relays. protection relay. The setting at transformers, for
The overshoot times take into account the fact example, must be chosen about 20 to 30 % higher
that the measuring relay continues to operate due than the maximum through-fault current. The re-
to its inertia, even when the fault current is inter- lay must remain stable during energization of the
rupted. This may be high for mechanical relays transformer.
(about 0.1 s) and negligible for numerical relays
(20 ms).

Inverse-time relays (51)

For the time grading of inverse-time relays, in
principle the same rules apply as for the definite-
time relays. The time grading is first calculated for
the maximum fault level and then checked for
lower current levels (Fig. 2/83).
If the same characteristic is used for all relays, or
when the upstream relay has a steeper characteris-
tic (e.g. very much over normal inverse), then
selectivity is automatically fulfilled at lower Fig. 2/83
currents. Coordination of inverse-time relays

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/45

 2 Overview

Protection Coordination Calculation example

The feeder configuration of Fig. 2/85 and the asso-
ciated load and short-circuit currents are given.
Numerical o/c relays 7SJ60 with normal inverse-
time characteristic are applied.
The relay operating times, depending on current,
2 can be derived from the diagram or calculated
with the formula given in Fig. 2/86.
The Ip/IN settings shown in Fig. 2/85 have been
chosen to get pickup values safely above maxi-
mum load current.
This current setting shall be lowest for the relay
farthest downstream. The relay further upstream
shall each have equal or higher current setting.
The time multiplier settings can now be calculated
as follows:
Station C:
• For coordination with the fuses, we consider the
fault in location F1.
The short-circuit current Iscc. max. related to
13.8 kV is 523 A.
This results in 7.47 for I/Ip at the o/c relay in
Time grading location C.
trs = t51M – t51F = t52F + tOS + tM • With this value and Tp = 0.05 we derive from
Example 1 tTG =0.10 s + 0.15 s + 0.15 s = 0.40 s Fig. 2/86 an operating time of tA = 0.17 s.
Oil circuit-breaker t52F = 0.10 s This setting was selected for the o/c relay to get a
safe grading time over the fuse on the transformer
Mechanical relays tOS = 0.15 s
low-voltage side.
Safety margin for The setting values for the relay at station C are
measuring errors etc.: tM = 0.15 s
therefore:
Example 2 tTG =0.08 + 0.02 + 0.10 = 0.20 s • Pickup current: Ip/IN = 0.7
Vacuum circuit-breaker t52F = 0.08 s • Time multiplier: Tp = 0.05
Fig. 2/84 Numerical relays tOS = 0.02 s Station B:
Time grading of
overcurrent-time relays Safety margin tM = 0.10 s
The relay in B has a primary protection function
for line B-C and a backup function for the relay in C.
The maximum through-fault current of 1.395 A
becomes effective for a fault in location F2.
For the relay in C, we obtain an operating time of
0.11 s (I/Ip = 19.93).
We assume that no special requirements for short
operating times exist and can therefore choose an
average time grading interval of 0.3 s. The operat-
ing time of the relay in B can then be calculated.
I SCC. max
Station Max. Load ISCC. max:* CT ratio Ip/IN** Iprim*** I/Ip = • tB = 0.11 + 0.3 = 0.41 s
A A I prim
1395 A
• Value of Ip/IN = = 6.34 (see Fig. 2/85)
A 300 4500 400/5 1.0 400 11.25 220 A
B 170 2690 200/5 1.1 220 12.23 • With the operating time 0.41 s and Ip/IN = 6.34,
we can now derive Tp = 0.11 from Fig. 2/86.
C 50 1395 100/5 0.7 70 19.93

D – 523 – – – – *) ISCC.max = Maximum short-circuit current

**) Ip/IN = Relay current multiplier setting
Fig. 2/85 Time grading of inverse-time relays for a radial feeder ***) Iprim = Primary setting current corresponding to Ip/IN

2/46 Siemens SIP · 2004

 2 Overview

The setting values for the relay at station B are: The normal way
• Pickup current: Ip/IN = 1.1 To prove the selectivity over the whole range of
• Time multiplier Tp = 0.11 possible short-circuit currents, it is normal
practice to draw the set of operating curves in a
Given these settings, we can also check the operat- common diagram with double log scales. These
ing time of the relay in B for a close-in fault in F3: diagrams can be calculated manually and drawn
The short-circuit current increases in this case to point-by-point or constructed by using templates.
2690 A (see Fig. 2/85). 2
The corresponding I/Ip value is 12.23. Today, computer programs are also available for
this purpose. Fig. 2/87 shows the relay coordina-
• With this value and the set value of Tp = 0.11 tion diagram for the example selected, as calcu-
we obtain again an operating time of 0.3 s lated by the Siemens program SIGRADE
(see Fig. 2/86). (Siemens Grading Program). For further
information please see:
Station A: http://www.siemens.com/systemplanning
• We add the time grading interval of 0.3 s
and find the desired operating time Note:
tA = 0.3 + 0.3 = 0.6 s. To simplify calculations, only inverse-time char-
Following the same procedure as for the relay in acteristics have been used for this example. About
station B, we obtain the following values for the 0.1 s shorter operating times could have been
relay in station A: reached for high-current faults by additionally
applying the instantaneous zones I>> of the 7SJ60
• Pickup current: Ip/IN = 1.0 relays.
• Time multiplier Tp = 0.17
• For the close-in fault at location F4 we obtain an Coordination of o/c relays with fuses
operating time of 0.48 s. and low-voltage trip devices
The procedure is similar to the above-described
Normal inverse grading of o/c relays. A time interval between 0.1
0.14 and 0.2 seconds is usually sufficient for a safe time
t= ⋅ Tp ( s) coordination.
(I I )
0 .02
p −1
Very and extremely inverse characteristics are of-
ten more suitable than normal inverse characteris-
tics in this case. Fig. 2/88 shows typical examples.
Simple distribution grid stations use a power fuse
on the secondary side of the supply transformers
(Fig. 2/88a).
In this case, the operating characteristic of the
o/c relay at the infeed has to be coordinated with
the fuse curve.
Very inverse characteristics may be used with ex-
pulsion-type fuses (fuse cutouts) while extremely
inverse versions adapt better to current limiting
fuses.
In any case, the final decision should be made by
plotting the curves in the log-log coordination
diagram.
Electronic trip devices of LV breakers have long-
delay, short-delay and instantaneous zones.
Numerical o/c relays with one inverse-time and
two definite-time zones can closely be adapted to
this (Fig. 2/88b).
Fig. 2/86
Normal inverse-time
characteristic of the 7SJ60 relay

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/47

 2 Overview

Protection Coordination

Setting range Setting

Ip = 0.10 - 4.00 IN Ip = 1.0 IN
2 Tp = 0.05 - 3.2 s Tp = 0.17 s
I>> = 0.1 - 25 IN I>> = ∞

Ip = 0.10 - 4.00 IN Ip = 1.0 IN

Tp = 0.05 - 3.2 s Tp = 0.11 s
I>> = 0.1 - 25 IN I>> = ∞

Ip = 0.10 - 4.00 IN Ip = 0.7 IN

Tp = 0.05 - 3.2 s Tp = 0.05 s
I>> = 0.1 - 25 IN I>> = ∞

HRC fuse 160 A

Fig. 2/87 O/c time grading diagram

a) b)

Fig. 2/88
Coordination of an o/c relay with an MV fuse
and low-voltage breaker trip device

2/48 Siemens SIP · 2004

 2 Overview

Z1A = 0.85 · ZLA-B

Z2A = 0.85 · (ZLA-B + Z1B)
Z2A = 0.85 · (ZLA-B + Z2B)

Fig. 2/89 Grading of distance zones 2

Coordination of distance relays Grading of zone times

The distance relay setting must take into account The first zone normally operates undelayed. For
the limited relay accuracy including transient the grading of the time delays of the second and
overreach (5 % according to IEC 60255-6), the CT third zones, the same rules as for o/c relays apply
error (1 % for class 5P and 3 % for class 10P) and (see Fig. 2/84).
a security margin of about 5 %. Further, the line
For the quadrilateral characteristics (relays 7SA6
parameters are often only calculated, not mea-
and 7SA5) only the reactance values (X values)
sured. This is a further source of errors. A setting
have to be considered for the protected zone
of 80-85 % is therefore common practice; 80 % is
setting. The setting of the R values should cover
used for mechanical relays while 85 % can be used
the line resistance and possible arc or fault
for the more accurate numerical relays.
resistances. The arc resistance can be roughly
Where measured line or cable impedances are estimated as follows:
available, the protected zone setting may be ex-
2.5 ⋅ l arc
tended to 90 %. The second and third zones have
to keep a safety margin of about 15 to 20 % to the
RArc =
I SCC Min
[Ω]
corresponding zones of the following lines. The
larc = arc length in mm
shortest following line has always to be considered
(Fig. 2/89). ISCC Min = minimum short-circuit current in kA
As a general rule, the second zone should at least • Typical settings of the ratio R/X are:
reach 20 % over the next station to ensure backup
– Short lines and cables (≤ 10 km): R/X = 2 to 6
for busbar faults, and the third zone should cover
– Medium line lengths < 25 km: R/X = 2
the longest following line as backup for the line
– Longer lines 25 to 50 km: R/X = 1
protection.

Shortest feeder protectable by distance relays

The shortest feeder that can be protected by
underreaching distance zones without the need
for signaling links depends on the shortest settable
relay reactance.
VT
XPrim Min = X Relay Min ⋅ ratio
CTratio

X Prim Min
l min =
′
X Line

The shortest setting of the numerical Siemens re-

lays is 0.05 Ω for 1 A relays, corresponding to
0.01 Ω for 5 A relays.
This allows distance protection of distribution
cables down to the range of some 500 meters.

Fig. 2/90
Operating characteristics
of Siemens distance relays

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/49

 2 Overview
Protection Coordination
2 tion system protection.
Fig. 2/91
Breaker failure logic
Fig. 2/92
Breaker failure protection setting
Time coordination of
BF time setting
Most numerical relays in this guide provide
breaker failure (BF) protection as an integral func-
tion. The initiation of the BF protection by the in-
ternal protection functions then takes place via
software logic. However, the BF protection func-
tion may also be initiated from external via binary
inputs by an alternate protection. In this case the
operating time of intermediate relays (BFI time)
may have to be considered. Finally, the tripping of
the infeeding breakers requires auxiliary relays
which add a small time delay (BFI) to the overall
fault clearing time. This is in particular the case
with 1½-breaker or ring bus arrangements where
a separate breaker failure relay (7SV600 or
7SV512) is used per breaker (see application ex-
ample 15).
The decisive criterion of BF protection time coor-
dination is the reset time of the current detector
(50BF) which must not be exceeded under any
condition during normal current interruption.
The reset times specified in the Siemens numerical
relay manuals are valid for the worst-case condi-
tion: interruption of a fully offset short-circuit
current and low current pickup setting (0.1 to 0.2
times rated CT current).
2/50
The reset time is 1 cycle for EHV relays (7SA6/52,
7SV512) and 1.5 to 2 cycles for distribution type
relays (7SJ***).
Fig. 2/92 shows the time chart for a typical breaker
failure protection scheme. The stated times in
parentheses apply for transmission system protec-
tion and the times in square brackets for distribu-
High-impedance differential protection:
Verification of design
The following design data must be established:
CT data
The CTs must all have the same ratio and should
be of low leakage flux design according to
Class TPS of IEC 60044-6 (Class X of BS 3938).
The excitation characteristic and the secondary
winding resistance are to be provided by the
manufacturer.
The knee-point voltage of the CT must be at least
twice the relay pickup voltage to assure depend-
able operation with internal faults.
Differential relay
The differential relay must be a high-impedance
relay designed as sensitive current relay (7VH60:
20 mA) with shunt resistor. If the shunt resistor is
integrated in the relay, the setting values may be
directly calibrated in volts, as with the relay
7VH60 (6 to 60 V or 24 to 240 V)
Sensitivity
For the relay to operate in case of an internal fault,
the primary current must reach a minimum value
to supply the set relay pickup current (IR-set), the
varistor leakage current (Ivar) and the magnetizing
currents of all parallel-connected CTs. Low relay
voltage setting and CTs with low magnetizing de-
mand therefore increase the protection sensitivity.
Stability during external faults
This check is made by assuming an external fault
with maximum through-fault current and full
saturation of the CT in the faulted feeder. The sat-
urated CT is then substituted with its secondary
winding resistance RCT and the appearing relay
voltage VR corresponds to the voltage drop of the
infeeding currents (through-fault current) across
RCT and RL. The current at the relay must, under
this condition, stay reliably below the relay pickup
value.
In practice, the wiring resistances RL may not be
equal. In this case, the worst condition with the
highest relay voltage (corresponding to the highest
relay current) must be sought by considering all
possible external feeder faults.
Siemens SIP · 2004
 2 Overview

Setting
The setting is always a trade-off between sensitiv-
ity and stability. A higher voltage setting leads not
only to enhanced through-fault stability, but also
to higher CT magnetizing and varistor leakage
currents resulting consequently in a higher pri-
mary pickup current.
2
A higher voltage setting also requires a higher
Fig. 2/93
knee-point voltage of the CTs and therefore
Principal connection
greater size of the CTs. diagram
A sensitivity of 10 to 20 % IN is normal for motor
and transformer differential protection, or for Sensitivity:
restricted earth-fault protection. IFmin = N ⋅ (IRset + IVar + n · ImR)

With busbar protection a pickup value ≥ IN is Stability:

normally applied. RR
I F max. Through > N ⋅ ⋅ I Rset
An increased pickup value can be achieved by RL + RCT
connecting a resistor in parallel to the relay. N = CT ratio
IRset = Set relay pickup current VK = CT knee-point
Varistor IVar = Varistor spill current voltage
Voltage limitation by a varistor is needed if peak ImR = CT magnetizing current at relay pickup VR = RR ⋅ IRset
voltages near or above the insulation voltage voltage VK = ≥ 2 ⋅ VR
(2 kV) are expected. A limitation to 1500 Vrms is
then recommended. Voltage limitation by a varistor is required if:
VRmax = 2 2VK(VF − VKN ) > 15
. kV
This can be checked for the maximum internal
fault current by applying the formula shown for I F max Through
with VF (RCT + 2 ⋅ RL + RR )
VR max. N

A restricted earth-fault protection may normally Calculation example:

not require a varistor but a busbar protection in Given: n = 8 feeders
general does.
N = 600/1 A
The electrical varistor characteristic can be ex- VK = 500 V
pressed as V = K ⋅ IB where K and B are the RCT = 4 Ω
varistor constants.
ImR = 30 mA (at relay setpoint)
RL = 3 Ω
Relay setting K B Varistor type IRset = 20 mA
Vrms RR = 10 kΩ
≤ 125 450 0.25 600 A /S1/S256 IVar = 50 mA (at relay setpoint)
125 – 240 900 0.25 600 A /S1/S1088
Sensitivity
IFmin = N (IRset + IVar + n · ImR)
600
IFmin = ⋅ (0.02 + 0.05 + 8 x 0.03)
1
IFmin = 186 A (31 % IN)

Stability:
RR
IF max Through <N ⋅ ⋅ I Rset
RL + RCT
600 10 ,000
IF max Through < ⋅ ⋅ 0.02
1 3+ 4
IF max Through < 17 kA (28 x IN)

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/51

 2 Overview
Protection Coordination
Instrument transformers
Instrument transformers
2 Instrument transformers must comply with the
applicable IEC recommendations IEC 60044,
formerly IEC 60185 (CT) and 60186 (PT),
ANSI/IEEE C57.13 or other comparable stan-
dards.
Potential transformers
Potential transformers (PT) in single or double-
pole design for all primary voltages have typical
single or dual secondary windings of 100, 110 or
115 V/ 3 with output ratings between 10 and
300 VA, and accuracies of 0.2, 0.5 or 1 % to suit
the particular application. Primary BIL values are
selected to match those of the associated
switchgear.
Current transformers
Current transformers (CT) are usually of the
single-ratio type with wound or bar-type prima-
ries of adequate thermal rating. Single, dual or tri-
ple secondary windings of 1 or 5 A are standard.
1 A rating should however be preferred,
particularly in HV and EHV stations, to reduce
the burden of the connected lines. Output power
(rated burden in VA), accuracy and saturation
characteristics (accuracy limiting factor) of the
cores and secondary windings must meet the par-
ticular application.
The CT classification code of IEC is used in the
following:
Measuring cores
These are normally specified with 0.5 % or 1.0 %
accuracy (class 0.5 FS or 1.0 FS), and an accuracy
limiting factor of 5 or 10.
The required output power (rated burden) should
be higher than the actually connected burden.
Typical values are 5, 10, 15 VA. Higher values are
normally not necessary when only electronic me-
ters and recorders are connected.
A typical specification could be: 0.5 FS 10, 15 VA.
Cores for billing values metering
In this case, class 0.2 FS is normally required.
2/52
Protection cores
The size of the protection core depends mainly on
the maximum short-circuit current and the total
burden (internal CT burden, plus burden of con-
nected lines plus relay burden).
Furthermore, an overdimensioning factor has to
be considered to cover the influence of the DC
component in the short-circuit current.
In general, an accuracy of 1 % in the range of 1 to
2 times nominal current (class 5 P) is specified.
The accuracy limiting factor KnALF should nor-
mally be selected so that at least the maximum
short-circuit current can be transmitted without
saturation (DC component not considered).
This results, as a rule, in rated accuracy limiting
factors of 10 or 20 depending on the rated burden
of the CT in relation to the connected burden. A
typical specification for protection cores for distri-
bution feeders is 5P10, 10 VA or 5P20, 5 VA.
The requirements for protective current trans-
formers for transient performance are specified in
IEC 60044-6.
In many practical cases, iron-core CTs cannot be
designed to avoid saturation under all circum-
stances because of cost and space reasons, particu-
larly with metal-enclosed switchgear.
The Siemens relays are therefore designed to toler-
ate CT saturation to a large extent. The numerical
relays proposed in this guide are particularly sta-
ble in this case due to their integrated saturation
detection function.
CT dimensioning formulae
PBC + Pi
KnALF ≥ ⋅ K oALF
PBN + Pi
KnALF = Nominal CT accuracy limiting factor
KoALF = Operating CT accuracy limiting factor
PBN = Nominal burden
PBC = Connected burden
Pi = Internal CT burden
with KoALF ≥ K OF ⋅
I SCC max
IN
ISCC max = Maximum short-circuit current
IN = Nominal primary CT current
KOF = Overdimensioning factor
The required CT accuracy limiting factor KnALF
can be determined by calculation, as shown in
the table above.
Siemens SIP · 2004
 2 Overview

The overdimensioning factor KOF depends on the CT design according to ANSI/IEEE C 57.13
type of relay and the primary DC time constant.
Class C of this standard defines the CT by ist sec-
For most applications, with short-circuit time
ondary terminal voltage at 20 times rated current,
constants lower than 100 ms, the necessary value
for which the ratio error shall not exceed
for KoALF can be taken from the table on page 2/52.
10 %. Standard classes are C100, C200, C400 and
C800 for 5 A rated secondary current.
CT design according to BS 3938
This terminal voltage can be approximately calcu- 2
In this case the CT is definded by the knee-point lated from the IEC data as follows:
voltage VK and the internal secondary resistance
Ri. The design values according to IEC 60044 can
be approximately transfered into the BS standard ANSI CT definition
definition by following formula: K nALF
Vs.t.max = 20 ⋅ 5 A ⋅ RBN ⋅
20
BS CT definition with
PBN
RBN = and I Nsec = 5 A , we get
VK =
(RBn + Ri) ⋅ I 2N ⋅ K nALF I Nsec
2

13
. Vs.t.max PBN ⋅ K nALF
=
I2N Rated secondary current 5A
Example: Example:
IEC 600/1, 5P10, 15 VA, Ri = 4 Ω IEC 600/5, 5P20, 25 VA
60044: 60044:

BS: VK =
(15 + 4) ⋅ 1 ⋅ 10 V = 146 V ANSI
(25 VA ⋅ 20) = 100 V, acc. to class C100
1.3 C57.13: Vs.t.max =
5A
Ri = 4 Ω

Required effective accuracy limiting factor KoALF

Relay type Minimum KoALF
Overcurrent-time protection I High set point
7SJ511, 512, 531 = at least 20
7SJ45, 46, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64 IN

Transformer ≥ 40 for TS ≤ 100 ms for each side

differential protection ≥ 50 for TS > 100 ms for each side
7UT51, 7UT6
Line differential
I SCC.max. (external fault)
(fiber-optic) protection = and K oALF ≥ 30
7SD52/61 IN

Line differential
I SCC.max. (external fault) 1 ( K oALF ⋅ I N )(line − end1)
(fiber-optic) protection = and ≤ ≤3
7SD511/512 IN 3 ( K oALF ⋅ I N )(line − end2)

Line differential
I SCC.max. (external fault) 3 ( K oALF ⋅ I N )(line − end1) 4
(pilot wire)protection = and ≤ ≤
7SD502/503/600 IN 4 ( K oALF ⋅ I N )(line − end2) 3

Numerical busbar protection

1 I SCC.max. (outflowing current for ext. fault) I SCC max.
(low impedance type) = ⋅ and KoALF ≤ 100 if ≥ 100
7SS5, 7SS600 2 IN IN
for stabilizing factors k ≥ 0.5
Distance protection
I SCC.max. (close − in fault) TS ≤ 50 ms TS ≤ 100 ms
7SA510, 7SA511 =a⋅
IN a=2 a =3
and
I SCC.max. (zone 1 − end fault)
= 10 ⋅
IN

Distance protection
I SCC.max. (close − in fault) TS ≤ 30 ms TS ≤ 50 ms TS ≤ 200 ms
7SA522, 7SA6 =a⋅
IN a =1 a=2 a=4
and b=4 b =5 b =5
I SCC.max. (zone 1 − end fault)
=b⋅
IN

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/53

 2 Overview

Protection Coordination
Required effective accuracy limiting factor KoALF
Relay type Minimum KoALF
Distance protection
2 7SA513 =2⋅
I SCC.max. (close − in fault)
IN
and
I SCC.max. (zone 1 − end fault) TS ≤ 50 ms TS > 50 ms
=b⋅
IN b =5 b = 10

Generator protection I SCC.max. (external fault)

7UT61 generator KoALF = 5
7UM62 generator IN

The above-mentioned CT requirements are simplified in order to allow fast CT calculations on the safe
side. More accurate dimensioning can be done by more intensive calculation with Siemens’ CTDIM
program. Results of CTDIM are released by the relay manufacturer.

Example: Relay burden

Stability-verification of the numerical busbar
protection relay 7SS50 The CT burdens of the numerical relays of
Siemens are below 0.1 VA and can therefore be
neglected for a practical estimation. Exceptions
are the busbar protection 7SS50/60 and the pi-
lot-wire relays 7SD502/503, 7SD600.
Intermediate CTs are normally no longer neces-
sary as the ratio adaptation for busbar and trans-
former protection is numerically performed in the
relay.
Analog static relays in general have burdens below
about 1 VA.
Mechanical relays, however, have a much higher
burden, up to the order of 10 VA.
Fig. 2/94
This has to be considered when older relays are
I SCC.max. 30 ,000 A connected to the same CT circuit.
= = 50
IN 600 A
In any case, the relevant relay manuals should al-
ways be consulted for the actual burden values.
According to table on the left
1
KoALF ≥ ⋅ 50 = 25 Burden of the connection leads
2
15 VA The resistance of the current loop from the CT to
PBN = = 15 Ω
1 A2 the relay has to be considered:
Prelay = 1.8 VA
2 ⋅ρ⋅l
2 ⋅ 0.0179 ⋅ 50 R1 =
Rl = = 0.3 Ω; Pl = Rl · (I2N)2 = 0.3 VA A
6
l = single conductor length from the CT
PBC = Rl + Prelay = 0.3 VA + 1.8 VA = 2.1 VA to the relay in m.
2.1 + 4.0
KnALF ≥ ⋅ 25 = 8.0 Specific resistance:
15 + 4.0 Ω ⋅ mm 2
ρ = 0.0179 (copper wires) at 20 °C
m
Result: A = conductor cross-section in mm2
The rated KnALF-factor (10) is higher than the cal-
culated value (8.0).
Therefore, the stability criterion is fulfilled.

2/54 Siemens SIP · 2004

Operating Programs Page

DIGSI 4 One Software for all SIPROTEC Protection Relays 3/3

SIGRA 4 Powerful Analysis of all Protection Fault Records 3/9
3

3/2 Siemens SIP · 2004


DIGSI 4
One Software for all SIPROTEC Protection Relays
Description
DIGSI is a familiar trade name already
today. Originally launched as an MS-DOS
software, DIGSI, in its third version, was
developed to become a convenient tool for
setting numerical protection relays under
MS Windows. DIGSI 4 now is the logical in-
novation for easy-to-use and user-friendly
setting, commissioning and operation of all
SIPROTEC protection relays, whatever the
version. With a PC or Notebook, you can
set the relays via one of the interfaces and
read out and visualize fault data.
Because of its modular design, DIGSI can be
used economically depending on the re-
spective requirements. The basic version
DIGSI 4 Basis already covers most standard
tasks. The basic version can be extended
with optional components. The basic
version includes:
• Setting parameters and routing
• Human-machine interface
• Commissioning, controlling and testing
• Communication via a direct connection,
via PROFIBUS-FMS or other bus systems.
Siemens SIP · 2004
3 Operating Program / DIGSI 4
Function overview
• Device administration in projects with
freely configurable hierarchies for any
substation and electrical power station
topology
• Import and export of parameter sets
• Full use of the great flexibility of the
PLC (Programmable Logic Controller) 3
without any programming skills
• Modify the default and single-line
diagram displays preset in the factory
with the Display Editor – just like a
conventional image editor
• Precise fault analysis with SIGRA: visu-
alization of fault records in curves over
time, circle diagrams, vector
LSP2337-afp.tif
diagrams, and bar charts
• Innovative I/O configuration in a
clearly structured matrix
• Intelligent plausibility checks rule out
incorrect input
The complete version DIGSI 4 Professional
has a greater scope than the basic version • Graphical visualization of characteris-
with the following additional functions: tics and zone diagrams with direct
manipulation of the curves
• Display Editor – for creating and modify-
• Password-protected access for different
ing default and single-line diagrams
shown on the display jobs such as parameter setting,
commissioning and controlling
• SIGRA – for visualizing and evaluating
fault records (authorized staff only)
• DIGSI Remote – for remote controlling • Testing and diagnostic functions –
of SIPROTEC 4 relays via a modem decisive support in the commissioning
connection phase
• CFC – for creating new functionality or • Direct operation via serial port, remote
for changing the predefined interlock operation via modem
conditions
• Field bus communication via
By the way: If you are already working IEC 60870-5-103 protocol and
with the engineering tool SICAM plus PROFIBUS-FMS protocol
TOOLS, you can integrate the functionality
of DIGSI 4 seamlessly into the SIMATIC Hardware requirements
Manager. You can also use DIGSI 4 in con- • Pentium with 400 MHz processor
junction with SICAM on the station control (800 MHz recommended)
level without any problems.
• 350 Mbyte of free hard disk space
The CD-ROM contains all components in • 64 Mbyte of RAM (256 Mbyte recom-
English, German, Russian, French and
mended)
Spanish. A “quick start” manual and the ca-
ble for direct connection between PC and • CD-ROM Drive
protection unit is also delivered. • Pointer device (i.e. mouse)
• Serial port (COM)
Software requirements
• MS Windows 95 / 98 / ME / NT /
2000 / XP Professional Edition
3/3
 3 Operating Program / DIGSI 4

Functions

When working with DIGSI 4 Basis, you start

out from the DIGSI 4 Manager: with this
tool, you can conveniently structure and
manage projects; freely-configurable hierar-
chies allow for representing any station to-
pology. The protection relays are simply
chosen from a catalog and dragged into the
project. Beside the possibility of archiving
entire projects, the customer now also can
3 export individual units e.g. to a floppy disk:
time-consuming search within the file sys-
tem is a thing of the past.
By double-clicking a relay, you will see all

LSP2329-afpen.tif
the operating features: This gives you direct
access to the parameter setting, I/O configu-
ration and – provided that you are online –
the commissioning functions and process Fig. 3/1
data. It corresponds exactly to the menu tree
implemented in the units; this consistency
facilitates mixed operation, in particular
during commissioning.
While in the previous versions the user had
to browse through a series of operational
sequences in order to link one single signal
to a relay input or output, the allocation
matrix is a real innovation in this respect:
All items of information are listed in one
window sorted according to functions and
can be configured very easily and allocated
without intermediate steps to the desired
I/Os, LEDs, buffers and the system interface,
which also appear in this window. Example:
If you want a signal to be processed by the

LSP2328-afpen.tif
PLC or to be displayed dynamically in the
default or single-line diagrams, all you have
to do is making a “check mark” in the cor-
responding cell. A wide range of filters plus
Fig. 3/2
the possibility to “expand” or “collapse”
rows or columns in a flash ensure perfect
overview.
In the clearly-structured tabbed dialog
boxes, only the settings you really need and
which are determined by the functional
scope are displayed.
Particularly when making the protection
relay-specific settings, it may be of advan-
tage to display the tripping characteristics.
With just one mouse click in the settings
dialog box you can visualize the characteris-
tics or zone diagrams in a window, depend-
ing on the set values. This allows you to
observe conveniently the effects of any
change in the settings.
LSP2326-afpen.tif

Fig. 3/3

3/4 Siemens SIP · 2004

 3 Operating Program / DIGSI 4

Functions

The testing and diagnostic functions pro-

vide decisive support during the phase of
commissioning: you can check quickly and
easily the wiring or observe the effect that an
indication transmitted via the system inter-
face causes in the higher-level station.
The fault indications which are logged in
the relay in the case of a disturbance are
listed in DIGSI and can be saved and
printed out for documentation purposes.
3
The integrated Comtrade Viewer 4 allows
you to visualize the corresponding meas-
ured variables in curves as a function of
time. However, if you are looking for a con-

LSP2325-afpen.tif
venient tool which offers a more detailed
fault analysis and is able to handle not only
curves, but also circle diagrams, vector dia-
grams and bar charts, then the SIGRA 4 op- Fig. 3/4
tional package is the right choice. On the
basis of the measured values which are reg-
istered in the fault record, SIGRA calculates
further values such as positive-sequence
impedances, r.m.s. values, symmetrical
components, vectors, etc. Two measuring
cursors enable you to measure the fault
record quickly and conveniently. Other
fault records, e.g. from the remote end of a
line, can be added to the existing fault re-
cord. A synchronization function makes it
possible to synchronize the fault records to a
common time basis.
The SIPROTEC 4 devices incorporate a PLC
(Programmable Logic Controller), in which
factory-preset standard interlockings are ex-

LSP2324-afpen.tif
ecuted. If you wish to modify and adapt
them, you use the CFC Editor, which is
available as a component in DIGSI 4 Profes-
sional. Thanks to its fully graphical user in- Fig. 3/5
terface, even users without programming
knowledge are able to make full and flexible
use of the PLC’s wide range of possibilities.
All items of information which have been
configured to ”CFC” in the allocation ma-
trix before can be ”interconnected” with
function blocks here. Once installed, the
editor familiar from the SIMATIC world
presents itself with a SIPROTEC-specific
block library, which does not only provide
standard operators such as ”AND”, but also
more complex functions such as ”TIMER”.
A sophisticated consistency check ensures
error-free configuration and reliable
operation of the protection relay functions.

Siemens SIP · 2004 3/5

 3 Operating Program / DIGSI 4

Functions

With the Display Editor – integrated in the

professional package – you can modify or
re-draw the factory-preset control and sin-
gle-line diagrams. Its handling corresponds
to that of other common graphics editors.
Like in all other components, the advan-
tages of the system’s homogeneity become
obvious here: The user is offered only those
items of information for positioning in the
3 display which have been configured previ-
ously to the display – no more need to
spend a lot of time on browsing through a
multitude of information. Various symbol
libraries which are included in the scope of

LSP2323-afpen.tif
delivery cover a variety of requirements,
including country-specific or standard-
specific requirements.
Fig. 3/6
For remote control via modem, the
DIGSI 4 Remote add-on is required. Relays
which are located in a remote station can
then be operated from an office. When a re-
lay is opened in DIGSI and the protection
relay configuration selected via modem link,
DIGSI will establish a connection to the re-
lay by call back of the station modem after
the password has been entered.
Based on the IEC 61850 (Ethernet) Stan-
dard, a system-wide solution for protection,
substation control and remote control sys-
tem can be realized with regard to informa-
tion transmission and data management.
This standard is used for the entire
communication of all functions on all the
levels of the substation. Smooth communi-
cation of units of various manufacturers is
assured.
The structure of the network and the extent
of the data transmission between the units
of an IEC 61850 station are defined by the
IEC 61850 System Configurator. Fig. 3/7

Fig. 3/8

3/6 Siemens SIP · 2004

 3 Operating Program / DIGSI 4

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

DIGSI 4
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
Running under MS Windows 95 / 98 / ME / NT / 2000 / XP Professional Edition
Includes:
Device templates
Comtrade Viewer
“Getting started” manual (paper)
Serial DIGSI connecting cables
Basis
License for 10 computers, on CD-ROM (authorization by serial number) 7XS5400 - 0AA00 3
Scope of delivery includes:
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector) and protection unit (9-pin connector) 7XV5100-4
Adaptor 9-/25-pin for 7XV5100-4 cable for protection unit with 25-pin connector 7XV5100-8H
Demo
Multimedia presentation with operation videos (tutorial part)
On CD-ROM 7XS5401 - 0AA00
Professional
Complete version:
DIGSI 4 Basis
+ SIGRA (fault record analysis)
+ CFC Editor (logic editor)
+ Display Editor
+ DIGSI 4 Remote
+ DIGSI 4 radio mouse
License for 10 computers, on CD-ROM 7XS5402 - 0AA00
Scope of delivery includes:
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector) and protection unit (9-pin connector) 7XV5100-4
Adaptor 9-/25-pin for 7XV5100-4 cable for protection unit with 25-pin connector 7XV5100-8H
Upgrade Basis à Professional
Like “DIGSI 4 Professional”, but only for DIGSI 4 licencees 7XS5407 - 0AA00
DIGSI 4 Scientific
Like “DIGSI 4 Professional”, but only for universities
and research institutes 7XS5402-2AA00

SIGRA 4
Software for graphical visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records
Running under MS Windows 95 / 98 / ME / NT / 2000 / XP Professional Edition
Includes:
Device templates
Fault record templates
Electronic manual (PDF)
Electronic tutorial (demo)
SIGRA 4 applicable with or without DIGSI for Comtrade records;
also applicable for devices of other manufacturers
License for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5410 - 0AA00
Trial & Demo
Demo presentation and trial version (for test purposes; limited to 30 days)
On CD-ROM 7XS5411 - 1AA00

Siemens SIP · 2004 3/7

 3 Operating Program / DIGSI 4

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

DIGSI 4 Remote
Software for remote control of Siemens protection units
via modem (and star coupler, if necessary)
Running under MS Windows 95 / 98 / ME / NT / 2000 / XP Professional Edition
Includes:
Electronic manual (PDF)
Optional package for DIGSI 4 Basis
License for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5440 - 0AA00
3
IEC 61850 System Configurator
Software for configuration of stations with IEC 61850 communication protocol.
Running under MS Windows 98/ME/NT/2000/XP Professional Edition.
Optional package for DIGSI 4 Basis or DIGSI 4 Professional.
License for 10 computers, on CD-ROM (authorization by serial number)
Release scheduled for July 2004 7XS5460-0AA00

Additional service free of charge

• All updates of DIGSI 4
• Customer Care Center
• DIGSI 4 Notes (quarterly newsletter)
• Access to the download area on the Internet at www.siprotec.com

3/8 Siemens SIP · 2004


SIGRA 4
Powerful Analysis of all Protection Fault Records
Description
By means of SIGRA 4, it is possible to ana-
lyse fault records, such as those that are
recorded by fault recorders when there are
disturbances in substations and electrical
power stations, in a simple, rapid and con-
venient manner.
The product was designed by practical per-
sons who have experience in the evaluation
of faults. Accordingly, in addition to the
usual time-signal display of the measured
variables recorded, it is also designed to dis-
play vector diagrams, circle diagrams, bar
charts for indicating the harmonics and data
tables. From the measured values which
have been recorded in the fault records,
SIGRA 4 calculates further values, such as:
absent quantities in the three-wire system,
impedances, outputs, symmetrical compo-
nents, etc. By means of two measuring
cursors, it is possible to evaluate the fault re-
cord simply and conveniently. Additional
fault records, e.g. from the opposite end of a
line, can be added to the existing fault re-
cord. The fault records can be synchronized
to a common time basis by means of a syn-
chronizing function, thus improving the
quality in fault analysis considerably .
Siemens SIP · 2004
3 Operating Program / SIGRA 4
Function overview
• 4 types of diagrams: time signal
representation (standard), circle dia-
gram (e.g. for R/X), vector diagram
(reading of angles), bar charts (e.g. for
visualization of harmonics)
• Calculate additional values such as
positive impedances, r.m.s. values, 3
symmetric components, vectors, etc.
• Two measurement cursors,
synchronized in each view
• Powerful zoom function
• User-friendly configuration via
drag & drop
• Innovative signal configuration in a
clearly-structured matrix
LSP2338-afp.tif
• Time-saving user profiles, which can be
assigned to individual relay types or se-
ries
SIGRA 4 can be used for all fault records • Addition of other fault records to the
which are available in the COMTRADE file existing fault record
format. The software product is easily and • Synchronization of several fault records
conveniently installed from a CD-ROM, it
to a common time basis
offers a comprehensive guiding system with
demonstration, and an easily readable, prac- • Easy documentation by copying
tice-oriented manual describes the typical diagrams to documents of other
steps involved when using SIGRA. MS Windows programs
The functional features and advantages of Hardware requirements
SIGRA 4 can, however, only be optimally • PC with pentium processor
shown on the product itself. For this rea-
son, it is possible to test SIGRA 4 for 30 days • 50 Mbyte of free hard disk space
with the trial version. • CD-ROM Drive
• Pointer device (i.e. mouse)
Software requirements
• MS Windows 95 / 98 / ME / NT / 2000/
XP Professional Edition
3/9
 3 Operating Program / SIGRA 4

Functions

When faults occur in electric power plants,

fault recorders, now an integral component
of modern numerical protection relays,
record analog process variables (usually
currents and voltages of the network nodes)
and binary information (e.g. protection
relay reactions) as a function of time. Those
seeking a convenient tool for visualization
and analysis of such fault records need look
3 no further than the SIGRA 4 PC
program from Siemens.

Different views of a fault record

In addition to the standard time signal re-
presentation, SIGRA 4 also supports the dis-
play of circle diagrams (e.g. R/X diagrams),
vectors, which enable reading of angles, and
bar charts (e.g. for visualization of harmon-
ics). To do this, SIGRA uses the values re-
corded in the fault record to calculate
additional values such as positive imped-
ances, r.m.s. values, symmetric components,
vectors, etc.

LSP2330-afpen.tif
Measurement of a fault record
Two measurement cursors enable fast and
convenient measurement of the fault re-
Fig. 3/9
cord. The measured values of the cursor po-
sitions and their differences are presented in
tables. The cursors operate interactively and
across all views, whereby all cursor move-
ment is synchronized in each view: In this
manner, the cursor line enables simulta-
neous “intersection” of a fault occurrence in
both a time signal characteristic and circle
diagram characteristic. And of course a
powerful zoom function ensures that you
do not lose track of even the tiniest detail.
The views of SIGRA 4 can accommodate
any number of diagrams and each diagram
any number of signals.
LSP2331-afpen.tif

Operational features
The main aim of the developers of SIGRA 4,
who were assisted by ergonomic and design Fig. 3/10
experts, was to produce a system that was
simple, intuitive and user-friendly:

• The colours of all the lines have been de-

fined so that they are clear and easily dis-
tinguishable. However, the colour, as well
as the line style, the scale and other surface
features, can be adjusted to suit individual
requirements.
• Pop-up menus for each situation offer
customized functionality – thus eliminat-
ing the need to browse through numerous
LSP2332-afpen.tif

menu levels (total operational efficiency).

Fig. 3/11

3/10 Siemens SIP · 2004

 3 Operating Program / SIGRA 4

Functions

• Configuration of the individual diagrams

is simple and intuitive: object-oriented,
measured variables can be simply
dragged and dropped from one diagram
to another (also diagrams of different
types).
• “Snap-to-grid” and “snap-to-object”
movement of the cursor lines for easy and
accurate placement.
• Redundancy: Most user tasks can be 3
achieved via up to five different opera-
tional methods, thus ensuring quick and
easy familiarization with the analysis
software.
• Utilization of the available screen space is
automatically optimized by an intelligent
function that, like the “synchronous
mouse cursors”, has since been patented.
But even experts are impressed when it
comes to speed and the repetition of
frequent operational steps:

• For example, it is possible to store whole

views, complete with settings (zoom,
size), in so-called user profiles and to as-
sign them to individual relay types or se-
ries. Then simply select from the toolbar
and you can display each fault record

LSP2333-afpen.tif
quickly and easily as required. No need to
waste time scrolling, zooming or resizing
and moving windows.
• Additional fault records, e.g. from the Fig. 3/12
other end of a line, can be added to exist-
ing records.
• A special function allows several fault re-
cords to be synchronized on a mutual
time basis, thus considerably improving
the quality of fault analysis.
• So-called marks, which users can insert at
various instants as required, enable suit-
able commentary of the fault record. Each
individual diagram can be copied to a
document of another MS Windows pro-
LSP2334-afpen.tif

gram via the “clipboard”: documenting

fault records really could not be easier.

Scope of delivery Fig. 3/

The software product is quick and easy to
install from a CD-ROM. It has a compre-
hensive “help” system. A user-friendly and
practical manual offers easy step-by-step in-
structions on how to use SIGRA.

Siemens SIP · 2004 3/11

 3 Operating Program / SIGRA 4

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

SIGRA 4
Software for graphical visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records
Running under MS Windows 95 / 98 / ME / NT / 2000 / XP Professional Edition
Includes:
Device templates
Fault record templates
Electronic manual (PDF)
Electronic tutorial (demo)
SIGRA 4 applicable with or without DIGSI for Comtrade records;
3 also applicable for devices of other manufacturers
License for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number)

SIGRA 4 for DIGSI

Optional package for DIGSI 4 Basis 7XS5410-0AA00
SIGRA 4 Stand Alone
Applicable without DIGSI 7XS5416-0AA00
SIGRA 4 Scientific
Like “SIGRA 4 Stand Alone”, but only
for universities and research institutes 7XS5416-1AA00
Trial & Demo
Demo presentation and trial version (for test purposes; limited to 30 days)
On CD-ROM 7XS5411-1AA00
Upgrade SIGRA 4 Trial à stand alone
Authorization by serial number for upgrade to unlimited functionality 7XS5416-2AA00

3/12 Siemens SIP · 2004

Communication Page

Function overview 4/3

Description 4/3
Typical applications 4/5
Integration into substation control systems 4/7
Integration into the SICAM power automation system 4/9
Integration into the SICAM SAS substation automation system 4/10
Integration into the SICAM SAS power automation system 4/11
Integration into other systems 4/12
4

4/2 Siemens SIP · 2004

 4 Communication

Communication
Function overview

Description
• Remote communication
with DIGSI
• Remote communication with
SIPROTEC 4 units
• Remote communication with
SIPROTEC 3 units and
SIPROTEC ‘600 units
Typical applications
• SIPROTEC 4 units on an RS485 bus 4
• SIPROTEC 4 units with FO/RS485
• Mixed system SIPROTEC 4,
SIPROTEC 3 units,
SIPROTEC ‘600 units
• Configuration with active star-coupler
Integration into substation control systems
Integration into the SICAM power
automation system
Description
Integration into other systems
Communication interfaces on protection
relays are becoming increasingly important
for the efficient and economic operation of
substations and networks. The interfaces
can be used for:

• Accessing the protection relays from a PC

using the DIGSI operating program. Re-
mote access via modem, Ethernet modem
is possible with a new serial port at the re-
lay. This allows remote access to all data of
the protection relay.
• Integrating the relays into control systems
with IEC 60870-5-103 protocol,
PROFIBUS-FMS protocol,
PROFIBUS-DP protocol, DNP 3.0 proto-
col and MODBUS protocol.
The new standardized IEC 61850 protocol
is under development and will be avail-
able in the relays with an Ethernet inter-
face as of July 2004.
• Peer-to-peer communication of differen-
tial relays and distance relays to exchange
real-time protection data via fiber-optic
cables, communication network, tele-
phone networks or analog pilot wires.

Siemens SIP · 2004 4/3

 4 Communication

Description

Remote communication with DIGSI

By using the remote communication func-
tions of DIGSI it is possible to access relays
from your office via the telephone net-
work. So you do not have to travel to the
substation at all and, if you need to carry
out a quick fault analysis, for example, you
can transfer the fault data into your office
in just a few minutes so that you can use
DIGSI to evaluate it.
Another alternative is the ability to access
all the units of a substation from a central
4 point within that station. This saves you
having to connect your PC individually to
all the relays in the station.
In both cases you need a few simple com-
munication units and a PC with DIGSI and
a remote communication component
installed. The data traffic with DIGSI uses a
secure protocol based on the IEC stand-
ard similar to IEC 60870-5-103 so that, Fig. 4/1 Remote relay communication
amongst other things, the relays have
unique addresses for accessing purposes. A
high level of data integrity is achieved With SIPROTEC 4 units you can also use In the case of SIPROTEC 3 units, commu-
through the check sum incorporated in the PROFIBUS-FMS to provide a central link nication is normally effected via the system
telegram. Any telegrams that might be- with DIGSI via the control system inter- interface at the back of the unit. If this in-
come distorted during transmission are face. For this you will need a PC with a terface is already being used for communi-
repeated. A comparison of parameters be- special PROFIBUS card that must be con- cation with the substation control system,
tween relay and PC to ensure that they nected to the PROFIBUS system. This so- the front interface can be used for the
match also improves the integrity. There lution is intended exclusively for DIGSI communication instead. A suitable
are other security functions too such as SIPROTEC 4 units with PROFIBUS-FMS. connector module is available to convert
passwords and a substation modem call- from electrical to optical interface.
back function which can also be triggered New (as of July 2004):
Together with the IEC 61850 protocol, a Series ‘600 relays normally have one RS485
from events.
relay can be accessed remotely with DIGSI interface which can be used for communi-
Remote communication with SIPROTEC 4 via an Ethernet interface in the relay. This cation either with the substation control
units allows access to the relays via an Ethernet system or with DIGSI.
network. Some relays include a Web Note:
SIPROTEC 4 units are well equipped for
server, so an Internet browser can also be Relays series V2 are available with a system
remote communication. A separate serial
used for remote access via Ethernet. interface, communication with DIGSI is
service interface for the protection
engineer, independent of the system inter- effected with ASCII routines which cannot
Remote communication with SIPROTEC 3 be addressed. We, however, offer the op-
face, allows the units to be easily integrated and series ‘600 relays
into any communication configuration. portunity for central operation for this
The front interface then remains free for These relays are ideal for applications in- purpose using active mini star-coupler
local operation. Together with a flexibility volving remote communication. When 7XV5550.
in the choice of interface, i.e. optical with configuring the actual communication sys-
an ST connector for multi-mode FO cables tem, however, it is important to take into
or electrical for RS232 or RS485 hard- account the smaller number of relay inter-
wired connections, it is easy to create the faces compared with SIPROTEC 4 units.
optimum solution for any particular appli-
cation.

4/4 Siemens SIP · 2004

 4 Communication

Typical applications

An extensive range of communication

components, such as modems, star cou-
plers, optoelectric converters, prefabricated
FO connection cables and electric connec-
tion cables (see part 14 of this catalog) al-
lows you to create a variety of different
solutions: FO connections immune to
interference or cost-effective solutions
using the two-wire RS485 electric bus.
The following examples give some indica-
tion of what configurations are possible,
which items are needed for the purpose
and what baud rates are possible. 4
Example 1: SIPROTEC 4 units
on an RS485 bus
Remote communication is effected via a
private or public telephone network with
both analog or digital telephone lines
being possible. An Ethernet network can
also be used together with Ethernet mo-
Fig. 4/2 SIPROTEC 4 units on an RS485 bus (Example 1)
dems. The 8N1 data format and an analog
baud rate of 57.6/64 kbit/s have become es-
tablished as the standard for serial modem
links. The connection between modem and
units is initially optical. An FO/RS485 con-
verter 7XV5650 that can be installed close
to the units then converts the signals for
the RS485 bus. Up to 31 relays can be con-
nected to the RS485 bus. Particularly in the
case of modems, we recommend the use of
the types of units listed in part 14. Other
accessories can be found in the same part
(see Fig. 4/2).

Example 2: SIPROTEC 4 units with FO/RS485

In the case of larger substations with longer
distances we recommend the use of FO
connection cables. The following example
shows a mixed system of optical and elec-
trical connections. Typically, all relays in a
cubicle can be linked together via RS485
and the cubicles themselves can be con-
nected to the star coupler via FO cables
(see Fig. 4/3).

Fig. 4/3 Two groups of SIPROTEC 4 units on an RS485 bus (Example 2)

Siemens SIP · 2004 4/5

 4 Communication

Typical applications

Example 3: Mixed system – SIPROTEC 4,

SIPROTEC 3, series ‘600
Relays from different families can be inte-
grated into a remote communication sys-
tem, as illustrated in Example 3. This
example also shows how relays can be inte-
grated by means of FO links and star cou-
plers. With this kind of arrangement the
baud rate for all links must be set at
19.2 kbaud because the SIPROTEC 3 units
and the series ‘600 relays cannot support
a higher baud rate. In this case we recom-
4 mend to use the 7XV5550 active mini star-
coupler (see Fig. 4/5).
Communication will then generally be at
57.6/64 kbit/s on the modem link. For any
units that cannot operate at this baud rate
the active star-coupler will convert the rate
accordingly.

Example 4: Configuration with active star-

coupler
With this configuration it is also possible Fig. 4/4 Mixed system, FO/RS485 with units from different families (Example 3)
to integrate relays that can only be
connected via the front interface and
whose maximum baud rates are less The solutions for central and/or remote
than 19.2 kbaud (see Fig. 4/5). communication with SIPROTEC units
have easy upgrade compatibility. Different
The following points must be noted with
versions of relays can be integrated into a
this type of configuration:
remote communication concept. This is
• One output of the active mini star- supported by the substation and device
coupler is used to service several management in the DIGSI software. A
SIPROTEC 4 units through further star substation can be retrofitted with add-on
couplers or RS485 converters. On that remote communication components
output, a mixed system containing provided it has the communication con-
SIPROTEC 3 and series ‘600 relays should nection available. And changing of the tele-
be avoided so that 57600 baud operation phone line from, say, analog to digital does
is possible for SIPROTEC 4 relays. not necessitate the replacement of all com-
• Several SIPROTEC 3 units and series ‘600 ponents. Also, Ethernet networks can be
relays can also be connected to another used. The telephone modem is then re-
output of the active mini star-coupler (via placed by an Ethernet modem. The infra-
mini star-couplers or RS485 converters). structure in the substation remains
The baud rate for this output must be set unchanged.
less or equal to 19200 baud.
• Relays that are not available with commu-
nication functions according to
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol (e.g. 7VE51,
7VK51, 7SV51 and older firmware ver-
sions of some relays) can also be con-
nected via the active star-coupler as
illustrated in Fig. 4/5. In this case one out-
put must be assigned to each relay. The
baud rate must be set according to the
unit.

4/6 Siemens SIP · 2004

 4 Communication

Typical applications

Fig. 4/5 Mixed system with relays from different families, with active star-coupler

Integration into substation control systems

Almost all SIPROTEC units can be inte- Relay type Substation control telegram
grated into substation control systems via
IEC 60870-5-103 PROFIBUS-FMS PROFIBUS-DP MODBUS DNP 3.0 IEC 61850
serial communication interfaces.
7SA51. V3.0
The relays can be supplied as part of an in-
tegrated Siemens system offering all substa- 7SA522 V4.0 V4.2 V4.2 V4.2 *)
tion control and protection. In addition, 7SA6.. V4.0 V4.0 V4.2 V4.2 *)
the relays can also be integrated into other 7SD50. V3.0
control systems via standard protocols. An
integrated system offers type-tested func- 7SD51. V3.0
tions, consistent configuration and opti- 7SD52. V4.0 V4.3 V4.2 V4.2
mally coordinated communication 7SD60. V1.0
protocols. SICAM and SINAUT LSA are
7SD61. V4.0 V4.2 V4.2
two of the proven systems available from
Siemens. SICAM PAS is a future system, 7SJ53. V3.0
which also offers Ethernet communication. 7SJ60. V1.0
For situations where you would like to 7SJ61/62/63/64 V4.0 V4.0 V4.20 V4.20 V4.20 *)
integrate SIPROTEC units into other 7SS522 V4.0
control systems we can offer open com-
munication interfaces. In addition to the 7UM5. V3.0
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol that is available 7UM61 V4.0 V4.0 V4.1 V4.1
in almost all relays we can also offer other 7UM62 V4.0 V4.0 V4.0 V4.1
communication protocols for SIPROTEC 4
units like PROFIBUS-DP, MODBUS or 7UT5. V3.0
DNP 3.0. IEC 61850 will be available as of 7UT6. V4.0 V4.0 V4.0 V4.0 V4.0
July 2004. 6MD63 V4.0
The table on the right shows which com- 6MD66 V4.0 *)
munication protocols are available in the *) in preparation - starting as of July 2004
various SIPROTEC relays starting with the
firmware version.
Siemens SIP · 2004 4/7
 4 Communication

Integration into substation control systems

IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
The IEC 60870-5-103 protocol (previously
VDEW protocol) is an international stand-
ard for the transmission of protective data
and fault recordings. All messages from the
unit (and also control commands) can be
transferred via published, Siemens-specific
extensions.
PROFIBUS -FMS
PROFIBUS-FMS is an internationally
standardized communication system
4 (EN 50170) for efficient performance of
communication tasks in the bay area.
SIPROTEC 4 units use a profile specially
optimized for protection and control re-
quirements. The data can be flexibly as-
signed to the system interface with DIGSI.
DIGSI can also work on the basis of
PROFIBUS-FMS. The units are linked to a
SICAM automation system.
PROFIBUS-DP protocol
PROFIBUS-DP is the most widespread
protocol in industrial automation. Via
PROFIBUS-DP, SIPROTEC units make
their information available to a SIMATIC
controller or, in the control direction, re-
ceive commands from a central SIMATIC.
Measured values can also be transferred.
The information is assignable to a mapping
file with DIGSI.
MODBUS RTU protocol It will also be possible to retrieve operating
and fault messages and fault recordings via
This uncomplicated, serial protocol is
a browser. This Web monitor will also pro-
mainly used in industry and by power sup-
vide a few items of unit specific informa-
ply corporations, and is supported by a
tion in browser windows.
number of unit vendors. SIPROTEC units
behave as MODBUS slaves, making their
information available to a master or receiv-
ing information from it. Information is as-
signable to a mapping file with DIGSI.
DNP 3.0 protocol
Power supply corporations overseas use
the serial DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network
Protocol) for the station and network con-
trol levels, SIPROTEC units behave as
DNP slaves, supplying their information to
a master system or receiving information
from it. Information is assignable to a
mapping file with DIGSI.
IEC 61850 protocol
As of mid-2004, the Ethernet-based
IEC 61850 protocol will be the worldwide
standard for protection and control sys-
tems used by power supply corporations,
Siemens will be one of the first manufac-
turers to support this standard. By means
of this protocol, information can also be
exchanged directly between bay units so as
to enable the creation of simple masterless
systems for bay and system interlocking.
Access to the units via the Ethernet bus will
also be possible with DIGSI.

Substation control port B Port C

IEC 60870-5-103 PROFIBUS-FMS PROFIBUS-DP DNP 3.0 MODBUS IEC 61850 DIGSI
Alarms F with F with F with F with F with F with F with
(relay Ý central unit) time stamp time stamp time stamp time stamp time stamp time stamp time stamp
Commands F F F F F F F
(BC/central unit Ý relay)
Measured values F F F F F F F
Time F F F F F F 1)
synchronization
Fault records F F Separate port Separate Separate F
(sampled values) (with DIGSI)2) port (with DIGSI)2) port (with
DIGSI)2)
Protection settings Separate F Separate port Separate Separate F F
port (with DIGSI) (with DIGSI)3) port (with port (with (with DIGSI)
(with DIGSI)3) DIGSI)3) DIGSI)3)

1) There is no time synchronization via this proto-
col. For time synchronization purposes it is pos-
sible to use a separate time synchronization
interface (Port A in SIPROTEC 4 relays).
2) The transmission of fault records is not part of
the protocol. They can be read out with DIGSI
via the service interface Port C or the front oper-
ating interface.
3) This protocol does not support the transmission
of protection settings. Only setting groups can
be changed. For this purpose you should use the
service interface or the front operating interface
together with DIGSI.

4/8 Siemens SIP · 2004

 4 Communication

Integration into the SICAM power automation system

SIPROTEC 4 is tailor-made for use with All central system components (SICAM
the SIMATIC-based SICAM power auto- and SIPROTEC 4, CPUs, SICAM WinCC,
mation system. The SICAM family com- SICAM plus TOOLS, bay controllers and
prises the following components: protection relays), as well as the DIGSI 4
• SICAM RTU, the modern telecontrol sys- operating program, are established on the
tem with automation and programmable same basis. The ability to link SICAM/
logic functions SIPROTEC to other substation control,
• SICAM SAS, the modern combination of protection and automation components is
switchgear automation and information assured, thanks to open interfaces such as
technology IEC 60870-5-103 protocol and the
Ethernet-based IEC 61850 protocol. Other
• SICAM PAS, the PC-based automation
protocols like PROFIBUS-DP, DNP 3.0
and communication system
and MODBUS are also supported.
Data management and communication is 4
one of the strong points of the SICAM /
SIPROTEC 4 system. Powerful engineering
tools (SICAM plus TOOLS based on STEP 7
and SICAM WinCC) make working with
SICAM convenient and easy. SIPROTEC 4
units are optimally matched for use in
SICAM SAS and SICAM PAS. With
SICAM and SIPROTEC 4 continuity exists
at three crucial points:
• Data management
• Software architecture
• Communication

Fig. 4/6 SICAM/SIPROTEC 4 architecture

Siemens SIP · 2004 4/9

 4 Communication

Integration into the SICAM SAS substation automation system

SIPROTEC 4 is tailor-made for use with

the SICAM SAS substation automation
system together with PROFIBUS-FMS.
Over the low-cost electrical RS485 bus, or
in an interference-free manner via the op-
tical double ring, the units exchange infor-
mation with the control system. Units
featuring IEC 60870-5-103 interfaces can
be connected to SICAM interference free
and radially by fiber-optic link. Through
this interface, the system is open for the
connection of units of other manufactur-
ers.
4

Fig. 4/7 SICAM SAS communication structure

4/10 Siemens SIP · 2004

 4 Communication

Integration into the SICAM PAS power automation system

SIPROTEC 4 is tailor-made for use with station bus to SICAM PAS by means of se-
the SICAM power automation system to- rial/Ethernet converters (see Fig. 4/8).
gether with IEC 61850 protocol. Via the DIGSI and the Web monitor can also be
100 Mbit/s Ethernet bus, the units are used over the same station bus.
linked electrically or optically to the station
Together with Ethernet/IEC 61850, an in-
PC with PAS. Connection may be simple
terference-free optical solution is also pro-
or redundant. The interface is standard-
vided (see Fig. 4/9). The Ethernet interface
ized, thus also enabling direct connection
in the relay includes an Ethernet switch.
of units of other manufacturers to the
Thus, the installation of expensive external
Ethernet bus. Units featuring an
Ethernet switches can be avoided. The re-
IEC 60870-5-103 interface or other serial
lays are linked in an optical ring structure.
protocols are connected via the Ethernet

Fig. 4/8 Ethernet-based system with SICAM PAS

with electrical Ethernet interface

Siemens SIP · 2004 4/11

 4 Communication

Integration into other systems

Thanks to the standardized interfaces,
IEC 60870-5-103, DNP3.0, MODBUS,
PROFIBUS-DP, IEC 61850 SIPROTEC units
can also be integrated into non-Siemens sys-
tems or in SIMATIC S5/S7. Electrical RS485
or optical interfaces are available. The opti-
mum physical data transfer medium can be
chosen thanks to opto-electrical converters.
Thus, the RS485 bus allows low-cost wiring
in the cubicles and an interference-free opti-
cal connection to the master can be estab-
lished.

Fig. 4/9 Ethernet-based system with SICAM PAS

with optical Ethernet interface

4/12 Siemens SIP · 2004

Overcurrent Protection Page

SIPROTEC easy 7SJ45

Numerical Overcurrent Protection Relay Powered by CTs 5/3
SIPROTEC easy 7SJ46
Numerical Overcurrent Protection Relay 5/11
SIPROTEC 7SJ600 Numerical Overcurrent,
Motor and Overload Protection Relay 5/19
SIPROTEC 7SJ602 Numerical Overcurrent,
Motor and Overload Protection Relay 5/31
SIPROTEC 4 7SJ61 Multifunction Protection Relay 5/55
SIPROTEC 4 7SJ62 Multifunction Protection Relay 5/83
SIPROTEC 4 7SJ63 Multifunction Protection Relay 5/117 5
SIPROTEC 4 7SJ64 Multifunction Protection Relay with Synchronization 5/157
5

5/2 Siemens SIP · 2004


SIPROTEC easy 7SJ45
Numerical Overcurrent Protection Relay Powered by CTs
LSP2339-afp.tif
Fig. 5/1 SIPROTEC easy 7SJ45 numerical
overcurrent protection relay
powered by current
transformers (CT)
Description
The SIPROTEC easy 7SJ45 is a numerical
overcurrent protection relay which is
primarily intended as a radial feeder or
transformer protection (backup) in electri-
cal networks. It provides definite-time and
inverse-time overcurrent protection ac-
cording to IEC and ANSI standards. The
7SJ45 relay does not require auxiliary volt-
age supply. It imports its power supply
from the current transformers.
Siemens SIP · 2004
5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ45
Function overview
• Operation without auxiliary voltage via
integrated CT power supply
• Standard current transformers
(1 A/5 A)
• Low power consumption:
1.4 VA at IN (of the relay)
• Easy mounting due to compact housing
• Easy connection via screw-type
terminals
Protection functions
• 2-stage overcurrent protection
• Definite-time and inverse-time
characteristics (IEC/ANSI) 5
• High-current stage I>> or calculated
earth-current stage IE> or IEp>
selectable
• Trip with pulse output (24 V DC /
0.1 Ws) or relay output (changeover
contact)
• Repetition of trip during circuit-breaker
failure (relays with pulse output)
• Combination with electromechanical
relays is possible due to the emulation
algorithm
Monitoring functions
• Hardware and software are continu-
ously monitored during operation
Front design
• Simple setting via DIP switches
(self-explaining)
• Settings can be executed without auxil-
iary voltage – no PC
• Integrated mechanical trip indication
optionally
Additional features
• Optional version available for most
adverse environmental conditions
(condensation permissible)
• Flush mounting or surface (rail)
mounting
5/3
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ45

Application

The SIPROTEC easy 7SJ45 is a numerical

overcurrent protection relay which is pri-
marily intended as a radial feeder or trans-
former protection (backup) in electrical
networks. It provides definite-time and
inverse-time overcurrent protection
according to IEC and ANSI standards.
The convenient setting with DIP switches
is self-explanatory and simple.
The 7SJ45 relay does not require auxiliary
voltage supply. It imports its power supply
(1.4 VA at IN, sum of all phases) from the
current transformers.
Impulse output for low-energy trip release
or contact output for additional auxiliary
transformer are available. An optional
5 integrated trip indication shows that a trip
occurred.
The compact housing permits easy
Fig. 5/2 Typical application
mounting, and a version for the most
adverse environmental conditions is also
available (condensation permissible).

ANSI IEC Protection functions

50 I>> Instantaneous overcurrent
protection
50, 51 I>t, Ip Time-overcurrent
protection (phase)
50N, IE>t, IEp Time-overcurrent
51N protection (earth)
LSP2391-afp.tif

Construction

Within its compact housing the protection

Fig. 5/3 Application in distribution switchgear
relay contains all required components for:
• Measuring and processing
• Alarm and command output
• Operation and indication (without a PC)
• Optional mechanical trip indication
• Auxiliary supply from current trans-
formers
• Maintenance not necessary
The housing dimensions of the units are
LSP2340-afp.tif

such that the 7SJ45 relays can in general be

installed into the existing cutouts in
cubicles. Alternative constructions are
available (surface mounting and flush
mounting). The compact housing permits
easy mounting, and a version for the most
adverse environmental conditions, even
with extreme humidity, is also
Fig. 5/4 Screw-type terminals
available.

5/4 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ45

Protection functions

The overcurrent function is based on

phase-selective measurement of the three
phase currents.
The earth (ground) current IE (Gnd) is
calculated from the three line currents IL1
(A), IL2 (B), and IL3 (C).
The relay has always a normal stage for
phase currents I> (50/51). For the second
stage, the user can choose between a
high-current stage for phase currents I>>
(50) or a normal stage for calculated earth
currents IE> (50N/51N).
The inverse-time overcurrent protection
with integrating measurement method
(disk emulation) emulates the behaviour of
electromechanical relays.
Fig. 5/5 Definite-time overcurrent characteristic 5
The influence of high-frequency transients
and transient DC components is largely
suppressed by the implementation of
numerical measured-value processing.

Fig. 5/6
Inverse-time overcurrent characteristic

Available inverse-time characteristics

Characteristics acc. to ANSI/IEEE IEC 60255-3
Moderately inverse/normal inverse • •
Very inverse • •
Extremely inverse • •

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/5

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ45

Connection diagrams

Pulse output or relay output are optionally

available.
Pulse output
These relays require a low-energy trip
release (24 V DC/0.1 Ws) in the circuit-
breaker, and are intended for modern
switchgear. In case of circuit-breaker
failure, a repetition of the tripping signal
is initiated.

Fig. 5/7 Connection of 3 CTs with pulse output

Fig. 5/8 Connection diagram

7SJ45 with impulse output

Relay output
These relays can be applied with all
conventional switchgear. A transformer
that provides the trip circuit energy, must
be connected in the current transformer
circuit.

Fig. 5/9 Connection of 3 CTs with trigger transformer and relay output

Fig. 5/10 Connection diagram

7SJ45 with relay output

5/6 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ45

Technical data

General unit data EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests
Analog input Standards IEC 60255-6, IEC 60255-22,
System frequency IN 50 or 60 Hz (selectable) EN 50263 (product standards)
EN 50082-2 (generic standard)
Current transformer inputs EN 61000-6-2
Rated current, normal earth 1 or 5 A IEC 61000-4 (basic standards)
current IN High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; τ = 15 ms;
Power consumption IEC 60255-22-1, class III Ri = 200 Ω; 400 surges/s;
At IN = 1 / 5 A Approx. 1.4 VA at IN (relay) duration ≥2 s
Rating of current transformer Electrostatic discharge 4 kV/6 kV contact discharge;
circuit IEC 60255-22-2, class III 8 kV air discharge; both polarities;
Thermal (r.m.s.) 50 · IN for 1 s EN 61000-4-2, class III 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω
15 · IN for 10 s Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz;
2 · IN continuous field, amplitude-modulated 80 %; 1 kHz; AM
Dynamic (peak) 100 · IN for half a cycle IEC 60255-22-3 and IEC 61000-4-3,
Recommended primary current 10 P 10, 2.5 VA class III
transformers or according to the requirements and Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 900 MHz; repetition fre-
required tripping power field, pulse-modulated quency 200 Hz; duty cycle 50 %
Output relays IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204, 30 V/M; 1890 MHz; 5
class III repetition frequency
Pulse output (7SJ45XX-0*)
200 Hz; duty cycle 50 %
Number 1 pulse output
Fast transient interference/bursts 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz; burst duration =
24 V DC / 0.1 Ws
IEC 60255-22-4 and 15 ms; repetition rate 300 ms; both
Relay output (7SJ45XX-1*) IEC 61000-4-4, class IV polarities; Ri = 50 Ω; duration 1 min
Number 1 changeover contact High-energy surge voltage, Impulse: 1.2/50 µs
Contact rating Make 1000 W/VA IEC 61000-4-5 installation, class III Circuit groups to earth:
Break 30 VA Measuring inputs, binary outputs 2 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 µF
40 W resistive Across circuit groups:
25 VA at L/R ≤ 50 1 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 µF
ms Line-conducted HF, 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 %;
Rated contact voltage ≤ 250 V DC or ≤ 240 V AC amplitude-modulated, 1 kHz; Ri = 150 Ω
Permissible current per contact 5 A continuous IEC 60255-22-6 and
30 A for 0.5 s (inrush current) IEC 61000-4-6, class III
Unit design Power frequency magnetic field 30 A/m continuous;
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV 300 A/m for 5 s; 50 Hz
Housing Flush mounting DIN 43700/IEC 61554 IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT; 50 Hz
Adaptable for rail mounting (recom-
mended for local mounting only) Damped wave 2.5 kV (peak, polarity alternating)
IEC 60694, IEC 61000-4-12, 100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 MHz and
Dimensions (WxHxD) in mm 78.5 x 147 x 205.8 (incl. transparent class III 50 MHz , Ri = 200 Ω, duration ≥ 2 s
cover and terminal blocks)
Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak); 1 to 1.5 MHz
Weight (mass) approx. 1.5 kg capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 damped wave; 50 shots per s;
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529 Not across open contacts duration ≥ 2 s; Ri = 150 Ω to 200 Ω
Housing Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns;
Front IP 51 capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 50 and 120 surges per ≥ 2 s;
Rear IP 20 not across open contacts both polarities; duration ≥ 2 s; Ri =
Protection of personnel IP1X 80 Ω
UL-listing Radiated electromagnetic inter- 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz
ference ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2 amplitude and pulse-modulated
Listed under “69CA”.
EMC tests for interference emission; type test
Standard EN 50081–* (generic)
Electrical tests
Interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz,
Specifications
IEC CISPR 22 class B
Standards IEC 60255 (product standards)
ANSI C37.90.0/.1/.2; UL508
See also standards for individual tests
Insulation tests
Standards IEC 60255-5
Voltage test (routine test) 2.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz, 1 min
All circuits except for pulse output-earth
Voltage test (type test)
across open command contacts 1.0 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz, 1 min
Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 J;
all circuits, class III 3 positive and 3 negative impulses in
intervals of 1 s

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/7

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ45

Technical data

Mechanical stress tests Functions

Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration
During operation
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
Vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-1, class II 10 to 60 Hz
IEC 60068-2-6 ± 0.075 mm amplitude:
60 to 150 Hz;
1 g acceleration
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes
Shock IEC 60225-21-2; class I Semi-sinusoidal
5 g acceleration, duration 11 ms,
each 3 shocks in both directions of
the 3 axes
Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-3; class I 1 to 8 Hz: ± 4.0 mm amplitude
IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal vector)
5 1 to 8 Hz: ± 2.0 mm amplitude
(vertical vector)
8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
(horizontal vector)
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
(vertical vector)
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
1 cycle in 3 perpendicular axes
During transport (flush mounting)
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
Vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 Hz to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude;
IEC 60068-2-6 8 Hz to 150 Hz:
2 g acceleration
frequency sweep 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes
Shock Semi-sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 15 g acceleration, duration 11 ms,
IEC 60068-2-27 each 3 shocks in both directions of
the 3 axes
Continuous shock Semi-sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 10 g acceleration, duration 16 ms,
IEC 60068-2-29 each 1000 shocks in both directions of
the 3 axes
Climatic stress tests
Temperatures
Temperatures during service –20 °C to +70 °C / –4 °F to +158 °F
With continuous current
2IN: –20 °C to +55 °C / –4 °F to +131 °F
Permissible temperature during –25 °C to +55 °C / –13 °F to +131 °F
storage
Permissible temperature during –25 °C to +85 °C / –13 °F to +185 °F
transport
Humidity
Permissible humidity class Annual mean value ≤ 75 % relative
(standard) humidity; on 30 days per year up to
95 % relative humidity; condensation
not permissible.
Permissible humidity class Condensation is permissible according
(condensation proof) to IEC 60654-1, class III
Overcurrent protection
Definite time (DT O/C ANSI 50/51)
Setting range / steps
Current pickup I>> (phases)
Current pickup I> (phases)
3-phase supply: see note*
Current pickup IE>
3-phase supply: see note*
Delay times TI>>
Delay times TI>
The set time delays are pure
delay times.
Inverse time (IEC or ANSI 51)
Setting range / steps
Current pickup Ip (phases)
3-phase supply: see note*
Current pickup IEp>
(earth calculated)
3-phase supply: see note*
Delay times TIp (IEC)
Delay times D (ANSI)
Trip times
Total time delay impulse output
Total time delay relay output
Reset ratio
Tolerances
Definite time (DT O/C 50/51)
Current pickup I>>, I>, IE>
Delay times T
Inverse time (IEC or ANSI 51)
Pickup thresholds
Time behavior for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20
Deviation of the measured values
as a result of various interferences
Frequency in the range of
0.95 <f/fN < 1.05
Frequency in the range of
0.9 <f/fN < 1.1
Harmonics
up to 10 % 3rd and 5th harmonic
DC components
Temperature in the range of
– 5 °C to 70 °C / 23 °F to 158 °F
2 IN to 20 IN or deactivated,
step 0.5 IN
0.5 IN to 6.2 IN
or deactivated, step 0.1 IN
0.5 IN to 6.2 IN
or deactivated, step 0.1 IN
0 to 1575 ms, step 25 ms
0 to 6300 ms, step 100 ms
0.5 IN to 4 IN
or deactivated, step 0.1 IN
0.5 IN to 4 IN
or deactivated, step 0.1 IN
0.05 to 3.15 s, step 0.05 s
0.5 to 15.00 s, step 0.25 s
Approx. 32 ms
Approx. 38 ms
Approx. 0.95 (with definite time)
Approx. 0.91 (with inverse time)
5 % of the set value or
5 % of IN (at threshold < IN)
1 % or 30 ms
5 % of the set value or
5 % of IN (at threshold < IN)
5 % or 50 ms
< 2.5 %
< 10 %
<1%
<5%
< 0.5 %/10 K

* Note: The device allows minimum setting values of 0.5 IN (3-phase).

With single supply, operation is ensured from 0.8 IN (7SJ45XX-0*; pulse
output) or 1.3 IN (7SJ45XX-1*; relay output) onwards (printed on the
front).

5/8 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ45

Technical data CE conformity

This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Commu-
nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating
to electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC).
This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255.
The unit has been developed and manufactured for application in an indus-
trial environment according to the EMC standards.
This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG in
accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2.

Description Order No.

Selection and ordering data
SIPROTEC easy 7SJ45
numerical overcurrent protection relay powered by CTs 7SJ450¨– ¨¨¨00 – ¨AA¨
Current transformer IN
1A 1
5A 5
5
Trip
Pulse output (for further details refer to “Accessories”) 0
Relay output (for further details refer to “Accessories”) 1

Unit design
For rail mounting B
For panel flush mounting E

Region-specific functions
Region World, 50/60 Hz; standard A
Region World, 50/60 Hz; condensation-proof B

IEC / ANSI
IEC 0
ANSI 1

Indication (flag)
Without 0
With 1

Accessories Protection relay with pulse output

Low energy trip release 3AX1104-2B

Protection relay with relay output

Auxiliary transformers for the trip circuit (30 VA CTs recommended)
1A 4AM5065-2CB00-0AN2
5A 4AM5070-8AB00-0AN2

Current transformer-operated trip release

0.5 A (rated operating current) 3AX1102-2A
1 A (rated operating current) 3AX1102-2B

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/9

5

5/10 Siemens SIP · 2004


SIPROTEC easy 7SJ46
Numerical Overcurrent Protection Relay
LSP2353-afp.tif
Fig. 5/11 SIPROTEC easy 7SJ46
numerical overcurrent protection relay
Description
The SIPROTEC easy 7SJ46 is a numerical
overcurrent protection relay which is pri-
marily intended as a radial feeder or trans-
former protection (backup) in electrical
networks. It provides definite-time and
inverse-time overcurrent protection ac-
cording to IEC and ANSI standards. The
7SJ46 relay has an AC and DC auxiliary
power supply with a wide range allowing a
high degree of flexibility in its application.
Siemens SIP · 2004
5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ46
Function overview
• Universal application due to integrated
wide range AC/DC power supply.
• Standard current transformers
(1 A/5 A)
• Easy mounting due to compact
housing
• Easy connection via screw-type
terminals
Protection functions
• 2-stage overcurrent protection
• Definite-time and inverse-time
characteristics (IEC/ANSI)
• High-current stage I>> or calculated 5
earth-current stage IE> or IEp>
selectable
• Two command outputs for “trip” or
“pickup”
• Combination with electromechanical
relays is possible due to the emulation
algorithm
Monitoring functions
• One live contact for monitoring
• Hardware and software are continu-
ously monitored during operation
Front design
• Simple setting via DIP switches
(self-explaining)
• Settings can be executed without auxil-
iary voltage – no PC
• Individual phase pickup indication with
stored or not stored LEDs
• Trip indication with separate LED
Additional features
• Optional version available for most
adverse environmental conditions
(condensation permissible)
• Flush mounting or surface (rail)
mounting
5/11
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ46

Application

The SIPROTEC easy 7SJ46 is a numerical

overcurrent protection relay which is pri-
marily intended as a radial feeder or trans-
former protection (backup) in electrical
networks.
It provides definite-time and inverse-time
overcurrent protection according to IEC
and ANSI standards. The convenient set-
ting with DIP switches is self-explanatory
and simple.
The 7SJ46 relay has an AC and DC
auxiliary power supply with a wide range
allowing a high degree of flexibility in its
application. Phase-selective indication of
protection pickup is indicated with LEDs.
The compact housing permits easy mount-
5 ing, and a version for the most adverse en-
vironmental conditions is also available
(condensation permissible).
Fig. 5/12 Typical application
ANSI IEC Protection functions
50 I>> Instantaneous overcurrent
protection
50, 51 I>t, Ip Time-overcurrent
protection (phase)
50N, IE>t, IEp Time-overcurrent
51N protection (earth)
LSP2390-afp.tif

Construction

Within its compact housing the protection Fig. 5/13 Application in distribution
relay contains all required components for: switchgear
• Measuring and processing
• Pickup and command output
• Operation and indication
(without a PC)
• Wide range AC/DC power supply
• Maintenance not necessary (no battery)
The housing dimensions of the units are
such that the 7SJ46 relays can in general be
installed into the existing panel cutouts.
LSP2354-afp.tif

Alternative constructions are available (rail

mounting and flush mounting). The com-
pact housing permits easy mounting, and a
version for the most adverse environmen-
tal conditions, even with extreme
humidity, is also available. Fig. 5/14 Screw-type terminals

5/12 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ46

Protection functions

The overcurrent function is based on

phase-selective measurement of the three
phase currents.
The earth (ground) current IE (Gnd) is
calculated from the three line currents IL1
(A), IL2 (B), and IL3 (C).
The relay has always a normal stage for
phase currents I> (50/51).
For the second stage, the user can choose
between a high-current stage for phase
currents I>> (50) or a normal stage for
calculated earth currents IE> (50N/51N).
The inverse-time overcurrent protection
with integrating measurement method
(disk emulation) emulates the behavior of
electromechanical relays. 5
Fig. 5/15 Definite-time overcurrent characteristic
The influence of high frequency transients
and transient DC components is largely
suppressed by the implementation of
numerical measured-value processing.

Fig. 5/16
Inverse-time overcurrent characteristic

Available inverse-time characteristics

Characteristics acc. to ANSI/IEEE IEC 60255-3
Moderately inverse/normal inverse • •
Very inverse • •
Extremely inverse • •

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/13

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ46

Connection diagrams

The 7SJ46 has a trip contact, a contact

which is adjustable for trip or pickup, and
a live contact for the self-monitoring func-
tion.

Fig. 5/17 Connection of 3 CTs

5

Fig. 5/18 Connection diagram 7SJ46

5/14 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ46

Technical data

General unit data Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 J;
Analog input all circuits, class III 3 positive and 3 negative impulses in
intervals of 1 s
System frequency fN 50 or 60 Hz (selectable)
EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests
Current transformer inputs
Standards IEC 60255-6, IEC 60255-22,
Rated current, normal earth 1 or 5 A EN 50263 (product standards)
current IN EN 50082-2 (generic standard)
Power consumption EN 61000-6-2
Per phase at IN = 1 A Approx. 0.01 VA at IN IEC 61000-4 (generic standards)
Per phase at IN = 5 A Approx. 0.2 VA at IN (relay) High-frequency tests 2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; τ = 15 ms;
Rating of current transformer IEC 60255-22-1, class III Ri = 200 Ω; 400 surges/s;
circuit duration ≥ 2 s
Thermal (r.m.s.) 100 · IN for 1 s Electrostatic discharge 4 kV/6 kV contact discharge; 8 kV air
30 · IN for 10 s IEC 60255-22-2, class III discharge; both polarities;
4 · IN continuous EN 61000-4-2, class III 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω
Dynamic (peak) 250 · IN for half a cycle Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz;
Auxiliary voltage AC/DC powered field, amplitude-modulated 80 %; 1 kHz; AM
Input voltage range 24 to 250 V DC (± 20 %) IEC 60255-22-3 and IEC 61000-4-3,
60 to 230 V AC (–20 %, +15 %) class III 5
Power consumption DC – power supply: Approx. 1.5 W Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 900 MHz; repetition fre-
AC – power supply: Approx. 3 VA field, pulse-modulated quency 200 Hz; duty cycle 50 %
at 110 V approx. IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204, class III 30 V/m 1810 MHz; repetition fre-
5.5 VA at 230 V quency
200 Hz; duty cycle 50 %
Output relays
Fast transient interference/bursts 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz; burst length =
Number 2 (normally open), 1 live contact
IEC 60255-22-4 and 15 ms; repetition rate 300 ms; both
Contact rating Make 1000 W/VA IEC 61000-4-4, class IV polarities; Ri = 50 Ω; duration 1 min
Break 30 VA
High-energy surge voltage, Impulse: 1.2/50 µs
40 W resistive
IEC 61000-4-5 installation class III
25 VA at L/R ≤ 50
ms Auxiliary voltage circuit groups to earth:
2 kV; 12 Ω, 9 µF
Rated contact voltage ≤ 250 V DC or ≤ 240 V AC
between circuit groups:
Permissible current per contact 5 A continuous 1 kV; 2 Ω, 18 µF
30 A for 0.5 s (inrush current)
Measuring inputs, binary outputs circuit groups to earth:
Unit design 2 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 µF
Housing Flush mounting DIN 43700/IEC 61554 between circuit groups:
Adaptable for rail mounting 1 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 µF
recommended for local mounting only Line-conducted HF, 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 %;
Dimensions (WxHxD) in mm 78.5 x 147 x 205.8 (incl. transparent amplitude-modulated. 1 kHz; AM; Ri = 150 Ω
cover and terminal blocks) IEC 60255-22-6 and IEC 61000-4-6,
Weight (mass) approx. 1 kg class III
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529 Power frequency magnetic field 30 A/m continuous;
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV 300 A/m for 5 s; 50 Hz
Housing IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT; 50 Hz
Front IP 51
Damped wave 2.5 kV (peak, polarity alternating)
Rear IP 20 IEC 60694, IEC 61000-4-12, 100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 MHz and
Protection of personnel IP 1X class III 50 MHz , Ri = 200 Ω, duration ≥ 2 s
UL-listing Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak); 1 to 1.5 MHz
Listed under “69CA”. capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 damped wave; 50 shots per s;
not across open contacts duration ≥ 2 s; Ri = 150 Ω to 200 Ω
Fast transient surge withstand 4 kV to 5 kV; 10/150 ns;
Electrical tests
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 50 and 120 surges per s; both polari-
Specifications not across open contacts ties; duration ≥ 2 s; Ri = 80 Ω
Standards IEC 60255 (product standards) Radiated electromagnetic inter- 35 V/m 25 MHz to 1000 MHz
ANSI C37.90.0/.1/.2; UL508 ference ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2 amplitude and pulse-modulated
See also standards for individual tests
EMC tests for interference emission; type test
Insulation tests
Standard EN 50081–* (generic)
Standards IEC 60255-5
Conducted interference voltage, 150 kHz to 30 MHz,
Voltage test (routine test) 2.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz; 1 min auxiliary voltage IEC CISPR 22, class B
all circuits except auxiliary supply EN 55022, DIN EN VDE 0878
Voltage test (routine test) 3.5 kV DC; 30 s; both polarities Part 22
auxiliary supply Interference field strength 30 MHz to 1000 MHz,
Voltage test (type test) IEC CISPR 22 class B
Across open contacts 1.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz; 1 min
Across open live contact 1.0 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz; 1 min

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/15

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ46
Technical data
Mechanical stress test
Vibration, shock and seismic vibration
During operation
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
Vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-1, class II 10 to 60 Hz:
IEC 60068-2-6 ± 0.075 mm amplitude;
60 to 150 Hz;
1 g acceleration
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes
Shock IEC 60225-21-2; class I Semi-sinusoidal
5 g acceleration, duration 11 ms,
each 3 shocks in both directions of
the 3 axes
Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-3; class I 1 to 8 Hz: ± 4.0 mm amplitude
IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal vector)
5 1 to 8 Hz: ± 2.0 mm amplitude
(vertical vector)
8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
(horizontal vector)
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
(vertical vector)
Frequeny sweep 1 octave/min
1 cycle in 3 perpendicular axes
During transport (flush mounting)
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
Vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 Hz to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude;
IEC 60068-2-6 8 Hz to 150 Hz:
2 g acceleration
frequency sweep 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes
Shock Semi-sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 15 g acceleration, duration 11 ms,
IEC 60068-2-27 each 3 shocks in both directions of
the 3 axes
Continuous shock Semi-sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 10 g acceleration, duration 16 ms,
IEC 60068-2-29 each 1000 shocks in both directions
of the 3 axes
Climatic stress tests
Temperatures
Temperatures during service –20 °C to +70 °C / –4 °F to +158 °F
with continuous current 4 IN:
–20 °C to +55 °C / –4 °F to +131 °F
Maximum temperature during –25 °C to +55 °C / –13 °F to +131 °F
storage
Maximum temperature during –25 °C to +85 °C / –13 °F to +185 °F
transport
Humidity
Permissible humidity class Annual mean value ≤ 75 % relative
(standard) humidity; on 30 days per year up to
95 % relative humidity; condensation
not permissible.
Permissible humidity class Condensation is permissible according
(condensation proof) to IEC 60654-1, class III
5/16
Functions
Overcurrent protection
Definite time (DT O/C ANSI 50/51)
Setting range / steps
Current pickup I>> (phases) 2 IN to 20 IN or deactivated, step 0.5 IN
Current pickup I> (phases) 0.5 IN to 6.2 IN or deactivated, step 0.1 IN
Current pickup IE> 0.5 IN to 6.2 IN or deactivated, step 0.1 IN
(earth calculated)
Delay times TI>> 0 to 1575 ms, step 25 ms
Delay times TI> 0 to 6300 ms, step 100 ms
The set time delays are pure delay times.
Inverse time (IEC or ANSI 51)
Current pickup Ip (phases) 0.5 IN to 4 IN or deactivated, step 0.1 IN
Current pickup IEp> 0.5 IN to 4 IN or deactivated, step 0.1 IN
(earth calculated)
Delay times TIp (IEC) 0.05 to 3.15 s, step 0.05 s
Delay times D (ANSI) 0.5 to 15.00 s, step 0.25 s
Trip times
Switch on to fault, relay output Approx. 38 ms
Reset ratio Approx. 0.95 (with definite time)
Approx. 0.91 (with inverse time)
Tolerances
Definite time (DT O/C 50/51)
Current pickup I>>, I>, IE> 5 % of the set value or
5 % of IN (at threshold < IN)
Delay times T 1 % or 30 ms
Inverse time (IEC or ANSI 51)
Pickup thresholds 5 % of the set value or
5 % of IN (at threshold < IN)
Time behaviour for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 5 % or 50 ms
Deviation of the measured values as a
result of various interferences
Frequency in the range of < 2.5 %
0.95 <f/fN < 1.05
Frequency in the range of < 10 %
0.9 <f/fN < 1.1
Harmonics <1%
up to 10 % 3rd and 5th harmonic
DC components <5%
Auxiliary supply voltage DC in <1%
the range of 0.8 ≤ Vaux/Vaux N ≤ 1.2
Auxiliary supply voltage AC in the < 1 %
range of 0.8 ≤ Vaux/Vaux N ≤ 1.15
Temperature in the range of < 0.5 %/10 K
–5 °C to 70 °C / 23 °F to 158 °F
CE conformity
This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Commu-
nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating
to electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC).
This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255.
The unit has been developed and manufactured for application in an indus-
trial environment according to the EMC standards.
This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG
in accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2.
Siemens SIP · 2004
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ46

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

SIPROTEC easy 7SJ46
numerical overcurrent protection relay 7SJ460¨ 1¨¨00 ¨AA0
Current transformer IN
1A 1
5A 5

Unit design
For rail mounting B
For panel-flush mounting E

Region-specific/functions
Region World, 50/60 Hz; standard A
Region World, 50/60 Hz; condensation-proof B

IEC / ANSI
IEC 0
ANSI 1
5

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/17

5

5/18 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ600

SIPROTEC 7SJ600
Numerical Overcurrent, Motor and Overload Protection Relay
Function overview

Feeder protection
• Overcurrent-time protection
• Earth-fault protection
• Overload protection
• Negative-sequence protection
• Cold load pickup
• Auto-reclosure
• Trip circuit supervision
LSP2001-afpen.tif

Motor protection
• Starting time supervision
• Locked rotor
Control functions
• Commands for control of a circuit- 5
Fig. 5/19 SIPROTEC 7SJ600 breaker
numerical overcurrent, motor and overload protection relay • Control via keyboard,
DIGSI 4 or SCADA system
Measuring functions
• Operational measured values I
Description
Monitoring functions
The SIPROTEC 7SJ600 is a numerical • Fault event logging with time stamp
overcurrent relay which, in addition to its (buffered)
primary use in radial distribution networks • 8 oscillographic fault records
and motor protection, can also be em-
• Continuous self-monitoring
ployed as backup for feeder, transformer
and generator differential protection. Communication
The SIPROTEC 7SJ600 provides defi- • Via personal computer and DIGSI 3 or
nite-time and inverse-time overcurrent DIGSI 4 (≥ 4.3)
protection along with overload and nega- • Via RS232 – RS485 converter
tive-sequence protection for a very com- • Via modem
prehensive relay package. In this way, • IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, 2 kV-isolated
equipment such as motors can be pro-
• RS485 interface
tected against asymmetric and excessive
loading. Asymmetric short-circuits with Hardware
currents that can be smaller than the larg- •3 current transformers
est possible load currents or phase inter-
•3 binary inputs
ruptions are reliably detected.
•3 output relays
•1 live status contact

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/19

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ600

Application

Wide range of applications

The SIPROTEC 7SJ600 is a numerical
overcurrent relay which, in addition to its
primary use in radial distribution networks
and motor protection, can also be em-
ployed as backup for feeder, transformer
and generator differential protection.
The SIPROTEC 7SJ600 provides defi-
nite-time and inverse-time overcurrent
protection along with overload and nega-
tive-sequence protection for a very com-
prehensive relay package. In this way,
equipment such as motors can be pro-
tected against asymmetric and excessive
loading. Asymmetric short-circuits with
currents that can be smaller than the larg-
5 est possible load currents or phase inter-
ruptions are reliably detected. Fig. 5/20 Function diagram
The integrated control function allows
simple control of a circuit-breaker or
disconnector (electrically operated/motor-
ized switch) via the integrated HMI,
DIGSI 3 or DIGSI 4 (≥ 4.3) or SCADA
(IEC 60870-5-103 protocol).

ANSI IEC Protection functions

50, 50N I>, I>>, I>>> Definite time-overcurrent protection (phase/neutral)
IE>, IE>>
51, 51N Ip, IEp Inverse time-overcurrent protection (phase/neutral)
79 Auto-reclosure
46 I2> Phase-balance current protection
(negative-sequence protection)
49 ϑ> Thermal overload protection
48 Starting time supervision
74TC Trip circuit supervision breaker control

5/20 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ600

Construction Protection functions The definite-time overcurrent protection

The relay contains all the components
needed for
• Acquisition and evaluation of measured
values
• Operation and display
• Output of signals and trip commands
• Input and evaluation of binary signals
• SCADA interface (RS485)
• Power supply.
The rated CT currents applied to the
SIPROTEC 7SJ600 can be 1 or 5 A.
This is selectable via a jumper inside the re-
lay.
Two different housings are available. The
flush-mounting/cubicle-mounting version
has terminals accessible from the rear. The
surface-mounting version has terminals
accessible from the front.
Definite-time characteristics
The definite-time overcurrent function is
based on phase-selective measurement of
the three phase currents and/or earth cur-
rent.
Optionally, the earth (ground) current IE
(Gnd) is calculated or measured from the
three line currents IL1(IA), IL2(IB) and
IL3(IC).
for the 3 phase currents has a low-set
overcurrent element (I>), a high-set
overcurrent element (I>>) and a high-set
instantaneous-tripping element (I>>>).
Intentional trip delays can be parameteriz-
ed from 0.00 to 60.00 seconds for the
low-set and high-set overcurrent
elements. The instantaneous zone I>>>
trips without any intentional delay. The
definite-time overcurrent protection for
the earth (ground) current has a low-set
overcurrent element (IE>) and a high-set
overcurrent element (IE>>).
Intentional trip delays can be parameteri-
zed from 0.00 to 60.00 seconds.
5

Fig. 5/22 Definite-time overcurrent characteristic

Inverse-time characteristics
In addition, invese-time overcurrent pro-
tection characteristics (IDMTL) can be ac-
LSP2002-afpen.tif

tivated.

Fig. 5/21
Rear view of flush-mounting housing

Fig. 5/23
Inverse-time overcurrent characteristic

Available inverse-time characteristic

Characteristics acc.to ANSI / IEEE IEC 60255-3
Inverse • •
Short inverse •
Long inverse • •
Moderately inverse •
Very inverse • •
Extremely inverse • •
Definite inverse •
I squared T •

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/21

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ600

Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)

Protection functions

Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)

The thermal overload protection function
provides tripping or alarming based on a
thermal model calculated from phase
currents.
Thermal overload protection without
preload
For thermal overload protection without
consideration of the preload current, the
Fig. 5/24 Tripping characteristic of the negative-sequence protection function
following tripping characteristic applies
only when
I ≥ 1.1 ⋅ IL Negative-sequence protection (I2>>, Cold load pickup
For different thermal time constants TL, I2>/ANSI 46 Unbalanced-load protection)
By means of a binary input which can be
the tripping time t is calculated in accor- The negative-sequence protection (see Fig. wired from a manual close contact, it is
5 dance with the following equation: 5/24) detects a phase failure or load unbal- possible to switch the overcurrent pickup
35 ance due to network asymmetry. Interrup- settings to less sensitive settings for a pro-
t= 2
⋅ TL tions, short-circuits or crossed connections grammable duration of time. After the set
 I
  −1 to the current transformers are detected. time has expired, the pickup settings auto-
 IL  matically return to their original setting.
Furthermore, low level single-phase and
This can compensate for initial inrush
I = Load current two-phase short-circuits (such as faults be-
when energizing a circuit without compro-
yond a transformer) as well as phase inter-
I2 = Pickup current mising the sensitivity of the overcurrent el-
ruptions can be detected.
ements during steady state conditions.
TL = Time multiplier This function is especially useful for mo-
The reset threshold is above 1.03125 · I/IN tors since negative sequence currents cause 3-pole multishot auto-reclosure
impermissible overheating of the rotor. (AR, ANSI 79)
Thermal overload protection with preload
In order to detect the unbalanced load, the Auto-reclosure (AR) enables 3-phase
The thermal overload protection with con- ratio of negative phase-sequence current to auto-reclosing of a feeder which has previ-
sideration of preload current constantly rated current is evaluated. ously been disconnected by time-
updates the thermal model calculation re- overcurrent protection.
gardless of the magnitude of the phase cur- I2 = Negative-sequence current
rents. The tripping time t is calculated in T12 = Tripping time Trip circuit supervision
accordance with the following tripping (ANSI 74TC)
characteristic (complete memory in accor-
dance with IEC 60255-8). Transformer protection One or two binary inputs can be used for
the trip circuit monitoring.
2 2 The high-set element permits current co-
 I   I pre  ordination where the overcurrent element Control
  − 
 k ⋅ IN   k ⋅ IN  functions as a backup for the lower-level
t = τ ⋅ ln 2 protection relays, and the overload func- The relay permits circuit-breakers to be
 I  opened and closed without command feed-
  −1 tion protects the transformer from thermal
 k ⋅ IN  overload. Low-current single-phase faults back. The circuit-breaker/disconnector may
on the low voltage side that result in nega- be controlled by DIGSI, or by the integrated
t = Tripping time after beginning of HMI, or by the LSA/SCADA equipment
tive phase-sequence current on the high-
the thermal overload connected to the interface.
voltage side can be detected with the nega-
τ = 35.5 · TL tive-sequence protection.
Ipre
= Pre-load current
TL = Time multiplier
I = Load current
k = k factor (in accordance with
IEC 60255-8)
ln = Natural logarithm
IN = Rated (nominal) current

For further details please refer to

part 2 “Overview”.

5/22 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ600

Protection functions

Switch-onto-fault protection
If switched onto a fault, instantaneous trip-
ping can be effected. If the internal control
function is used (local or via serial inter-
face), the manual closing function is avail-
able without any additional wiring. If the
control switch is connected to a cir-
cuit-breaker bypassing the internal control
function, manual detection using a binary
input is implemented.

Busbar protection
(Reverse interlocking)
Binary inputs can be used to block any of
the six current stages. Parameters are as-
signed to decide whether the input circuit
is to operate in open-circuit or closed-cir- 5
cuit mode. In this case, reverse interlocking
provides high-speed busbar protection in
radial or ring power systems that are
opened at one point. The reverse interlock-
ing principle is used, for example, in me-
dium-voltage power systems and in
switchgear for power plants, where a
high-voltage system transformer feeds a
busbar section with several medium-volt-
age outgoing feeders. Fig. 5/25 Reverse interlocking

Motor protection Features

For short-circuit protection, e.g. elements

I>> (50) and IE (50N) are available. The
stator is protected against thermal overload
by ϑs> (49), the rotor by I2> (46), starting
time supervision (48).

Motor starting time supervision (ANSI 48)

The start-up monitor protects the motor
against excessively long starting. This can
occur, for example, if the rotor is blocked,
if excessive voltage drops occur when the
motor is switched on or if excessive load Fig. 5/26 Wiring communication
torques occur. The tripping time depends
on the current.
2
I 
tTRIP =  start  ⋅ t start max Serial data transmission • General fault detection
 I rms 
A PC can be connected to ease setup of the • General trip
I relay using the Windows-based program • Phase current IL2
for Irms > Istart, reset ratio N
I start DIGSI which runs under MS-Windows. • User-defined message
It can also be used to evaluate up to 8
approx. 0.94 • Breaker control
oscillographic fault records, 8 fault logs
tTRIP = Tripping time and 1 event log containing up to 30 opera- • Oscillographic fault recording
Istart = Start-up current of the motor tional indications. The SIPROTEC 7SJ600
transmits a subset of data via
tstart max = Maximum permissible starting
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol:
time
Irms = Actual current flowing

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/23

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ600

Connection diagrams

Fig. 5/27 Fig. 5/28

Connection of 3 CTs with measurement Connection of 3 CTs with measurement
of the phase currents of the earth (ground) current

Fig. 5/29
Fig. 5/30
Connection of 2 CTs only for isolated or
Sensitive earth-fault protection
resonant-earthed (grounded) power systems
(3 -times increased sensitivity)

Fig. 5/31 Example of typical wiring

5/24 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ600

Technical data

General unit data Heavy-duty (command) contacts

CT circuits Trip relays, number 2 (marshallable)
Rated current IN 1 or 5 A Contacts per relay 2 NO
Rated frequency fN 50/60 Hz (selectable) Switching capacity
Overload capability current path Make 1000 W / VA
Thermal (r.m.s.) 100 x IN for ≤ 1 s Break 30 W / VA
30 x IN for ≤ 10 s Switching voltage 250 V
4 x IN continuous Permissible current
Dynamic (pulse current) 250 x IN one half cycle Continuous 5A
Power consumption For 0.5 s 30 A
Current input at IN = 1 A < 0.1 VA Design
at IN = 5 A < 0.2 VA
Housing 7XP20 Refer to part 16 for
Power supply via integrated DC/DC converter dimension drawings
Rated auxiliary voltage Vaux / 24, 48 V DC/± 20 % Weight
permissible variations 60, 110/125 V DC/± 20 % Flush mounting /cubicle mount- Approx. 4 kg
220, 250 V DC/± 20 % ing
115 V AC/–20 % +15 %
230 V AC/–20 % +15 %
Surface mounting Approx. 4.5 kg 5
Degree of protection acc. to
Superimposed AC voltage, EN 60529
peak-to-peak Housing IP51
at rated voltage ≤ 12 % Terminals IP21
at limits of admissible voltage ≤6%
Power consumption
Quiescent Approx. 2 W Serial interface
Energized Approx. 4 W Interface, serial; isolated
Bridging time during failure/ ≥ 50 ms at Vaux ≥ 110 V DC Standard RS485
short-circuit of auxiliary voltage ≥ 20 ms at Vaux ≥ 24 V DC
Test voltage 2.8 kV DC for 1 min
Binary inputs
Connection Data cable at housing terminals, two
Number 3 (marshallable) data wires, one frame reference, for
Operating voltage 24 to 250 V DC connection of a personal computer
or similar; core pairs with individual
Current consumption, independent Approx. 2.5 mA and common screening, screen must
of operating voltage be earthed (grounded), communica-
Pickup threshold, reconnectable by tion possible via modem
solder bridges Transmission speed As delivered 9600 baud
Rated aux. voltage min. 1200 baud,
24/48/60 V DC Vpickup ≥ 17 V DC max. 19200 baud
Vdrop-out < 8 V DC
110/125/220/250 V DC
Vpickup ≥ 74 V DC Electrical tests
Vdrop-out < 45 V DC
Specifications
Signal contacts
Standards IEC 60255-5; ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0
Signal/alarm relays 2 (marshallable)
Insulation test
Contacts per relay 1 CO
Standards IEC 60255-5, ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0
Switching capacity
High-voltage test (routine test)
Make 1000 W / VA
Except DC voltage supply input 2 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz
Break 30 W / VA
and RS485
Switching voltage 250 V Only DC voltage supply input 2.8 kV DC
Permissible current 5A and RS485
High-voltage test (type test)
Between open contacts of trip 1.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz
relays
Between open contacts of alarm 1 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz
relays
Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak), 1.2/50 µs,
all circuits, class III 0.5 J, 3 positive and 3 negative
impulses at intervals of 5 s

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/25

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ600

Technical data

EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests
Standards
High-frequency test
IEC 60255-22-1, class III
Electrostatic discharge
IEC 60255-22-2, class III
and IEC 61000-4-2, class III
Irradiation with radio-frequency
field
Non-modulated,
IEC 60255-22-3 (report) class III
Amplitude modulated,
IEC 61000-4-3, class III
Pulse modulated,
IEC 61000-4-3, class III
5 (vertical axis)
Fast transient interference/bursts
IEC 60255-22-4 and
IEC 61000-4-4, class III
Conducted disturbances induced by 10 V, 150 kHz to 80 MHz,
radio-frequency fields, 80 % AM, 1 kHz
amplitude modulated
IEC 601000-4-6, class III
Power frequency magnetic field
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV
IEC 60255-6
Oscillatory surge withstand
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1
(common mode)
Fast transient surge withstand
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1
(commom mode)
Radiated electromagnetic interfer-
ence, ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2
High-frequency test
Document 17C (SEC) 102
EMC tests for interference emission; type tests
Standard
Conducted interference voltage, aux. 150 kHz to 30 MHz
voltage CISPR 22, EN 55022,
DIN VDE 0878 Part 22,
limit value class B
Interference field strength
CISPR 11, EN 55011, DIN VDE
0875 Part 11, limit value class A
IEC 60255-6; IEC 60255-22
(product standard)
EN 50082-2 (generic standard),
DIN VDE 0435 Part 303
2.5 kV (peak), 1 MHz, τ = 15 µs,
400 surges/s, duration 2 s
4 kV/6 kV contact discharge,
8 kV air discharge, both polarities,
150 pF, Ri=330 Ω
10 V/m, 27 to 500 MHz
10 V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz,
80 % AM, 1 kHz
10 V/m, 900 MHz, repetition
frequency, 200 Hz, duty cycle 50 %
2 kV, 5/50 ns, 5 kHz, burst length
15 ms, repetition rate 300 ms, both
polarities, Ri = 50 Ω, duration 1 min
30 A/m continuous, 50 Hz
300 A/m for 3 s, 50 Hz
0.5 mT; 50 Hz
2.5 to 3 kV (peak), 1 MHz to
1.5 MHz, decaying oscillation, 50 shots
per s, duration 2 s, Ri = 150 Ω
to 200 Ω
4 to 5 kV, 10/150 ns, 50 surges
per s, both polarities, duration 2 s,
Ri = 80 Ω
10 to 20 V/m, 25 to 1000 MHz,
amplitude and pulse-modulated
2.5 kV (peak, alternating polarity),
100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 MHz and
50 MHz, decaying oscillation,
Ri = 50 Ω
EN 50081-* (generic standard)
30 to 1000 MHz
Mechanical stress tests
Vibration, shock and seismic vibration
During operation
Standards Acc. to IEC 60255-2-1 and
IEC 60068-2
Vibration Sinusoidal 10 to 60 Hz: ± 0.035 mm
IEC 60255-21-1, class1 amplitude, 60 to 150 Hz: 0.5 g accel-
IEC 60068-2-6 eration
Sweep rate 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Shock Half-sine, acceleration 5 g, duration
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 11 ms, 3 shocks in each direction of 3
orthogonal axes
Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-3, class 1, 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude
IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis)
1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude
8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
(horizontal axis)
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
(vertical axis)
Sweep rate 1 octave/min
1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes
During transport
Vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude;
IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration
Sweep rate 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Shock Half-sine, acceleration 15 g ,
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 duration 11 ms, 3 shocks in each
IEC 60068-2-27 direction of 3 orthogonal axes
Continuous shock Half-sine, acceleration 10 g
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 duration 16 ms, 1000 shocks in each
IEC 60068-2-29 direction of 3 orthogonal axes
Climatic stress tests
Temperatures
Recommended temperature
during operation –5 °C to +55 °C / +23 °F to +131 °F
> 55 °C decreased display contrast
Permissible temperature
during operation –20 °C to +70 °C / –4 °F to +158 °F
during storage –25 °C to +55 °C / –13 °F to +131 °F
during transport –25 °C to +70 °C / –13 °F to +158 °F
(Storage and transport with
standard works packaging)
Humidity
Mean value per year ≤ 75 % relative
humidity, on 30 days per year
95 % relative humidity,
condensation not permissible

5/26 Siemens SIP · 2004


Technical data
Functions
Definite-time overcurrent protection (ANSI 50, 50N)
Setting range/steps
Overcurrent pickup phase I> I/IN
earth IE>
phase I>> I/IN
earth IE>>
phase I>>> I/IN
Delay times T for I>, IE>, I>>
and IE>>
The set times are pure delay times
Pickup times I>, I>>, IE>, IE>>
At 2 x setting value, without
meas. repetition
At 2 x setting value, with meas.
repetition
Pickup times for I>>> at 2 x
setting value
Reset times I>, I>>, IE>, IE>
I>>>
Reset ratios
Overshot time
Tolerances
Pickup values I>, I>>, I>>>,
IE>, IE>>
Delay times T
Influencing variables
Auxiliary voltage, range:
0.8 ≤ Vaux /VauxN ≤ 1.2
Temperature, range:
0 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ 40 °C
Frequency, range:
0.98 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.02
Frequency, range:
0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05
Harmonics
Up to 10 % of 3rd harmonic
Up to 10 % of 5th harmonic
Inverse-time overcurrent protection (ANSI 51/51N)
Setting range/steps
Overcurrent pickup phase Ip
earth IEp
Time multiplier for Ip, IEp
Tp
Overcurrent pickup phase I>> I/IN
phase I>>>
earth IE>>
Delay time T for I>>, IE>>
Tripping time characteristics acc. to IEC
Pickup threshold
Drop-out threshold
Drop-out time
Tripping time characteristics acc. to ANSI / IEEE
Pickup threshold
Drop-out threshold,
alternatively: disk emulation
Siemens SIP · 2004
5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ600
Tolerances
Pickup values 5%
Delay time for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 5 % of theoretical value ± 2 %
and 0.5 ≤ I/IN ≤ 24 current tolerance, at least 30 ms
= 0.1 to 25 (steps 0.1), or ∞
= 0.05 to 25 (steps 0.01), or ∞ Influencing variables
= 0.1 to 25 (steps 0.1), or ∞ Auxiliary voltage, range: ≤1%
= 0.05 to 25 (steps 0.01), or ∞ 0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2
= 0.3 to 12.5 (steps 0.1), or ∞ Temperature, range: ≤ 0.5 %/10 K
-5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ 40 °C
0 s to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) +23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F
Frequency, range: ≤ 8 % referred to theoretical time
0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 value
Negative-sequence overcurrent protection (ANSI 46)
Approx. 35 ms
Setting range/steps
Approx. 50 ms Tripping stage 8 % to 80 % of IN
I2> in steps of 1 % 8 % to 80 % of IN
I2>> in steps of 1 %
Approx. 20 ms Time delays T(I2>), T(I2>>) 0.00 s to 60.00 s
in steps of 0.01s 5
Approx. 35 ms Lower function limit At least one phase current ≥ 0.1 x IN
Approx. 65 ms
Pickup times At fN = 50 Hz 60 Hz
Approx. 0.95 Tripping stage I2>, tripping Approx. 60 ms 75 ms
Approx. 25 ms stage I2>>
But with currents I/IN>1.5 Approx. 200 ms 310 ms
(overcurrent case) or
5 % of setting value
negative-sequence current
< (set value +0.1 x IN)
1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Reset times At fN = 50 Hz 60 Hz
Tripping stage I2>, Approx. 35 ms 42 ms
≤1%
tripping stage I2>>
≤ 0.5 %/10 K Reset ratios
Tripping stage I2>, Approx. 0.95 to 0.01 x IN
≤ 1.5 % tripping stage I2>>
Tolerances
≤ 2.5 % Pickup values I2>, I2>>
with current I/IN ≤ 1.5 ± 1 % of IN ± 5 % of set value
with current I/IN > 1.5 ± 5 % of IN ± 5 % of set value
≤1% Stage delay times ± 1 % or 10 ms
≤1%
Influence variables
Auxiliary DC voltage, range: ≤1%
0.8 ≤Vaux /VauxN ≤ 1.2
I/IN = 0.1 to 4 (steps 0.1) Temperature, range: ≤ 0.5 %/10 K
= 0.05 to 4 (steps 0.01) –5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ +40 °C
+23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ +104 °F
(IEC charac.) 0.05 to 3.2 s
Frequency,
(steps 0.01 s)
range: 0.98 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.02 ≤ 2 % of IN
(ANSI charac.) 0.5 to 15 s
range: 0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 ≤ 5 % of IN
(steps 0.1 s)
Auto-reclosure (option) (ANSI 79)
= 0.1 to 25 (steps 0.1), or ∞
= 0.3 to 12.5 (steps 0.1), or ∞ Number of possible shots 1 up to 9
= 0.05 to 25 Auto-reclose modes 3-pole
(steps 0.01), or ∞ Dead times for 1st to 3rd shot 0.05 s to 1800 s (steps 0.01 s)
0 s to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) for 4th and any further 0.05 s to 1800 s (steps 0.01 s)
shot
Reclaim time after successful AR 0.05 s to 320 s (steps 0.01 s)
Approx. 1.1 x Ip
Approx. 1.03 x Ip Lock-out time after 0.05 s to 320 s (steps 0.01 s)
Approx. 35 ms unsuccessful AR
Reclaim time after manual close 0.50 s to 320 s (steps 0.01 s)
Approx. 1.06 x Ip Duration of RECLOSE command 0.01s to 60 s (steps 0.01 s)
Approx. 1.03 x Ip Control
Number of devices 1
Evaluation of breaker control None
5/27
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ600

Technical data

Thermal overload protection with memory (ANSI 49) Fault recording

(total memory according to IEC 60255-8)
Setting ranges
Factor k acc. to IEC 60255-8
Thermal time constant tth
Thermal alarm stage Qalarm /Qtrip 50 to 99 % referred to trip tempera-
Prolongation factor at motor
stand-still kτ
Reset ratios
Q/Qtrip
Q/Qalarm
Tolerances
Referring to k × IN
Referring to trip time
Influence variables referred to k ⋅ IN
5 Auxiliary DC voltage in the range £ 1 %
of 0.8 £ Vaux / VauxN £ 1.2
Temperature, range:
–5 °C £ Qamb £ +40 °C
+23 °F £ Qamb £ +104 °F
Frequency, range:
0.95 £ f/fN £ 1.05
Without pickup value IL / IN
Memory time multiplier TL
(= t6 -time)
Reset ratio I/IL
Tolerances
Referring to pickup threshold
1.1· IL
Referring to trip time
Influence variables
Auxiliary DC voltage in the range £ 1 %
of 0.8 £ Vaux / VauxN £ 1.2
Temperature, range:
–5 °C £ Qamb £ +40 °C
+23 °F £ Qamb £ +104 °F
Frequency, range:
0.95 £ f/fN £ 1.05
Starting time supervision (motor protection)
Setting ranges
Permissible starting current
IStart/IN
Permissible starting time tStart
Tripping characteristic
Reset ratio Irms / IStart
Tolerances
Pickup value
Delay time
Measured values IL1, IL2, IL3
Start signal Trip, start release, binary input
0.40 to 2 (steps 0.01)
1 to 999.9 min (steps 0.1 min) Fault storage Max. 8 fault records
Total storage time (fault detec- Max. 5 s, incl. 35 power-fail safe
ture rise (steps 1 %) tion or trip command = 0 ms) selectable pre-trigger and
1 to 10 (steps 0.01) post-fault time
Max. storage period per fault 0.30 to 5.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
event Tmax
Pre-trigger time Tpre 0.05 to 0.50 s (steps 0.01s)
Reset below Qalarm Post-fault time Tpost 0.05 to 0.50 s (steps 0.01 s)
Approx. 0.99 Sampling rate 1 instantaneous value per ms at 50 Hz
1 instantaneous value per 0.83 ms at
± 5 % (class 5 % acc. to 60 Hz
IEC 60255-8)
± 5 % ± 2 s (class 5 % acc. to
IEC 60255-8) Additional functions
Operational measured values
Operating currents IL1, IL2, IL3
Measuring range 0 % to 240 % IN
£ 0.5 % / 10 K Tolerance 3 % of rated value
Thermal overload values
Calculated temperature rise Q/Qtrip
£1%
Measuring range 0 % to 300 %
Tolerance 5 % referred to Qtrip
0.4 to 4 (steps 0.1)
Fault event logging
1 to 120 s (steps 0,1 s)
Storage of indications of the last 8
faults
Approx. 0.94
Time assignment
Resolution for operational
±5%
indications 1s
Resolution for fault event
±5% ±2s
indications 1 ms
Max. time deviation
0.01 %
Trip circuit supervision
£ 0.5 %/10 K
With one or two binary inputs
Circuit-breaker trip test
£1%
With live trip or trip/reclose cycle
(version with auto-reclosure)
0.4 to 20 (steps 0.1) CE conformity
This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Commu-
1 to 360 s (steps 0.1 s) nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating to
electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC) and
2 electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (Council
I 
t =  Start  ⋅ t for I rms > I Start Directive 73/23/EEC).
 I rms 
This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part 303).
Approx. 0.94
The unit has been developed and manufactured for application in an indus-
trial environment according to the EMC standards.
5%
5 % of setting value or 330 ms This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG in
accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directive and
standard EN 60255-6 for the “low-voltage Directive”.

5/28 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ600

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7SJ600 numerical overcurrent, motor and overload protection relay 7SJ600¨ ¨¨A¨0 ¨D¨¨
Binary input voltage 24 to 250 V DC with isolated RS485 port

Rated current at 50/60 Hz

1A 1
5A 5

Rated auxiliary voltage

24, 48 V DC 2
60, 110, 125 V DC 4
220, 250 V DC, 115 V AC 5
230 V AC1) 6

Unit design
For panel surface mounting, terminals on the side B
For panel flush mounting/cubicle mounting E

Languages
English, German, Spanish, French, Russian 0 5
Auto-reclosure (option)
Without 0
With 1

Control
Without A
With B

UL-Listing
Without UL-listing 0
With UL-listing 1

Accessories Converter V.24 - RS485*

With communication cable for the
7SJ600 numerical overcurrent, motor and overload protection relay
Length 1 m
PC adapter
With power supply unit 230 V AC 7XV5700- 0oo002)
With power supply unit 110 V AC 7XV5700- 1oo002)

Converter, full-duplex,
fiber-optic cable RS485 with built-in power supply unit
Auxiliary voltage 24 to 250 V DC and 110/230 V AC 7XV5650- 0BA00
LSP2289-afp.eps

Mounting rail for 19” rack C73165-A63-C200-1

Manual for 7SJ600

Mounting rail English C53000-G1176-C106-7
Spanish C53000-G1178-C106-1

Sample order
7SJ600, 1 A, 60 - 125 V, flush mounting, ARC 7SJ6001-4EA00-1DA0
Converter V.24 -RS485, 230 V AC 7XV5700-0AA00
Manual, English C53000-G1176-C106-7

1) Only when position 16 is not “1” (with UL-listing).

2) Possible versions see part 14.
* RS485 bus system up to 115 kbaud
RS485 bus cable and adaptor 7XV5103-oAAoo;
see part 14.

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/29

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ600

Connection diagram

Fig. 5/32
Connection diagram according to IEC standard

5/30 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

SIPROTEC 7SJ602
Multifunction Overcurrent and Motor Protection Relay
Function overview
Feeder protection
• Overcurrent-time protection
• Sensitive earth-fault detection
• Directional sensitive earth-fault
detection
• Displacement voltage
• Disk emulation
LSP2136-afpen.tif

• Overload protection
• Breaker failure protection
• Negative-sequence protection
• Cold load pickup
• Auto-reclosure
• Trip circuit supervision 5
Motor protection
Fig. 5/33 SIPROTEC 7SJ602 • Starting time supervision
multifunction protection relay
• Locked rotor
• Restart inhibit
• Undercurrent monitoring
Description • Temperature monitoring
The SIPROTEC 7SJ602 is a numerical Control functions
overcurrent relay which, in addition to its pri- • Commands for control of a circuit-
mary use in radial distribution networks and breaker
motor protection, can also be employed as
• Control via keyboard, , DIGSI 4 or
backup for line, transformer and generator
SCADA system
differential protection. The SIPROTEC
7SJ602 provides definite-time and inverse- Measuring functions
time overcurrent protection along with over- • Operational measured values I, V
load and unbalanced-load (negative- • Power measurement P, Q, S, Wp, Wq
sequence) protection for a very comprehen-
sive relay package. • Slavepointer
• Mean values
For applications with earth-current detection
two versions are available: One version with Monitoring functions
four current transformer inputs for non- • Fault event logging with time stamp
directional earth (ground) fault detection and (buffered)
a second version with three current inputs
• 8 oscillographic fault records
(2 phase, 1 earth/ground) and one voltage in-
put for directional earth (ground) fault detec- • Continuous self-monitoring
tion. Communication interfaces
The flexible communication interfaces are • System interface
open for modern communication architec- − IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
tures with control systems. − PROFIBUS-DP
− MODBUS RTU/ASCII
• Front interface for DIGSI 4
Hardware
• 4 current transformers or
• 3 current + 1 voltage transformers
• 3 binary inputs
• 4 output relays
• 1 live status contact

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/31

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

Application

Wide range of applications

The SIPROTEC 7SJ602 is a numerical
overcurrent relay which, in addition to its
primary use in radial distribution networks
and motor protection, can also be employed
as backup for feeder, transformer and gener-
ator differential protection.
The SIPROTEC 7SJ602 provides defi-
nite-time and inverse-time overcurrent pro-
tection along with overload and negative se-
quence protection for a very comprehensive
relay package. In this way, equipment such as
motors can be protected against asymmetric
and excessive loading. Asymmetric short-
circuits with currents that can be smaller
than the largest possible load currents or
phase interruptions are reliably detected.
The integrated control function allows sim-
ple control of a circuit-breaker or discon-
nector (electrically operated/motorized
switch) via the integrated HMI, DIGSI or
SCADA.
1) alternatively; see “Selection and ordering data” for details
Fig. 5/34 Function diagram

ANSI No. IEC Protection functions

50, 50N I>, I>>, I>>> Definite-time overcurrent protection (phase/neutral)
IE>, IE>>
51, 51N Ip, IEp Inverse-time overcurrent protection (phase/neutral)
67Ns/50Ns IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp Directional/non-directional sensitive earth-fault detection
64 VE> Displacement voltage
50BF Breaker failure protection
79 Auto-reclosure
46 I2> Phase-balance current protection
(negative-sequence protection)
49 ϑ> Thermal overload protection
48 Starting time supervision
66/86 Restart inhibit
37 I< Undercurrent monitoring
38 Temperature monitoring via external device,
e.g. bearing temperature monitoring
74TC Trip circuit supervision breaker control

5/32 Siemens SIP · 2004


Construction
The relay contains all the components
needed for
• Acquisition and evaluation of measured
values
• Operation and display
• Output of signals and trip commands
• Input and evaluation of binary signals
• SCADA interface
(RS485, RS232, fiber-optic)
• Power supply.
The rated CT currents applied to the
SIPROTEC 7SJ602 can be 1 A or 5 A. This
is selectable via a jumper inside the relay.
Two different housings are available. The
flush-mounting version has terminals acces-
sible from the rear. The surface-mounting
version has terminals accessible from the
front. Retrofitting of a communication
module, or replacement of an existing com-
munication module with a new one are both
possible.
LSP2137-afpen.tif
Fig. 5/35
Rear view of flush-mounting housing
LSP2138-afpen.tif
Fig. 5/36
View from below showing system
interface (SCADA) with FO connection
(for remote communications)
Siemens SIP · 2004
5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602
Protection functions
Definite-time characteristics
The definite-time overcurrent function is
based on phase-selective evaluation of the
three phase currents and earth current.
The definite-time overcurrent protection for
the 3 phase currents has a low-set
overcurrent element (I>), a high-set
overcurrent element (I>>) and a high-set in-
stantaneous element (I>>>). Intentional trip
delays can be set from 0 to 60 seconds for the
low-set and high-set overcurrent elements.
The instantaneous zone I>>> trips without
any intentional delay. The definite-time
overcurrent protection for the earth
(ground) current has a low-set overcurrent Fig. 5/37
Definite-time overcurrent characteristic
element (IE>) and a high-set overcurrent ele-
ment (IE>>). Intentional trip delays can be
parameterized from 0 to 60 seconds.
Inverse-time characteristics
In addition, inverse-time overcurrent pro-
tection characteristics (IDMTL) can be acti-
vated.
Reset characteristics
For easier time coordination with electrome-
chanical relays, reset characteristics accord-
ing to ANSI C37.112 and IEC 60255-3 /
BS 142 standards are applied. When using
the reset characteristic (disk emulation), a Fig. 5/38
reset process is initiated after the fault cur- Inverse-time overcurrent characteristic
rent has disappeared.
This reset process corresponds to the reverse
movement of the Ferraris disk of an electro-
mechanical relay (thus: disk emulation).
Available inverse-time characteristics
Characteristics acc. to ANSI/IEEE IEC 60255-3
Inverse • •
Short inverse •
Long inverse • •
Moderately inverse •
Very inverse • •
Extremely inverse • •
Definite inverse •
I squared T •
RI/RD-type
5/33
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

Protection functions
(Sensitive) directional earth-fault detection
(ANSI 64, 67Ns)
The direction of power flow in the zero se-
quence is calculated from the zero-sequence
current I0 and zero-sequence voltage V0. For
networks with an isolated neutral, the reac-
tive current component is evaluated; for
compensated networks the active current
component or residual resistive current is
evaluated. For special network conditions,
e.g. high-resistance earthed networks with
ohmic-capacitive earth-fault current or
low-resistance earthed networks with
ohmic-inductive current, the tripping char-
acteristics can be rotated approximately
± 45 degrees (cosine/sinus).
Two modes of earth-fault direction detection
can be implemented: tripping or in “signal-
ling only mode”.
It has the following functions: Fig. 5/39 Directional determination using cosine measurements

• TRIP via the displacement voltage VE.

• Two instantaneous elements or one in- Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49) Thermal overload protection with preload
stantaneous plus one inverse characteris- The thermal overload protection function The thermal overload protection with con-
tic. provides tripping or alarming based on a sideration of preload current constantly up-
• Each element can be set in forward, re- thermal model calculated from phase cur- dates the thermal model calculation regard-
verse, or non-directional. rents. less of the magnitude of the phase currents.
The tripping time t is calculated in accord-
The ambient temperature or the temperature
ance with the following tripping characteris-
(Sensitive) earth-fault detection of the coolant can be detected serially via an
tic (complete memory in accordance with
(ANSI 50Ns, 51Ns / 50N, 51N) external temperature monitoring box (also
IEC 60255-8).
called thermo-box). If there is no
For high-resistance earthed networks, a sen- thermo-box it is assumed that the ambient 2 2
 I   Ipre 
sitive input transformer is connected to a temperatures are constant.   − 
phase-balance neutral current transformer  k ⋅ IN   k ⋅ IN 
Thermal overload protection t = τ ⋅ ln 2
(also called core-balance CT).  I 
without preload:   −1
 k ⋅ IN 
For thermal overload protection without
consideration of the preload current, the fol- t = Tripping time after
lowing tripping characteristic applies only beginning of the
when thermal overload
I ≥ 1.1 · IL τ = 35.5 · TL
Ipre = Preload current
For different thermal time constants TL, the I = Load current
tripping time t is calculated in accordance k = k factor (in accordance
with the following equation: with IEC 60255-8)
ln = Natural logarithm
35 TL = Time multiplier
t= 2
⋅ TL IN = Rated (nominal) current
 I
  −1
 IL 

I = Load current
IL = Pickup current
TL = Time multiplier
The reset threshold is above 1.03125 · I/IN

5/34 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

Protection functions

Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)

If a faulted portion of the electrical circuit is
not disconnected upon issuance of a trip
command, another command can be initi-
ated using the breaker failure protection
which operates the circuit-breaker, e.g. of an
upstream (higher-level) protection relay.
Breaker failure is detected if after a trip com-
mand, current is still flowing in the faulted
circuit. As an option it is possible to make
use of the circuit-breaker position indica- Fig. 5/40 Tripping characteristics of the negative-sequence protection function
tion.

Cold load pickup

Negative-sequence protection (I2>>,
I2>/ANSI 46 Unbalanced-load protection)
The negative-sequence protection (see
Fig. 5/40) detects a phase failure or load un-
balance due to network asymmetry. Inter-
ruptions, short-circuits or crossed connec-
tions to the current transformers are
detected.
Furthermore, low level single-phase and
two-phase short-circuits (such as faults be-
yond a transformer) as well as phase inter-
ruptions can be detected.
This function is especially useful for motors
since negative-sequence currents cause im-
permissible overheating of the rotor.
In order to detect the unbalanced load, the
ratio of negative phase-sequence current to
rated current is evaluated.
I2 = negative-sequence current
T12 = tripping time
Transformer protection
The high-set element permits current coor-
dination where the overcurrent element
functions as a backup for the lower-level
protection relays, and the overload function
protects the transformer from thermal over-
load. Low-current single-phase faults on the
low voltage side that result in negative
phase-sequence current on the high-voltage
side can be detected with the negative-se-
quence protection.
By means of a binary input which can be
wired from a manual close contact, it is pos-
sible to switch the overcurrent pickup set-
tings to less sensitive settings for a program-
mable duration of time. After the set time
has expired, the pickup settings automati-
cally return to their original setting. This can
compensate for initial inrush when energiz-
ing a circuit without compromising the sen-
sitivity of the overcurrent elements during
steady state conditions.
3-pole multishot auto-reclosure
(AR, ANSI 79)
Auto-reclosure (AR) enables 3-phase
auto-reclosing of a feeder which has previ-
ously been disconnected by
time-overcurrent protection.
Trip circuit supervision
(ANSI 74TC)
One or two binary inputs can be used for
trip circuit monitoring.
Control
The relay permits circuit-breakers to be
opened and closed without command feed-
back. The circuit-breaker/disconnector may
be controlled by DIGSI, or by the integrated
HMI, or by the LSA/SCADA equipment con-
nected to the interface.

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/35

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

Protection functions
Switch-onto-fault protection
If switched onto a fault, instantaneous trip-
ping can be effected. If the internal control
function is used (local or via serial interface),
the manual closing function is available
without any additional wiring. If the control
switch is connected to a circuit-breaker
by-passing the internal control function,
manual detection using a binary input is im-
plemented.

Busbar protection (Reverse interlocking)

Binary inputs can be used to block any of the
six current stages. Parameters are assigned to
decide whether the input circuit is to operate
in open-circuit or closed-circuit mode. In
this case, reverse interlocking provides high-
speed busbar protection in radial or ring
power systems that are opened at one point.
The reverse interlocking principle is used, for
example, in medium-voltage power systems
and in switchgear for power plants, where a
high-voltage system transformer feeds a
busbar section with several medium-voltage
outgoing feeders.

Fig. 5/41 Reserve interlocking

5/36 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

Motor protection

Starting time supervision (ANSI 48)

Starting time supervision protects the motor
against long unwanted start-ups that might
occur when excessive load torque occurs, ex-
cessive voltage drops occur within the motor
or if the rotor is locked. Rotor temperature is
calculated from measured stator current.
The tripping time is calculated according to
the following equation:
2
I 
tTRIP =  start  ⋅t start max
 I rms 

IN
for Irms > Istart, reset ratio approx. 0.94
I start Fig. 5/42 Starting time supervision

tTRIP = tripping time

Istart = start-up current of the motor
tstart max = maximum permissible starting
time
Irms = actual current flowing

Restart inhibit (ANSI 66/86)

If a motor is started up too many times in
succession, the rotor can be subject to
thermal overload, especially the upper
edges of the bars. The rotor temperature is
calculated from the stator current and the
temperature characteristic is shown in a
schematic diagram. The reclosing lockout
only permits startup of the motor if the ro-
tor has sufficient thermal reserves for a
complete start-up.
Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37)
With this function, a sudden drop in cur-
rent, which may occur due to a reduced
motor load, is detected. This can cause
shaft breakage, no-load operation of
pumps or fan failure.
Fig. 5/43 Restart inhibit
Temperature monitoring (ANSI 38)
A temperature monitoring box with a total
of 6 measuring sensors can be used for tem-
perature monitoring and detection by the
protection relay. The thermal status of mo-
tors, generators and transformers can be
monitored with this device. Additionally, the
temperature of the bearings of rotating ma-
chines are monitored for limit value viola-
tion. The temperatures are measured with
the help of temperature detectors at various
locations of the device to be protected. This
data is transmitted to the protection relay via
a temperature monitoring box (also called
thermo-box or RTD-box) (see “Acces-
sories”).
Additional functions
Measured values
The r.m.s. values are calculated from the ac-
quired current and voltage along with the
power factor, active and reactive power. The
following functions are available for meas-
ured value processing:
• Currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IE, IEE (67Ns)
• Voltages VL1, VE (67NS) if existing
• Power Watts, Vars, VA/P, Q, S
• Power factor (cos ϕ),
• Energy ± kWh, ± kVarh, forward and
reverse power flow
• Mean as well as minimum and maxi-
mum current, voltage and power values

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/37

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

Communication
With respect to communication, particular Fig. 5/44
Electrical communication module
emphasis has been placed on high levels of

LSP2163-afp.eps
flexibility, data integrity and utilization of
standards common in energy automation.
The design of the communication modules
permits interchangeability.

Local PC interface
The SIPROTEC 7SJ602 is fitted with an
RS232 PC front port. A PC can be connected
to ease set-up of the relay using the Win-
dows-based program DIGSI which runs un- Fig. 5/45
Fiber-optic double ring communication
der MS-Windows. It can also be used to
module
evaluate up to 8 oscillographic fault records,
8 fault logs and 1 event log containing up to
30 events.

LSP2164-afp.eps
System interface on bottom of the unit
A communication module located on the
bottom part of the unit incorporates op-
tional equipment complements and readily
permits retrofitting. It guarantees the ability
to comply with the requirements of different
communication interfaces.
This interface is used to carry out communi-
cation with a control or a protection system
and supports a variety of communication
protocols and interface designs, depending
on the module connected.

IEC 60870-5-103 protocol

IEC 60870-5-103 is an internationally stand-
ardized protocol for the efficient communi-
cation in the protected area.
IEC 60870-5-103 is supported by a number
of protection device manufacturers and is
used worldwide.

PROFIBUS-DP Fig. 5/46 System solution/communication

PROFIBUS-DP is an industry-recognized
standard for communications and is sup-
ported by a number of PLC and protection
device manufacturers.

MODBUS RTU
MODBUS RTU is an industry-recognized
standard for communications and is sup-
ported by a number of PLC and protection
device manufacturers.

5/38 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

Typical connections 7SJ6021/7SJ6025

CT connections
Fig. 5/47 Standard
• Phase current measured
• Earth current measured
(e. g. core balance CT)
Fig. 5/48 Standard connection
• Connection of 3 CTs with residual
connection for neutral fault
Fig. 5/49 • Isolated networks only

Fig. 5/47
Connection of 4 CTs with
measurement of the earth
(ground) current

Fig. 5/48
Connection of 3 CTs with
residual connection for
neutral fault

Fig. 5/49
Connection of 2 CTs
only for isolated or
resonant-earthed
(grounded) power
systems

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/39

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

Typical connections
7SJ6022/7SJ6026

Fig. 5/50
Connection of 3 CTs with measurement
of the sensitive earth (ground) current

Fig. 5/52
Fig. 5/51 Connection of 3 CTs and 1 VT with
Connection of 3 CTs with directional measurement of the earth (ground)
earth (ground)-fault detection current and one phase voltage

Fig. 5/53 Example of typical wiring

5/40 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

Technical data

General unit data Alarm relays 1

CT circuits Contacts per relay 1 NO/NC (form A/B)
Rated current IN 1 or 5 A (settable) Switching capacity
Option: sensitive earth-fault CT IEE < 1.6 A or < 8 A (settable) Make 1000 W/VA
Break 30 VA, 40 W resistive
Rated frequency fN 50/60 Hz (selectable) 25 VA with L/R ≤ 50 ms
Power consumption Switching voltage 250 V
Current input at IN = 1 A < 0.1 VA
at IN = 5 A < 0.3 VA Permissible current 5 A continuous
For sensitive earth-fault Approx. 0.05 VA Binary inputs
detection at 1 A
Number 3 (configurable)
Overload capability
Thermal (r.m.s) 100 x IN for 1 s Operating voltage 24 to 250 V DC
30 x IN for 10 s Current consumption, Approx. 1.8 mA
4 x IN continuous independent of operating voltage
Dynamic (pulse current) 250 x IN one half cycle Pickup threshold, selectable via
Overload capability if equipped bridges
with sensitive earth-fault current Rated aux. voltage
transformer 24/48/60/110 V DC Vpickup ≥ 19 V DC
Thermal (r.m.s.) 300 A for 1 s 110/125/220/250 V DC Vpickup ≥ 88 V DC
100 A for 10 s Permissible maximum voltage 300 V DC
15 A continuous
Dynamic (impulse current) 750 A (half cycle) Connection (with screws)
Current terminals
Voltage transformer
Connection ring cable lugs Wmax = 11 mm, d1 = 5 mm
Rated voltage VN 100 to 125 V
Wire size 2.0 - 5.3 mm2 (AWG 14-10)
Power consumption at VN = 100 V < 0.3 VA per phase
Direct connection Solid conductor, flexible lead,
Overload capability in voltage connector sleeve
path (phase-neutral voltage) Wire size 2.0 - 5.3 mm2 (AWG 14-10)
Thermal (r.m.s.) 230 V continuous
Voltage terminals
Power supply Connection ring cable lugs Wmax = 10 mm, d1 = 4 mm
Power supply via integrated Wire size 0.5 - 3.3 mm2 (AWG 20-12)
DC/DC converter Direct connection Solid conductor, flexible lead,
Rated auxiliary voltage Vaux / 24/48 V DC/± 20 % connector sleeve
permissible variations 60/110 V DC/± 20 % Wire size 0.5 - 3.3 mm2 (AWG 20-12)
110/125/220/250 V DC/± 20 %
Unit design
115 V AC/- 20 %, + 15 %
230 V AC/- 20 %, + 15 % Housing 7XP20 For dimensions please refer
to dimension drawings
Superimposed AC voltage,
peak-to-peak Degree of protection
At rated voltage ≤ 12 % acc. to EN 60529
At limits of admissible voltage ≤6% For the device
in surface-mounting housing IP 51
Power consumption Approx. 3 to 6 W, depending on
in flush-mounting housing
operational status and selected aux-
front IP 51
iliary voltage
rear IP 20
Bridging time during failure/ ≥ 50 ms at Vaux ≥ 110 V AC/DC
For personal safety IP 2x with closed protection cover
short-circuit of auxiliary voltage ≥ 20 ms at Vaux ≥ 24 V DC
Weight
Binary outputs Flush mounting/ Approx. 4 kg
Trip relays 4 (configurable) cubicle mounting
Contacts per relay 1 NO/form A Surface mounting Approx. 4.5 kg
(Two contacts changeable to
NC/form B, via jumpers) Serial interfaces
Switching capacity Operating interface
Make 1000 W/VA
Break 30 VA, 40 W resistive Connection At front side, non-isolated, RS232,
25 VA with L/R ≤ 50 ms 9-pin subminiature connector
Switching voltage 250 V Operation With DIGSI 4.3 or higher
Permissible current Transmission speed As delivered 19200 baud, parity: 8E1
Continuous 5A Min. 1200 baud
For 0.5 s 30 A Max. 19200 baud
Permissible total current Distance 15 m
For common potential:
Continuous 5A
For 0.5 s 30 A

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/41

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

Technical data

System interface (bottom of unit) System interface (bottom of unit), cont’d

IEC 60870-5-103 protocol MODBUS RTU / ASCII
Connection Isolated interface for data transmis- Isolated interface for data transfer
sion to a control center
Transmission rate Min. 1200 baud, max. 19200 baud Transmission rate Up to 19200 baud
As delivered 9600 baud Transmission reliability Hamming distance d = 4
RS232/RS485 acc. to ordered RS485
version
Connection 9-pin subminiature connector
Connection 9-pin subminiature connector on the
bottom part of the housing Distance Max. 1 km/3300 ft max. 32 units
recommended
Test voltage 500 V AC
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth
RS232 maximum distance 15 m
Fiber-optic
RS485 maximum distance 1000 m
Connection fiber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for fiber-
Fiber-optic optic connection
Connector type ST connector on the bottom part Optical wavelength 820 nm
of the housing
Laser class 1 acc. to EN 60825-1-2 For glass fiber 50/125 µm
Optical wavelength λ = 820 nm or 62.5/125 µm
Laser class 1 acc. to For glass fiber 50/125 µm Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm
EN 60825-1/-2 or 62.5/125 µm
Distance Max. 1.5 km/0.9 miles
Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm
Idle state of interface “Light off”
Bridgeable distance Max. 1.5 km
No character position Selectable, setting as supplied
„light off” Electrical tests
Specifications
PROFIBUS-DP
Standards IEC 60255-5; ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0
Isolated interface for data transfer
to a control center Insulation tests
Transmission rate Up to 1.5 Mbaud High-voltage tests (routine test) 2.5 kV (r.m.s. value), 50 Hz
Transmission reliability Hamming distance d = 4 all circuits except for auxiliary
voltage, binary inputs and
RS485 communication interfaces
Connection 9-pin subminiature connector High-voltage tests (routine test) 3.5 kV DC
Distance 1000 m/3300 ft ≤ 93.75 kbaud; Auxiliary voltage and binary in-
500 m/1500 ft ≤ 187.5 kbaud; puts
200 m/600 ft ≤ 1.5 Mbaud High-voltage tests (routine test) 500 V (r.m.s. value); 50 Hz
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth only isolated communication
Fiber optic interfaces

Connection fiber-optic cable
Optical wavelength
Laser class 1 acc. to EN 60825-1-2 For glass fiber 50/125 µm
or 62.5/125 µm
Permissible path attenuation
Distance
Idle state of interface
Integrated ST connector for fiber-
optic connection
λ = 820 nm
Max. 8 dB, for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm
500 kB/s 1.6 km/0.99 miles
1500 kB/s 530 m/0.33 miles
Settable, setting as supplied “light off”
Impulse voltage tests (type test) 5 kV (peak value), 1.2/50 µs, 0.5 J,
all circuits, except 3 positive and 3 negative impulses at
communication interfaces intervals of 5 s
EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests
Standards IEC 60255-6; IEC 60255-22,
(product standard)
EN 50082-2 (generic standard)
DIN 57435 Part 303
High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak value); 1 MHz,
IEC 60255-22-1, class III τ = 15 µs; 400 surges per s;
and VDE 0435 Part 303, class III test duration 2 s; Ri = 200 Ω
Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge,
IEC 60255-22-2 class IV 15 kV air gap discharge,
EN 61000-4-2, class IV both polarities, 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 27 to 500 MHz
field, non-modulated
IEC 60255-22-3 (Report), class III
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz,
field, amplitude-modulated AM 80 %; 1 kHz
IEC 61000-4-3, class III duration > 10 s
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 900 MHz,
field, pulse-modulated repetition frequency 200 Hz
IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204, class III duty cycle 50 % PM

5/42 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

Technical data

EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests, (cont’d)
Fast transients interference/bursts
IEC 60255-22-4 and
IEC 61000-4-4, class IV
Surge voltage IEC 61000-4-5, class III Pulse: 1.2/50 µs
Auxiliary voltage
Measuring inputs,
binary inputs/outputs
Conducted RF
amplitude-modulated
IEC 61000-4-6, class III
Power frequency magnetic field
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV
IEC 60255-6
Oscillatory surge withstand
capability
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1
Fast transient surge withstand
capability
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1
Radiated electromagnetic
interference
ANSI/IEEE Std C37.90.2
Damped wave
IEC 60694/ IEC 61000-4-12
EMC tests interference emission; type tests
Standard
Conducted interferences,
only auxiliary voltage
IEC/CISPR 22
Radio interference field strength
IEC/CISPR 22
Harmonic currents on incoming
lines of system at 230 V AC
IEC 61000-3-2
Voltage fluctuation and flicker
range on incoming lines of system
at 230 V AC
IEC 61000-3-3
4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz;
burst length = 15 ms;
repetition rate 300 ms;
both polarities; Ri = 50 Ω;
test duration 1 min
From circuit to circuit (common
mode): 2 kV, 12 Ω, 9 µF;
Across contacts (diff. mode):
1 kV, 2 Ω, 18 µF
From circuit to circuit (common
mode): 2 kV, 42 Ω, 0.5 µF;
Across contacts (diff. mode):
1 kV, 42 Ω, 0.5 µF
10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz;
AM 80 %; 1 kHz
30 A/m continuous
300 A/m for 3 s, 50 Hz
0.5 mT, 50 Hz
2.5 to 3 kV (peak value),
1 to 1.5 MHz damped wave;
50 surges per s; duration 2 s
Ri = 150 to 200 Ω;
4 to 5 kV, 10/150 ns,
50 surges per s, both polarities;
duration 2 s, Ri = 80 Ω;
35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz;
amplitude and pulse-modulated
2.5 kV (peak value),
polarity alternating
100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 and 50 MHz,
Ri = 200 Ω;
EN 50081-* (generic specification)
150 kHz to 30 MHz
limit class B
30 to 1000 MHz
limit class B
Unit belongs to class D
(applies only to units with > 50 VA
power consumption)
Limit values are adhered to
Mechanical stress tests
Vibration, shock and seismic vibration
During operation
Standards Acc. to IEC 60255-21
and IEC 60068-2
Vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-1, class I 10 to 60 Hz: ± 0.035 mm ampli-
IEC 60068-2-6 tude;
60 to 150 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
Sweep rate 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Shock Half-sine,
IEC 60255-21-2, class I acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms,
3 shocks in each direction of
3 orthogonal axes
Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-3, class I 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude
IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis)
1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude
(vertical axis)
8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
(horizontal axis)
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
(vertical axis)
Sweep rate 1 octave/min
1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes
During transportation
Standards Acc. to IEC 60255-21
and IEC 60068-2
Vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-1, class II 5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude;
IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration
Sweep rate 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Shock Half-sine,
IEC 60255-21-2, class I acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms;
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in each direction of
3 orthogonal axes
Continuous shock Half-sine,
IEC 60255-21-2, class I acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms,
IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks in each direction of
3 orthogonal axes
Climatic stress tests
Temperatures
Recommended temperature
During operation –5 °C to +55 °C /23 °F to 131 °F,
(> 55 °C decreased display contrast)
Limit temperature
During operation –20 °C to +70 °C /–4 °F to 158 °F
During storage –25 °C to +55 °C /–13 °F to 131 °F
During transport –25 °C to +70 °C /–13 °F to 158 °F
(Storage and transport
with standard works packaging)
Humidity
Permissible humidity stress: Annual average: ≤ 75 % relative
It is recommended to arrange the humidity, on 56 days per year 95 %
units in such a way that they are not relative humidity, condensation not
exposed to direct sunlight or pro- permissible!
nounced temperature changes that
could cause condensation.

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/43

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

Technical data

Functions Inverse-time overcurrent protection (ANSI 51/51N)

Definite-time overcurrent protection (ANSI 50, 50N) Setting ranges/steps
Setting ranges/steps Low-set overcurrent element
Low-set overcurrent element Phase Ip I/IN = 0.1 to 4 (steps 0.1)
Phase I> I/IN = 0.1 to 25 (steps 0.1); or ∞ Earth IEp I/IN = 0.05 to 4 (steps 0.01)
Earth IE> I/IN = 0.05 to 25 (steps 0.01); or ∞ Time multiplier for Ip, IEp
High-set overcurrent element (IEC charac.) Tp = 0.05 to 3.2 s (steps 0.01 s)
Phase I>> I/IN = 0.1 to 25 (steps 0.1); or ∞ Time multiplier for Ip, IEp
Earth IE>> I/IN = 0.05 to 25 (steps 0.01); or ∞ (ANSI charac.) D = 0.5 to 15 s (steps 0.1 s)
Instantaneous tripping High-set overcurrent element
Phase I>>> I/IN = 0.3 to 12.5 (steps 0.1); or ∞ Phase I>> I/IN = 0.1 to 25 (steps 0.1); or ∞
Delay times T for I>, IE>, I>> Earth IE>> I/IN = 0.05 to 25 (steps 0.01); or ∞
and IE>> 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) Instantaneous tripping
The set times are pure delay times Phase I>>> I/IN = 0.3 to 12.5 (steps 0.1); or ∞
Pickup times I>, I>>, IE>, IE>> Delay time TI>> 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s)
At 2 x setting value, Approx. 25 ms Tripping time characteristic
without meas. repetition acc. to IEC See page 5/33
At 2 x setting value, Approx. 35 ms Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 x Ip
with meas. repetition
Reset threshold, Approx. 1.03 x Ip
Pickup times for I>>> Approx. 15 ms alternatively disk emulation
at 2 x setting value
Dropout time
Reset times I>, I>>, IE>, IE>> Approx. 40 ms 50 Hz Approx. 50 ms
Reset time I>>> Approx. 50 ms 60 HZ Approx. 60 ms
Reset ratios Approx. 0.95 Tolerances
Overshot time Approx. 55 ms Pickup values 5 % of setting value or 5 % of
Tolerances rated value
Pickup values I>, I>>, I>>>, 5 % of setting value or 5 % of Timing period for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 5 % of theoretical value
IE>, IE>> rated value and 0.5 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 24 ± 2 % current tolerance;
Delay times T 1 % of setting value or 10 ms at least 30 ms
Influencing variables Influencing variables
Auxiliary voltage, range: Auxiliary voltage, range:
0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2 ≤1% 0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2 ≤1%
Temperature, range: Temperature, range:
- 5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ 40 °C / ≤ 0.5 %/10 K -5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ 40 °C / ≤ 0.5 %/10 K
23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F -23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F
Frequency, range Frequency, range:
0.98 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.02 ≤ 1.5 % 0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 ≤ 8 %, referred to theoretical
0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 ≤ 2.5 % time value
Harmonics Tripping characteristic
Up to 10 % of 3rd harmonic ≤ 1% acc. to ANSI/IEEE See page 5/33
Up to 10 % of 5th harmonic ≤1% Pickup threshold Approx. 1.06 x Ip
Dropout threshold, Approx. 1.03 x Ip
alternatively disk emulation
Tolerances
Pickup threshold 5 % of setting value or 5 % of
rated value
Timing period for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 5 % of theoretical value
and 0.5 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 24 ± 2 % current tolerance; at least
30 ms
Influencing variables
Auxiliary voltage, range:
0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2 ≤1%
Temperature, range:
-5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ 40 °C / ≤ 0.5 %/10 K
23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F
Frequency, range:
0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 ≤ 8 %, referred to theoretical
time value

5/44 Siemens SIP · 2004


Technical data
(Sensitive) earth-fault protection (directional/non-directional)
Definite-time earth-fault protection (ANSI 50Ns)
Setting ranges/steps
Low-set element IEE>
High-set element IEE>>
Delay times T for IEE> and IEE>> 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s)
Pickup times IEE>, IEE>>
At 2 x setting value
without meas. repetition
At 2 x setting value
with meas. repetition
Reset times IEE>, IEE>>
At 50 Hz
At 60 Hz
Reset ratios
Overshot time
Tolerances
Pickup values IEE>, IEE>>
Delay times T
Influencing variables
Auxiliary voltage, range:
0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2
Temperature, range:
- 5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ 40 °C /
23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F
Frequency, ranges:
0.98 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.02
0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05
Harmonics
Up to 10 % of 3rd harmonic
Up to 10 % of 5rd harmonic
Inverse-time earth-fault protection (ANSI 51Ns)
Setting ranges/steps
Low-set element IEEp
Time multiplier for IEEp
(IEC characteristic)
Time multiplier for IEEp
(ANSI characteristic)
High-set element IEE>>
Delay time T for IEE>>
Tripping time characteristic
acc. to IEC
Pickup threshold
Reset threshold
alternatively disk emulation
Dropout time
50 Hz
60 Hz
Tolerances
Pickup values
Timing period for 2 ≤ I/IEEp ≤ 20 5 % of theoretical value
and 0.5 ≤ I/IEEN ≤ 24
Influencing variables
Auxiliary voltage, range:
0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2
Siemens SIP · 2004
5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602
Inverse-time earth-fault protection (ANSI 51Ns), cont’d
Temperature, range:
-5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ 40 °C / ≤ 0.5 %/10 K
I/IEEN = 0.003 to 1.5 (steps 0.001); 23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F
or ∞ (deactivated) Frequency, range: ≤ 8 %, referred to theoretical
I/IEEN = 0.003 to 1.5 (steps 0.001); 0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 time value
or ∞ (deactivated) Tripping characteristic acc. to
ANSI/IEEE See page 5/33
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.06 x IEEp
Dropout threshold, Approx. 1.03 x IEEp
Approx. 35 ms alternatively disk emulation
Tolerances
Approx. 55 ms Pickup threshold 5 % of setting value or 5 % of
rated value
Timing period for 2 ≤ I/IEEp ≤ 20 5 % of theoretical value
Approx. 65 ms and 0.5 ≤ I/IEEN ≤ 24 ± 2 % current tolerance; at least
Approx. 95 ms 30 ms
Approx. 0.95 Influencing variables
Approx. 55 ms Auxiliary voltage, range:
0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2 ≤1%
5 % of setting value or 5 % of Temperature, range:
rated value -5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ 40 °C / ≤ 0.5 %/10 K
1 % of setting value or 10 ms 23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F
Frequency, range:
0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 ≤ 8 %, referred to theoretical
time value
≤1%
Direction detection (ANSI 67Ns)
≤ 0.5 %/10 K Direction measurement IE, VE (measured)
Measuring principle Active/reactive measurement
Measuring enable
≤ 1.5 % For sensitive input I/IEEN = 0.003 to 1.2
≤ 2.5 % (in steps of 0.001 I/IEEN)
Reset ratio Approx. 0.8
≤ 1% Measuring method cos ϕ and sin ϕ
≤1%
Direction vector -45 ° to +45 ° (in steps of 0.1 °)
Dropout delay TReset Delay 1 to 60 s (steps 1 s)
I/IEEN = 0.003 to 1.4 (steps 0.001) Angle correction for cable In 2 operating points F1 and F2
converter
Tp = 0.05 to 3.2 s (steps 0.01 s) (for resonant-earthed system)
Angle correction F1, F2 0 ° to 5 ° (in steps of 0.1 °)
D = 0.5 to 15 s (steps 0.1 s)
Current values I1, I2
For sensitive input I/IEEN = 0.003 to 1.6
I/IEEN = 0.003 to 1.5 (steps 0.001); (in steps of 0.001 I/IEEN)
or ∞ (deactivated)
Measuring tolerance 2 % of the setting value or 1 mA
0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) acc. to DIN 57435
Angle tolerance 3°
See page 5/33
Approx. 1.1 x IEEp Displacement voltage (ANSI 64)
Approx. 1.03 x IEEp Displacement voltage, measured VE >/VN = 0.02 to 1.3 (steps 0.001)
Measuring time Approx. 60 ms
Pickup delay time 0.04 to 320 s or ∞ (steps 0.01 s)
Approx. 50 ms Time delay 0.1 to 40000 s or ∞ (steps 0.01 s)
Approx. 60 ms
Dropout ratio 0.95 or (pickup value -0.6 V)
5 % of setting value or 5 % of rated Measuring tolerance
value VE (measured) 3 % of setting value, or 0.3 V
Operating time tolerances 1 % of setting value, or 10 ms
± 2 % current tolerance; The set times are pure delay times
at least 30 ms
≤1%
5/45
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602
Technical data
Thermal overload protection with memory (ANSI 49) with preload
Setting ranges
Factor k according to IEC 60255-8 0.40 to 2 (steps 0.01)
Thermal time constant τth
Thermal warning stage
Θalarm/Θtrip
Prolongation factor at motor
stand-still kτ
Reset ratios
Θ/Θtrip
Θ/Θalarm
Tolerances
Referring to k · IN
Referring to trip time
Influencing variables
Auxiliary DC voltage, range
0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2
Temperature, range
- 5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ + 40 °C /
23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F
Frequency, range
0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05
Thermal overload protection without memory (ANSI 49) without preload
Setting ranges
Pickup value
Time multiplier tL (= t6 -time)
Reset ratio I/IL
Tolerances
Referring to pickup
threshold 1.1 IL
Referring to trip time
Influencing variables
Auxiliary DC voltage, range
0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2
Temperature, range
- 5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ + 40 °C /
23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F
Frequency, range
0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05
Breaker failure protection
Setting ranges/steps
Pickup of current element
Delay time
Pickup times (with internal start)
(via control)
(with external start)
Dropout time
Tolerances
Pickup value
Delay time
5/46
1 to 999.9 min (steps 0.1 min)
50 to 99 % referred to trip
temperature rise (steps 1 %)
1 to 10 (steps 0.01)
Reset below 0.99 Θalarm
Approx. 0.99
±5%
(class 5 % acc. to IEC 60255-8)
±5%±2s
(class 5 % acc. to IEC 60255-8)
≤1%
≤ 0.5 %/10 K
≤1%
IL/IN = 0.4 to 4 (steps 0.1)
1 to 120 s (steps 0.1 s)
Approx. 0.94
± 5 % of setting value or 5 %
of rated value
±5%±2s
≤1%
≤ 0.5 %/10 K
≤1%
CB I>/IN = 0.04 to 1.0 (steps 0.01)
0.06 to 60 s or ∞ (steps 0.01 s)
is contained in the delay time
is contained in the delay time
is contained in the delay time
Approx. 25 ms
2 % of setting value
1 % or 20 ms
Negative-sequence protection (ANSI 46)
Setting ranges/steps
Tripping stages I2> and I2>> 8 to 80 % to IN (steps 1 %)
Delay times T (I2>), T (I2>>) 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s)
Lower function limit At least one phase current ≥ 0.1 x IN
Pickup times at fN = 50 Hz at fN = 60 Hz
Tripping stages I2> and I2>> Approx. 60 ms Approx. 75 ms
But with currents I/IN > 1.5
(overcurrent case) or negative-
sequence current < (set value
+0.1 x IN) Approx. 200 ms Approx. 310 ms
Reset times
Tripping stages I2> and I2>> Approx. 35 ms Approx. 42 ms
Reset ratios
Tripping stages I2> and I2>> Approx. 0.9 to 0.01 x IN
Tolerances
Pickup values I2>, I2>>
Current I/IN ≤ 1.5 ± 1 % of IN ± 5 % of set value
Current I/IN > 1.5 ± 5 % of IN ± 5 % of set value
Delay times T (I2>) and T (I2>>) ± 1 % but min. 10 ms
Influencing variables
Auxiliary DC voltage, range
0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2 ≤1%
Temperature, range
–5 °C ≤ Θamb +40 °C / ≤ 0.5 %/10 K
23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F
Frequency, range
0.98 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.02 ≤ 1 % of IN
0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 ≤ 5 % of IN
Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)
Number of possible shots 1 to 9, configurable
Auto-reclosure modes 3-pole
Dead times for 1st and any 0.05 s to 1800 s (steps 0.01 s)
further shot
Blocking time after successful AR 0.05 s to 320 s (steps 0.01 s)
Lock-out time after unsuccessful 0.05 s to 320 s (steps 0.01 s)
AR
Reclaim time after manual close 0.50 s to 320 s (steps 0.01 s)
Duration of reclose command 0.01 s to 60 s (steps 0.01 s)
Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)
Trip circuit supervision With one or two binary inputs
Circuit-breaker trip test Trip/reclosure cycle
Control
Number of devices 1
Evaluation of breaker contact None
Siemens SIP · 2004
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

Technical data

Motor protection Thermo-box (instead of system interface) (ANSI 38)

Setting ranges/steps Number of temperature sensors Max. 6
Rated motor current/ Type of measuring Pt 100 Ω or Ni 100 Ω or Ni 120 Ω
transformer rated current Imotor/IN = 0.2 to 1.2
(in steps of 0.1) Installation drawing “Oil” or “Environment” or “Stator”
or “Bearing” or “Other”
Start-up current of the motor Istart/Imotor = 0.4 to 20
(in steps of 0.1) Limit values for indications
For each measuring detector
Permissible start-up time tstart max 1 to 360 s (in steps of 0.1 s) Warning temperature -50 °C to 250 °C (in steps of 1 °C)
Starting time supervision (ANSI 48) (stage 1) -58 °F to 482 °F (in steps of 1 °F)
or ∞ (no indication)
Setting ranges/steps
Pickup threshold Ipickup/Imotor = 0.4 to 20 Alarm temperature -50 °C to 250 °C (in steps of 1 °C)
(in steps of 0.1) (stage 2) -58 °F to 482 °F (in steps of 1 °F)
or ∞ (no indication)
Tripping time characteristic 2
I 
t TRIP =  start  ⋅ t start max
 Irms  Additional functions
Operational measured values
For Irms > Ipickup
Istart = Start-up current of the For currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IE
motor in A (Amps) primary or in % IN
Irms = Current actually flowing Range 10 to 240 % IN
Ipickup = Pickup threshold, from Tolerance 3 % of measured value
which the motor start-up For voltages VL1-E, in kV primary or in %
is detected Range 10 to 120 % of VN
tstart max = Maximum permissible Tolerance ≤ 3 % of measured value
starting time
tTRIP = Tripping time
For sensitive earth-current IEE, IEEac, IEEreac
detection (r.m.s., active and reactive current)
Reset ratio Irms/Ipickup Approx. 0.94 in A (kA) primary, or in %
Tolerances Range 0 to 160 % IEEN
Pickup values 5 % of setting value or 5 % rated Tolerance ≤ 3 % of measured value
value Power/work
Delay time 5 % or 330 ms
S Apparent power in kVA, MVA, GVA
Restart inhibit for motors (ANSI 66/86)
S/VA (apparent power) For V/VN, I/IN = 50 to 120 %
Setting ranges/steps typically < 6 %
Rotor temperature compensation 0 to 60 min (in steps of 0.1min)
time TCOMP P Active power, in kW, MW, GW
Minimum restart inhibit 0.2 to 120 min (in steps of 0.1 min) P/Watts (active power) For |cos ϕ| = 0.707 to 1, typically
time Trestart < 6 %, for V/VN, I/IN = 50 to 120 %
Maximum permissible number 1 to 4 (in steps of 1) Q Reactive power, In kvar, Mvar, Gvar
of warm starts nw Q/Var (reactive power) For |sin ϕ| = 0.707 to 1, typically
Difference between cold and 1 to 2 (in steps of 1) < 6 %, for V/VN, I/IN = 50 to 120 %
warm start nc - nw cos ϕ, total and phase-selective -1 to +1
Extension factor for cooling 1 to 10 (in steps of 0.1) Power factor cos ϕ For |cos ϕ| = 0.707 to 1, typically
simulation of the rotor <5%
(running and stop)
nc − 1 Metering
Restarting limit Θ restart = Θ rot max perm ⋅
nc + Wp kWh In kWh, MWh, GWh forward
Θrestart = Temperature limit
- Wp kWh In kWh reverse
below which restarting
+ Wq kvarh In kvarh inductive
is possible
- Wq kvarh In kvarh, Mvarh, Gvarh capacitive
Θrot max perm = Maximum permissible Long-term mean values
rotor overtemperature
(= 100 % in operational Mean values 15, 30, 60 minutes mean values
measured value IL1 dmd in A, kA Pdmd in kW
Θrot/Θrot trip) IL2 dmd in A, kA Qdmd in kvar
nc = Number of permissible IL3 dmd in A, kA Sdmd in kVA
start-ups from cold
state

Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37)

Threshold IL < /IN = 0.1 to 4 (in steps of 0.01)
Delay time for IL< 0 to 320 s (in steps of 0.1 s)

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/47

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

Technical data

Min/max. LOG (memory)

Measured values With date and time
Reset automatic Time of day (settable in minutes)
Time range (settable in days;
1 to 365, ∞)
Reset manual Via binary input
Via keyboard
Via communication
Min./max. values of primary cur- IL1; IL2; IL3
rents
Min./max. values of primary volt- VL1-E
ages
Min./max. values of power S Apparent Power
P Active power
Q Reactive power
Power factor cos ϕ
Min./max. values of primary cur-
rents mean values IL1dmd, IL2dmd, IL3dmd
Min./max. values of power mean
value Pdmd, Qdmd, Sdmd
Fault event log
Storage Storage of the last 8 faults
Time assignment
Resolution for operational
indications 1s
Resolution for fault event
indications 1 ms
Max. time deviation 0.01 %
Fault recording
Storage Storage of max. 8 fault events
Total storage time (fault detection Max. 5 s, selectable pre-trigger and
or trip command = 0 ms) post-fault time
Max. storage period per fault
event Tmax 0.30 s to 5 s (steps 0.01 s)
Pre-trigger time Tpre 0.05 s to 0.50 s (steps 0.01 s)
Post-fault time Tpost 0.05 s to 0.50 s (steps 0.01 s)
Sampling rate at 50 Hz 1 instantaneous value per ms
Sampling rate at 60 Hz 1 instantaneous value per 0.83 ms
Backup battery Lithium battery 3 V/1 Ah,
type CR ½ AA
Self-discharge time > 5 years
“Battery fault” battery charge warn-
ing

CE conformity
This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Com-
munities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating
to electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC)
and electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits
(Council Directive 73/23/EEC).
This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/
Part 303).
The unit has been developed and manufactured for application in an
industrial environment according to the EMC standards.
This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG in
accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directive
and standard EN 60255-6 for the “low-voltage Directive”.

5/48 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

Selection and ordering data Description Order No. Order

code
7SJ602 multifunction overcurrent and 7SJ602¨ – ¨¨¨¨¨ – ¨o¨¨ ¨o¨
motor protection relay
Measuring inputs (4 x I), default settings
IN = 1 A1), 15th position only with A 1
IN = 5 A1), 15th position only with A

Measuring inputs (1 x V, 3 x I), default settings

See next
Iph = 1 A1), Ie = sensitive (IEE = 0.003 to 1.5 A), page
15th position only with B and J 2
Iph = 5 A1), Ie = sensitive (IEE = 0.015 to 7.5 A),
15th position only with B and J 6

Auxiliary voltage
24/48 V DC, binary input threshold 19 V3) 2
60/110 V DC2), binary input threshold 19 V3) 4
110/125/220/250 V DC, 115/230 V AC2) binary input threshold 88 V3) 5

Unit design 5
Surface-mounting housing, terminals on top and bottom B
Flush-mounting housing, screw-type terminals

Region-specific default and language settings

Region World, 50/60 Hz, ANSI/IEC characteristic,
languages: English, German, French, Spanish, Russian B

System port (on bottom of unit)

No system port 0
IEC 60870-5-103, electrical RS232 1
IEC 60870-5-103, electrical RS485 2
IEC 60870-5-103, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3
Temperature monitoring box, electrical RS4854) 8
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, electrical RS485 9 L 0A
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, optical 820 nm, double ring, ST connector 9 L 0B
MODBUS, electrical RS485 9 L 0D
MODBUS, optical 820 nm, ST connector 9 L 0E

Command (without process check back signal)

Without command 0
With command 1

Measuring / fault recording

Oscillographic fault recording 1
Oscillographic fault recording, slave pointer, mean values, min./max. values 3

1) Rated current can be selected by

means of jumpers.
2) Transition between the two auxiliary
voltage ranges can be selected by
means of jumpers.
3) The binary input thresholds can be
selected in two stages by means of
jumpers.
4) Temperature monitoring box
7XV5662-oAD10, refer
to "Accessories".

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/49

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

SJ602 multifunction overcurrent and 7SJ602o ooooo oooo
motor protection relay
ANSI No. Description
Basic version
50/51 Time-overcurrent protection TOC phase
I>, I>>, I>>>, Ip, reverse interlocking
50N/51N Ground/earth-fault protection TOC ground/earth IE>, IE>>, IEp
49 Overload protection
74TC Trip circuit supervision
50BF Breaker-failure protection
Cold load pickup
1)
46 Negative sequence/unbalanced load protection F A
Basic version + directional ground/earth-fault detection
50/51 Time-overcurrent protection TOC phase
I>, I>>, I>>>, Ip, reverse interlocking
67Ns Directional sensitive ground/earth-fault detection IEE>, IEE>>, IEp
64 Displacement voltage
49 Overload protection
74TC Trip circuit supervision
50BF Breaker-failure protection
5 Cold load pickup
2)
46 Negative sequence/unbalanced load protection F B
Basic version + sensitive ground/earth-fault detection + measuring
50/51 Time-overcurrent protection TOC phase
I>, I>>, I>>>, Ip, reverse interlocking
50Ns/51Ns Sensitive ground/earth-fault detection IEE>, IEE>>, IEp
49 Overload protection
74TC Trip circuit supervision
50BF Breaker-failure protection
Cold load pickup
46 Negative sequence/unbalanced load protection
2)
Voltage and power measuring F J
Basic version + motor protection
50/51 Time-overcurrent protection TOC phase
I>, I>>, I>>>, Ip, reverse interlocking
50N/51N Ground/earth-fault protection TOC ground/earth IE>, IE>>, IEp
49 Overload protection
74TC Trip circuit supervision
50BF Breaker-failure protection
Cold load pickup
46 Negative sequence/unbalanced load protection
48 Starting time supervision
37 Undercurrent/loss of load monitoring
1)
66/86 Restart inhibit H A
Basic version + directional ground/earth fault protection + motor protection
50/51 Time-overcurrent protection TOC phase
I>, I>>, I>>>, Ip, reverse interlocking
67Ns Directional sensitive ground/earth-fault detection IEE>, IEE>>, IEp
64 Displacement voltage
49 Overload protection
74TC Trip circuit supervision
50BF Breaker-failure protection
Cold load pickup
46 Negative sequence/unbalanced load protection
48 Starting time supervision
37 Undercurrent/loss of load monitoring
2)
66/86 Restart inhibit H B
Basic version + sensitive ground/earth-fault detection + measuring + motor protection
50/51 Time-overcurrent protection TOC phase
I>, I>>, I>>>, Ip, reverse interlocking
50Ns/51Ns Sensitive ground/earth-fault detection IEE>, IEE>>, IEp
49 Overload protection
74TC Trip circuit supervision
50BF Breaker-failure protection
Cold load pickup
46 Negative sequence/unbalanced load protection
Voltage and power measuring
48 Starting time supervision
37 Undercurrent/loss of load monitoring
2)
66/86 Restart inhibit H J
Auto-reclosure (ARC)
1) Only with position 7 = 1 or 5 Without auto-reclosure ARC 0
2) Only with position 7 = 2 or 6 79 With auto-reclosure ARC 1
5/50 Siemens SIP · 2004
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

Accessories Description Order No.

DIGSI 4
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows (version Windows 95 and higher),
device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included
as well as “Getting started” manual on paper, connecting cables (copper)
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Demo
Demo version on CD-ROM 7XS5401-0AA00
Professional
Complete version:
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default and
control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00

SIGRA
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers 5
(Comtrade format). Running under MS Windows.
Incl. templates, electronic manual with license for 10 PCs on CD-ROM.
Authorization by serial number. 7XS5410-0AA00

Temperature monitoring box

24 to 60 V AC/DC 7XV5662-2AD10
90 to 240 V AC/DC 7XV5662-5AD10

Connecting cable (contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally)

Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin con.) and protection unit (9-pin connector) 7XV5100-4
Cable between temperature monitoring box and SIPROTEC 4 unit
- length 5 m / 16.4 ft 7XV5103-7AA05
- length 25 m / 82 ft 7XV5103-7AA25
- length 50 m / 164 ft 7XV5103-7AA50

Manual for 7SJ602

English C53000-G1176-C125-4

Description Order No. Size of Supplier

LSP2093-afp.eps

package
Terminal safety cover
Voltage/current terminal 18-pole C73334-A1-C31-1 1 Siemens

Short-circuit links Voltage/current terminal 8-pole C73334-A1-C32-1 1 Siemens

for current terminals Short-circuit links
LSP2289-afp.eps

For current terminals C73334-A1-C33-1 1 Siemens

For other terminals C73334-A1-C34-1 1 Siemens
Mounting rail for 19" rack C73165-A63-D200-1 1 Siemens
Mounting rail
Your local Siemens representative
can inform you on local suppliers.

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/51

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

Connection diagram

Fig. 5/54
Connection diagram according to IEC standard

5/52 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

Connection diagram

Fig. 5/55
Connection diagram according to IEC standard

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/53

5/54 Siemens SIP · 2004
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

SIPROTEC 4 7SJ61
Multifunction Protection Relay
Function overview

Protection functions
• Time-overcurrent protection
(definite-time/inverse-time/user-def.)
• Sensitive earth-fault detection
• Intermittent earth-fault protection
• High-impedance restricted earth fault
• Inrush restraint
• Motor protection
LSP2299-afpen.eps

– Undercurrent monitoring
– Starting time supervision
– Restart inhibit
– Locked rotor
• Overload protection 5
• Temperature monitoring
Fig. 5/56 SIPROTEC 4 7SJ61 multifunction protection relay • Breaker failure protection
• Negative-sequence protection
• Auto-reclosure
• Lockout
Description
Control functions/programmable logic
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ61 relays can be used • Commands for control of a
for line protection of high and medium circuit-breaker and of isolators
voltage networks with earthed (grounded),
low-resistance earthed, isolated or com- • Control via keyboard, binary inputs,
pensated neutral point. When protecting DIGSI 4 or SCADA system
motors, the SIPROTEC 4 7SJ61 is suitable • User-defined logic with CFC
for asynchronous machines of all sizes. The (e.g. interlocking)
relay performs all functions of backup pro-
tection supplementary to transformer dif- Monitoring functions
ferential protection. • Operational measured values I
The relay provides a simple control of the • Circuit-breaker wear monitoring
circuit-breaker and automation functions. • Slave pointer
The integrated programmable logic (CFC)
allows the user to implement their own • Time metering of operating hours
functions, e. g. for the automation of • Trip circuit supervision
switchgear (interlocking). The user is also • 8 oscillographic fault records
allowed to generate user-defined messages.
Communication interfaces
The flexible communication interfaces are
open for modern communication architec- • System interface
tures with control systems. – IEC 60870-5-103, IEC 618501)
– PROFIBUS-FMS/-DP
– DNP 3.0/MODBUS RTU
• Service interface for DIGSI 4 (modem)
• Front interface for DIGSI 4
• Time synchronization via IRIG B/DCF77
Hardware
• 4 current transformers
• 3/8/11 binary inputs
• 4/8/6 output relays

1) Version V4.51 and newer.

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/55

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61
Application
Fig. 5/57 Function diagram
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ61 unit is a numerical
protection relay that also performs control
and monitoring functions and therefore sup-
ports the user in cost-effective power system
management, and ensures reliable supply of
electric power to the customers. Local opera-
tion has been designed according to ergo-
nomic criteria. A large, easy-to-read display
was a major design aim.
Control
The integrated control function permits con-
trol of disconnect devices (electrically oper-
ated/motorized switches) or circuit-breakers
via the integrated operator panel, binary in-
puts, DIGSI 4 or the control and protection
system (e.g. SICAM). A full range of com-
mand processing functions is provided.
Programmable logic
The integrated logic characteristics (CFC)
allow the user to implement their own func-
tions for automation of switchgear (inter-
locking) or a substation via a graphic user
interface. The user can also generate user-
defined messages.
5/56
Line protection Backup protection
The relay is a non-directional overcurrent re- The 7SJ61can be used universally for backup
lay which can be used for line protection of protection.
high and medium-voltage networks with
earthed (grounded), low-resistance earthed, Metering values
isolated or compensated neutral point.
Extensive measured values, limit values and
metered values permit improved system
Motor protection management.
When protecting motors, 7SJ61 is suitable
for asynchronous machines of all sizes.
Transformer protection
The relay performs all functions of backup
protection supplementary to transformer
differential protection. The inrush sup-
pression effectively prevents tripping by in-
rush currents.
The high-impedance restricted earth-fault
protection detects short-circuits and insula-
tion faults on the transformer.
Siemens SIP · 2004
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Application

ANSI No. IEC Protection functions

50, 50N I>, I>> Definite-time overcurrent protection (phase/neutral)

IE>, IE>>

51, 51N Ip, IEp Inverse-time overcurrent protection (phase/neutral)

– Cold load pick-up (dynamic setting change)

– IE> Intermittent earth fault

87N High-impedance restricted earth-fault protection

50BF Breaker failure protection

79 Auto-reclosure

46 I2> Phase-balance current protection (negative-sequence protection)

49 ϑ> Thermal overload protection 5

48 Starting time supervision

14 Locked rotor protection

66/86 Restart inhibit

37 I< Undercurrent monitoring

38 Temperature monitoring via external device (RTD-box),

e.g. bearing temperature monitoring

Construction

Connection techniques and

housing with many advantages
1/3-rack sizes is the available housing
width of the 7SJ61 relays, referred to a 19”
module frame system. This means that
previous models can always be replaced.
The height is a uniform 244 mm for flush-
mounting housings and 266 mm for sur-
face-mounting housing for all housing
widths. All cables can be connected with or
LSP2099-afpen.eps

without ring lugs.

In the case of surface mounting on a panel,
the connection terminals are located above
and below in the form of screw-type termi-
nals. The communication interfaces are
located in a sloped case at the top and bot-
tom of the housing.
Fig. 5/58 Rear view with screw-type terminals

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/57

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Protection functions

Time-overcurrent protection
(ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51N)
This function is based on the phase-selective
measurement of the three phase currents and
the earth current (four transformers). Two
definite-time overcurrent protection ele-
ments (DMT) exist both for the phases and
for the earth. The current threshold and the
delay time can be set within a wide range. In
addition, inverse-time overcurrent protec-
tion characteristics (IDMTL) can be
activated.

5 Fig. 5/59 Fig. 5/60

Definite-time overcurrent protection Inverse-time overcurrent protection

Available inverse-time characteristics

Characteristics acc. to ANSI/IEEE IEC 60255-3
Inverse • •
Short inverse •
Long inverse • •
Moderately inverse •
Very inverse • •
Extremely inverse • •

Reset characteristics Inrush restraint

For easier time coordination with electro- The relay features second harmonic restraint.
mechanical relays, reset characteristics If the second harmonic is detected during
according to ANSI C37.112 and transformer energization, pickup of non-di-
IEC 60255-3 / BS 142 standards are applied. rectional normal elements (I>, Ip) are
When using the reset characteristic (disk blocked.
emulation), a reset process is initiated after
the fault current has disappeared. This reset Cold load pickup
process corresponds to the reverse move- For time-overcurrent protection functions
ment of the Ferraris disk of an electrome- the initiation thresholds and tripping times
chanical relay (thus: disk emulation). can be switched via binary inputs or by
time control.
User-definable characteristics
Instead of the predefined time characteris-
tics according to ANSI, tripping characteris-
tics can be defined by the user for phase and
earth units separately. Up to 20 current/
time value pairs may be programmed. They
are set as pairs of numbers or graphically in
DIGSI 4.

5/58 Siemens SIP · 2004


Protection functions
(Sensitive) earth-fault detection (ANSI 50Ns,
51Ns/50N, 51N)
For high-resistance earthed networks, a
sensitive input transformer is connected to
a phase-balance neutral current trans-
former (also called core-balance CT).
The earth-fault current is also calculated
from the phase currents so that the earth-
fault protection operates correctly in the
event of current transformer saturation. The
function can also be operated in the insensi-
tive mode as an additional short- circuit pro-
tection.
Intermittent earth-fault protection
Intermittent (re-striking) faults occur due to
insulation weaknesses in cables or as a result
of water penetrating cable joints. Such faults
either simply cease at some stage or develop
into lasting short-circuits. During intermit-
tent activity, however, star-point resistors in
networks that are impedance-earthed may
undergo thermal overloading. The normal
earth-fault protection cannot reliably detect
and interrupt the current pulses, some of
which can be very brief.
The selectivity required with intermittent
earth faults is achieved by summating the
duration of the individual pulses and by
triggering when a (settable) summed time is
reached. The response threshold IIE> evalu-
ates the r.m.s. value, referred to one systems
period.
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
If a faulted portion of the electrical circuit is
not disconnected upon issuance of a trip
command, another command can be initi-
ated using the breaker failure protection
which operates the circuit-breaker, e.g. of an
upstream (higher-level) protection relay.
Breaker failure is detected if after a trip com-
mand, current is still flowing in the faulted
circuit. As an option it is possible to make use
of the circuit-breaker position indication.
Phase-balance current protection (ANSI 46)
(Negative-sequence protection)
In line protection, the two-element phase-
balance current/negative-sequence protec-
tion permits detection on the high side of
high-resistance phase-to-phase faults and
phase-to-earth faults that are on the low
side of a transformer (e.g. with the switch
group Dy 5). This provides backup protec-
tion for high-resistance faults beyond the
transformer. To detect the unbalanced
load, the ratio negative-sequence cur-
rent/rated (nominal) current is evaluated.
Siemens SIP · 2004
Settable dropout delay times
If the devices are used in parallel with electro-
mechanical relays in networks with intermit-
tent faults, the long dropout times of the
electromechanical devices (several hundred
milliseconds) can lead to problems in terms
of time grading. Clean time grading is only
possible if the dropout time is approximately
the same. This is why the parameter of drop-
out times can be defined for certain functions
such as time-overcurrent protection, earth
short-circuit and phase-balance current pro-
tection.
Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)
Multiple reclosures can be defined by the
user and lockout will occur if a fault is
present after the last reclosures. The fol-
lowing functions are possible:
• 3-pole ARC for all types of faults
• Separate settings for phase and earth faults
• Multiple ARC, one rapid auto-reclosure
(RAR) and up to nine delayed auto-
reclosures (DAR)
• Starting of the ARC depends on the trip
command selection (e.g. 46, 50, 51)
• Blocking option of the ARC via binary
inputs
• ARC can be initiated externally or via CFC
• The overcurrent elements can either be
blocked or operated non-delayed depend-
ing on the auto-reclosure cycle
• Dynamic setting of the overcurrent ele-
ments can be activated depending on the
ready AR
Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)
For protecting cables and transformers,
an overload protection with an integrated
pre-warning element for temperature and
current can be applied. The temperature is
calculated using a thermal homogeneous-
body model (according to IEC 60255-8),
which takes account both of the energy en-
tering the equipment and the energy losses.
The calculated temperature is constantly
adjusted accordingly. Thus, account is
taken of the previous load and the load
fluctuations.
For thermal protection of motors (espe-
cially the stator) a further time constant
can be set so that the thermal ratios can be
detected correctly while the motor is rotat-
ing and when it is stopped. The ambient
temperature or the temperature of the
coolant can be detected serially via an ex-
ternal temperature monitoring box (resis-
tance-temperature detector box, also called
RTD-box). The thermal replica of the
5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61
Fig. 5/61 High-impedance restricted earth-
fault protection
5
overload function is automatically adapted
to the ambient conditions. If there is no
RTD-box it is assumed that the ambient
temperatures are constant.
High-impedance restricted earth-fault pro-
tection (ANSI 87N)
The high-impedance measurement princi-
ple is an uncomplicated and sensitive
method for detecting earth faults, espe-
cially on transformers. It can also be ap-
plied to motors, generators and reactors
when these are operated on an earthed net-
work.
When the high-impedance measurement
principle is applied, all current transform-
ers in the protected area are connected in
parallel and operated on one common re-
sistor of relatively high R whose voltage is
measured (see Fig. 5/61). In the case of
7SJ6 units, the voltage is measured by de-
tecting the current through the (external)
resistor R at the sensitive current measure-
ment input IEE. The varistor V serves to
limit the voltage in the event of an internal
fault. It cuts off the high momentary volt-
age spikes occurring at transformer satura-
tion. At the same time, this results in
smoothing of the voltage without any
noteworthy reduction of the average value.
If no faults have occurred and in the event
of external faults, the system is at equilib-
rium, and the voltage through the resistor
is approximately zero. In the event of in-
ternal faults, an imbalance occurs which
leads to a voltage and a current flow
through the resistor R.
The current transformers must be of the
same type and must at least offer a separate
core for the high-impedance restricted
earth-fault protection. They must in par-
ticular have the same transformation ratio
and an approximately identical knee-point
voltage. They should also demonstrate only
minimal measuring errors.
5/59
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Protection functions/Functions

n Motor protection
Starting time supervision (ANSI 48)
Starting time supervision protects the mo-
tor against long unwanted start-ups that
might occur when excessive load torque
occurs, excessive voltage drops occur
within the motor or if the rotor is locked.
Rotor temperature is calculated from mea-
sured stator current. The tripping time is
calculated according to the following equa-
tion:
for I > IMOTOR START
2
t =  A  ⋅ TA
I
 I 
I = Actual current flowing
5 IMOTOR START = Pickup current to detect a motor
start Fig. 5/62
t = Tripping time
IA = Rated motor starting current
TA = Tripping time at rated motor Restart inhibit (ANSI 66/86) There is no mathematically exact method
starting current If a motor is started up too many times in of calculating the wear or the remaining
If the trip time is rated according to the succession, the rotor can be subject to ther- service life of circuit-breakers that takes
above formula, even a prolonged start-up mal overload, especially the upper edges of into account the arc-chamber's physical
and reduced voltage (and reduced start-up the bars. The rotor temperature is calculated conditions when the CB opens. This is why
current) will be evaluated correctly. from the stator current and the temperature various methods of determining CB wear
characteristic is shown in a schematic dia- have evolved which reflect the different op-
A binary signal is set by a speed sensor to de- erator philosophies. To do justice to these,
gram. The reclosing lockout only permits
tect a blocked rotor. An instantaneous trip- the devices offer several methods:
start-up of the motor if the rotor has suffi-
ping is effected. The tripping time is inverse
(current dependent).
cient thermal reserves for a complete start- • I
up.
• Σ I x, with x = 1... 3
Temperature monitoring (ANSI 38)
Emergency start-up The devices additionally offer a new
Up to 2 temperature monitoring boxes with method for determining the remaining ser-
This function disables the reclosing lockout
a total of 12 measuring sensors can be used vice life:
via a binary input by storing the state of the
for temperature monitoring and detection by
thermal replica until the binary input is ac- • Two-point method
the protection relay. The thermal status of
tive. It is also possible to reset the thermal The CB manufacturers double-logarithmic
motors, generators and transformers can be
replica to zero. switching cycle diagram (see Fig. 5/63) and
monitored with this device. Additionally, the
temperature of the bearings of rotating ma- the breaking current at the time of contact
Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37) opening serve as the basis for this method.
chines are monitored for limit value viola-
tion. The temperatures are being measured With this function, a sudden drop in current, After CB opening, the two-point method
with the help of temperature detectors at var- that can occur due to a reduced motor load, calculates the number of still possible
ious locations of the device to be protected. is detected. This can cause shaft breakage, switching cycles. To this end, the two
This data is transmitted to the protection re- no-load operation of pumps or fan failure. points P1 and P2 only have to be set on the
lay via one or two temperature monitoring device. These are specified in the CB's tech-
boxes (see “Accessories”, page 5/78). Circuit-breaker wear monitoring nical data.
Methods for determining circuit-breaker All of these methods are phase-selective and a
Phase-balance current protection (ANSI 46) contact wear or the remaining service life of a limit value can be set in order to obtain an
(Negative-sequence protection) circuit-breaker (CB) allow CB maintenance alarm if the actual value falls below or ex-
The negative-sequence / phase-balance cur- intervals to be aligned to their actual degree ceeds the limit value during determination of
rent protection detects a phase failure or load of wear. The benefit lies in reduced mainte- the remaining service life.
unbalance due to network asymmetry and nance costs.
protects the rotor from impermissible tem-
perature rise. To detect the unbalanced load,
the ratio of negative-sequence current to
rated current is evaluated.

5/60 Siemens SIP · 2004


Protection functions/Functions
Commissioning
Commissioning could hardly be easier and
is fully supported by DIGSI 4. The status of
the binary inputs can be read individually
and the state of the binary outputs can be
set individually. The operation of switch-
ing elements (circuit-breakers, disconnect
devices) can be checked using the switch-
ing functions of the bay controller. The an-
alog measured values are represented as
wide-ranging operational measured values.
To prevent transmission of information to
the control center during maintenance, the
bay controller communications can be dis-
abled to prevent unnecessary data from being
transmitted. During commissioning, all indi-
cations with test marking for test purposes
can be connected to a control and protection
system.
n Control and automatic functions
Control
In addition to the protection functions, the
SIPROTEC 4 units also support all control
and monitoring functions that are required
for operating medium-voltage or high-
voltage substations.
The main application is reliable control of
switching and other processes.
The status of primary equipment or auxil-
iary devices can be obtained from auxiliary
contacts and communicated to the 7SJ61
via binary inputs. Therefore it is possible to
detect and indicate both the OPEN and
CLOSED position or a fault or intermedi-
ate circuit-breaker or auxiliary contact
position.
The switchgear or circuit-breaker can be
controlled via:
– integrated operator panel
– binary inputs
– substation control and protection system
– DIGSI 4
Siemens SIP · 2004
5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61
Automation / user-defined logic
With integrated logic, the user can set, via a
graphic interface (CFC), specific functions
for the automation of switchgear or substa-
tion. Functions are activated via function
keys, binary input or via communication
interface.
Switching authority
Switching authority is determined accord-
ing to parameters, communication or by
key-operated switch (when available).
If a source is set to “LOCAL”, only local
switching operations are possible. The fol-
lowing sequence of switching authority is
laid down: “LOCAL”; DIGSI PC program,
“REMOTE”.
Every switching operation and change of 5
breaker position is kept in the status indica-
tion memory. The switch command source,
Fig. 5/63 CB switching cycle diagram
switching device, cause (i.e. spontaneous
change or command) and result of a switch-
ing operation are retained.
Assignment of feedback to command
Command processing The positions of the circuit-breaker or
All the functionality of command process- switching devices and transformer taps are
ing is offered. This includes the processing acquired by feedback. These indication in-
of single and double commands with or puts are logically assigned to the correspond-
without feedback, sophisticated monitor- ing command outputs. The unit can there-
ing of the control hardware and software, fore distinguish whether the indication
checking of the external process, control change is a consequence of switching opera-
actions using functions such as runtime tion or whether it is a spontaneous change of
monitoring and automatic command ter- state (intermediate position).
mination after output. Here are some typi-
cal applications: Chatter disable
• Single and double commands using 1, Chatter disable feature evaluates whether, in
1 plus 1 common or 2 trip contacts a configured period of time, the number of
status changes of indication input exceeds a
• User-definable bay interlocks specified figure. If exceeded, the indication
• Operating sequences combining several input is blocked for a certain period, so that
switching operations such as control of the event list will not record excessive opera-
circuit-breakers, disconnectors and tions.
earthing switches
Filter time
• Triggering of switching operations, indi-
cations or alarm by combination with All binary indications can be subjected to a
existing information filter time (indication suppression).
5/61
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Functions
Indication filtering and delay
Indications can be filtered or delayed.
Filtering serves to suppress brief changes in
potential at the indication input. The indica-
tion is passed on only if the indication volt-
age is still present after a set period of time. In
the event of indication delay, there is a wait
for a preset time. The information is passed
on only if the indication voltage is still pres-
ent after this time.
Indication derivation
A further indication (or a command) can be
derived from an existing indication. Group
indications can also be formed. The volume
5 of information to the system interface can
Metered values
If an external meter with a metering pulse
output is available, the SIPROTEC 4 unit
can obtain and process metering pulses via
an indication input.
The metered values can be displayed and
passed on to a control center as an accumu-
lation with reset.
Switchgear cubicles
for high/medium voltage
All units are designed specifically to meet
the requirements of high/medium-voltage
applications.
In general, no separate measuring instru-
ments or additional control components
are necessary.

LSP2077f.eps
thus be reduced and restricted to the most
important signals.

Transmission lockout
A data transmission lockout can be activated,
so as to prevent transfer of information to the
control center during work on a circuit bay.

Test operation
During commissioning, all indications can
Fig. 5/64
be passed to an automatic control system for
NXAIR panel (air-insulated)
test purposes.

Measured values
The r.m.s. values are calculated from the
acquired current. The following functions
are available for measured value process-
ing:
• Currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IE, IEE (50Ns)
• Symmetrical components
I1, I2, 3I0
• Mean as well as minimum and maximum
current values
• Operating hours counter
• Mean operating temperature of overload
function
• Limit value monitoring
• Limit values are monitored using pro-
grammable logic in the CFC. Commands
can be derived from this limit value indi-
cation.
• Zero suppression
In a certain range of very low measured
values, the value is set to zero to suppress
interference.

5/62 Siemens SIP · 2004


Communication
In terms of communication, the units offer
substantial flexibility in the context of con-
nection to industrial and power automation
standards. Communication can be extended
or added on thanks to modules for retrofit-
ting on which the common protocols run.
Therefore, also in the future it will be possible
to optimally integrate units into the changing
communication infrastructure, for example
in Ethernet networks (which will also be used
increasingly in the power supply sector in the
years to come).
Serial front interface
There is a serial RS232 interface on the front
of all the units. All of the unit’s functions can
be set on a PC by means of the DIGSI 4 pro-
tection operation program. Commissioning
tools and fault analysis are also built into the
program and are available through this inter-
face.
Rear-mounted interfaces1)
A number of communication modules
suit- able for various applications can be
fitted in the rear of the flush-mounting
housing. In the flush-mounting housing,
the modules can be easily replaced by the
user.
The interface modules support the follow-
ing applications:
• Time synchronization interface
All units feature a permanently integrated
electrical time synchronization interface.
It can be used to feed timing telegrams in
IRIG-B or DCF77 format into the units
via time synchronization receivers.
• System interface
Communication with a central control
system takes place through this interface.
Radial or ring type station bus topologies
can be configured depending on the cho-
sen interface. Furthermore, the units can
exchange data through this interface via
Ethernet and IEC 61850 protocol and can
also be operated by DIGSI.
• Service interface
The service interface was conceived for re-
mote access to a number of protection
units via DIGSI. On all units, it can be an
electrical RS232/RS85 interface and on
some units it can be an optical interface.
For special applications, on some units a
maximum of two temperature monitor-
ing boxes (RTD-box) can be connected to
this interface as an alternative.
1) For units in panel surface-mounting housings
please refer to note on page 5/77.
2) Version V4.51 and newer.
Siemens SIP · 2004
5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61
System interface protocols (retrofittable)
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
The IEC 60870-5-103 protocol is an interna-
tional standard for the transmission of pro-
tective data and fault recordings. All mes-
sages from the unit and also control
commands can be transferred by means of
published, Siemens-specific extensions to the
protocol.
IEC 61850 protocol2)
As of mid-2004, the Ethernet-based
IEC 61850 protocol will be the worldwide
standard for protection and control systems
used by power supply corporations. Siemens
Fig. 5/65
will be one of the first manufacturers to sup- IEC 60870-5-103: Radial fiber-optic connection
port this standard. By means of this protocol,
information can also be exchanged directly
between bay units so as to set up simple mas- 5
terless systems for bay and system interlock-
ing. Access to the units via the Ethernet bus
will also be possible with DIGSI.
PROFIBUS-FMS
PROFIBUS-FMS is an internationally stan-
dardized communication system (EN 50170)
for efficient performance of communication
tasks in the bay area. SIPROTEC 4 units use a
profile specially optimized for protection and
control requirements. DIGSI can also work
on the basis of PROFIBUS-FMS. The units
are linked to a SICAM automation system.
PROFIBUS-DP protocol
PROFIBUS-DP is the most widespread pro-
tocol in industrial automation. Via
PROFIBUS-DP, SIPROTEC units make their
information available to a SIMATIC control- Fig. 5/66
ler or, in the control direction, receive com- PROFIBUS: Fiber-optic double ring circuit
mands from a central SIMATIC. Measured
values can also be transferred.
MODBUS RTU protocol
This uncomplicated, serial protocol is
mainly used in industry and by power sup-
ply corporations, and is supported by a
number of unit manufacturers. SIPROTEC
units function as MODBUS slaves, making
their information available to a master or
receiving information from it. A
time-stamped event list is available.
Fig. 5/67
Bus structure for station bus with Ethernet and
IEC 61850
5/63
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Communication

DNP 3.0 protocol

Power supply corporations overseas use the
serial DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network Proto-
col) for the station and network control lev-
els. SIPROTEC units function as DNP slaves,
supplying their information to a master sys-
tem or receiving information from it.

System solutions for protection and station

control
Together with the SICAM power automa-
tion system, SIPROTEC 4 can be used with
PROFIBUS-FMS. Over the low-cost elec-
trical RS485 bus, or interference-free via
the optical double ring, the units exchange
information with the control system.
5
Units featuring IEC 60870-5-103 interfaces
can be connected to SICAM in parallel via
the RS485 bus or radially by fiber-optic
link. Through this interface, the system is
open for the connection of units of other
manufacturers (see Fig. 5/65).
Fig. 5/68
Because of the standardized interfaces, System solution/communication
SIPROTEC units can also be integrated
into systems of other manufacturers or in
SIMATIC. Electrical RS485 or optical in-
terfaces are available. The optimum physi-
cal data transfer medium can be chosen
thanks to opto-electrical converters. Thus,
the RS485 bus allows low-cost wiring in
LSP2491.eps

the cubicles and an interference-free opti-

cal connection to the master can be estab-
lished.
For IEC 61850, an interoperable system so-
lution is offered with SICAM PAS. Via the
100 Mbits/s Ethernet bus, the units are
linked with PAS electrically or optically to
Fig. 5/69
the station PC. The interface is standard-
ized, thus also enabling direct connection Communication module Ethernet,
electrical, double
of units of other manufacturers to the
Ethernet bus. With IEC 61850, however,
the units can also be used in other manu-
facturers’ systems (see Fig. 5/67).

5/64 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Typical connections

n Connection of current
and voltage transformers
Standard connection
For earthed networks, the earth current is
obtained from the phase currents by the
residual current circuit.

Fig. 5/70
Residual current
circuit
5

Fig. 5/71
Sensitive earth
current detection

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/65

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61
Typical applications
Overview of connection types
Type of network
(Low-resistance) earthed network
(Low-resistance) earthed networks
Isolated or compensated networks
(Low-resistance) earthed networks
Isolated or compensated networks
transformers possible
(Low-resistance) earthed networks
5 ers possible
Isolated networks
Compensated networks
Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)
One or two binary inputs can be used for
monitoring the circuit-breaker trip coil in-
cluding its incoming cables. An alarm sig-
nal occurs whenever the circuit is
interrupted.
5/66
Function Current connection
Time-overcurrent protection Residual circuit, with 3 phase-current transformers
phase/earth non-directional required, phase-balance neutral current transformer
possible
Sensitive earth-fault protection Phase-balance neutral current
transformers required
Time-overcurrent protection Residual circuit, with 3 or 2 phase
phases non-directional current transformers possible
Time-overcurrent protection Residual circuit, with 3 phase-current transformers
phases directional possible
Time-overcurrent protection Residual circuit, with 3 or 2 phase-current trans-
phases directional formers possible
Time-overcurrent protection Residual circuit, with 3 phase-current transformers
earth directional required, phase-balance neutral current transform-
Sensitive earth-fault Residual circuit, if earth current
protection sin ϕ measurement > 0.05 IN on secondary side, otherwise phase-
balance neutral current transformers required
Earth-fault protection Phase-balance neutral current
cos ϕ measurement transformers required
Fig. 5/72 Trip circuit supervision with 2 binary inputs
Siemens SIP · 2004

Technical data
General unit data
Measuring circuits
System frequency
Current transformer
Rated current Inom
Option: sensitive earth-fault CT
Power consumption
at Inom = 1 A
at Inom = 5 A
for sensitive earth-fault CT at 1 A
Overload capability
Thermal (effective)
Dynamic (impulse current)
Overload capability if equipped with
sensitive earth-fault CT
Thermal (effective)
Dynamic (impulse current)
Auxiliary voltage (via integrated converter)
Rated auxiliary
voltage Vaux
Permissible tolerance
Ripple voltage,
peak-to-peak
Power consumption
Quiescent
Energized
Backup time during
loss/short-circuit of
auxiliary voltage
Binary inputs/indication inputs
Type
Number
Voltage range
Pickup threshold
Pickup threshold
For rated control voltage
Response time/drop-out
time
Power consumption
energized
Binary outputs/command outputs
Type
Number command/
indication relay
Contacts per command/
indication relay
Live status contact
Switching capacity Make
Break
Switching voltage
Siemens SIP · 2004
5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61
Permissible current 5 A continuous,
30 A for 0.5 s making current,
2000 switching cycles
50 / 60 Hz (settable)
Electrical tests
1 or 5 A (settable)
Specification
IEE < 1.6 A
Standards IEC 60255
ANSI C37.90, C37.90.1, C37.90.2,
Approx. 0.05 VA per phase UL508
Approx. 0.3 VA per phase
Approx. 0.05 VA Insulation tests
Standards IEC 60255-5; ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0
100 x Inom for 1 s Voltage test (100 % test) 2.5 kV (r.m.s. value), 50/60 Hz
30 x Inom for 10 s all circuits except for auxiliary
4 x Inom continuous voltage and RS485/RS232 and
250 x Inom (half cycle) time synchronization
Auxiliary voltage 3.5 kV DC
300 A for 1 s
Communication ports 500 V AC 5
and time synchronization
100 A for 10 s
15 A continuous Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak value); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 J
750 A (half cycle) all circuits, except communication 3 positive and 3 negative impulses
ports and time synchronization, at intervals of 5 s
class III
DC 24/48 V 60/125 V 110/250 V EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests
AC 115/230 V
Standards IEC 60255-6; IEC 60255-22
DC 19–58 V 48–150 V 88–330 V (product standard)
AC 92–138 V 184–265 V EN 50082-2 (generic specification)
≤ 12 % DIN 57435 Part 303
High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak value); 1 MHz; τ =15 ms;
IEC 60255-22-1, class III 400 surges per s; test duration 2 s
Approx. 3–4 W and VDE 0435 Part 303, class III
Approx. 7–9 W Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge;
≥ 50 ms at V ≥ 110 V DC IEC 60255-22-2 class IV 15 kV air gap discharge;
≥ 20 ms at V ≥ 24 V DC and EN 61000-4-2, class IV both polarities; 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω
≥ 200 ms at 115 V/230 V AC Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz
field, non-modulated
7SJ610 7SJ611 7SJ612 IEC 60255-22-3 (Report) class III
3 8 11 Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz;
field, amplitude-modulated AM 80 %; 1 kHz
24–250 V DC IEC 61000-4-3; class III
Modifiable by plug-in jumpers Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 900 MHz; repetition
DC 19 V 88 V field, pulse-modulated rate 200 Hz, on duration 50 %
IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204; class III
DC 24/48/60/110/125 V 110/220/250 V
Fast transient interference/burst 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz;
Approx. 3.5 ms
IEC 60255-22-4 and IEC 61000-4-4, burst length = 15 ms;
class IV repetition rate 300 ms; both polarities;
1.8 mA (independent of operating voltage) Ri = 50 Ω; test duration 1 min
High-energy surge voltages
(Surge)
7SJ610 7SJ611 7SJ612 IEC 61000-4-5; class III
Auxiliary voltage From circuit to circuit: 2 kV; 12 Ω; 9 µF
4 8 6 across contacts: 1 kV; 2 Ω ;18 µF
Binary inputs/outputs From circuit to circuit: 2 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF
1 NO / form A across contacts: 1 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF
(2 contacts changeable to NC/form B,
via jumpers) Line-conducted HF, 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz;
amplitude-modulated AM 80 %; 1 kHz
1 NO / NC (jumper) / form A / B IEC 61000-4-6, class III
1000 W / VA Power frequency magnetic field 30 A/m; 50 Hz, continuous
30 W / VA / 40 W resistive / IEC 61000-4-8, class IV 300 A/m; 50 Hz, 3 s
25 W at L/R ≤ 50 ms IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT, 50 Hz
≤ 250 V DC Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak value), 1 to 1.5 MHz
capability damped wave; 50 surges per s;
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 duration 2 s, Ri = 150 to 200 Ω
5/67
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Technical data

Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 surges per s Climatic stress tests
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 both polarities; duration 2 s, Ri = 80 Ω Temperatures
Radiated electromagnetic 35 V/m1); 25 to 1000 MHz; Type-tested acc. to IEC 60068-2-1 -25 °C to +85 °C /-13 °F to +185 °F
interference amplitude and pulse-modulated and -2, test Bd, for 16 h
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2
Temporarily permissible operating -20 °C to +70 °C /-4 °F to -158 °F
Damped wave 2.5 kV (peak value, polarity temperature, tested for 96 h
IEC 60694 / IEC 61000-4-12 alternating)
100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 and 50 MHz, Recommended permanent operat- -5 °C to +55 °C /+25 °F to +131 °F
Ri = 200 Ω ing temperature acc. to IEC 60255-6
(Legibility of display may be im-
EMC tests for interference emission; type tests paired above +55 °C /+131 °F)
Standard EN 50081-* (generic specification) – Limiting temperature during -25 °C to +55 °C /-13 °F to +131 °F
Conducted interferences 150 kHz to 30 MHz permanent storage
only auxiliary voltage IEC/CISPR 22 Limit class B – Limiting temperature during -25 °C to +70 °C /-13 °F to +158 °F
transport
Radio interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz
IEC/CISPR 11 Limit class B Humidity

Units with a detached operator panel
must be installed in a metal cubicle
5 to maintain limit class B
Mechanical stress tests
Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration
During operation
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
Vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 10 to 60 Hz; +/- 0.075 mm ampli-
IEC 60068-2-6 tude;
60 to 150 Hz; 1 g acceleration
frequency sweep 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes
Shock Semi-sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms;
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in both directions of 3 axes
Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-3, class 1 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude
IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis)
1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude
(vertical axis)
8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
(horizontal axis)
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
(vertical axis)
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
1 cycle in 3 perpendicular axes
During transportation
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
Vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude;
IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz; 2 g acceleration,
frequency sweep 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes
Shock Semi-sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-2, Class 1 Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in both directions of 3 axes
Continuous shock Semi-sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms
IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks in both directions
of 3 axes
Permissible humidity
It is recommended to arrange the
units in such a way that they are not
exposed to direct sunlight or
pronounced temperature changes
that could cause condensation.
Unit design
Housing
Dimensions
Weight
Surface-mounting housing
Flush-mounting housing
Degree of protection
acc. to EN 60529
Surface-mounting housing
Flush-mounting housing
Operator safety
Serial interfaces
Operating interface (front of unit)
Connection
Transmission rate
Service/modem interface (rear of unit)
Isolated interface for data transfer
Transmission rate
RS232/RS485
Connection
For flush-mounting housing/
surface-mounting housing with
detached operator panel
For surface-mounting housing
with two-tier terminal at the
top/bottom part
Distance RS232
Distance RS485
Test voltage
Annual average 75 % relative humid-
ity; on 56 days a year up to 95 % rela-
tive humidity; condensation not
permissible!
7XP20
See dimension drawings, part 16
4.5 kg
4.0 kg
IP 51
Front: IP 51, rear: IP 20;
IP 2x with cover
Non-isolated, RS232; front panel,
9-pin subminiature connector
min. 4800 baud, max. 38400 baud
Port C: DIGSI 4/modem/RTD-box
Setting as supplied 38400 baud
min. 4800 baud, max. 38400 baud
9-pin subminiature connector,
mounting location “C”
At the bottom part of the housing:
shielded data cable
15 m /49.2 ft
Max. 1 km/3300 ft
500 V AC against earth

5/68 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Technical data

System interface (rear of unit) Fiber optic

IEC 60870-5-103 protocol Connection fiber-optic cable Integr. ST connector for FO connec-
Isolated interface for data transfer Port B For flush-mounting housing/ tion
to a control center surface-mounting housing with Mounting location “B”
detached operator panel
Transmission rate Setting as supplied: 38400 baud,
min. 4800 baud, max. 38400 baud For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing
with two-tier terminal on the Important: Please refer to footnotes
RS232/RS485 top/bottom part 1)
and 2) on page 5/77
Connection Optical wavelength 820 nm
For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location “B” Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm
surface-mounting housing with Distance 500 kB/s 1.6 km/0.99 miles
detached operator panel 1500 kB/s 530 m/0.33 miles
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing:
with two-tier terminal on the shielded data cable MODBUS RTU, ASCII, DNP 3.0
top/bottom part Isolated interface for data transfer Port B
Distance RS232 Max. 15 m/49 ft to a control center
Distance RS485 Max. 1 km/3300 ft Transmission rate Up to 19200 baud
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth RS485 5
Fiber optic
Connection
Connection fiber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for fiber- For flush-mounting housing/ 9-pin subminiature connector,
optic connection surface-mounting housing with mounting location “B”
For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location “B” detached operator panel
surface-mounting housing with For surface-mounting housing At bottom part of the housing:
detached operator panel with two-tier terminal at the shielded data cable
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing top/bottom part
with two-tier terminal on the Distance Max. 1 km/3300 ft max. 32 units
top/bottom part recommended
Optical wavelength 820 nm Test voltage 500 V AC against earth
Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm Fiber-optic
Distance Max. 1.5 km/0.9 miles
Connection fiber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for fiber-optic
IEC 61850 protocol connection
Isolated interface for data transfer: Port B, 100 Base T acc. to IEEE802.3 For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location “B”
- to a control center surface-mounting housing with
- with DIGSI detached operator panel
- between SIPROTEC 4 relays For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing
Transmission rate 100 Mbit with two-tier terminal at the Important: Please refer to footnotes
1)
RS485 top/bottom part and 2) on page 5/77
Optical wavelength 820 nm
Connection Two RJ45 connectors
For flush-mounting housing/ mounting location "B" Permissible path attenuation Max 8 dB. for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm
surface-mounting housing with Distance Max. 1.5 km/0.9 miles
detached operator panel Time synchronization DCF77/IRIG-B signal (Format IRIG-B000)
Distance Max. 20 m / 65.6 ft Connection 9-pin subminiature connector
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth (SUB-D)
PROFIBUS-FMS/DP (terminal with surface-mounting
housing)
Isolated interface for data transfer Port B
to a control center Voltage levels 5 V, 12 V or 24 V (optional)
Transmission rate Up to 1.5 Mbaud
RS485
Connection
For flush-mounting housing/ 9-pin subminiature connector,
surface-mounting housing with mounting location “B”
detached operator panel
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing:
with two-tier terminal on the shielded data cable
top/bottom part
Distance 1000 m/3300 ft ≤ 93.75 kbaud;
500 m/1500 ft ≤ 187.5 kbaud;
200 m/600 ft ≤ 1.5 Mbaud
100 m/300 ft ≤ 12 Mbaud
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/69

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61
Technical data
Functions
Definite-time overcurrent protection (ANSI 50, 50N)
Operating mode phase protection
(ANSI 50)
Setting ranges
Pickup phase elements I>, I>> 0.5 to 175 A or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 A)
Pickup earth elements IE>, IE>> 0.25 to 175 A or ∞1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Delay times T
Dropout delay time TDO
Times
Pickup times (without inrush
restraint, with inrush restraint
+ 10 ms)
With twice the setting value
With five times the setting value
Dropout times
5 Dropout ratio
Tolerances
Pickup
Delay times T, TDO
Inverse-time overcurrent protection (ANSI 51, 51N)
Operating mode phase protection
(ANSI 51)
Setting ranges
Pickup phase element IP
Pickup earth element IEP
Time multiplier T
(IEC characteristics)
Time multiplier D
(ANSI characteristics)
Trip characteristics
IEC
ANSI
User-defined characteristic
Dropout setting
Without disk emulation
With disk emulation
Tolerances
Pickup/dropout thresholds Ip, IEp 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
Pickup time for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20
Dropout ratio for 0.05 ≤ I/Ip
≤ 0.9
1) For Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5.
5/70
Inrush blocking
Influenced functions Time-overcurrent elements, I>, IE>, Ip,
3-phase (standard) or 2-phase IEp
(L1 and L3) Lower function limit 1.25 A 1)
Upper function limit (setting 1.5 to 125 A 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
1)
range)
Setting range I2f /I 10 to 45 % (in steps of 1 %)
0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Crossblock (IL1, IL2, IL3) ON/OFF
0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Dynamic parameter group
Controllable function Pickup, tripping time
Start criteria Current criteria,
CB position via aux. contacts,
binary input,
Approx. 30 ms auto-reclosure ready
Approx. 20 ms
Time control 3 timers
Approx. 40 ms
Current criteria Current threshold
Approx. 0.95 for I/Inom ≥ 0.3
(reset on dropping below threshold;
monitoring with timer)
2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
(Sensitive) earth-fault detection (ANSI 50 Ns, 51Ns)
1 % or 10 ms
Earth-fault pickup for all types of earth faults
Definite-time characteristic (ANSI 50Ns)
3-phase (standard) or 2-phase
(L1 and L3) Setting ranges
Pickup threshold IEE>, IEE>>
For sensitive input 0.001 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
0.5 to 20 A or ∞ 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
For normal input 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
0.25 to 20 A or ∞ 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Delay times T for IEE>, IEE>> 0 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
0.05 to 3.2 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
0.05 to 15 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Times
Pickup times Approx. 60 ms (non-directional)
Approx. 80 ms (directional
Normal inverse, very inverse, Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95
extremely inverse, long inverse Tolerances
Inverse, short inverse, long inverse Pickup threshold IEE>, IEE>> 2 % of setting value or 1 mA
moderately inverse, very inverse, Delay times 1 % of setting value or 20 ms
extremely inverse, definite inverse
Earth-fault pickup for all types of earth faults
Defined by a maximum of 20 value
pairs of current and time delay Inverse-time characteristic (ANSI 51Ns)
User-defined characteristic Defined by a maximum of 20 pairs of
Approx. 1.05 · setting value Ip for current and delay time values
I
Ip/Inom ≥ 0.3, corresponds to approx. Logarithmic inverse t = TIEEpmax − TIEEp ⋅ ln
0.95 · pickup threshold I EEp
Approx. 0.90 · setting value Ip Setting ranges
Pickup threshold IEEp
For sensitive input 0.001 A to 1.4 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
5 % of reference (calculated) value For normal input 0.25 to 20 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
+ 2 % current tolerance, respectively User defined
30 ms Time multiplier T 0.1 to 4 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
5 % of reference (calculated) value Logarithmic inverse
+ 2 % current tolerance, respectively Time multiplier TIEEp mul 0.05 to 15 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
30 ms Delay time TIEEp 0.1 to 4 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Min time delay TIEEpmin 0 to 32 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Max. time delay TIEEpmax 0 to 32 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Times
Pickup times Approx. 60 ms (non-directional)
Approx 80 ms (directional)
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 · IEEp
Dropout ratio Approx. 1.05 · IEEp
Tolerances
Pickup threshold IEEp 2 % of setting value or 1 mA
Delay times in linear range 7 % of reference value for 2 ≤ I/IEEp
≤ 20 + 2 % current tolerance, or 70 ms
Siemens SIP · 2004
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Technical data

(I / k ⋅ I nom) − ( I pre / k ⋅ I nom )

High-impedance restricted earth-fault protection (ANSI 87N) / single-phase 2 2

overcurrent protection Tripping characteristic t = τ th ⋅ ln

(I / k ⋅ I nom) − 1
2
Setting ranges For (I/k · Inom) ≤ 8
Pickup thresholds I>, I>>
For sensitive input 0.003 to 1.5 A or ∞ (in steps of 0.001 A) t =
Tripping time
For normal input 0.25 to 175 A1) or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 A) τth =
Temperature rise time constant
Delay times TI>, TI>> 0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) I =
Load current
Times Ipre =
Preload current
Pickup times k =
Setting factor acc. to VDE 0435
Minimum Approx. 20 ms Part 3011 and IEC 60255-8
Typical Approx. 30 ms Inom = Rated (nominal) current of the
Dropout times Approx. 30 ms protection relay
Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 for I/Inom ≥ 0.5 Dropout ratios
Θ/ΘTrip Drops out with ΘAlarm
Tolerances
Θ/ΘAlarm Approx. 0.99
Pickup thresholds 3 % of setting value or
I/IAlarm Approx. 0.97
1 % rated current at Inom = 1 or 5 A;
5 % of setting value or Tolerances
3 % rated current at Inom = 0.1 A With reference to k · Inom Class 5 acc. to IEC 60255-8
Delay times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms With reference to tripping time 5 % +/- 2 s acc. to IEC 60255-8 5
Intermittent earth-fault protection Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)
Setting ranges Number of reclosures 0 to 9
Shot 1 to 4 individually adjustable
Pickup threshold
For IE IIE> 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Program for phase fault
For 3I0 IIE> 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Start-up by Time-overcurrent elements, negative se-
For IEE IIE> 0.005 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A) quence, binary input
Pickup prolon- TV 0 to 10 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Program for earth fault
gation time Start-up by Time-overcurrent elements, sensitive
Earth-fault accu- Tsum 0 to 100 s (in steps of 0.01 s) earth-fault protection, binary input
mulation time Blocking of ARC Pickup of protection functions,
Reset time for Tres 1 to 600 s (in steps of 1 s) three-phase fault detected by a protec-
accumulation tive element, binary input,
last TRIP command after the reclosing
Number of pickups for 2 to 10 (in steps of 1)
cycle is complete (unsuccessful
intermittent earth fault
reclosing),
Times TRIP command by the breaker failure
Pickup times protection (50BF),
Current = 1.25 · pickup value Approx. 30 ms opening the CB without ARC initiation,
Current ≥ 2 · pickup value Approx. 22 ms external CLOSE command
Dropout time Approx. 22 ms Setting ranges
Tolerances Dead time 0.01 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
1) (separate for phase and earth
Pickup threshold IIE> 3 % of setting value, or 50 mA
and individual for shots 1 to 4)
Times TV, Tsum, Tres 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Blocking duration for manual- 0.5 s to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)
CLOSE detection
Setting ranges Blocking duration after 0.5 s to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Factor k 0.1 to 4 (in steps of 0.01) reclosure
Blocking duration after 0.01 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Time constant 1 to 999.9 min (in steps of 0.1 min) dynamic blocking
Warning overtemperature 50 to 100 % with reference Start-signal monitoring time 0.01 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Θalarm/Θtrip to the tripping overtemperature
(in steps of 1 %) Circuit-breaker supervision 0.1 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
time
Current warning stage Ialarm 0.5 to 20 A (in steps of 0.01 A)
Max. delay of dead-time start 0 to 1800 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.1 s)
Extension factor when stopped 1 to 10 with reference to the time con-
kτ factor stant with the machine running Maximum dead time extension 0.5 to 320 s or ∞(in steps of 0.01 s)
(in steps of 0.1) Operating time 0.01 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Rated overtemperature (for Inom) 40 to 200 °C (in steps of 1 °C)

1) For Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5.

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/71

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Technical data

The delay times of the following protection function can be altered individ- Starting time monitoring for motors (ANSI 48)
ually by the ARC for shots 1 to 4 Setting ranges
(setting value T = T, non-delayed T = 0, blocking T = ∞): Motor starting current ISTARTUP 2.5 to 80 A1) (in steps of 0.01)
I>>, I>, Ip, Pickup threshold IMOTOR START 2 to 50 A1) (in steps of 0.01)
IE>>, IE>, IEp Permissible starting 1 to 180 s (in steps of 0.1 s)
Additional functions Lockout (final trip), time TSTARTUP
delay of dead-time start via binary input Permissible blocked rotor 0.5 to 120 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.1 s)
(monitored), time TLOCKED-ROTOR
dead-time extension via binary input Tripping time characteristic 2
t =  STARTUP  ⋅ TSTARTUP
(monitored), I
For I > IMOTOR START
co-ordination with other protection  I 
relays,
circuit-breaker monitoring, ISTARTUP = Rated motor starting
evaluation of the CB contacts current
I = Actual current flowing
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50 BF) TSTARTUP = Tripping time for rated
Setting ranges motor starting current
Pickup threshold CB I> 0.2 to 5 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) t = Tripping time in seconds
Delay time 0.06 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Dropout ratio IMOTOR START Approx. 0.95
5 Times Tolerances
Pickup times Pickup threshold 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
with internal start is contained in the delay time Delay time 5 % or 30 ms
start via control is contained in the delay time Restart inhibit for motors (ANSI 66)
with external start is contained in the delay time
Setting ranges
Dropout times Approx. 25 ms
Motor starting current relative 1.1 to 10 (in steps of 0.1)
Tolerances
to rated motor current
Pickup value 2 % of setting value (50 mA)1)
IMOTOR START/IMotor Nom
Delay time 1 % or 20 ms
Rated motor current IMotor Nom 1 to 6 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Negative-sequence current detection (ANSI 46) Max. permissible starting time 3 to 320 s (in steps of 1 s)
Definite-time characteristic (ANSI 46-1 and 46-2) TStart Max
Equilibrium time TEqual 0 min to 320 min (in steps of 0.1 min)
Setting ranges Minimum inhibit time 0.2 min to 120 min (in steps of 0.1 min)
Pickup current I2>, I2>> 0.5 to 15 A or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 A) TMIN. INHIBIT TIME
Delay times 0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Max. permissible number of 1 to 4 (in steps of 1)
Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s) warm starts
Functional limit All phase currents ≤ 20 A1) Difference between cold and 1 to 2 (in steps of 1)
Times warm starts
Pickup times Approx. 35 ms Extension k-factor for cooling 0.2 to 100 (in steps of 0.1)
Dropout times Approx. 35 ms simulations of rotor at zero speed
Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 for I2 /Inom > 0.3 kτ at STOP
Extension factor for cooling time 0.2 to 100 (in steps of 0.1)
Tolerances constant with motor running
1)
Pickup thresholds 3 % of the setting value or 50 mA kτ RUNNING
Delay times 1 % or 10 ms
Restarting limit
Inverse-time characteristic (ANSI 46-TOC) nc − 1
Θ restart = Θ rot max perm ⋅
Setting ranges nc
Pickup current 0.5 to 10 A 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Time multiplier T 0.05 to 3.2 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Θrestart = Temperature limit below
(IEC characteristics) which restarting is possi-
Time multiplier D 0.5 to 15 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) ble
(ANSI characteristics) Θrot max perm = Maximum permissible
rotor overtemperature
Functional limit All phase currents ≤ 20 A 1)
(= 100 % in operational
Trip characteristics measured value
IEC Normal inverse, very inverse, extremely Θrot/Θrot trip)
inverse nc = Number of permissible
ANSI Inverse, moderately inverse, very in- start-ups from cold state
verse, extremely inverse
Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37)
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 · I2p setting value
Signal from the operational Predefined with programmable logic
Dropout measured values
IEC and ANSI Approx. 1.05 · I2p setting value,
(without disk emulation) which is approx. 0.95 · pickup threshold
ANSI with disk emulation Approx. 0.90 · I2p setting value
Tolerances
Pickup threshold 3 % of the setting value or 50 mA1)
Time for 2 ≤ M ≤ 20 5 % of setpoint (calculated)
+2 % current tolerance, at least 30 ms 1) At Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5.

5/72 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Technical data

Temperature monitoring box (ANSI 38) Min./Max. values for overload pro- Θ/ΘTrip
Temperature detectors tection
Connectable boxes 1 or 2 Min./Max. values for mean values IL1dmd, IL2dmd, IL3dmd
Number of temperature Max. 6 I1 (positive-sequence component)
detectors per box Local measured values monitoring
Type of measuring Pt 100 Ω or Ni 100 Ω or Ni 120 Ω
Current asymmetry Imax/Imin > balance factor,
Mounting identification “Oil” or “Environment” or “Stator” or
for I>Ibalance limit
“Bearing” or “Other”
Current sum |iL1 + iL2 + iL3 + kiE ⋅ iE| > limit value,
Thresholds for indications
with
For each measuring detector
I CT PRIM / I earth CT SEC
Stage 1 -50 °C to 250 °C (in steps of 1 °C) k iE = earth
-58 °F to 482 °F (in steps of 1 °F) CT PRIM / CT SEC
or ∞ (no indication) Current phase sequence Clockwise (ABC) / counter-clockwise
Stage 2 -50 °C to 250 °C (in steps of 1 °C) (ACB)
-58 °F to 482 °F (in steps of 1 °F)
Limit value monitoring Predefined limit values, user-defined
or ∞ (no indication)
expansions via CFC
Fault recording
Additional functions
Recording of indications of the last 5
Operational measured values 8 power system faults
Currents InA(kA)primary, inAsecondaryorin%Inom Recording of indications of the last
IL1, IL2, IL3 3 power system ground faults
Positive-sequence component I1
Time stamping
Negative-sequence component I2
IE or 3I0 Resolution for event log (opera- 1 ms
tional annunciations)
Range 10 to 200 % Inom
Tolerance1) 1 % of measured value or 0.5 % Inom Resolution for trip log (fault 1 ms
annunciations)
Temperature overload protection In %
Θ/ΘTrip Maximum time deviation (internal 0.01 %
clock)
Range 0 to 400 %
Tolerance1) 5 % class accuracy per IEC 60255-8 Battery Lithium battery 3 V/1 Ah,
type CR 1/2 AA, message "Battery
Temperature restart inhibit In %
Fault" for insufficient battery charge
ΘL/ΘL Trip
Oscillographic fault recording
Range 0 to 400 %
Tolerance1) 5 % class accuracy per IEC 60255-8 Maximum 8 fault records saved,
memory maintained by buffer bat-
Restart threshold ΘRestart/ΘL Trip In %
tery in case of loss of power supply
Reclose time TReclose In min
Recording time Total 5 s
Current of sensitive ground fault In A (kA) primary and in mA second- Pre-trigger and post-fault recording
detection IEE ary and memory time adjustable
Range 0 mA to 1600 mA Sampling rate for 50 Hz 1 sample/1.25 ms (16 sam/cyc)
Tolerance1) 2 % of measured value or 1 mA Sampling rate for 60 Hz 1 sample/1.04 ms (16 sam/cyc)
RTD-box See section "Temperature monitoring Statistics
box"
Saved number of trips Up to 9 digits
Long-term averages
Number of automatic reclosing Up to 9 digits
Time window 5, 15, 30 or 60 minuets commands (segregated according
Frequency of updates Adjustable to 1st and ≥ 2nd cycle)
Long-term averages Circuit-breaker wear
of currents IL1dmd, IL2dmd, IL3dmd, I1dmd in A (kA) Methods • ΣIx with x = 1 .. 3
Max. / Min. report • 2-point method (remaining service
life)
Report of measured values With date and time
Operation Phase-selective accumulation of mea-
Reset, automatic Time of day adjustable (in minutes, sured values on TRIP command, up to
0 to 1439 min) 8 digits, phase-selective limit values,
Time frame and starting time adjust- monitoring indication
able (in days, 1 to 365 days, and ∞)
Operating hours counter
Reset, manual Using binary input,
using keypad, Display range Up to 7 digits
via communication Criterion Overshoot of an adjustable current
Min./Max. values for current IL1, IL2, IL3 threshold (BkrClosed IMIN)
I1 (positive-sequence component)

1) At rated frequency.

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/73

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61
Technical data
Trip circuit monitoring
With one or two binary inputs
Commissioning aids
Phase rotation field check,
Operational measured values,
Circuit-breaker / switching device
test,
Creation of a test measurement
report
Clock
Time synchronization
Setting group switchover of the function parameters
Number of available setting groups 4 (parameter group A, B, C and D)
5 Switchover performed
Control
Number of switching units
Interlocking
Circuit-breaker signals
Control commands
Programmable controller
Local control
Units with small display
Units with large display
Remote control
5/74
CE conformity
This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Commu-
nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating to
electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC) and
electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (Council
Directive 73/23/EEC).
This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part 303).
Further applicable standards: ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0 and C37.90.1.
The unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part 303).
DCF77/IRIG-B signal (telegram for-
mat IRIG-B000), This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG in
binary input, accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
communication generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directive and
standard EN 60255-6 for the “low-voltage Directive”.
Via keypad, DIGSI, system (SCADA)
interface or binary input
Depends on the binary inputs and
outputs
Programmable
Feedback, close, open, intermediate
position
Single command / double command
1, 1 plus 1 common or 2 trip contacts
CFC logic, graphic input tool
Control via menu,
assignment of a function key
Control via menu,
control with control keys
Via communication interfaces,
using a substation automation and
control system
(e.g. SICAM),
DIGSI 4 (e.g. via modem)
Siemens SIP · 2004
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7SJ61 multifunction protection relay 7SJ61¨o – ¨¨¨¨¨ – ¨¨¨¨
Housing, binary inputs (BI) and outputs (BO)
Housing 1/3 19”, 3 BI, 4 BO, 1 live status contact 0
Housing 1/3 19”, 8 BI, 8 BO, 1 live status contact 1
Housing 1/3 19”, 11 BI, 6 BO, 1 live status contact 2 see
next
Measuring inputs ( 4 x I) page
Iph = 1 A, Ie = 1 A (min. = 0.05 A)
Position 15 only with A 1
Iph = 1 A, Ie = sensitive (min. = 0.001 A)
Position 15 only with B 2
Iph = 5 A, Ie = 5 A (min. = 0.25 A)
Position 15 only with A 5
Iph = 5 A, Ie = sensitive (min. = 0.001 A)
Position 15 only with B 6
Iph = 5 A, Ie = 1 A (min. = 0.05 A)
Position 15 only with A 7

Rated auxiliary voltage (power supply, indication voltage) 5

24 to 48 V DC, threshold binary input 19 DC3) 2
60 to 125 V DC1), threshold binary input 19 DC3) 4
110 to 250 V DC1), 115 to 230 V4) AC, threshold binary input 88 V DC3) 5

Unit version
For panel surface mounting, 2 tier terminal top/bottom B
For panel flush mounting, plug-in terminal (2/3 pin connector) D
For panel flush mounting, screw-type terminal (direct connection/ring-type cable lugs) E

Region-specific default settings/function versions and language settings

Region DE, 50 Hz, IEC, language: German, selectable A
Region World, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: English (GB), selectable B
Region US, 60 Hz, ANSI, language: English (US), selectable C
Region FR, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: French, selectable D
Region World, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: Spanish, selectable E

System interface (Port B): Refer to page 5/677

No system interface 0
Protocols see page 5/77

Service interface (Port C)

No interface at rear side 0
DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS232 1
DIGSI 4/modem/RTD-box2), electrical RS485 2
DIGSI 4/modem/RTD-box2)5), optical 820 nm wavelength, ST connector 3

Measuring/fault recording
Fault recording 1
Slave pointer, mean values, min/max values, fault recording 3

1) Transition between the two auxiliary

voltage ranges can be selected by
means of jumpers.
2) Temperature monitoring box
7XV5662-oAD10, refer to “Accessories”.
3) The binary input thresholds can be
selected in two stages by means of jumpers.
4) 230 V AC, starting from device version
…/EE.
5) When using the temperature monitoring
box at an optical interface, the additional
RS485 fiber-optic converter

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/75

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Selection and ordering data Description Order No. Order

code
7SJ61 multifunction protection relay 7SJ61¨o – ¨¨¨¨¨ – ¨¨¨¨–¨¨¨¨
Designation ANSI No. Description
Basic version Control
50/51 Time-overcurrent protection
I>, I>>, Ip, reverse interlocking
50N/51N Earth-fault protection
IE>, IE>>, IEp
50N/51N Earth-fault protection via insensitive
IEE function: IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp1)
49 Overload protection (with 2 time constants)
46 Phase balance current protection
(negative-sequence protection)
50BF Breaker failure protection
74TC Trip circuit supervision
4 setting groups, cold-load pickup
Inrush blocking
86 Lockout F A

5 n IEF Intermittent earth fault P A

n 50Ns/51Ns Sensitive earth-fault detection (non-directional) F B 2)
n IEF 50Ns/51Ns Sensitive earth-fault detection (non-directional)
Intermittent earth fault P B 2)
n Motor IEF 50Ns/51Ns Sensitive earth-fault detection (non-directional)
Intermittent earth fault
37 Undercurrent monitoring
48 Starting time supervision
66/86 Restart inhibit R B 2)
n Motor 50Ns/51Ns Sensitive earth-fault detection (non-directional)
37 Undercurrent monitoring
48 Starting time supervision
66/86 Restart inhibit H B 2)
n Motor 37 Undercurrent monitoring
48 Starting time supervision
66/86 Restart inhibit H A
ARC Without 0
79 With auto-reclosure 1
ATEX100 Certification
For protection of explosion-protected motors (increased-safety type of protection “e”) Z X 9 9

n Basic version included

IEF = Intermittent earth fault

1) 50N/51N only with insensitive earth-current transformer

when position 7 = 1, 5, 7.
2) Sensitive earth-current transformer
only when position 7 = 2, 6.

5/76 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Order numbers for system port B Description Order No. Order

code
7SJ61 multifunction protection relay 7SJ61¨o – ¨¨¨¨¨ – ¨¨¨¨–¨¨¨
System interface (on rear of unit, Port B)
No system interface 0
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, RS232 1
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, RS485 2
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, 820 nm fiber, ST connector 3
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, RS485 4
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, 820 nm wavelength, single ring, ST connector 1) 5
1
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, 820 nm wavelength, double ring, ST connector ) 6
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, RS485 9 L 0A
1
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, 820 nm wavelength, double ring, ST connector ) 9 L 0B
MODBUS, RS485 9 L 0D
2
MODBUS, 820 nm wavelength, ST connector ) 9 L 0 E
DNP 3.0, RS485 9 L 0G
5
DNP 3.0, 820 nm wavelength, ST connector 2) 9 L 0H
1) Not with position 9 = “B”; if 9 = “B”, please order 7SJ6 unit with RS485 port and separate fiber-optic converters.
For single ring, please order converter 6GK1502-3AB10, not available with position 9 = “B”.
For double ring, please order converter 6GK1502-4AB10, not available with position 9 = “B”.
The converter requires a 24 V AC power supply (e.g. power supply 7XV5810-0BA00).
2) Not available with position 9 = “B”.

Sample order Position Order No. + Order code

7SJ6125-5EC91-3FA1+L0G

6 I/O’s: 11 BI/6 BO, 1 live status contact 2

7 Current transformer: 5 A 5
8 Power supply: 110 to 250 V DC, 115 V AC to 230 V AC 5
9 Unit version: Flush-mounting housing, screw-type terminals E
10 Region: US, English language (US); 60 Hz, ANSI C
11 Communication: System interface: DNP 3.0, RS485 9 L 0G
12 Communication: DIGSI 4, electric RS232 1
13 Measuring/fault recording: Extended measuring and fault records 3
14/15 Protection function package: Basic version FA
16 With auto-reclosure 1

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/77

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Accessories Description Order No.

DIGSI 4
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP Professional Edition
Basis Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Demo Demo version on CD-ROM 7XS5401-0AA00
Professional Complete version:
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00

IEC 61850 System configuration tool

Software for configuration of stations with IEC 61850 communication under
DIGSI, running under MS Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP Professional Edition
Optional package for DIGSI 4 Basis or Professional
License for 10 PCs. Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM 7XS5460-0AA00

5 SIGRA 4
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers (Comtrade
format). Running under MS Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP Professional Edition.
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00

Temperature monitoring box

24 to 60 V AC/DC 7XV5662-2AD10
90 to 240 V AC/DC 7XV5662-5AD10

Varistor/Voltage Arrester
Voltage arrester for high-impedance REF protection
125 Vrms; 600 A; 1S/S 256 C53207-A401-D76-1
240 Vrms; 600 A; 1S/S 1088 C53207-A401-D77-1

Connecting cable
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin con.) and protection unit (9-pin connector)
(contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally) 7XV5100-4
Cable between temperature monitoring box and SIPROTEC 4 unit
- length 5 m /16.4 ft 7XV5103-7AA05
- length 25 m /82 ft 7XV5103-7AA25
- length 50 m /164 ft 7XV5103-7AA50

Manual for 7SJ61, English C53000-G1140-C118-7

5/78 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Accessories Description Order No. Size of package Supplier

LSP2289-afp.eps
Terminal safety cover
Voltage/current terminal 18-pole/12-pole C73334-A1-C31-1 1 Siemens
Voltage/current terminal 12-pole/8-pole C73334-A1-C32-1 1 Siemens
Connector 2-pin C73334-A1-C35-1 1 Siemens
Mounting rail
Connector 3-pin C73334-A1-C36-1 1 Siemens
1)
Crimp connector CI2 0.5 to 1 mm2 0-827039-1 4000 AMP
taped on reel
LSP2091-afp.eps
LSP2090-afp.eps

2 1)
Crimp connector CI2 0.5 to 1 mm 0-827396-1 1 AMP
2 1)
Crimp connector: Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm 0-163084-2 1 AMP
Crimp connector: Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm
2
0-163083-7 4000 AMP 1)
2-pin 3-pin
connector connector taped on reel

Crimping tool for Type III+ 0-539635-1 1 AMP 1)

and matching female 0-539668-2 1 AMP 1)
1)
Crimping tool for CI2 0-734372-1 1 AMP
LSP2093-afp.eps

LSP2092-afp.eps

Short-circuit links
for current termi-
nals
1)
and matching female 1-734387-1 1 AMP
5
Short-circuit links
for current terminals C73334-A1-C33-1 1 Siemens
for other terminals C73334-A1-C34-1 1 Siemens
Short-circuit links
for other terminals Mounting rail for 19" rack C73165-A63-D200-1 1 Siemens
Your local Siemens representative can inform you on local suppliers.

1) AMP Deutschland GmbH

Amperestr. 7–11
63225 Langen
Germany
Tel.: +49 6103 709-0
Fax +49 6103 709-223

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/79

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Connection diagram

Fig. 5/73
7SJ610 connection diagram

*) For pinout of communication ports see part 16 of this catalog.

For the allocation of the terminals of the panel surface-mounting version see Manual
(Order No.: C5300-G1140-C118-4) or Internet (http://www.siprotec.com).

5/80 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Connection diagram

Fig. 5/74
7SJ611 connection diagram

*) For pinout of communication ports see part 16 of this catalog.

For the allocation of the terminals of the panel surface-mounting version see Manual
(Order No.: C5300-G1140-C118-4) or Internet (http://www.siprotec.com).

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/81

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Connection diagram

Fig. 5/75
7SJ612 connection diagram

*) For pinout of communication ports see part 16 of this catalog.

For the allocation of the terminals of the panel surface-mounting version see Manual
(Order No.: C5300-G1140-C118-4) or Internet (http://www.siprotec.com).

5/82 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62

SIPROTEC 4 7SJ62
Multifunction Protection Relay
Function overview

Protection functions
• Time-overcurrent protection
(definite-time/inverse-time/user-def.)
• Directional time-overcurrent protection
(definite-time/inverse-time/user-def.)
• Sensitive dir./non-dir. earth-fault
detection
• Displacement voltage
• Intermittent earth-fault protection
• High-impedance restricted earth fault
LSP2299-afpen.eps

• Inrush restraint
• Motor protection
– Undercurrent monitoring
– Starting time supervision
Fig. 5/76 – Restart inhibit 5
SIPROTEC 7SJ62 – Locked rotor
multifunction protection relay • Overload protection
• Temperature monitoring
• Under-/overvoltage protection
• Under-/overfrequency protection
• Breaker failure protection
Description
• Negative-sequence protection
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ62 relays can be used • Phase-sequence monitoring
for line protection of high and medium • Auto-reclosure
voltage networks with earthed (grounded), • Fault locator
low-resistance earthed, isolated or com- • Lockout
pensated neutral point. For motor protec- Control functions/programmable logic
tion, the SIPROTEC 4 7SJ62 is suitable for
asynchronous machines of all sizes. The • Commands f. ctrl of CB and of isolators
relay performs all functions of backup pro- • Control via keyboard, binary inputs,
tection supplementary to transformer dif- DIGSI 4 or SCADA system
ferential protection. • User-defined logic with CFC
The relay provides a simple control of the (e.g. interlocking)
circuit-breaker and automation functions. Monitoring functions
The integrated programmable logic (CFC) • Operational measured values V, I, f
allows the user to implement their own • Energy metering values Wp, Wq
functions, e. g. for the automation of
• Circuit-breaker wear monitoring
switchgear (interlocking). The user is also
allowed to generate user-defined messages.
• Slave pointer
• Trip circuit supervision
The flexible communication interfaces are • Fuse failure monitor
open for modern communication architec- • 8 oscillographic fault records
tures with control systems.
Communication interfaces
• System interface
– IEC 60870-5-103/ IEC 618501)
– PROFIBUS-FMS/-DP
– DNP 3.0/MODBUS RTU
• Service interface for DIGSI 4 (modem)
• Front interface for DIGSI 4
• Time synchronization via IRIG B/DCF77
Hardware
• 4 current transformers
• 3 voltage transformers
• 8/11 binary inputs
1) Version V4.51 and newer. • 8/6 output relays

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/83

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62
Application
Fig. 5/77 Function diagram
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ62 unit is a numerical
protection relay that also performs control
and monitoring functions and therefore
supports the user in cost-effective power
system management, and ensures reliable
supply of electric power to the customers.
Local operation has been designed accord-
ing to ergonomic criteria. A large, easy-to-
read display was a major design aim.
Control
The integrated control function permits
control of disconnect devices (electrically
operated/motorized switches) or circuit-
breakers via the integrated operator panel,
binary inputs, DIGSI 4 or the control and
protection system (e.g. SICAM). A full
range of command processing functions is
provided.
Programmable logic
The integrated logic characteristics (CFC)
allow the user to implement their own
functions for automation of switchgear
(interlocking) or a substation via a graphic
user interface. The user can also generate
user-defined messages.
5/84
Line protection Backup protection
The 7SJ62 units can be used for line pro- The 7SJ62can be used universally for
tection of high and medium-voltage net- backup protection.
works with earthed (grounded), low-
resistance earthed, isolated or compensated Metering values
neutral point.
Extensive measured values, limit values
and metered values permit improved
Motor protection system management.
When protecting motors, the 7SJ62 relay is
suitable for asynchronous machines of all
sizes.
Transformer protection
The relay performs all functions of backup
protection supplementary to transformer
differential protection. The inrush sup-
pression effectively prevents tripping by in-
rush currents.
The high-impedance restricted earth-fault
protection detects short-circuits and insu-
lation faults on the transformer.
Siemens SIP · 2004
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62

Application

ANSI No. IEC Protection functions

50, 50N I>, I>>, IE>, IE>> Definite time-overcurrent protection (phase/neutral)

51, 51N Ip, IEp Inverse time-overcurrent protection (phase/neutral)

67, 67N Idir>, Idir>>, Ip dir Directional time-overcurrent protection (definite/inverse, phase/neutral),
IEdir>, IEdir>>, IEp dir Directional comparison protection

67Ns/50Ns IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp Directional/non-directional sensitive earth-fault detection

– Cold load pick-up (dynamic setting change)

59N/64 VE, V0> Displacement voltage, zero-sequence voltage

– IIE> Intermittent earth fault

87N High-impedance restricted earth-fault protection

50BF Breaker failure protection 5

79 Auto-reclosure

46 I2> Phase-balance current protection (negative-sequence protection)

47 V2>, phase-sequence Unbalance-voltage protection and/or phase-sequence monitoring

49 ϑ> Thermal overload protection

48 Starting time supervision

14 Locked rotor protection

66/86 Restart inhibit

37 I< Undercurrent monitoring

38 Temperature monitoring via external device (RTD-box), e.g. bearing temperature monitoring

27, 59 V<, V> Undervoltage/overvoltage protection

81O/U f>, f< Overfrequency/underfrequency protection

21FL Fault locator

Construction

Connection techniques and

housing with many advantages
1/3-rack sizes is the available housing
width of the 7SJ62 relays, referred to a 19”
module frame system. This means that
previous models can always be replaced.
The height is a uniform 244 mm for flush-
mounting housings and 266 mm for sur-
face-mounting housing for all housing
LSP2099-afpen.eps

widths. All cables can be connected with or

without ring lugs.
In the case of surface mounting on a panel,
the connection terminals are located above
and below in the form of screw-type termi-
nals. The communication interfaces are
located in a sloped case at the top and bot-
tom of the housing. Fig. 5/78 Rear view with screw terminals

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/85

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62

Protection functions

Time-overcurrent protection
(ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51N)
This function is based on the phase-selec-
tive measurement of the three phase cur-
rents and the earth current (four trans-
formers). Two definite-time overcurrent
protection elements (DMT) exist both for
the phases and for the earth. The current
threshold and the delay time can be set
within a wide range. In addition, inverse-
time overcurrent protection characteristics
(IDMTL) can be activated.

5 Fig. 5/79 Fig. 5/80

Definite-time overcurrent protection Inverse-time overcurrent protection

Available inverse-time characteristics

Characteristics acc. to ANSI/IEEE IEC 60255-3
Inverse • •
Short inverse •
Long inverse • •
Moderately inverse •
Very inverse • •
Extremely inverse • •

Reset characteristics Inrush restraint

For easier time coordination with The relay features second harmonic re-
electromechanical relays, reset characte- straint. If the second harmonic is detected
ristics according to ANSI C37.112 and during transformer energization, pickup of
IEC 60255-3 /BS 142 standards are applied. non-directional and directional normal el-
When using the reset characteristic (disk ements are blocked.
emulation), a reset process is initiated after
the fault current has disappeared. This Cold load pickup
reset process corresponds to the reverse For directional and non-directional time-
movement of the Ferraris disk of an elec- overcurrent protection functions the initi-
tromechanical relay (thus: disk emulation). ation thresholds and tripping times can be
switched via binary inputs or by time con-
User-definable characteristics trol.
Instead of the predefined time characteris-
tics according to ANSI, tripping character-
istics can be defined by the user for phase
and earth units separately. Up to 20 cur-
rent/time value pairs may be programmed.
They are set as pairs of numbers or graphi-
cally in DIGSI 4.

5/86 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62

Protection functions

Directional time-overcurrent protection

(ANSI 67, 67N)
Phase and earth directionality is performed
independently in the 7SJ62. The phase and
earth function parallel the non-directional
overcurrent element. Their response value
and delay times can be set separately. As an
option, inverse directional time-
overcurrent protection characteristics
(IDMTL) can be connected. The tripping
Fig. 5/81
characteristic can be rotated about ± 45 de-
Directional characteristic of
grees. the directional
time-overcurrent
The directional overcurrent-time protec- protection
tion maintains a voltage memory of two
cycles prior to the fault. By means of volt-
age memory, directionality can be deter-
mined reliably even for close-in (local) 5
faults. If the switching device closes onto a
fault and the voltage is too low to deter-
mine direction, directionality (directional
decision) is made with voltage from the
voltage memory. If no voltage exists in the
memory, tripping occurs according to the
coordination schedule.
For earth protection, users can choose
whether the direction is to be determined
via zero-sequence system or negative-se-
quence system quantities (selectable).
Using negative-sequence variables can be
advantageous in cases where the zero volt-
age tends to be very low due to unfavorable
zero-sequence impedances.
Fig. 5/82
Directional determination
Directional comparison protection using cosine measurements
(cross-coupling) for compensated networks
It is used for selective protection of sec-
tions fed from two sources with instanta-
neous tripping, i.e. without the For networks with an isolated neutral, the • Each element can be set in forward,
disadvantage of time coordination. The di- reactive current component is evaluated; reverse, or non-directional.
rectional comparison protection is suitable for compensated networks, the active cur- • The function can also be operated in the
if the distances between the protection sta- rent component or residual resistive cur- insensitive mode as an additional
tions are not significant and pilot wires are rent is evaluated. For special network short-circuit protection.
available for signal transmission. In addi- conditions, e.g. high-resistance earthed
tion to the directional comparison protec- networks with ohmic-capacitive earth-fault (Sensitive) earth-fault detection
tion, the directional coordinated time- current or low-resistance earthed networks (ANSI 50Ns, 51Ns / 50N, 51N)
overcurrent protection is used for with ohmic-inductive current, the tripping
complete selective backup protection. If characteristics can be rotated approxi- For high-resistance earthed networks, a
operated in a closed-circuit connection, an mately ± 45 degrees. sensitive input transformer is connected to
interruption of the transmission line is de- a phase-balance neutral current trans-
Two modes of earth-fault direction detec- former (also called core-balance CT).
tected.
tion can be implemented: tripping or in
“signalling only mode”. The earth-fault current is also calculated
(Sensitive) directional earth-fault detection from the phase currents so that the earth-
(ANSI 64, 67Ns, 67N) It has the following functions: fault protection operates correctly in the
For isolated-neutral and compensated net- • TRIP via the displacement voltage VE. event of current transformer saturation.
works, the direction of power flow in the The function can also be operated in the
zero sequence is calculated from the zero- • Two instantaneous elements or one insensitive mode as an additional short-
sequen- ce current I0 and zero-sequence instantaneous plus one user-defined circuit protection.
voltage V0. characteristic.

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/87

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62
Protection functions
Intermittent earth-fault protection
Intermittent (re-striking) faults occur due
to insulation weaknesses in cables or as a
result of water penetrating cable joints.
Such faults either simply cease at some
stage or develop into lasting short-circuits.
During intermittent activity, however,
star-point resistors in networks that are
impedance-earthed may undergo thermal
overloading. The normal earth-fault pro-
tection cannot reliably detect and interrupt
the current pulses, some of which can be
very brief.
The selectivity required with intermittent
earth faults is achieved by summating the
duration of the individual pulses and by
5 triggering when a (settable) summed time
is reached. The response threshold IIE>
evaluates the r.m.s. value, referred to one
systems period.
Phase-balance current protection (ANSI 46)
(Negative-sequence protection)
In line protection, the two-element phase-
balance current/negative-sequence protec-
tion permits detection on the high side of
high-resistance phase-to-phase faults and
phase-to-earth faults that are on the low
side of a transformer (e.g. with the switch
group Dy 5). This provides backup protec-
tion for high-resistance faults beyond the
transformer. To detect the unbalanced
load, the ratio negative-sequence cur-
rent/rated (nominal) current is evaluated.
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
If a faulted portion of the electrical circuit
is not disconnected upon issuance of a trip
command, another command can be initi-
ated using the breaker failure protection
which operates the circuit-breaker, e.g. of
an upstream (higher-level) protection re-
lay. Breaker failure is detected if, after a
trip command, current is still flowing in
the faulted circuit. As an option, it is possi-
ble to make use of the circuit-breaker posi-
tion indication.
High-impedance restricted earth-fault pro-
tection (ANSI 87N)
The high-impedance measurement princi-
ple is an uncomplicated and sensitive
method for detecting earth faults, espe-
cially on transformers. It can also be ap-
plied to motors, generators and reactors
when these are operated on an earthed net-
work.
5/88
When the high-impedance measurement
principle is applied, all current transform-
ers in the protected area are connected in
parallel and operated on one common re-
sistor of relatively high R whose voltage is
measured (see Fig. 5/83). In the case of
7SJ6 units, the voltage is measured by de-
tecting the current through the (external)
resistor R at the sensitive current measure-
ment input IEE. The varistor V serves to
limit the voltage in the event of an internal
fault. It cuts off the high momentary volt-
age spikes occurring at transformer satura-
tion. At the same time, this results in
smoothing of the voltage without any
noteworthy reduction of the average value.
If no faults have occurred and in the event
of external faults, the system is at equilib-
rium, and the voltage through the resistor Fig. 5/83 High-impedance restricted earth-
is approximately zero. In the event of in- fault protection
ternal faults, an imbalance occurs which
leads to a voltage and a current flow
Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)
through the resistor R.
For protecting cables and transformers,
The current transformers must be of the an overload protection with an integrated
same type and must at least offer a separate pre-warning element for temperature and
core for the high-impedance restricted current can be applied. The temperature is
earth-fault protection. They must in par-
calculated using a thermal homogeneous-
ticular have the same transformation ratio body model (according to IEC 60255-8),
and an approximately identical knee-point
which takes account both of the energy en-
voltage. They should also demonstrate only tering the equipment and the energy losses.
minimal measuring errors.
The calculated temperature is constantly ad-
justed accordingly. Thus, account is taken of
Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79) the previous load and the load fluctuations.
Multiple reclosures can be defined by the
For thermal protection of motors (especially
user and lockout will occur if a fault is
the stator) a further time constant can be set
present after the last reclosures. The fol-
so that the thermal ratios can be detected
lowing functions are possible:
correctly while the motor is rotating and
• 3-pole ARC for all types of faults when it is stopped. The ambient tempera-
• Separate settings for phase and earth faults ture or the temperature of the coolant can
be detected serially via an external tempera-
• Multiple ARC, one rapid auto-reclosure ture monitoring box (resistance-tempera-
(RAR) and up to nine delayed ture detector box, also called RTD- box).
auto-reclosures (DAR) The thermal replica of the overload function
• Starting of the ARC depends on the trip is automatically adapted to the ambient
command selection (e.g. 46, 50, 51, 67) conditions. If there is no RTD-box it is as-
sumed that the ambient temperatures are
• Blocking option of the ARC via binary constant.
inputs
• ARC can be initiated externally or via CFC Settable dropout delay times
• The directional and non-directional ele- If the devices are used in parallel with elec-
ments can either be blocked or operated tromechanical relays in networks with inter-
non-delayed depending on the auto- mittent faults, the long dropout times of the
reclosure cycle electromechanical devices (several hundred
milliseconds) can lead to problems in terms
• Dynamic setting of the directional and of time grading. Clean time grading is only
non-directional elements can be activated possible if the dropout time is approxi-
depending on the ready AR mately the same. This is why the parameter
of dropout times can be defined for certain
functions such as time-overcurrent protec-
tion, earth short-circuit and phase-balance
current protection.
Siemens SIP · 2004

Protection functions
n Motor protection
Restart inhibit (ANSI 66/86)
If a motor is started up too many times in
succession, the rotor can be subject to ther-
mal overload, especially the upper edges of
the bars. The rotor temperature is calcu-
lated from the stator current. The reclosing
lockout only permits start-up of the motor
if the rotor has sufficient thermal reserves
for a complete start-up (see Fig. 5/84).
Emergency start-up
This function disables the reclosing lock-
out via a binary input by storing the state
of the thermal replica as long as the binary
input is active. It is also possible to reset
the thermal replica to zero.
Temperature monitoring (ANSI 38)
Up to two temperature monitoring boxes
with a total of 12 measuring sensors can be
used for temperature monitoring and de-
tection by the protection relay. The ther-
mal status of motors, generators and
transformers can be monitored with this
device. Additionally, the temperature of
the bearings of rotating machines are mon-
itored for limit value violation. The tem-
peratures are being measured with the help
of temperature detectors at various loca-
tions of the device to be protected. This
data is transmitted to the protection relay
via one or two temperature monitoring
boxes (see “Accessories”, page 5/113).
Starting time supervision (ANSI 48/14)
Starting time supervision protects the mo-
tor against long unwanted start-ups that
might occur in the event of excessive load
torque or excessive voltage drops within
the motor, or if the rotor is locked. Rotor
temperature is calculated from measured
stator current. The tripping time is calcu-
lated according to the following equation:
for I > IMOTOR START
2
t =  A  ⋅ TA
I Electric machines and parts of the system
 I 
I = Actual current flowing
IMOTOR START = Pickup current to detect a motor
start
t = Tripping time
IA = Rated motor starting current
TA = Tripping time at rated motor
starting current
1) The 45 to 55, 55 to 65 Hz range is available
for fN = 50/60 Hz.
Siemens SIP · 2004
Fig. 5/84
If the trip time is rated according to the
above formula, even a prolonged start-up
and reduced voltage (and reduced start-up
current) will be evaluated correctly.
A binary signal is set by a speed sensor to
detect a blocked rotor. An instantaneous
tripping is effected. The tripping time is in-
verse (current dependent).
Phase-balance current protection (ANSI 46)
(Negative-sequence protection)
The negative-sequence / phase-balance
current protection detects a phase failure
or load unbalance due to network asym-
metry and protects the rotor from imper-
missible temperature rise. To detect the
unbalanced load, the ratio of negative-se-
quence current to rated current is evalu-
ated.
Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37)
With this function, a sudden drop in cur-
rent, which can occur due to a reduced
motor load, is detected. This can cause
shaft breakage, no-load operation of
pumps or fan failure.
n Voltage protection
Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59)
The two-element overvoltage protection
detects unwanted network and machine
overvoltage conditions. The function can
operate either with phase-to-phase voltage
(default) or with the negative phase-se-
quence system voltage. Three-phase and
single-phase connections are possible.
5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62
5
Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)
The two-element undervoltage protection
provides protection against dangerous
voltage drops (especially for electric ma-
chines). Applications include the isolation
of generators or motors from the network
to avoid undesired operating states and a
possible loss of stability. Proper operating
conditions of electrical machines are best
evaluated with the positive-sequence quan-
tities. The protection function is active
over a wide frequency range (45 to 55, 55
to 65 Hz)1). Even when falling below this
frequency range the function continues to
work, however, with a greater tolerance
band.
The function can operate either with the
positive phase-sequence system voltage
(default) or with the phase-to-phase volt-
ages, and can be monitored with a current
criterion. Three-phase and single-phase
connections are possible.
Frequency protection (ANSI 81O/U)
Frequency protection can be used for over-
frequency and underfrequency protection.
are protected from unwanted speed devia-
tions. Unwanted frequency changes in the
network can be detected and the load can
be removed at a specified frequency set-
ting.
5/89
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62
Protection functions/Functions
Frequency protection can be used over a
wide frequency range (45 to 55, 55 to
65 Hz)1). There are four elements
(selectable as overfrequency or
underfrequency) and each element can be
delayed separately. Blocking of the fre-
quency protection can be performed if us-
ing a binary input or by using an
undervoltage element.
Fault locator (ANSI 21FL)
The fault locator specifies the distance to a
fault location in kilometers or miles or the
reactance of a second fault operation.
Circuit-breaker wear monitoring
5 Methods for determining circuit-breaker
contact wear or the remaining service life
of a circuit-breaker (CB) allow CB mainte-
nance intervals to be aligned to their actual
degree of wear. The benefit lies in reduced
maintenance costs.
There is no mathematically exact method
of calculating the wear or the remaining
service life of circuit-breakers that takes
into account the arc-chamber's physical
conditions when the CB opens. This is why
various methods of determining CB wear
have evolved which reflect the different op-
erator philosophies. To do justice to these,
the devices offer several methods:
• I
• Σ I x, with x = 1... 3
The devices additionally offer a new
method for determining the remaining ser-
vice life:
• Two-point method
The CB manufacturers double-logarithmic
switching cycle diagram (see Fig. 5/85) and
the breaking current at the time of contact
opening serve as the basis for this method.
After CB opening, the two-point method
calculates the number of still possible
switching cycles. To this end, the two
points P1 and P2 only have to be set on the
device. These are specified in the CB's tech-
nical data.
All of these methods are phase-selective
and a limit value can be set in order to ob-
tain an alarm if the actual value falls below
or exceeds the limit value during determi-
nation of the remaining service life.
1) The 45 to 55, 55 to 65 Hz range is
available for fN= 50/60 Hz
5/90
Customized functions (ANSI 32, 51V, 55, etc.)
Additional functions, which are not time
critical, can be implemented via the CFC
using measured values. Typical functions
include reverse power, voltage controlled
overcurrent, phase angle detection, and
zero-sequence voltage detection.
Commissioning
Commissioning could hardly be easier and
is fully supported by DIGSI 4. The status of
the binary inputs can be read individually
and the state of the binary outputs can be
set individually. The operation of switch-
ing elements (circuit-breakers, disconnect
devices) can be checked using the switch-
ing functions of the bay controller. The an-
alog measured values are represented as
wide-ranging operational measured values.
To prevent transmission of information to
the control center during maintenance, the Fig. 5/85 CB switching cycle diagram
bay controller communications can be dis-
abled to prevent unnecessary data from be-
ing transmitted. During commissioning, all Switching authority
indications with test marking for test pur- Switching authority is determined accord-
poses can be connected to a control and ing to parameters, communication or by
protection system. key-operated switch (when available).
If a source is set to “LOCAL”, only local
n Control and automatic functions switching operations are possible. The fol-
lowing sequence of switching authority is
Control
laid down: “LOCAL”; DIGSI PC program,
In addition to the protection functions, the “REMOTE”.
SIPROTEC 4 units also support all control
and monitoring functions that are required Every switching operation and change of
for operating medium-voltage or high- breaker position is kept in the status indi-
voltage substations. cation memory. The switch command
source, switching device, cause (i.e. spon-
The main application is reliable control of taneous change or command) and result of
switching and other processes.
a switching operation are retained.
The status of primary equipment or auxil-
Command processing
iary devices can be obtained from auxiliary
contacts and communicated to the 7SJ62 All the functionality of command process-
via binary inputs. Therefore it is possible to ing is offered. This includes the processing
detect and indicate both the OPEN and of single and double commands with or
CLOSED position or a fault or intermedi- without feedback, sophisticated monitor-
ate circuit-breaker or auxiliary contact po- ing of the control hardware and software,
sition. checking of the external process, control
The switchgear or circuit-breaker can be actions using functions such as runtime
controlled via: monitoring and automatic command ter-
mination after output. Here are some typi-
– integrated operator panel
cal applications:
– binary inputs
– substation control and protection system • Single and double commands using 1,
– DIGSI 4 1 plus 1 common or 2 trip contacts
• User-definable bay interlocks
Automation / user-defined logic
With integrated logic, the user can set, via a • Operating sequences combining several
graphic interface (CFC), specific functions switching operations such as control of
for the automation of switchgear or substa- circuit-breakers, disconnectors and
tion. Functions are activated via function earthing switches
keys, binary input or via communication • Triggering of switching operations, indi-
interface. cations or alarm by combination with
existing information
Siemens SIP · 2004

Functions
Assignment of feedback to command
The positions of the circuit-breaker or
switching devices and transformer taps are
acquired by feedback. These indication in-
puts are logically assigned to the corre-
sponding command outputs. The unit can
therefore distinguish whether the indica-
tion change is a consequence of switching
operation or whether it is a spontaneous
change of state (intermediate position).
Chatter disable
Chatter disable feature evaluates whether,
in a configured period of time, the number
of status changes of indication input ex-
ceeds a specified figure. If exceeded, the in-
dication input is blocked for a certain
period, so that the event list will not record
excessive operations.
Filter time
All binary indications can be subjected to a
filter time (indication suppression).
Indication filtering and delay
Indications can be filtered or delayed.
Filtering serves to suppress brief changes in
potential at the indication input. The indi-
cation is passed on only if the indication
voltage is still present after a set period of
time. In the event of indication delay, there
is a wait for a preset time. The information
is passed on only if the indication voltage is
still present after this time.
Indication derivation
A further indication (or a command) can
be derived from an existing indication.
Group indications can also be formed. The
volume of information to the system inter-
face can thus be reduced and restricted to
the most important signals.
Transmission lockout
A data transmission lockout can be acti-
vated, so as to prevent transfer of informa-
tion to the control center during work on a
circuit bay.
Test operation
During commissioning, all indications can
be passed to an automatic control system
for test purposes.
Siemens SIP · 2004
5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62
Switchgear cubicles for
high/medium voltage
All units are designed specifically to meet
the requirements of high/medium-voltage
applications.
In general, no separate measuring instru-
ments (e.g., for current, voltage, frequency,
…) or additional control components are
necessary.
Measured values
The r.m.s. values are calculated from the
acquired current and voltage along with
the power factor, frequency, active and
reactive power. The following functions
are available for measured value process-
ing:
• Currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IE, IEE (67Ns) 5
LSP2077f.eps
• Voltages VL1, VL2, VL3, VL1L2, VL2L3, VL3L1
• Symmetrical components
I1, I2, 3I0; V1, V2, V0
• Power Watts, Vars, VA/P, Q, S
(P, Q: total and phase selective)
• Power factor (cos ϕ),
(total and phase selective)
• Frequency
• Energy ± kWh, ± kVarh, forward and Fig. 5/86
reverse power flow NXAIR panel (air-insulated)
• Mean as well as minimum and maximum
current and voltage values
• Operating hours counter
• Mean operating temperature of overload
function
• Limit value monitoring
Limit values are monitored using pro-
grammable logic in the CFC. Commands
can be derived from this limit value indi-
cation.
• Zero suppression
In a certain range of very low measured
values, the value is set to zero to suppress
interference.
Metered values
For internal metering, the unit can calcu-
late an energy metered value from the
measured current and voltage values. If an
external meter with a metering pulse out-
put is available, the SIPROTEC 4 unit can
obtain and process metering pulses via an
indication input.
The metered values can be displayed and
passed on to a control center as an accu-
mulation with reset. A distinction is made
between forward, reverse, active and reac-
tive energy.
5/91
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62
Communication
In terms of communication, the units offer
substantial flexibility in the context of con-
nection to industrial and power automa-
tion standards. Communication can be
extended or added on thanks to modules
for retrofitting on which the common pro-
tocols run. Therefore, also in the future it
will be possible to optimally integrate units
into the changing communication infra-
structure, for example in Ethernet net-
works (which will also be used increasingly
in the power supply sector in the years to
come).
Serial front interface
There is a serial RS232 interface on the
5 front of all the units. All of the unit’s func-
tions can be set on a PC by means of the
DIGSI 4 protection operation program.
Commissioning tools and fault analysis are
also built into the program and are avail-
able through this interface.
Rear-mounted interfaces1)
A number of communication modules
suitable for various applications can be fit-
ted in the rear of the flush-mounting hous-
ing. In the flush-mounting housing, the
modules can be easily replaced by the user.
The interface modules support the follow-
ing applications:
• Time synchronization interface
All units feature a permanently integrated
electrical time synchronization interface.
It can be used to feed timing telegrams in
IRIG-B or DCF77 format into the units
via time synchronization receivers.
• System interface
Communication with a central control
system takes place through this interface.
Radial or ring type station bus topologies
can be configured depending on the cho-
sen interface. Furthermore, the units can
exchange data through this interface via
Ethernet and IEC 61850 protocol and can
also be operated by DIGSI.
• Service interface
The service interface was conceived for re-
mote access to a number of protection
units via DIGSI. On all units, it can be an
electrical RS232/RS85 interface and on
some units it can be an optical interface.
For special applications, on some units a
maximum of two temperature monitor-
ing boxes (RTD-box) can be connected to
this interface as an alternative.
1) For units in panel surface-mounting housings
please refer to note on page 5/112.
2) Version V4.51 and newer.
5/92
System interface protocols (retrofittable)
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
The IEC 60870-5-103 protocol is an inter-
national standard for the transmission of
protective data and fault recordings. All
messages from the unit and also control
commands can be transferred by means of
published, Siemens-specific extensions to
the protocol.
IEC 61850 protocol2)
As of mid-2004, the Ethernet-based
IEC 61850 protocol will be the worldwide
standard for protection and control sys-
tems used by power supply corporations.
Siemens will be one of the first manufac- Fig. 5/87
turers to support this standard. By means
of this protocol, information can also be
exchanged directly between bay units so as
to set up simple masterless systems for bay
and system interlocking. Access to the
units via the Ethernet bus will also be pos-
sible with DIGSI.
PROFIBUS-FMS
PROFIBUS-FMS is an internationally stan-
dardized communication system
(EN 50170) for efficient performance of
communication tasks in the bay area.
SIPROTEC 4 units use a profile specially
optimized for protection and control re-
quirements. DIGSI can also work on the
basis of PROFIBUS-FMS. The units are
linked to a SICAM automation system.
PROFIBUS-DP protocol
PROFIBUS-DP is the most widespread
Fig. 5/88
protocol in industrial automation. Via PROFIBUS: Fiber-optic double ring circuit
PROFIBUS-DP, SIPROTEC units make
their information available to a SIMATIC
controller or, in the control direction, re-
ceive commands from a central SIMATIC.
Measured values can also be transferred.
MODBUS RTU protocol
This uncomplicated, serial protocol is
mainly used in industry and by power sup-
ply corporations, and is supported by a
number of unit manufacturers. SIPROTEC
units function as MODBUS slaves, making
their information available to a master or
receiving information from it. A time-
stamped event list is available.
Fig. 5/89
Bus structure for station bus with Ethernet and
IEC 61850
Siemens SIP · 2004
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62

Communication

DNP 3.0 protocol

Power supply corporations overseas use
the serial DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network
Protocol) for the station and network con-
trol levels. SIPROTEC units function as
DNP slaves, supplying their information to
a master system or receiving information
from it.

System solutions for protection and station

control
Together with the SICAM power automa-
tion system, SIPROTEC 4 can be used with
PROFIBUS-FMS. Over the low-cost elec-
trical RS485 bus, or interference-free via
the optical double ring, the units exchange
information with the control system. 5
Units featuring IEC 60870-5-103 interfaces
can be connected to SICAM in parallel via
the RS485 bus or radially by fiber-optic
link. Through this interface, the system is
open for the connection of units of other
Fig. 5/90
manufacturers (see Fig. 5/87). System solution/communication
Because of the standardized interfaces,
SIPROTEC units can also be integrated
into systems of other manufacturers or in
SIMATIC. Electrical RS485 or optical in-
terfaces are available. The optimum physi-
cal data transfer medium can be chosen
thanks to opto-electrical converters. Thus,
LSP2491.eps

the RS485 bus allows low-cost wiring in

the cubicles and an interference-free opti-
cal connection to the master can be estab-
lished.
For IEC 61850, an interoperable system so-
lution is offered with SICAM PAS. Via the
100 Mbits/s Ethernet bus, the units are
Fig. 5/91
linked with PAS electrically or optically to Communication module Ethernet,
the station PC. The interface is standard- electrical, double
ized, thus also enabling direct connection
of units of other manufacturers to the
Ethernet bus. With IEC 61850, however,
the units can also be used in other manu-
facturers’ systems (see Fig. 5/89).

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/93

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62

Typical connections

n Connection of current
and voltage transformers
Standard connection
For earthed networks, the earth current is
obtained from the phase currents by the
residual current circuit.

Fig. 5/92
Residual current
circuit without direc-
tional element
5

Fig. 5/93
Sensitive earth-
current detection
without directional
element

Fig. 5/94
Residual current
circuit with direc-
tional element

5/94 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62

Typical connections

Connection for compensated networks

The figure shows the connection of two
phase-to-earth voltages and the VE voltage
of the open delta winding and a phase-
balance neutral current transformer for the
earth current. This connection maintains
maximum precision for directional earth-
fault detection and must be used in com-
pensated networks.
Fig. 5/95 shows sensitive directional
earth-fault detection.

Fig. 5/95
Sensitive directional
earth-fault detection
with directional
element for phases
5

Fig. 5/96
Sensitive directional
earth-fault detection

Connection for isolated-neutral

or compensated networks only
If directional earth-fault protection is not
used, the connection can be made with
only two phase current transformers. Di-
rectional phase short-circuit protection
can be achieved by using only two primary
transformers.

Fig. 5/97
Isolated-neutral or
compensated
networks

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/95

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62

Typical applications

Overview of connection types

Type of network
(Low-resistance) earthed network
(Low-resistance) earthed networks
Isolated or compensated networks
(Low-resistance) earthed networks
Isolated or compensated networks
transformers possible
(Low-resistance) earthed networks
5 neutral current transformers possible
Isolated networks
Compensated networks
Function
Time-overcurrent protection
phase/earth non-directional
Sensitive earth-fault protection
Time-overcurrent protection
phases non-directional
Time-overcurrent protection
phases directional
Time-overcurrent protection
phases directional
Time-overcurrent protection
earth directional
Sensitive earth-fault
protection sin ϕ measurement
Earth-fault protection
cos ϕ measurement
Current connection Voltage connection
Residual circuit, with 3 phase-current -
transformers required, phase-balance
neutral current transformer possible
Phase-balance neutral current -
transformers required
Residual circuit, with 3 or 2 phase -
current transformers possible
Residual circuit, with 3 phase-current Phase-to-earth connection or
transformers possible phase-to-phase connection
Residual circuit, with 3 or 2 phase- Phase-to-earth connection or
current transformers possible phase-to-phase connection
Residual circuit, with 3 phase-current Phase-to-earth connection required
transformers required, phase-balance
Residual circuit, if earth current 3 times phase-to-earth connection or
> 0.05 IN on secondary side, other- phase-to-earth connection with open
wise phase-balance neutral current delta winding
transformers required
Phase-balance neutral current Phase-to-earth connection with open
transformers required delta winding required

n Connection of circuit-breaker
Undervoltage releases
Undervoltage releases are used for auto-
matic tripping of high-voltage motors.
Example:
DC supply voltage of control system fails
and manual electric tripping is no longer
possible.
Automatic tripping takes place when volt-
age across the coil drops below the trip
limit. In Fig. 5/98, tripping occurs due to
failure of DC supply voltage, by automatic
opening of the live status contact upon
failure of the protection unit or by
short-circuiting the trip coil in event of
network fault.
Fig. 5/98 Undervoltage release with make contact (50, 51)

5/96 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62

Typical applications

In Fig. 5/99 tripping is by failure of auxil-

iary voltage and by interruption of tripping
circuit in the event of network failure.
Upon failure of the protection unit, the
tripping circuit is also interrupted, since
contact held by internal logic drops back
into open position.

Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)

One or two binary inputs can be used for
monitoring the circuit-breaker trip coil in-
cluding its incoming cables. An alarm sig-
nal occurs whenever the circuit is
interrupted.

Lockout (ANSI 86)

All binary outputs can be stored like LEDs Fig. 5/99 Undervoltage trip with locking contact (trip signal 50 is inverted)
5
and reset using the LED reset key. The
lockout state is also stored in the event of
supply voltage failure. Reclosure can only
occur after the lockout state is reset.

Fig. 5/100 Trip circuit supervision with 2 binary inputs

Fig. 5/101 Trip circuit supervision with 1 binary input

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/97

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62

Technical data

General unit data Binary outputs/command outputs

Measuring circuits Type 7SJ621 7SJ622
System frequency 50 / 60 Hz (settable) Command/indication relay 8 6
Current transformer Contacts per command/ 1 NO / form A
Rated current Inom 1 or 5 A (settable) indication relay (Two contacts changeable to NC/form
B, via jumpers)
Option: sensitive earth-fault CT IEE < 1.6 A
Live status contact 1 NO / NC (jumper) / form A/B
Power consumption
at Inom = 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA per phase Switching capacity
at Inom = 5 A Approx. 0.3 VA per phase Make 1000 W / VA
for sensitive earth-fault CT at 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA Break 30 W / VA / 40 W resistive /
Overload capability 25 W at L/R ≤ 50 ms
Thermal (effective) 100 x Inom for 1 s Switching voltage ≤ 250 V DC
30 x Inom for 10 s Permissible current 5 A continuous,
4 x Inom continuous 30 A for 0.5 s making current,
Dynamic (impulse current) 250 x Inom (half cycle) 2000 switching cycles
Overload capability if equipped with
5 sensitive earth-fault CT
Thermal (effective) 300 A for 1 s Electrical tests
100 A for 10 s Specification
15 A continuous
Standards IEC 60255
Dynamic (impulse current) 750 A (half cycle)
ANSI C37.90, C37.90.1, C37.90.2,
Voltage transformer UL508
Rated voltage Vnom 100 V to 225 V Insulation tests
Power consumption at Vnom = 100 V < 0.3 VA per phase Standards IEC 60255-5; ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0
Overload capability in voltage path Voltage test (100 % test) 2.5 kV (r.m.s. value), 50/60 Hz
(phase-neutral voltage) all circuits except for auxiliary
Thermal (effective) 230 V continuous voltage and RS485/RS232 and
Auxiliary voltage time synchronization
Rated auxiliary DC 24/48 V 60/125 V 110/250 V Auxiliary voltage 3.5 kV DC
voltage Vaux AC 115/230 V Communication ports 500 V AC
Permissible tolerance DC 19–58 V 48–150 V 88–300 V and time synchronization
AC 92-138 V 184–265 V Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak value); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 J
Ripple voltage, ≤ 12 % all circuits, except communication 3 positive and 3 negative impulses
peak-to-peak ports and time synchronization, at intervals of 5 s
class III
Power consumption
Quiescent Approx. 3–4 W EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests
Energized Approx. 7–9 W Standards IEC 60255-6; IEC 60255-22
Backup time during ≥ 50 ms at V ≥ 110 V DC (product standard)
loss/short circuit of ≥ 20 ms at V ≥ 24 V DC EN 50082-2 (generic specification)
auxiliary voltage ≥ 200 ms at 115 V/230 V AC DIN 57435 Part 303
Binary inputs/indication inputs High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak value); 1 MHz; τ =15 ms;
IEC 60255-22-1, class III 400 surges per s; test duration 2 s
Type 7SJ621 7SJ622 and VDE 0435 Part 303, class III
Number 8 11 Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge;
Voltage range 24–250 V DC IEC 60255-22-2 class IV 15 kV air gap discharge;
Pickup threshold modifiable by plug-in jumpers and EN 61000-4-2, class IV both polarities; 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω

Pickup threshold 19 V DC 88 V DC Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz

For rated control voltage
Response time/drop-out
time
Power consumption
energized
field, non-modulated
24/48/60/ 110/125/ IEC 60255-22-3 (Report) class III
110/125 V 220/250 V DC
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz;
Approx. 3.5 field, amplitude-modulated AM 80 %; 1 kHz
IEC 61000-4-3; class III
1.8 mA (independent of operating voltage) Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 900 MHz; repetition
field, pulse-modulated rate 200 Hz, on duration 50 %
IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204; class III
Fast transient interference/burst 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz;
IEC 60255-22-4 and IEC 61000-4-4, burst length = 15 ms;
class IV repetition rate 300 ms; both polarities;
Ri = 50 Ω; test duration 1 min

5/98 Siemens SIP · 2004


Technical data
High-energy surge voltages
(Surge)
IEC 61000-4-5; class III
Auxiliary voltage
Binary inputs/outputs
Line-conducted HF,
amplitude-modulated
IEC 61000-4-6, class III
Power frequency magnetic field
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV
IEC 60255-6
Oscillatory surge withstand
capability
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1
Fast transient surge withstand
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1
Radiated electromagnetic
interference
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2
Damped wave
IEC 60694 / IEC 61000-4-12
EMC tests for interference emission; type tests
Standard
Conducted interferences
only auxiliary voltage IEC/CISPR
22
Radio interference field strength
IEC/CISPR 11
Units with a detached operator
panel must be installed in a metal
cubicle to maintain limit class B
Mechanical stress tests
Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration
During operation
Standards
Vibration
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2
IEC 60068-2-6
Shock
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1
IEC 60068-2-27
Seismic vibration
IEC 60255-21-3, class 1
IEC 60068-3-3
Siemens SIP · 2004
From circuit to circuit: 2 kV; 12 Ω; 9 µF
across contacts: 1 kV; 2 Ω ;18 µF
From circuit to circuit: 2 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF
across contacts: 1 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF
10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz;
AM 80 %; 1 kHz
30 A/m; 50 Hz, continuous
300 A/m; 50 Hz, 3 s
0.5 mT, 50 Hz
2.5 to 3 kV (peak value), 1 to 1.5 MHz
damped wave; 50 surges per s;
duration 2 s, Ri = 150 to 200 Ω
4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 surges per s
both polarities; duration 2 s, Ri = 80 Ω
1)
35 V/m ; 25 to 1000 MHz;
amplitude and pulse-modulated
2.5 kV (peak value, polarity
alternating)
100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 and 50 MHz,
Ri = 200 Ω
EN 50081-* (generic specification)
150 kHz to 30 MHz
Limit class B
30 to 1000 MHz
Limit class B
IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
Sinusoidal
10 to 60 Hz; +/- 0.075 mm amplitude;
60 to 150 Hz; 1 g acceleration
frequency sweep 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes
Semi-sinusoidal
Acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms;
3 shocks in both directions of 3 axes
Sinusoidal
1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude
(horizontal axis)
1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude
(vertical axis)
8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
(horizontal axis)
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
(vertical axis)
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
1 cycle in 3 perpendicular axes
During transportation
Standards
Vibration
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2
IEC 60068-2-6
Shock
IEC 60255-21-2, Class 1
IEC 60068-2-27
Continuous shock
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1
IEC 60068-2-29
Climatic stress tests
Temperatures
Type-tested acc. to IEC 60068-2-1
and -2, test Bd, for 16 h
Temporarily permissible operating
temperature, tested for 96 h
Recommended permanent operat- -5 °C to +55 °C /+25 °F to +131 °F
ing temperature acc. to IEC 60255-6
(Legibility of display may be im-
paired above +55 °C /+131 °F)
– Limiting temperature during
permanent storage
– Limiting temperature during
transport
Humidity
Permissible humidity
It is recommended to arrange the
units in such a way that they are not
exposed to direct sunlight or
pronounced temperature changes
that could cause condensation.
Unit design
Housing
Dimensions
Weight
Surface-mounting housing
Flush-mounting housing
Degree of protection
acc. to EN 60529
Surface-mounting housing
Flush-mounting housing
Operator safety
5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62
IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
Sinusoidal
5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude;
8 to 150 Hz; 2 g acceleration,
frequency sweep 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes
Semi-sinusoidal
Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms
3 shocks in both directions of 3 axes
Semi-sinusoidal
Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms
1000 shocks in both directions
of 3 axes
-25 °C to +85 °C /-13 °F to +185 °F
5
-20 °C to +70 °C /-4 °F to -158 °F
-25 °C to +55 °C /-13 °F to +131 °F
-25 °C to +70 °C /-13 °F to +158 °F
Annual average 75 % relative humid-
ity; on 56 days a year up to 95 % rela-
tive humidity; condensation not
permissible!
7XP20
See dimension drawings, part 16
4.5 kg
4.0 kg
IP 51
Front: IP 51, rear: IP 20;
IP 2x with cover
5/99
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62
Technical data
Serial interfaces
Operating interface (front of unit)
Connection
Transmission rate
Service/modem interface (rear of unit)
Isolated interface for data transfer
Transmission rate
RS232/RS485
Connection
For flush-mounting housing/
surface-mounting housing with
detached operator panel
For surface-mounting housing
with two-tier terminal at the
5 top/bottom part
Distance RS232
Distance RS485
Test voltage
System interface (rear of unit)
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
Isolated interface for data transfer
to a control center
Transmission rate
RS232/RS485
Connection
For flush-mounting housing/
surface-mounting housing with
detached operator panel
For surface-mounting housing
with two-tier terminal on the
top/bottom part
Distance RS232
Distance RS485
Test voltage
Fiber optic
Connection fiber-optic cable
For flush-mounting housing/
surface-mounting housing with
detached operator panel
For surface-mounting housing
with two-tier terminal on the
top/bottom part
Optical wavelength
Permissible path attenuation
Distance
5/100
Non-isolated, RS232; front panel,
9-pin subminiature connector
min. 4800 baud, max. 38400 baud
Port C: DIGSI 4/modem/RTD-box
Setting as supplied 38400 baud
min. 4800 baud, max. 38400 baud
9-pin subminiature connector,
mounting location “C”
At the bottom part of the housing:
shielded data cable
15 m /49.2 ft
Max. 1 km/3300 ft
500 V AC against earth
Port B
Setting as supplied: 38400 baud,
min. 4800 baud, max. 38400 baud
Mounting location “B”
At the bottom part of the housing:
shielded data cable
Max. 15 m/49 ft
Max. 1 km/3300 ft
500 V AC against earth
Integrated ST connector for fi-
ber-optic connection
Mounting location “B”
At the bottom part of the housing
820 nm
Max. 8 dB, for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm
Max. 1.5 km/0.9 miles
IEC 61850 protocol
Isolated interface for data transfer:
- to a control center
- with DIGSI
- between SIPROTEC 4 relays
Transmission rate
RS485
Connection
For flush-mounting housing/
surface-mounting housing with
detached operator panel
Distance
Test voltage
PROFIBUS-FMS/DP
Isolated interface for data transfer
to a control center
Transmission rate
RS485
Connection
For flush-mounting housing/
surface-mounting housing with
detached operator panel
For surface-mounting housing
with two-tier terminal on the
top/bottom part
Distance
Test voltage
Fiber optic
Connection fiber-optic cable
For flush-mounting housing/
surface-mounting housing with
detached operator panel
For surface-mounting housing
with two-tier terminal on the
top/bottom part
Optical wavelength
Permissible path attenuation
Distance
MODBUS RTU, ASCII, DNP 3.0
Isolated interface for data transfer
to a control center
Transmission rate
RS485
Connection
For flush-mounting housing/
surface-mounting housing with
detached operator panel
For surface-mounting housing
with two-tier terminal at the
top/bottom part
Test voltage
Port B, 100 Base T acc. to IEEE802.3
100 Mbit
Two RJ45 connectors
mounting location "B"
Max. 20 m / 65.6 ft
500 V AC against earth
Port B
Up to 1.5 Mbaud
9-pin subminiature connector,
mounting location “B”
At the bottom part of the housing:
shielded data cable
1000 m/3300 ft ≤ 93.75 kbaud;
500 m/1500 ft ≤ 187.5 kbaud;
200 m/600 ft ≤ 1.5 Mbaud
100 m/300 ft ≤ 12 Mbaud
500 V AC against earth
Integr. ST connector for FO connec-
tion
Mounting location “B”
At the bottom part of the housing
Important: Please refer to footnotes
1)
and 2) on page 5/112
820 nm
Max. 8 dB, for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm
500 kB/s 1.6 km/0.99 miles
1500 kB/s 530 m/0.33 miles
Port B
Up to 19200 baud
9-pin subminiature connector,
mounting location “B”
At bottom part of the housing:
shielded data cable
500 V AC against earth
Siemens SIP · 2004

Technical data
Fiber-optic
Connection fiber-optic cable
For flush-mounting housing/
surface-mounting housing with
detached operator panel
For surface-mounting housing
with two-tier terminal at the
top/bottom part
Optical wavelength
Permissible path attenuation
Distance
Time synchronization DCF77/IRIG-B signal (Format IRIG-B000)
Connection
Voltage levels
Functions
Definite-time overcurrent protection, directional/non-directional
(ANSI 50, 50N, 67, 67N)
Operating mode non-directional
phase protection (ANSI 50)
Setting ranges
Pickup phase elements I>, I>> 0.5 to 175 A or ∞1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Pickup earth elements IE>, IE>> 0.25 to 175 A or ∞1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Delay times T
Dropout delay time TDO
Times
Pickup times (without inrush
restraint, with inrush restraint
+ 10 ms)
With twice the setting value
With five times the setting value
Dropout times
Dropout ratio
Tolerances
Pickup
Delay times T, TDO
Inverse-time overcurrent protection, directional/non-directional
(ANSI 51, 51N, 67, 67N)
Operating mode non-directional
phase protection (ANSI 51)
Setting ranges
Pickup phase element IP
Pickup earth element IEP
Time multiplier T
(IEC characteristics)
Time multiplier D
(ANSI characteristics)
1) At Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5.
Siemens SIP · 2004
5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62
Trip characteristics
IEC Normal inverse, very inverse,
Integrated ST connector for fiber-optic extremely inverse, long inverse
connection ANSI Inverse, short inverse, long inverse
Mounting location “B” moderately inverse, very inverse,
extremely inverse, definite inverse
User-defined characteristic Defined by a maximum of 20 value
At the bottom part of the housing pairs of current and time delay
Important: Please refer to footnotes
1)
and 2) on page 5/112 Dropout setting
Without disk emulation Approx. 1.05 · setting value Ip for
820 nm Ip/Inom ≥ 0.3, corresponds to approx.
Max 8 dB. for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm 0.95 · pickup threshold
Max. 1.5 km/0.9 miles With disk emulation Approx. 0.90 · setting value Ip
Tolerances
Pickup/dropout thresholds Ip, IEp 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
9-pin subminiature connector Pickup time for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 5 % of reference (calculated) value
(SUB-D) + 2 % current tolerance, respectively
(terminal with surface-mounting 30 ms
housing) Dropout ratio for 0.05 ≤ I/Ip 5 % of reference (calculated) value 5
5 V, 12 V or 24 V (optional) ≤ 0.9 + 2 % current tolerance, respectively
30 ms
Direction detection
For phase faults
Polarization With cross-polarized voltages;
3-phase (standard) or 2-phase With voltage memory (memory dura-
(L1 and L3) tion is 2 cycles) for measurement volt-
ages that are too low
Forward range Inductive: angle 45 ° ± 86 °
Resistive: angle 0 ° ± 86 °
Capacitive: angle -45 ° ± 86 °
0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Direction sensitivity For one and two-phase faults unlim-
0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s) ited;
For three-phase faults dynamically
unlimited;
Steady-state approx. 7 V
phase-to-phase
Non-directional Directional For earth faults
Approx. 30 ms 45 ms
Approx. 20 ms 40 ms Polarization With zero-sequence quantities 3V0, 3I0
or with negative-sequence quantities
Approx. 40 ms 3V2, 3I2
Approx. 0.95 for Forward range Inductive: angle 45 ° ± 84 °
I/Inom ≥ 0.3 Resistive: angle 0 ° ± 84 °
Capacitive: angle -45 ° ± 84 °
2 % of setting value or 50 mA1) Direction sensitivity
1 % or 10 ms Zero-sequence quantities 3V0, 3I0 VE ≈ 2.5 V displacement voltage,
measured;
3V0 ≈ 5 V displacement voltage,
3-phase (standard) or 2-phase calculated
(L1 and L3) Negative -sequence quantities 3V2 ≈ 5 V negative-sequence voltage;
3V2, 3I2 3I2 ≈ 225 mA negative-sequence cur-
rent1)
0.5 to 20 A or ∞ 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
0.25 to 20 A or ∞ 1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Tolerances (phase angle error under
0.05 to 3.2 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) reference conditions)
For phase and earth faults ± 3 ° electrical
0.05 to 15 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Inrush blocking
Influenced functions Time-overcurrent elements, I>, IE>,
Ip, IEp (directional, non-directional)
Lower function limit 1.25 A 1)
Upper function limit (setting range) 1.5 to 125 A 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Setting range I2f /I 10 to 45 % (in steps of 1 %)
Crossblock (IL1, IL2, IL3) ON/OFF
5/101
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62

Technical data

Dynamic parameter group
Controllable function
Start criteria
Earth-fault pickup for all types of earth faults
Directional and non-directional Inverse-time characteristic (ANSI 51Ns)
pickup, tripping time User-defined characteristic Defined by a maximum of 20 pairs of
Current criteria, current and delay time values
CB position via aux. contacts, Logarithmic inverse I
binary input, t = TIEEpmax − TIEEp ⋅ ln
auto-reclosure ready I EEp

Time control 3 timers Setting ranges

Pickup threshold IEEp
Current criteria Current threshold
For sensitive input 0.001 A to 1.4 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
(reset on dropping below threshold;
For normal input 0.25 to 20 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
monitoring with timer)
User defined
(Sensitive) earth-fault detection (ANSI 64, 50 Ns, 51Ns, 67Ns) Time multiplier T 0.1 to 4 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Displacement voltage starting for all types of earth fault (ANSI 64) Logarithmic inverse
Time multiplier TIEEp mul 0.05 to 15 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Setting ranges Delay time TIEEp 0.1 to 4 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Pickup threshold VE> (measured) 1.8 to 170 V (in steps of 0.1 V) Min time delay TIEEpmin 0 to 32 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Pickup threshold 3V0> (calcu- 10 to 225 V (in steps of 0.1 V) Max. time delay TIEEpmax 0 to 32 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
lated)
5 Delay time TDelay pickup 0.04 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Times
Additional trip delay TVDELAY 0.1 to 40000 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Pickup times Approx. 60 ms (non-directional)
Approx 80 ms (directional)
Times
Pickup time Approx. 60 ms Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 · IEEp
Dropout ratio 0.95 or (pickup value -0.6 V) Dropout ratio Approx. 1.05 · IEEp
Tolerances Tolerances
Pickup threshold VE (measured) 3 % of setting value or 0.3 V Pickup threshold IEEp 2 % of setting value or 1 mA
Pickup threshold 3V0 (calculated) 3 % of setting value or 3 V Delay times in linear range 7 % of reference value for 2 ≤ I/IEEp
Delay times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms ≤ 20 + 2 % current tolerance, or 70 ms
Phase detection for earth fault in an unearthed system Direction detection for all types of earth-faults (ANSI 67Ns)
Direction measurement IE and VE measured or
Measuring principle Voltage measurement (phase-to-earth) 3I0 and 3V0 calculated
Setting ranges Measuring principle Active/reactive power measurement
Vph min (earth-fault phase) 10 to 100 V (in steps of 1 V)
Setting ranges
Vph max (unfaulted phases) 10 to 100 V (in steps of 1 V) Measuring enable IRelease direct.
Measuring tolerance 3 % of setting value, or 1 V For sensitive input 0.001 to 1.2 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
acc. to DIN 57435 part 303 For normal input 0.25 to 150 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Earth-fault pickup for all types of earth faults Measuring method cos ϕ and sin ϕ
Direction phasor ϕCorrection - 45 ° to + 45 ° (in steps of 0.1 °)
Definite-time characteristic (ANSI 50Ns) Dropout delay TReset delay 1 to 60 s (in steps of 1 s)
Setting ranges Angle correction for cable CT
Pickup threshold IEE>, IEE>> Angle correction F1, F2 0 ° to 5 ° (in steps of 0.1 °)
For sensitive input 0.001 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A) Current value I1, I2
For normal input 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) For sensitive input 0.001 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
Delay times T for IEE>, IEE>> 0 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) For normal input 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Tolerances
Times Pickup measuring enable 2 % of the setting value or 1 mA
Pickup times Approx. 60 ms (non-directional) Angle tolerance 3°
Approx. 80 ms (directional Note: Due to the high sensitivity the linear range of the measuring input IN
Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 with integrated sensitive input transformer is from 0.001 A to 1.6 A. For cur-
Tolerances rents greater than 1.6 A, correct directionality can no longer be guaranteed.
Pickup threshold IEE>, IEE>> 2 % of setting value or 1 mA
Delay times 1 % of setting value or 20 ms

1) For Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5.

5/102 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62

Technical data

High-impedance restricted earth-fault protection (ANSI 87N) / single-phase Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)
overcurrent protection Setting ranges
Setting ranges Factor k 0.1 to 4 (in steps of 0.01)
Pickup thresholds I>, I>>
For sensitive input 0.003 to 1.5 A or ∞ (in steps of 0.001 A) Time constant 1 to 999.9 min (in steps of 0.1 min)
For normal input 0.25 to 175 A1) or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 A) Warning overtemperature 50 to 100 % with reference
Delay times TI>, TI>> 0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Θalarm/Θtrip to the tripping overtemperature
Times (in steps of 1 %)
Pickup times Current warning stage Ialarm 0.5 to 20 A (in steps of 0.01 A)
Minimum Approx. 20 ms
Extension factor when stopped 1 to 10 with reference to the time con-
Typical Approx. 30 ms
kτ factor stant with the machine running
Dropout times Approx. 30 ms
(in steps of 0.1)
Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 for I/Inom ≥ 0.5
Rated overtemperature (for Inom) 40 to 200 °C (in steps of 1 °C)
Tolerances
(I / k ⋅ I nom ) − (I pre / k ⋅ I nom )
2 2
Tripping characteristic
Pickup thresholds 3 % of setting value or t = τ th ⋅ ln
For (I/k · Inom) ≤ 8
(I / k ⋅ I nom ) − 1
2
1 % rated current at Inom = 1 or 5 A;
5 % of setting value or
3 % rated current at Inom = 0.1 A t =
Tripping time
Delay times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms τth =
Temperature rise time constant 5
Intermittent earth-fault protection I =
Load current
Ipre =
Preload current
Setting ranges k =
Setting factor acc. to VDE 0435
Pickup threshold Part 3011 and IEC 60255-8
For IE IIE> 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Inom = Rated (nominal) current of the
For 3I0 IIE> 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) protection relay
For IEE IIE> 0.005 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A) Dropout ratios
Pickup prolon- TV 0 to 10 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Θ/ΘTrip Drops out with ΘAlarm
gation time Θ/ΘAlarm Approx. 0.99
Earth-fault accu- Tsum 0 to 100 s (in steps of 0.01 s) I/IAlarm Approx. 0.97
mulation time Tolerances
Reset time for Tres 1 to 600 s (in steps of 1 s) With reference to k · Inom Class 5 acc. to IEC 60255-8
accumulation With reference to tripping time 5 % +/- 2 s acc. to IEC 60255-8
Number of pickups for 2 to 10 (in steps of 1) Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)
intermittent earth fault Number of reclosures 0 to 9
Times Shot 1 to 4 individually adjustable
Pickup times Program for phase fault
Current = 1.25 · pickup value Approx. 30 ms Start-up by Time-overcurrent elements (dir.,
Current ≥ 2 · pickup value Approx. 22 ms non-dir.), negative sequence, binary
Dropout time Approx. 22 ms input
Tolerances Program for earth fault
Pickup threshold IIE> 3 % of setting value, or 50 mA 1) Start-up by Time-overcurrent elements
(dir., non-dir.), sensitive earth-fault
Times TV, Tsum, Tres 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
protection, binary input
Blocking of ARC Pickup of protection functions,
three-phase fault detected by a protec-
tive element, binary input,
last TRIP command after the reclosing
cycle is complete (unsuccessful
reclosing),
TRIP command by the breaker failure
protection (50BF),
opening the CB without ARC initiation,
external CLOSE command

1) For Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5.

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/103

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62

Technical data

Setting ranges Negative-sequence current detection (ANSI 46)

Dead time 0.01 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Definite-time characteristic (ANSI 46-1 and 46-2)
(separate for phase and earth
and individual for shots 1 to 4) Setting ranges
Pickup current I2>, I2>> 0.5 to 15 A or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 A)
Blocking duration for manual- 0.5 s to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Delay times 0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
CLOSE detection Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Blocking duration after 0.5 s to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
reclosure Functional limit All phase currents ≤ 20 A1)
Blocking duration after 0.01 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Times
dynamic blocking Pickup times Approx. 35 ms
Start-signal monitoring time 0.01 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Dropout times Approx. 35 ms
Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 for I2 /Inom > 0.3
Circuit-breaker supervision 0.1 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
time Tolerances
Pickup thresholds 3 % of the setting value or 50 mA1)
Max. delay of dead-time start 0 to 1800 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.1 s) Delay times 1 % or 10 ms
Maximum dead time extension 0.5 to 320 s or ∞(in steps of 0.01 s) Inverse-time characteristic (ANSI 46-TOC)
Operating time 0.01 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Setting ranges
The delay times of the following protection function can be altered individ- Pickup current 0.5 to 10 A 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
5 ually by the ARC for shots 1 to 4 Time multiplier T 0.05 to 3.2 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
(setting value T = T, non-delayed T = 0, blocking T = ∞): (IEC characteristics)
I>>, I>, Ip, Idir>>, Idir>, Ipdir Time multiplier D 0.5 to 15 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
IE>>, IE>, IEp, IEdir>>, IEdir>, IEdir (ANSI characteristics)
Additional functions Lockout (final trip), Functional limit All phase currents ≤ 20 A 1)
delay of dead-time start via binary input Trip characteristics
(monitored), IEC Normal inverse, very inverse, extremely
dead-time extension via binary input inverse
(monitored), ANSI Inverse, moderately inverse, very in-
co-ordination with other protection verse, extremely inverse
relays,
circuit-breaker monitoring, Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 · I2p setting value
evaluation of the CB contacts Dropout
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50 BF) IEC and ANSI Approx. 1.05 · I2p setting value,
(without disk emulation) which is approx. 0.95 · pickup threshold
Setting ranges ANSI with disk emulation Approx. 0.90 · I2p setting value
Pickup threshold CB I> 0.2 to 5 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Tolerances
Delay time 0.06 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Pickup threshold 3 % of the setting value or 50 mA1)
Times Time for 2 ≤ M ≤ 20 5 % of setpoint (calculated)
Pickup times +2 % current tolerance, at least 30 ms
with internal start is contained in the delay time Starting time monitoring for motors (ANSI 48)
start via control is contained in the delay time
with external start is contained in the delay time Setting ranges
Dropout times Approx. 25 ms Motor starting current ISTARTUP 2.5 to 80 A1) (in steps of 0.01)
Pickup threshold IMOTOR START 2 to 50 A1) (in steps of 0.01)
Tolerances Permissible starting 1 to 180 s (in steps of 0.1 s)
Pickup value 2 % of setting value (50 mA)1) time TSTARTUP
Delay time 1 % or 20 ms Permissible blocked rotor 0.5 to 120 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.1 s)
time TLOCKED-ROTOR
Tripping time characteristic 2

t =  STARTUP  ⋅ TSTARTUP
I
For I > IMOTOR START
 I 
ISTARTUP = Rated motor starting
current
I = Actual current flowing
TSTARTUP = Tripping time for rated
motor starting current
t = Tripping time in seconds
Dropout ratio IMOTOR START Approx. 0.95
Tolerances
Pickup threshold 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
Delay time 5 % or 30 ms

1) At Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5.

5/104 Siemens SIP · 2004


Technical data
Restart inhibit for motors (ANSI 66)
Setting ranges
Motor starting current relative
to rated motor current
IMOTOR START/IMotor Nom
Rated motor current IMotor Nom
Max. permissible starting time
TStart Max
Equilibrium time TEqual
Minimum inhibit time
TMIN. INHIBIT TIME
Max. permissible number of
warm starts
Difference between cold and
warm starts
Extension k-factor for cooling
simulations of rotor at zero speed
kτ at STOP
Extension factor for cooling time
constant with motor running
kτ RUNNING
Restarting limit
Θ restart = Θ rot max perm ⋅
Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37)
Signal from the operational
measured values
Temperature monitoring box (ANSI 38)
Temperature detectors
Connectable boxes
Number of temperature
detectors per box
Type of measuring
Mounting identification
Thresholds for indications
For each measuring detector
Stage 1
Stage 2
1) At Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5.
Siemens SIP · 2004
1.1 to 10 (in steps of 0.1)
1 to 6 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
3 to 320 s (in steps of 1 s)
0 min to 320 min (in steps of 0.1 min)
0.2 min to 120 min (in steps of 0.1 min)
1 to 4 (in steps of 1)
1 to 2 (in steps of 1)
0.2 to 100 (in steps of 0.1)
0.2 to 100 (in steps of 0.1)
nc − 1
nc
Θrestart = Temperature limit below
which restarting is possi-
ble
Θrot max perm = Maximum permissible
rotor overtemperature
(= 100 % in operational
measured value
Θrot/Θrot trip)
nc = Number of permissible
start-ups from cold state
Predefined with programmable logic
1 or 2
Max. 6
Pt 100 Ω or Ni 100 Ω or Ni 120 Ω
“Oil” or “Environment” or “Stator” or
“Bearing” or “Other”
-50 °C to 250 °C (in steps of 1 °C)
-58 °F to 482 °F (in steps of 1 °F)
or ∞ (no indication)
-50 °C to 250 °C (in steps of 1 °C)
-58 °F to 482 °F (in steps of 1 °F)
or ∞ (no indication)
5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62
Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)
Operating modes/measuring
quantities
3-phase Positive-sequence component or
smallest of the phase-to-phase voltages
1-phase Single-phase phase-earth or
phase-phase voltage
Setting ranges
Pickup thresholds V<, V<<
3-phase, phase-earth connec- 10 to 210 V (in steps of 1 V)
tion
3-phase, phase-phase connec- 10 to 120 V (in steps of 1 V)
tion
1-phase connection 10 to 120 V (in steps of 1 V)
Dropout ratio r 1.01 to 3 (in steps of 0.01)
Delay times T 0 to 100 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Current Criteria "Bkr Closed 0.2 to 5 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
IMIN"
Dropout threshold r ·V<(<) Max. 130 V for phase-phase voltages
5
Max. 225 V phase-earth voltages
Times
Pickup times V<, V<<, V1<, V1<< Approx. 50 ms
Dropout times As pickup times
Tolerances
Pickup thresholds 3 % of setting value or 1 V
Times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59)
Operating modes/measuring
quantities
3-phase Negative-sequence component or
largest of the phase-to-phase voltages
1-phase Single-phase phase-earth or
phase-phase voltage
Setting ranges
Pickup thresholds V>, V>>
3-phase, phase-earth connec- 40 to 260 V (in steps of 1 V)
tion, largest phase-phase
voltage
3-phase, phase-phase connec- 40 to 150 V (in steps of 1 V)
tion, largest phase-phase
voltage
3-phase, negative-sequence 2 to 150 V (in steps of 1 V)
voltage
1-phase connection 40 to 150 V (in steps of 1 V)
Dropout ratio r 0.9 to 0.99 (in steps of 0.01)
Delay times T 0 to 100 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Times
Pickup times V>, V>> Approx. 50 ms
Pickup times V2>, V2>> Approx. 60 ms
Dropout times As pickup times
Tolerances
Pickup thresholds 3 % of setting value or 1 V
Times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
5/105
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62

Technical data

Frequency protection (ANSI 81) Additional functions

Number of frequency elements 4 Operational measured values
Setting ranges Currents InA(kA)primary, inAsecondaryorin%Inom
Pickup thresholds for fnom = 50 Hz 45.5 to 54.5 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz) IL1, IL2, IL3
Pickup thresholds for fnom = 60 Hz 55.5 to 64.5 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz) Positive-sequence component I1
Delay times 0 to 100 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Negative-sequence component I2
Undervoltage blocking, with 10 to 150 V (in steps of 1 V) IE or 3I0
positive-sequence voltage V1 Range 10 to 200 % Inom
Times Tolerance2) 1 % of measured value or 0.5 % Inom
Pickup times Approx. 150 ms Phase-to-earth voltages In kV primary, in V secondary or in % Vnom
Dropout times Approx. 150 ms VL1-E, VL2-E, VL3-E
Dropout Phase-to-phase voltages
∆f = pickup value - dropout value Approx. 20 mHz VL1-L2, VL2-L3, VL3-L1, VE or V0
Ratio undervoltage blocking Approx. 1.05 Positive-sequence component V1
Tolerances Negative-sequence component V2
Pickup thresholds Range 10 to 120 % Vnom
Frequency 10 mHz Tolerance2) 1 % of measured value or 0.5 % of Vnom
Undervoltage blocking 3 % of setting value or 1 V
5 Delay times 3 % of the setting value or 10 ms
S, apparent power In kVAr (MVAr or GVAr) primary and
in % of Snom
Fault locator (ANSI 21FL) Range 0 to 120 % Snom
Output of the fault distance In Ω secondary, Tolerance2) 2 % of Snom
in km / mile of line length for V/Vnom and I/Inom = 50 to 120 %
Starting signal Trip command, dropout of a protec- P, active Power With sign, total and phase-segregated in
tion element, via binary input kW (MW or GW) primary and in % Snom
Setting ranges Range 0 to 120 % Snom
Reactance (secondary) 0.001 to 1.9 Ω/km1) (in steps of 0.0001) Tolerance2) 3 % of Snom
0.001 to 3 Ω/mile1) (in steps of 0.0001) for V/Vnom and I/Inom = 50 to 120 %
Tolerances and cos ϕ = 0.707 to 1 with
Measurement tolerance acc. to 2.5 % fault location, or 0.025 Ω Snom = 3 ⋅ Vnom ⋅ I nom
VDE 0435, Part 303 for sinusoi- (without intermediate infeed) for Q, reactive power With sign, total and phase-segregated
dal measurement quantities 30 ° ≤ ϕK ≤ 90 ° and VK/Vnom ≥ 0.1 in kVAr (MVAr or GVAr)primary and
and IK/Inom ≥ 1 in % Snom
Range 0 to 120 % Snom
Tolerance2) 3 % of Snom
for V/Vnom and I/Inom = 50 to 120 %
and sin ϕ = 0.707 to 1 with
Snom = 3 ⋅ Vnom ⋅ I nom
cos ϕ, power factor (p.f.) Total and phase segregated
Range - 1 to + 1
Tolerance2) 5 % for cos ϕ ≥ 0.707
Frequency f In Hz
Range fnom ± 5 Hz
Tolerance2) 20 mHz
Temperature overload protection In %
Θ/ΘTrip
Range 0 to 400 %
Tolerance2) 5 % class accuracy per IEC 60255-8
Temperature restart inhibit In %
ΘL/ΘL Trip
Range 0 to 400 %
Tolerance2) 5 % class accuracy per IEC 60255-8
Restart threshold ΘRestart/ΘL Trip In %
Reclose time TReclose In min
Currents of sensitive ground fault In A (kA) primary and in mA second-
detection (total, real, and reactive ary
current) IEE, IEE real, IEE reactive
Range 0 mA to 1600 mA
Tolerance2) 2 % of measured value or 1 mA
RTD-box See section "Temperature monitoring
box"
1) At Inom = 1 A, all limits multiplied with 5.
2) At rated frequency.

5/106 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62

Technical data

Long-term averages Time stamping

Time window 5, 15, 30 or 60 minuets Resolution for event log (opera- 1 ms
Frequency of updates Adjustable tional annunciations)

Long-term averages Resolution for trip log (fault 1 ms

of currents IL1dmd, IL2dmd, IL3dmd, I1dmd in A (kA) annunciations)
of real power Pdmd in W (kW, MW) Maximum time deviation (internal 0.01 %
of reactive power Qdmd in VAr (kVAr, MVAr) clock)
of apparent power Sdmd in VAr (kVAr, MVAr) Battery Lithium battery 3 V/1 Ah,
Max. / Min. report type CR 1/2 AA, message "Battery
Report of measured values With date and time Fault" for insufficient battery charge

Reset, automatic
Reset, manual
Min./Max. values for current
Min./Max. values for voltages
Min./Max. values for power
Min./Max. values for overload pro- Θ/ΘTrip
tection
Min./Max. values for mean values
Local measured values monitoring
Current asymmetry
Voltage asymmetry
Current sum
Current phase sequence
Voltage phase sequence
Limit value monitoring
Fault recording
Recording of indications of the last
8 power system faults
Recording of indications of the last
3 power system ground faults
Time of day adjustable (in minutes, Oscillographic fault recording
0 to 1439 min) Maximum 8 fault records saved,
Time frame and starting time adjust- memory maintained by buffer bat-
able (in days, 1 to 365 days, and ∞) tery in case of loss of power supply
Using binary input, Recording time Total 5 s
using keypad, Pre-trigger and post-fault recording
via communication and memory time adjustable
IL1, IL2, IL3, Sampling rate for 50 Hz 1 sample/1.25 ms (16 sam/cyc)
5
I1 (positive-sequence component) Sampling rate for 60 Hz 1 sample/1.04 ms (16 sam/cyc)
VL1-E, VL2-E, VL3-E Energy/power
V1 (positive-sequence component) Meter values for power in kWh (MWh or GWh) and kVARh
VL1-L2, VL2-L3, VL3-L1 Wp, Wq (real and reactive power (MVARh or GVARh)
S, P, Q, cos ϕ, frequency demand)
Tolerance1) ≤ 5 % for I > 0.5 Inom, V > 0.5 Vnom
and cos ϕ (p.f.) ≥ 0.707
IL1dmd, IL2dmd, IL3dmd Statistics
I1 (positive-sequence component); Saved number of trips Up to 9 digits
Sdmd, Pdmd, Qdmd
Number of automatic reclosing Up to 9 digits
commands (segregated according
Imax/Imin > balance factor, to 1st and ≥ 2nd cycle)
for I>Ibalance limit Circuit-breaker wear
Vmax/Vmin > balance factor, Methods • ΣIx with x = 1 .. 3
for V>Vlim • 2-point method (remaining service
|iL1 + iL2 + iL3 + kiE ⋅ iE| > limit value, life)
with Operation Phase-selective accumulation of mea-
I CT PRIM / I earth CT SEC sured values on TRIP command, up to
k iE = earth
CT PRIM / CT SEC 8 digits, phase-selective limit values,
monitoring indication
Clockwise (ABC) / counter-clockwise
(ACB) Operating hours counter
Clockwise (ABC) / counter-clockwise Display range Up to 7 digits
(ACB) Criterion Overshoot of an adjustable current
Predefined limit values, user-defined threshold (BkrClosed IMIN)
expansions via CFC Trip circuit monitoring
With one or two binary inputs
Commissioning aids
Phase rotation field check,
Operational measured values,
Circuit-breaker / switching device
test,
Creation of a test measurement re-
port

1) At rated frequency.

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/107

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62

Technical data

Clock
Time synchronization
Setting group switchover of the function parameters
Number of available setting groups 4 (parameter group A, B, C and D)
Switchover performed
Control
Number of switching units
Interlocking
Circuit-breaker signals
5 Control commands
Programmable controller
Local control
Units with small display
Units with large display
Remote control
DCF77/IRIG-B signal (telegram for-
mat IRIG-B000),
binary input,
communication
Via keypad, DIGSI, system (SCADA)
interface or binary input
Depends on the binary inputs and
outputs
Programmable
Feedback, close, open, intermediate
position
Single command / double command
1, 1 plus 1 common or 2 trip contacts
CFC logic, graphic input tool
Control via menu,
assignment of a function key
Control via menu,
control with control keys
Via communication interfaces,
using a substation automation and
control system
(e.g. SICAM),
DIGSI 4 (e.g. via modem)

CE conformity
This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Commu-
nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating to
electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC) and
electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (Council
Directive 73/23/EEC).
This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part 303).
Further applicable standards: ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0 and C37.90.1.
The unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part 303).
This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG in
accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directive and
standard EN 60255-6 for the “low-voltage Directive”.

5/108 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7SJ62 multifunction protection relay 7SJ62¨o – ¨¨¨¨¨ – ¨¨¨¨
Housing, binary inputs (BI) and outputs (BO)
Housing 1/3 19"; 8 BI, 8 BO, 1 live status contact 1
Housing 1/3 19"; 11 BI, 6 BO, 1 live status contact 2
see
Measuring inputs (3 x V, 4 x I) next
Iph = 1 A, Ie = 1 A (min. = 0.05 A) page
Position 15 only with A, C, E, G 1
Iph = 1 A, Ie = sensitive (min. = 0.001 A)
Position 15 only with B, D, F, H 2
Iph = 5 A, Ie = 5 A (min. = 0.25 A)
Position 15 only with A, C, E, G 5
Iph = 5 A, Ie = sensitive (min. = 0.001 A)
Position 15 only with B, D, F, H 6
Iph = 5 A, Ie = 1 A (min. = 0.05 A)
Position 15 only with A, C, E, G 7

Rated auxiliary voltage (power supply, indication voltage)

24 to 48 V DC, threshold binary input 19 DC2) 2 5
60 to 125 V DC1), threshold binary input 19 DC2) 4
110 to 250 V DC1), 115 to 230 V3) AC, threshold binary input 88 V DC2) 5

Unit version
For panel surface mounting, two-tier terminal top/bottom B
For panel flush mounting, plug-in terminal, (2/3 pin connector) D
For panel flush mounting, screw-type terminal (direct connection/ring-type cable lugs) E

Region-specific default settings/function versions and language settings

Region DE, 50 Hz, IEC, language: German, selectable A
Region World, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: English (GB), selectable B
Region US, 60 Hz, ANSI, language: English (US), selectable C
Region FR, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: French, selectable D
Region World, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: Spanish, selectable E

System interface (Port B): Refer to page 5/112

No system interface 0
Protocols see page 5/112

Service interface (Port C)

No interface at rear side 0
DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS232 1
DIGSI 4/modem/RTD-box4), electrical RS485 2
DIGSI 4/modem/RTD-box4)5), optical 820 nm wave length, ST connector 3

Measuring/fault recording
Fault recording 1
Slave pointer, mean values, min/max values, fault recording 3

1) Transition between the two auxiliary

voltage ranges can be selected by
means of jumpers.
2) The binary input thresholds can be
selected in two stages by means of jumpers.
3) 230 V AC, starting from device version
…/EE.
4) Temperature monitoring box
7XV5662-oAD10, refer to “Accessories”.
5) When using the temperature monitoring
box at an optical interface, the additional
RS485 fiber-optic converter
7XV5650-0oA00 is required.

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/109

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7SJ62 multifunction protection relay 7SJ62¨o – ¨¨¨¨¨ – ¨¨¨¨
Designation ANSI No. Description
Basic version Control
50/51 Time-overcurrent protection
I>, I>>, Ip, reverse interlocking
50N/51N Earth-fault protection
IE>, IE>>, IEp
50N/51N Insensitive earth-fault protection via
IEE function: IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp1)
49 Overload protection (with 2 time constants)
46 Phase balance current protection
(negative-sequence protection)
87N High-impedance restricted earth fault
37 Undercurrent monitoring
47 Phase sequence
59N/64 Displacement voltage
50BF Breaker failure protection
74TC Trip circuit supervision
4 setting groups, cold-load pickup
5 Inrush blocking
86 Lockout
n V, f 27/59 Under-/overvoltage
81 O/U Under-/overfrequency F E
n IEF V, f 27/59 Under-/overvoltage
81 O/U Under-/overfrequency
Intermittent earth fault P E
n Dir 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent, phases and earth F C
n Dir V, f 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent, phases and earth
27/59 Under-/overvoltage
81O/U Under-/overfrequency F G
n Dir IEF 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent, phases and earth
Intermittent earth fault P C
Directional Dir 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent, phases and earth
earth-fault 67Ns Directional sensitive earth-fault detection
detection
n F D 2)
Directional Dir IEF 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent, phases and earth
earth-fault 67Ns Directional sensitive earth-fault detection
detection Intermittent earth fault
n P D 2)
Directional 67Ns Directional sensitive earth-fault detection,
earth-fault
detection
n F B 2)
Directional Motor V, f 67Ns Directional sensitive earth-fault detection,
earth-fault 48/14 Starting time supervision, locked rotor
detection 66/86 Restart inhibit
n 27/59 Under-/overvoltage
2)
81O/U Under-/overfrequency H F
Directional Motor V, f 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent, phases and earth
earth-fault Dir 67Ns Directional sensitive earth-fault detection
detection 48/14 Starting time supervision, locked rotor
n 66/86 Restart inhibit
27/59 Under-/overvoltage
2)
n Basic version included 81O/U Under-/overfrequency HH
V, f = Voltage, frequency protection
Dir = Directional overcurrent protection
IEF = Intermittent earth fault
1) Only with insensitive earth-current
transformer when position 7 = 1, 5, 7.
2) For isolated/compensated networks
only with sensitive earth-current Continued on
transformer when position 7 = 2, 6. next page

5/110 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62

Selection and ordering data Description Order No. Order

code
7SJ62 multifunction protection relay 7SJ62¨o – ¨¨¨¨¨ – ¨¨¨¨ ¨¨¨¨
Designation ANSI No. Description
Basic version Control
50/51 Time-overcurrent protection
I>, I>>, Ip, reverse interlocking
50N/51N Earth-fault protection
IE>, IE>>, IEp
50N/51N Insensitive earth-fault protection via
IEE function: IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp1)
49 Overload protection (with 2 time constants)
46 Phase balance current protection
(negative-sequence protection)
87N High-impedance restricted earth fault
37 Undercurrent monitoring
47 Phase sequence
59N/64 Displacement voltage
50BF Breaker failure protection
74TC Trip circuit supervision
4 setting groups, cold-load pickup 5
Inrush blocking
86 Lockout
Directional Motor V, f 67/67N Direction determination for
earth-fault Dir overcurrent, phases and earth
detection 67Ns Directional sensitive earth-fault detection
n 48/14 Starting time supervision, locked rotor
66/86 Restart inhibit
27/59 Under-/overvoltage
81O/U Under-/overfrequency R H 2)
n Motor V, f 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent,
Dir phases and earth
48/14 Starting time supervision, locked rotor
66/86 Reclosing lockout
27/59 Under/overvoltage
81 O/U Under/overfrequency H G
ARC, fault locator Without 0
79 With auto-reclosure 1
21 FL With fault locator 2
79, 21 FL With auto-reclosure, with fault locator 3
ATEX100 Certification
For protection of explosion-protected motors (increased-safety type of protection “e”)
When ordering ATEX100, the relay will be delivered with firmware version V4.4 Z X 9 9

n Basic version included

V, f = Voltage, frequency protection
Dir = Directional overcurrent protection
IEF = Intermittent earth fault
1) Only with insensitive earth-current
transformer when position 7 = 1, 5, 7.
2) For isolated/compensated networks
only with sensitive earth-current
transformer when position 7 = 2, 6.

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/111

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62

Order number for system port B Description Order No. Order

code
7SJ62 multifunction protection relay 7SJ62¨o – ¨¨¨¨¨ – ¨¨¨¨–¨¨¨
System interface (on rear of unit, Port B)
No system interface 0
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, RS232 1
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, RS485 2
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, 820 nm fiber, ST connector 3
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, RS485 4
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, 820 nm wavelength, single ring, ST connector 1) 5
1
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, 820 nm wavelength, double ring, ST connector ) 6
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, RS485 9 L 0 A
1
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, 820 nm wavelength, double ring, ST connector ) 9 L 0B
MODBUS, RS485 9 L 0D
2
MODBUS, 820 nm wavelength, ST connector ) 9 L 0 E
5 DNP 3.0, RS485 9 L 0G
2
DNP 3.0, 820 nm wavelength, ST connector ) 9 L 0H
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45-connector3) 9 L 0R
1) Not with position 9 = “B”; if 9 = “B”, please order 7SJ6 unit with RS485 port and separate fiber-optic converters.
For single ring, please order converter 6GK1502-2CB10, not available with position 9 = “B”.
For double ring, please order converter 6GK1502-3CB10, not available with position 9 = “B”.
The converter requires a 24 V AC power supply (e.g. power supply 7XV5810-0BA00)
2) Not available with position 9 = “B”
3) Version V4.51 and newer.

Sample order Position Order No. + Order code

7SJ6225-5EC91-3FC1+L0G

6 I/O’s: 11 BI/6 BO, 1 live status contact 2

7 Current transformer: 5 A 5
8 Power supply: 110 to 250 V DC, 115 V AC to 230 V AC 5
9 Unit version: Flush-mounting housing, screw-type terminals E
10 Region: US, English language (US); 60 Hz, ANSI C
11 Communication: System interface: DNP 3.0, RS485 9 L 0G
12 Communication: DIGSI 4, electric RS232 1
13 Measuring/fault recording: Extended measuring and fault records 3
14/15 Protection function package: Basic version plus directional TOC FC
16 With auto-reclosure 1

5/112 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62

Accessories Description Order No.

DIGSI 4
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP Professional Edition
Basis Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Demo Demo version on CD-ROM 7XS5401-0AA00
Professional Complete version:
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00

IEC 61850 System configuration tool

Software for configuration of stations with IEC 61850 communication under
DIGSI, running under MS Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP Professional Edition
Optional package for DIGSI 4 Basis or Professional
License for 10 PCs. Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM 7XS5460-0AA00

SIGRA 4 5
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers (Comtrade
format). Running under MS Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP Professional Edition.
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00

Temperature monitoring box

24 to 60 V AC/DC 7XV5662-2AD10
90 to 240 V AC/DC 7XV5662-5AD10

Varistor/Voltage Arrester
Voltage arrester for high-impedance REF protection
125 Vrms; 600 A; 1S/S 256 C53207-A401-D76-1
240 Vrms; 600 A; 1S/S 1088 C53207-A401-D77-1

Connecting cable
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin con.) and protection unit (9-pin connector)
(contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally) 7XV5100-4
Cable between temperature monitoring box and SIPROTEC 4 unit
- length 5 m /16.4 ft 7XV5103-7AA05
- length 25 m /82 ft 7XV5103-7AA25
- length 50 m /164 ft 7XV5103-7AA50

Manual for 7SJ62/63/64, English C53000-G1140-C147-4

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/113

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62

Accessories Description Order No. Size of package Supplier

LSP2289-afp.eps
Terminal safety cover
Voltage/current terminal 18-pole/12-pole C73334-A1-C31-1 1 Siemens
Voltage/current terminal 12-pole/8-pole C73334-A1-C32-1 1 Siemens
Connector 2-pin C73334-A1-C35-1 1 Siemens
Mounting rail
Connector 3-pin C73334-A1-C36-1 1 Siemens
1)
Crimp connector CI2 0.5 to 1 mm2 0-827039-1 4000 AMP
taped on reel
LSP2091-afp.eps
LSP2090-afp.eps

2 1)
Crimp connector CI2 0.5 to 1 mm 0-827396-1 1 AMP
2 1)
Crimp connector: Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm 0-163084-2 1 AMP
Crimp connector: Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm
2
0-163083-7 4000 AMP 1)
2-pin 3-pin
connector connector taped on reel

Crimping tool for Type III+ 0-539635-1 1 AMP 1)

and matching female 0-539668-2 1 AMP 1)
1)
Crimping tool for CI2 0-734372-1 1 AMP
LSP2093-afp.eps

LSP2092-afp.eps

1)
and matching female 1-734387-1 1 AMP
5
Short-circuit links
for current terminals C73334-A1-C33-1 1 Siemens
for other terminals C73334-A1-C34-1 1 Siemens
Short-circuit links Short-circuit links
for current termi- for other terminals Mounting rail for 19" rack C73165-A63-D200-1 1 Siemens
nals
Your local Siemens representative can inform you on local suppliers.

1) AMP Deutschland GmbH

Amperestr. 7–11
63225 Langen
Germany
Tel.: +49 6103 709-0
Fax +49 6103 709-223

5/114 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62

Connection diagram

Fig. 5/102 7SJ621 connection diagram

*) For pinout of communication ports see part 16 of this catalog.

For the allocation of the terminals of the panel surface mounting version see Manual
(Order No.: C5300-G1140-C147-4) or Internet (http://www.siprotec.com).

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/115

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62

Connection diagram

Fig. 5/103 7SJ622 connection diagram

*) For pinout of communication ports see part 16 of this catalog.

For the allocation of the terminals of the panel surface mounting version see Manual
(Order No.: C5300-G1140-C147-4) or Internet (http://www.siprotec.com).

5/116 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63

SIPROTEC 4 7SJ63
Multifunction Protection Relay
Function overview

Protection functions
• Time-overcurrent protection
(definite-time/inverse-time/user-def.)
• Directional time-overcurrent protection
(definite-time/inverse-time/user-def.)
• Sensitive dir./non-dir. earth-fault
detection
• Displacement voltage
• Intermittent earth-fault protection
• High-impedance restricted earth fault
LSP2316-afpen.tif

• Inrush restraint
• Motor protection
• Overload protection
• Temperature monitoring 5
Fig. 5/104 • Under-/overvoltage protection
SIPROTEC 4 7SJ63 multifunction • Under-/overfrequency protection
protection relay
• Breaker failure protection
• Negative-sequence protection
• Phase-sequence monitoring
• Auto-reclosure
Description
• Fault locator
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ63 can be used as a pro- • Lockout
tective control and monitoring relay for dis-
tribution feeders and transmission lines Control functions/programmable logic
of any voltage in networks that are earthed • Flexible number of switching devices
(grounded), low-resistance earthed, • Position of switching elements is shown
unearthed, or of a compensated neutral point on the graphic display
structure. The relay is suited for networks • Local/remote switching via key-
that are radial or looped, and for lines with operated switch
single or multi-terminal feeds. Regarding the • Control via keyboard, binary inputs,
time-over- current/directional time- DIGSI 4 or SCADA system
overcurrent protection the characteristics
• Extended user-defined logic with CFC
can be either definite time, inverse time or
(e.g. interlocking)
user-defined.
Monitoring functions
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ63 is equipped with
motor protection applicable for asynchron- • Operational measured values V, I, f,...
ous machines of all sizes. Motor protection • Energy metering values Wp, Wq
comprises undercurrent monitoring, • Circuit-breaker wear monitoring
starting time supervision, restart inhibit, • Slave pointer
locked rotor. • Trip circuit supervision
The relay provides easy-to-use local control • Fuse failure monitor
and automation functions. The number of • 8 oscillographic fault records
controllable switchgear depends only on the
number of available inputs and outputs. The Communication interfaces
integrated programmable logic (CFC) allows • System interface
the user to implement their own functions, – IEC 60870-5-103, IEC 618501)
e.g. for the automation of switchgear (inter- – PROFIBUS-FMS /-DP
locking). The user is able to generate user- – DNP 3.0 / MODBUS RTU
defined messages as well.
• Service interface for DIGSI 4 (modem)
• Front interface for DIGSI 4
• Time synchronization via IRIG-B/DCF77

1) Version V4.51 and newer.

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/117

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63
Application
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ63 unit is a numerical
protection relay that also performs control
and monitoring functions and therefore sup-
ports the user in cost-effective power system
management, and ensures reliable supply of
electric power to the customers. Local opera-
tion has been designed according to ergo-
nomic criteria. A large, easy-to-read graphic
display was a major design aim.
Control
The integrated control function permits con-
trol of disconnect devices (electrically oper-
ated/motorized switches) or circuit-breakers
via the integrated operator panel, binary in-
puts, DIGSI 4 or the control and protection
system (e.g. SICAM). The present status (or
position) of the primary equipment can be
displayed. 7SJ63 supports substations with
single and duplicate busbars. The number of
elements that can be controlled (usually 1 to
5) is only restricted by the number of inputs
and outputs available. A full range of com-
mand processing functions is provided.
Programmable logic
The integrated logic characteristics (CFC)
allow the user to implement their own func-
tions for automation of switchgear (inter-
locking) or a substation via a graphic user
interface. The user can also generate user-
defined messages.
5/118
Fig. 5/105 Function diagram
Line protection
The 7SJ63 units can be used for line protec-
tion of high and medium-voltage networks
with earthed (grounded), low-resistance
earthed, isolated or compensated neutral
point.
Motor protection
When protecting motors, the 7SJ63 relays are
suitable for asynchronous machines of all
sizes.
Transformer protection
The 7SJ63 units perform all functions of
backup protection supplementary to trans-
former differential protection. The inrush
suppression effectively prevents tripping by
inrush currents.
The high-impedance restricted earth-fault
protection detects short-circuits and insula-
tion faults on the transformer.
Backup protection
The relays can be used universally for backup
protection.
Metering values
Extensive measured values, limit values and
metering values permit improved systems
management.
Siemens SIP · 2004
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63

Application

ANSI No. IEC Protection functions

50, 50N I>, I>> Definite-time overcurrent protection (phase/neutral)

IE>, IE>>

51, 51N Ip, IEp Inverse-time overcurrent protection (phase/neutral)

67, 67N Idir>, Idir>>, Ip dir Directional time-overcurrent protection (definite/inverse, phase/neutral),
IEdir>, IEdir>>, IEp dir Directional comparison protection

67Ns/50Ns IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp Directional/non-directional sensitive earth-fault detection

– Cold load pick-up (dynamic setting change)

59N/64 VE/V0> Displacement voltage, zero-sequence voltage

– IIE> Intermittent earth fault

87N High-impedance restricted earth-fault protection

5
50BF Breaker failure protection

79 Auto-reclosure

46 I2> Phase-balance current protection (negative-sequence protection)

47 V2>, phase seq. Unbalance-voltage protection and/or phase-sequence monitoring

49 ϑ> Thermal overload protection

48 Starting time supervision

14 Locked rotor protection

66/86 Restart inhibit

37 I< Undercurrent monitoring

38 Temperature monitoring via external device (RTD-box)

e.g. bearing temperature monitoring

27, 59 V<, V> Undervoltage/overvoltage protection

81O/U f>, f< Overfrequency/underfrequency protection

21FL Fault locator

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/119

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63

Construction

Connection techniques
and housing with many advantages
1/2 and 1/1-rack sizes
These are the available housing widths of
the 7SJ63 relays, referred to a 19” module
frame system. This means that previous
models can always be replaced. The height

LSP2174-afp.tif

LSP2166-afp.tif
is a uniform 244 mm for flush-mounting
housings and 266 mm for surface-mount-
ing housings for all housing widths. All ca-
bles can be connected with or without ring
lugs. Plug-in terminals are available as an
option.
It is thus possible to employ prefabricated Fig. 5/106 Fig. 5/107
cable harnesses. In the case of surface Flush-mounting housing Rear view of flush-mounting housing
with screw-type terminals with covered connection terminals and wirings
mounting on a panel, the connection termi-
5 nals are located above and below in the
form of screw-type terminals. The commu-
nication interfaces are located in a sloped
case at the top and bottom of the housing.
The housing can also be supplied optionally
with a detached operator panel (refer to
Fig. 5/108), or without operator panel, in
order to allow optimum operation for all
types of applications.

LSP2196-afp.eps

Fig. 5/108
Housing with plug-in terminals and detached operator panel
LSP2237-afp.tif
LSP2219-afpen.eps

Fig. 5/110
Communication interfaces in a
sloped case in a surface-mounting
housing

Fig. 5/109
Surface-mounting housing
with screw-type terminals

5/120 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63

Protection functions

Time-overcurrent protection
(ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51N)
This function is based on the phase-selective
measurement of the three phase currents and
the earth current (four transformers). Two
definite-time overcurrent protection ele-
ments (DMT) exist both for the phases and
for the earth. The current threshold and the
delay time can be set within a wide range.
In addition, inverse-time overcurrent
protection characteristics (IDMTL) can be
activated.

Fig. 5/111 Fig. 5/112 5

Definite-time overcurrent protection Inverse-time overcurrent protection

Available inverse-time characteristics

Characteristics acc. to ANSI/IEEE IEC 60255-3
Inverse • •
Short inverse •
Long inverse • •
Moderately inverse •
Very inverse • •
Extremely inverse • •

Reset characteristics Inrush restraint

For easier time coordination with electro- The relay features second harmonic restraint.
mechanical relays, reset characteristics If the second harmonic is detected during
according to ANSI C37.112 and transformer energization, pickup of non-di-
IEC 60255-3 / BS 142 standards are applied. rectional and directional normal elements
When using the reset characteristic (disk are blocked.
emulation), a reset process is initiated after
the fault current has disappeared. This reset Cold load pickup
process corresponds to the reverse move-
For directional and non-directional time-
ment of the Ferraris disk of an electrome-
overcurrent protection functions the initia-
chanical relay (thus: disk emulation).
tion thresholds and tripping times can be
switched via binary inputs or by time control.
User-definable characteristics
Instead of the predefined time characteris-
tics according to ANSI, tripping characteris-
tics can be defined by the user for phase and
earth units separately. Up to 20 current/
time value pairs may be programmed. They
are set as pairs of numbers or graphically in
DIGSI 4.

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/121

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63

Protection functions

Directional time-overcurrent protection

(ANSI 67, 67N)
Phase and earth directionality is performed
independently in the 7SJ63. The phase and
earth function parallel the non-directional
overcurrent element. Their response value
and delay times can be set separately. As an
option, inverse directional time-overcurrent
protection characteristics (IDMTL) can be
connected. The tripping characteristic can be
rotated about ± 45 degrees.
Fig. 5/113
The directional overcurrent-time protection Directional characteristic of the
maintains a voltage memory of two cycles directional time-overcurrent
protection
prior to the fault. By means of voltage mem-
ory, directionality can be determined reliably
even for close-in (local) faults. If the switch-
5 ing device closes onto a fault and the voltage
is too low to determine direction, directio-
nality (directional decision) is made with
voltage from the voltage memory. If no volt-
age exists in the memory, tripping occurs
according to the coordination schedule.
For earth protection, users can choose
whether the direction is to be determined via
zero-sequence system or negative-sequence
system quantities (selectable). Using nega-
tive-sequence variables can be advantageous
in cases where the zero voltage tends to be
very low due to unfavorable zero-sequence
impedances.

Directional comparison protection

(cross-coupling)
It is used for selective protection of sections
fed from two sources with instantaneous
tripping, i.e. without the disadvantage of
time coordination. The directional compari-
son protection is suitable if the distances be-
tween the protection stations are not signifi-
cant and pilot wires are available for signal
transmission. In addition to the directional
comparison protection, the directional coor-
dinated time-overcurrent protection is used
for complete selective backup protection. If
operated in a closed-circuit connection, an
interruption of the transmission line is de-
tected.
(Sensitive) directional earth-fault detection
(ANSI 64, 67Ns, 67N)
For isolated-neutral and compensated net-
works, the direction of power flow in the zero
sequence is calculated from the zero-sequen-
ce current I0 and zero-sequence voltage V0.
For networks with an isolated neutral, the re-
active current component is evaluated; for
compensated networks, the active current
component or residual resistive current is
evaluated. For special network conditions,
5/122
Fig. 5/114
Directional determination us-
ing cosine measurements for
compensated networks
e.g. high-resistance earthed networks with (Sensitive) earth-fault detection
ohmic-capacitive earth-fault current or (ANSI 50Ns, 51Ns / 50N, 51N)
low-resistance earthed networks with
For high-resistance earthed networks, a sen-
ohmic-inductive current, the tripping char-
sitive input transformer is connected to a
acteristics can be rotated approximately
phase-balance neutral current transformer
± 45 degrees.
(also called core-balance CT).
Two modes of earth-fault direction detection
The earth-fault current is also calculated
can be implemented: tripping or in “signal-
from the phase currents so that the earth-
ling only mode”.
fault protection operates correctly in the
It has the following functions: event of current transformer saturation.
The function can also be operated in the
• TRIP via the displacement voltage VE.
insensitive mode as an additional short-
• Two instantaneous elements or one circuit protection.
instantaneous plus one user-defined
characteristic.
• Each element can be set in forward,
reverse, or non-directional.
• The function can also be operated in the
insensitive mode as an additional
short-circuit protection.
Siemens SIP · 2004

Protection functions
Intermittent earth-fault protection
Intermittent (re-striking) faults occur due to
insulation weaknesses in cables or as a result
of water penetrating cable joints. Such faults
either simply cease at some stage or develop
into lasting short-circuits. During intermit-
tent activity, however, star-point resistors in
networks that are impedance-earthed may
undergo thermal overloading. The normal
earth-fault protection cannot reliably detect
and interrupt the current pulses, some of
which can be very brief.
The selectivity required with intermittent
earth faults is achieved by summating the
duration of the individual pulses and by
triggering when a (settable) summed time is
reached. The response threshold IIE> evalu-
ates the r.m.s. value, referred to one systems
period.
Phase-balance current protection (ANSI 46)
(Negative-sequence protection)
In line protection, the two-element phase-
balance current/negative-sequence protec-
tion permits detection on the high side of
high-resistance phase-to-phase faults and
phase-to-earth faults that are on the low side
of a transformer (e.g. with the switch group
Dy 5). This provides backup protection for
high-resistance faults beyond the trans-
former. To detect the unbalanced load,
the ratio negative-sequence current/rated
(nominal) current is evaluated.
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
If a faulted portion of the electrical circuit is
not disconnected upon issuance of a trip
command, another command can be initi-
ated using the breaker failure protection
which operates the circuit-breaker, e.g. of an
upstream (higher-level) protection relay.
Breaker failure is detected if, after a trip com-
mand, current is still flowing in the faulted
circuit. As an option, it is possible to make
use of the circuit-breaker position indication.
High-impedance restricted earth-fault pro-
tection (ANSI 87N)
The high-impedance measurement principle
is an uncomplicated and sensitive method
for detecting earth faults, especially on trans-
formers. It can also be applied to motors,
generators and reactors when these are oper-
ated on an earthed network.
Siemens SIP · 2004
5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63
When the high-impedance measurement
principle is applied, all current transformers
in the protected area are connected in parallel
and operated on one common resistor of rel-
atively high R whose voltage is measured (see
Fig. 5/115). In the case of 7SJ6 units, the volt-
age is measured by detecting the current
through the (external) resistor R at the sensi-
tive current measurement input IEE. The
varistor V serves to limit the voltage in the
event of an internal fault. It cuts off the high
momentary voltage spikes occurring at trans-
former saturation. At the same time, this re-
sults in smoothing of the voltage without any
noteworthy reduction of the average value.
If no faults have occurred and in the event of
external faults, the system is at equilibrium,
and the voltage through the resistor is ap-
proximately zero. In the event of internal Fig. 5/115 High-impedance restricted earth-
faults, an imbalance occurs which leads to a fault protection 5
voltage and a current flow through the resis-
tor R.
Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)
The current transformers must be of the
For protecting cables and transformers,
same type and must at least offer a separate
an overload protection with an integrated
core for the high-impedance restricted
pre-warning element for temperature and
earth-fault protection. They must in particu-
current can be applied. The temperature is
lar have the same transformation ratio and
calculated using a thermal homogeneous-
an approximately identical knee-point volt-
body model (according to IEC 60255-8),
age. They should also demonstrate only min-
which takes account both of the energy en-
imal measuring errors.
tering the equipment and the energy losses.
The calculated temperature is constantly ad-
Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)
justed accordingly. Thus, account is taken of
Multiple reclosures can be defined by the the previous load and the load fluctuations.
user and lockout will occur if a fault is pres-
For thermal protection of motors (especially
ent after the last reclosures. The following
the stator) a further time constant can be set
functions are possible:
so that the thermal ratios can be detected
• 3-pole ARC for all types of faults correctly while the motor is rotating and
• Separate settings for phase and earth faults when it is stopped. The ambient temperature
or the temperature of the coolant can be de-
• Multiple ARC, one rapid auto-reclosure tected serially via an external temperature
(RAR) and up to nine delayed monitoring box (resistance-temperature de-
auto-reclosures (DAR) tector box, also called RTD- box). The ther-
• Starting of the ARC depends on the trip mal replica of the overload function is auto-
command selection (e.g. 46, 50, 51, 67) matically adapted to the ambient conditions.
If there is no RTD-box it is assumed that the
• Blocking option of the ARC via binary ambient temperatures are constant.
inputs
• ARC can be initiated externally or via CFC Settable dropout delay times
• The directional and non-directional ele- If the devices are used in parallel with electro-
ments can either be blocked or operated mechanical relays in networks with intermit-
non-delayed depending on the auto- tent faults, the long dropout times of the
reclosure cycle electromechanical devices (several hundred
milliseconds) can lead to problems in terms
• Dynamic setting of the directional and
of time grading. Clean time grading is only
non-directional elements can be activated
possible if the dropout time is approximately
depending on the ready AR
the same. This is why the parameter of drop-
out times can be defined for certain functions
such as time-overcurrent protection, earth
short-circuit and phase-balance current pro-
tection.
5/123
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63
Protection functions
n Motor protection
Restart inhibit (ANSI 66/86)
If a motor is started up too many times in
succession, the rotor can be subject to ther-
mal overload, especially the upper edges of
the bars. The rotor temperature is calculated
from the stator current. The reclosing lock-
out only permits start-up of the motor if the
rotor has sufficient thermal reserves for a
complete start-up (see Fig. 5/116).
Emergency start-up
This function disables the reclosing lockout
via a binary input by storing the state of the
thermal replica as long as the binary input is
5 active. It is also possible to reset the thermal
replica to zero.
Temperature monitoring (ANSI 38)
Up to two temperature monitoring boxes
with a total of 12 measuring sensors can be
used for temperature monitoring and detec-
tion by the protection relay. The thermal sta-
tus of motors, generators and transformers
can be monitored with this device. Addition-
ally, the temperature of the bearings of rotat-
ing machines are monitored for limit value
violation. The temperatures are being mea-
sured with the help of temperature detectors
at various locations of the device to be pro-
tected. This data is transmitted to the protec-
tion relay via one or two temperature moni-
toring boxes (see “Accessories”, page 5/149).
Starting time supervision (ANSI 48/14)
Starting time supervision protects the motor
against long unwanted start-ups that might
occur in the event of excessive load torque or
excessive voltage drops within the motor, or
if the rotor is locked. Rotor temperature is
calculated from measured stator current. The
tripping time is calculated according to the
following equation:
for I > IMOTOR START
2
t =  A  ⋅ TA
I protected from unwanted speed deviations.
 I 
I = Actual current flowing
IMOTOR START = Pickup current to detect a motor
start
t = Tripping time
IA = Rated motor starting current
TA = Tripping time at rated motor
starting current
1) The 45 to 55, 55 to 65 Hz range is available
for fN = 50/60 Hz.
5/124
Fig. 5/116
If the trip time is rated according to the
above formula, even a prolonged start-up
and reduced voltage (and reduced start-up
current) will be evaluated correctly.
A binary signal is set by a speed sensor to de-
tect a blocked rotor. An instantaneous trip-
ping is effected. The tripping time is inverse
(current dependent).
Phase-balance current protection (ANSI 46)
(Negative-sequence protection)
The negative-sequence / phase-balance cur-
rent protection detects a phase failure or load
unbalance due to network asymmetry and
protects the rotor from impermissible tem-
perature rise. To detect the unbalanced load,
the ratio of negative-sequence current to
rated current is evaluated.
Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37)
With this function, a sudden drop in current,
which can occur due to a reduced motor
load, is detected. This can cause shaft break-
age, no-load operation of pumps or fan fail-
ure.
n Voltage protection
Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59)
The two-element overvoltage protection de-
tects unwanted network and machine
overvoltage conditions. The function can op-
erate either with phase-to-phase voltage (de-
fault) or with the negative phase-sequence
system voltage. Three-phase and single-phase
connections are possible.
Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)
The two-element undervoltage protection
provides protection against dangerous volt-
age drops (especially for electric machines).
Applications include the isolation of genera-
tors or motors from the network to avoid
undesired operating states and a possible loss
of stability. Proper operating conditions of
electrical machines are best evaluated with
the positive-sequence quantities. The protec-
tion function is active over a wide frequency
range (45 to 55, 55 to 65 Hz)1). Even when
falling below this frequency range the func-
tion continues to work, however, with a
greater tolerance band.
The function can operate either with the pos-
itive phase-sequence system voltage (default)
or with the phase-to-phase voltages, and can
be monitored with a current criterion.
Three-phase and single-phase connections
are possible.
Frequency protection (ANSI 81O/U)
Frequency protection can be used for over-
frequency and underfrequency protection.
Electric machines and parts of the system are
Unwanted frequency changes in the network
can be detected and the load can be removed
at a specified frequency setting. Frequency
protection can be used over a wide frequency
range (45 to 55, 55 to 65 Hz)1). There are four
elements (selectable as overfrequency or
underfrequency) and each element can be
delayed separately. Blocking of the frequency
protection can be performed if using a binary
input or by using an undervoltage element.
Siemens SIP · 2004

Protection functions/Functions
Fault locator (ANSI 21FL)
The fault locator specifies the distance to a
fault location in kilometers or miles or the
reactance of a second fault operation.
Circuit-breaker wear monitoring
Methods for determining circuit-breaker
contact wear or the remaining service life of a
circuit-breaker (CB) allow CB maintenance
intervals to be aligned to their actual degree
of wear. The benefit lies in reduced mainte-
nance costs.
There is no mathematically exact method of
calculating the wear or the remaining service
life of circuit-breakers that takes into account
the arc-chamber's physical conditions when
the CB opens. This is why various methods of
determining CB wear have evolved which re-
flect the different operator philosophies. To
do justice to these, the devices offer several
methods:
• I
• Σ I x, with x = 1... 3
The devices additionally offer a new method
for determining the remaining service life:
• Two-point method
The CB manufacturers double-logarithmic
switching cycle diagram (see Fig. 5/117) and
the breaking current at the time of contact
opening serve as the basis for this method.
After CB opening, the two-point method cal-
culates the number of still possible switching
cycles. To this end, the two points P1 and P2
only have to be set on the device. These are
specified in the CB's technical data.
All of these methods are phase-selective and a
limit value can be set in order to obtain an
alarm if the actual value falls below or ex-
ceeds the limit value during determination of
the remaining service life.
Customized functions (ANSI 32, 51V, 55, etc.)
Additional functions, which are not time
critical, can be implemented via the CFC us-
ing measured values. Typical functions in-
clude reverse power, voltage controlled
overcurrent, phase angle detection, and zero-
sequence voltage detection.
1) The 45 to 55, 55 to 65 Hz range is
available for fN= 50/60 Hz
Siemens SIP · 2004
5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63
Commissioning
Commissioning could hardly be easier and is
fully supported by DIGSI 4. The status of the
binary inputs can be read individually and
the state of the binary outputs can be set indi-
vidually. The operation of switching ele-
ments (circuit-breakers, disconnect devices)
can be checked using the switching functions
of the bay controller. The analog measured
values are represented as wide-ranging oper-
ational measured values. To prevent trans-
mission of information to the control center
during maintenance, the bay controller com-
munications can be disabled to prevent un-
necessary data from being transmitted. Dur-
ing commissioning, all indications with test
marking for test purposes can be connected
to a control and protection system.
n Control and automatic functions
5
Control Fig. 5/117 CB switching cycle diagram
In addition to the protection functions, the
SIPROTEC 4 units also support all control lowing sequence of switching authority is laid
and monitoring functions that are required down: “LOCAL”; DIGSI PC program,
for operating medium-voltage or high-volt- “REMOTE”.
age substations.
Every switching operation and change of
The main application is reliable control of breaker position is kept in the status indica-
switching and other processes. tion memory. The switch command source,
switching device, cause (i.e. spontaneous
The status of primary equipment or auxiliary change or command) and result of a switch-
devices can be obtained from auxiliary con- ing operation are retained.
tacts and communicated to the 7SJ63 via bi-
nary inputs. Therefore it is possible to detect Key-operated switch
and indicate both the OPEN and CLOSED
position or a fault or intermediate cir- 7SJ63 units are fitted with key-operated
cuit-breaker or auxiliary contact position. switch function for local/remote changeover
and changeover between interlocked switch-
The switchgear or circuit-breaker can be ing and test operation.
controlled via:
– integrated operator panel Command processing
– binary inputs All the functionality of command processing
– substation control and protection system is offered. This includes the processing of sin-
– DIGSI 4 gle and double commands with or without
feedback, sophisticated monitoring of the
Automation / user-defined logic control hardware and software, checking of
With integrated logic, the user can set, via a the external process, control actions using
graphic interface (CFC), specific functions functions such as runtime monitoring and
automatic command termination after out-
for the automation of switchgear or substa-
tion. Functions are activated via function put. Here are some typical applications:
keys, binary input or via communication • Single and double commands using 1,
interface. 1 plus 1 common or 2 trip contacts
• User-definable bay interlocks
Switching authority
Switching authority is determined according • Operating sequences combining several
to parameters, communication or by key- switching operations such as control of
operated switch (when available). circuit-breakers, disconnectors and
If a source is set to “LOCAL”, only local earthing switches
switching operations are possible. The fol- • Triggering of switching operations, indi-
cations or alarm by combination with
existing information
5/125
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63

Functions

Motor control
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ63 with high perfor-
mance relays is well-suited for direct activa-
tion of the circuit-breaker, disconnector and
earthing switch operating mechanisms in
automated substations.
Interlocking of the individual switching de-
vices takes place with the aid of programma-
ble logic. Additional auxiliary relays can be
eliminated. This results in less wiring and en-
gineering effort.

Assignment of feedback to command

The positions of the circuit-breaker or
switching devices and transformer taps are
5 acquired by feedback. These indication in-
puts are logically assigned to the correspond-
ing command outputs. The unit can there- Fig. 5/118
fore distinguish whether the indication Typical wiring for 7SJ632 motor direct control (simplified representation without fuses)
Binary output BO4 and BO5 are interlocked so that only one set of contacts are closed at a time.
change is a consequence of switching opera-
tion or whether it is a spontaneous change of
state (intermediate position).

Chatter disable
Chatter disable feature evaluates whether, in
a configured period of time, the number of
status changes of indication input exceeds a
specified figure. If exceeded, the indication
input is blocked for a certain period, so that
the event list will not record excessive opera-
tions.

Filter time
All binary indications can be subjected to a
filter time (indication suppression).

Indication filtering and delay

Fig. 5/119 Example: Single busbar with circuit-breaker and
Indications can be filtered or delayed. motor-controlled three-position switch

Filtering serves to suppress brief changes in

potential at the indication input. The indica-
tion is passed on only if the indication volt-
age is still present after a set period of time. In
the event of indication delay, there is a wait
for a preset time. The information is passed
on only if the indication voltage is still pres-
ent after this time.

Indication derivation
A further indication (or a command) can be
derived from an existing indication. Group
indications can also be formed. The volume
of information to the system interface can
thus be reduced and restricted to the most
important signals.

Fig. 5/120 Example: Circuit-breaker interlocking

5/126 Siemens SIP · 2004


Functions
Transmission lockout
A data transmission lockout can be acti-
vated, so as to prevent transfer of informa-
tion to the control center during work on a
circuit bay.
Test operation
During commissioning, all indications can
be passed to an automatic control system for
test purposes.
Measured values
The r.m.s. values are calculated from the ac-
quired current and voltage along with the
power factor, frequency, active and reactive
power. The following functions are available
for measured value processing:
• Currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IE, IEE (67Ns)
• Voltages VL1, VL2, VL3, VL1L2, VL2L3, VL3L1
• Symmetrical components
I1, I2, 3I0; V1, V2, V0
• Power Watts, Vars, VA/P, Q, S
(P, Q: total and phase-selective)
• Power factor (cos ϕ)
(total and phase-selective)
• Frequency
• Energy ± kWh, ± kVarh, forward and
reverse power flow
• Mean as well as minimum and maximum
current and voltage values
• Operating hours counter
• Mean operating temperature of overload
function
• Limit value monitoring
Limit values are monitored using pro-
grammable logic in the CFC. Commands
can be derived from this limit value indi-
cation.
• Zero suppression
In a certain range of very low measured
values, the value is set to zero to suppress
interference.
Siemens SIP · 2004
5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63
Metered values
For internal metering, the unit can calculate
an energy metered value from the measured
current and voltage values. If an external me-
ter with a metering pulse output is available,
the SIPROTEC 4 unit can obtain and process
metering pulses via an indication input.
The metered values can be displayed and
passed on to a control center as an accumula-
tion with reset. A distinction is made be-
tween forward, reverse, active and reactive
energy.
Measuring transducers
• Characteristic with knee
For measuring transducers it sometimes
makes sense to extend a small range of the
input value, e.g. for the frequency that is 5
only relevant in the range 45 to 55, 55 to
65 Hz. This can be achieved by using a
LSP2078-afp.eps
knee characteristic.
• Live-zero monitoring
4 - 20 mA circuits are monitored for
open-circuit detection.
Switchgear cubicles
for high/medium voltage
All units are designed specifically to meet
Fig. 5/121
the requirements of high/medium-voltage
applications.
NX PLUS panel (gas-insulated)
In general, no separate measuring instru-
ments (e.g. for current, voltage, frequency
measuring transducer ...) or additional
control components are necessary.
5/127
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63
Communication
In terms of communication, the units offer
substantial flexibility in the context of con-
nection to industrial and power automation
standards. Communication can be extended
or added on thanks to modules for retrofit-
ting on which the common protocols run.
Therefore, also in the future it will be possible
to optimally integrate units into the changing
communication infrastructure, for example
in Ethernet networks (which will also be used
increasingly in the power supply sector in the
years to come).
Serial front interface
There is a serial RS232 interface on the front
of all the units. All of the unit’s functions can
5 be set on a PC by means of the DIGSI 4 pro-
tection operation program. Commissioning
tools and fault analysis are also built into the
program and are available through this inter-
face.
Rear-mounted interfaces1)
A number of communication modules suit-
able for various applications can be fitted in
the rear of the flush-mounting housing. In
the flush-mounting housing, the modules
can be easily replaced by the user.
The interface modules support the following
applications:
• Time synchronization interface
All units feature a permanently integrated
electrical time synchronization interface.
It can be used to feed timing telegrams in
IRIG-B or DCF77 format into the units
via time synchronization receivers.
• System interface
Communication with a central control
system takes place through this interface.
Radial or ring type station bus topologies
can be configured depending on the cho-
sen interface. Furthermore, the units can
exchange data through this interface via
Ethernet and IEC 61850 protocol and can
also be operated by DIGSI.
• Service interface
The service interface was conceived for re-
mote access to a number of protection
units via DIGSI. On all units, it can be an
electrical RS232/RS85 interface and on
some units it can be an optical interface.
For special applications, on some units a
maximum of two temperature monitor-
ing boxes (RTD-box) can be connected to
this interface as an alternative.
1) For units in panel surface-mounting housings
please refer to note on page 5/148.
2) Version V4.51 and newer.
5/128
System interface protocols (retrofittable)
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
The IEC 60870-5-103 protocol is an interna-
tional standard for the transmission of pro-
tective data and fault recordings. All mes-
sages from the unit and also control
commands can be transferred by means of
published, Siemens-specific extensions to the
protocol.
2)
IEC 61850 protocol
As of mid-2004, the Ethernet-based
IEC 61850 protocol will be the worldwide
standard for protection and control systems
used by power supply corporations. Siemens
Fig. 5/122
will be one of the first manufacturers to sup- IEC 60870-5-103: Radial fiber-optic connection
port this standard. By means of this protocol,
information can also be exchanged directly
between bay units so as to set up simple mas-
terless systems for bay and system interlock-
ing. Access to the units via the Ethernet bus
will also be possible with DIGSI.
PROFIBUS-FMS
PROFIBUS-FMS is an internationally stan-
dardized communication system (EN 50170)
for efficient performance of communication
tasks in the bay area. SIPROTEC 4 units use a
profile specially optimized for protection and
control requirements. DIGSI can also work
on the basis of PROFIBUS-FMS. The units
are linked to a SICAM automation system.
PROFIBUS-DP protocol
PROFIBUS-DP is the most widespread pro-
tocol in industrial automation. Via
PROFIBUS-DP, SIPROTEC units make their Fig. 5/123
information available to a SIMATIC control- PROFIBUS: Fiber-optic double ring circuit
ler or, in the control direction, receive com-
mands from a central SIMATIC. Measured
values can also be transferred.
MODBUS RTU protocol
This uncomplicated, serial protocol is mainly
used in industry and by power supply corpo-
rations, and is supported by a number of unit
manufacturers. SIPROTEC units function as
MODBUS slaves, making their information
available to a master or receiving information
from it. A time-stamped event list is avail-
able.
Fig. 5/124
Bus structure for station bus with Ethernet and
IEC 61850
Siemens SIP · 2004
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63

Communication

DNP 3.0 protocol

Power supply corporations overseas use the
serial DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network Proto-
col) for the station and network control lev-
els. SIPROTEC units function as DNP slaves,
supplying their information to a master sys-
tem or receiving information from it.

System solutions for protection and station

control
Together with the SICAM power automation
system, SIPROTEC 4 can be used with
PROFIBUS-FMS. Over the low-cost electri-
cal RS485 bus, or interference-free via the
optical double ring, the units exchange infor-
mation with the control system.
5
Units featuring IEC 60870-5-103 interfaces
can be connected to SICAM in parallel via
the RS485 bus or radially by fiber-optic link.
Through this interface, the system is open
for the connection of units of other manu-
facturers (see Fig. 5/122). Fig. 5/125
System solution/communication
Because of the standardized interfaces,
SIPROTEC units can also be integrated into
systems of other manufacturers or in
SIMATIC. Electrical RS485 or optical inter-
faces are available. The optimum physical
data transfer medium can be chosen thanks
to opto-electrical converters. Thus, the
RS485 bus allows low-cost wiring in the cu-
LSP2491.eps

bicles and an interference-free optical con-

nection to the master can be established.
For IEC 61850, an interoperable system solu-
tion is offered with SICAM PAS. Via the
100 Mbits/s Ethernet bus, the units are linked
with PAS electrically or optically to the sta-
tion PC. The interface is standardized, thus Fig. 5/126
also enabling direct connection of units of Communication module Ethernet,
other manufacturers to the Ethernet bus. electrical, double
With IEC 61850, however, the units can also
be used in other manufacturers’ systems
(see Fig. 5/124).

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/129

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63

Typical connections

n Connection of current
and voltage transformers
Standard connection
For earthed networks, the earth current is
obtained from the phase currents by the
residual current circuit.

Fig. 5/127
Residual current
circuit without direc-
tional element
5

Fig. 5/128
Sensitive earth
current detection
without directional
element

Fig. 5/129
Residual current
circuit with directional
element

5/130 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63

Typical connections

Connection for compensated networks

The figure shows the connection of two
phase-to-earth voltages and the VE voltage of
the open delta winding and a phase-
balance neutral current transformer for the
earth current. This connection maintains
maximum precision for directional earth-
fault detection and must be used in compen-
sated networks.
Figure 5/130 shows sensitive directional
earth-fault detection.

Fig. 5/130
Sensitive directional
earth-fault detection
with directional
element for phases
5

Fig. 5/131
Sensitive directional
earth-fault detection

Connection for isolated-neutral

or compensated networks only
If directional earth-fault protection is not
used, the connection can be made with only
two phase current transformers. Directional
phase short-circuit protection can be
achieved by using only two primary trans-
formers.

Fig. 5/132
Isolated-neutral or
compensated
networks

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/131

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63

Typical applications

Overview of connection types

Type of network
(Low-resistance) earthed network
(Low-resistance) earthed networks
Isolated or compensated networks
(Low-resistance) earthed networks
Isolated or compensated networks
transformers possible
(Low-resistance) earthed networks
5 neutral current transformers possible
Isolated networks
Compensated networks
Function
Time-overcurrent protection
phase/earth non-directional
Sensitive earth-fault protection
Time-overcurrent protection
phases non-directional
Time-overcurrent protection
phases directional
Time-overcurrent protection
phases directional
Time-overcurrent protection
earth directional
Sensitive earth-fault
protection sin ϕ measurement
Earth-fault protection
cos ϕ measurement
Current connection Voltage connection
Residual circuit, with 3 phase-current -
transformers required, phase-balance
neutral current transformer possible
Phase-balance neutral current -
transformers required
Residual circuit, with 3 or 2 phase -
current transformers possible
Residual circuit, with 3 phase-current Phase-to-earth connection or
transformers possible phase-to-phase connection
Residual circuit, with 3 or 2 phase- Phase-to-earth connection or
current transformers possible phase-to-phase connection
Residual circuit, with 3 phase-current Phase-to-earth connection required
transformers required, phase-balance
Residual circuit, if earth current 3 times phase-to-earth connection or
> 0.05 IN on secondary side, other- phase-to-earth connection with open
wise phase-balance neutral current delta winding
transformers required
Phase-balance neutral current Phase-to-earth connection with open
transformers required delta winding required

n Connection of circuit-breaker
Undervoltage releases
Undervoltage releases are used for automatic
tripping of high-voltage motors.
Example:
DC supply voltage of control system fails and
manual electric tripping is no longer possi-
ble.
Automatic tripping takes place when voltage
across the coil drops below the trip limit. In
Fig. 5/133, tripping occurs due to failure of
DC supply voltage, by automatic opening of
the live status contact upon failure of the
protection unit or by short-circuiting the trip
coil in event of a network fault.

Fig. 5/133 Undervoltage release with make contact ( 50, 51)

5/132 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63

Typical applications

In Fig. 5/134 tripping is by failure of auxiliary

voltage and by interruption of tripping cir-
cuit in the event of network failure. Upon
failure of the protection unit, the tripping
circuit is also interrupted, since contact held
by internal logic drops back into open posi-
tion.

Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)

One or two binary inputs can be used for
monitoring the circuit-breaker trip coil in-
cluding its incoming cables. An alarm signal
occurs whenever the circuit is interrupted.

Lockout (ANSI 86)

All binary outputs can be stored like LEDs
and reset using the LED reset key. The lock- Fig. 5/134 Undervoltage release with locking contact (trip signal 50 is inverted)
5
out state is also stored in the event of supply
voltage failure. Reclosure can only occur after
the lockout state is reset.

Fig. 5/135 Trip circuit supervision with 2 binary inputs

Fig. 5/136 Trip circuit supervision with 1 binary input

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/133

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63

Technical data

General unit data Binary inputs/indication inputs

Measuring circuits Type 7SJ631 7SJ632 7SJ633 7SJ635 7SJ636
System frequency 50 / 60 Hz (settable) Number (marshallable) 11 24 20 37 33
Current transformer Voltage range 24 - 250 V DC
Rated current Inom 1 or 5 A (settable) Pickup threshold modifiable
Option: sensitive earth-fault CT IEE < 1.6 A by plug-in jumpers

Power consumption Pickup threshold DC 19 V DC 88 V DC

at Inom = 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA per phase For rated control voltage DC 24/48/60/110/ 110/125/220/250 V DC
at Inom = 5 A Approx. 0.3 VA per phase 125 V DC
for sensitive earth-fault CT at 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA Power consumption 0.9 mA (independent of operating voltage)
Overload capability energized for BI 1…6 / 8…19 / 25…36;
Thermal (effective) 100 x Inom for 1 s 1.8 mA for BI 7 / 20…24 / 37
30 x Inom for 10 s Binary outputs/command outputs
4 x Inom continuous
Dynamic (impulse current) 250 x Inom (half cycle) Type 7SJ631 7SJ632 7SJ633 7SJ635 7SJ636
Overload capability if equipped with Command/indication relay 8 11 11 14 14
5 sensitive earth-fault CT
Thermal (effective) 300 A for 1 s
Contacts per command/ 1 NO / form A
indication relay
100 A for 10 s
Live status contact 1 NO / NC (jumper) / form A / B
15 A continuous
Dynamic (impulse current) 750 A (half cycle) Switching capacity Make 1000 W / VA
Voltage transformer Break 30 W / VA / 40 W resistive /
25 W at L/R ≤ 50 ms
Rated voltage Vnom 100 V to 225 V
Switching voltage ≤ 250 V DC
Power consumption at Vnom = 100 V < 0.3 VA per phase
Permissible current 5 A continuous,
Overload capability in voltage path
30 A for 0.5 s making current,
(phase-neutral voltage)
2000 switching cycles
Thermal (effective) 230 V continuous
Power relay (for motor control)
Measuring transducer inputs
Type 7SJ631 7SJ632 7SJ635
Type 7SJ633 7SJ636
7SJ633
Number 2 2 7SJ636
Input current DC 0 - 20 mA Number 0 2 (4) 4 (8)
Input resistance 10 Ω Number of contacts/relay 2 NO / form A
Power consumption 5.8 mW at 24 mA Switching capacity Make 1000 W / VA at 48 V … 250 V / 500 W at 24 V
Auxiliary voltage (via integrated converter) Break 1000 W / VA at 48 V … 250 V / 500 W at 24 V
Rated auxiliary voltage Vaux DC 24/48 V 60/125 V 110/250 V Switching voltage ≤ 250 V DC
Permissible tolerance DC 19 - 58 V 48 - 150 V 88 - 300 V Permissible current 5 A continuous,
Ripple voltage, ≤ 12 % of rated auxiliary voltage 30 A for 0.5 s
peak-to-peak
Power consumption 7SJ631 7SJ632 7SJ635
7SJ633 7SJ636
Quiescent Approx. 4 W 5.5 W 7W
Energized Approx. 10 W 16 W 20 W
Backup time during ≥ 50 ms at V > 110 V DC
loss/short-circuit of ≥ 20 ms at V > 24 V DC
auxiliary direct voltage
Rated auxiliary voltage Vaux AC 115 V 230 V
Permissible tolerance AC 92 - 132 V 184 - 265 V
Power consumption 7SJ631 7SJ632 7SJ635
7SJ633 7SJ636
Quiescent Approx. 3 W 5W 7W
Energized Approx. 12 W 18 W 23 W
Backup time during ≥ 200 ms
loss/short-circuit of
auxiliary alternating voltage

5/134 Siemens SIP · 2004


Technical data
Electrical tests
Specification
Standards
Insulation tests
Standards
Voltage test (100 % test)
all circuits except for auxiliary
voltage and RS485/RS232 and
time synchronization
Auxiliary voltage
Communication ports
and time synchronization
Impulse voltage test (type test)
all circuits, except communication
ports and time synchronization,
class III
EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests
Standards
High-frequency test
IEC 60255-22-1, class III
and VDE 0435 Part 303, class III
Electrostatic discharge
IEC 60255-22-2 class IV
and EN 61000-4-2, class IV
Irradiation with radio-frequency
field, non-modulated
IEC 60255-22-3 (Report) class III
Irradiation with radio-frequency
field, amplitude-modulated
IEC 61000-4-3; class III
Irradiation with radio-frequency
field, pulse-modulated
IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204; class III
Fast transient interference/burst 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz;
IEC 60255-22-4 and IEC 61000-4-4, burst length = 15 ms;
class IV repetition rate 300 ms; both polarities;
Ri = 50 Ω; test duration 1 min
High-energy surge voltages
(Surge)
IEC 61000-4-5; class III
Auxiliary voltage
Binary inputs/outputs
Line-conducted HF,
amplitude-modulated
IEC 61000-4-6, class III
Power frequency magnetic field
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV
IEC 60255-6
Oscillatory surge withstand
capability
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1
Siemens SIP · 2004
IEC 60255
ANSI C37.90, C37.90.1, C37.90.2,
UL508
IEC 60255-5; ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0
2.5 kV (r.m.s. value), 50/60 Hz
3.5 kV DC
500 V AC
5 kV (peak value); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 J
3 positive and 3 negative impulses
at intervals of 5 s
IEC 60255-6; IEC 60255-22
(product standard)
EN 50082-2 (generic specification)
DIN 57435 Part 303
2.5 kV (peak value); 1 MHz; τ =15 ms;
400 surges per s; test duration 2 s
8 kV contact discharge;
15 kV air gap discharge;
both polarities; 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω
10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz
10 V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz;
AM 80 %; 1 kHz
10 V/m, 900 MHz; repetition
rate 200 Hz, on duration 50 %
From circuit to circuit: 2 kV; 12 Ω; 9 µF
across contacts: 1 kV; 2 Ω ;18 µF
From circuit to circuit: 2 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF
across contacts: 1 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF
10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz;
AM 80 %; 1 kHz
30 A/m; 50 Hz, continuous
300 A/m; 50 Hz, 3 s
0.5 mT, 50 Hz
2.5 to 3 kV (peak value), 1 to 1.5 MHz
damped wave; 50 surges per s;
duration 2 s, Ri = 150 to 200 Ω
5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63
Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 surges per s
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 both polarities; duration 2 s, Ri = 80 Ω
Radiated electromagnetic 35 V/m1); 25 to 1000 MHz;
interference amplitude and pulse-modulated
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2
Damped wave 2.5 kV (peak value, polarity
IEC 60694 / IEC 61000-4-12 alternating)
100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 and 50 MHz,
Ri = 200 Ω
EMC tests for interference emission; type tests
Standard EN 50081-* (generic specification)
Conducted interferences 150 kHz to 30 MHz
only auxiliary voltage IEC/CISPR 22 Limit class B
Radio interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz
IEC/CISPR 11 Limit class B
Units with a detached operator panel
must be installed in a metal cubicle
to maintain limit class B 5
Mechanical stress tests
Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration
During operation
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
Vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 10 to 60 Hz; +/- 0.075 mm ampli-
IEC 60068-2-6 tude;
60 to 150 Hz; 1 g acceleration
frequency sweep 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes
Shock Semi-sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms;
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in both directions of 3 axes
Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-3, class 1 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude
IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis)
1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude
(vertical axis)
8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
(horizontal axis)
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
(vertical axis)
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
1 cycle in 3 perpendicular axes
During transportation
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
Vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude;
IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz; 2 g acceleration,
frequency sweep 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes
Shock Semi-sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-2, Class 1 Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in both directions of 3 axes
Continuous shock Semi-sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms
IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks in both directions
of 3 axes
5/135
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63
Technical data
Climatic stress tests
Temperatures
Type-tested acc. to IEC 60068-2-1
and -2, test Bd, for 16 h
Temporarily permissible operating -20 °C to +70 °C /-4 °F to -158 °F
temperature, tested for 96 h
Recommended permanent operat- -5 °C to +55 °C /+25 °F to +131 °F
ing temperature acc. to IEC
60255-6
(Legibility of display may be im-
paired above +55 °C /+131 °F)
– Limiting temperature during
permanent storage
– Limiting temperature during
transport
Humidity
Permissible humidity
5 It is recommended to arrange the
units in such a way that they are
not exposed to direct sunlight or
pronounced temperature changes
that could cause condensation.
Unit design
Housing
Dimensions
Weight in kg
Surface-mounting housing
Flush-mounting housing
Housing for detached operator
panel
Detached operator panel
Degree of protection
acc. to EN 60529
Surface-mounting housing
Flush-mounting housing
Operator safety
Serial interfaces
Operating interface (front of unit)
Connection
Transmission rate
Service/modem interface (rear of unit)
Isolated interface for data transfer
Transmission rate
RS232/RS485
Connection
For flush-mounting housing/
surface-mounting housing with
detached operator panel
For surface-mounting housing
with two-tier terminal at the
top/bottom part
Distance RS232
Distance RS485
Test voltage
5/136
System interface (rear of unit)
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
-25 °C to +85 °C /-13 °F to +185 °F Isolated interface for data transfer Port B
to a control center
Transmission rate Setting as supplied: 38400 baud,
min. 4800 baud, max. 38400 baud
RS232/RS485
Connection
For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location “B”
-25 °C to +55 °C /-13 °F to +131 °F surface-mounting housing with
detached operator panel
-25 °C to +70 °C /-13 °F to +158 °F For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing:
with two-tier terminal on the shielded data cable
top/bottom part
Distance RS232 Max. 15 m/49 ft
Distance RS485 Max. 1 km/3300 ft
Annual average 75 % relative humid-
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth
ity; on 56 days a year up to 95 % rela-
tive humidity; condensation not Fiber optic
permissible!
Connection fiber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for fi-
ber-optic connection
For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location “B”
surface-mounting housing with
7XP20 detached operator panel
See dimension drawings, part 16 of For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing
this catalog with two-tier terminal on the
top/bottom part
Housing width 1/2 Housing width 1/1
7.5 15 Optical wavelength 820 nm
6.5 13 Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm
8.0 15 Distance Max. 1.5 km/0.9 miles
IEC 61850 protocol
2.5 2.5
Isolated interface for data transfer: Port B, 100 Base T acc. to IEEE802.3
- to a control center
- with DIGSI
IP 51 - between SIPROTEC 4 relays
Front: IP 51, rear: IP 20;
IP 2x with cover Transmission rate 100 Mbit
RS485
Connection Two RJ45 connectors
For flush-mounting housing/ mounting location "B"
surface-mounting housing with
Non-isolated, RS232; front panel, detached operator panel
9-pin subminiature connector
Distance Max. 20 m / 65.6 ft
min. 4800 baud, max. 115200 baud
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth
PROFIBUS-FMS/DP
Port C: DIGSI 4/modem/RTD-box
Isolated interface for data transfer Port B
Setting as supplied 38400 baud to a control center
min. 4800 baud, max. 115200 baud
Transmission rate Up to 1.5 Mbaud
RS485
9-pin subminiature connector, Connection
mounting location “C” For flush-mounting housing/ 9-pin subminiature connector,
surface-mounting housing with mounting location “B”
detached operator panel
At the bottom part of the housing:
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing:
shielded data cable
with two-tier terminal on the shielded data cable
top/bottom part
15 m /49.2 ft Distance 1000 m/3300 ft ≤ 93.75 kbaud;
Max. 1 km/3300 ft 500 m/1500 ft ≤ 187.5 kbaud;
500 V AC against earth 200 m/600 ft ≤ 1.5 Mbaud
100 m/300 ft ≤ 12 Mbaud
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth
Siemens SIP · 2004

Technical data
Fiber optic
Connection fiber-optic cable
For flush-mounting housing/
surface-mounting housing with
detached operator panel
For surface-mounting housing
with two-tier terminal on the
top/bottom part
Optical wavelength
Permissible path attenuation
Distance
MODBUS RTU, ASCII, DNP 3.0
Isolated interface for data transfer
to a control center
Transmission rate
RS485
Connection
For flush-mounting housing/
surface-mounting housing with
detached operator panel
For surface-mounting housing
with two-tier terminal at the
top/bottom part
Distance
Test voltage
Fiber-optic
Connection fiber-optic cable
For flush-mounting housing/
surface-mounting housing with
detached operator panel
For surface-mounting housing
with two-tier terminal at the
top/bottom part
Optical wavelength
Permissible path attenuation
Distance
Time synchronization DCF77/IRIG-B signal (Format IRIG-B000)
Connection
Voltage levels
1) At Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5.
Siemens SIP · 2004
Integr. ST connector for FO connec-
tion
Mounting location “B”
At the bottom part of the housing
Important: Please refer to footnotes
1)
and 2) on page 5/148
820 nm
Max. 8 dB, for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm
500 kB/s 1.6 km/0.99 miles
1500 kB/s 530 m/0.33 miles
Port B
Up to 19200 baud
9-pin subminiature connector,
mounting location “B”
At bottom part of the housing:
shielded data cable
Max. 1 km/3300 ft max. 32 units
recommended
500 V AC against earth
Integrated ST connector for fiber-optic
connection
Mounting location “B”
At the bottom part of the housing
Important: Please refer to footnotes
1)
and 2) on page 5/148
820 nm
Max 8 dB. for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm
Max. 1.5 km/0.9 miles
9-pin subminiature connector
(SUB-D)
(terminal with surface-mounting
housing)
5 V, 12 V or 24 V (optional)
Functions
Definite-time overcurrent protection, directional/non-directional
(ANSI 50, 50N, 67, 67N)
Operating mode non-directional
phase protection (ANSI 50)
Setting ranges
Pickup phase elements I>, I>> 0.5 to 175 A or ∞1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Pickup earth elements IE>, IE>> 0.25 to 175 A or ∞1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Delay times T
Dropout delay time TDO
Times
Pickup times (without inrush
restraint, with inrush restraint
+ 10 ms)
With twice the setting value
With five times the setting value
Dropout times
Dropout ratio
Tolerances
Pickup
Delay times T, TDO
Inverse-time overcurrent protection, directional/non-directional
(ANSI 51, 51N, 67, 67N)
Operating mode non-directional
phase protection (ANSI 51)
Setting ranges
Pickup phase element IP
Pickup earth element IEP
Time multiplier T
(IEC characteristics)
Time multiplier D
(ANSI characteristics)
Trip characteristics
IEC
ANSI
User-defined characteristic
Dropout setting
Without disk emulation
With disk emulation
Tolerances
Pickup/dropout thresholds Ip, IEp 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
Pickup time for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20
Dropout ratio for 0.05 ≤ I/Ip
≤ 0.9
5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63
3-phase (standard) or 2-phase
(L1 and L3)
0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Non-directional Directional
Approx. 30 ms 45 ms
Approx. 20 ms 40 ms
Approx. 40 ms
5
Approx. 0.95 for I/Inom ≥ 0.3
2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
1 % or 10 ms
3-phase (standard) or 2-phase
(L1 and L3)
0.5 to 20 A or ∞ 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
0.25 to 20 A or ∞ 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
0.05 to 3.2 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
0.05 to 15 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Normal inverse, very inverse,
extremely inverse, long inverse
Inverse, short inverse, long inverse
moderately inverse, very inverse,
extremely inverse, definite inverse
Defined by a maximum of 20 value
pairs of current and time delay
Approx. 1.05 · setting value Ip for
Ip/Inom ≥ 0.3, corresponds to approx.
0.95 · pickup threshold
Approx. 0.90 · setting value Ip
5 % of reference (calculated) value
+ 2 % current tolerance, respectively
30 ms
5 % of reference (calculated) value
+ 2 % current tolerance, respectively
30 ms
5/137
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63

Technical data

Direction detection
For phase faults
Polarization
Forward range
Direction sensitivity
For earth faults
Polarization
5 Measuring principle
Forward range
Direction sensitivity
Zero-sequence quantities 3V0, 3I0 VE ≈ 2.5 V displacement voltage,
Negative -sequence quantities
3V2, 3I2
Tolerances (phase angle error un-
der reference conditions)
For phase and earth faults
Inrush blocking
Influenced functions
Lower function limit
Upper function limit (setting
range)
Setting range I2f /I
Crossblock (IL1, IL2, IL3)
Dynamic parameter group
Controllable function
Start criteria
Time control
Current criteria
With cross-polarized voltages;
With voltage memory (memory dura-
tion is 2 cycles) for measurement volt-
ages that are too low
Inductive: angle 45 ° ± 86 °
Resistive: angle 0 ° ± 86 °
Capacitive: angle -45 ° ± 86 °
For one and two-phase faults unlimited;
For three-phase faults dynamically
unlimited;
Steady-state approx. 7 V phase-to-phase
With zero-sequence quantities 3V0, 3I0
or with negative-sequence quantities
3V2, 3I2
Inductive: angle 45 ° ± 84 °
Resistive: angle 0 ° ± 84 °
Capacitive: angle -45 ° ± 84 °
measured;
3V0 ≈ 5 V displacement voltage,
calculated
3V2 ≈ 5 V negative-sequence voltage;
3I2 ≈ 225 mA negative-sequence cur-
rent1)
± 3 ° electrical
Time-overcurrent elements, I>, IE>, Ip,
IEp (directional, non-directional)
1)
1.25 A
1.5 to 125 A 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
10 to 45 % (in steps of 1 %)
ON/OFF
Directional and non-directional
pickup, tripping time
Current criteria,
CB position via aux. contacts,
binary input,
auto-reclosure ready
3 timers
Current threshold
(reset on dropping below threshold;
monitoring with timer)
(Sensitive) earth-fault detection (ANSI 64, 50 Ns, 51Ns, 67Ns)
Displacement voltage starting for all types of earth fault (ANSI 64)
Setting ranges
Pickup threshold VE> (measured) 1.8 to 170 V (in steps of 0.1 V)
Pickup threshold 3V0> (calcu- 10 to 225 V (in steps of 0.1 V)
lated)
Delay time TDelay pickup 0.04 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Additional trip delay TVDELAY 0.1 to 40000 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Times
Pickup time Approx. 60 ms
Dropout ratio 0.95 or (pickup value -0.6 V)
Tolerances
Pickup threshold VE (measured) 3 % of setting value or 0.3 V
Pickup threshold 3V0 (calculated) 3 % of setting value or 3 V
Delay times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Phase detection for earth fault in an unearthed system
Voltage measurement
(phase-to-earth)
Setting ranges
Vph min (earth-fault phase) 10 to 100 V (in steps of 1 V)
Vph max (unfaulted phases) 10 to 100 V (in steps of 1 V)
Measuring tolerance 3 % of setting value, or 1 V
acc. to DIN 57435 part 303
Earth-fault pickup for all types of earth faults
Definite-time characteristic (ANSI 50Ns)
Setting ranges
Pickup threshold IEE>, IEE>>
For sensitive input 0.001 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
For normal input 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Delay times T for IEE>, IEE>> 0 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Times
Pickup times Approx. 60 ms (non-directional)
Approx. 80 ms (directional
Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95
Tolerances
Pickup threshold IEE>, IEE>> 2 % of setting value or 1 mA
Delay times 1 % of setting value or 20 ms
Earth-fault pickup for all types of earth faults
Inverse-time characteristic (ANSI 51Ns)
User-defined characteristic Defined by a maximum of 20 pairs of
current and delay time values
I
Logarithmic inverse
t = TIEEpmax − TIEEp ⋅ ln
I EEp
Setting ranges
Pickup threshold IEEp
For sensitive input 0.001 A to 1.4 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
For normal input 0.25 to 20 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
User defined
Time multiplier T 0.1 to 4 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Logarithmic inverse
Time multiplier TIEEp mul 0.05 to 15 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Delay time TIEEp 0.1 to 4 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Min time delay TIEEpmin 0 to 32 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Max. time delay TIEEpmax 0 to 32 s (in steps of 0.01 s)

Note: Due to the high sensitivity the linear range of the measuring input IN
with integrated sensitive input transformer is from 0.001 A to 1.6 A. For cur-
rents greater than 1.6 A, correct directionality can no longer be guaranteed.
1) For Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5.

5/138 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63

Technical data

Times Times
Pickup times Approx. 60 ms (non-directional) Pickup times
Approx 80 ms (directional) Current = 1.25 · pickup value Approx. 30 ms
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 · IEEp Current ≥ 2 · pickup value Approx. 22 ms
Dropout time Approx. 22 ms
Dropout ratio Approx. 1.05 · IEEp
Tolerances
Tolerances
Pickup threshold IIE> 3 % of setting value, or 50 mA 1)
Pickup threshold IEEp 2 % of setting value or 1 mA
Delay times in linear range 7 % of reference value for 2 ≤ I/IEEp Times TV, Tsum, Tres 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
≤ 20 + 2 % current tolerance, or 70 ms Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)
Direction detection for all types of earth-faults (ANSI 67Ns) Setting ranges
Direction measurement IE and VE measured or Factor k 0.1 to 4 (in steps of 0.01)
3I0 and 3V0 calculated
Time constant 1 to 999.9 min (in steps of 0.1 min)
Measuring principle Active/reactive power measurement
Warning overtemperature 50 to 100 % with reference
Setting ranges Θalarm/Θtrip to the tripping overtemperature
Measuring enable IRelease direct. (in steps of 1 %)
For sensitive input 0.001 to 1.2 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
For normal input 0.25 to 150 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Current warning stage Ialarm 0.5 to 20 A (in steps of 0.01 A)
Measuring method cos ϕ and sin ϕ Extension factor when stopped 1 to 10 with reference to the time con- 5
Direction phasor ϕCorrection - 45 ° to + 45 ° (in steps of 0.1 °) kτ factor stant with the machine running
Dropout delay TReset delay 1 to 60 s (in steps of 1 s) (in steps of 0.1)
Angle correction for cable CT
Rated overtemperature (for Inom) 40 to 200 °C (in steps of 1 °C)
Angle correction F1, F2 0 ° to 5 ° (in steps of 0.1 °)
(I / k ⋅ I nom) − ( I pre / k ⋅ I nom )
Tripping characteristic 2 2
Current value I1, I2
For sensitive input 0.001 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A) For (I/k · Inom) ≤ 8 t = τ th ⋅ ln
(I / k ⋅ I nom) − 1
2
For normal input 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Tolerances
Pickup measuring enable 2 % of the setting value or 1 mA
Angle tolerance 3° t =
Tripping time
High-impedance restricted earth-fault protection (ANSI 87N) / single-phase τth =
Temperature rise time constant
overcurrent protection I =
Load current
Ipre =
Preload current
Setting ranges k =
Setting factor acc. to VDE 0435
Pickup thresholds I>, I>> Part 3011 and IEC 60255-8
For sensitive input 0.003 to 1.5 A or ∞ (in steps of 0.001 A) Inom = Rated (nominal) current of the
For normal input 0.25 to 175 A1) or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 A) protection relay
Delay times TI>, TI>> 0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Dropout ratios
Times Θ/ΘTrip Drops out with ΘAlarm
Pickup times Θ/ΘAlarm Approx. 0.99
Minimum Approx. 20 ms I/IAlarm Approx. 0.97
Typical Approx. 30 ms
Dropout times Approx. 30 ms Tolerances
With reference to k · Inom Class 5 acc. to IEC 60255-8
Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 for I/Inom ≥ 0.5 With reference to tripping time 5 % +/- 2 s acc. to IEC 60255-8
Tolerances Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)
Pickup thresholds 3 % of setting value or
1 % rated current at Inom = 1 or 5 A; Number of reclosures 0 to 9
5 % of setting value or Shot 1 to 4 individually adjustable
3 % rated current at Inom = 0.1 A Program for phase fault
Delay times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Start-up by Time-overcurrent elements (dir.,
Intermittent earth-fault protection non-dir.), negative sequence, binary
input
Setting ranges
Program for earth fault
Pickup threshold Start-up by Time-overcurrent elements
For IE IIE> 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) (dir., non-dir.), sensitive earth-fault
For 3I0 IIE> 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) protection, binary input
For IEE IIE> 0.005 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
Blocking of ARC Pickup of protection functions,
Pickup prolon- TV 0 to 10 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
three-phase fault detected by a protec-
gation time
tive element, binary input,
Earth-fault accu- Tsum 0 to 100 s (in steps of 0.01 s) last TRIP command after the reclosing
mulation time cycle is complete (unsuccessful
Reset time for Tres 1 to 600 s (in steps of 1 s) reclosing),
accumulation TRIP command by the breaker failure
protection (50BF),
Number of pickups for 2 to 10 (in steps of 1)
opening the CB without ARC initiation,
intermittent earth fault
external CLOSE command
1) At Inom = 1 A,
all limits divided by 5.
1) At Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5.

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/139

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63

Technical data

Setting ranges Inverse-time characteristic (ANSI 46-TOC)

Dead time 0.01 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Setting ranges
(separate for phase and earth Pickup current 0.5 to 10 A 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
and individual for shots 1 to 4) Time multiplier T 0.05 to 3.2 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Blocking duration for manual- 0.5 s to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s) (IEC characteristics)
CLOSE detection Time multiplier D 0.5 to 15 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Blocking duration after 0.5 s to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s) (ANSI characteristics)
reclosure Functional limit All phase currents ≤ 20 A 1)
Blocking duration after 0.01 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
dynamic blocking Trip characteristics
IEC Normal inverse, very inverse, extremely
Start-signal monitoring time 0.01 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) inverse
Circuit-breaker supervision 0.1 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s) ANSI Inverse, moderately inverse, very in-
time verse, extremely inverse
Max. delay of dead-time start 0 to 1800 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.1 s) Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 · I2p setting value
Maximum dead time extension 0.5 to 320 s or ∞(in steps of 0.01 s) Dropout
Operating time 0.01 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) IEC and ANSI Approx. 1.05 · I2p setting value,
(without disk emulation) which is approx. 0.95 · pickup threshold
The delay times of the following protection function can be altered individ- ANSI with disk emulation Approx. 0.90 · I2p setting value
5 ually by the ARC for shots 1 to 4
(setting value T = T, non-delayed T = 0, blocking T = ∞): Tolerances
I>>, I>, Ip, Idir>>, Idir>, Ipdir Pickup threshold 3 % of the setting value or 50 mA1)
IE>>, IE>, IEp, IEdir>>, IEdir>, IEdir Time for 2 ≤ M ≤ 20 5 % of setpoint (calculated)
+2 % current tolerance, at least 30 ms
Additional functions Lockout (final trip),
delay of dead-time start via binary input Starting time monitoring for motors (ANSI 48)
(monitored), Setting ranges
dead-time extension via binary input Motor starting current ISTARTUP 2.5 to 80 A1) (in steps of 0.01)
(monitored), Pickup threshold IMOTOR START 2 to 50 A1) (in steps of 0.01)
co-ordination with other protection Permissible starting 1 to 180 s (in steps of 0.1 s)
relays, time TSTARTUP
circuit-breaker monitoring, Permissible blocked rotor 0.5 to 120 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.1 s)
evaluation of the CB contacts time TLOCKED-ROTOR
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50 BF) Tripping time characteristic 2
t =  STARTUP  ⋅ TSTARTUP
I
For I > IMOTOR START
Setting ranges  I 
Pickup threshold CB I> 0.2 to 5 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
ISTARTUP = Rated motor starting
Delay time 0.06 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
current
Times I = Actual current flowing
Pickup times TSTARTUP = Tripping time for rated
with internal start is contained in the delay time motor starting current
start via control is contained in the delay time t = Tripping time in seconds
with external start is contained in the delay time
Dropout ratio IMOTOR START Approx. 0.95
Dropout times Approx. 25 ms
Tolerances
Tolerances Pickup threshold 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
Pickup value 2 % of setting value (50 mA)1) Delay time 5 % or 30 ms
Delay time 1 % or 20 ms
Negative-sequence current detection (ANSI 46)
Definite-time characteristic (ANSI 46-1 and 46-2)
Setting ranges
Pickup current I2>, I2>> 0.5 to 15 A or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 A)
Delay times 0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Functional limit All phase currents ≤ 20 A1)
Times
Pickup times Approx. 35 ms
Dropout times Approx. 35 ms
Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 for I2 /Inom > 0.3
Tolerances
Pickup thresholds 3 % of the setting value or 50 mA1)
Delay times 1 % or 10 ms

1) At Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5.

5/140 Siemens SIP · 2004


Technical data
Restart inhibit for motors (ANSI 66)
Setting ranges
Motor starting current relative
to rated motor current
IMOTOR START/IMotor Nom
Rated motor current IMotor Nom
Max. permissible starting time
TStart Max
Equilibrium time TEqual
Minimum inhibit time
TMIN. INHIBIT TIME
Max. permissible number of
warm starts
Difference between cold and
warm starts
Extension k-factor for cooling
simulations of rotor at zero speed
kτ at STOP
Extension factor for cooling time
constant with motor running
kτ RUNNING
Restarting limit
Θ restart = Θ rot max perm ⋅
Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37)
Signal from the operational
measured values
Temperature monitoring box (ANSI 38)
Temperature detectors
Connectable boxes
Number of temperature
detectors per box
Type of measuring
Mounting identification
Thresholds for indications
For each measuring detector
Stage 1
Stage 2
1) At Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5.
Siemens SIP · 2004
5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63
Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)
Operating modes/measuring
1.1 to 10 (in steps of 0.1) quantities
3-phase Positive-sequence component or small-
est of the phase-to-phase voltages
1 to 6 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) 1-phase Single-phase phase-earth or
3 to 320 s (in steps of 1 s) phase-phase voltage
Setting ranges
0 min to 320 min (in steps of 0.1 min) Pickup thresholds V<, V<<
0.2 min to 120 min (in steps of 0.1 min) 3-phase, phase-earth connec- 10 to 210 V (in steps of 1 V)
tion
1 to 4 (in steps of 1) 3-phase, phase-phase connec- 10 to 120 V (in steps of 1 V)
tion
1 to 2 (in steps of 1) 1-phase connection 10 to 120 V (in steps of 1 V)
0.2 to 100 (in steps of 0.1) Dropout ratio r 1.01 to 3 (in steps of 0.01)
Delay times T 0 to 100 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Current Criteria "Bkr Closed 0.2 to 5 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
0.2 to 100 (in steps of 0.1) IMIN"
Dropout threshold r ·V<(<) Max. 130 V for phase-phase voltages
5
Max. 225 V phase-earth voltages
Times
nc − 1
Pickup times V<, V<<, V1<, V1<< Approx. 50 ms
nc Dropout times As pickup times
Tolerances
Θrestart = Temperature limit below
Pickup thresholds 3 % of setting value or 1 V
which restarting is possi-
Times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
ble
Θrot max perm = Maximum permissible Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59)
rotor overtemperature Operating modes/measuring
(= 100 % in operational quantities
measured value
Θrot/Θrot trip) 3-phase Negative-sequence component or
nc = Number of permissible largest of the phase-to-phase voltages
start-ups from cold state 1-phase Single-phase phase-earth or
phase-phase voltage
Setting ranges
Predefined with programmable logic Pickup thresholds V>, V>>
3-phase, phase-earth connec- 40 to 260 V (in steps of 1 V)
tion, largest phase-phase
voltage
3-phase, phase-phase connec- 40 to 150 V (in steps of 1 V)
1 or 2 tion, largest phase-phase
Max. 6 voltage
3-phase, negative-sequence 2 to 150 V (in steps of 1 V)
Pt 100 Ω or Ni 100 Ω or Ni 120 Ω voltage
“Oil” or “Environment” or “Stator” or 1-phase connection 40 to 150 V (in steps of 1 V)
“Bearing” or “Other”
Dropout ratio r 0.9 to 0.99 (in steps of 0.01)
Delay times T 0 to 100 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Times
-50 °C to 250 °C (in steps of 1 °C)
Pickup times V>, V>> Approx. 50 ms
-58 °F to 482 °F (in steps of 1 °F)
Pickup times V2>, V2>> Approx. 60 ms
or ∞ (no indication)
Dropout times As pickup times
-50 °C to 250 °C (in steps of 1 °C)
-58 °F to 482 °F (in steps of 1 °F) Tolerances
or ∞ (no indication) Pickup thresholds 3 % of setting value or 1 V
Times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
5/141
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63

Technical data

Frequency protection (ANSI 81)
Number of frequency elements
Setting ranges
Pickup thresholds for fnom = 50 Hz
Pickup thresholds for fnom = 60 Hz
Delay times
Undervoltage blocking, with
positive-sequence voltage V1
Q, reactive power With sign, total and phase-segregated
4 in kVAr (MVAr or GVAr)primary and
in % Snom
45.5 to 54.5 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz) Range 0 to 120 % Snom
55.5 to 64.5 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz) Tolerance2) 3 % of Snom
0 to 100 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) for V/Vnom and I/Inom = 50 to 120 %
10 to 150 V (in steps of 1 V) and sin ϕ = 0.707 to 1 with
Snom = 3 ⋅ Vnom ⋅ I nom

Times cos ϕ, power factor (p.f.) Total and phase segregated

Pickup times Approx. 150 ms Range - 1 to + 1
Dropout times Approx. 150 ms Tolerance2) 5 % for cos ϕ ≥ 0.707
Dropout Frequency f In Hz
∆f = pickup value - dropout value Approx. 20 mHz Range fnom ± 5 Hz
Ratio undervoltage blocking Approx. 1.05 Tolerance2) 20 mHz
Tolerances Temperature overload protection In %
Pickup thresholds Θ/ΘTrip
Frequency 10 mHz
Undervoltage blocking 3 % of setting value or 1 V Range 0 to 400 %
5 Delay times 3 % of the setting value or 10 ms Tolerance2) 5 % class accuracy per IEC 60255-8
Fault locator (ANSI 21FL) Temperature restart inhibit In %
ΘL/ΘL Trip
Output of the fault distance In Ω secondary,
in km / mile of line length Range 0 to 400 %
Tolerance2) 5 % class accuracy per IEC 60255-8
Starting signal Trip command, dropout of a protec-
tion element, via binary input Restart threshold ΘRestart/ΘL Trip In %
Setting ranges Reclose time TReclose In min
Reactance (secondary) 0.001 to 1.9 Ω/km1) (in steps of 0.0001) Currents of sensitive ground fault In A (kA) primary and in mA second-
0.001 to 3 Ω/mile1) (in steps of 0.0001) detection (total, real, and reactive ary
Tolerances current) IEE, IEE real, IEE reactive
Measurement tolerance acc. to 2.5 % fault location, or 0.025 Ω Range 0 mA to 1600 mA
VDE 0435, Part 303 for sinusoi- (without intermediate infeed) for Tolerance2) 2 % of measured value or 1 mA
dal measurement quantities 30 ° ≤ ϕK ≤ 90 ° and VK/Vnom ≥ 0.1
Measuring transducer
and IK/Inom ≥ 1
Operating range 0 to 24 mA
Accuracy range 1 to 20 mA
Additional functions Tolerance2) 1.5 %, relative to rated value of 20 mA
Operational measured values For standard usage of the measurement transducer for pressure and
Currents InA(kA)primary, inAsecondaryorin%Inom temperature monitoring
IL1, IL2, IL3 Operating measured value Pressure in hPa
Positive-sequence component I1 Operating range (presetting) 0 hPa to 1200 hPa
Negative-sequence component I2 Operating measured value tem- Temp in °C / °F
IE or 3I0 perature
Operating range (presetting) 0 °C to 240 °C or 32 °F to 464 °F
Range 10 to 200 % Inom
Tolerance2) 1 % of measured value or 0.5 % Inom RTD-box See section "Temperature monitoring
box"
Phase-to-earth voltages In kV primary, in V secondary or in % Vnom
VL1-E, VL2-E, VL3-E Long-term averages
Phase-to-phase voltages Time window 5, 15, 30 or 60 minuets
VL1-L2, VL2-L3, VL3-L1, VE or V0
Positive-sequence component V1 Frequency of updates Adjustable
Negative-sequence component V2 Long-term averages
Range 10 to 120 % Vnom of currents IL1dmd, IL2dmd, IL3dmd, I1dmd in A (kA)
Tolerance2) 1 % of measured value or 0.5 % of Vnom of real power Pdmd in W (kW, MW)
of reactive power Qdmd in VAr (kVAr, MVAr)
S, apparent power In kVAr (MVAr or GVAr) primary of apparent power Sdmd in VAr (kVAr, MVAr)
and in % of Snom
Range 0 to 120 % Snom
Tolerance2) 2 % of Snom
for V/Vnom and I/Inom = 50 to 120 %
P, active Power With sign, total and phase-segregated
in kW (MW or GW) primary and in
% Snom
Range 0 to 120 % Snom
Tolerance2) 3 % of Snom
for V/Vnom and I/Inom = 50 to 120 %
and cos ϕ = 0.707 to 1 with 1) At Inom = 1 A, all limits multiplied with 5.
Snom = 3 ⋅ Vnom ⋅ I nom 1) At rated frequency.

5/142 Siemens SIP · 2004


Technical data
Max. / Min. report
Report of measured values
Reset, automatic
Reset, manual
Min./Max. values for current
Min./Max. values for voltages
Min./Max. values for power
Min./Max. values for overload
protection
Min./Max. values for mean values IL1dmd, IL2dmd, IL3dmd
I1 (positive-sequence component);
Sdmd, Pdmd, Qdmd
Local measured values monitoring
Current asymmetry
Voltage asymmetry
Current sum
Current phase sequence
Voltage phase sequence
Limit value monitoring
Fault recording
Recording of indications of the last
8 power system faults
Recording of indications of the last
3 power system ground faults
Time stamping
Resolution for event log (opera-
tional annunciations)
Resolution for trip log (fault
annunciations)
Maximum time deviation (internal 0.01 %
clock)
Battery
Oscillographic fault recording
Maximum 8 fault records saved,
memory maintained by buffer bat-
tery in case of loss of power supply
Recording time
Sampling rate for 50 Hz
Sampling rate for 60 Hz
Siemens SIP · 2004
5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63
Energy/power
With date and time Meter values for power in kWh (MWh or GWh) and kVARh
Time of day adjustable (in minutes, Wp, Wq (real and reactive power (MVARh or GVARh)
0 to 1439 min) demand)
Time frame and starting time adjust- Tolerance1) ≤ 5 % for I > 0.5 Inom, V > 0.5 Vnom and
able (in days, 1 to 365 days, and ∞) cos ϕ (p.f.) ≥ 0.707
Using binary input, Statistics
using keypad, Saved number of trips Up to 9 digits
via communication
Number of automatic reclosing Up to 9 digits
IL1, IL2, IL3, commands (segregated according
I1 (positive-sequence component) to 1st and ≥ 2nd cycle)
VL1-E, VL2-E, VL3-E Circuit-breaker wear
V1 (positive-sequence component)
VL1-L2, VL2-L3, VL3-L1 Methods • ΣIx with x = 1 .. 3
• 2-point method (remaining service
S, P, Q, cos ϕ, frequency life)
Θ/ΘTrip Operation Phase-selective accumulation of mea-
sured values on TRIP command, up to
8 digits, phase-selective limit values,
5
monitoring indication
Operating hours counter
Display range Up to 7 digits
Imax/Imin > balance factor, Criterion Overshoot of an adjustable current
for I>Ibalance limit threshold (BkrClosed IMIN)
Vmax/Vmin > balance factor, Trip circuit monitoring
for V>Vlim
With one or two binary inputs
|iL1 + iL2 + iL3 + kiE ⋅ iE| > limit value,
with Commissioning aids
I CT PRIM / I earth CT SEC Phase rotation field check,
k iE = earth Operational measured values,
CT PRIM / CT SEC
Circuit-breaker / switching device
Clockwise (ABC) / counter-clockwise test,
(ACB) Creation of a test measurement
Clockwise (ABC) / counter-clockwise report
(ACB) Clock
Predefined limit values, user-defined Time synchronization DCF77/IRIG-B signal (telegram for-
expansions via CFC mat IRIG-B000),
binary input,
communication
Control
Number of switching units Depends on the binary inputs and
outputs
Interlocking Programmable
1 ms Circuit-breaker signals Feedback, close, open, intermediate
position
1 ms Control commands Single command / double command
1, 1 plus 1 common or 2 trip contacts
Programmable controller CFC logic, graphic input tool
Local control
Lithium battery 3 V/1 Ah, Units with small display Control via menu,
type CR 1/2 AA, message "Battery assignment of a function key
Fault" for insufficient battery charge Units with large display Control via menu,
control with control keys
Remote control Via communication interfaces,
using a substation automation and
control system
(e.g. SICAM),
Total 5 s DIGSI 4 (e.g. via modem)
Pre-trigger and post-fault recording
and memory time adjustable
1 sample/1.25 ms (16 sam/cyc)
1 sample/1.04 ms (16 sam/cyc)
1) At rated frequency.
5/143
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63

Technical data

Setting group switchover of the function parameters

Number of available setting groups 4 (parameter group A, B, C and D)
Switchover performed Via keypad, DIGSI, system (SCADA)
interface or binary input

CE conformity
This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Commu-
nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating to
electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC) and
electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (Council
Directive 73/23/EEC).
This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part 303).
Further applicable standards: ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0 and C37.90.1.
The unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part 303).
5 This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG in
accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directive and
standard EN 60255-6 for the “low-voltage Directive”.

5/144 Siemens SIP · 2004


Selection and ordering data
1) Transition between the two auxiliary
voltage ranges can be selected by
means of jumpers.
2) The binary input thresholds can be
selected in two stages by means of
jumpers.
3) 230 V AC, starting from
unit version .../EE
4) Temperature monitoring box
7XV5662-oAD10, refer
to “Accessories”.
Siemens SIP · 2004
5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63
Description Order No.
7SJ63 multifunction protection relay 7SJ63¨o ¨¨¨¨¨ ¨¨¨¨
Housing, binary inputs (BI) and outputs (BO), measuring transducer
Housing 1/2 19”, 11 BI, 8 BO, 1 live status contact 1
Housing 1/2 19”, 24 BI, 11 BO, 4 (2) power relays, 1 live status contact 2
Housing 1/2 19”, 20 BI, 11 BO, 2 measuring transducer inputs,
4 power relays, 1 live status contact 3 see
next
Housing 1/1 19”, 37 BI, 14 BO, 8 (4) power relays, 1 live status contact 5 page
Housing 1/1 19”, 33 BI, 14 BO, 2 measuring transducer inputs,
8 (4) power relays, 1 live status contact 6
Measuring inputs (3 x V, 4 x I)
Iph = 1 A, Ie = 1 A (min. = 0.05 A)
Position 15 only with A, C, E, G 1
Iph = 1 A, Ie = sensitive (min. = 0.001 A)
Position 15 only with B, D, F, H 2
Iph = 5 A, Ie = 5 A (min. = 0.25 A)
Position 15 only with A, C, E, G 5
Iph = 5 A, Ie = sensitive (min. = 0.001 A)
Position 15 only with B, D, F, H 6 5
Iph = 5 A, Ie = 1 A (min. = 0.05 A)
Position 15 only with A, C, E, G 7
Rated auxiliary voltage (power supply, indication voltage)
24 to 48 V DC, threshold binary input 19 V DC2) 2
60 to 125 V DC1), threshold binary input 19 V DC2) 4
110 to 250 V DC1), 115 to 230 V3) AC, threshold binary input 88 V DC2) 5
Unit version
For panel surface mounting, plug-in terminals, detached operator panel A
For panel surface mounting, 2-tier terminals top/bottom B
For panel surface mounting, screw-type terminals, detached operator panel C
For panel flush mounting, plug-in terminals (2/3 pin connector) D
For panel flush mounting , screw-type terminals
(direct connection/ring-type cable lugs) E
Surface-mounting housing, screw-type terminals (direct connection/ring-type cable lugs),
without operator panel, panel mounting in low-voltage housing F
Surface-mounting housing, plug-in terminals,
without operator panel, panel mounting in low-voltage housing G
Region-specific default settings/function versions and language settings
Region DE, 50 Hz, IEC, language: German, selectable A
Region World, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: English (GB), selectable B
Region US, 60 Hz, ANSI, language: English (US), selectable C
Region FR, IEC/ANSI language: French, selectable D
Region World, IEC/ANSI language: Spanish, selectable E
System interface (Port B): Refer to page 5/148
No system interface 0
Protocols see page 5/148
Service interface (Port C)
No interface at rear side 0
DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS232 1
DIGSI 4/modem/RTD-box4), electrical RS485 2
DIGSI 4/modem/RTD-box4)5), optical 820 nm wavelength, ST connector 3
Measuring/fault recording
Slave pointer, mean values, min/max values, fault recording 3
5) When using the temperature monitoring box at an optical interface,
the additional RS485 fiber-optic converter
7XV5650-0oA00 is required.
5/145
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7SJ63 multifunction protection relay 7SJ63¨o ¨¨¨¨¨ ¨¨¨¨
Designation ANSI No. Description
Basic version Control
50/51 Time-overcurrent protection
I>, I>>, Ip, reverse interlocking
50N/51N Earth-fault protection
IE>, IE>>, IEp
50N/51N Insensitive earth-fault protection via
IEE function: IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp1)
49 Overload protection (with 2 time constants)
46 Phase balance current protection
(negative-sequence protection)
87N High-impedance restricted earth fault
37 Undercurrent monitoring
47 Phase sequence
59N/64 Displacement voltage
50BF Breaker failure protection
74TC Trip circuit supervision
4 setting groups, cold-load pickup
5 Inrush blocking
86 Lockout FA
n V, f 27/59 Under-/overvoltage
81 O/U Under-/overfrequency FE
n IEF V, f 27/59 Under-/overvoltage
81 O/U Under-/overfrequency
Intermittent earth fault PE
n Dir 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent, phases and earth
47 Phase sequence FC
n Dir V, f 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent, phases and earth
27/59 Under-/overvoltage
81O/U Under-/overfrequency FG
n Dir IEF 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent, phases and earth
Intermittent earth fault PC
Directional Dir 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent, phases and earth
earth-fault 67Ns Directional sensitive earth-fault detection
detection
n F D 2)
Directional Dir IEF 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent, phases and earth
earth-fault 67Ns Directional sensitive earth-fault detection
detection Intermittent earth fault
n P D 2)
Directional 67Ns Directional sensitive earth-fault detection
earth-fault
detection
n F B 2)
Directional Motor V, f 67Ns Directional sensitive earth-fault detection
earth-fault 48/14 Starting time supervision, locked rotor
detection 66/86 Restart inhibit
n 27/59 Under-/overvoltage
81O/U Under-/overfrequency H F 2)

continued on next page

n Basic version included

V, f = Voltage, frequency protection
Dir = Directional overcurrent protection
IEF = Intermittent earth fault
1) Only with insensitive earth-current
transformer when position 7 = 1, 5, 7.
2) For isolated/compensated networks
only with sensitive earth-current
transformer when position 7 = 2, 6.

5/146 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63

Selection and ordering data Description Order No. Order

code
7SJ63 multifunction protection relay 7SJ63¨o ¨¨¨¨¨ ¨¨¨¨ ¨¨¨¨
Designation ANSI No. Description
Basic version Control
50/51 Time-overcurrent protection
I>, I>>, Ip, reverse interlocking
50N/51N Earth-fault protection
IE>, IE>>, IEp
50N/51N Earth-fault protection via insensitive
IEE function: IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp1)
49 Overload protection (with 2 time constants)
46 Phase balance current protection
(negative-sequence protection)
87N High-impedance restricted earth fault
37 Undercurrent monitoring
47 Phase sequence
59N/64 Displacement voltage
50BF Breaker failure protection
74TC Trip circuit supervision
4 setting groups, cold-load pickup 5
Inrush blocking
86 Lockout
Directional Motor V, f 67/67N Direction determination for
earth-fault Dir overcurrent, phases and earth
detection 67Ns Directional sensitive earth-fault detection
n 48/14 Starting time supervision, locked rotor
66/86 Restart inhibit
27/59 Under-/overvoltage
81O/U Under-/overfrequency H H 2)
Directional Motor IEF V, f 67/67N Direction determination for
earth-fault Dir overcurrent, phases and earth
detection 67Ns Directional sensitive earth-fault detection
n Intermittent earth fault
48/14 Starting time supervision, locked rotor
66/86 Restart inhibit
27/59 Under-/overvoltage
81O/U Under-/overfrequency R H 2)
n Motor 48/14 Starting time supervision, locked rotor
66/86 Restart inhibit HA
ARC, fault locator Without 0
79 With auto-reclosure 1
21FL With fault locator 2
79, 21FL With auto-reclosure, with fault locator 3
ATEX100 Certification
For protection of explosion-protected motors (increased-safety type of protection “e”)
When ordering AREX100, thr relay will be delivered with firmware version V4.4 ZX 99

n Basic version included

V, f = Voltage, frequency protection
Dir = Directional overcurrent protection
IEF = Intermittent earth fault
1) Only with insensitive earth-current
transformer when position 7 = 1, 5, 7.
2) For isolated/compensated networks
only with sensitive earth-current
transformer when position 7 = 2, 6.

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/147

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63

Order number for system port B Description Order No. Order

code
7SJ63 multifunction protection relay 7SJ63¨o ¨¨¨¨¨ ¨¨¨¨ ¨¨¨
System interface (on rear of unit, Port B)
No system interface 0
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, RS232 1
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, RS485 2
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, 820 nm fiber, ST connector 3
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, RS485 4
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, 820 nm wavelength, single ring, ST connector 1) 5
1
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, 820 nm wavelength, double ring, ST connector ) 6
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, RS485 9 L0A
1
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, 820 nm wavelength, double ring, ST connector ) 9 L0B
MODBUS, RS485 9 L0D
2
MODBUS, 820 nm wavelength, ST connector ) 9 L0E
5 DNP 3.0, RS485 9 L0G
2
DNP 3.0, 820 nm wavelength, ST connector ) 9 L0H
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45-connector3) 9 L0R
1) Not with position 9 = “B”; if 9 = “B”, please order 7SJ6 unit with RS485 port and separate fiber-optic converters.
For single ring, please order converter 6GK1502-2CB10, not available with position 9 = “B”.
For double ring, please order converter 6GK1502-3CB10, not available with position 9 = “B”.
The converter requires a 24 V AC power supply (e.g. power supply 7XV5810-0BA00).
2) Not available with position 9 = “B”.
3) Version V4.51 and newer

Sample order Position Order No. + Order code

7SJ6325-5EC91-3FC1+L0G

6 I/O’s: 24 BI/11 BO, 1 live status contact 2

7 Current transformer: 5 A 5
8 Power supply: 110 to 250 V DC, 115 V AC to 230 V AC 5
9 Unit version: Flush-mounting housing, screw-type terminals E
10 Region: US, English language (US); 60 Hz, ANSI C
11 Communication: System interface: DNP 3.0, RS485 9 L 0G
12 Communication: DIGSI 4, electrical RS232 1
13 Measuring/fault recording: Extended measuring and fault records 3
14/15 Protection function package: Basic version plus directional TOC FC
16 With auto-reclosure 1

5/148 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63

Accessories Description Order No.

DIGSI 4
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP Professional Edition
Basis Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Demo Demo version on CD-ROM 7XS5401-0AA00
Professional Complete version:
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00

IEC 61850 System configuration tool

Software for configuration of stations with IEC 61850 communication under
DIGSI, running under MS Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP Professional Edition
Optional package for DIGSI 4 Basis or Professional
License for 10 PCs. Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM 7XS5460-0AA00

SIGRA 4 5
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers (Comtrade
format). Running under MS Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP Professional Edition.
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00

Temperature monitoring box

24 to 60 V AC/DC 7XV5662-2AD10
90 to 240 V AC/DC 7XV5662-5AD10

Varistor/Voltage Arrester
Voltage arrester for high-impedance REF protection
125 Vrms; 600 A; 1S/S 256 C53207-A401-D76-1
240 Vrms; 600 A; 1S/S 1088 C53207-A401-D77-1

Connecting cable
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin con.) and protection unit (9-pin connector)
(contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally) 7XV5100-4
Cable between temperature monitoring box and SIPROTEC 4 unit
- length 5 m /16.4 ft 7XV5103-7AA05
- length 25 m /82 ft 7XV5103-7AA25
- length 50 m /164 ft 7XV5103-7AA50

Manual for 7SJ62/63/64, English C53000-G1140-C147-4

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/149

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63

Accessories Description Order No. Size of package Supplier

LSP2289-afp.eps
Terminal safety cover
Voltage/current terminal 18-pole/12-pole C73334-A1-C31-1 1 Siemens
Voltage/current terminal 12-pole/8-pole C73334-A1-C32-1 1 Siemens
Connector 2-pin C73334-A1-C35-1 1 Siemens
Mounting rail
Connector 3-pin C73334-A1-C36-1 1 Siemens
1)
Crimp connector CI2 0.5 to 1 mm2 0-827039-1 4000 AMP
taped on reel
LSP2091-afp.eps
LSP2090-afp.eps

Crimp connector CI2 0.5 to 1 mm2 0-827396-1 1 AMP 1)

Crimp connector: Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm2 0-163084-2 1 AMP 1)

Crimp connector: Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm2 0-163083-7 4000 AMP 1)
2-pin 3-pin
connector connector taped on reel

Crimping tool for Type III+ 0-539635-1 1 AMP 1)

and matching female 0-539668-2 1 AMP 1)
Crimping tool for CI2 0-734372-1 1 AMP 1)
LSP2093-afp.eps

LSP2092-afp.eps

and matching female 1-734387-1 1 AMP 1)

5
Short-circuit links
for current terminals C73334-A1-C33-1 1 Siemens
for other terminals C73334-A1-C34-1 1 Siemens
Short-circuit links Short-circuit links
for current termi- for other terminals Mounting rail for 19" rack C73165-A63-D200-1 1 Siemens
nals
Your local Siemens representative can inform you on local suppliers.

1) AMP Deutschland GmbH

Amperestr. 7–11
63225 Langen
Germany
Tel.: +49 6103 709-0
Fax +49 6103 709-223

5/150 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63

Connection diagram

Fig. 5/137
7SJ631 connection diagram

*) For pinout of communication ports

see part 16 of this catalog.
For the allocation of the terminals of the panel surface-mounting version see Manual
(Order No.: C5300-G1140-C147-4) or Internet (http://www.siprotec.com).

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/151

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63
Connection diagram
Fig. 5/138
7SJ632 connection diagram
*) For pinout of communication ports
see part 16 of this catalog.
For the allocation of the terminals of the panel
surface-mounting version see Manual
(Order No.: C5300-G1140-C147-4) or
Internet (http://www.siprotec.com).
5/152
1) Power relays are intended to directly control
motorized switches. The power relays are
interlocked so only one relay of each pair
can close at a time, in order to avoid shorting
out the power supply. The power relay pairs
are R4/R5, R6/R7. If used for protection
purposes only one binary output of a pair can
be used.
Siemens SIP · 2004

Connection diagram
Fig. 5/139
7SJ633 connection diagram
*) For pinout of communication ports
see part 16 of this catalog.
For the allocation of the terminals of the panel
surface-mounting version see Manual
(Order No.: C5300-G1140-C147-4) or
Internet (http://www.siprotec.com).
Siemens SIP · 2004
5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63
1) Power relays are intended to directly control
motorized switches. The power relays are
interlocked so only one relay of each pair
can close at a time, in order to avoid shorting
out the power supply. The power relay pairs
are R4/R5, R6/R7. If used for protection
purposes only one binary output of a pair can
be used.
5/153
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63

Connection diagram

*) For pinout of communica-

tion ports see part 16 of
this catalog.
For the allocation of the
terminals of the panel
surface-mounting version
see Manual (Order No.:
C5300-G1140-C147-4) or
Internet
(http://www.siprotec.com).
1) Power relays are intended
to directly control motor-
ized switches. The power
relays are interlocked so
only one relay of each pair
can close at a time, in or-
der to avoid shorting
out the power supply.
The power relay pairs are
R4/R5, R6/R7, R16/R17
and R18/R19. If used for
protection purposes only
one binary output of a pair
can be used.

Fig. 5/140
7SJ635 connection diagram

5/154 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63

Connection diagram

*) For pinout of communica-

tion ports see part 16 of
this catalog.
For the allocation of the
terminals of the panel
surface-mounting version
see Manual (Order No.:
C5300-G1140-C147-4) or
Internet
(http://www.siprotec.com).
1) Power relays are intended
to directly control motor-
ized switches. The power
relays are interlocked so
only one relay of each pair
can close at a time, in or-
der to avoid shorting
out the power supply.
The power relay pairs are
R4/R5, R6/R7, R16/R17
and R18/R19. If used for
protection purposes only
one binary output of a pair
can be used.

Fig. 5/141
7SJ636 connection diagram

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/155

5

5/156 Siemens SIP · 2004


SIPROTEC 4 7SJ64
Multifunction Protection Relay with Synchronization
Description
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ64 can be used as a pro-
tective control and monitoring relay for dis-
tribution feeders and transmission lines
of any voltage in networks that are earthed
(grounded), low-resistance earthed,
unearthed, or of a compensated neutral point
structure. The relay is suited for networks
that are radial or looped, and for lines with
single or multi-terminal feeds. The
SIPROTEC 4 7SJ64 is equipped with a syn-
chronization function which provides the
operation modes ‘synchronization check’
(classical) and ‘synchronous/asynchronous
switching’ (which takes the CB mechanical
delay into consideration). Motor protection
comprises undercurrent monitoring, starting
time supervision, restart inhibit, locked ro-
tor.
The 7SJ64 is the only relay of the 7SJ6 family
featuring "flexible protection functions". Up
to 20 protection functions can be added ac-
cording to individual requirements. Thus,
for example, a third 50 stage or reverse power
protection can be implemented.
1) Version V4.51 and newer.
Siemens SIP · 2004
5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64
Function overview
Protection functions
• Time-overcurrent protection
• Directional time-overcurrent
protection
• Sensitive dir./non-dir. earth-fault
detection
• Displacement voltage
• Intermittent earth fault protection
• High-impedance restricted earth fault
• Inrush restraint
• Motor protection
LSP2316-afpen.tif
• Overload protection
• Temperature monitoring
• Under-/overvoltage protection
• Under-/overfrequency protection 5
Fig. 5/142 • Rate-of-frequency-change protection
SIPROTEC 4 7SJ64 multifunction • Power protection (e.g. reverse, factor)
protection relay
• Breaker failure protection
• Negative-sequence protection
• Phase-sequence monitoring
• Synchronization
The relay provides easy-to-use local control
• Auto-reclosure
and automation functions. The number of
controllable switchgear depends only on the
• Fault locator
number of available inputs and outputs. The • Lockout
integrated programmable logic (CFC) allows Control functions/programmable logic
the user to implement their own functions, • Flexible number of switching devices
e.g. for the automation of switchgear (inter- • Position of switching elements is shown
locking). CFC capacity is much larger com- on the graphic display
pared to 7SJ62/63 due to extended CPU • Local/remote switching via key-
power. The user is able to generate user-de- operated switch
fined messages as well. • Control via keyboard, binary inputs,
DIGSI 4 or SCADA system
The flexible communication interfaces are
• Extended user-defined logic with CFC
open for modern communication architec-
(e.g. interlocking)
tures with control systems.
Monitoring functions
• Operational measured values V, I, f,...
• Energy metering values Wp, Wq
• Circuit-breaker wear monitoring
• Slave pointer
• Trip circuit supervision
• Fuse failure monitor
• 8 oscillographic fault records
Communication interfaces
• System interface
– IEC 60870-5-103, IEC 618501)
– PROFIBUS-FMS / DP
– DNP 3.0 / MODBUS RTU
• Service interface for DIGSI 4 (modem)
• Additional interface for temperature
detection (RTD-box)
• Front interface for DIGSI 4
• Time synchronization via
IRIG B/DCF77
5/157
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64
Application
Fig. 5/143 Function diagram
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ64 unit is a numerical
protection relay that also performs control
and monitoring functions and therefore sup-
ports the user in cost-effective power system
management, and ensures reliable supply of
electric power to the customers. Local opera-
tion has been designed according to ergo-
nomic criteria. A large, easy-to-read graphic
display was a major design aim.
Control
The integrated control function permits con-
trol of disconnect devices (electrically oper-
ated/motorized switches) or circuit-breakers
via the integrated operator panel, binary in-
puts, DIGSI 4 or the control and protection
system (e.g. SICAM). The present status (or
position) of the primary equipment can be
displayed. 7SJ64 supports substations with
single and duplicate busbars. The number of
elements that can be controlled (usually 1 to
5) is only restricted by the number of inputs
and outputs available. A full range of com-
mand processing functions is provided.
5/158
Programmable logic
The integrated logic characteristics (CFC)
allow users to implement their own func-
tions for automation of switchgear (inter-
locking) or a substation via a graphic user
interface. Due to extended CPU power, the
programmable logic capacity is much larger
compared to 7SJ62/63. The user can also
generate user-defined messages.
Line protection
The 7SJ64 units can be used for line protec-
tion of high and medium-voltage networks
with earthed, low-resistance earthed, isolated
or compensated neutral point.
Synchronization
In order to connect two components of a
power system, the relay provides a synchro-
nization function which verifies that switch-
ing ON does not endanger the stability of the
power system.
The synchronization function provides the
operation modes ‘synchro-check’ (classical)
and ‘synchronous/asynchronous switching’
(which takes the c.-b. mechanical delay into
consideration).
Motor protection
When protecting motors, the relays are suit-
able for asynchronous machines of all sizes.
Transformer protection
The 7SJ64 units perform all functions of
backup protection supplementary to trans-
former differential protection. The inrush
suppression effectively prevents tripping by
inrush currents.
The high-impedance restricted earth-fault
protection detects short-circuits and insula-
tion faults of the transformer.
Backup protection
The relays can be used universally for backup
protection.
Flexible protection functions
By configuring a connection between a stan-
dard protection logic and any measured or
derived quantity, the functional scope of the
relays can be easily expanded by up to 20
protection stages or protection functions.
Metering values
Extensive measured values, limit values and
metered values permit improved system
management.
Siemens SIP · 2004
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64

Application

ANSI No. IEC Protection functions

50, 50N I>, I>> Definite-time overcurrent protection (phase/neutral)

IE>, IE>>

50, 50N I>>>, I>>>> Additional definite-time overcurrent protection stages

IE>>>, IE>>>> (phase/neutral) via flexible protection functions

51, 51N Ip, IEp Inverse-time overcurrent protection (phase/neutral)

67, 67N Idir>, Idir>>, Ip dir Directional time-overcurrent protection (definite/inverse, phase/neutral)
IEdir>, IEdir>>, IEp dir Directional comparison protection

67Ns/50Ns IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp Directional/non-directional sensitive earth-fault detection

– Cold load pick-up (dynamic setting change)

59N/64 VE, V0> Displacement voltage, zero-sequence voltage

– IIE> Intermittent earth fault

5
87N High-impedance restricted earth-fault protection

50BF Breaker failure protection

79M Auto-reclosure

25 Synchronization

46 I2> Phase-balance current protection (negative-sequence protection)

47 V2>, phase seq. Unbalance-voltage protection and/or phase-sequence monitoring

49 ϑ> Thermal overload protection

48 Starting time supervision

14 Locked rotor protection

66/86 Restart inhibit

37 I< Undercurrent monitoring

38 Temperature monitoring via external device,

e.g. bearing temperature monitoring

27, 59 V<, V> Underfrequency/overvoltage protection

32 P<>, Q<> Reverse-power, forward-power protection

55 cos ϕ Power factor protection

81O/U f>, f< Overvoltage/underfrequency protection

81R df/dt Rate-of-frequency-change protection

21FL Fault locator

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/159

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64

Construction

Connection techniques
and housing with many advantages
1/3, 1/2 and 1/1-rack sizes
These are the available housing widths of
the 7SJ64 relays, referred to a 19” module
frame system. This means that previous

LSP2299-bfpen.tif
models can always be replaced. The height

LSP2174-afp.tif
is a uniform 244 mm for flush-mounting
housings and 266 mm for surface-
mounting housings for all housing widths.
All cables can be connected with or without
ring lugs. Plug-in terminals are available as
an option.
It is thus possible to employ prefabricated Fig. 5/144 Fig. 5/145
cable harnesses. In the case of surface Flush-mounting housing Front view of 7SJ64 with 1/3x19" housing
with screw-type terminals
mounting on a panel, the connection termi-
5 nals are located above and below in the
form of screw-type terminals. The commu-
nication interfaces are located in a sloped
case at the top and bottom of the housing.
The housing can also be supplied optionally
with a detached operator panel (refer to
Fig. 5/146), or without operator panel, in
order to allow optimum operation for all
types of applications.

LSP2196-afp.eps

Fig. 5/146
Housing with plug-in terminals and detached operator panel
LSP2237-afp.tif
LSP2219-afpen.eps

Fig. 5/148
Communication interfaces in a
sloped case in a surface-mounting
housing

Fig. 5/147
Surface-mounting housing
with screw-type terminals

5/160 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64

Protection functions

Time-overcurrent protection
(ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51N)
This function is based on the phase-selective
measurement of the three phase currents and
the earth current (four transformers). Two
definite-time overcurrent protection ele-
ments (DMT) exist both for the phases and
for the earth. The current threshold and the
delay time can be set in a wide range. In
addition, inverse-time overcurrent protec-
tion characteristics (IDMTL) can be
activated.
With the "flexible protection functions", fur-
ther definite-time overcurrent stages can be
implemented in the 7SJ64 unit.

Fig. 5/149 Fig. 5/150 5

Definite-time overcurrent protection Inverse-time overcurrent protection

Available inverse-time characteristics

Characteristics acc. to ANSI/IEEE IEC 60255-3
Inverse • •
Short inverse •
Long inverse • •
Moderately inverse •
Very inverse • •
Extremely inverse • •
Definite inverse •

Reset characteristics Inrush restraint

For easier time coordination with electro- The relay features second harmonic restraint.
mechanical relays, reset characteristics If the second harmonic is detected during
according to ANSI C37.112 and transformer energization, pickup of non-di-
IEC 60255-3 / BS 142 standards are applied. rectional and directional normal elements
When using the reset characteristic (disk are blocked.
emulation), a reset process is initiated after
the fault current has disappeared. This reset Cold load pickup
process corresponds to the reverse move-
For directional and nondirectional time-
ment of the Ferraris disk of an electrome-
overcurrent protection functions the initia-
chanical relay (thus: disk emulation).
tion thresholds and tripping times can be
switched via binary inputs or by time control.
User-definable characteristics
Instead of the predefined time characteris-
tics according to ANSI, tripping characteris-
tics can be defined by the user for phase and
earth units separately. Up to 20 current/
time value pairs may be programmed. They
are set as pairs of numbers or graphically in
DIGSI 4.

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/161

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64

Protection functions

Directional time-overcurrent protection

(ANSI 67, 67N)
Phase and earth directionality is performed
independently in the 7SJ64. The phase and
earth function parallel the non-directional
overcurrent element. Their response value
and delay times can be set separately. As an
option, inverse directional time-overcurrent
protection characteristics (IDMTL) can be
connected. The tripping characteristic can be
rotated about ± 45 degrees.
Fig. 5/151
The directional overcurrent-time protection Directional characteristic of the
maintains a voltage memory of two cycles directional time-overcurrent
protection
prior to the fault. By means of voltage mem-
ory, directionality can be determined reliably
even for close-in (local) faults. If the switch-
5 ing device closes onto a fault and the voltage
is too low to determine direction, directio-
nality (directional decision) is made with
voltage from the voltage memory. If no volt-
age exists in the memory, tripping occurs
according to the coordination schedule.
For earth protection, users can choose
whether the direction is to be determined via
zero-sequence system or negative-sequence
system quantities (selectable).
Using negative-sequence variables can be ad-
vantageous in cases where the zero voltage
tends to be very low due to unfavorable
zero-sequence impedances.

Directional comparison protection

(cross-coupling)
It is used for selective protection of sections
fed from two sources with instantaneous
tripping, i.e. without the disadvantage of
time coordination. The directional compari-
son protection is suitable if the distances be-
tween the protection stations are not signifi-
cant and pilot wires are available for signal
transmission. In addition to the directional
comparison protection, the directional coor-
dinated time-overcurrent protection is used
for complete selective backup protection. If
operated in a closed-circuit connection, an
interruption of the transmission line is de-
tected.
(Sensitive) directional earth-fault detection
(ANSI 64, 67Ns/67N)
For isolated-neutral and compensated net-
works, the direction of power flow in the zero
sequence is calculated from the zero-sequen-
ce current I0 and zero-sequence voltage V0.
For networks with an isolated neutral, the re-
active current component is evaluated; for
compensated networks, the active current
component or residual resistive current is
evaluated.
For special network conditions, e.g. high-re-
sistance earthed networks with ohmic-capac-
itive earth-fault current or low-resistance
earthed networks with ohmic-inductive cur-
rent, the tripping characteristics can be ro-
tated approximately ± 45 degrees.
Two modes of earth-fault direction detection
can be implemented: tripping or in “signal-
ling only mode”.
It has the following functions:
• TRIP via the displacement voltage VE.
• Two instantaneous elements or one
instantaneous plus one user-defined
characteristic.
• Each element can be set in forward,
reverse, or non-directional.
Fig. 5/152
Directional determination us-
ing cosine measurements for
compensated networks
• The function can also be operated in the
insensitive mode, as an additional
short-circuit protection.
(Sensitive) earth-fault detection
(ANSI 50Ns, 51Ns/50N, 51N)
For high-resistance earthed networks, a sen-
sitive input transformer is connected to a
phase-balance neutral current transformer
(also called core-balance CT).
The earth-fault current is also calculated
from the phase currents so that the earth-
fault protection operates correctly in the
event of current transformer saturation.
The function can also be operated in the
insensitive mode, as an additional short-
circuit protection.

5/162 Siemens SIP · 2004


Protection functions
Intermittent earth-fault protection
Intermittent (re-striking) faults occur due to
insulation weaknesses in cables or as a result
of water penetrating cable joints. Such faults
either simply cease at some stage or develop
into lasting short-circuits. During intermit-
tent activity, however, star-point resistors in
networks that are impedance-earthed may
undergo thermal overloading. The normal
earth-fault protection cannot reliably detect
and interrupt the current pulses, some of
which can be very brief.
The selectivity required with intermittent
earth faults is achieved by summating the
duration of the individual pulses and by
triggering when a (settable) summed time is
reached. The response threshold IIE> evalu-
ates the r.m.s. value, referred to one systems
period.
Phase-balance current protection (ANSI 46)
(Negative-sequence protection)
In line protection, the two-element phase-
balance current/negative-sequence protec-
tion permits detection on the high side of
high-resistance phase-to-phase faults and
phase-to-earth faults that are on the low side
of a transformer (e.g. with the switch group
Dy 5). This provides backup protection for
high-resistance faults beyond the trans-
former. To detect the unbalanced load, the
ratio negative-sequence current/rated (nom-
inal) current is evaluated.
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
If a faulted portion of the electrical circuit is
not disconnected upon issuance of a trip
command, another command can be initi-
ated using the breaker failure protection
which operates the circuit-breaker, e.g. of an
upstream (higher-level) protection relay.
Breaker failure is detected if, after a trip com-
mand, current is still flowing in the faulted
circuit. As an option, it is possible to make
use of the circuit-breaker position indication.
Siemens SIP · 2004
5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64
Fig. 5/153 Flexible protection functions
5
Auto-reclosures (ANSI 79) Flexible protection functions
Multiple reclosures can be defined by the The 7SJ64 units enable the user to easily add
user and lockout will occur if a fault is pres- on up to 20 protective functions. To this end,
ent after the last reclosures. The following parameter definitions are used to link a stan-
functions are possible: dard protection logic with any chosen char-
acteristic quantity (measured or derived
• 3-pole ARC for all types of faults
quantity) (Fig. 5/153). The standard logic
• Separate settings for phase and earth faults consists of the usual protection elements
• Multiple ARC, one rapid auto-reclosure such as the pickup message, the parame-
(RAR) and up to nine delayed ter-definable delay time, the TRIP com-
auto-reclosures (DAR) mand, a blocking possibility, etc. The mode
• Starting of the ARC depends on the trip of operation for current, voltage, power and
command selection (e.g. 46, 50, 51, 67) power factor quantities can be three-phase or
• Blocking option of the ARC via binary single-phase. Almost all quantities can be op-
inputs erated as greater than or less than stages. All
• ARC can be initiated externally or via CFC stages operate with protection priority.
• The directional and non-directional ele- Protection stages/functions attainable on the
ments can either be blocked or operated basis of the available characteristic quantities:
non-delayed depending on the auto-
reclosure cycle Function ANSI No.
• Dynamic setting of the directional and I>, IE> 50, 50N
non-directional elements can be activated
depending on the ready AR V<, V>, VE> 27, 59, 64
3I0>, I1>, I2>, 50N, 46
• The AR CLOSE command can be given
3V0>, V1><, V2>< 59N, 47
synchronous by use of the synchroniza-
tion function. P><, Q>< 32
cos ϕ (p.f.)>< 55
f>< 81O, 81U
df/dt> 81R
For example, the following can be imple-
mented:
• Reverse power protection (ANSI 32R)
• Third independent I>>> stage
(ANSI 50-3)
• Rate-of-frequency-change protection
(ANSI 81R)
5/163
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64

Protection functions

Synchronization (ANSI 25)

In case of switching ON the circuit-breaker,
the units can check whether the two
subnetworks are synchronized (classic syn-
chro-check). Furthermore, the synchroniz-
ing function may operate in the “Synchro-
nous/asynchronous switching” mode. The
unit then distinguishes between synchronous
and asynchronous networks:
In synchronous networks, frequency differ-
ences between the two subnetworks are al-
most non-existant. In this case, the circuit-
breaker operating time does not need to be
considered. Under asynchronous condition,
however, this difference is markedly larger
and the time window for switching is shorter. Fig. 5/154 High-impedance restricted earth-fault protection
5 In this case, it is recommended to consider
the operating time of the circuit-breaker. The
command is automatically pre-dated by the
duration of the operating time of the circuit- High-impedance restricted earth-fault pro- The current transformers must be of the
breaker, thus ensuring that the contacts of tection (ANSI 87N) same type and must at least offer a separate
the CB close at exactly the right time. core for the high-impedance restricted
The high-impedance measurement principle
earth-fault protection. They must in particu-
Up to 4 sets of parameters for the synchro- is an uncomplicated and sensitive method
lar have the same transformation ratio and
nizing function can be stored in the unit. for detecting earth faults, especially on trans-
an approximately identical knee-point volt-
This is an important feature when several cir- formers. It can also be applied to motors,
age. They should also demonstrate only min-
cuit-breakers with different operating times generators and reactors when these are oper-
imal measuring errors.
are to be operated by one single relay. ated on an earthed network.
When the high-impedance measurement Settable dropout delay times
Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)
principle is applied, all current transformers If the devices are used in parallel with electro-
For protecting cables and transformers, in the protected area are connected in parallel mechanical relays in networks with
an overload protection with an integrated and operated on one common resistor of rel- intermittent faults, the long dropout times of
pre-warning element for temperature and atively high R whose voltage is measured (see the electromechanical devices (several
current can be applied. The temperature is Fig. 5/154). In the case of 7SJ6 units, the volt- hundred milliseconds) can lead to problems
calculated using a thermal homogeneous- age is measured by detecting the current in terms of time grading. Clean time grading
body model (according to IEC 60255-8), through the (external) resistor R at the sensi- is only possible if the dropout time is
which takes account both of the energy en- tive current measurement input IEE. The approximately the same. This is why the pa-
tering the equipment and the energy losses. varistor V serves to limit the voltage in the rameter of dropout times can be defined for
The calculated temperature is constantly ad- event of an internal fault. It cuts off the high certain functions such as time-overcurrent
justed accordingly. Thus, account is taken of momentary voltage spikes occurring at trans- protection, earth short-circuit and phase-
the previous load and the load fluctuations. former saturation. At the same time, this re- balance current protection.
sults in smoothing of the voltage without any
For thermal protection of motors (especially
noteworthy reduction of the average value.
the stator), a further time constant can be set
If no faults have occurred and in the event of
so that the thermal ratios can be detected
external faults, the system is at equilibrium,
correctly while the motor is rotating and
and the voltage through the resistor is ap-
when it is stopped. The ambient temperature
proximately zero. In the event of internal
or the temperature of the coolant can be de-
faults, an imbalance occurs which leads to a
tected serially via an external temperature
voltage and a current flow through the resis-
monitoring box (resistance-temperature de-
tor R.
tector box, also called RTD- box). The ther-
mal replica of the overload function is auto-
matically adapted to the ambient conditions.
If there is no RTD-box it is assumed that the
ambient temperatures are constant.

5/164 Siemens SIP · 2004


Protection functions
n Motor protection
Restart inhibit (ANSI 66/86)
If a motor is started up too many times in
succession, the rotor can be subject to ther-
mal overload, especially the upper edges of
the bars. The rotor temperature is calculated
from the stator current. The reclosing lock-
out only permits start-up of the motor if the
rotor has sufficient thermal reserves for a
complete start-up (see Fig. 5/155).
Emergency start-up
This function disables the reclosing lockout
via a binary input by storing the state of the
thermal replica as long as the binary input is
active. It is also possible to reset the thermal
replica to zero.
Temperature monitoring (ANSI 38)
Up to two temperature monitoring boxes
with a total of 12 measuring sensors can be
used for temperature monitoring and detec-
tion by the protection relay. The thermal sta-
tus of motors, generators and transformers
can be monitored with this device. Addition-
ally, the temperature of the bearings of rotat-
ing machines are monitored for limit value
violation. The temperatures are being mea-
sured with the help of temperature detectors
at various locations of the device to be pro-
tected. This data is transmitted to the protec-
tion relay via one or two temperature moni-
toring boxes (see “Accessories”, page 5/193).
Starting time supervision (ANSI 48/14)
Starting time supervision protects the motor
against long unwanted start-ups that might
occur in the event of excessive load torque or
excessive voltage drops within the motor, or
if the rotor is locked. Rotor temperature is
calculated from measured stator current. The
tripping time is calculated according to the
following equation:
for I > IMOTOR START
2
t =  A  ⋅ TA
I
 I 
I = Actual current flowing
IMOTOR START = Pickup current to detect a motor
start
t = Tripping time
IA = Rated motor starting current
TA = Tripping time at rated motor
starting current
1) The 45 to 55, 55 to 65 Hz range is available
for fN = 50/60 Hz.
Siemens SIP · 2004
Fig. 5/155
If the trip time is rated according to the above
formula, even a prolonged start-up and re-
duced voltage (and reduced start-up current)
will be evaluated correctly.
A binary signal is set by a speed sensor to de-
tect a blocked rotor. An instantaneous trip-
ping is effected. The tripping time is inverse
(current dependent).
Phase-balance current protection (ANSI 46)
(Negative-sequence protection)
The negative-sequence / phase-balance cur-
rent protection detects a phase failure or load
unbalance due to network asymmetry and
protects the rotor from impermissible tem-
perature rise. To detect the unbalanced load,
the ratio of negative-sequence current to
rated current is evaluated.
Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37)
With this function, a sudden drop in current,
which can occur due to a reduced motor
load, is detected. This can cause shaft break-
age, no-load operation of pumps or fan fail-
ure.
n Voltage protection
Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59)
The two-element overvoltage protection de-
tects unwanted network and machine
overvoltage conditions. The function can op-
erate either with phase-to-phase voltage (de-
fault) or with the negative phase-sequence
system voltage. Three-phase and single-phase
connections are possible.
5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64
5
Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)
The two-element undervoltage protection
provides protection against dangerous volt-
age drops (especially for electric machines).
Applications include the isolation of genera-
tors or motors from the network to avoid
undesired operating states and a possible loss
of stability. Proper operating conditions of
electrical machines are best evaluated with
the positive-sequence quantities. The protec-
tion function is active over a wide frequency
range (45 to 55, 55 to 65 Hz)1). Even when
falling below this frequency range the func-
tion continues to work, however, with a
greater tolerance band.
The function can operate either with the pos-
itive phase-sequence system voltage (default)
or with the phase-to-phase voltages, and can
be monitored with a current criterion.
Three-phase and single-phase connections
are possible.
Frequency protection (ANSI 81O/U)
Frequency protection can be used for over-
frequency and underfrequency protection.
Electric machines and parts of the system are
protected from unwanted speed deviations.
Unwanted frequency changes in the network
5/165
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64
Protection functions/Functions
can be detected and the load can be removed
at a specified frequency setting. Frequency
protection can be used over a wide frequency
range (45 to 55, 55 to 65 Hz)1). There are four
elements (selectable as overfrequency or
underfrequency) and each element can be
delayed separately. Blocking of the frequency
protection can be performed if using a binary
input or by using an undervoltage element.
Fault locator (ANSI 21FL)
The fault locator specifies the distance to a
fault location in kilometers or miles or the
reactance of a second fault operation.
Circuit-breaker wear monitoring
5 Methods for determining circuit-breaker
contact wear or the remaining service life of a
circuit-breaker (CB) allow CB maintenance
intervals to be aligned to their actual degree
of wear. The benefit lies in reduced mainte-
nance costs.
There is no mathematically exact method of
calculating the wear or the remaining service
life of circuit-breakers that takes into account
the arc-chamber's physical conditions when
the CB opens. This is why various methods of
determining CB wear have evolved which re-
flect the different operator philosophies. To
do justice to these, the devices offer several
methods:
• I
• Σ I x, with x = 1... 3
• Σ i 2t
The devices additionally offer a new method
for determining the remaining service life:
• Two-point method
The CB manufacturers double-logarithmic
switching cycle diagram (see Fig. 5/156) and
the breaking current at the time of contact
opening serve as the basis for this method.
After CB opening, the two-point method cal-
culates the number of still possible switching
cycles. To this end, the two points P1 and P2
only have to be set on the device. These are
specified in the CB's technical data.
All of these methods are phase-selective and a
limit value can be set in order to obtain an
alarm if the actual value falls below or ex-
ceeds the limit value during determination of
the remaining service life.
1) The 45 to 55, 55 to 65 Hz range is
available for fN= 50/60 Hz
5/166
Commissioning
Commissioning could hardly be easier and is
fully supported by DIGSI 4. The status of the
binary inputs can be read individually and
the state of the binary outputs can be set indi-
vidually. The operation of switching ele-
ments (circuit-breakers, disconnect devices)
can be checked using the switching functions
of the bay controller. The analog measured
values are represented as wide-ranging oper-
ational measured values. To prevent trans-
mission of information to the control center
during maintenance, the bay controller com-
munications can be disabled to prevent un-
necessary data from being transmitted. Dur-
ing commissioning, all indications with test
marking for test purposes can be connected
to a control and protection system.
n Control and automatic functions
Control Fig. 5/156 CB switching cycle diagram
In addition to the protection functions, the
SIPROTEC 4 units also support all control lowing sequence of switching authority is laid
and monitoring functions that are required down: “LOCAL”; DIGSI PC program,
for operating medium-voltage or high-volt- “REMOTE”.
age substations.
Every switching operation and change of
The main application is reliable control of breaker position is kept in the status indica-
switching and other processes. tion memory. The switch command source,
switching device, cause (i.e. spontaneous
The status of primary equipment or auxiliary change or command) and result of a switch-
devices can be obtained from auxiliary con- ing operation are retained.
tacts and communicated to the 7SJ64 via bi-
nary inputs. Therefore it is possible to detect Key-operated switch
and indicate both the OPEN and CLOSED
position or a fault or intermediate cir- 7SJ64 units are fitted with key-operated
cuit-breaker or auxiliary contact position. switch function for local/remote changeover
and changeover between interlocked switch-
The switchgear or circuit-breaker can be ing and test operation.
controlled via:
Command processing
– integrated operator panel
– binary inputs All the functionality of command processing
– substation control and protection system is offered. This includes the processing of sin-
– DIGSI 4 gle and double commands with or without
feedback, sophisticated monitoring of the
Automation / user-defined logic control hardware and software, checking of
With integrated logic, the user can set, via a the external process, control actions using
graphic interface (CFC), specific functions functions such as runtime monitoring and
for the automation of switchgear or substa- automatic command termination after out-
tion. Functions are activated via function put. Here are some typical applications:
keys, binary input or via communication • Single and double commands using 1,
interface. 1 plus 1 common or 2 trip contacts
• User-definable bay interlocks
Switching authority
• Operating sequences combining several
Switching authority is determined according switching operations such as control of
to parameters, communication or by key- circuit-breakers, disconnectors and
operated switch (when available). earthing switches
If a source is set to “LOCAL”, only local • Triggering of switching operations, indi-
switching operations are possible. The fol- cations or alarm by combination with
existing information
Siemens SIP · 2004
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64

Functions

Motor control
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ64 with high perfor-
mance relays is well-suited for direct activa-
tion of the circuit-breaker, disconnector and
earthing switch operating mechanisms in
automated substations.
Interlocking of the individual switching de-
vices takes place with the aid of programma-
ble logic. Additional auxiliary relays can be
eliminated. This results in less wiring and en-
gineering effort.

Assignment of feedback to command

The positions of the circuit-breaker or
switching devices and transformer taps are
acquired by feedback. These indication in- 5
puts are logically assigned to the correspond-
ing command outputs. The unit can there- Fig. 5/157
fore distinguish whether the indication Typical wiring for 7SJ642 motor direct control (simplified representation without fuses)
Binary output BO6 and BO7 are interlocked so that only one set of contacts are closed at a time.
change is a consequence of switching opera-
tion or whether it is a spontaneous change of
state (intermediate position).

Chatter disable
Chatter disable feature evaluates whether, in
a configured period of time, the number of
status changes of indication input exceeds a
specified figure. If exceeded, the indication
input is blocked for a certain period, so that
the event list will not record excessive opera-
tions.

Filter time
All binary indications can be subjected to a
filter time (indication suppression).

Indication filtering and delay

Fig. 5/158 Example: Single busbar with circuit-breaker and
Indications can be filtered or delayed. motor-controlled three-position switch

Filtering serves to suppress brief changes in

potential at the indication input. The indica-
tion is passed on only if the indication volt-
age is still present after a set period of time. In
the event of indication delay, there is a wait
for a preset time. The information is passed
on only if the indication voltage is still pres-
ent after this time.

Indication derivation
A further indication (or a command) can be
derived from an existing indication. Group
indications can also be formed. The volume
of information to the system interface can
thus be reduced and restricted to the most
important signals.

Fig. 5/159 Example: Circuit-breaker interlocking

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/167

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64

Functions Metered values

Transmission lockout
A data transmission lockout can be acti-
vated, so as to prevent transfer of informa-
tion to the control center during work on a
circuit bay.
Test operation
During commissioning, all indications can
be passed to an automatic control system for
test purposes.
For internal metering, the unit can calculate
an energy metered value from the measured
current and voltage values. If an external me-
ter with a metering pulse output is available,
the SIPROTEC 4 unit can obtain and process
metering pulses via an indication input.
The metered values can be displayed and
passed on to a control center as an accumula-
tion with reset. A distinction is made bet-
ween forward, reverse, active and reactive en-
ergy.

Measured values Switchgear cubicles

The r.m.s. values are calculated from the ac-
quired current and voltage along with the
power factor, frequency, active and reactive
5 power. The following functions are available
for high/medium voltage
All units are designed specifically to meet
the requirements of high/medium-voltage
applications.

LSP2078-afp.eps
for measured value processing: In general, no separate measuring instru-
• Currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IE, IEE (67Ns) ments (e.g. for current, voltage, frequency
• Voltages VL1, VL2, VL3, VL1L2, VL2L3, VL3L1, measuring transducer ...) or additional
Vsyn control components are necessary.
• Symmetrical components
I1, I2, 3I0; V1, V2, V0
• Power Watts, Vars, VA/P, Q, S
(P, Q: total and phase-selective)
• Power factor (cos ϕ)
(total and phase-selective) Fig. 5/160
• Frequency NX PLUS panel (gas-insulated)
• Energy ± kWh, ± kVArh, forward and
reverse power flow
• Mean as well as minimum and maximum
current and voltage values
• Operating hours counter
• Mean operating temperature of overload
function
• Limit value monitoring
• Limit values are monitored using pro-
grammable logic in the CFC. Commands
can be derived from this limit value indi-
cation.
• Zero suppression
In a certain range of very low measured
values, the value is set to zero to suppress
interference.

5/168 Siemens SIP · 2004


Communication
In terms of communication, the units offer
substantial flexibility in the context of con-
nection to industrial and power automation
standards. Communication can be extended
or added on thanks to modules for retrofit-
ting on which the common protocols run.
Therefore, also in the future it will be possible
to optimally integrate units into the changing
communication infrastructure, for example
in Ethernet networks (which will also be used
increasingly in the power supply sector in the
years to come).
Serial front interface
There is a serial RS232 interface on the front
of all the units. All of the unit’s functions can
be set on a PC by means of the DIGSI 4 pro-
tection operation program. Commissioning
tools and fault analysis are also built into the
program and are available through this inter-
face.
Rear-mounted interfaces1)
A number of communication modules suit-
able for various applications can be fitted in
the rear of the flush-mounting housing. In
the flush-mounting housing, the modules
can be easily replaced by the user.
The interface modules support the following
applications:
• Time synchronization interface
All units feature a permanently integrated
electrical time synchronization interface.
It can be used to feed timing telegrams in
IRIG-B or DCF77 format into the units
via time synchronization receivers.
• System interface
Communication with a central control
system takes place through this interface.
Radial or ring type station bus topologies
can be configured depending on the cho-
sen interface. Furthermore, the units can
exchange data through this interface via
Ethernet and IEC 61850 protocol and can
also be operated by DIGSI.
• Service interface
The service interface was conceived for re-
mote access to a number of protection
units via DIGSI. On all units, it can be an
electrical RS232/RS85 interface and on
some units it can be an optical interface.
For special applications, on some units a
maximum of two temperature monitor-
ing boxes (RTD-box) can be connected to
this interface as an alternative.
• Additional interface
Up to 2 RTD-boxes can be connected via
this interface.
Siemens SIP · 2004
5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64
System interface protocols (retrofittable)
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
The IEC 60870-5-103 protocol is an interna-
tional standard for the transmission of pro-
tective data and fault recordings. All mes-
sages from the unit and also control
commands can be transferred by means of
published, Siemens-specific extensions to the
protocol.
IEC 61850 protocol2)
As of mid-2004, the Ethernet-based
IEC 61850 protocol will be the worldwide
standard for protection and control systems
used by power supply corporations. Siemens Fig. 5/161
will be one of the first manufacturers to sup- IEC 60870-5-103: Radial fiber-optic connection
port this standard. By means of this protocol,
information can also be exchanged directly
between bay units so as to set up simple mas-
5
terless systems for bay and system interlock-
ing. Access to the units via the Ethernet bus
will also be possible with DIGSI. It will also
be possible to retrieve operating and fault
messages and fault recordings via a browser.
This Web monitor will also provide a few
items of unit-specific information in browser
windows.
PROFIBUS-FMS
PROFIBUS-FMS is an internationally stan-
dardized communication system (EN 50170)
for efficient performance of communication
tasks in the bay area. SIPROTEC 4 units use a
profile specially optimized for protection and
control requirements. DIGSI can also work
on the basis of PROFIBUS-FMS. The units
are linked to a SICAM automation system.
Fig. 5/162
PROFIBUS-DP protocol PROFIBUS: Fiber-optic double ring circuit
PROFIBUS-DP is the most widespread pro-
tocol in industrial automation. Via
PROFIBUS-DP, SIPROTEC units make their
information available to a SIMATIC control-
ler or, in the control direction, receive com-
mands from a central SIMATIC. Measured
values can also be transferred.
MODBUS RTU protocol
This uncomplicated, serial protocol is mainly
used in industry and by power supply corpo-
rations, and is supported by a number of unit
manufacturers. SIPROTEC units function as
MODBUS slaves, making their information
available to a master or receiving information
from it. A time-stamped event list is
available.
1) For units in panel surface-mounting housings Fig. 5/163
please refer to note on page 5/185.
Bus structure for station bus with Ethernet and
2) Version V4.51 and newer. IEC 61850
5/169
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64

Communication

DNP 3.0 protocol

Power supply corporations overseas use the
serial DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network Proto-
col) for the station and network control lev-
els. SIPROTEC units function as DNP slaves,
supplying their information to a master sys-
tem or receiving information from it.

System solutions for protection and station

control
Together with the SICAM power automation
system, SIPROTEC 4 can be used with
PROFIBUS-FMS. Over the low-cost electri-
cal RS485 bus, or interference-free via the
optical double ring, the units exchange infor-
mation with the control system.
5
Units featuring IEC 60870-5-103 interfaces
can be connected to SICAM in parallel via
the RS485 bus or radially by fiber-optic link.
Through this interface, the system is open
for the connection of units of other manu-
facturers (see Fig. 5/161). Fig. 5/164
System solution/communication
Because of the standardized interfaces,
SIPROTEC units can also be integrated into
systems of other manufacturers or in
SIMATIC. Electrical RS485 or optical inter-
faces are available. The optimum physical
data transfer medium can be chosen thanks
to opto-electrical converters. Thus, the
RS485 bus allows low-cost wiring in the
LSP2491.eps

cubicles and an interference-free optical con-

nection to the master can be established.
For IEC 61850, an interoperable system solu-
tion is offered with SICAM PAS. Via the
100 Mbits/s Ethernet bus, the units are linked
with PAS electrically or optically to the sta-
tion PC. The interface is standardized, thus Fig. 5/165
also enabling direct connection of units of Communication module Ethernet,
other manufacturers to the Ethernet bus. electrical, double
With IEC 61850, however, the units can also
be used in other manufacturers’ systems
(see Fig. 5/163).

5/170 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64

Typical connections

n Connection of current
and voltage transformers
Standard connection
For earthed networks, the earth current is
obtained from the phase currents by the
residual current circuit.

Fig. 5/166
Residual current
circuit without direc-
tional element
5

Fig. 5/167
Sensitive earth
current detection
without directional
element

Fig. 5/168
Residual current
circuit with directional
element

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/171

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64

Typical connections

Connection for compensated networks

The figure shows the connection of two
phase-to-earth voltages and the VE voltage of
the open delta winding and a phase-earth
neutral current transformer for the earth
current. This connection maintains maxi-
mum precision for directional earth- fault
detection and must be used in compensated
networks.
Fig. 5/169 shows sensitive directional
earth-fault detection.

Fig. 5/169
Sensitive directional
earth-fault detection
with directional
element for phases
5

Connection for isolated-neutral

or compensated networks only
If directional earth-fault protection is not
used, the connection can be made with only
two phase current transformers. Directional
phase short-circuit protection can be
achieved by using only two primary trans-
formers.

Fig. 5/170
Isolated-neutral
or compensated
networks

Connection for the

synchronization function
The 3-phase system is connected as reference
voltage, i. e. the outgoing voltages as well as a
single-phase voltage, in this case a busbar
voltage, that has to be synchronized.

Fig. 5/171
Measuring of the
busbar voltage and
the outgoing feeder
voltage for synchroni-
zation

5/172 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64

Typical applications

Overview of connection types

Type of network
(Low-resistance) earthed network
(Low-resistance) earthed networks
Isolated or compensated networks
(Low-resistance) earthed networks
Isolated or compensated networks
transformers possible
(Low-resistance) earthed networks
Isolated networks
Compensated networks
Function
Time-overcurrent protection
phase/earth non-directional
Sensitive earth-fault protection
Time-overcurrent protection
phases non-directional
Time-overcurrent protection
phases directional
Time-overcurrent protection
phases directional
Time-overcurrent protection
earth directional
Sensitive earth-fault
protection sin ϕ measurement
Earth-fault protection
cos ϕ measurement
Current connection Voltage connection
Residual circuit, with 3 phase-current -
transformers required, phase-balance
neutral current transformer possible
Phase-balance neutral current -
transformers required
Residual circuit, with 3 or 2 phase- -
current transformers possible
Residual circuit, with 3 phase-current Phase-to-earth connection or
transformers possible phase-to-phase connection
Residual circuit, with 3 or 2 phase- Phase-to-earth connection or
current transformers possible phase-to-phase connection
Residual circuit, with 3 phase-current Phase-to-earth connection required
transformers required, phase-balance
neutral current transformers possible 5
Residual circuit, if earth current 3 times phase-to-earth connection or
> 0.05 IN on secondary side, other- phase-to-earth connection with open
wise phase-balance neutral current delta winding
transformers required
Phase-balance neutral current Phase-to-earth connection with open
transformers required delta winding required

n Application examples The vector group of the transformer can be

considered by setting parameters. Thus no
Synchronization function
external circuits for vector group adaptation
When two subnetworks must be intercon- are required.
nected, the synchronization function moni-
This synchronism function can be applied in
tors whether the subnetworks are synchro-
conjunction with the auto-reclosure function
nous and can be connected without risk of
as well as with the control function CLOSE
losing stability.
commands (local/remote).
As shown in Fig. 5/172, load is being fed from
a generator to a busbar via a transformer. It is
assumed that the frequency difference of the
2 subnetworks is such that the device deter-
mines asynchronous system conditions.
The voltages of the busbar and the feeder
should be the same when the contacts are
made; to ensure this condition the synchro-
nism function must run in the “synchro-
nous/asynchronous switching” mode.
In this mode, the operating time of the CB
can be set within the relay.
Differences between angle and frequency can
then be calculated by the relay while taking
into account the operating time of the CB.
From these differences, the unit derives the
exact time for issuing the CLOSE command Fig. 5/172
under asynchronous conditions.
When the contacts close, the voltages will be
in phase. 1) Synchronization function
2) Auto-reclosure function

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/173

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64

Typical applications

n Connection of circuit-breaker
Undervoltage releases
Undervoltage releases are used for automatic
tripping of high-voltage motors.
Example:
DC supply voltage of control system fails and
manual electric tripping is no longer possi-
ble.
Automatic tripping takes place when voltage
across the coil drops below the trip limit. In
Figure 5/173, tripping occurs due to failure of
DC supply voltage, by automatic opening of
the live status contact upon failure of the
protection unit or by short-circuiting the trip
coil in event of a network fault.
5
Fig. 5/173 Undervoltage release with make contact 50, 51

In Fig. 5/174 tripping is by failure of auxiliary

voltage and by interruption of tripping cir-
cuit in the event of network failure. Upon
failure of the protection unit, the tripping
circuit is also interrupted, since contact held
by internal logic drops back into open posi-
tion.

Fig. 5/174 Undervoltage release with locking contact (trip signal 50 is inverted)

5/174 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64

Typical applications

Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)

One or two binary inputs can be used for
monitoring the circuit-breaker trip coil in-
cluding its incoming cables. An alarm signal
occurs whenever the circuit is interrupted.

Lockout (ANSI 86)

All binary outputs can be stored like LEDs
and reset using the LED reset key. The lock-
out state is also stored in the event of supply
voltage failure. Reclosure can only occur after
the lockout state is reset.

Reverse-power protection for dual supply

(ANSI 32R)
If power is fed to a busbar through two paral- 5
lel infeeds, then in the event of any fault on
Fig. 5/175 Trip circuit supervision with 2 binary inputs
one of the infeeds it should be selectively in-
terrupted. This ensures a continued supply to
the busbar through the remaining infeed. For
this purpose, directional devices are needed
which detect a short-circuit current or a
power flow from the busbar in the direction
of the infeed. The directional time-
overcurrent protection is usually set via the
load current. It cannot be used to deactivate
low-current faults. Reverse-power protection
can be set far below the rated power. This
ensures that it also detects power feedback
into the line in the event of low-current faults
with levels far below the load current.
Reverse-power protection is performed via
the “flexible protection functions” of the
7SJ64.

Fig. 5/176 Reverse-power protection for dual supply

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/175

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64

Technical data

General unit data Binary inputs/indication inputs

Measuring circuits Type 7SJ640 7SJ641 7SJ642 7SJ645
System frequency 50 / 60 Hz (settable) Number (marshallable) 7 15 20 33
Current transformer Voltage range 24 - 250 V DC
Rated current Inom 1 or 5 A (settable) Pickup threshold modifiable
Option: sensitive earth-fault CT IEE < 1.6 A by plug-in jumpers

Power consumption Pickup threshold DC 19 V DC 88 V DC

at Inom = 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA per phase For rated control voltage DC 24/48/60/110/ 110/125/220/250 V
at Inom = 5 A Approx. 0.3 VA per phase 125 V DC DC
for sensitive earth-fault CT at 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA Power consumption 0.9 mA (independent of operating voltage)
Overload capability energized for BI 8…19 / 21…32;
Thermal (effective) 100 x Inom for 1 s 1.8 mA for BI 1…7 / 20/33
30 x Inom for 10 s Binary outputs/command outputs
4 x Inom continuous
Dynamic (impulse current) 250 x Inom (half cycle) Type 7SJ640 7SJ641 7SJ642 7SJ645
Overload capability if equipped with Command/indication relay 5 13 8 11
5 sensitive earth-fault CT
Thermal (effective) 300 A for 1 s
Contacts per command/ 1 NO / form A
indication relay
100 A for 10 s
Live status contact 1 NO / NC (jumper)/form A/B
15 A continuous
Dynamic (impulse current) 750 A (half cycle) Switching capacity Make 1000 W / VA
Voltage transformer Break 30 W / VA / 40 W resistive /
25 W at L/R ≤ 50 ms
Rated voltage Vnom 100 V to 225 V
Switching voltage ≤ 250 V DC
Power consumption at Vnom = 100 V < 0.3 VA per phase
Permissible current 5 A continuous,
Overload capability in voltage path
30 A for 0.5 s making current,
(phase-neutral voltage)
2000 switching cycles
Thermal (effective) 230 V continuous
Power relay (for motor control)
Auxiliary voltage (via integrated converter)
Type 7SJ640 7SJ642 7SJ645
Rated auxiliary voltage Vaux DC 24/48 V 60/125 V 110/250 V
7SJ641
Permissible tolerance DC 19 - 58 V 48 - 150 V 88 - 300 V
Number 0 2 (4) 4 (8)
Ripple voltage, peak-to-peak ≤ 12 % of rated auxiliary voltage
Number of contacts/relay 2 NO / form A
Power consumption 7SJ640 7SJ641 7SJ645
Switching capacity Make 1000 W / VA at 48 V … 250 V / 500 W at 24 V
7SJ642
Break 1000 W / VA at 48 V … 250 V / 500 W at 24 V
Quiescent Approx. 5 W 5W 5W
Energized Approx. 7.5 W 12 W 16 W Switching voltage ≤ 250 V DC
Backup time during ≥ 50 ms at V > 110 V DC Permissible current 5 A continuous,
loss/short-circuit of ≥ 20 ms at V > 24 V DC 30 A for 0.5 s
auxiliary direct voltage
Rated auxiliary voltage Vaux AC 115 / 230 V
Permissible tolerance AC 92 - 132 V / 184 - 265 V
Power consumption 7SJ640 7SJ641 7SJ645
7SJ642
Quiescent Approx. 6.5 W 6.5 W 6.5 W
Energized Approx. 12.5 W 16.5 W 21 W
Backup time during ≥ 200 ms
loss/short-circuit of
auxiliary alternating voltage

5/176 Siemens SIP · 2004


Technical data
Electrical tests
Specification
Standards
Insulation tests
Standards
Voltage test (100 % test)
all circuits except for auxiliary
voltage and RS485/RS232 and
time synchronization
Auxiliary voltage
Communication ports
and time synchronization
Impulse voltage test (type test)
all circuits, except communication
ports and time synchronization,
class III
EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests
Standards
High-frequency test
IEC 60255-22-1, class III
and VDE 0435 Part 303, class III
Electrostatic discharge
IEC 60255-22-2 class IV
and EN 61000-4-2, class IV
Irradiation with radio-frequency
field, non-modulated
IEC 60255-22-3 (Report) class III
Irradiation with radio-frequency
field, amplitude-modulated
IEC 61000-4-3; class III
Irradiation with radio-frequency
field, pulse-modulated
IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204; class III
Fast transient interference/burst 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz;
IEC 60255-22-4 and IEC 61000-4-4, burst length = 15 ms;
class IV repetition rate 300 ms; both polarities;
Ri = 50 Ω; test duration 1 min
High-energy surge voltages
(Surge)
IEC 61000-4-5; class III
Auxiliary voltage
Binary inputs/outputs
Line-conducted HF,
amplitude-modulated
IEC 61000-4-6, class III
Power frequency magnetic field
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV
IEC 60255-6
Oscillatory surge withstand
capability
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1
Siemens SIP · 2004
IEC 60255
ANSI C37.90, C37.90.1, C37.90.2,
UL508
IEC 60255-5; ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0
2.5 kV (r.m.s. value), 50/60 Hz
3.5 kV DC
500 V AC
5 kV (peak value); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 J
3 positive and 3 negative impulses
at intervals of 5 s
IEC 60255-6; IEC 60255-22
(product standard)
EN 50082-2 (generic specification)
DIN 57435 Part 303
2.5 kV (peak value); 1 MHz; τ =15 ms;
400 surges per s; test duration 2 s
8 kV contact discharge;
15 kV air gap discharge;
both polarities; 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω
10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz
10 V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz;
AM 80 %; 1 kHz
10 V/m, 900 MHz; repetition
rate 200 Hz, on duration 50 %
From circuit to circuit: 2 kV; 12 Ω; 9 µF
across contacts: 1 kV; 2 Ω ;18 µF
From circuit to circuit: 2 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF
across contacts: 1 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF
10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz;
AM 80 %; 1 kHz
30 A/m; 50 Hz, continuous
300 A/m; 50 Hz, 3 s
0.5 mT, 50 Hz
2.5 to 3 kV (peak value), 1 to 1.5 MHz
damped wave; 50 surges per s;
duration 2 s, Ri = 150 to 200 Ω
5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64
Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 surges per s
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 both polarities; duration 2 s, Ri = 80 Ω
Radiated electromagnetic 35 V/m1); 25 to 1000 MHz;
interference amplitude and pulse-modulated
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2
Damped wave 2.5 kV (peak value, polarity
IEC 60694 / IEC 61000-4-12 alternating)
100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 and 50 MHz,
Ri = 200 Ω
EMC tests for interference emission; type tests
Standard EN 50081-* (generic specification)
Conducted interferences 150 kHz to 30 MHz
only auxiliary voltage IEC/CISPR 22 Limit class B
Radio interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz
IEC/CISPR 11 Limit class B
Units with a detached operator panel
must be installed in a metal cubicle
to maintain limit class B 5
Mechanical stress tests
Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration
During operation
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
Vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 10 to 60 Hz; +/- 0.075 mm ampli-
IEC 60068-2-6 tude;
60 to 150 Hz; 1 g acceleration
frequency sweep 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes
Shock Semi-sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms;
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in both directions of 3 axes
Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-3, class 1 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude
IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis)
1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude
(vertical axis)
8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
(horizontal axis)
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
(vertical axis)
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
1 cycle in 3 perpendicular axes
During transportation
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
Vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude;
IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz; 2 g acceleration,
frequency sweep 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes
Shock Semi-sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-2, Class 1 Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in both directions of 3 axes
Continuous shock Semi-sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms
IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks in both directions
of 3 axes
5/177
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64
Technical data
Climatic stress tests
Temperatures
Type-tested acc. to IEC 60068-2-1
and -2, test Bd, for 16 h
Temporarily permissible operating
temperature, tested for 96 h
Recommended permanent operat- -5 °C to +55 °C /+25 °F to +131 °F
ing temperature acc. to IEC 60255-6
(Legibility of display may be im-
paired above +55 °C /+131 °F)
– Limiting temperature during
permanent storage
– Limiting temperature during
transport
Humidity
Permissible humidity
It is recommended to arrange the
5 units in such a way that they are not
exposed to direct sunlight or
pronounced temperature changes
that could cause condensation.
Unit design
Type
Housing
Dimensions
Weight in kg
Surface-mounting housing
Flush-mounting housing
Housing for detached
operator panel
Detached operator panel
Degree of protection
acc. to EN 60529
Surface-mounting housing
Flush-mounting housing
Operator safety
5/178
Serial interfaces
Operating interface (front of unit)
-25 °C to +85 °C /-13 °F to +185 °F Connection Non-isolated, RS232; front panel,
9-pin subminiature connector
-20 °C to +70 °C /-4 °F to -158 °F Transmission rate min. 4800 baud, max. 115200 baud
Service/modem interface (rear of unit)
Isolated interface for data transfer Port C: DIGSI 4/modem/RTD-box
Transmission rate Setting as supplied 38400 baud
min. 4800 baud, max. 115200 baud
-25 °C to +55 °C /-13 °F to +131 °F RS232/RS485
-25 °C to +70 °C /-13 °F to +158 °F Connection
For flush-mounting housing/ 9-pin subminiature connector,
surface-mounting housing with mounting location “C”
detached operator panel
Annual average 75 % relative humid- For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing:
ity; on 56 days a year up to 95 % rela- with two-tier terminal at the shielded data cable
tive humidity; condensation not top/bottom part
permissible! Distance RS232 15 m /49.2 ft
Distance RS485 Max. 1 km/3300 ft
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth
7SJ640 7SJ641 7SJ645 Additional interface (rear of unit)
7SJ642 Isolated interface for data transfer Port D: RTD-box
7XP20 Transmission rate Setting as supplied 38400 baud
See dimension drawings, min. 4800 baud, max. 115200 baud
part 16 of this catalog RS485
Housing Housing Housing Connection
width 1/3 width 1/2 width 1/1 For flush-mounting housing/ 9-pin subminiature connector,
8 11 15 surface-mounting housing with mounting location “D”
5 6 10 detached operator panel
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing:
– 8 12 with two-tier terminal at the shielded data cable
– 2.5 2.5 top/bottom part
Distance Max. 1 km/3300 ft
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth
IP 51 Fiber optic
Front: IP 51, rear: IP 20;
IP 2x with cover Connection fiber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for fiber-
optic connection
For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location “D”
surface-mounting housing with
detached operator panel
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing
with two-tier terminal at the
top/bottom part
Optical wavelength 820 nm
Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm
Distance Max. 1.5 km/0.9 miles
Siemens SIP · 2004
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64

Technical data

System interface (rear of unit) Fiber optic

IEC 60870-5-103 protocol Connection fiber-optic cable Integr. ST connector for FO connec-
Isolated interface for data transfer Port B For flush-mounting housing/ tion
to a control center surface-mounting housing with Mounting location “B”
detached operator panel
Transmission rate Setting as supplied: 38400 baud,
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing
min. 4800 baud, max. 38400 baud
with two-tier terminal on the Important: Please refer to footnotes
1)
RS232/RS485 top/bottom part and 2) on page 5/189
Connection Optical wavelength 820 nm
For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location “B” Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm
surface-mounting housing with Distance 500 kB/s 1.6 km/0.99 miles
detached operator panel 1500 kB/s 530 m/0.33 miles
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing:
with two-tier terminal on the shielded data cable MODBUS RTU, ASCII, DNP 3.0
top/bottom part Isolated interface for data transfer Port B
Distance RS232 Max. 15 m/49 ft to a control center
Distance RS485 Max. 1 km/3300 ft Transmission rate Up to 19200 baud
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth RS485
Fiber optic Connection
5
Connection fiber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for fi- For flush-mounting housing/ 9-pin subminiature connector,
ber-optic connection surface-mounting housing with mounting location “B”
For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location “B” detached operator panel
surface-mounting housing with For surface-mounting housing At bottom part of the housing:
detached operator panel with two-tier terminal at the shielded data cable
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing top/bottom part
with two-tier terminal on the Distance Max. 1 km/3300 ft max. 32 units
top/bottom part recommended
Optical wavelength 820 nm Test voltage 500 V AC against earth
Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm Fiber-optic
Distance Max. 1.5 km/0.9 miles Connection fiber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for fiber-optic
IEC 61850 protocol connection
Isolated interface for data transfer: Port B, 100 Base T acc. to IEEE802.3 For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location “B”
- to a control center surface-mounting housing with
- with DIGSI detached operator panel
- between SIPROTEC 4 relays For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing
Transmission rate 100 Mbit with two-tier terminal at the Important: Please refer to footnotes
1)
top/bottom part and 2) on page 5/189
RS485
Optical wavelength 820 nm
Connection Two RJ45 connectors
For flush-mounting housing/ mounting location "B" Permissible path attenuation Max 8 dB. for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm
surface-mounting housing with Distance Max. 1.5 km/0.9 miles
detached operator panel Time synchronization DCF77/IRIG-B signal (Format IRIG-B000)
Distance Max. 20 m / 65.6 ft Connection 9-pin subminiature connector
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth (SUB-D)
PROFIBUS-FMS/DP (terminal with surface-mounting
housing)
Isolated interface for data transfer Port B
to a control center Voltage levels 5 V, 12 V or 24 V (optional)
Transmission rate Up to 1.5 Mbaud
RS485
Connection
For flush-mounting housing/ 9-pin subminiature connector,
surface-mounting housing with mounting location “B”
detached operator panel
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing:
with two-tier terminal on the shielded data cable
top/bottom part
Distance 1000 m/3300 ft ≤ 93.75 kbaud;
500 m/1500 ft ≤ 187.5 kbaud;
200 m/600 ft ≤ 1.5 Mbaud
100 m/300 ft ≤ 12 Mbaud
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth

1) At Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5.

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/179

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64

Technical data

Functions Direction detection

Definite-time overcurrent protection, directional/non-directional For phase faults
(ANSI 50, 50N, 67, 67N) Polarization With cross-polarized voltages;
Operating mode non-directional 3-phase (standard) or 2-phase With voltage memory (memory dura-
phase protection (ANSI 50) (L1 and L3) tion is 2 cycles) for measurement volt-
Setting ranges ages that are too low

Pickup phase elements I>, I>> 0.5 to 175 A or ∞1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Forward range Inductive: angle 45 ° ± 86 °
Pickup earth elements IE>, IE>> 0.25 to 175 A or ∞1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Resistive: angle 0 ° ± 86 °
Capacitive: angle -45 ° ± 86 °
Delay times T 0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Direction sensitivity For one and two-phase faults unlimited;
For three-phase faults dynamically
Times unlimited;
Pickup times (without inrush Steady-state approx. 7 V phase-to-phase
restraint, with inrush restraint
+ 10 ms) For earth faults

Non-directional Directional Polarization With zero-sequence quantities 3V0, 3I0

With twice the setting value
With five times the setting value
5 Dropout times
Dropout ratio
Tolerances
Pickup
Delay times T, TDO
Inverse-time overcurrent protection, directional/non-directional
(ANSI 51, 51N, 67, 67N)
Operating mode non-directional
phase protection (ANSI 51)
Setting ranges
Pickup phase element IP
Pickup earth element IEP
Time multiplier T
(IEC characteristics)
Time multiplier D
(ANSI characteristics)
Trip characteristics
IEC
ANSI
User-defined characteristic
Dropout setting
Without disk emulation
With disk emulation
Tolerances
Pickup/dropout thresholds Ip, IEp 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
Pickup time for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20
Dropout ratio for 0.05 ≤ I/Ip
≤ 0.9
Approx. 30 ms 45 ms or with negative-sequence quantities
Approx. 20 ms 40 ms 3V2, 3I2
Approx. 40 ms Forward range Inductive: angle 45 ° ± 84 °
Resistive: angle 0 ° ± 84 °
Approx. 0.95 for I/Inom ≥ 0.3 Capacitive: angle -45 ° ± 84 °
Direction sensitivity
2 % of setting value or 50 mA1) Zero-sequence quantities 3V0, 3I0 VE ≈ 2.5 V displacement voltage,
1 % or 10 ms measured;
3V0 ≈ 5 V displacement voltage,
calculated
Negative -sequence quantities 3V2 ≈ 5 V negative-sequence voltage;
3-phase (standard) or 2-phase
3V2, 3I2 3I2 ≈ 225 mA negative-sequence cur-
(L1 and L3)
rent1)
Tolerances (phase angle error un-
0.5 to 20 A or ∞ 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
der reference conditions)
0.25 to 20 A or ∞ 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
For phase and earth faults ± 3 ° electrical
0.05 to 3.2 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Inrush blocking
0.05 to 15 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Influenced functions Time-overcurrent elements, I>, IE>, Ip,
IEp (directional, non-directional)
Lower function limit 1.25 A 1)
Normal inverse, very inverse,
extremely inverse, long inverse Upper function limit (setting 1.5 to 125 A 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Inverse, short inverse, long inverse range)
moderately inverse, very inverse, Setting range I2f /I 10 to 45 % (in steps of 1 %)
extremely inverse, definite inverse
Crossblock (IL1, IL2, IL3) ON/OFF
Defined by a maximum of 20 value
Dynamic parameter group
pairs of current and time delay
Controllable function Directional and non-directional
pickup, tripping time
Approx. 1.05 · setting value Ip for
Ip/Inom ≥ 0.3, corresponds to approx. Start criteria Current criteria,
0.95 · pickup threshold CB position via aux. contacts,
Approx. 0.90 · setting value Ip binary input,
auto-reclosure ready
Time control 3 timers
5 % of reference (calculated) value Current criteria Current threshold
+ 2 % current tolerance, respectively (reset on dropping below threshold;
30 ms monitoring with timer)
5 % of reference (calculated) value
+ 2 % current tolerance, respectively
30 ms

1) At Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5.

5/180 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64

Technical data

(Sensitive) earth-fault detection (ANSI 64, 50 Ns, 51Ns, 67Ns) Times

Displacement voltage starting for all types of earth fault (ANSI 64) Pickup times Approx. 60 ms (non-directional)
Approx 80 ms (directional)
Setting ranges
Pickup threshold VE> (measured) 1.8 to 200 V (in steps of 0.1 V) Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 · IEEp
Pickup threshold 3V0> (calcu- 10 to 225 V (in steps of 0.1 V) Dropout ratio Approx. 1.05 · IEEp
lated) Tolerances
Delay time TDelay pickup 0.04 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Pickup threshold IEEp 2 % of setting value or 1 mA
Additional trip delay TVDELAY 0.1 to 40000 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Delay times in linear range 7 % of reference value for 2 ≤ I/IEEp
Times ≤ 20 + 2 % current tolerance, or 70 ms
Pickup time Approx. 60 ms Direction detection for all types of earth-faults (ANSI 67Ns)
Dropout ratio 0.95 or (pickup value -0.6 V) Direction measurement IE and VE measured or
Tolerances 3I0 and 3V0 calculated
Pickup threshold VE (measured) 3 % of setting value or 0.3 V Measuring principle Active/reactive power measurement
Pickup threshold 3V0 (calculated) 3 % of setting value or 3 V
Delay times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Setting ranges
Measuring enable IRelease direct.
Phase detection for earth fault in an unearthed system For sensitive input 0.001 to 1.2 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
Measuring principle Voltage measurement For normal input 0.25 to 150 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
(phase-to-earth) Measuring method cos ϕ and sin ϕ 5
Setting ranges Direction phasor ϕCorrection - 45 ° to + 45 ° (in steps of 0.1 °)
Vph min (earth-fault phase) 10 to 100 V (in steps of 1 V) Dropout delay TReset delay 1 to 60 s (in steps of 1 s)
Angle correction for cable CT
Vph max (unfaulted phases) 10 to 100 V (in steps of 1 V) Angle correction F1, F2 0 ° to 5 ° (in steps of 0.1 °)
Measuring tolerance 3 % of setting value, or 1 V Current value I1, I2
acc. to DIN 57435 part 303 For sensitive input 0.001 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
For normal input 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Earth-fault pickup for all types of earth faults
Tolerances
Definite-time characteristic (ANSI 50Ns)
Pickup measuring enable 2 % of the setting value or 1 mA
Setting ranges Angle tolerance 3°
Pickup threshold IEE>, IEE>>
High-impedance restricted earth-fault protection (ANSI 87N) / single-phase
For sensitive input 0.001 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
overcurrent protection
For normal input 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Delay times T for IEE>, IEE>> 0 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Setting ranges
Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Pickup thresholds I>, I>>
For sensitive input 0.003 to 1.5 A or ∞ (in steps of 0.001 A)
Times
For normal input 0.25 to 175 A1) or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 A)
Pickup times Approx. 60 ms (non-directional)
Delay times TI>, TI>> 0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Approx. 80 ms (directional
Times
Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95
Pickup times
Tolerances Minimum Approx. 20 ms
Pickup threshold IEE>, IEE>> 2 % of setting value or 1 mA Typical Approx. 30 ms
Delay times 1 % of setting value or 20 ms Dropout times Approx. 30 ms
Earth-fault pickup for all types of earth faults Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 for I/Inom ≥ 0.5
Inverse-time characteristic (ANSI 51Ns) Tolerances
User-defined characteristic Defined by a maximum of 20 pairs of Pickup thresholds 3 % of setting value or
current and delay time values 1 % rated current at Inom = 1 or 5 A;
5 % of setting value or
Logarithmic inverse I
t = TIEEpmax − TIEEp ⋅ ln 3 % rated current at Inom = 0.1 A
I EEp Delay times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Setting ranges Intermittent earth-fault protection
Pickup threshold IEEp Setting ranges
For sensitive input 0.001 A to 1.4 A (in steps of 0.001 A) Pickup threshold
For normal input 0.25 to 20 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) For IE IIE> 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
User defined For 3I0 IIE> 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Time multiplier T 0.1 to 4 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) For IEE IIE> 0.005 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
Logarithmic inverse
Time multiplier TIEEp mul 0.05 to 15 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Pickup prolon- TV 0 to 10 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Delay time TIEEp 0.1 to 4 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) gation time
Min time delay TIEEpmin 0 to 32 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Earth-fault accu- Tsum 0 to 100 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Max. time delay TIEEpmax 0 to 32 s (in steps of 0.01 s) mulation time
Reset time for Tres 1 to 600 s (in steps of 1 s)
accumulation
Number of pickups for 2 to 10 (in steps of 1)
Note: Due to the high sensitivity the linear range of the measuring input IN
intermittent earth fault
with integrated sensitive input transformer is from 0.001 A to 1.6 A. For cur-
rents greater than 1.6 A, correct directionality can no longer be guaranteed.
1) For Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5.

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/181

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64

Technical data

Times Setting ranges

Pickup times Dead time 0.01 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Current = 1.25 · pickup value Approx. 30 ms (separate for phase and earth
Current ≥ 2 · pickup value Approx. 22 ms and individual for shots 1 to 4)
Dropout time Approx. 22 ms Blocking duration for manual- 0.5 s to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Tolerances CLOSE detection
Pickup threshold IIE> 3 % of setting value, or 50 mA 1) Blocking duration after 0.5 s to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
reclosure
Times TV, Tsum, Tres 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Blocking duration after 0.01 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49) dynamic blocking
Setting ranges Start-signal monitoring time 0.01 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Factor k 0.1 to 4 (in steps of 0.01) Circuit-breaker supervision 0.1 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
time
Time constant 1 to 999.9 min (in steps of 0.1 min)
Max. delay of dead-time start 0 to 1800 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.1 s)
Warning overtemperature 50 to 100 % with reference
Θalarm/Θtrip to the tripping overtemperature Maximum dead time extension 0.5 to 320 s or ∞(in steps of 0.01 s)
(in steps of 1 %) Operating time 0.01 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Current warning stage Ialarm 0.5 to 20 A (in steps of 0.01 A) The delay times of the following protection function can be altered individ-
5 Extension factor when stopped 1 to 10 with reference to the time con- ually by the ARC for shots 1 to 4
kτ factor stant with the machine running (setting value T = T, non-delayed T = 0, blocking T = ∞):
(in steps of 0.1) I>>, I>, Ip, Idir>>, Idir>, Ipdir
IE>>, IE>, IEp, IEdir>>, IEdir>, IEdir
Rated overtemperature (for Inom) 40 to 200 °C (in steps of 1 °C)
Additional functions Lockout (final trip),
(I / k ⋅ I nom) − ( I pre / k ⋅ I nom )
Tripping characteristic 2 2
delay of dead-time start via binary input
For (I/k · Inom) ≤ 8 t = τ th ⋅ ln
(I / k ⋅ I nom) − 1 (monitored),
2
dead-time extension via binary input
(monitored),
co-ordination with other protection
t =
Tripping time relays,
τth =
Temperature rise time constant circuit-breaker monitoring,
I =
Load current evaluation of the CB contacts
Ipre =
Preload current Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50 BF)
k =
Setting factor acc. to VDE 0435
Part 3011 and IEC 60255-8 Setting ranges
Inom = Rated (nominal) current of the Pickup threshold CB I> 0.2 to 5 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
protection relay Delay time 0.06 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Dropout ratios Times
Θ/ΘTrip Drops out with ΘAlarm Pickup times
Θ/ΘAlarm Approx. 0.99 with internal start is contained in the delay time
I/IAlarm Approx. 0.97 start via control is contained in the delay time
Tolerances with external start is contained in the delay time
With reference to k · Inom Class 5 acc. to IEC 60255-8 Dropout times Approx. 25 ms
With reference to tripping time 5 % +/- 2 s acc. to IEC 60255-8 Tolerances
Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79) Pickup value 2 % of setting value (50 mA)1)
Delay time 1 % or 20 ms
Number of reclosures 0 to 9
Shot 1 to 4 individually adjustable Synchro- and voltage check (ANSI 25)
Program for phase fault Operating modes • Synchro-check
Start-up by Time-overcurrent elements (dir., • Asynchronous/synchronous
non-dir.), negative sequence, binary Additional release conditions • Live-bus / dead line
input • Dead-bus / live-line
Program for earth fault • Dead-bus and dead-line
Start-up by Time-overcurrent elements • Bypassing
(dir., non-dir.), sensitive earth-fault Voltages
protection, binary input
Max. operating voltage Vmax 20 to 140 V (phase-to-phase)
Blocking of ARC Pickup of protection functions, (in steps of 1 V)
three-phase fault detected by a protec- Min. operating voltage Vmin 20 to 125 V (phase-to-phase)
tive element, binary input, (in steps of 1 V)
last TRIP command after the reclosing V< for dead-line / dead-bus 1 to 60 V (phase-to-phase)
cycle is complete (unsuccessful check (in steps of 1 V)
reclosing), V> for live-line / live-bus check 20 to 140 V (phase-to-phase)
TRIP command by the breaker failure (in steps of 1 V)
protection (50BF),
opening the CB without ARC initiation, Primary rated voltage of 0.1 to 800 kV (in steps of 0.01 kV)
external CLOSE command transformer V2nom
Tolerances 2 % of pickup value or 2 V
1) At Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5. Drop-off to pickup ratios approx. 0.9 (V>) or 1.1 (V<)

5/182 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64

Technical data

∆V-measurement Negative-sequence current detection (ANSI 46)

Voltage difference 0.5 to 40 V (phase-to-phase) Definite-time characteristic (ANSI 46-1 and 46-2)
(in steps of 1 V) Setting ranges
Tolerance 1V Pickup current I2>, I2>> 0.5 to 15 A or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 A)
∆f-measurement Delay times 0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
∆f-measurement (f2>f1; f2<f1) 0.01 to 2 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz) Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Tolerance 15 mHz Functional limit All phase currents ≤ 20 A1)
∆α-measurement Times
∆α-measurement 2 ° to 80 ° (in steps of 1 °) Pickup times Approx. 35 ms
(α2>α1; α2>α1) Dropout times Approx. 35 ms
Tolerance 2° Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 for I2 /Inom > 0.3
Max. phase displacement 5 ° for ∆f ≤ 1 Hz Tolerances
10 ° for ∆f > 1 Hz Pickup thresholds 3 % of the setting value or 50 mA1)
Delay times 1 % or 10 ms
Circuit-breaker operating time
Inverse-time characteristic (ANSI 46-TOC)
CB operating time 0.01 to 0.6 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Setting ranges
Threshold ASYN ↔ SYN Pickup current 0.5 to 10 A 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Threshold synchronous / 0.01 to 0.04 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz) Time multiplier T 0.05 to 3.2 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) 5
asynchronous (IEC characteristics)
Time multiplier D 0.5 to 15 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Adaptation
(ANSI characteristics)
Vector group adaptation by angle 0 ° to 360 ° (in steps of 1 °)
Functional limit All phase currents ≤ 20 A 1)
Different voltage 0.5 to 2 (in steps of 0.01)
transformers V1/V2 Trip characteristics
IEC Normal inverse, very inverse, extremely
Times
inverse
Minimum measuring time Approx. 80 ms ANSI Inverse, moderately inverse, very in-
Max. duration TSYN DURATION 0.01 to 1200 s; ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) verse, extremely inverse
Supervision time TSUP VOLTAGE 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.1 s) Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 · I2p setting value
Closing time of CB TCB close 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Dropout
Tolerance of all timers 1 % of setting value or 10 ms IEC and ANSI Approx. 1.05 · I2p setting value,
Measuring values of synchronization function (without disk emulation) which is approx. 0.95 · pickup threshold
ANSI with disk emulation Approx. 0.90 · I2p setting value
Reference voltage V1 In kV primary, in V secondary or in % Vnom
Range 10 to 120 % Vnom Tolerances
Tolerance*) ≤1 % of measured value or 0.5 % of Vnom Pickup threshold 3 % of the setting value or 50 mA1)
Time for 2 ≤ M ≤ 20 5 % of setpoint (calculated)
Voltage to be synchronized V2 In kV primary, in V secondary or in % Vnom +2 % current tolerance, at least 30 ms
Range 10 to 120 % Vnom
Tolerance*) ≤1 % of measured value or 0.5 % of Vnom Flexible protection functions (ANSI 27, 32, 47, 50, 55, 59, 81R)

Frequency of V1 and V2 f1, f2 in Hz Operating modes / measuring

Range fN ± 5 Hz quantities
Tolerance*) 20 mHz 3-phase I, I1, I2, 3I0, V, V1, V2, 3V0, P, Q, cos ϕ
1-phase I, IE, IE sens., V, VE, P, Q, cos ϕ
Voltage difference (V2 – V1) In kV primary, in V secondary or in % Vnom Without fixed phase relation f, df/dt, binary input
Range 10 to 120 % Vnom Pickup when Exceeding or falling below threshold
Tolerance*) ≤1 % of measured value or 0.5 % of Vnom value
Frequency difference (f2 – f1) In mHz Setting ranges
Range fN ± 5 Hz Current I, I1, I2, 3I0, IE 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Tolerance*) 20 mHz Sens. earth curr. IE sens. 0.001 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
Angle difference (α2 – α1) In ° Voltages V, V1, V2, 3V0 1 to 340 V (in steps of 0.1 V)
Range 0 to 180 ° Displacement voltage VE 1 to 200 V (in steps of 0.1 V)
Tolerance*) 0.5 °
Power P, Q 0.5 to 10000 W (in steps of 0.1 W)
Power factor (cos ϕ) - 0.99 to + 0.99 (in steps of 0.01)
Frequency fN = 50 Hz 45.5 to 54.5 Hz (in steps of 0.1 Hz)
fN = 60 Hz 55.5 to 64.5 Hz (in steps of 0.1 Hz)
Rate-of-frequency change df/dt 0.1 to 20 Hz/s (in steps of 0.1 Hz/s)
Pickup delay time 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Trip delay time 0 to 3600 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Dropout delay time 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)

*) With rated frequency.

1) At Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5.

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/183

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64

Technical data

Times Restart inhibit for motors (ANSI 66)

Pickup times Setting ranges
Current, voltage
(phase quantities) Motor starting current relative 1.1 to 10 (in steps of 0.1)
With 2 times the setting value Approx. 30 ms to rated motor current
With 10 times the setting value Approx. 20 ms IMOTOR START/IMotor Nom
Current, voltages Rated motor current IMotor Nom 1 to 6 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
(symmetrical components) Max. permissible starting time 3 to 320 s (in steps of 1 s)
With 2 times the setting value Approx. 40 ms TStart Max
With 10 times the setting value Approx. 30 ms Equilibrium time TEqual 0 to 320 min (in steps of 0.1 min)
Power Minimum inhibit time 0.2 to 120 min (in steps of 0.1 min)
Typical Approx. 90 ms TMIN. INHIBIT TIME
Maximum (low signals and Approx. 350 ms Max. permissible number of 1 to 4 (in steps of 1)
thresholds) warm starts
Power factor 300 to 600 ms Difference between cold and 1 to 2 (in steps of 1)
Frequency Approx. 100 ms warm starts
Rate-of-frequency change Extension k-factor for cooling 0.2 to 100 (in steps of 0.1)
Typical Approx. 220 ms simulations of rotor at zero speed
Maximum 1s kτ at STOP
Extension factor for cooling time 0.2 to 100 (in steps of 0.1)
5 Binary input Approx. 20 ms
constant with motor running
Dropout times kτ RUNNING
Current, voltage (phase < 20 ms
quantities) Restarting limit
nc − 1
Current, voltages (symmetrical < 30 ms Θ restart = Θ rot max perm ⋅
components) nc
Power
Typical < 50 ms Θrestart = Temperature limit below
Maximum < 350 ms which restarting is possi-
Power factor < 300 ms ble
Frequency < 100 ms Θrot max perm = Maximum permissible
Rate-of-frequency change < 200 ms rotor overtemperature
Binary input < 10 ms (= 100 % in operational
measured value
Dropout ratio >- stage 1.01 to 3 (in steps of 0.01)
Θrot/Θrot trip)
Dropout ratio <- stage 0.7 to 0.99 (in steps of 0.01)
nc = Number of permissible
Tolerances start-ups from cold state
Pickup threshold
Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37)
Current 1 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
Current (symmetrical 2 % of setting value or 100 mA1) Signal from the operational Predefined with programmable logic
components) measured values
Voltage 1 % of setting value or 0.1 V Temperature monitoring box (ANSI 38)
Voltage (symmetrical 2 % of setting value or 0.2 V
components) Temperature detectors
Power 1 % of setting value or 0.3 W Connectable boxes 1 or 2
Power factor 2 degrees Number of temperature Max. 6
Frequency 10 mHz detectors per box
Rate-of-frequency change 0.005 Hz/s Type of measuring Pt 100 Ω or Ni 100 Ω or Ni 120 Ω
Times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Mounting identification “Oil” or “Environment” or “Stator” or
Starting time monitoring for motors (ANSI 48) “Bearing” or “Other”
Setting ranges Thresholds for indications
Motor starting current ISTARTUP 2.5 to 80 A1) (in steps of 0.01) For each measuring detector
Pickup threshold IMOTOR START 2 to 50 A1) (in steps of 0.01) Stage 1 -50 °C to 250 °C (in steps of 1 °C)
Permissible starting 1 to 180 s (in steps of 0.1 s) -58 °F to 482 °F (in steps of 1 °F)
time TSTARTUP or ∞ (no indication)
Permissible blocked rotor 0.5 to 120 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.1 s) Stage 2 -50 °C to 250 °C (in steps of 1 °C)
time TLOCKED-ROTOR
-58 °F to 482 °F (in steps of 1 °F)
Tripping time characteristic 2 or ∞ (no indication)
t = 
I STARTUP 
for I > IMOTOR START  ⋅ TSTARTUP
 I 
ISTARTUP = Rated motor starting
current
I = Actual current flowing
TSTARTUP = Tripping time for rated
motor starting current
t = Tripping time in seconds
Dropout ratio IMOTOR START Approx. 0.95
Tolerances
Pickup threshold 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
Delay time 5 % or 30 ms 1) At Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5.

5/184 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64

Technical data

Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27) Frequency protection (ANSI 81)

Operating modes/measuring Number of frequency elements 4
quantities Setting ranges
3-phase Positive-sequence component or Pickup thresholds for fnom = 50 Hz 45.5 to 54.5 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz)
smallest of the phase-to-phase voltages Pickup thresholds for fnom = 60 Hz 55.5 to 64.5 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz)
1-phase Single-phase phase-earth or Delay times 0 to 100 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
phase-phase voltage Undervoltage blocking, with 10 to 150 V (in steps of 1 V)
Setting ranges positive-sequence voltage V1
Pickup thresholds V<, V<< Times
3-phase, phase-earth connec- 10 to 210 V (in steps of 1 V) Pickup times Approx. 80 ms
tion Dropout times Approx. 75 ms
3-phase, phase-phase connec- 10 to 120 V (in steps of 1 V) Dropout
tion ∆f = pickup value - dropout value Approx. 20 mHz
1-phase connection 10 to 120 V (in steps of 1 V) Ratio undervoltage blocking Approx. 1.05
Dropout ratio r 1.01 to 3 (in steps of 0.01) Tolerances
Delay times T 0 to 100 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Pickup thresholds
Current Criteria "Bkr Closed 0.2 to 5 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Frequency 10 mHz
IMIN" Undervoltage blocking 3 % of setting value or 1 V
Dropout threshold r ·V<(<) Max. 130 V for phase-phase voltages Delay times 3 % of the setting value or 10 ms
5
Max. 225 V phase-earth voltages Fault locator (ANSI 21FL)
Times Output of the fault distance In Ω secondary,
Pickup times V<, V<<, V1<, V1<< Approx. 50 ms in km / mile of line length
Dropout times As pickup times
Starting signal Trip command, dropout of a protec-
Tolerances tion element, via binary input
Pickup thresholds 3 % of setting value or 1 V
Times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Setting ranges
Reactance (secondary) 0.001 to 1.9 Ω/km2) (in steps of 0.0001)
Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59) 0.001 to 3 Ω/mile2) (in steps of 0.0001)
Operating modes/measuring Tolerances
quantities Measurement tolerance acc. to 2.5 % fault location, or 0.025 Ω
3-phase Negative-sequence component or VDE 0435, Part 303 for sinusoi- (without intermediate infeed) for
largest of the phase-to-phase voltages dal measurement quantities 30 ° ≤ ϕK ≤ 90 ° and VK/Vnom ≥ 0.1
1-phase Single-phase phase-earth or and IK/Inom ≥ 1
phase-phase voltage
Setting ranges Additional functions
Pickup thresholds V>, V>>
3-phase, phase-earth connec- 40 to 260 V (in steps of 1 V) Operational measured values
tion, largest phase-phase Currents InA(kA)primary, inAsecondaryorin%Inom
voltage IL1, IL2, IL3
3-phase, phase-phase connec- 40 to 150 V (in steps of 1 V) Positive-sequence component I1
tion, largest phase-phase Negative-sequence component I2
voltage IE or 3I0
3-phase, negative-sequence 2 to 150 V (in steps of 1 V)
Range 10 to 200 % Inom
voltage
Tolerance3) 1 % of measured value or 0.5 % Inom
1-phase connection 40 to 150 V (in steps of 1 V)
Phase-to-earth voltages In kV primary, in V secondary or in % Vnom
Dropout ratio r 0.9 to 0.99 (in steps of 0.01)
VL1-E, VL2-E, VL3-E
Delay times T 0 to 100 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Phase-to-phase voltages
Times VL1-L2, VL2-L3, VL3-L1, VSYN,
Pickup times V>, V>> Approx. 50 ms VE or V0
Pickup times V2>, V2>> Approx. 60 ms Positive-sequence component V1
Dropout times As pickup times Negative-sequence component V2
Tolerances Range 10 to 120 % Vnom
Pickup thresholds 3 % of setting value or 1 V Tolerance3) 1 % of measured value or 0.5 % of Vnom
Times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
S, apparent power In kVAr (MVAr or GVAr) primary
and in % of Snom
Range 0 to 120 % Snom
Tolerance3) 2 % of Snom
for V/Vnom and I/Inom = 50 to 120 %
P, active Power With sign, total and phase-segregated in
kW (MW or GW) primary and in % Snom
Range 0 to 120 % Snom
Tolerance3) 3 % of Snom
1) At Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5.
for V/Vnom and I/Inom = 50 to 120 %
2) At Inom = 1 A, all limits multiplied with 5. and cos ϕ = 0.707 to 1 with
3) At rated frequency. Snom = 3 ⋅ Vnom ⋅ I nom

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/185

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64

Technical data

Q, reactive power With sign, total and phase-segregated Min./Max. values for overload pro- Θ/ΘTrip
in kVAr (MVAr or GVAr)primary and tection
in % Snom Min./Max. values for mean values IL1dmd, IL2dmd, IL3dmd
Range 0 to 120 % Snom I1 (positive-sequence component);
Tolerance1) 3 % of Snom Sdmd, Pdmd, Qdmd
for V/Vnom and I/Inom = 50 to 120 % Local measured values monitoring
and sin ϕ = 0.707 to 1 with
Snom = 3 ⋅ Vnom ⋅ I nom Current asymmetry Imax/Imin > balance factor,
for I>Ibalance limit
cos ϕ, power factor (p.f.) Total and phase segregated
Voltage asymmetry Vmax/Vmin > balance factor,
Range - 1 to + 1 for V>Vlim
Tolerance1) 5 % for cos ϕ ≥ 0.707
Current sum |iL1 + iL2 + iL3 + kiE ⋅ iE| > limit value,
Frequency f In Hz with
Range fnom ± 5 Hz I CT PRIM / I earth CT SEC
Tolerance1) 20 mHz k iE = earth
CT PRIM / CT SEC
Temperature overload protection In %
Θ/ΘTrip Current phase sequence Clockwise (ABC) / counter-clockwise
(ACB)
Range 0 to 400 %
5 Tolerance1) 5 % class accuracy per IEC 60255-8 Voltage phase sequence Clockwise (ABC) / counter-clockwise
(ACB)
Temperature restart inhibit In %
ΘL/ΘL Trip Limit value monitoring Predefined limit values, user-defined
expansions via CFC
Range 0 to 400 %
Tolerance1) 5 % class accuracy per IEC 60255-8 Fault recording

Restart threshold ΘRestart/ΘL Trip In % Recording of indications of the last

8 power system faults
Reclose time TReclose In min
Recording of indications of the last
Currents of sensitive ground fault In A (kA) primary and in mA second- 3 power system ground faults
detection (total, real, and reactive ary
current) IEE, IEE real, IEE reactive Time stamping

Range 0 mA to 1600 mA Resolution for event log (opera- 1 ms

Tolerance1) 2 % of measured value or 1 mA tional annunciations)

RTD-box See section "Temperature monitoring Resolution for trip log (fault 1 ms
box" annunciations)

Synchronism and voltage check See section "Synchronism and voltage Maximum time deviation (internal 0.01 %
check" clock)

Long-term averages Battery Lithium battery 3 V/1 Ah,

type CR 1/2 AA, message "Battery
Time window 5, 15, 30 or 60 minuets Fault" for insufficient battery charge
Frequency of updates Adjustable Oscillographic fault recording
Long-term averages Maximum 8 fault records saved,
of currents IL1dmd, IL2dmd, IL3dmd, I1dmd in A (kA) memory maintained by buffer bat-
of real power Pdmd in W (kW, MW) tery in case of loss of power supply
of reactive power Qdmd in VAr (kVAr, MVAr)
of apparent power Sdmd in VAr (kVAr, MVAr) Recording time Total 20 s
Pre-trigger and post-fault recording
Max. / Min. report and memory time adjustable
Report of measured values With date and time Sampling rate for 50 Hz 1 sample/1.25 ms (16 sam/cyc)
Reset, automatic Time of day adjustable (in minutes, Sampling rate for 60 Hz 1 sample/1.04 ms (16 sam/cyc)
0 to 1439 min) Energy/power
Time frame and starting time adjust-
able (in days, 1 to 365 days, and ∞) Meter values for power in kWh (MWh or GWh) and kVARh
Wp, Wq (real and reactive power (MVARh or GVARh)
Reset, manual Using binary input, demand)
using keypad,
via communication Tolerance1) ≤ 5 % for I > 0.5 Inom, V > 0.5 Vnom and
cos ϕ (p.f.) ≥ 0.707
Min./Max. values for current IL1, IL2, IL3,
I1 (positive-sequence component) Statistics

Min./Max. values for voltages VL1-E, VL2-E, VL3-E Saved number of trips Up to 9 digits
V1 (positive-sequence component) Number of automatic reclosing Up to 9 digits
VL1-L2, VL2-L3, VL3-L1 commands (segregated according
Min./Max. values for power S, P, Q, cos ϕ, frequency to 1st and ≥ 2nd cycle)

1) At rated frequency.

5/186 Siemens SIP · 2004


Technical data
Circuit-breaker wear
Methods
Operation
Operating hours counter
Display range
Criterion
Trip circuit monitoring
With one or two binary inputs
Commissioning aids
Phase rotation field check,
Operational measured values,
Circuit-breaker / switching device
test,
Creation of a test measurement
report
Clock
Time synchronization
Setting group switchover of the function parameters
Number of available setting groups 4 (parameter group A, B, C and D)
Switchover performed
Control
Number of switching units
Interlocking
Circuit-breaker signals
Control commands
Programmable controller
Local control
Units with small display
Units with large display
Remote control
Siemens SIP · 2004
5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64
CE conformity
• ΣIx with x = 1 .. 3 This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Commu-
• 2-point method (remaining service nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating to
life) electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC) and
• Σi2t electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (Council
Phase-selective accumulation of mea- Directive 73/23/EEC).
sured values on TRIP command, up to This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
8 digits, phase-selective limit values, man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part 303).
monitoring indication Further applicable standards: ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0 and C37.90.1.
The unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
Up to 7 digits man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part 303).
Overshoot of an adjustable current This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG in
threshold (BkrClosed IMIN) accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directive and
standard EN 60255-6 for the “low-voltage Directive”.
5
DCF77/IRIG-B signal (telegram for-
mat IRIG-B000),
binary input,
communication
Via keypad, DIGSI, system (SCADA)
interface or binary input
Depends on the binary inputs and
outputs
Programmable
Feedback, close, open, intermediate
position
Single command / double command
1, 1 plus 1 common or 2 trip contacts
CFC logic, graphic input tool
Control via menu,
assignment of a function key
Control via menu,
control with control keys
Via communication interfaces,
using a substation automation and
control system
(e.g. SICAM),
DIGSI 4 (e.g. via modem)
5/187
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.e

7SJ64 multifunction protection relay with synchronization 7SJ64¨o – ¨¨¨¨¨ – ¨¨¨¨
Housing, binary inputs and outputs
Housing 1/3 19”, 7 BI, 5 BO, 1 live-status contact,
text display 4 x 20 character (only for 7SJ640)
9th position only with: B, D, E 0 see next page
Housing 1/2 19”, 15 BI, 13 BO (1 NO/NC or 1a/b contact), 1 live-status
contact, graphic display 1
Housing 1/2 19”, 20 BI, 8 BO, 4 (2) power relays, 1 live-status
contact, graphic display 2
Housing 1/1 19”, 33 BI, 11 BO, 8 (4) power relays, 1 live-status
contact, graphic display 5

Measuring inputs (4 x V, 4 x I)
Iph = 1 A, Ie = 1 A (min. = 0.05 A)
Position 15 only with A, C, E, G 1
Iph = 1 A, Ie = sensitive (min. = 0.001 A)
Position 15 only with B, D, F, H 2
Iph = 5 A, Ie = 5 A (min. = 0.25 A)
5 Position 15 only with A, C, E, G 5
Iph = 5 A, Ie = sensitive (min. = 0.001 A)
Position 15 only with B, D, F, H 6
Iph = 5 A, Ie = 1 A (min. = 0.05 A)
Position 15 only with A, C, E, G 7

Rated auxiliary voltage (power supply, binary inputs)

24 to 48 V DC, threshold binary input 19 V DC2) 2
60 to 125 V DC1), threshold binary input 19 V DC2) 4
110 to 250 V DC1), 115 to 230 V AC3), threshold binary input 88 V DC2) 5

Unit version
Surface-mounting housing, plug-in terminals, detached operator panel,
panel mounting in low-voltage housing A
Surface-mounting housing, 2-tier terminals on top/bottom B
Surface-mounting housing, screw-type terminals (direct connection/
ring-type cable lugs), detached operator panel, panel mounting in
low-voltage housing C
Flush-mounting housing, plug-in terminals (2/3 pin connector) D
Flush-mounting housing, screw-type terminals
(direct connection/ring-type cable lugs) E
Surface-mounting housing, screw-type terminals
(direct connection/ring-type cable lugs), without operator panel,
panel mounting in low-voltage housing F
Surface-mounting housing, plug-in terminals,
without operator panel, panel mounting in low-voltage housing G

Region-specific default settings/function versions and language settings

Region DE, 50 Hz, IEC, language: German (language selectable) A
Region World, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: English (GB)
(language selectable) B
Region US, 60 Hz, ANSI, language: English (US)
(language selectable) C
Region FR, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: French
(language selectable) D
Region World, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: Spanish
(language selectable) E

1) Transition between the two auxiliary

voltage ranges can be selected by
means of jumpers.
2) The binary input thresholds can be
selected in two or three stages by
means of jumpers.
3) 230 V AC, starting from unit version.../CC

5/188 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64

Selection and ordering data Description Order No. Order

code
7SJ64 multifunction protection relay with synchronization 7SJ64¨o – ¨¨¨¨¨ – ¨¨¨¨–¨¨¨
System interface (on rear of unit, Port B)
No system interface 0
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, RS232 1 see
following
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, RS485 2 pages
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, 820 nm fiber, ST connector 3
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, RS485 4
1)
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, 820 nm wavelength, single ring, ST connector 5
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, 820 nm wavelength, double ring, ST connector 1) 6
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, RS485 9 L0A
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, 820 nm wavelength, double ring, ST connector 1) 9 L0B
MODBUS, RS485 9 L0D
MODBUS, 820 nm wavelength, ST connector 2) 9 L0E
DNP 3.0, RS485 9 L0G 5
2)
DNP 3.0, 820 nm wavelength, ST connector 9 L0H
5)
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45 connector 9 L0R

Only Port C (service interface)

DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS232 1
DIGSI 4/modem/RTD-box3), electrical RS485 2

Port C and D (service and additional interface) 9 M oo

Port C (service interface)
DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS232 1
DIGSI 4/modem/RTD-box3), electrical RS485 2

Port D (additional interface)

RTD-box3), 820 nm fiber, ST connector 4) A
RTD-box3), electrical RS485 F

Measuring/fault recording
Fault recording 1
Slave pointer, mean values, min/max values, fault recording 3

1) Not with position 9 = “B”; if 9 = “B”, please order 7SJ6 unit with RS485 port and separate fiber-optic converters.
For single ring, please order converter 6GK1502-2CB10, not available with position 9 = “B”.
For double ring, please order converter 6GK1502-3CB10, not available with position 9 = “B”.
The converter requires a 24 V AC power supply (e.g. power supply 7XV5810-0BA00).
2) Not available with position 9 = “B”.
3) Temperature monitoring box 7XV5662-oAD10, refer to “Accessories”.
4) When using the RTD-box at an optical interface, the additional RS485 fiber-optic converter 7XV5650-0oA00 is required.
5) Version V4.51 and newer.

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/189

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7SJ64 multifunction protection relay with synchronization 7SJ64¨o – ¨¨¨¨¨ – ¨¨¨¨
Designation ANSI No. Description
Basic version Control
50/51 Time-overcurrent protection
I>, I>>, Ip, reverse interlocking
50N/51N Earth-fault protection
IE>, IE>>, IEp
50N/51N Insensitive earth-fault protection through
IEE function: IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp1)
50/50N Flexible protection functions (index quantities derived
from current): Additional time-overcurrent protection
stages I>>>, I>>>>, IE>>>, IE>>>>
49 Overload protection (with 2 time constants)
46 Phase balance current protection
(negative-sequence protection)
87N High-impedance restricted earth fault
37 Undercurrent monitoring
47 Phase sequence
59N/64 Displacement voltage
5 50BF Breaker failure protection
74TC Trip circuit supervision
4 setting groups, cold-load pickup
Inrush blocking
86 Lockout F A
n V, P, f 27/59 Under-/overvoltage
81 O/U Under-/overfrequency
27/47/59(N) Flexible protection (index quantities derived from
32/55/81R current and voltages): Voltage, power, p.f.,
rate-of-frequency-change protection F E
n IEF V, P, f 27/59 Under-/overvoltage
81 O/U Under-/overfrequency
27/47/59(N) Flexible protection (index quantities derived from
32/55/81R current and voltages): Voltage, power, p.f.,
rate-of-frequency-change protection
Intermittent earth fault PE
n Dir 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent,
phases and earth F C
n Dir V, P, f 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent,
phases and earth
27/59 Under-/overvoltage
81O/U Under-/overfrequency
27/47/59(N) Flexible protection (index quantities derived from
32/55/81R current and voltages): Voltage, power, p.f.,
rate-of-frequency-change protection F G
n Dir IEF 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent,
phases and earth
Intermittent earth fault PC
Directional Dir 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent,
earth-fault phases and earth
detection 67Ns Directional sensitive earth-fault detection
n F D 2)
Directional Dir IEF 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent,
earth-fault phases and earth
detection 67Ns Directional sensitive earth-fault detection
n Basic
n Intermittent earth fault P D 2)
version included
V, P, f = Voltage, power, frequency
protection
Dir = Directional overcurrent protection
IEF = Intermittent earth fault Continued on next page
1) Only with insensitive earth-current
transformer when position 7 = 1, 5, 7.
2) For isolated/compensated networks
only with sensitive earth-current
transformer when position 7 = 2, 6.

5/190 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7SJ64 multifunction protection relay with synchronization 7SJ64¨o – ¨¨¨¨¨ – ¨¨¨¨
Designation ANSI No. Description
Basic version Control
50/51 Time-overcurrent protection
I>, I>>, Ip, reverse interlocking
50N/51N Earth-fault protection
IE>, IE>>, IEp
50N/51N Insensitive earth-fault
protection via IEE function: IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp1)
50/50N Flexible protection functions (index quantities derived
from current): Additional time-overcurrent protection
stages I>>>, I>>>>, IE>>>, IE>>>>
49 Overload protection (with 2 time constants)
46 Phase balance current protection
(negative-sequence protection)
87N High-impedance restricted earth fault
37 Undercurrent monitoring
47 Phase sequence
59N/64 Displacement voltage
50BF Breaker failure protection 5
74TC Trip circuit supervision
4 setting groups, cold-load pickup
Inrush blocking
86 Lockout
Directional 67Ns Directional sensitive earth-fault detection,
earth-fault
detection
n F B 2)
Directional Motor V, P, f 67Ns Directional sensitive earth-fault detection,
n 48/14 Starting time supervision, locked rotor
66/86 Restart inhibit
27/59 Under-/overvoltage
81O/U Under-/overfrequency
27/47/59(N) Flexible protection (index quantities derived from
32/55/81R current and voltages): Voltage, power, p.f.,
rate-of-frequency-change protection H F 2)
Directional Motor V, P, f 67/67N Direction determination for
earth-fault Dir overcurrent, phases and earth
detection 67Ns Directional sensitive earth-fault detection
48/14 Starting time supervision, locked rotor
66/86 Restart inhibit
27/59 Under-/overvoltage
81O/U Under-/overfrequency
27/47/59(N) Flexible protection (index quantities derived from
32/55/81R current and voltages): Voltage, power, p.f.,
rate-of-frequency-change protection H H 2)
Directional Motor IEF V, P, f 67/67N Direction determination for
earth-fault Dir overcurrent, phases and earth
detection 67Ns Directional sensitive earth-fault detection
n Intermittent earth fault
48/14 Starting time supervision, locked rotor
66/86 Restart inhibit
27/59 Undervoltage/overvoltage
81O/U Underfrequency/overfrequency
27/47/59(N) Flexible protection (index quantities derived from
32/55/81R current and voltages): Voltage, power, p.f.,
n Basic
rate-of-frequency-change protection R H 2)
version included
V, P, f = Voltage, power, frequency
protection
Dir = Directional overcurrent protection
IEF = Intermittent earth fault
1) Only with insensitive earth-current
transformer when position 7 = 1, 5, 7.
2) For isolated/compensated networks
only with sensitive earth-current Continued on next page
transformer when position 7 = 2, 6.

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/191

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7SJ64 multifunction protection relay
with synchronization 7SJ64¨o – ¨¨¨¨¨ – ¨¨¨¨ ¨¨¨¨
Designation ANSI No. Description
Basic version Control
50/51 Time-overcurrent protection
I>, I>>, Ip, reverse interlocking
50N/51N Earth-fault protection
IE>, IE>>, IEp
50N/51N Insensitive earth-fault
protection via IEE function: IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp1)
50/50N Flexible protection functions (index quantities
derived from current): Additional time-overcurrent
protection stages I>>>, I>>>>,
IE>>>, IE>>>>
49 Overload protection (with 2 time constants)
46 Phase balance current protection
(negative-sequence protection)
87N High-impedance restricted earth fault
37 Undercurrent monitoring
5 47 Phase sequence
59N/64 Displacement voltage
50BF Breaker failure protection
74TC Trip circuit supervision
4 setting groups, cold-load pickup
Inrush blocking
86 Lockout
n Motor V, P, f 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent,
Dir phases and earth
48/14 Starting time supervision, locked rotor
66/86 Restart inhibit
27/59 Under-/overvoltage
81O/U Under-/overfrequency
27/47/59(N) Flexible protection (index quantities derived from
32/55/81R current and voltages): Voltage, power, p.f.,
rate-of-frequency-change protection HG
ARC, fault locator, synchronization
Without 0
79 With auto-reclosure 1
21FL With fault locator 2
79, 21FL With auto-reclosure, with fault locator 3
25 With synchronization 4
25, 79, 21FL With synchronization, auto-reclosure,
fault locator 7
ATEX100 Certification
For protection of explosion-protected motos (increased-safety type of protection "e" ZX 9 9

5/192 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64

Accessories Description Order No.

DIGSI 4
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP Professional Edition
Basis Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Demo Demo version on CD-ROM 7XS5401-0AA00
Professional Complete version:
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00

IEC 61850 System configuration tool

Software for configuration of stations with IEC 61850 communication under
DIGSI, running under MS Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP Professional Edition
Optional package for DIGSI 4 Basis or Professional
License for 10 PCs. Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM 7XS5460-0AA00

SIGRA 4 5
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers (Comtrade
format). Running under MS Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP Professional Edition.
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00

Temperature monitoring box

24 to 60 V AC/DC 7XV5662-2AD10
90 to 240 V AC/DC 7XV5662-5AD10

Varistor/Voltage Arrester
Voltage arrester for high-impedance REF protection
125 Vrms; 600 A; 1S/S 256 C53207-A401-D76-1
240 Vrms; 600 A; 1S/S 1088 C53207-A401-D77-1

Connecting cable
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin con.) and protection unit (9-pin connector)
(contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally) 7XV5100-4
Cable between temperature monitoring box and SIPROTEC 4 unit
- length 5 m /16.4 ft 7XV5103-7AA05
- length 25 m /82 ft 7XV5103-7AA25
- length 50 m /164 ft 7XV5103-7AA50

Manual for 7SJ62/63/64, English C53000-G1140-C147-4

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/193

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64

Accessories Description Order No. Size of package Supplier

LSP2289-afp.eps
Terminal safety cover
Voltage/current terminal 18-pole/12-pole C73334-A1-C31-1 1 Siemens
Voltage/current terminal 12-pole/8-pole C73334-A1-C32-1 1 Siemens
Connector 2-pin C73334-A1-C35-1 1 Siemens
Mounting rail
Connector 3-pin C73334-A1-C36-1 1 Siemens
1)
Crimp connector CI2 0.5 to 1 mm2 0-827039-1 4000 AMP
taped on reel
LSP2090-afp.eps

LSP2091-afp.eps

2 1)
Crimp connector CI2 0.5 to 1 mm 0-827396-1 1 AMP
2 1)
Crimp connector: Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm 0-163084-2 1 AMP
Crimp connector: Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm
2
0-163083-7 4000 AMP 1)
2-pin 3-pin
connector connector taped on reel

Crimping tool for Type III+ 0-539635-1 1 AMP 1)

and matching female 0-539668-2 1 AMP 1)
LSP2093-afp.eps

1)
Crimping tool for CI2 0-734372-1 1 AMP
LSP2092-afp.eps

1)
and matching female 1-734387-1 1 AMP
5
Short-circuit links
for current terminals C73334-A1-C33-1 1 Siemens
Short-circuit links Short-circuit links for other terminals C73334-A1-C34-1 1 Siemens
for current termi- for other terminals
nals Mounting rail for 19" rack C73165-A63-D200-1 1 Siemens

Your local Siemens representative can inform you on local suppliers.

1) AMP Deutschland GmbH

Amperestr. 7–11
63225 Langen
Germany
Tel.: +49 6103 709-0
Fax +49 6103 709-223

5/194 Siemens SIP · 2004

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64

Connection diagram

Fig. 5/177
7SJ640 connection diagram

*) For pinout of communication ports

see part 16 of this catalog.
For allocation of terminals of the panel surface mounting version see Manual
(Order No.: C53000-G1140-C147-4) or the Internet (http://www.siprotec.com).

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/195

 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64

Connection diagram

Fig. 5/178
7SJ641 connection diagram

*) For pinout of communication ports

see part 16 of this catalog.
For allocation of terminals of the panel surface mounting version see Manual
(Order No.: C53000-G1140-C147-4) or the Internet (http://www.siprotec.com).

5/196 Siemens SIP · 2004


Connection diagram
Fig. 5/179
7SJ642 connection diagram
*) For pinout of communication ports
see part 16 of this catalog.
For allocation of terminals of the panel surface
mounting version see Manual
(Order No.: C53000-G1140-C147-4) or
the Internet (http://www.siprotec.com).
Siemens SIP · 2004
5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64
1) Power relays are intended to directly control
motorized switches. The power relays are
interlocked so only one relay of each pair
can close at a time, in order to avoid shorting
out the power supply. The power relay pairs
are R6/R7, R8/R9. If used for protection
purposes only one binary output of a pair can
be used.
5/197
 5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64

Connection diagram

*) For pinout of communica-

tion ports see part 16 of
this catalog.
For allocation of terminals
of the panel surface
mounting version see
Manual (Order No.:
C53000-G1140-C147-4)
or the Internet
(http://www.siprotec.com).
1) Power relays are intended
to directly control motor-
ized switches. The power
relays are interlocked so
only one relay of each pair
can close at a time, in or-
der to avoid shorting
out the power supply.
The power relay pairs are
R6/R7, R8/R9, R13/R14,
R15/R16. If used for pro-
tection purposes only one
binary output of a pair can
be used.

Fig. 5/180
7SJ645 connection diagram

5/198 Siemens SIP · 2004

Distance Protection Page

SIPROTEC 4 7SA6 Distance Protection Relay for all Voltage Levels 6/3
SIPROTEC 4 7SA522 Distance Protection Relay for Transmission Lines 6/45
SIPROTEC 7SA513 Distance Protection Relay for Transmission Lines 6/81

6
6

6/2 Siemens SIP · 2004

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA6

SIPROTEC 4 7SA6
Distance Protection Relay for all Voltage Levels
Function overview

Protection functions
• Non-switched distance protection with
6 measuring systems (21/21N)
• High resistance earth-fault protection
for single and three-phase tripping
(50N, 51N, 67N)
• Earth-fault detection in isolated and
resonant-earthed networks
• Tele (pilot) protection (85)
• Fault locator (FL)
• Power-swing detection/tripping (68/68T)
• Phase overcurrent protection (50/51)

LSP2318-afp.tif
• Switch-onto-fault protection (50HS)
• STUB bus overcurrent protection
(50STUB)
Fig. 6/1 • Overvoltage/undervoltage protection
SIPROTEC 4
(59/27)
7SA6 distance protection relay
• Over/underfrequency protection (81O/U)
6
• Auto-reclosure (79)
• Synchro-check (25)
Description • Breaker failure protection (50BF)
The SIPROTEC 4 7SA6 distance protection • Thermal overload protection (49)
relay is a universal device for protection, Control function
control and automation on the basis of the • Commands f. ctrl. of CBs and isolators
SIPROTEC 4 system. Its high level of flexi-
bility makes it suitable to be implemented at Monitoring functions
all voltage levels. With this relay you are ide- • Trip circuit supervision (74TC)
ally equipped for the future: it offers security • Self-supervision of the relay
of investment and also saves on operating • Measured-value supervision
costs.
• Event logging/fault logging
− High-speed tripping time • Oscillographic fault recording
− Low-impedance setpoints to protect also • Switching statistics
very short lines Front design
− Self-setting power swing detection for fre- • Easy operation w. numeric keys
quencies up to 7 Hz • Function keys
− Current transformer saturation detector • LEDs for local alarm
ensures fast tripping and highest distance • PC front port for convenient relay
measurement accuracy setting
− Phase-segregated teleprotection for im-
proved selectivity and availability Communication interfaces
• Front interface for connecting a PC
− Digital relay-to-relay communication by
means of an integrated serial protection • System interface for connecting to a
data interface control system via various protocols
− Adaptive auto-reclosure (ADT) – IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
– PROFIBUS-FMS/-DP
– DNP 3.0
– IEC 618501) Ethernet
• 1 serial protection data interface for
teleprotection
• Rear-side service/modem interface
• Time synchronization via
– IRIG-B or DCF 77 or
1) Available approx. as of mid 2004.
– system interface

Siemens SIP · 2004 6/3

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA6
Application
The distance protection relay 7SA6 is
non-switched incorporating all the addi-
tional functions for protection of overhead
lines and cables at all voltage levels from
5 to 765 kV.
All methods of neutral point connection
(resonant earthing, isolated, solid or
low-resistance earthing) are reliably dealt
with. The unit can issue single or three-pole
TRIP commands as well as CLOSE com-
mands. Consequently both single-pole,
three-pole and multiple auto-reclosure is
possible.
Teleprotection functions as well as
earth-fault protection and sensitive
earth-fault detection are included. Power
swings are detected reliably and
non-selective tripping is prevented. The unit
operates reliably and selectively even under
6 the most difficult network conditions.
Fig. 6/2 Function diagram
6/4
Cost-effective power system management
ANSI Protection functions
The SIPROTEC 4 units are numerical relays 21/21N Distance protection
which also provide control and monitoring
functions and therefore support the user in FL Fault locator
view of a cost-effective power system man- 50N/51N Directional earth-fault protection
agement. The security and reliability of
67N
power supply is increased as a result of min-
imizing the use of hardware. 50/51 Backup overcurrent protection
The local operation has been designed ac- 50 STUB STUB-bus overcurrent stage
cording to ergonomic criteria. Large, easy- 68/68T Power swing detection/tripping
to-read backlit displays are provided.
85/21 Teleprotection for distance protection
The SIPROTEC 4 units have a uniform de- 27WI Weak-infeed protection
sign and a degree of functionality which
represents a whole new level of performance 85/67N Teleprotection for earth-fault protection
in protection and control. If the require- 50HS Switch-onto-fault protection
ments for protection, control or interlock-
50BF Breaker-failure protection
ing change, it is possible in the majority of
cases to implement such changes by means 59/27 Overvoltage/undervoltage protection
of parameterization using DIGSI 4 without 81O/U Over/underfrequency protection
having to change the hardware.
The use of powerful microcontrollers and 25 Synchro-check
the application of digital measured-value 79 Auto-reclosure
conditioning and processing largely sup-
74TC Trip circuit supervision
presses the influence of higher-frequency
transients, harmonics and DC components. 86 Lockout (CLOSE command inter-
locking)
49 Thermal overload protection
IEE Sensitive earth-fault detection
1) Teleprotection schemes can use
conventional signaling or serial
data exchange
Siemens SIP · 2004
 6 Distance Protection / 7SA6

Construction

Connection techniques and housing with

many advantages
1/3, 1/2, 2/3, and 1/1-rack sizes:
These are the available housing widths of
the 7SA6 relays, referred to a 19" module
frame system. This means that previous
models can always be replaced. The height is

LSP2174-afp.tif

LSP2166-afp.tif
a uniform 255 mm for flush-mounting
housings and 266 mm for surface-mounting
housings for all housing widths. All cables
can be connected with or without ring lugs.
Plug-in terminals are available as an option.
It is thus possible to employ prefabricated
cable harnesses. In the case of surface Fig. 6/3 Fig. 6/4
mounting on a panel, the connection termi- Flush-mounting housing Rear view of flush-mounting housing with
with screw-type terminals covered connection terminals and wirings
nals are located above and below in the
form of screw-type terminals. The commu-
nication interfaces are located in a sloped
case at the top and bottom of the housing.
The housing can also be supplied optionally
with a detached operator panel (refer to 6
Fig. 6/5), in order to allow optimum opera-
tion for all types of applications.

LSP2244-afp.eps

Fig. 6/5 Flush-mounting housing with plug-in terminals and detached operator panel
LSP2237-afp.tif
LSP2219-afp.eps

Fig. 6/7
Communication interfaces
in a sloped case in a surface-
mounting housing

Fig. 6/6
Surface-mounting housing with screw-type
terminals

Siemens SIP · 2004 6/5

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA6

Protection functions

Distance protection (ANSI 21, 21N)

The main function of the 7SA6 is a non-
switched distance protection. By parallel
calculation and monitoring of all six imped-
ance loops, a high degree of sensitivity and
selectivity is achieved for all types of fault.
The shortest tripping time is less than one
cycle. All methods of neutral-point connec-
tion (resonant earthing, isolated, solid or
low-resistance earthing) are reliably dealt
with. Single-pole and three-pole tripping is
possible. Overhead lines can be equipped
with or without series capacitor compensa-
tion. Fig. 6/8
Four pickup methods Impedance fault detection Z<
with quadrilateral characteristic
The following pickup methods can be em-
ployed alternatively:
• Overcurrent pickup I>>
6 • Voltage-dependent overcurrent pickup
V/I
• Voltage-dependent and phase angle-
dependent overcurrent pickup V/I/ϕ
• Impedance pickup Z<
Load zone
The pickup mode with quadrilateral imped-
ance pickup (Z<) is fitted with a variable
load zone. In order to guarantee a reliable
discrimination between load operation and
short-circuit (especially on long high loaded
lines), the relay is equipped with a selectable
load encroachment characteristic. Imped-
ances within this load encroachment char-
acteristic prevent the distance zones from
unwanted tripping. Fig. 6/9 Fig. 6/10
Voltage and angle- dependent overcurrent Angle pickup for the V / I / ϕ fault detection
Absolute phase-selectivity fault detection V / I / ϕ
The 7SA6 distance protection incorporates a
well-proven, highly sophisticated phase se-
lection algorithm. The pickup of unfaulted
phases is reliably eliminated. This phase se-
lection algorithm achieves single-pole trip-
ping and correct distance measurement in a
wide application range. Interference to dis-
tance measurement caused by parallel lines
can be compensated by taking the earth cur-
rent of the parallel system into account.
This parallel line compensation can be taken
into account both for distance measure-
ment and for fault locating.

Fig. 6/11
Distance zones with circle
characteristic

6/6 Siemens SIP · 2004

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA6

Protection functions

Six distance zones

Five independent distance zones and one
separate overreach zone are available. Each
distance zone has dedicated time stages,
partially separate for single-phase and
three-phase faults. Earth faults are detected
by monitoring the earth current 3I0 and the
zero-sequence voltage 3V0. The quadrilateral
tripping characteristic allows use of separate
settings for the X and the R directions. Differ-
ent R settings can be employed for earth and
phase faults. This characteristic offers advan-
tages in the case of faults with fault resistance.
For applications to medium-voltage cables

with low line angles, it may be advantageous
to select the distance zones with the optional
circle characteristic.
All the distance protection zones can be set to
forward, reverse or non-directional.
Optimum direction detection
Use of voltages, which are not involved with
the short-circuit loop, and of voltage mem-
ories for determination of the fault direction
ensure that the results are always reliable.
Elimination of interference signals
Digital filters render the unit immune to in-
terference signals contained in the measured
values. In particular, the influence of DC
components, capacitive voltage transform-
ers and frequency changes is considerably
reduced. A special measuring method is em-
ployed in order to assure protection selec-
tivity during saturation of the current
transformers.
Measuring voltage monitoring
Tripping of the distance protection is
blocked automatically in the event of failure
of the measuring voltage, thus preventing
spurious tripping.
The measuring voltage is monitored by the
integrated fuse failure monitor. Distance
protection is blocked if either the fuse fail-
ure monitor or the auxiliary contact of the
voltage transformer protection switch oper-
ates and in this case the EMERGENCY defi-
nite-time overcurrent protection can be
activated.
Fault locator
The integrated fault locator calculates the
fault impedance and the distance-to-fault.
The results are displayed in ohms, kilome-
ters (miles) and in percent of the line length.
Parallel line compensation and load current
compensation for high-resistance faults is
also available.
Fig. 6/12 Power swing current and voltage wave forms
Power swing detection (ANSI 68, 68T)
Dynamic transient reactions, for instance
short-circuits, load fluctuations, auto-
reclosures or switching operations can cause
power swings in the transmission network.
During power swings, large currents along
with small voltages can cause unwanted
tripping of distance protection relays. To
avoid uncontrolled tripping of the distance
protection and to achieve controlled trip-
ping in the event of loss of synchronism, the
7SA6 relay is equipped with an efficient
power swing detection function. Power
swings can be detected under symmetrical
load conditions as well as during single-pole
auto-reclosures.
Tele (pilot) protection for distance protection
(ANSI 85-21)
A teleprotection function is available for fast
clearance of faults up to 100 % of the line
length. The following operating modes may
be selected:
• POTT
• Directional comparison pickup
• Unblocking
• PUTT acceleration with pickup
• PUTT acceleration with Z1B
• Blocking
• Pilot-wire comparison
• Reverse interlocking
• DUTT, direct underreaching zone trans-
fer trip (together with Direct Transfer
Trip function).
LSP2208-afp.tif
The carrier send and receive signals are
available as binary inputs and outputs and 6
can be freely assigned to each physical relay
input or output. At least one channel is re-
quired for each direction.
Common transmission channels are power-
line carrier microwave radio and fiber-
optic links. A serial protection data interface
for direct connection to a digital communi-
cation network or fiber-optic link is avail-
able.
7SA6 also permits the transfer of phase-
selective signals. This feature is particularly
advantageous as it ensures reliable single-
pole tripping, if single-pole faults occur on
different lines. The transmission methods
are suitable also for lines with three ends
(three-terminal lines). Phase-selective trans-
mission is also possible with multi-end ap-
plication, if some user-specific linkages are
implemented by way of the integrated CFC
logic.
During disturbances in the signaling chan-
nel receiver or on the transmission circuit,
the teleprotection function can be blocked
via a binary input signal without losing the
zone selectivity.
The control of the overreach zone Z1B
(zone extension) can be switched over to the
auto-reclosure function.
Transient blocking (current reversal guard)
is provided for all the release and blocking
methods in order to suppress interference
signals during tripping of parallel lines.

Siemens SIP · 2004 6/7

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA6
Protection functions
Under certain conditions on the power sys-
tem it is necessary to execute remote trip-
ping of the circuit-breaker. The 7SA6 relay
is equipped with phase-selective in-
tertripping signal inputs and outputs.
Weak-infeed protection:
echo and/or trip (ANSI 27 WI)
To prevent delayed tripping of permissive
schemes during weak or zero infeed situa-
tions, an echo function is provided.
If no fault detector is picked up at the weak-
infeed end of the line, the signal received
here is returned as echo to allow accelerated
tripping at the strong infeed end of the line.
It is also possible to initiate phase-selective
tripping at the weak-infeed end. A phase-
selective single-pole or three-pole trip is
6 issued if a permissive trip signal (POTT or
Unblocking) is received and if the phase-
earth voltage drops correspondingly. As an
option, the weak infeed logic can be
equipped according to a French specifica-
tion.
Overvoltage protection, undervoltage
protection (ANSI 59, 27)
A voltage rise can occur on long lines that
are operating at no-load or that are only
lightly loaded. The 7SA6 contains a number
of overvoltage measuring elements. Each
measuring element is of two-stage design.
The following measuring elements are avail-
able:
• Phase-to-earth overvoltage
• Phase-to-phase overvoltage
• Zero-sequence overvoltage
The zero-sequence voltage can be
connected to the 4th voltage input or
be derived from the phase voltages.
• Positive-sequence overvoltage of the local
end or calculated for the remote end of
the line (compounding)
• Negative-sequence overvoltage
Tripping by the overvoltage measuring
elements can be effected either at the local
circuit-breaker or at the remote station by
means of a transmitted signal.
The 7SA6 is fitted, in addition, with three
two-stage undervoltage measuring elements:
• Phase-to-earth undervoltage
• Phase-to-phase undervoltage
• Positive-sequence undervoltage
6/8
The undervoltage measuring elements can
be blocked by means of a minimum current
criterion and by means of binary inputs.
Frequency protection (ANSI 81O/U)
Frequency protection can be used for
overfrequency and underfrequency protec-
tion. Unwanted frequency changes in the
network can be detected and the load can be
removed at a specified frequency setting.
Frequency protection can be used over a
wide frequency range (45 to 55, 55 to
65 Hz). There are four elements (selectable
as overfrequency or underfrequency) and
each element can be delayed separately.
Directional earth-fault protection for
high-resistance faults (ANSI 50N, 51N, 67N)
In an earthed network it may happen that
the distance protection´s sensitivity is not
sufficient to detect high-resistance earth 014
.
t= Tp
faults. The 7SA6 protection relay therefore
(I / I p )
0 .02
offers protection functions for faults of this
−1
nature. Fig. 6/13 Normal inverse
The earth-fault protection can be used with
three definite-time stages and one inverse-
time stage (IDMT).
Inverse-time characteristics according to
IEC 60255-3 and ANSI/IEEE are provided
(see “Technical data”). A 4th definite-time
stage can be applied instead of the 1st in-
verse-time stage.
An additional logarithmic inverse-time
characteristic is also available.
The direction decision is determined by the
earth current and the zero-sequence voltage
or by the negative-sequence components V2
and I2. In addition or as an alternative, the
LSP2209-afp.tif
direction can be determined with the earth
current of an earthed power transformer and
the zero-sequence voltage. Dual polarization
applications can therefore be fulfilled. Alter-
natively, the direction can be determined by
evaluation of zero-sequence power. Each
overcurrent stage can be set in forward or re-
verse direction or in both directions
(non-directional).
The function is equipped with special digital Fig. 6/14
Transient earth-fault relay 7SN60
filter algorithms, providing the elimination
of higher harmonics. This feature is particu-
larly important for small zero-sequence
fault currents which usually have a high
content of 3rd and 5th harmonic.
Siemens SIP · 2004

Protection functions
Inrush stabilization and instantaneous
switch-onto-fault tripping can be activated
separately for each stage as well.
Different operating modes can be selected.
The earth-fault protection is suitable for
three-phase and, optionally, for single-
phase tripping by means of a sophisticated
phase selector. It may be blocked during the
dead time of single-pole auto-reclose
cycles or during pickup of the distance pro-
tection.
Tele (pilot) protection for directional
earth-fault protection (ANSI 85-67N)
The directional earth-fault protection can
be combined with the available signaling
methods:
• Directional comparison
• BLOCKING
• UNBLOCKING
The transient blocking function (current re-
versal guard) is also provided in order to
suppress interference signals during tripping
of parallel lines.
The pilot functions for distance protection
and for earth-fault protection can use the
same signaling channel or two separate and
redundant channels.
Backup overcurrent protection
(ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51N)
The 7SA6 provides a backup overcurrent
protection. Two definite-time stages and
one inverse-time stage (IDMTL) are avail-
able, separately for phase currents and for
the earth current. Two operating modes are
selectable. The function can run in parallel
to the distance protection or only during
failure of the voltage in the VT secondary
circuit (emergency operation).
The secondary voltage failure can be de-
tected by the integrated fuse failure monitor
or via a binary input from a VT miniature
circuit-breaker (VT m.c.b. trip).
Inverse-time characteristics according to
IEC 60255-3 and ANSI/IEEE are provided
(see “Technical data”).
Instantaneous high-speed switch-onto-fault
overcurrent protection (ANSI 50HS)
Instantaneous tripping is required when en-
ergizing a faulty line. In the event of large
fault currents, the high-speed switch-onto-
fault overcurrent stage can initiate very fast
three-pole tripping.
Siemens SIP · 2004
With smaller fault currents, instantaneous
tripping after switch-onto-fault is also pos-
sible with the overreach distance zone Z1B
or with pickup.
The switch-onto-fault initiation can be de-
tected via the binary input “manual close”
or automatically via measurement.
Earth-fault detection in systems with a
star-point that is not effectively earthed
In systems with an isolated or resonant
earthed (grounded) star-point, single-phase
earth faults can be detected. The following
functions are integrated for this purpose:
• Detection of an earth fault by monitoring
of the displacement voltage
• Determination of the faulted phase by
measurement of the phase-to-earth volt-
age
• Determination of the earth-fault direction
by highly accurate measurement of the ac-
tive and reactive power components in
the residual earth fault current.
• Alarm or trip output can be selected in the
event of an earth-fault in the forward di-
rection.
• Operation measurement of the active and
reactive component in the residual earth
current during an earth-fault.
Earth-fault direction detection can also be
effected on the basis of the transient
earth-fault principle by interfacing with the
additional unit 7SN60 (see Fig. 6/14). Pro-
cedures for logging, time stamping and
event recording for the network control
system are standardized by the 7SA6.
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
The 7SA6 relay incorporates a two-stage
breaker failure protection to detect failures
of tripping command execution, for exam-
ple, due to a defective circuit-breaker. The
current detection logic is phase-selective
and can therefore also be used in single-pole
tripping schemes. If the fault current is not
interrupted after a settable time delay has
expired, a retrip command or a busbar trip
command will be generated. The breaker
failure protection can be initiated by all in-
tegrated protection functions, as well as by
external devices via binary input signals.
6 Distance Protection / 7SA6
STUB bus overcurrent protection
(ANSI 50(N)-STUB)
The STUB bus overcurrent protection is a
separate definite-time overcurrent stage. It
can be activated via a binary input signaling
that the open line isolator (disconnector) is
open.
Separate settings are available for phase and
earth faults.
Auto-recIosure (ANSI 79)
The 7SA6 relay is equipped with an auto-
reclosure function (AR). The function in-
cludes several operating modes:
• 3-pole auto-reclosure for all types of
faults; different dead times are available
depending on the type of fault
• 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults,
no reclosing for multi-phase faults
• 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults
and for 2-phase faults without earth, no 6
reclosing for multi-phase faults
• 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase and
3-pole auto-reclosure for multi-phase
faults
• 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults
and 2-phase faults without earth and
3-pole auto-reclosure for multi-phase
faults
• Multiple-shot auto-reclosure
• Interaction with an external device for
auto-reclosure via binary inputs and
outputs
• Control of the internal AR function by
external protection
• Interaction with the internal or an
external synchro-check
• Monitoring of the circuit-breaker auxil-
iary contacts
In addition to the above-mentioned operat-
ing modes, several other operating princi-
ples can be employed by means of the
integrated programmable logic (CFC).
6/9
 6 Distance Protection / 7SA6
•Protection functions
Auto-recIosure (cont’d) (ANSI 79)
Integration of auto-reclosure in the feeder
protection allows evaluation of the line-side
voltages. A number of voltage-dependent
supplementary functions are thus available:
• DLC
By means of dead-line check, reclosure is
effected only when the line is deenergized
(prevention of asynchronous breaker clo-
sure).
• ADT
The adaptive dead time is employed only
if auto-reclosure at the remote station was
successful (reduction of stress on equip-
ment).
• RDT
Reduced dead time is employed in con-
junction with auto-reclosure where no
teleprotection method is employed:
6 When faults within the zone extension
but external to the protected line are
switched off for rapid auto-reclosure
(RAR), the RDT function decides on the
basis of measurement of the return volt-
age from the remote station which has not
tripped whether or not to reduce the dead
time.
Synchronism check (ANSI 25)
Where two network sections are switched in
by control command or following a 3-pole
auto-reclosure, it must be ensured that both
network sections are mutually synchronous.
For this purpose a synchro-check function
is provided. After verification of the net-
work synchronism, the function releases the
CLOSE command. Alternatively, reclosing
can be enabled for different criteria, e.g.
checking that the busbar or line is not carry-
ing a voltage (dead line or dead bus).
Fuse failure monitoring and other supervi-
sion functions
The 7SA6 relay provides comprehensive su-
pervision functions covering both hardware
and software. Furthermore, the measured
values are continuously checked for plausi-
bility. Therefore the current and voltage
transformers are also included in this super-
vision system.
If any measured voltage is not present due
to short-circuit or open circuit in the volt-
age transformer secondary circuit, the dis-
tance protection would respond with an
unwanted trip due to this loss of voltage.
1) Available as of mid 2004.
6/10
This secondary voltage interruption can be Analog output 0 to 20 mA
detected by means of the integrated fuse
Some measured values can be output as an-
failure monitor. Immediate blocking of dis-
alog values (0 to 20 mA). On a plug-in
tance protection and switching to the
module (Fig. 6/21) two analog channels are
backup-emergency overcurrent protection
made available. Up to two plug-in modules
is provided for all types of secondary voltage
can be installed in the 7SA6. As an option, 2,
failures.
4 or no analog channels are available (please
Additional measurement supervision refer to the selection and ordering data).
functions are The available measured values can be gath-
ered from the technical data.
• Symmetry of voltages and currents
• Broken-conductor supervision Commissioning and fault event analyzing
• Summation of currents and voltages
Special attention has been paid to commis-
• Phase-sequence supervision. sioning. All binary inputs and outputs can
be displayed and activated directly. This can
Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC) simplify the wiring check significantly for
the user. The operational and fault events
One or two binary inputs for each circuit-
and the fault records are clearly arranged.
breaker pole can be used for monitoring the
For applications with serial protection data
circuit-breaker trip coils including the con-
interface, all currents, voltages and phases
necting cables. An alarm signal is issued
are available via communication link at each
whenever the circuit is interrupted.
local unit, displayed at the front of the unit
with DIGSI 4 or with WEB Monitor1).
Lockout (ANSI 86)
A common time tagging facilitates the com-
Under certain operating conditions it is ad- parison of events and fault records.
visable to block CLOSE commands after a
TRIP command of the relay has been issued. WEB Monitor1) - Internet technology simpli-
Only a manual “RESET” command un- fies visualization
blocks the CLOSE command. The 7SA6 is
In addition to the universal DIGSI 4 operat-
equipped with such an interlocking logic.
ing program, the relay contains a WEB
server that can be accessed via a
Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)
telecommunication link using a browser
For thermal protection of cables and trans- (e.g. Internet Explorer). The advantage of
formers an overload protection with an this solution is to operate the unit with stan-
early-warning stage is provided. The ther- dard software tools and at the same time
mal replica can be generated with the maxi- make use of the Intranet/Internet infra-
mum or mean value of the respective structure. Apart from numeric values,
overtemperatures in the three phases, or graphical displays in particular provide clear
with the overtemperature corresponding to information and a high degree of operating
the maximum phase current. reliability. Of course, it is also possible to
call up detailed measured value displays and
The tripping time characteristics are expo-
annunciation buffers. By emulation of the
nential functions according to IEC 60255-8
integrated unit operation on the PC it is also
and they take account of heat loss due to the
possible to adjust selected settings for com-
load current and the accompanying drop in
missioning purposes.
temperature of the cooling medium. The
previous load is therefore taken into ac-
count in the tripping time with overload. A
settable alarm stage can output a current or
temperature-dependent indication before
the tripping point is reached.
BCD-coded output of fault location
The fault location calculated by the unit can
be output for remote indication in BCD
code. The output of the fault location is
made in percent of the set line length with
3 decimal digits.
Siemens SIP · 2004

Communication
With respect to communication, particular
emphasis is placed on the customer require-
ments in energy automation:
• Every data item is time-stamped at the
source, i.e. where it originates.
• Already during the process of communi-
cation, information is assigned to the
cause thereof (e.g. assignment of the indi-
cation “circuit-breaker TRIP” to the cor-
responding command).
• The communication system automatically
handles the transfer of large data blocks
(e.g. fault recordings or parameter data
files). The user has access to these features
without any additional programming ef-
fort.
• For the safe execution of a control com-
mand the corresponding data telegram is
initially acknowledged by the unit which
will execute the command. After the re-
lease and execution of the command a
feedback signal is generated. At every stage
of the control command execution partic-
ular conditions are checked. If these are
not satisfied, command execution may be
terminated in a controlled manner.
The units offer a high degree of flexibility by
supporting different standards for connec-
tion to industrial and power automation
systems. By means of the communication
modules, on which the protocols run, ex-
change and retrofit is possible. Therefore,
the units will also in future allow for opti-
mal adaptation to changing communication
infrastructure such as the application of
Ethernet networks (which will also be used
increasingly in the power supply sector in
the years to come).
Local PC interface
The serial RS232 PC interface accessible
from the front of the unit permits quick ac-
cess to all parameters and fault event data.
The use of the DIGSI 4 operating program
is particularly advantageous during commis-
sioning.
Service/modem interface
7SA6 units are always fitted with a rear-side
hardwired service interface, optionally as
RS232 or RS485. In addition to the
front-side operator interface, a PC can be con-
nected here either directly or via a modem.
Siemens SIP · 2004
6 Distance Protection / 7SA6
Time synchronization interface
The time synchronization interface is a stan-
dard feature in all units. The supported for-
mats are IRIG-B and DCF77.
Reliable bus architecture
• RS485 bus
With this data transmission via copper
conductors, electromagnetic fault influ-
ences are largely eliminated by the use of
twisted-pair conductors. Upon failure of a
unit, the remaining system continues to
operate without any problem.
• Fiber-optic double ring circuit
The fiber-optic double ring circuit is im-
Fig. 6/15
mune to electromagnetic interference.
IEC 60870-5-103 star-type RS232 copper
Upon failure of a section between two conductor connection or fiber-optic connection
units, the communication system contin-
ues to operate without disturbance. It is
usually impossible to communicate with
a unit that has failed. Should a unit fail,
there is no effect on the communication 6
with the rest of the system.
Retrofitting: Modules for every type of
communication
Communication modules for retrofitting
are available for the entire SIPROTEC 4 unit
range. These ensure that, where different
communication protocols
(IEC 60870-5-103, PROFIBUS, DNP, etc.)
are required, such demands can be met. For
fiber-optic communication, no external
converter is required for SIPROTEC 4.
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
IEC 60870-5-103 is an internationally stan-
dardized protocol for efficient communica- Fig. 6/16
tion with protection relays. Bus structure: Fiber-optic double ring circuit
IEC 60870-5-103 is supported by a number
of protection device manufacturers and is
used world-wide. Supplements for the con- Master control unit
trol function are defined in the manufac-
turer-specific part of this standard.
PROFlBUS-FMS
PROFIBUS-FMS is an internationally
standardized communication protocol
(EN 50170). PROFIBUS is supported inter-
nationally by several hundred manufactur-
ers and has to date been used in more than
1,000,000 applications all over the world.
Connection to a SIMATIC programmable
controller is made on the basis of the data
obtained (e.g. fault recording, fault data,
measured values and control functionality) Fig. 6/17
via the SICAM energy automation system. Bus structure: RS485 copper conductor
connection
6/11
 6 Distance Protection / 7SA6

Communication

LSP2164-afpen.tif
LSP2162-afpen.tif
PROFIBUS-DP
PROFIBUS-DP is an industrial
communications standard and is
supported by a number of PLC and
protection device manufacturers.
DNP 3.0
DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network Pro-
tocol, Version 3) is an internation-
ally recognized protection and bay
Fig. 6/18 Fig. 6/20
unit communication protocol.
Fiber-optic communication module Fiber-optic double ring communication module
SIPROTEC 4 units are Level 1 and
Level 2 compatible.

LSP2163-afpen.tif

LSP2207-afp.tif
IEC 61850 protocol1)
The Ethernet-based IEC 61850 pro-
tocol will be the worldwide stan-
dard for protection and control
systems used by power utilities.
6 Siemens is one of the first manufac-
turers to support this standard. By
means of this protocol, information
can also be exchanged directly be-
tween IEDs. Access to the units via
the Ethernet bus will also be possi- Fig. 6/19 Fig. 6/21
ble with DIGSI. Electrical communication module Output module 0 to 20 mA, 2 channels

Analog outputs 0 to 20 mA
2 or 4 analog output interfaces for
transmission of measured or fault
location values are available for the
7SA6. Two analog output interfaces
are provided in an analog output
module. Up to two analog output
modules can be inserted per unit.

Fig. 6/22
Communication

1) Available approx. as of mid 2004.

6/12 Siemens SIP · 2004


Communication
System solutions for protection and station
control
Together with the SICAM power automa-
tion system, SIPROTEC 4 can be used with
PROFIBUS-FMS. Over the low-cost electri-
cal RS485 bus, or interference-free via the
optical double ring, the units exchange in-
formation with the control system. Units
equipped with IEC 60870-5-103 interfaces
can be connected to SICAM in parallel via
the RS485 bus or connected in star by fi-
ber-optic link. Through this interface, the
system is open for the connection of units of
other manufacturers (see Fig. 6/22).
Because of the standardized interfaces,
SIPROTEC units can also be integrated into
systems of other manufacturers or in
SIMATIC. Electrical RS485 or optical inter-
faces are available. The optimum physical
data transfer medium can be chosen thanks
to opto-electrical converters. Thus, the
RS485 bus allows low-cost wiring in the cu-
bicles and an interference-free optical con-
nection to the master can be established.
For IEC 61850, an interoperable system so-
lution is offered with SICAM PAS. Via the
100 Mbits/s Ethernet bus, the units are
linked with PAS electrically or optically to
the station PC. The interface is standard-
ized, thus also enabling direct connection of
units of other manufacturers to the Ethernet
bus. With IEC 61850, however, the units
can also be used in other manufacturers’
systems. Units with an IEC 60870-5-103 in-
terface are connected with PAS via the
Ethernet station bus by means of se-
rial/Ethernet converters. DIGSI and the
Web monitor can also be used via the same
station bus.
Serial protection data interface
The tele (pilot) protection schemes can be
implemented using digital serial communi-
cation. The 7SA6 is capable of remote relay
communication via direct links or multi-
plexed digital communication networks.
The serial protection data interface has the
following features:
• Fast phase-selective teleprotection signal-
ing for distance protection, optionally
with POTT or PUTT schemes
1) For flush-mounting housing.
2) For surface-mounting housing.
3) For surface-mounting housing the internal
fiber-optic module OMA1 will be delivered
together with an external repeater.
4) Available approx. 10/2004.
Siemens SIP · 2004
• Signaling for directional earth-fault pro-
tection – directional comparison for high
resistance faults in solidly earthed systems
• Echo-function
• Two and three-terminal line applications
can be implemented without additional
logic
• Interclose command transfer with the
auto-reclosure “Adaptive dead time”
(ADT) mode
• Redundant communication path switch
over is possible with the 7SA6 when 2 se-
rial protection data interfaces are installed
• 28 remote signals for fast transfer of
binary signals
• Flexible utilisation of the communication
channels by means of the programmable
CFC logic
• Display of the operational measured val-
ues of the opposite terminal(s) with
phase-angle information relative to a
common reference vector
• Clock synchronization: the clock in only
one of the relays must be synchronized
from an external so called “Absolute Mas-
ter” when using the serial protection data
interface. This relay will then synchronize
the clock of the other (or the two other
relays in 3 terminal applications) via the
protection data interface.
• 7SA522 and 7SA6 can be combined via
the protection data interface.
The communication possibilities are identi-
cal to those for the line differential protec-
tion relays 7SD5 and 7SD610. The following
options are available:
• FO51), OMA12) module: Optical 820 nm,
2 ST connectors, FO cable length up to
1.5 km for link to communication
networks via communication converters
or for direct FO cable connection
• FO61), OMA22) module: Optical 820 nm,
2 ST connectors, FO cable length up to
3.5 km, for direct connection via
multi-mode FO cable
• FO71), OMA32) module: Optical 1300 nm,
2 ST connectors, FO cable length up to
10 km, for direct connection via
mono-mode FO cable
• FO81), OMA42) module: Optical 1300 nm,
2 FC connectors, FO cable length up to
35 km, for direct connection via
mono-mode FO cable
New fiber-optic interfaces, series FO1x4)
• FO171): For direct connection
up to 25 km3), 1300 nm, for mono-mode
fiber 9/125 µm, LC-Duplex connector
6 Distance Protection / 7SA6
• FO181): For direct connection
up to 60 km3) 1300 nm, for mono-mode
fiber 9/125 µm, LC-Duplex connector
• FO191): For direct connection
up to 100 km3) 1550 nm, for mono-mode
fiber 9/125 µm, LC-Duplex connector
The link to a multiplexed communication
network is made by separate communica-
tion converters (7XV5662). These have a fi-
ber-optic interface with 820 nm and ST
connectors to the protection relay. The link
to the communication network is optionally
an electrical X21 or a G703.1 interface.
For operation via copper wire communica-
tion (pilot wires), a modern communica-
tion converter for copper cables is available.
This operates with both the two-wire and
three-wire copper connections which were
used by conventional differential protection
systems before. The communication con-
verter for copper cables is designed for 5 kV
insulation voltage. An additional 20 kV iso- 6
lation transformer can extend the field of
applications of this technique into ranges
with higher insulation voltage requirements.
With SIPROTEC 4 and the communication
converter for copper cables a digital fol-
low-up technique is available for two-wire
protection systems (typical 15 km) and all
three-wire protection systems using existing
copper communication links. Furthermore,
a communication converter is available,
which enables the link to an ISDN connec-
tion via the S0-bus.
Communication data:
• Supported network interfaces G703.1 with
64 kBit/s; X21/RS422 with 64 or 128 or
512 kBit/s
• Max. channel delay time 0.1 ms to 30 ms
(in steps of 0.1 ms)
• Protocol HDLC
• 32-bit CRC-check according to CCITT
and ITU
• Each protection relay possesses a unique
relay address
• Continuous communication link supervi-
sion: Individual faulty data telegrams do
not constitute an immediate danger, if
they occur only sporadically. The statisti-
cal availability, per minute and hour, of
the serial protection data interface can be
displayed.
Figure 6/23 shows four applications for the
serial protection data interface on a two-
terminal line.
6/13
 6 Distance Protection / 7SA6

Communication

Fig. 6/23
Communication topologies for the serial protection data interface on a two-terminal line

1) Available approx. 10/2004.

6/14 Siemens SIP · 2004

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA6

Communication

Three-terminal lines can also be protected

with a tele (pilot) protection scheme by us-
ing SIPROTEC 4 distance protection relays.
The communication topology may then be
a ring or a chain topology, see Fig. 6/24. In a
ring topology a loss of one data connection
is tolerated by the system. The topology is
re-routed in a chain with less than 100 ms.
To reduce communication links and to save
money for communications, a chain topol-
ogy may be generally applied.

Ring topology

Chain topology

Fig. 6/24
Ring or chain communication topology

Siemens SIP · 2004 6/15

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA6

Typical connection

Connection for current and voltage trans-

formers
3 phase current transformers with neutral
point in the line direction, I4 connected as
summation current transformer (=3I0):
Holmgreen circuit
3 voltage transformers, without connection
of the broken (open) delta winding on the
line side; the 3V0 voltage is derived inter-
nally.

Fig. 6/25 Example of connection for current and voltage transformers

Alternative current measurement

6 The 3 phase current transformers are con-
nected in the usual manner. The neutral
point is in line direction. I4 is connected to a
separate neutral core-balance CT, thus per-
mitting a high sensitive 3I0 measurement.
Note: Terminal Q7 of the I4 transformer
must be connected to the terminal of the
core balance CT pointing in the same direc-
tion as the neutral point of the phase cur-
rent transformers (in this case in line
direction). The voltage connection is
effected in accordance with Fig. 6/25, 6/29
or 6/30.

Fig. 6/26 Alternative connection of current transformers for sensitive

earth-current measuring with core-balance current transformers

6/16 Siemens SIP · 2004

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA6

Typical connection

Alternative current connection

3 phase current transformers with neutral
point in the line direction, I4 connected to a
current transformer in the neutral point of
an earthed transformer for directional
earth-fault protection. The voltage connec-
tion is effected in accordance with Fig. 6/25,
6/29 or 6/30.

Fig. 6/27 Alternative connection of current transformers for measuring

neutral current of an earthed power transformer

Alternative current connection

6
3 phase current transformers with neutral
point in the line direction, I4 connected to
summation current of the parallel line for
parallel line compensation on overhead
lines. The voltage connection is effected in
accordance with Fig. 6/25, 6/29 or 6/30.

Fig. 6/28 Alternative connection of current transformers for measuring

the earth current of a parallel line

Siemens SIP · 2004 6/17

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA6

Typical connection

Alternative voltage connection

3 phase voltage transformers, V4 connected
to broken (open) delta winding (Ven) for
additional summation voltage monitoring
and earth-fault directional protection.
The current connection is effected in
accordance with Fig. 6/25, 6/26, 6/27
and 6/28.

Fig. 6/29 Alternative connection of voltage transformers for measuring the

displacement voltage (e-n voltage)

Alternative voltage connection

6
3 phase voltage transformers, V4 connected
to busbar voltage transformer for synchro-
check.
Note: Any phase-to-phase or phase-to-earth
voltage may be employed as the busbar volt-
age. Parameterization is carried out on the
unit. The current connection is effected in
accordance with Fig. 6/25, 6/26, 6/27
and 6/28.

Fig. 6/30 Alternative connection of voltage transformers for measuring the

busbar voltage

6/18 Siemens SIP · 2004

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA6

Technical data

General unit data Output contacts

Analog inputs “Unit ready” contact 1 NC/NO contact1)
Rated frequency 50 or 60 Hz (selectable) (live status contact)

Rated current Inom 1 or 5 A (selectable) Command/indication relay

Quantity
Rated voltage Vnom 80 to 125 V (selectable)
7SA610*-*A/E/J 7 NO contacts, 1 NC/NO contact1)
Power consumption 7SA610*-*B/F/K 5 NO contacts,
With Inom = 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA 7SA6*1*-*A/E/J 14 NO contacts, 2 NC/NO contacts1)
With Inom = 5 A Approx. 0.30 VA 7SA6*1*-*B/F/K 8 NO contacts, 4 power relays2)
For IE, sensitive with 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA 7SA6*2*-*A/E/J 21 NO contacts, 3 NC/NO contacts1)
Voltage inputs ≤ 0.10 VA 7SA6*2*-*B/F/K 28 NO contacts, 4 NC/NO contacts1)
Overload capacity of current circuit 7SA6*2*-*C/G/L 11 NO contacts, 8 power relays2)
(r.m.s.) NO/NC contact
Thermal 500 A for 1 s
Switching capacity
150 A for 10 s
Make 1000 W / VA
Dynamic (peak value) 20 A continuous
Break, high-speed trip outputs 1000 W / VA
1250 A (half cycle)
Break, contacts 30 VA
Earth current Break, contacts (for resistive load) 40 W
Sensitive 300 A for 1 s Break, contacts
100 A for 10 s (for τ = L/R ≤ 50 ms) 25 VA
15 A continuous
Switching voltage 250 V
Dynamic (peak value) 750 A (half cycle)
Thermal overload capacity of volt- 230 V continuous
Permissible total current 30 A for 0.5 seconds 6
5 A continuous
age circuit
Operating time, approx.
Auxiliary voltage
NO contact 8 ms
Rated voltages 24 to 48 V DC NO/NC contact (selectable) 8 ms
60 to 125 V DC Fast NO contact 5 ms
110 to 250 V DC High-speed NO trip outputs < 1 ms
and 115 V AC (50/60 Hz)
Power relay
Permissible tolerance -20 % to +20 % for direct control of disconnector
Superimposed AC voltage ≤ 15 % actuator motors
(peak-to-peak) Switching capacity
Power consumption Make for 48 to 250 V 1000 W/ VA
Quiescent Approx. 5 W Break for 48 to 250 V 1000 W/ VA
Energized Approx. 12 W to 18 W, depending on Make for 24 V 500 W/ VA
design Break for 24 V 500 W/ VA
Bridging time during failure of the Switching voltage 250 V
auxiliary voltage Permissible total current 30 A for 0.5 seconds
For Vaux = 48 V and Vaux ≥ 110 V ≥ 50 ms 5 A continuous
For Vaux = 24 V and Vaux = 60 V ≥ 20 ms
Max. operating time 30 s
Binary inputs
Permissible relative operating time 1%
Quantity
LEDs
7SA610*-*A/E/J 5
7SA610*-*B/F/K 7 Quantity
7SA6*1*-*A/E/J 13 RUN (green) 1
7SA6*1*-*B/F/K 20 ERROR (red) 1
7SA6*2*-*A/E/J 21 LED (red),
7SA6*2*-*B/F/K 29 function can be assigned
7SA6*2*-*C/G/L 33 7SA610 7
Rated voltage range 24 to 250 V, bipolar 7SA6*1/2/3 14
Pickup threshold 17 or 73 or 154 V DC, bipolar
Functions are freely assignable
Minimum pickup voltage 17 or 73 or 154 V DC, bipolar
Ranges are settable by means of (3 operating ranges)
jumpers for each binary input
Maximum permissible voltage 300 V DC
Current consumption, energized Approx. 1.8 mA
Input impulse suppression 220 nF coupling capacitance at 220 V
with a recovery time >60 ms

1) Can be set via jumpers.

2) Each pair of power relays is mechanically
interlocked to prevent simultaneous closing.

Siemens SIP · 2004 6/19

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA6

Technical data

Unit design PROFIBUS fiber-optic

Housing 7XP20 Only for flush-mounting housing ST connector
For surface-mounting housing Optical interface with OLM5)
Dimensions Refer to part 16 f. dimension drawings Baud rate Max. 1.5 Mbaud
Degree of protection acc. to Optical wavelength λ = 820 nm
EN 60529 Permissible attenuation Max. 8 dB for 62.5/125 µm fiber
Surface-mounting housing IP 51 Distance 500 kbit/s 1.6 km 1500 kbit/s 530 m
Flush-mounting housing Protection data interface
Front IP 51
Rear IP 50 Quantity 1
For the terminals IP 20 with terminal cover put on FO51), OMA12): Fiber-optic interface For multi-mode fiber 62.5/125 µm,
Weight with clock recovery for direct con- ST connectors
Flush-mounting 1/3 x 19" 4 kg nection up to 1.5 km or for connec- Permissible fiber attenuation 8 dB
housing 1/2 x 19" 6 kg tion to a communication converter,
2/3 x 19" 8 kg 820 nm
1/1 x 19" 10 kg FO61), OMA22): Fiber-optic interface For multi-mode fiber 62.5/125 µm,
Surface-mounting 1/3 x 19" 6 kg for direct connection up to 3.5 km, ST connectors
housing 1/2 x 19" 11 kg 820 nm Permissible fiber attenuation 16 dB
1/1 x 19" 19 kg FO71), OMA32): Fiber-optic interface For mono-mode fiber 9/125 µm,
for direct connection up to 10 km, ST connectors
Serial interfaces 1300 nm Permissible fiber attenuation 7 dB

Operating interface for DIGSI 4 (front of unit) FO81), OMA42): Fiber-optic interface For mono-mode fiber 9/125 µm,
6 Connection Non-isolated, RS232,
for direct connection up to 35 km, FC connectors
1300 nm Permissible fiber attenuation 18 dB
9-pin subminiature connector
(SUB-D) New fiber-optic interfaces, series FO1x4)

Baud rate 4800 to 115200 baud FO171): for direct connection up to For mono-mode fiber 9/125 µm,
setting as supplied: 38400 baud; 25 km3), 1300 nm LC-Duplex connector
parity 8E1 Permissible fiber attenuation 13 dB

Time synchronization FO181): for direct connection up to For mono-mode fiber 9/125 µm,
60 km3), 1300 nm LC-Duplex connector
DCF77/ IRIG-B signal (format IRIG-B000) Permissible fiber attenuation 29 dB
Connection 9-pin subminiature connector FO191): for direct connection up to For mono-mode fiber 9/125 µm,
(SUB-D) 100 km3), 1550 nm LC-Duplex connector
(terminal with surface-mounting Permissible fiber attenuation 29 dB
housing)
Relay communication equipment
Voltage levels 5 V, 12 V or 24 V (optional)
External communication converter 7XV5662-0AA00 with X21/RS422 or
Service/modem interface for DIGSI 4 / modem / service G703.1 interface
Isolated RS232/RS485 9-pin subminiature connector External communication converter Electrical X21/RS422 or G703.1 inter-
(SUB-D) for linking the optical 820 nm inter- face settable by jumper
Dielectric test 500 V / 50 Hz face of the unit (FO5/OMA1 option Baud rate settable by jumper
Distance for RS232 Max. 15 m with clock recovery) to the
Distance for RS485 Max. 1000 m X21/RS422/G703.1 interface of the
System interface communication network
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol FO interface with 820 nm with clock Max. 1.5 km with 62.5/125 µm multi-
PROFIBUS-FMS recovery mode fiber to protection relay
PROFIBUS-DP Electrical X21/RS422 interface 64/128/512 kbit (settable by jumper)
DNP 3.0 max. 800 m, 15-pin connector to the
IEC 61850 Ethernet communication network
Isolated RS232/RS485 9-pin subminiature connector Electrical G703.1 interface 64 kbit/s max. 800 m, screw-type ter-
(SUB-D) minal to the communication network
Baud rate 4800 to 38400 baud
Dielectric test 500 V / 50 Hz
Distance for RS232 Max. 15 m
Distance for RS485 Max. 1000 m
PROFIBUS RS485
Dielectric test 500 V / 50 Hz
Baud rate Max. 12 Mbaud
Distance 1 km at 93.75 kBd; 100 m at 12 MBd

1) For flush-mounting housing. 5) Conversion with external OLM

2) For surface mounting housing.
3) For surface mounting housing the internal fiber-optic module
OMA1 will be delivered together with an external repeater.
4) Available approx. 10/2004.
For fiber-optic interface please complete order number at 11th position
with 4 (FMS RS485) or 9 and Order Code L0A (DP RS485) and addition-
ally order:
For single ring: SIEMENS OLM 6GK1502-3AB10
For double ring: SIEMENS OLM 6GK1502-4AB10

6/20 Siemens SIP · 2004

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA6

Technical data

External communication converter 7XV5662-0AC00 for pilot wires Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 900 MHz; repetition frequency
External communication converter Typical distance: 15 km max. pulse-modulated 200 Hz; duty cycle 50 %
for linking the optical 820 nm inter- IEC 61000-4-3/ ENV 50204, class III
face of the unit (FO5/OMA1 option Fast transient disturbance/bursts 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz;
with clock recovery) to pilot wires. IEC 60255-22-4 and burst length = 15 ms;
FO interface for 820 nm with clock IEC 61000-4-4, class IV repetition rate 300 ms; both polarities;
recovery Max. 1.5 km with 62.5/125 µm multi- Ri = 50 Ω; test duration 1 min
mode fiber to protection relay, 128 kbit High-energy surge voltages Impulse: 1.2/50 µs
Electrical interface to pilot wires 5 kV-isolated (SURGE),
IEC 61000-4-5 installation class III
External communication converter 7XV5662-0AB00 for ISDN connections Auxiliary supply Common (longitudinal) mode: 2 kV;
External communication converter 12 Ω; 9 µF
to interface between relays optical Differential (transversal) mode:1 kV;
820 nm interf. and ISDN telep. line 2 Ω; 18 µF
Input: fiber-optic 820 nm Max. 1.5 km with 62.5/125 µm Measurement inputs, binary inputs, Common (longitudinal) mode:
with clock recovery multi-mode FO cable to device side binary output relays 2 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF
Output: ISDN electrical interface 64/128 kbit (selectable by jumper) Differential (transversal) mode:
max. 800 m, 15-pin connector 1 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF
Permissible time delay (duration of data transmission) Line-conducted HF, amplitude- 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 % AM;
Delay of telegrams due to transmis- Max. 30 ms per transmission path modulated, IEC 61000-4-6, class III 1 kHz
sion for one unit to the other. Permissible max. value can be selected Magnetic field with power fre- 30 A/m continuous; 300 A/m for 3 s;
Delay constantly measured/adjusted quency IEC 61000-4-8, class IV; 50 Hz
IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT; 50 Hz 6
Oscillatory surge withstand capabil- 2.5 to 3 kV (peak); 1 to 1.5 MHz
Electrical tests
ity, ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 damped wave; 50 surges per second,
Specifications duration 2 s, Ri = 150 to 200 Ω
Standards IEC 60255 (product standards) Fast transient surge withstand capa- 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 surges per
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0/.1/.2; UL 508 bility, ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 second; both polarities; duration 2 s;
DIN 57435 Part 303 Ri = 80 Ω
Further standards see “Individual tests”
Radiated electromagnetic interfer- 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz,
Insulation tests ence ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2 amplitude and pulse-modulated
Standards IEC 60255–5 and 60870-2-1 Damped oscillation 2.5 kV (peak value); polarity alternating
Voltage test (100 % test) IEC 60694, IEC 61000-4-12 100 kHz; 1 MHz; 10 and 50 MHz; Ri =
200 Ω
All circuits except for auxiliary 2.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz
supply, binary inputs, EMC tests for interference emission; type test
communication and time Standard EN 50081-* (generic standard)
synchronization interfaces Conducted interference voltage on 150 kHz to 30 MHz
Auxiliary voltage and binary 3.5 kV DC lines, only auxiliary voltage Limit class B
inputs (100 % test) IEC-CISPR 22
RS485/RS232 rear side communi- 500 V (r.m.s.), 50 Hz Radio interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz
cation interfaces and time syn- IEC-CISPR 22 Limit class B
chronization interface Mechanical stress test
(100 % test)
Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration
Impulse voltage test (type test)
During operation
All circuits except for communi- 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 J,
cation interfaces and time 3 positive and 3 negative impulses in Standards IEC 60255–21 and IEC 60068–2
synchronization interface, class III intervals of 5 s Vibration Sinusoidal
EMC tests for noise immunity; type tests IEC 60255–21–1, class 2 10 to 60 Hz: ± 0.075 mm amplitude;
IEC 60068–2–6 60 to 150 Hz: 1 g acceleration
Standards IEC 60255-6/-22 (product standard) frequency sweep 1 octave/min
EN 50082-2 (generic standard), 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
DIN 57435 Part 303
Shock Half-sinusoidal
High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; τ = 15 ms; IEC 60255–21–2, class 1 Acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms,
IEC 60255-22-1 class III and 400 surges per s; test duration 2 s IEC 60068–2–27 3 shocks on each of the 3 axes in both
DIN 57435 Part 303, class III directions
Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge; 15 kV air Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-22-2 class IV discharge; both polarities; 150 pF; IEC 60255–21–2, class 1 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude
and EN 61000-4-2, class IV Ri = 330 Ω IEC 60068–3–3 (horizontal axis)
Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz 1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude
non-modulated (vertical axis)
IEC 60255-22-3 (report) class III 8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
(horizontal axis)
Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz; 80 % AM; 8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
amplitude-modulated 1 kHz (vertical axis)
IEC 61000-4-3, class III Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes

Siemens SIP · 2004 6/21

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA6
Technical data
During transport
Standards
Vibration
IEC 60255–21–1, class 2
IEC 60068–2–6
Shock
IEC 60255–21–2, class 1
IEC 60068–2–27
Continuous shock
IEC 60255–21–2, class 1
IEC 60068–2–29
Climatic stress tests
Temperatures
Type-tested acc. to IEC 60068-2-1
and -2, test Bd, for 16 h
6 Temporarily permissible operating
temperature, tested for 96 h
(Legibility of display may be im-
paired above +55 °C / +131 °F)
Recommended permanent operat- -5 °C to +55 °C / +25 °F to +131 °F
ing temperature acc. to IEC 60255-6
– Limiting temperature during
permanent storage
– Limiting temperature during
transport
Humidity
Permissible humidity stress:
It is recommended to arrange the
units in such a way that they are not
exposed to direct sunlight or pro-
nounced temperature changes that
could cause condensation.
Functions
Distance protection (ANSI 21, 21N)
Types of pickup
Types of tripping
Characteristic
Distance protection zones
Timer stages for tripping delay
Setting range
6/22
IEC 60255–21 and IEC 60068–2
Sinusoidal
5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude;
8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Half-sinusoidal
Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms,
3 shocks on each of the 3 axes in both
directions
Half-sinusoidal
Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms,
1000 shocks on each of the 3 axes in
both directions
-25 °C to +85 °C / -13 °F to +185 °F
-20 °C to +70 °C / -4 °F to +158 °F
-25 °C to +55 °C / -13 °F to 131 °F
-25 °C to +70 °C / -13 °F to +158 °F
Annual average on ≤ 75 % relative
humidity; on 56 days in the year up to
93 % relative humidity; condensation
is not permitted.
Overcurrent pickup (I>);
Voltage-dependent overcurrent
pickup (V< / I>);
Voltage-dependent and phase an-
gle-dependent overcurrent pickup
(V< / I> / ϕ>);
Impedance pickup (Z<)
Three-pole for all types of faults;
Single-pole for single-phase faults /
otherwise three-pole;
Single-pole for single-phase faults and
two-pole phase-to-phase faults /
otherwise three-pole
Quadrilateral or circle
6, 1 of which as controlled zone
All zones can be set to forward, re-
verse, non-directional or inactive
6 for multi-phase faults
3 for single-phase faults
0 to 30 s or deactivated (steps 0.01 s)
Zone setting X
(for distance zones and Z< starting) (step 0.01 Ω)
Resistance setting
(for distance zones and Z< starting)
Phase-to-phase faults and
phase-to-earth faults
Line angle
Inclination angle for
quadrilateral characteristic
Overcurrent pickup I>>
(for I>>, V</I>, V</I>/ϕ>)
Minimum current pickup I>
(for V</I>, V</I>/ϕ> and Z<)
Minimum current pickup Iϕ>
(for V</I>, V</I>/ϕ>)
Undervoltage pickup (for V</I>
and V</I>/ϕ>)
VPH-e<
VPH-PH<
Load angle pickup (for V</I>/ϕ>)
Load angle ϕ 30 ° to 80 °
Load angle ϕ 90 ° to 120 °
Load zone (for Z<)
Load angle
Resistance
Earth-fault detection
Earth current 3I0>
Zero-sequence voltage 3V0>
for earthed networks
for resonant-earthed networks
Earth impedance matching
Parameter formats
Separately settable for
RE/RL and XE/XL
k0 and ϕ (k0)
Parallel line matching
RM/RL and XM/XL
Phase preference on double
earth-faults in resonant-earthed /
non-earthed networks
Direction decision for all types of
faults
Direction sensitivity
Times
Shortest trip time
(measured at the fast relay;
refer to the terminal
connection diagram)
Shortest trip time (measured at
the high-speed trip outputs)
Reset time
0.05 to 600 Ω (1A) / 0.01 to 120 Ω (5A)
0.05 to 600 Ω (1A) / 0.01 to 120 Ω (5A)
(step 0.01 Ω)
30 ° to 89 °
R reach of distance zones runs parallel
to the line angle setting
30° to 90° (step 1°)
0.25 to 10 A (1A) / 1.25 to 50 A (5A)
(step 0.01 A)
0.05 to 4 A (1A) / 0.25 to 20 A (5A)
(step 0.01 A)
0.1 to 8 A (1A) / 0.5 to 40 A (5A)
(step 0.01 A)
20 to 70 V (step 1 V)
40 to 130 V (step 1 V)
Impedances within the load zone do
not cause pickup in pickup mode Z<;
Load zones for phase-to-phase and
phase-to-earth faults can be set sepa-
rately
20 ° to 60 °
0.1 to 600 Ω (1A) / 0.02 to 120 Ω (5A)
0.05 to 4 A (1A) / 0.25 A to 20 A (5A)
(step 0.01 A)
1 to 100 V (step 1 V) or deactivated
10 to 200 V (step 1 V)
RE/RL and XE/XL or k0 and ϕ (k0)
Distance protection zone Z1 and
higher distance zones (Z1B, Z2 to Z5)
-0.33 to +7.00 (step 0.01)
0 to 4 (step 0.01) and - 135 ° to 135 °
(step 0.01 °)
For parallel compensation
0 to 8 (step 0.01)
Phase preference or no preference
(selectable)
With fault-free voltages and/or volt-
age memory
Dynamically unlimited
Approx. 17 ms for fN = 50 Hz
Approx. 15 ms for fN = 60 Hz
Approx. 12 ms at 50 Hz
Approx. 10 ms at 60 Hz
Approx. 30 ms
Siemens SIP · 2004
 6 Distance Protection / 7SA6

Technical data

Tolerances For sinusoidal measured variables Direct transfer trip (DTT)

Response values (in conformity Direct phase-selective tripping via Alternatively with or without
with DIN 57435, Part 303) binary input auto-reclosure
V and I ≤ 5 % of setting value Trip time delay 0 to 30 s (step 0.01 s)
Angle (ϕ) ≤3°
Timer tolerance 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
∆X Power swing detection (ANSI 68, 68T)
Impedances ≤ 5 % for 30 ° ≤ ϕSC ≤ 90 °
(in conformity with DIN 57435, X
Power swing detection principle Measurement of the rate of change of
Part 303) ∆R the impedance vector and monitoring
≤ 5 % for 0 ° ≤ ϕSC ≤ 60 °
R of the vector path
Max. detectable power swing fre- Approx. 7 Hz
Time stages 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
quency
Fault locator
Operating modes Power swing blocking and/or
Output of the distance to fault X, R (secondary) in Ω power swing tripping for out-of-step
X, R (primary) in Ω conditions
Distance in kilometers or in % of line
Power swing blocking programs All zones blocked; Z1/Z1B blocked;
length
Z2 to Z5 blocked; Z1, Z1B, Z2
Start of calculation With trip, with reset of pickup, with blocked
binary input
Detection of faults during power Reset of power swing blocking for all
Reactance per unit length 0.005 to 6.5 Ω/km(1A) / 0.001 to swing blocking types of faults
1.3 Ω/km(5A)
Backup overcurrent protection (ANSI 50 (N), 51 (N))
(step 0.0001 Ω/km) 6
Operating modes Active only with loss of VT secondary
Tolerance For sinusoidal quantities
circuit or always active
≤ 2.5 % line length for
30 ° ≤ ϕSC ≤ 90 ° and VSC/Vnom > 0.1 Characteristic 2 definite-time stages / 1 inverse-time
stage
BCD-coded output of fault location
Instantaneous trip after Selectable for every stage
Indicated value Fault location in % of the line length
switch-onto-fault
Output signals Max. 10:
Definite-time stage (ANSI 50, 50N)
d[1 %], d[2 %], d[4 %], d[8 %],
d[10 %], d[20 %], d[40 %], d[80 %], Phase current pickup IPH>> 0.1 to 25 A (1A) / 0.5 to 125 A (5A)
d[100 %], d[release] (step 0.01 A)
Indication range 0 % to 195 % Earth current pickup 3I0>> 0.05 to 25 A (1A) / 0.25 to 125 A (5A)
(step 0.01 A)
Tele (pilot) protection for distance protection (ANSI 85-21)
Phase current pickup IPH> 0.1 to 25 A (1A) / 0.5 to 125 A (5A)
Modes of operation PUTT (Z1B acceleration); DUTT
(step 0.01 A)
PUTT (acceleration with pickup);
POTT; Directional comparison; Earth current pickup 3I0> 0.05 to 25 A (1A) / 0.25 to 125 A (5A)
Reverse interlocking (step 0.01 A)
Pilot-wire comparison; Unblocking; Time delay 0 to 30 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated
Blocking
Tolerances
Additional functions Echo function Current pickup ≤ 3 % of setting value or 1 % IN
(refer to weak-infeed function) Delay times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Transient blocking for schemes with
measuring range extension Operating time Approx. 25 ms
Transmission and reception signals Phase-selective signals available for
maximum selectivity with single-pole
tripping; signals for 2- and 3-end-
lines
Weak-infeed protection (ANSI 27-WI)
Operating modes with carrier (sig- Echo
nal) reception and no fault detection Echo and trip with undervoltage
Undervoltage phase-earth 2 to 70 V (step 1 V)
Time delay 0 to 30 s (step 0.01 s)
Echo impulse 0 to 30 s (step 0.01 s)
Tolerances
Voltage threshold ≤ 5 % of setting value or 0.5 V
Timer 1 % of setting value or 10 ms

Siemens SIP · 2004 6/23

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA6
Technical data
Inverse-time stage (ANSI 51, 51N)
Phase current pickup IP 0.1 to 4 A (1A) / 0.5 to 20 A (5A)
(step 0.01 A)
Earth current pickup 3I0P 0.05 to 4 A (1A) / 0.25 to 20 A (5A)
(step 0.01 A)
Tripping time characteristics acc. to Normal inverse; very inverse;
IEC 60255-3 extremely inverse; long time inverse
Tripping time characteristics acc. to Inverse; short inverse; long inverse;
ANSI/IEEE moderately inverse; very inverse;
(not for DE region, see selection and extremely inverse; definite inverse
ordering data 10th position)
Time multiplier for IEC charac. T Tp = 0.05 to 3 s (step 0.01 s)
Time multiplier for ANSI charac. D DIP = 0.5 to 15 s (step 0.01 s)
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 I/Ip (ANSI: I/Ip = M )
Reset threshold Approx. 1.05 x I/Ip (ANSI: I/Ip = M )
Tolerances
Operating time for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 ≤ 5 % of setpoint ± 15 ms
Directional earth-fault overcurrent protection
for high-resistance faults in systems with earthed star point
(ANSI 50N, 51N, 67N)
6 ANSI/IEEE tripping characteristic
Characteristic 3 definite-time stages / 1 inverse-time
stage or 4 definite-time stages or
3 definite-time stages / 1 V0invers. stage
Phase selector Permits 1-pole tripping for single-
phase faults or 3-pole tripping for
multi-phase faults
Inrush restraint Selectable for every stage
Instantaneous trip after Selectable for every stage
switch-onto-fault
Influence of harmonics
Stages 1 and 2 (I>>> and I>>) 3rd and higher harmonics are com-
pletely suppressed by digital filtering
Stages 3 and 4 2nd and higher harmonics are com-
(I> and inverse 4th stage) pletely suppressed by digital filtering
Definite-time stage (ANSI 50N)
Pickup value 3I0>>> 0.5 to 25 A (1A) / 2.5 to 125 A (5A)
(step 0.01 A)
Pickup value 3I0>> 0.2 to 25 A (1A) / 1 to 125 A (5A)
(step 0.01 A)
Pickup value 3I0> 0.05 to 25 A (1A) / 0.25 to 125 A (5A)
(step 0.01 A)
Neutral (residual) current trans-
former with normal sensitivity
(refer to ordering data, position 7);
0.003 to 25 A (1A) / 0.015 to 125 A (5A)
(step 0.001 A)
Neutral (residual) current trans-
former with high sensitivity (refer to
ordering data, position 7)
Pickup value 3I0, 4th stage 0.05 to 25 A (1A) / 0.25 to 125 A (5A)
(step 0.01 A)
Neutral (residual) current trans-
former with normal sensitivity (refer
to ordering data, position 7);
0.003 to 25 A (1A) / 0.015 to 125 A (5A)
(step 0.001 A)
Neutral (residual) current trans-
former with high sensitivity (refer to
ordering data, position 7)
6/24
Time delay for definite-time stages 0 to 30 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated
Tolerances
Current pickup ≤ 3 % of setting value or 1 % Inom
Delay times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Command / pickup times 3I0>>> Approx. 30 ms
and 3I0>>
Command / pickup times 3I0> and Approx. 40 ms
3I0, 4th stage
Inverse-time stage (ANSI 51N)
Earth-current pickup 3I0P 0.05 to 4 A (1A) / 0.25 to 20 A (5A)
(step 0.01 A)
Neutral (residual) current trans-
former with normal sensitivity
(refer to ordering data, position 7)
0.003 to 4 A (1A) / 0.015 to 20 A (5A)
(step 0.001 A)
Neutral (residual) current trans-
former with high sensitivity (refer to
ordering data, position 7)
Tripping characteristics acc. to Normal inverse; very inverse;
IEC 60255-3 extremely inverse; long time
Inverse; short inverse; long inverse;
(not for region DE, see selection and moderately inverse; very inverse;
ordering data, position 10) extremely inverse; definite inverse
Inverse logarithmic tripping charac- 3I 0
teristics (not for regions DE and US, t = T3 I 0 Pmax − T3 I 0 P ln
see selection and ordering data, 3 I 0p
position 10)
Pickup threshold 1.1 to 4.0 x I/Ip (step 0.1 s)
Time multiplier for IEC charac. T Tp = 0.05 to 3 s (step 0.01 s)
Time multiplier for ANSI charac. D DI0P = 0.5 to 15 s (step 0.01 s)
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 I/Ip (ANSI: I/Ip = M)
Inverse logarithmic pickup threshold 1.1 to 4.0 x I/I0P (step 0.1)
Reset threshold Approx. 1.05 I/I0P (ANSI: I/Ip = M)
Tolerance
Operating time for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 ≤ 5 % of setpoint ± 15 ms
Zero-sequence voltage protection V0inverse
2s
Tripping characteristic t=
V0
− V 0inv min
4
Direction decision (ANSI 67N)
Measured signals for direction deci- 3I0 and 3V0 or
sion 3I0 and 3V0 and IY (star point current
of an earthed power transformer) or
3I2 and 3V2 (negative-sequence
system) or zero-sequence power Sr or
automatic selection of zero-sequence
or negative-sequence quantities de-
pendent on the magnitude of the
component voltages
Min. zero-sequence voltage 3V0 0.5 to 10 V (step 0.1 V)
Min. current IY (of earthed trans- 0.05 to 1 A (1A) / 0.25 to 5 A (5A)
formers) (step 0.01 A)
Min. negative-sequence voltage 3V2 0.5 to 10 V (step 0.1 V)
Min. negative-sequence current 3I2 0.05 to 1 A (1A) / 0.25 to 5 A (5A)
(step 0.01 A)
Siemens SIP · 2004

Technical data
Inrush current blocking, capable of being activated for each stage
Component of the 2nd harmonic
Max. current, which cancels inrush
current blocking
Tele (pilot) protection
For directional earth-fault protection (ANSI 85-67N)
Operating modes
Additional functions
Send and receive signals
Instantaneous high-speed switch-onto-fault overcurrent protection
(ANSI 50HS)
Operating mode
Pickup current I>>>
Reset ratio
Tolerances
Current starting
Shortest tripping time
With reference to fast relays
With high-speed trip to outputs
Voltage protection (ANSI 59, 27)
Operating modes
Overvoltage protection
Pickup values VPH-E>>, VPH-E>
(phase-earth overvoltage)
Pickup values VPH-PH>>, VPH-PH>
(phase-phase overvoltage)
Pickup values 3V0>>, 3V0>
(3V0 can be measured via V4 trans-
formers or calculated by the relay)
(zero-sequence overvoltage)
Pickup values V1>>, V1>
(positive-sequence overvoltage)
Measured voltage
Pickup values V2>>, V2>
(negative-sequence overvoltage)
Reset ratio (settable)
Undervoltage protection
Pickup values VPH-E<<, VPH-E<
(phase-earth undervoltage)
Pickup values VPH-PH<<, VPH-PH<
(phase-phase undervoltage)
Pickup values V1<<, V1<
(positive-sequence undervoltage)
Blocking of undervoltage prot. stages Minimum current; binary input
Reset ratio
Siemens SIP · 2004
Time delays
10 to 45 % of the fundamental Time delay for all stages
(step 1 %)
Command / pickup time
0.5 to 25 A (1A) / 2.5 to 125 A (5A)
Tolerances
(step 0.01 A)
Voltage limit values
Time stages
Frequency protection (ANSI 81)
Directional comparison, blocking, Number of frequency elements
unblocking
Setting range
Echo (see function “weak infeed”);
transient blocking for schemes with
parallel lines
Suitable for 2 and 3 end-lines Delay times
Operating voltage range
Pickup times
Active only after CB closing; Dropout times
instantaneous trip after pickup Hysteresis
1 to 25 A (1A) / 5 to 125 A (5A) Dropout condition
(step 0.01 A) Tolerances
Approx. 0.90 Frequency
Delay times
≤ 3 % of setting value or 1 % IN Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)
Factor k acc. to IEC 60255-8
Approx. 12 ms Time constant τ
Approx. 8 ms
Thermal alarm stage ΘAlarm/ΘTrip
Local tripping and/or carrier trip for Current-based alarm stage IAlarm
remote end
Calculating mode for
overtemperature
1 to 170 V (step 0.1 V)
Pickup time characteristic
2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V)
Reset ratio
1 to 220 V (step 0.1 V) Θ/ΘAlarm
Θ/ΘTrip
I/ IAlarm
Overload measured values
2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V)
Local positive-sequence voltage or Tolerances
calculated remote positive- Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
sequence voltage (compounding)
Number of stages
2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V)
Pickup of current element
0.5 to 0.98 (step 0.01) Time delays T11phase, T13phase, T2
Additional functions
1 to 100 V (step 0.1 V)
Drop-off (overshoot) time, internal ≤ 15 ms, typical; 25 ms, max.
1 to 170 V (step 0.1 V) Tolerances
Current limit value
1 to 100 V (step 0.1 V) Time stages
1.05
6 Distance Protection / 7SA6
0 to 100 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated
Approx. 30 ms
≤ 3 % of setting value or 1 V
1 % of setting value or 10 ms
4
45.5 to 54.5 Hz
(in steps of 0.01) at fnom = 50 Hz
55.5 to 64.5 Hz
(in steps of 0.01) at fnom = 60 Hz
0 to 600 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
6 to 230 V (phase-to-earth)
Approx. 80 ms
Approx. 80 ms
Approx. 20 mHz
Voltage = 0 V and current = 0 A
12 mHz for 29 to 230 V 6
1 % of the setting value or 10 ms
0.1 to 4 (steps 0.01)
1 to 999.9 min (steps 0.1 min)
50 to 100 % referred to tripping
temperature (steps 1 %)
0.1 to 4 A (1A) / 0.5 to 20 A (5A)
(steps 0.01 A)
Θmax, Θmean, Θ with Imax
I 2 − I pre
2
t = τ ln
I 2 − (k I nom)
2
Approx. 0.99
Approx. 0.99
Approx. 0.97
Θ/ΘTrip L1; Θ/ΘTrip L2; Θ/ΘTrip L3;
Θ/ΘTrip
Class 10 % acc. to IEC 60255-8
2
0.05 to 20 A (1A) / 0.25 to 100 A (5A)
(step 0.01 A)
0 to 30 s (steps 0.01 s) or deactivated
End-fault protection
CB pole discrepancy monitoring
≤ 5 % of setting value or 1 % Inom
1 % of setting value or 10 ms
6/25
 6 Distance Protection / 7SA6
Technical data
Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)
Number of auto-reclosures
Operating mode
Operating modes with line voltage
check
Dead times T1-PH, T3-PH, TSeq
Action times
Reclaim times
Start-signal monitoring time
Additional functions
Voltage limit values for DLC, ADT,
RDT
Healthy line voltage PH-E
Dead line voltage PH-E
6 Tolerances
Time stages
Voltage limit values
Synchro-check (ANSI 25)
Initiate options
Operating modes
With auto-reclosure
For manual closure
and control commands
Permissible voltage difference
Permissible frequency difference
Permissible angle difference
Max. duration of synchronization
Release delay with synchronous
networks
Minimum measuring time
Tolerances
Time stages
Voltage limit values
Earth-fault detection for compensated / isolated networks
Zero-sequence voltage 3V0
Phase selection with phase voltages
V< and V>
Directional determination
Minimum current for directional
determination
Angle correction for core-balance
CT
Operating modes
6/26
Delay times 0 to 320 s (step 0.01 s)
Up to 8 Pickup time Approx. 50 ms
Only 1-pole; only 3-pole, 1 or 3-pole Earth-fault measured values Active and reactive component
DLC – dead-line check of earth-fault current IEEac, IEEreac
ADT – adaptive dead time Tolerances
RDT – reduced dead time Voltage limit values ≤ 5 % of setting value or 1 V
0 to 1800 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated Current limit values ≤ 10 % of setting value
Time stages 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
0.01 to 300 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated
Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)
0.5 to 300 s (step 0.01 s)
Number of supervisable trip circuits Up to 3
0.01 to 300 s (step 0.01 s)
Number of required binary inputs 1 or 2
Synchro-check request per trip circuit
3-phase intertripping
InterCLOSE command to the remote Indication relay 1 to 30 s (step 1 s)
end
Check of CB ready state Additional functions
Blocking with manual CLOSE
Operational measured values
Representation Primary, secondary and percentage
30 to 90 V (step 1 V) referred to rated value
2 to 70 V (step 1 V) Currents 3 x IPhase ; 3I0; IE sensitve; I1; I2; IY;
3I0PAR
1 % of setting value or 10 ms Tolerances ≤ 0.5 % of indicated measured value
≤ 3 % of setting value or 1 V or 0.5 % Inom
Voltages 3 x VPhase-Earth; 3 x VPhase-Phase; 3V0,
Auto-reclosure; V1, V2, VSYNC, Ven
Manual CLOSE control Tolerances ≤ 0.5 % of indicated measured value
Control commands or 0.5 % Vnom
Power with direction indication P, Q, S
Synchro-check
Tolerances
Line dead/busbar live
P: for cos ϕ = 0.7 to 1 and Typical ≤ 1%
Line live/busbar dead
V/Vnom, I/Inom = 50 to 120 %
Line and busbar dead
Q: for sin ϕ = 0.7 to 1 and Typical ≤ 1%
Bypassing
V/Vnom , I/Inom = 50 to 120 %
S: for V/Vnom, I/Inom = 50 to Typical ≤ 1%
As for auto-reclosure
120 %
1 to 60 V (step 0.1 V)
Frequency f
0.03 to 2 Hz (step 0.01 Hz) Tolerance ≤ 10 mHz
2 to 80 ° (step 1°) Power factor p.f. (cos ϕ)
0.01 to 600 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated Tolerance for cos ϕ = 0.7 to 1 Typical ≤ 0.02
0 to 30 s (step 0.01 s) Load impedances with directional 3 x RPhase-Earth, XPhase-Earth
indication 3 x RPhase-Phase, XPhase-Phase
Approx. 80 ms Earth-fault measured values Active and reactive component
of earth-fault current IEEac, IEEreac
1 % of setting value or 10 ms Overload measured values Θ/ΘTrip L1; Θ/ΘTrip L2; Θ/ΘTrip L3;
≤ 2 % of setting value or 1 V Θ/ΘTrip
Long-term mean values
1 to 150 V (step 1 V) Interval for derivation of mean value 15 min / 1 min; 15 min / 3 min;
10 to 100 V (step 1 V) 15 min / 15 min
Synchronization instant Every ¼ hour; every ½ hour; every
Active / reactive power measurements hour
3 to 1000 mA (steps 1 mA) Values 3 x IPhase; I1; P; P+; P-; Q; Q+; Q-; S
0 to 5 ° at 2 operating points
(step 0.1 °)
Only indication; indication and trip
Siemens SIP · 2004
 6 Distance Protection / 7SA6

Technical data

Minimum/maximum memory Further additional functions

Indication Measured values with date and time Measured value supervision Current sum
Resetting Cyclically Current symmetry
Via binary input Voltage sum
Via the keyboard Voltage symmetry
Via serial interface Phase sequence
Fuse failure monitor
Values
Min./max. of measured values 3 x IPhase; I1; 3 x VPhase-Earth; Indications
3 x VPhase-to-phase; 3V0; V1; Operational indications Buffer size 200
P+; P-; Q+; Q-; S; f; power factor (+); System disturbance indication Storage of indications of the last 8
power factor (–) faults, buffer size 600
Min./max. of mean values 3 x IPhase; I1; P; Q; S Earth-fault indication Storage of indications of the last 8
Energy meters faults, buffer size 200
Four-quadrant meters WP+; WP-; WQ+; WQ- Switching statistics Number of breaking operations per
CB pole
Tolerance
Sum of breaking current per phase
for cos ϕ > 0.7 and V > 50 % 5 %
Breaking current of last trip operation
Vnom and I > 50 % Inom
Max. breaking current per phase
Analog measured value output 0 to 20 mA Circuit-breaker test TRIP/CLOSE cycle, 3 phases
Number of analog channels 2 per plug-in module TRIP/CLOSE per phase
Alternatively 1 or 2 or no plug-in Dead time for CB TRIP / CLOSE 0 to 30 s (steps 0.01 s)
module (Refer to ordering data, posi-
tion 11 and Order code for position
cycle 6
12) Commissioning support Operational measured values, c.-b.
test, status display of binary inputs,
Indication range 0 to 22 mA setting of output relays, generation
Selectable measured values Fault location [%]; of indications for testing serial inter-
fault location [km]; VL23 [%]; IL2 faces
[%]; |P| [%]; |Q| [%]; Phase rotation adjustment Clockwise or anti-clockwise
breaking current Imax-primary
Max. burden 350 Ω
CE conformity
Oscillographic fault recording
This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Commu-
Analog channels 3 x IPhase, 3I0, 3I0 PAR nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating to
3 x VPhase, 3V0, VSYNC, Ven electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC) and
Max. number of available recordings 8, backed-up by battery if auxiliary electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (Council
voltage supply fails Directive 73/23/EEC).
Sampling intervals 20 samplings per cycle This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
Total storage time > 15 s man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part 303).
Further applicable standards: ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0 and C37.90.1.
Binary channels Pickup and trip information; number
and contents can be freely configured This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG in
by the user accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directive and
Max. number of displayed binary 40 standard EN 60255-6 for the “low-voltage Directive”.
channels
Control
Number of switching units Depends on the number of binary /
indication inputs and indication /
command outputs
Control commands Single command / double command
1, 1 plus 1 common or 2 pole
Feed back CLOSE, TRIP, intermediate position
Interlocking Freely configurable
Local control Control via menu, function keys,
control keys (if available)
Remote control Control protection, DIGSI,
pilot wires

Siemens SIP · 2004 6/27

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA6

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7SA61 distance protection relay for all voltage levels
Housing, number of LEDs
7SA61¨¨-¨¨¨¨¨-¨oo¨
123
Housing width 1/3 19", 7 LEDs 0 see pages 6/31
to 6/34
Housing width 1/2 19", 14 LEDs 1
Housing width 1/1 19", 14 LEDs 2
Housing width 2/3 19", 14 LEDs 3

Measuring input (4 x V, 4 x I)
Operator panel with: IPH = 1 A1), Ie = 1 A (min. = 0.05 A) 1
- 4-line backlit display, IPH = 1 A1), Ie = sensitive (min. = 0.003 A) 2
- function keys, IPH = 5 A1), Ie = 5 A (min. = 0.25 A) 5
- numerical keys, IPH = 5 A1), Ie = sensitive (min. = 0.003 A) 6
- PC interface
Rated auxiliary voltage (power supply, binary inputs)
24 to 48 V DC, binary input threshold 17 V3) 2
60 to 125 V DC2), binary input threshold 17 V3) 4
110 to 250 V DC2), 115 V AC, binary input threshold 73 V3) 5

Binary/ Indication/ Fast High-speed Power Flush- Flush- Surface-

indica- command relay4) trip output relay5) mounting mounting mounting
tion outputs incl. housing/ housing/ housing/
inputs live status screw-type plug-in screw-type
6 contact terminals terminals terminals
For 7SA610
5 9 n A
5 9 n E
5 9 n J
7 6 n B
7 6 n F
7 6 n K

For 7SA611
13 10 7 n A
13 10 7 n E
13 10 7 n J
13 9 3 5 n M
13 9 3 5 n N
13 9 3 5 n P
20 9 4 n B
20 9 4 n F
20 9 4 n K

For 7SA612
21 18 7 n A
21 18 7 n E
21 18 7 n J
21 17 3 5 n M
1) Rated current can be selected by
means of jumpers. 21 17 3 5 n P
21 17 3 5 n R
2) Transition between the two auxiliary
voltage ranges can be selected by 29 26 7 n B
means of jumpers. 29 26 7 n F
29 26 7 n K
3) The binary input thresholds are
selectable in three stages by means of 29 25 3 5 n N
jumpers, exception: versions with 29 25 3 5 n Q
power relays have some binary inputs 29 25 3 5 n S
with only two binary input thresh- 33 12 8 n C
olds. 33 12 8 n G
4) Fast relays are identified in the 33 12 8 n L
terminal connection diagram.
5) Power relay for direct control of For 7SA613
disconnector actuator motors. 21 18 7 n A
Each pair of contacts is mechanically 21 17 3 5 n M
interlocked to prevent simultaneous
closure.

6/28 Siemens SIP · 2004

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA6

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7SA63 distance protection relay for all voltage levels
Housing, number of LEDs
7SA63¨¨-¨¨¨¨¨-¨oo¨
123
Housing width 1/2 19", 14 LEDs 1 see pages 6/31
LSA2539-agpen.eps

to 6/34
Housing width 1/1 19", 14 LEDs 2

Measuring input (4 x V, 4 x I)
IPH = 1 A1), Ie = 1 A (min. = 0.05 A) 1
Operator panel with: IPH = 1 A1), Ie = sensitive (min. = 0.003 A) 2
- backlit graphic display for IPH = 5 A1), Ie = 5 A (min. = 0.25 A) 5
single-line diagram IPH = 5 A1), Ie = sensitive (min. = 0.003 A) 6
- control keys,
- key-operated switches, Rated auxiliary voltage (power supply, binary inputs)
- function keys, 24 to 48 V DC, binary input threshold 17 V3) 2
- numerical keys, 60 to 125 V DC2), binary input threshold 17 V3) 4
- PC interface 110 to 250 V DC2), 115 V AC, binary input threshold 73 V3) 5

Binary/ Indication/ Fast High-speed Power Flush- Flush- Surface-

indica- command relay4) trip outputs relay5) mounting mounting mounting
tion- outputs incl. housing/ housing/ housing/
inputs live status screw-type plug-in screw-type
contact terminals terminals terminals
For 7SA631
13 10 7 n A 6
13 10 7 n E
13 10 7 n J
13 9 3 5 n M
13 9 3 5 n N
13 9 3 5 n P
20 9 4 n B
20 9 4 n F
20 9 4 n K

For 7SA632
21 18 7 n A
21 18 7 n E
21 18 7 n J
21 17 3 5 n M
21 17 3 5 n P
21 17 3 5 n R
29 26 7 n B
29 26 7 n F
29 26 7 n K
29 25 3 5 n N
29 25 3 5 n Q
29 25 3 5 n S
33 12 8 n C
33 12 8 n G
33 12 8 n L

1) Rated current can be selected by means of jumpers.

2) Transition between the two auxiliary voltage ranges can be selected by means of jumpers.
3) The binary input thresholds are selectable in three stages by means of jumpers, exception:
versions with power relays have some binary inputs with only two binary inputs thresholds.
4) Fast relays are identified in the terminal connection diagram.
5) Power relay for direct control of disconnector actuator motors.
Each pair of contacts is mechanically interlocked to prevent simultaneous closure.

Siemens SIP · 2004 6/29

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA6

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7SA64 distance protection relay for all voltage levels
Housing, number of LEDs
7SA64¨¨-¨¨¨¨¨-¨oo¨
123
see pages 6/31
LSA2540-agpen.eps

Housing width 1/2 19", 14 LEDs 1

to 6/34
Housing width 1/1 19", 14 LEDs 2

Measuring input (4 x V, 4 x I)
IPH = 1 A1), Ie = 1 A (min. = 0.05 A) 1
IPH = 1 A1), Ie = sensitive (min. = 0.003 A) 2
Units with IPH = 5 A1), Ie = 5 A (min. = 0.25 A) 5
detached operator panel with IPH = 5 A1), Ie = sensitive (min. = 0.003 A) 6
- backlit graphic display
- control keys
Rated auxiliary voltage (power supply, binary inputs)
- key-operated switches
24 to 48 V DC, binary input threshold 17 V3) 2
- function keys
60 to 125 V DC2), binary input threshold 17 V3) 4
- numerical keys
110 to 250 V DC2), 115 V AC, binary input threshold 73 V3) 5
- PC interface
Binary/ Indication/ Fast High-speed Power Flush- Flush-
indica- command relay4) trip outputs relay5) mounting mounting
tion- outputs incl. housing/ housing/
inputs live status screw-type plug-in
contact terminals terminals
For 7SA641
6 13 10 7 n A
13 10 7 n J
13 9 3 5 n M
13 9 3 5 n P
20 9 4 n B
20 9 4 n K

For 7SA642
21 18 7 n A
21 18 7 n J
21 17 3 5 n M
21 17 3 5 n R
29 26 7 n B
29 26 7 n K
29 25 3 5 n N
29 25 3 5 n S
33 12 8 n C
33 12 8 n L

1) Rated current can be selected by means of jumpers.

2) Transition between the two auxiliary voltage ranges can be selected by means of jumpers.
3) The binary input thresholds are selectable in three stages by means of jumpers, exception:
versions with power relays have some binary inputs with only two binary inputs thresholds.
4) Fast relays are identified in the terminal connection diagram.
5) Power relay for direct control of disconnector actuator motors.
Each pair of contacts is mechanically interlocked to prevent simultaneous closure.

6/30 Siemens SIP · 2004

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA6

Selection and ordering data Description Order No. Order code

7SA6 distance protection relay for all voltage levels 7SA6¨o¨-¨¨¨¨¨-¨oo¨ ¨¨¨
1)
123
Region-specific default settings / language settings see pages
Region DE, language: German; selectable A 6/32 to 6/34
Region World, language: English (GB); selectable B
Region US, language: English (US); selectable C
Region FR, French (on request) D
Region World, Spanish E
Region World, Italian (on request) F

Port B
Empty 0
System interface, IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, electrical RS232 1
System interface, IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, electrical RS485 2
System interface, IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3
System interface, PROFIBUS-FMS Slave2), electrical RS485 4
System interface, PROFIBUS-FMS Slave2), optical 3), double ring 3), ST connector 6
2 analog outputs, each 0.....20 mA 7
System interface, PROFIBUS-DP, electrical RS485 9 L 0 A
System interface, PROFIBUS-DP, optical 820 nm, double ring 3), ST connector 9 L 0 B
System interface, DNP 3.0, electrical RS485 9 L 0 G
System interface, DNP 3.0, optical 820 nm, ST connector3) 9 L 0 H
System interface, IEC 618504), 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, duplicate, 6
RJ45 plug connectors 9 L 0 R

1) Definitions for region-specific default settings and functions:

Region DE: preset to f = 50 Hz and line length in km, only IEC
inverse characteristic can be selected, directional earth (ground)
fault protection: no logarithmic inverse characteristic, no direction decision
with zero-sequence power Sr; distance protection can be selected with
quadrilateral or circle characteristic.
Region US: preset to f = 60 Hz and line length in miles, ANSI inverse
characteristic only, directional earth (ground) fault protection:
no logarithmic inverse characteristic, no direction decision
with zero-sequence power Sr, no U0 inverse characteristic.
Region World: preset to f = 50 Hz and line length in km, directional earth (ground) fault
protection: no direction decision with zero-sequence power Sr,
no U0 inverse characteristic.
Region FR: preset to f = 50 Hz and line length in km, directional earth (ground)
fault protection: no U0 inverse characteristic, no logarithmic inverse
characteristic, weak infeed logic selectable between French specification
and world specification.
2) For SICAM energy automation systems.
3) Optical double ring interfaces are not available with surface mounting housings.
4) Available approx. as of mid 2004.

Siemens SIP · 2004 6/31

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA6

Selection and ordering data Description Order No. Order code

7SA6 distance protection relay for all voltage levels 7SA6¨o¨-¨¨¨¨¨-¨oo¨ ¨¨¨
123
Port C and port D see pages
Port C: DIGSI/modem, electrical RS232, 6/33 and 6/34
Port D: empty 1
Port C: DIGSI/modem, electrical RS485,
Port D: empty 2
Port C and Port D installed 9 M oo

Port C
DIGSI/modem, electrical RS232 1
DIGSI/modem, electrical RS485 2

Port D
Protection data interface: optical 820 nm, two ST connectors, FO cable length up to 1.5 km
For direct connection via multi-mode FO cable or communication networks 1) A
Protection data interface: optical 820 nm, two ST connectors, FO cable length up to 3.5 km
For direct connection via multi-mode FO cable B
Protection data interface: optical 1300 nm, two ST connectors, FO cable length up to 10 km
For direct connection via mono-mode FO cable C
Protection data interface: optical 1300 nm, two FC connectors, FO cable length up to 35 km
For direct connection via mono-mode FO cable D
Two analog outputs, each 0...20 mA K
6
New FO options2)
Protection data interface: optical 1300 nm, LC-Duplex connector
FO cable length up to 25 km for direct connection via mono-mode FO cable3) G
Protection data interface: optical 1300 nm, LC-Duplex connector
FO cable length up to 60 km for direct connection via mono-mode FO cable3) H
Protection data interface: optical 1550 nm, LC-Duplex connector
FO cable length up to 100 km for direct connection via mono-mode FO cable3) J

1) For suitable communication convert-

ers 7XV5662 (optical to G703.1/X21/
RS422 or optical to pilot wire or opti-
cal to ISDN) see "Accessories".
2) Available approx. 10/2004.
3) For surface -mounting housing appli-
cations an internal fiber-optic module
820 nm will be delivered in combina-
tion with an external repeater.

6/32 Siemens SIP · 2004

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA6

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7SA6 distance protection relay for all voltage levels 7SA6¨¨¨-¨¨¨¨¨-¨oo¨
Functions 1
Trip mode Thermal overload BCD-coded output
protection (ANSI 49) for fault location
3-pole 0
3-pole n 1
3-pole n 2
3-pole n n 3
1/3-pole 4
1/3-pole n 5
1/3-pole n 6
1/3-pole n n 7

Functions 2
Distance protection Power swing de- Parallel line
pickup (ANSI 21, 21N) tection (ANSI 68, 68T) compensation
I> A
V< / I> B
Quadrilateral (Z<) C
Quadrilateral (Z<), V< / I> / ϕ D
Quadrilateral (Z<) n F
Quadrilateral (Z<), V< / I> / ϕ n G 6
V< / I> n 1) J
Quadrilateral (Z<) n 1) K
Quadrilateral (Z<), V< / I> / ϕ n 1) L
Quadrilateral (Z<) n n 1) N
Quadrilateral (Z<), V< / I> / ϕ n n 1) P

Functions 3
Auto-reclosure Synchro- Breaker failure pro- Over/undervoltage protection
(ANSI 79) check (ANSI 25) tection (ANSI 50BF) V>, V< (ANSI 27, 59)
Over/underfrequency protection
(ANSI 81)
A
n B
n C
n n D
n E
n n F
n n G
n n n H
n J
n n K
n n L
n n n M
n n N
n n n P
n n n Q
n n n n R

Functions 4
Directional earth- Earth-fault Measured values
fault protection, detection extended
earthed networks compensated/ Min, max, mean
(ANSI 50N, 51N, isolated
67N) networks
0
n 1
n2) 2
n2) n 3
1) Only with position 7 of
Order No. = 1 or 5. n 4
n n 5
2) Only with position 7 of
Order No. = 2 or 6. n n2) 6
n n2) n 7
Siemens SIP · 2004 6/33
 6

n
n
n
n
n

6/34
Tr
ip

n
m
od

Functions 1
Tr e,
ip 3-

n
n
n
n
n
m po
le
od
Pi e1

Preferential types
ck

n
n
n
n
up or
I> 3-
Pi po
ck le

n
n
up
V
Z </
< I>
Selection and ordering data

V< (qua

n
n
/I> dri
6 Distance Protection / 7SA6

/ϕ late
Po ra
we l)

n1)

2) Only with position 7 of Order No. = 2 or 6.

1) Only with position 7 of Order No. = 1 or 5.
rs
wi
Pa ng
ra de
co llel tec
m lin tio

n
n
pe e
ns n
Description

Au a tio
to n

n
n
-re
Sy clo
nc su

n
n
n
n
hr re
o-
Br ch
ea ec
k
pr ker
ot fai

n
n
n
n
n
ec lu
tio re
Vo n
lta
Fr ge
eq pr

n
n
n
n
ue ot
nc ect
Ea y p io
rth ro n
dir -fa tec
ec ult tio
t
ne ion ro p n
7SA6 distance protection relay for all voltage levels

tw al te

n2)
n2)
or fo cti
ks r e on
Ea ar
rth th
fo -fa ed
r c ul
ne omp dir t

n
n
n
n tw en ec
or sa tio
ks te na
Ov di l
so

n
n
n
n
n

erl
oa lat
M d pr
ed
ea ot
Order No.

ten resu e cti

de d v on
d, alu
m es
in , e
. m x-
ax
.m
ea
n

5
4
5
4
7
6
7
1

6
0

7 PR¨
3 GH¨
3 BM¨
3 B D¨
1 A B¨
7SA6¨¨¨-¨¨¨¨¨-¨oo¨

Siemens SIP · 2004

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA6

Accessories Description Order No.

DIGSI 4
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows (version Windows 95 and higher)
device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included
as well as “Getting started” manual on paper, connecting cables (copper)

Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Demo
Demo version on CD-ROM 7XS5401-0AA00
Professional
Complete version:
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00

SIGRA
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers
(Comtrade format). Running under MS Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP Professional. 6
Incl. templates, electronic manual with license for 10 PCs.
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00

Connecting cable (copper)

Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector) and protection unit (9-pin connector)
(contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally) 7XV5100-4
Voltage transformer miniature circuit-breaker
Rated current 1.6 A; thermal overload release 1.6 A;
overcurrent trip 6 A 3RV1611-1AG14
Manual for 7SA6
English C53000-G1176-C156-1

Siemens SIP · 2004 6/35

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA6

Accessories Description Order No.

Opto-electric communication converters
Optical to X21/RS422 or G703.1 7XV5662-0AA00
Optical to pilot wires 7XV5662-0AC00
Optical to ISDN 7XV5662-0AB00

Additional interface modules

Protection data interface FO 5, OMA1, 820 nm, multi-mode FO cable,
ST connector, 1.5 km C53207-A351-D651-1
Protection data interface FO 6, OMA2, 820 nm, multi-mode FO cable,
ST connector, 3.5 km C53207-A351-D652-1
Protection data interface FO 7, OMA3, 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
ST connector, 10 km C53207-A351-D653-1
Protection data interface FO 8, OMA4, 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
FC connector, 35 km C53207-A351-D654-1

New modules (available approx. 10/2004)

Protection data interface FO 17, 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 25 km C53207-A322-B115-3
Protection data interface FO 18, 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 60 km C53207-A322-B116-3
Protection data interface FO 19, 1550 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 100 km C53207-A322-B117-3

6 New optical repeaters (available approx. 6/2004)

Serial repeater (2-channel), opt. 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 25 km 7XV5461-0BG00
Serial repeater (2-channel), opt. 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 60 km 7XV5461-0BH00
Serial repeater (2-channel), opt. 1550 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 100 km 7XV5461-0BJ00

Description Order No. Size of Supplier Fig.

package
LSP2089-afpen.tif

Connector 2-pin C73334-A1-C35-1 1 Siemens 6/32

3-pin C73334-A1-C36-1 1 Siemens 6/33
2 1)
Crimp CI2 0.5 to 1 mm 0-827039-1 4000 AMP
1)
Fig. 6/31 Mounting rail for 19" rack connector 0-827396-1 1 AMP

CI2 1 to 2.5 mm 2 0-827040-1 4000 AMP 1)

0-827397-1 1 AMP 1)
LSP2091-afpen.eps
LSP2090-afpen.eps

Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm 2 0-163083-7 4000 AMP 1)

0-163084-2 1 AMP 1)
1)
Crimping For Type III+ 0-539635-1 1 AMP
1)
Fig. 6/32 Fig. 6/33 tool and matching female 0-539668-2 AMP
1)
2-pin connector 3-pin connector for CI2 0-734372-1 1 AMP
1)
and matching female 1-734387-1 AMP

19"-mounting rail C73165-A63-D200-1 1 Siemens 6/31

LSP2093-afpen.eps

LSP2092-afpen.eps

Short-circuit links For current terminals C73334-A1-C33-1 1 Siemens 6/34

For other terminals C73334-A1-C34-1 1 Siemens 6/35

Safety cover for terminals large C73334-A1-C31-1 1 Siemens 6/4

Fig. 6/34 Fig. 6/35 small C73334-A1-C32-1 1 Siemens 6/4
Short-circuit link Short-circuit link
for current con- for voltage contacts/ 1) AMP Deutschland GmbH Tel.: +49 6103 709-0
tacts indications contacts Amperestr. 7–11 Fax +49 6103 709-223
63225 Langen
Germany

6/36 Siemens SIP · 2004

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA6

Connection diagram
LSA2532-agpen.eps

Fig. 6/36
Connection diagram

Fig. 6/37
Serial interfaces

Siemens SIP · 2004 6/37

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA6

Connection diagram
LSA2532-agpen.eps

Fig. 6/38
Connection diagram

Note: For serial interfaces see Fig. 6/37.

6/38 Siemens SIP · 2004

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA6

Connection diagram
LSA2545-agpen.eps

Fig. 6/39
Connection diagram

1) Version with 3-pole tripping.

2) Version with 1/3-pole tripping.
3) Time advantage with fast relay approx. 3 ms.
4) High-speed trip outputs in versions 7SA6*1*-*M, 7SA*1*-*N, 7SA*1*-*P.
Note: For serial interfaces see Fig. 6/37.

Siemens SIP · 2004 6/39

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA6

Connection diagram
LSA2545-agpen.eps

Fig. 6/40
Connection diagram

1) Version with 3-pole tripping.

2) Each pair of contacts is mechanically interlocked to prevent simultaneous closure.
3) Version with 1/3-pole tripping.
Note: For serial interfaces see Fig. 6/37.

6/40 Siemens SIP · 2004

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA6

Connection diagram

LSA2546-agpen.eps

1) Version with 3-pole tripping.

2) Version with 1/3-pole
tripping.
3) Time advantage with fast
relay approx. 3 ms.
4) High-speed trip outputs in
versions 7SA6*2*-*M, Fig. 6/41
7SA6*2*-*P, 7SA6*2*-*R. Connection diagram
5) 7SA613 is only available in a
2/3 x 19" flush-mounting housing.
Note: For serial interfaces see Fig. 6/37.

Siemens SIP · 2004 6/41

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA6

Connection diagram

LSA2546-agpen.eps

1) Version with 3-pole tripping.

2) Version with 1/3-pole
tripping.
3) Time advantage with fast
relay approx. 3 ms.
4) High-speed trip outputs in
versions 7SA6*2*-*N,
7SA6*2*-*Q, 7SA6*2*-*S.
Time advantage: approx. 5 ms.
Note: For serial interfaces
see Fig. 6/37. Fig. 6/42 Connection diagram

6/42 Siemens SIP · 2004

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA6

Connection diagram

LSA2546-agpen.eps

1) Version with 3-pole tripping.

2) Each pair of contacts is Fig. 6/43 Connection diagram
mechanically interlocked
to prevent simultaneous closure.
3) Version with 1/3-pole tripping.
Note: For serial interfaces see Fig. 6/37.

Siemens SIP · 2004 6/43

6

6/44 Siemens SIP · 2004

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA522

SIPROTEC 4 7SA522
Distance Protection Relay for Transmission Lines
Function overview

Protection functions
• Non-switched distance protection with
6 measuring systems (21/21N)
• High resistance ground (earth)-fault
protection for single- and three-pole
tripping (50N/51N/67N)
• Tele (pilot) protection (85)
• Fault locator (FL)
• Power swing detection/tripping (68/68T)
LSP2309-afpen.tif

• Phase-overcurrent protection (50/51)

• STUB bus overcurrent protection
(50 STUB)
• Switch-onto-fault protection (50HS)
• Over/undervoltage protection (59/27)
• Over/underfrequency protection (81O/U)
• Auto-reclosure (79)
Fig. 6/44 SIPROTEC 4 • Synchro-check (25)
7SA522 distance protection relay • Breaker failure protection (50BF) 6
Control functions
• Commands f. ctrl of CB and isolators
Description
Monitoring functions
The SIPROTEC 4 7SA522 relay provides • Trip circuit supervision (74TC)
full-scheme distance protection and incor-
• Self-supervision of the relay
porates all functions usually required for
the protection of a power line. The relay is • Measured-value supervision
designed to provide fast and selective fault • Event logging/fault logging
clearance on transmission and subtrans- • Oscillographic fault recording
mission cables and overhead lines with or • Switching statistics
without series capacitor compensation.
The power system star point can be solid Front design
or resistance grounded (earthed), reso- • User-friendly local operation with nu-
nant-earthed via Peterson coil or isolated. meric keys
The 7SA522 is suitable for single-pole and • LEDs for local alarm
three-pole tripping applications with and • PC front port for convenient
without tele (pilot) protection schemes. relay setting
The 7SA522 incorporates several protective • Function keys
functions usually required for transmission
Communication interfaces
line protection.
• Front interface for connecting a PC
− High-speed tripping time • System interface for connecting to a
− Suitable for cables and overhead lines control system via various protocols
with or without series capacitor compen- – IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
sation – PROFIBUS-FMS/-DP
– DNP 3.0
− Self-setting power swing detection for 1)
– IEC 61850 Ethernet
frequencies up to 7 Hz
• 2 serial protection data interfaces for
− Digital relay-to-relay communication for tele (pilot) protection
two and three terminal topologies • Rear-side service/modem interface
− Adaptive auto-reclosure (ADT) • Time synchronization via IRIG B or
DCF77 or system interface
Hardware
• Binary inputs: 8/16/24
• Output relays: 16/24/32
• High-speed trip outputs: 5 (optional)
1) Available with next firmware release.

Siemens SIP · 2004 6/45

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA522
Application
The 7SA522 relay provides full-scheme dis-
tance protection and incorporates all func-
tions usually required for the protection of
a power line. The relay is designed to pro-
vide fast and selective fault clearance on
transmission and subtransmission cables
and overhead lines with or without series
capacitor compensation. This contributes
towards improved stability and availability
of your electrical power transmission sys-
tem. The power system star point can be
solid or impedance grounded (earthed),
resonant-earthed via Peterson coil or
isolated. The 7SA522 is suitable for single
and three-pole tripping applications with
and without tele (pilot) protection
schemes.
The effect of apparent impedances in
unfaulted fault loops is eliminated by a so-
phisticated and improved method which
6 uses pattern recognition with symmetrical
components and load compensation. The
correct phase selection is essential for se-
lective tripping and reliable fault location.
During network power swings, an im-
proved power swing blocking feature pre-
vents the distance protection from
unwanted tripping and optionally provides
controlled tripping in the event of loss of
synchronism (out of step). This function
guarantees power transmission even under
critical network operating conditions.
Fig. 6/45
Single-line diagram
6/46
Cost-effective power system management
ANSI Protection function
The SIPROTEC 4 units are numerical re- 21/21N Distance protection
lays which also provide control and moni-
toring functions and therefore support the FL Fault locator
user in view of a cost-effective power sys- 50N/51N Directional earth(ground)-fault
tem management. The security and reli- protection
67N
ability of power supply is increased as a
result of minimizing the use of hardware. 50/51 Backup overcurrent protection
50 STUB STUB-bus overcurrent stage
The local operation has been designed ac-
cording to ergonomic criteria. Large, 68/68T Power swing detection/tripping
easy-to-read backlit displays are provided.
85/21 Teleprotection for distance protec-
The SIPROTEC 4 units have a uniform de- tion
sign and a degree of functionality which 27WI Weak-infeed protection
represents a whole new level of perfor-
mance in protection and control. If the re- 85/67N Teleprotection for earth(ground)-
fault protection
quirements for protection, control and in-
terlocking change, it is possible in the 50HS Switch-onto-fault protection
majority of the cases to implement such 50BF Breaker failure protection
changes by means of parameterization us-
ing DIGSI 4 without having to change the 59/27 Overvoltage/undervoltage protec-
tion
hardware.
The use of powerful microcontrollers and
81O/U Over/underfrequency protection
the application of digital measured-value 25 Synchro-check
conditioning and processing largely sup- 79 Auto-reclosure
presses the influence of higher-frequency
transients, harmonics and DC compo- 74TC Trip circuit supervision
nents. 86 Lockout (CLOSE command
interlocking)
Features
• High speed tripping time
• Suitable for cables and overhead lines with
or without series capacitor compensation
• Self setting power swing detection fo fre-
quencies up to 7 Hz
• Digital relay-to-relay communication for
two and three terminal topologies
• Adaptive auto-reclosure (ADT)
Siemens SIP · 2004
 6 Distance Protection / 7SA522

Construction

Connection techniques and housing with

many advantages
1/2 and 1/1-rack sizes
These are the available housing widths of
the SIPROTEC 4 7SA522 relays, referred to
a 19" module frame system. This means
that previous models can always be re-
placed. The height is a uniform 255 mm
for flush-mounting housings and 266 mm
for surface-mounting housings for all
housing widths. All cables can be con-
nected with or without ring lugs. Plug-in
terminals are available as an option.

LSP2310-afpen.tif
It is thus possible to employ prefabricated
cable harnesses. In the case of surface
mounting on a panel, the connection ter-
minals are located above and below in the
form of screw-type terminals. The com-
munication interfaces are located in a
sloped case at the top and bottom of the 6
housing. Fig. 6/46
Housing widths 1/2 x 19” and 1/1 x 19”
LSP2174-afp.tif

Fig. 6/47
Rear view with screw-type terminals and
serial interfaces
LSP2166-afp.tif

Fig. 6/48
Rear view with terminal covers and
wiring

Siemens SIP · 2004 6/47

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA522

Protection functions

Distance protection (ANSI 21, 21N)

The main function of the 7SA522 is a
full-scheme distance protection. By parallel
calculation and monitoring of all six im-
pedance loops, a high degree of sensitivity
and selectivity is achieved for all types of
faults. The shortest tripping time is less
than one cycle. Single-pole and three-pole
tripping is possible. The distance protec-
tion is suitable for cables and overhead
lines with or without series capacitor com-
pensation.
Mho and quadrilateral characteristics
The 7SA522 relay provides quadrilateral as
well as mho zone characteristics. Both Fig. 6/49
characteristics can be used separately for Distance protection:
phase and ground (earth) faults. Resistance quadrilateral characteristic
ground (earth) faults can, for instance, be
covered with the quadrilateral characteris-
6 tic and phase faults with the mho charac-
teristic.
Load zone
In order to guarantee a reliable discrimina-
tion between load operation and short-cir-
cuit - especially on long high loaded lines -
the relay is equipped with a selectable load
encroachment characteristic. Impedances
within this load encroachment characteris-
tic prevent the distance zones from un-
wanted tripping.
Absolute phase-selectivity
The 7SA522 distance protection incorpo-
rates a well-proven, highly sophisticated Fig. 6/50
phase selection algorithm. The pickup of Distance protection:
unfaulted loops is reliably eliminated to mho characteristic
prevent the adverse influence of currents
and voltages in the fault-free loops. This
phase selection algorithm achieves single-
pole tripping and correct distance mea-
surement in a wide application range. The quadrilateral tripping characteristic Mho
permits separate setting of the reactance X The mho tripping characteristic provides
Parallel line compensation and the resistance R. The resistance section sound phase respectively memory polariza-
The influence of wrong distance measure- R can be set separately for faults with and tion for all distance zones. The example in
ment due to parallel lines can be compen- without earth involvement. This character- this figure shows the characteristic for a
sated by feeding the neutral current of the istic has therefore an optimal performance forward fault where the mho circle ex-
parallel line to the relay. Parallel line com- in case of faults with fault resistance. The pands to the source impedance but never
pensation can be used for distance protec- distance zones can be set forward, reverse more than the selected impedance reach.
tion as well as for the fault locator. or non-directional. Sound phase polariza- This mho circle expansion guarantees safe
tion and voltage memory provides a dy- and selective operation for all types of
6 distance zones namically unlimited directional sensitivity. faults, even for close-in faults.
Five independent distance zones and one
separate overreach zone are available. Each
distance zone has dedicated time stages,
partly separate for single-phase or
multi-phase faults. Ground (earth) faults
are detected by monitoring the neutral
current 3I0 and the zero-sequence voltage
3V0.

6/48 Siemens SIP · 2004

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA522

Protection functions

Elimination of interference signals

Digital filters render the unit immune to
interference signals contained in the mea-
sured values. In particular, the influence of
DC components, capacitive voltage trans-
formers and frequency changes is consider-
ably reduced. A special measuring method
is employed in order to assure protection
selectivity during saturation of the current
transformers.
Measuring voltage monitoring

LSP2311-afp.tif
Tripping of the distance protection is
blocked automatically in the event of fail-
ure of the measuring voltage, thus prevent-
ing spurious tripping.
The measuring voltage is monitored by the Fig. 6/51
integrated fuse failure monitor. Distance Power swing current and voltage wave forms
protection is blocked if either the fuse fail-
ure monitor or the auxiliary contact of the
voltage transformer protection switch op- 6
erates and, in this case, the EMERGENCY
definite-time overcurrent protection can
be activated.

Fault locator
The integrated fault locator calculates the
fault impedance and the distance-to-fault.

LSP2312-afp.tif
The result is displayed in ohms, miles, kilo-
Fig. 6/52
meters or in percent of the line length. Par-
allel line and load current compensation is Power swing
circle diagram
also available.

Power swing detection (ANSI 68, 68T)

Dynamic transient reactions, for instance
short-circuits, load fluctuations,
auto-reclosures or switching operations
can cause power swings in the transmission
network. During power swings, large cur-
rents along with small voltages can cause
unwanted tripping of distance protection
relays. To avoid uncontrolled tripping of
the distance protection and to achieve con-
trolled tripping in the event of loss of syn-
chronism, the 7SA522 relay is equipped
with an efficient power swing
detection function. Power swings can
be detected under symmetrical load condi-
tions as well as during single-pole auto-
reclosures.
Tele (pilot) protection for distance protec-
tion (ANSI 85-21)
A teleprotection function is available for
fast clearance of faults up to 100 % of the
line length. The following operating modes
may be selected:
− PUTT, permissive underreaching zone
transfer trip
− POTT, permissive overreaching zone
transfer trip
− UNBLOCKING
− BLOCKING
− DUTT, direct underreaching zone trans-
fer trip (together with Direct Transfer
Trip function)
The carrier send and receive signals are
available as binary inputs and outputs and
can be freely assigned to each physical relay
input or output. At least one channel is re-
quired for each direction.
Common transmission channels are
power-line carrier, microwave radio and
fiber-optic links. A serial protection data
interface for direct connection to a digital
communication network or fiber-optic
link is available as well.
7SA522 also permits the transfer of
phase-selective signals. This feature is par-
ticularly advantageous as it ensures reliable
single-pole tripping, if two single-pole
faults occur on different lines. The trans-
mission methods are suitable also for lines
with three ends (three-terminal lines).
Phase-selective transmission is also possi-
ble with multi-end applications, if some
user-specific linkages are implemented by
way of the integrated CFC logic. During
disturbances in the transmission receiver
or on the transmission circuit, the tele-
protection function can be blocked by a bi-
nary input signal without losing the zone
selectivity. The control of the overreach
zone Z1B (zone extension) can be switched
over to the auto-reclosure function. A
transient blocking function (Current re-
versal guard) is provided in order to sup-
press interference signals during tripping
of parallel lines.

Siemens SIP · 2004 6/49

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA522
Protection functions
Direct transfer tripping
Under certain conditions on the power
system it is necessary to execute remote
tripping of the circuit-breaker. The 7SA522
relay is equipped with phase-selective
intertripping signal inputs and outputs.
Weak-infeed protection: echo and/or trip
(ANSI 27 WI)
To prevent delayed tripping of permissive
schemes during weak or zero infeed situa-
tions, an echo function is provided.
If no fault detector is picked up at the
weak-infeed end of the line, the signal
received here is returned as echo to allow
accelerated tripping at the strong infeed
end of the line. It is also possible to initiate
tripping at the weak-infeed end. A phase-
selective 1-pole or 3-pole trip is issued if a
6 permissive trip signal (POTT or Unblock-
ing) is received and if the phase-earth volt-
age drops correspondingly. As an option,
the weak infeed logic can be equipped ac-
cording to a French specification.
Directional ground(earth)-fault protection
for high-resistance faults
(ANSI 50N, 51N, 67N)
In grounded (earthed) networks, it may
happen that the distance protection sensi-
tivity is not sufficient to detect high-resis-
tance ground (earth) faults. The 7SA522
protection relay therefore has protection
functions for faults of this nature.
The ground (earth)-fault overcurrent pro-
tection can be used with 3 definite-time
stages and one inverse-time stage (IDMT).
A 4th definite-time stage can be applied in-
stead of the one inverse-time stage.
Inverse-time characteristics according to
IEC 60255-3 and ANSI/IEEE are provided
(see “Technical data”). An additional loga-
rithmic inverse-time characteristic is also
available.
The direction decision can be determined
by the neutral current and the zero-
sequence voltage or by the negative-
sequence components V2 and I2. In addi-
tion or as an alternative to the directional
determination with zero-sequence voltage,
the star-point current of an grounded
(earthed) power transformer may also be
used for polarization. Dual polarization
applications can therefore be fulfilled. Al-
ternatively, the direction can be deter-
mined by evaluation of zero-sequence
power. Each overcurrent stage can be set in
forward or reverse direction or for both di-
rections (non-directional).
6/50
As an option, the 7SA522 relay can be pro-
vided with a sensitive neutral (residual)
current transformer. This feature provides
a measuring range for the neutral (resid-
ual) current from 5 mA to 100 A with a
nominal relay current of 1 A and from
5 mA to 500 A with a nominal relay
current of 5 A. Thus the ground(earth)-
fault overcurrent protection can be applied
with extreme sensitivity.
The function is equipped with special digi-
tal filter algorithms, providing the elimina-
tion of higher harmonics. This feature
is particularly important for low zero-
sequence fault currents which usually have
a high content of 3rd and 5th harmonics.
Inrush stabilization and instantaneous
switch-onto-fault trip can be activated sep-
arately for each stage as well.
Different operating modes can be selected.
The ground(earth)-fault protection is suit-
able for three-phase and, optionally, for 0.14
single-phase tripping by means of a sophis- t= Tp
(I I p )
0.02
−1
ticated phase selector. It may be blocked
during the dead time of single-pole auto-
reclose cycles or during pickup of the dis- Fig. 6/53 Normal inverse
tance protection.
The secondary voltage failure can be de-
Tele (pilot) protection for directional tected by the integrated fuse failure moni-
ground(earth)-fault protection tor or via a binary input from a VT
(ANSI 85-67N) miniature circuit-breaker (VT m.c.b. trip).
The directional ground(earth)-fault Inverse-time characteristics according to
overcurrent protection can be combined IEC 60255-3 and ANSI/IEEE are provided
with one of the following teleprotection (see “Technical data”).
schemes:
STUB bus overcurrent protection
• Directional comparison (ANSI 50(N)-STUB)
• BLOCKING
• UNBLOCKING The STUB bus overcurrent protection is
a separate definite-time overcurrent stage.
The transient blocking function (current It can be activated from a binary input
reversal guard) is also provided in order to signalling the open line isolator (discon-
suppress interference signals during trip- nector) is open.
ping of parallel lines.
Settings are available for phase and
The pilot functions for distance protection ground(earth)-faults.
and for ground(earth)-fault protection can
use the same signaling channel or two sep- Instantaneous high-speed switch-onto-
arate and redundant channels. fault overcurrent protection (ANSI 50HS)
Backup overcurrent protection Instantaneous tripping is possible when
(ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51N) energizing a faulty line. In the event of
large fault currents, the high-speed
The 7SA522 provides a backup overcurrent switch-onto-fault overcurrent stage can
protection. Two definite-time stages and initiate very fast 3-pole tripping.
one inverse-time stage (IDMTL) are avail-
able, separately for phase currents and for With lower fault currents, instantaneous
tripping after switch-onto-fault is also pos-
the neutral (residual) current. Two operat-
ing modes are selectable. The function can sible with the overreach distance zone Z1B
or just with pickup in any zone.
run in parallel to the distance protection or
only during failure of the voltage in the VT The switch-onto-fault initiation can be de-
secondary circuit (emergency operation). tected via the binary input “manual close”
or automatically via measurement.
Siemens SIP · 2004

Protection functions
Overvoltage protection, undervoltage pro-
tection (ANSI 59, 27)
A voltage rise can occur on long lines that
are operating at no-load or that are only
lightly loaded. The 7SA522 contains a
number of overvoltage measuring ele-
ments. Each measuring element is of
two-stage design. The following measuring
elements are available:
• Phase-to-earth overvoltage
• Phase-to-phase overvoltage
• Zero-sequence overvoltage
The zero-sequence voltage can be con-
nected to the 4th voltage input or be de-
rived from the phase voltages.
• Positive-sequence overvoltage of the local
end or calculated for the remote end of
the line (compounding).
• Negative-sequence overvoltage
Tripping by the overvoltage measuring ele-
ments can be effected either at the local cir-
cuit-breaker or at the remote station by
means of a transmitted signal.
The 7SA522 is fitted, in addition, with
three two-stage undervoltage measuring
elements:
• Phase-to-earth undervoltage
• Phase-to-phase undervoltage
• Positive-sequence undervoltage
The undervoltage measuring elements can
be blocked by means of a minimum cur-
rent criterion and by means of binary in-
puts.
Frequency protection (ANSI 81O/U)
Frequency protection can be used for over-
frequency and underfrequency protection.
Unwanted frequency changes in the net-
work can be detected and the load can be
removed at a specified frequency setting.
Frequency protection can be used over a
wide frequency range (45 to 55, 55 to
65 Hz). There are four elements (selectable
as overfrequency or underfrequency) and
each element can be delayed separately.
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
The 7SA522 relay incorporates a two-stage
circuit-breaker failure protection to detect
failures of tripping command execution,
for example due to a defective circuit-
breaker. The current detection logic is
phase-segregated and can therefore also be
used in single-pole tripping schemes.
Siemens SIP · 2004
If the fault current is not interrupted after
a time delay has expired, a retrip com-
mand or the busbar trip command will be
generated. The breaker failure protection
can be initiated by all integrated protection
functions as well as by external devices via
binary input signals.
Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)
The 7SA522 relay is equipped with an
auto-reclose function (AR). The function
includes several operating modes:
• 3-pole auto-reclosure for all types of
faults; different dead times are available
depending the type of fault
• 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults,
no reclosing for multi-phase faults
• 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults
and for 2-phase faults without earth, no
reclosing for multi-phase faults
• 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase and
3-pole auto-reclosing for multi-phase
faults
• 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults
and 2-phase faults without earth and
3-pole auto-reclosure for other faults
• Multiple-shot auto-reclosure
• Interaction with an external device for
auto-reclosure via binary inputs and out-
puts
• Control of the integrated AR function by
external protection
• Interaction with the internal or an exter-
nal synchro-check
• Monitoring of the circuit-breaker auxil-
iary contacts
In addition to the above-mentioned oper-
ating modes, several other operating prin-
ciples can be employed by means of the
integrated programmable logic (CFC).
Integration of auto-reclosure in the feeder
protection allows evaluation of the
line-side voltages. A number of volt-
age-dependent supplementary functions
are thus available:
• DLC
By means of dead-line check, reclosure is
effected only when the line is deenergized
(prevention of asynchronous breaker clo-
sure).
• ADT
The adaptive dead time is employed only
if auto-reclosure at the remote station was
successful (reduction of stress on equip-
ment).
6 Distance Protection / 7SA522
• RDT
Reduced dead time is employed in con-
junction with auto-reclosure where no
tele-protection method is employed:
When faults within the zone extension, but
external to the protected line, are switched
off for rapid auto-reclosure (RAR), the
RDT function decides on the basis of mea-
surement of the return voltage from the re-
mote station which has not tripped
whether or not to reduce the dead time.
Synchronism check (ANSI 25)
Where two network sections are switched
in by control command or following a
3-pole , it must be ensured that both net-
work sections are mutually synchronous.
For this purpose, a synchronism-check
function is provided. After verification of
the network synchronism the function re-
leases the CLOSE command. Alternatively,
reclosing can be enabled for different crite-
ria, e.g., checking that the busbar or line is
not carrying a voltage (dead line or dead 6
bus).
Fuse failure monitoring and other
supervision functions
The 7SA522 relay provides comprehensive
monitoring functions covering both hard-
ware and software. Furthermore, the mea-
sured values are continuously checked for
plausibility. Therefore the current and
voltage transformers are also included in
this monitoring system.
If any measured voltage is not present due
to short-circuit or open circuit in the volt-
age transformer secondary circuit, the dis-
tance protection would respond with an
unwanted trip due to this loss of voltage.
This secondary voltage interruption can be
detected by means of the integrated fuse
failure monitor. Immediate blocking of
distance protection and switching to the
backup-emergency protection is provided
for all types of secondary voltage failures.
Additional measurement supervision func-
tions are
• Symmetry of voltages and currents
• Broken-conductor supervision
• Summation of currents and voltages
• Phase-sequence supervision
6/51
 6 Distance Protection / 7SA522
Protection functions
Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)
One or two binary inputs for each circuit
breaker pole can be used for monitoring
the circuit-breaker trip coils including the
connecting cables. An alarm signal is is-
sued whenever the circuit is interrupted.
Lockout (ANSI 86)
Under certain operating conditions, it is ad-
visable to block CLOSE commands after a
TRIP command of the relay has been issued.
Only a manual “Reset” command unblocks
the CLOSE command. The 7SA522 is
equipped with such an interlocking logic.
Commissioning and fault event analyzing
Special attention has been paid to commis-
sioning. All binary inputs and outputs can
be displayed and activated directly. This
6 can simplify the wiring check significantly
for the user. The operational and fault
events and the fault records are clearly ar-
ranged. For applications with serial protec-
tion data interface, all currents, voltages
and phases are available via communica-
tion link at each local unit, displayed at the
front of the unit with DIGSI 4 or with
WEB Monitor1).
A common time tagging facilitates the
comparison of events and fault records.
WEB Monitor1) - Internet technology simpli-
fies visualization
In addition to the universal DIGSI 4 oper-
ating program, the relay contains a WEB
server that can be accessed via a telecom-
munication link using a browser (e.g.
Internet Explorer). The advantage of this
solution is to operate the unit with stan-
dard software tools and at the same time
make use of the Intranet/Internet infra-
structure. Apart from numeric values,
graphical displays in particular provide
clear information and a high degree of op-
erating reliability. Of course, it is also pos-
sible to call up detailed measured value
displays and annunciation buffers. By em-
ulation of the integrated unit operation on
the PC it is also possible to adjust selected
settings for commissioning purposes.
1) Available as of mid 2004.
6/52
Communication
With respect to communication, particular
emphasis is placed on the customer re-
quirements in energy automation:
• Every data item is time-stamped at the
source, i.e. where it originates.
• The communication system automatically
handles the transfer of large data blocks
(e.g. fault recordings or parameter data
files). The user has access to these features
without any additional programming ef-
fort.
• For the safe execution of a control com-
mand the corresponding data telegram is
initially acknowledged by the device Fig. 6/54
which will execute the command. After IEC 60870-5-103 star type RS232 copper conduc-
the release and execution of the command tor connection or fiber-optic connection
a feedback signal is generated. At every
stage of the control command execution
particular conditions are checked. If these
are not satisfied, command execution may
be terminated in a controlled manner.
The units offer a high degree of flexibility
by supporting different standards for con-
nection to industrial and power automa-
tion systems. By means of the
communication modules, on which the
protocols run, exchange and retrofit is pos-
sible. Therefore, the units will also in fu-
ture allow for optimal adaptation to
changing communication infrastructure
such as the application of Ethernet net-
works (which will also be used increasingly
in the power supply sector in the years to
come).
Local PC interface
The serial RS232 PC interface accessible Fig. 6/55
from the front of the unit permits quick Bus structure: Fiber-optic double ring circuit
access to all parameters and fault event
data. The use of the DIGSI 4 operating
program is particularly advantageous dur-
Master control unit
ing commissioning.
Service/modem interface
By means of the RS 485/RS 232 interface, it
is possible to efficiently operate a number
of protection units centrally via DIGSI 4.
Remote operation is possible on connec-
tion of a modem. This offers the advantage
of rapid fault clarification, especially in the
case of unmanned power plants. With the
optical version, centralized operation can
be implemented by means of a star
coupler.
Fig. 6/56
Bus structure: RS485 copper conductor connec-
tion
Siemens SIP · 2004
 6 Distance Protection / 7SA522

Communication

LSP2162-afp.tif
Time synchronization
The time synchronization interface
is a standard feature in all units.
The supported formats are IRIG-B
and DCF77.

LSP2164-afp.tif
Reliable bus architecture
• RS485 bus
With this data transmission via
copper conductors, electromag- Fig. 6/57 Fig. 6/58
netic fault influences are largely Fiber-optic communication module Fiber-optic double ring communication module
eliminated by the use of
twisted-pair conductors. Upon
failure of a unit, the remaining
system continues to operate
without any problems.

LSP2163-afp.tif
• Fiber-optic double ring circuit
The fiber-optic double ring cir-
cuit is immune to electromag-
netic interference. Upon failure
6
of a section between two units,
the communication system con-
tinues to operate without distur-
bance. It is usually impossible to
communicate with a unit that Fig. 6/59
has failed. Should the unit fail, Electrical communication module
there is no effect on the commu-
nication with the rest of the sys-
tem.

Retrofitting: Modules for every type

of communication
Communication modules for
retrofitting are available for the en-
tire SIPROTEC 4 unit range. These
ensure that, where different
communcation protocols (IEC
60870-5-103, PROFIBUS, DNP,
etc) are required, such demands
can be met. For fiber-optic com-
munication, no external converter
is required for SIPROTEC 4.

IEC 60870-5-103 protocol

IEC 60870-5-103 is an internation-
ally standardized protocol for effi-
cient communication with
protection relays.
IEC 60870-5-103 is supported by a
number of protection relay manu-
facturers and is used world-wide.
Supplements for the control func-
tion are defined in the manufac- Fig. 6/60 Communication
turer-specific part of this standard.

Siemens SIP · 2004 6/53

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA522
Communication
PROFIBUS-FMS
PROFIBUS-FMS is an internationally stan-
dardized communication system
(EN 50170) for communication problem-
solving. PROFIBUS is supported interna-
tionally by several hundred manufacturers
and has to date been used in more than
1,000,000 applications all over the world.
Connection to a SIMATIC programmable
controller is made on the basis of the data
obtained (e.g. fault recording, fault data,
measured values and control functionality)
via the SICAM energy automation system.
PROFIBUS-DP
PROFIBUS-DP is an industrial communi-
cation standard and is supported by a
number of PLC and protection relay man-
ufacturers.
6 PAS via the Ethernet station bus by means
DNP 3.0
DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network Protocol,
Version 3) is an internationally recognized
protection and bay unit communication
protocol. SIPROTEC 4 units are Level 1
and Level 2 compatible.
IEC 61850 Ethernet1)
The Ethernet-based IEC 61850 protocol
will be the worldwide standard for protec-
tion and control systems used by power
utilities. Siemens is one of the first manu-
facturers to support this standard. By
means of this protocol, information can
also be exchanged directly between IEDs.
Access to the units via the Ethernet bus will
also be possible with DIGSI.
System solutions for protection and station
control
Together with the SICAM power automa-
tion system, SIPROTEC 4 can be used with
PROFIBUS-FMS. Over the low-cost elec-
trical RS485 bus, or interference-free via
the optical double ring, the units exchange
information with the control system. Units
equipped with IEC 60870-5-103 interfaces
can be connected to SICAM in parallel via
the RS485 bus or connected in star by fi-
ber-optic link. Through this interface, the
system is open for the connection of units
of other manufacturers (see Fig. 6/60).
1) For flush-mounting housing.
2) For surface-mounting housing.
3) For surface-mounting housing the internal
fiber-optic module = OMA1) will be delivered
together with an external repeater.
4) Available approx. 10/2004.
6/54
Because of the standardized interfaces,
SIPROTEC units can also be integrated
into systems of other manufacturers or in
SIMATIC. Electrical RS485 or optical in-
terfaces are available. The optimum physi-
cal data transfer medium can be chosen
thanks to opto-electrical converters. Thus,
the RS485 bus allows low-cost wiring in
the cubicles and an interference-free opti-
cal connection to the master can be estab-
lished.
For IEC 61850, an interoperable system so-
lution is offered with SICAM PAS. Via the
100 Mbits/s Ethernet bus, the units are
linked with PAS electrically or optically to
the station PC. The interface is standard-
ized, thus also enabling direct connection
of units of other manufacturers to the
Ethernet bus. With IEC 61850, however,
the units can also be used in other manu-
facturers’ systems. Units with an IEC
60870-5-103 interface are connected with
of serial/Ethernet converters. DIGSI and
the Web monitor can also be used via the
same station bus.
Serial protection data interface
The tele (pilot) protection schemes can be
implemented using digital serial communi-
cation. The 7SA522 is capable of remote
relay communication via direct links or
multiplexed digital communication net-
works. The serial protection data interface
has the following features:
• Fast phase-selective teleprotection signal-
ing for distance protection, optionally
with POTT or PUTT schemes
• Signaling for directional ground(earth)-
fault protection – directional comparison
for high-resistance faults in solidly earthed
systems.
• Echo-function
• Two and three-terminal line applications
can be implemented without additional
logic
• Interclose command transfer with the
auto-reclosure “Adaptive dead time”
(ADT) mode
• Redundant communication path
switchover is possible with the 7SA522
when 2 serial protection data interfaces
are installed
• 28 remote signals for fast transfer of
binary signals
• Flexible utilization of the communication
channels by means of the programmable
CFC logic
• Display of the operational measured
values of the opposite terminal(s) with
phase-angle information relative to a
common reference vector
• Clock synchronization: the clock in only
one of the relays must be synchronized
from an external so called “Absolute Mas-
ter” when using the serial protection data
interface. This relay will then synchronize
the clock of the other (or the two other re-
lays in 3 terminal applications) via the
protection data interface.
• 7SA522 and 7SA6 can be combined via
the protection data interface.
The communication possibilities are iden-
tical to those for the line differential pro-
tection relays 7SD5 and 7SD610. The
following options are available:
• FO51), OMA12) module: Optical 820 nm,
2 ST connectors, FO cable length up to
1.5 km for link to communication net-
works via communication converters or
for direct FO cable connection
• FO61), OMA22) module: Optical 820 nm,
2 ST connectors, FO cable length up to
3.5 km, for direct connection via multi-
mode FO cable
• FO71), OMA32) module: Optical 1300 nm,
2 ST connectors, FO cable length up to
10 km, for direct connection via mono-
mode FO cable
• FO81), OMA42) module: Optical 1300 nm,
2 FC connectors, FO cable length up to
35 km, for direct connection via mono-
mode FO cable
New fiber-optic interfaces, series FO1x4)
• FO171): for direct connection
up to 25 km3), 1300 nm, for mono-mode
fiber 9/125 µm, LC-Duplex connector
• FO181): for direct connection
up to 60 km3), 1300 nm, for mono-mode
fiber 9/125 µm, LC-Duplex connector
• FO191): for direct connection
up to 100 km3), 1550 nm, for mono-mode
fiber 9/125 µm, LC-Duplex connector
The link to a multiplexed communication
network is made by separate communica-
tion converters (7XV5662). These have a
fiber-optic interface with 820 nm and 2 ST
connectors to the protection relay. The
link to the communication network is op-
tionally an electrical X21 or a G703.1 inter-
face.
Siemens SIP · 2004
 6 Distance Protection / 7SA522

Communication

For operation via copper wire communica-

tion (pilot wires), a modern communica-
tion converter for copper cables is
available. This operates with both the
two-wire and three-wire copper connec-
tions which were used by conventional
differential protection systems before. The
communication converter for copper ca-
bles is designed for 5 kV insulation voltage.
An additional 20 kV isolation transformer
can extend the field of applications of this
technique into ranges with higher insula-
tion voltage requirements. With
SIPROTEC 4 and the communication con-
verter for copper cables a digital follow-up
technique is available for two-wire protec-
tion systems (typical 15 km) and all
three-wire protection systems using exist-
ing copper communication links. Further-
more, a communication converter is
available, which enables the link to an 6
ISDN connection via the S0 bus.
Communication data:
• Supported network interfaces G703.1 with
64 kbit/s; X21/RS422 with 64 or 128 or
512 kbit/s
• Max. channel delay time 0.1 ms to 30 ms
(in steps of 0.1 ms)
• Protocol HDLC
• 32-bit CRC-check according to CCITT
and ITU
• Each protection relay possesses a unique
relay address
• Continuous communication link supervi-
sion: Individual faulty data telegrams do
not constitute an immediate danger, if
they occur only sporadically. The statisti-
cal availability, per minute and hour, of
the serial protection data interface can be
displayed.
Figure 6/61 shows four applications for
the serial protection data interface on a
two-terminal line.

Siemens SIP · 2004 6/55

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA522

Communication

Fig. 6/61
Communication topologies for the serial protection data interface on a two-terminal line

1) Available approx. 10/2004.

6/56 Siemens SIP · 2004

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA522

Communication

Three-terminal lines can also be protected

with a tele (pilot) protection scheme by us-
ing SIPROTEC 4 distance protection re-
lays. The communication topology may
then be a ring or a chain topology, see Fig.
6/62. In a ring topology a loss of one data
connection is tolerated by the system. The
topology is re-routed in a chain with less
than 100 ms. To reduce communication
links and to save money for communica-
tions, a chain topology may be generally
applied.

Ring topology

Chain topology

Fig. 6/62
Ring or chain communication topology

Siemens SIP · 2004 6/57

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA522

Typical connection

Connection for current

and voltage transformers
3 phase current transformers with neutral
point in the line direction, I4 connected as
summation current transformer (=3I0):
Holmgreen circuit
3 voltage transformers, without connection
of the broken (open) delta winding on the
line side; the 3V0 voltage is derived inter-
nally.

Fig. 6/63 Example of connection for current and voltage transformers

Alternative current measurement

6 The 3 phase current transformers are con-
nected in the usual manner. The neutral
point is in line direction. I4 is connected to
a separate neutral core-balance CT, thus
permitting a high sensitive 3I0 measure-
ment.
Note: Terminal Q7 of the I4 transformer
must be connected to the terminal of the
core-balance CT pointing in the same di-
rection as the neutral point of the phase
current transformers (in this case in line
direction). The voltage connection is ef-
fected in accordance with Fig. 6/63, 6/67 or
6/68.

Fig. 6/64 Alternative connection of current transformers for sensitive

ground(earth)-current measuring with core-balance current transformers

6/58 Siemens SIP · 2004

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA522

Typical connection

Alternative current connection

3 phase current transformers with neutral
point in the line direction, I4 connected to
a current transformer in the neutral point
of a grounded (earthed) transformer for
directional ground(earth)-fault protection.
The voltage connection is effected in ac-
cordance with Fig. 6/63, 6/67 or 6/68.

Fig. 6/65 Alternative connection of current transformers for measuring

neutral current of a grounded (earthed) power transformer

Alternative current connection

3 phase current transformers with neutral 6
point in the line direction, I4 connected to
the summation current of the parallel line
for parallel line compensation on overhead
lines. The voltage connection is effected in
accordance with Fig. 6/63, 6/67 or 6/68.

Fig. 6/66 Alternative connection of current transformers for measuring

the ground (earth) current of a parallel line

Siemens SIP · 2004 6/59

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA522

Typical connection

Alternative voltage connection

3 phase voltage transformers, V4 connected
to broken (open) delta winding (Ven) for
additional summation voltage monitoring
and ground(earth)-fault directional pro-
tection. The current connection is effected
in accordance with Fig. 6/63, 6/64, 6/65
and 6/66.

Fig. 6/67 Alternative connection of voltage transformers for measuring the

displacement voltage (e-n voltage)

Alternative voltage connection

6
3 phase voltage transformers, V4 connected
to busbar voltage transformer for synchro-
check.
Note: Any phase-to-phase or phase-to-
ground(earth) voltage may be employed as
the busbar voltage. Parameterization is car-
ried out on the unit. The current connec-
tion is effected in accordance with
Fig. 6/63, 6/64, 6/65 and 6/66.

Fig. 6/68 Alternative connection of voltage transformers for measuring the

busbar voltage

6/60 Siemens SIP · 2004

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA522

Technical data
General unit data Output contacts
Analog input Quantity 8 or 16 or 24 (refer to ordering code)
Rated frequency 50 or 60 Hz (selectable) Function can be assigned

Rated current Inom 1 or 5 A (selectable) Switching capacity

Make 1000 W/VA
Rated voltage 80 to 125 V (selectable) Break, high-speed trip outputs 1000 W/VA
Power consumption Break, contacts 30 VA
In CT circuits with Inom = 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA Break, contacts (for resistive load) 40 W
In CT circuits with Inom = 5 A Approx. 0.30 VA
In the CT circuit for high sensitive Break, contacts 25 VA
ground(earth)-fault protection (for τ = L/R ≤ 50 ms)
(refer to ordering code) at 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA Switching voltage 250 V
In VT circuits Approx. 0.10 VA
Permissible current 30 A for 0.5 s
Thermal overload capacity 5 A continuous
In CT circuits 500 A for 1 s
150 A for 10 s Operating time, approx.
20 A continuous NO contact 8 ms
In the CT circuit for high sensitive 300 A for 1 s NO/NC contact (selectable) 8 ms
ground(earth)-fault protection Fast NO contact 5 ms
(refer to ordering code) 100 A for 10 s High-speed NO trip outputs < 1 ms
In VT circuits 15 A continuous LEDs
230 V continuous per phase Quantity
Dynamic overload capacity RUN (green) 1 6
In CT circuits 1250 A (one half cycle) ERROR (red) 1
In the CT circuit for high sensitive 750 A (one half cycle) Indication (red), 14
ground(earth)-fault protection function can be assigned
(refer to ordering code) Unit design
Auxiliary voltage Housing 7XP20
Rated auxiliary voltage 24 to 48 V DC Dimension 1/2 x 19” or 1/1 x 19”
60 to 125 V DC Refer to ordering code, and see
110 to 250 V DC dimension drawings, part 16
and 115 V AC with 50/60 Hz
Degree of protection acc. to EN 60529
Permissible tolerance of the rated -20 % to +20 %
auxiliary voltage Surface-mounting housing IP 51
Flush-mounting housing
Max. superimposed AC voltage ≤ 15 % Front IP 51
(peak-to-peak) Rear IP 50
Power consumption For the IP 20 with terminal cover put on
During normal operation Approx. 8 W terminals
During pickup with all inputs and Approx. 18 W Weight
outputs activated Flush-mounting housing
Bridging time during auxiliary 1/2 x 19” 6 kg
voltage failure 1/1 x 19” 10 kg
Vaux = 48 V and Vaux ≥ 110 V ≥ 50 ms Surface-mounting housing
1/2 x 19” 11 kg
Binary inputs
1/1 x 19” 19 kg
Quantity 8 or 16 or 24 (refer to ordering code)
Functions are freely assignable
Serial interfaces
Minimum pickup voltage 17 or 73 or 154 V DC, bipolar
Ranges are settable by means of (3 operating ranges) Operating interface, front of unit for DIGSI 4
jumpers for each binary input
Maximum permissible voltage 300 V DC Connection Non-isolated, RS232,
Current consumption, energized Approx. 1.8 mA 9-pin subminiature connector
(SUB-D)
Input impulse suppression 220 nF coupling capacitance at
220 V with a recovery time > 60 ms. Baud rate 4800 to 115200 baud
setting as supplied: 38400 baud;
parity 8E1
Time synchronization
DCF77/IRIG-B signal (Format IRIG-B000)
Connection 9-pin subminiature connector (SUB-D)
(terminal with surface-mounting
housing)
Voltage levels 5 V, 12 V or 24 V (optional)

Siemens SIP · 2004 6/61

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA522

Technical data
Service/modem interface (operating interface 2) Relay communication equipment
(refer to ordering code) For DIGSI 4 / modem / service External communication converter 7XV5662-0AA00 with X21/RS422 or
Isolated RS232/RS485 9-pin subminiature connector G703.1 interface
Dielectric test 500 V/ 50 Hz External communication converter Electrical X21/RS422 or G703.1 inter-
Distance for RS232 Max. 15 m for linking the optical 820 nm inter- face settable by jumper
Distance for RS485 Max. 1000 m face of the unit (FO5/OMA1 with Baud rate settable by jumper
Fiber-optic Integrated ST connector clock recovery) to the
Optical wavelength λ = 820 nm X21/RS422/G703.1 interface of the
Permissible attenuation Max. 8 dB for 62.5/125 µm fiber communication network
Distance max. 1.5 km FO interface with 820 nm with clock Max. 1.5 km with 62.5/125 µm multi-
System interface recovery mode fiber to protection relay
Electrical X21/RS422 interface 64/128/512 kbit (settable by jumper)
(refer to ordering code) IEC 60870-5-103
PROFIBUS-FMS max. 800 m, 15-pin connector to the
PROFIBUS-DP communication network
DNP 3.0 Electrical G703.1 interface 64 kbit/s max. 800 m, screw-type ter-
IEC 61850 Ethernet minal to the communication network
Isolated RS232/RS485 9-pin subminiature connector External communication converter 7XV5662-0AC00 for pilot wires
Baud rate 4800 to 38400 baud External communication converter Typical distance: 15 km
Dielectric test 500 V/50 Hz for linking the optical 820 nm inter-
Distance for RS232 Max. 15 m face of the unit (FO5/OMA1 option
Distance for RS485 Max. 1000 m w. clock recovery) to pilot wires.
PROFIBUS RS485
6 Dielectric test 500 V/50 Hz
FO interface for 820 nm
with clock recovery
Max. 1.5 km with 62.5/125 µm multi-
mode fiber to protection relay,
Baud rate Max. 12 Mbaud 128 kbit
Distance 1000 m at 93.75 kbaud; Electrical interface to pilot wires 5 kV-isolated
100 m at 12 Mbaud
External communication converter 7XV5662-0AB00 for ISDN connections
PROFIBUS fiber-optic2)
Only for flush-mounting housing ST connector External communication converter
For surface-mounting housing Optical interface with OLM5) to interface between relays optical
Baud rate Max. 1.5 Mbaud 820 nm interf. and ISDN telep. line
Optical wavelength λ = 820 nm Input: fiber-optic 820 nm Max. 1.5 km with 62.5/125 µm
Permissible attenuation Max. 8 dB for 62.5/125 µm fiber with clock recovery multi-mode FO cable to device side
Distance 500 kbit/s 1.6 km 1500 kbit/s 530 m Output: ISDN electrical interface 64/128 kbit (selectable by jumper)
Protection data relay interfaces max. 800 m, 15-pin connector
Permissible time delay (duration of data transmission)
Quantity Max. 2 (refer to ordering code)
Delay of telegrams due to transmis- Max. 30 ms per transmission path
FO51), OMA12): Fiber-optic interface For multi-mode fiber 62.5/125 µm, sion for one unit to the other. Permissible max. value can be
with clock recovery for direct con- ST connectors Delay constantly measured/adjusted selected
nection up to 1.5 km or for connec-
tion to a communication converter,
820 nm Electrical tests
FO6 , OMA2 : Fiber-optic interface For multi-mode fiber 62.5/125 µm,
1) 2) Specifications
for direct connection up to 3.5 km, ST connectors Standards IEC 60255 (product standards)
820 nm ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0/.1/.2; UL 508
FO71), OMA32): Fiber-optic interface For mono-mode fiber 9/125 µm, DIN 57435 Part 303
for direct connection up to 10 km, ST connectors Further standards see “Individual tests”
1300 nm Insulation tests
FO81), OMA42): Fiber-optic interface For mono-mode fiber 9/125 µm, Standards IEC 60255-5 and 60870-2-1
for direct connection up to 35 km, FC connectors Voltage test (100 % test)
1300 nm All circuits except for auxiliary 2.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50/60 Hz
4)
New fiber-optic interfaces, series FO1x supply, binary inputs and
FO171): for direct connection up to For mono-mode fiber 9/125 µm, communication interfaces
25 km3), 1300 nm LC-Duplex connector Auxiliary voltage and binary 3.5 kV DC
inputs (100 % test)
1)
FO18 : for direct connection up to For mono-mode fiber 9/125 µm, RS485/RS232 rear side communi- 500 V (r.m.s.), 50/60 Hz
60 km3), 1300 nm LC-Duplex connector cation interfaces and time syn-
FO191): for direct connection up to For mono-mode fiber 9/125 µm, chronization interface (100 % test)
100 km3), 1550 nm LC-Duplex connector Impulse voltage test (type test)
All circuits except for communi- 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 J
cation interfaces and time syn- 3 positive and 3 negative impulses at
chronization interface, class III intervals of 5 s
1) For flush-mouting housing.
2) For surface mounting housing. 5) Conversion with external OLM
For fiber-optic interface please complete order number at 11th position
3) For surface mounting housing the internal fiber-optic module OMA1 with 4 (FMS RS485) or 9 and Order Code L0A (DP RS485) and addi-
will be delivered together with an external repeater. tionally order:
4) Available approx. 10/2004. For single ring: SIEMENS OLM 6GK1502-3AB10

6/62 Siemens SIP · 2004


Technical data
EMC tests for noise immunity; type tests
Standards
High frequency test
IEC 60255-22-1, class III and
DIN 57435 part 303, class III
Electrostatic discharge
IEC 60255-22-2 class IV
EN 61000-4-2, class IV
Irradiation with RF field,
non-modulated
IEC 60255-22-3 (report), class III
Irradiation with RF field,
amplitude-modulated
IEC 61000-4-3, class III
Irradiation with RF field,
pulse-modulated, IEC 61000-4-3/
ENV 50204, class III
Fast transient disturbance, bursts
IEC 60255-22-4 and
IEC 61000-4-4, class IV
High-energy surge voltages
(SURGE),
IEC 61000-4-5 installation class III
Auxiliary supply
Measurements inputs, binary inputs, Common (longitude) mode: 2 kV;
binary outputs
Line-conducted HF,
amplitude-modulated
IEC 61000-4-6, class III
Magnetic field with power frequency 30 A/m continuous;
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV
IEC 60255-6
Oscillatory surge withstand
capability
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1
Fast transient surge withstand
capability, ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1
Radiated electromagnetic
interference, IEEE C37.90.2
Damped oscillations
IEC 60894, IEC 61000-4-12
EMC tests for interference emission; type test
Standard
Conducted interference,
only auxiliary supply
IEC-CISPR 22
Radio interference field strenght
IEC-CISPR 22
Siemens SIP · 2004
IEC 60255-6, 60255-22 (product
standards)
EN 50082-2 (generic standard)
DIN 57 435 part 303
2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; τ = 15 ms;
400 surges per s; test duration 2 s
8 kV contact discharge; 15 kV air
discharge; both polarities;
150 pF; Ri = 330 W
10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz
10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz;
80 % AM; 1 kHz
10 V/m; 900 MHz; repetition
frequency 200 Hz; duty cycle 50 %
4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz;
burst length = 15 ms;
repetition rate 300 ms; both
polarities;
Ri = 50; test duration 1 min
Impulse: 1.2/50 µs
Common (longitudinal) mode: 2 kV;
12 W, 9 µF
differential (transversal) mode: 1 kV;
2 W, 18 µF
42 W, 0.5 µF
differential (transversal) mode: 1 kV;
42 W, 0.5 µF
10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 % AM;
1 kHz
300 A/m for 3 s; 50 Hz
0.5 mT; 50 Hz
2.5 to 3 kV (peak); 1 to 1.5 MHz
Damped wave; 50 surges per second;
Duration 2 s; Ri = 150 to 200 W
4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 surges per
second; both polarities; duration 2 s;
Ri = 80 W
35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz
amplitude and pulse-modulated
2.5 kV (peak value), polarity alternat-
ing 100 kHz, 1, 10 and 50 MHz,
Ri = 200 W
EN 50081-* (generic standard)
150 kHz to 30 MHz
Limit class B
30 to 1000 MHz
Limit class B
6 Distance Protection / 7SA522
Mechanical stress test
Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration
During operation
Standards
Vibration
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2
IEC 60068-2-6
Shock
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1
IEC 60068-2-27
Seismic vibration
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1
IEC 60068-3-3
During transport
Standards
Vibration
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2
IEC 60255-2-6
Shock
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1
IEC 60068-2-27
Continuous shock
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1
IEC 60068-2-29
Climatic stress tests
Temperatures
Type-tested acc. to IEC 60068-2-1
and -2, test Bd, for 16 h
Temporarily permissible operating
temperature, tested for 96 h
(Legibility of display may be im-
paired above +55 °C / +131 °F)
Recommended permanent operating -5 °C to +55 °C / +25 °F to +131 °F
temperature acc. to IEC 60255-6
– Limiting temperature during
permanent storage -25 °C to +55 °C / -13 °F to 131 °F
– Limiting temperature during
transport -25 °C to +70 °C / -13 °F to +158 °F
Humidity
Permissible humidity stress
It is recommended to arrange the
units in such a way that they are not
exposed to direct sunlight or pro-
nounced temperature that could
cause condensation
IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
Sinusoidal
10 to 60 Hz: ±0.075 mm amplitude;
60 to 150 Hz: 1 g acceleration
frequency sweep 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Half-sinusoidal
Acceleration 5 g,
duration 11 ms,
3 shocks on each of the 3 axes in both
directions
Sinusoidal
1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude (hori-
zontal axis)
1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude (verti-
cal axis)
8 to 35 Hz: 1g acceleration
(horizontal axis)
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
(vertical axis)
6
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes
IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
Sinusoidal
5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude;
8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Half-sinusoidal
Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms,
3 shocks each in both directions of
the 3 axes
Half-sinusoidal
Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms,
1000 shocks on each of the 3 axes in
both directions
-25 °C to +85 °C / -13 °F to +185 °F
-20 °C to +70 °C / -4 °F to +158 °F
Annual average £ 75 % relative hu-
midity; on 56 days in the year up to
93 % relative humidity; condensation
is not permitted
6/63
 6 Distance Protection / 7SA522
Technical data
Certifications
UL listing
Models with threaded terminals
UL recognition
Models with plug-in terminals
Functions
Distance protection (ANSI 21, 21N)
Distance protection zones
Time stages for tripping delay
Setting range 0 to 30 s or deactivated 3 for single-phase faults
(steps 0.01 s)
Characteristic
Selectable separately for phase and quadrilateral and/or
ground (earth) faults
Time range
6 Line angle ϕ L
Inclination angle for quadrilateral
characteristic
Quadrilateral reactance reach X
Quadrilateral resistance reach R
for phase-to-phase faults and
phase-to-ground(earth) faults
MHO impedance reach ZR
Minimum phase current I
Ground(earth)-fault pickup
Neutral (residual) current 3 I0
(Ground current)
Zero-sequence voltage 3V0
Zero-sequence compensation
selectable input formats
Separately selectable for zones
RE/RL and XE/XL
k0
ϕ(k0)
Parallel line mutual compensation
RM/RL and XM/XL
Load encroachment
Minimum load resistance
Maximum load angle
Directional decision for all types of
faults
Directional sensitivity
6/64
Tolerances For sinusoidal quantities
7SA522*-*A* ∆X
7SA522*-*C* ≤ 5 % for 30 ° ≤ ϕ SC ≤ 90 °
X
7SA522*-*D*
7SA522*-*J* ∆R
≤ 5 % for 0 ° ≤ ϕ SC ≤ 60 °
7SA522*-*L* R
7SA522*-*M*
∆Z
≤ 5 % for -30 ° ≤ (ϕ SC - ϕline) ≤ +30 °
Z
Timer tolerance ± 1 % of set value or 10 ms
Operating times
6, 1 of which as controlled zone, all
Minimum trip time Approx. 17 ms at 50 Hz
zones can be set forward or/and
with fast relays Approx. 15 ms at 60 Hz
reverse
Minimum trip time Approx. 12 ms at 50 Hz
6 for multi-phase faults with high-speed relays Approx. 10 ms at 60 Hz
Reset time Approx. 30 ms
Fault locator
(refer to ordering code)
Output of the distance to fault X, R (secondary) in Ω
X, R (primary) in Ω
MHO
Distance in kilometers or miles
0.00 to 30 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated Distance in % of line length
30 ° to 89 ° (step 1 °) Start of calculation With trip, with pickup reset
30° to 90° (step 1°) Reactance per unit length 0.005 to 6.5 Ω / km(1A) /
0.001 to 1.3 Ω / km(5A) or
0.05 to 600 Ω(1A) / 0.01 to 120 Ω(5A) 0.005 to 10 Ω / mile (1A) /
(step 0.001 Ω) 0.001 to 2 Ω / mile (5A)
(step 0.0001 Ω / unit)
0.05 to 600 Ω(1A) / 0.01 to 120 Ω(5A) Tolerance For sinusoidal quantities
(step 0.001Ω) ≤ 2.5 % line length for
30 ° ≤ ϕSC ≤ 90 ° and VSC/VN > 0.10
0.05 to 200 Ω(1A) / 0.01 to 40 Ω(5A)
(step 0.01 Ω) BCD-coded output of fault location
0.05 to 4 A (1A) / 0.25 to 20 A (5A) Indicated value Fault location in % of the line length
(step 0.01 A) Output signals Max. 10:
d[1 %], d[2 %], d[4 %], d[8 %],
0.05 to 4 A (1A) / 0.25 to 20 A (5A) d[10 %], d[20 %], d[401 %], d[80 %],
(step 0.01 A) d[100 %], d[release]
1 to 100 V (step 1V) or deactivated Indication range 0 % to 195 %
Power swing detection (ANSI 68, 68T)
RE/RL and XE/XL Power swing detection principle Measurement of the rate of impedance
k0 and ϕ(k0) vector change and monitoring of the
Z1 vector path
higher zones (Z1B, Z2 to Z5) Max. detectable power swing fre- Approx. 7 Hz
-0.33 to 7 (step 0.01) quency
0 to 4 (step 0.001) Operating modes Power swing blocking and/or power
-135 to 135 ° (steps 0.01 °) swing tripping (out-of-step tripping)
(refer to ordering code) Power swing blocking programs All zones blocked
0.00 to 8 (step 0.01) Z1/Z1B blocked
Z2 to Z5 blocked
Z1, Z1B, Z2 blocked
0.10 to 600 Ω(1A) / 0.02 to 120 Ω(5A)
(step 0.001 Ω) or deactivated Detection of faults during power Reset of power swing blocking for all
swing blocking types of faults
20 to 60 ° (step 1 °)
With sound phase polarization
and/or voltage memory
Dynamically unlimited
Siemens SIP · 2004

Technical data
EMC tests for noise immunity; type tests
Standards
High frequency test
IEC 60255-22-1, class III and
DIN 57435 part 303, class III
Electrostatic discharge
IEC 60255-22-2 class IV
EN 61000-4-2, class IV
Irradiation with RF field,
non-modulated
IEC 60255-22-3 (report), class III
Irradiation with RF field,
amplitude-modulated
IEC 61000-4-3, class III
Irradiation with RF field,
pulse-modulated, IEC 61000-4-3/
ENV 50204, class III
Fast transient disturbance, bursts
IEC 60255-22-4 and
IEC 61000-4-4, class IV
High-energy surge voltages
(SURGE),
IEC 61000-4-5 installation class III
Auxiliary supply
Measurements inputs, binary inputs, Common (longitude) mode: 2 kV;
binary outputs
Line-conducted HF,
amplitude-modulated
IEC 61000-4-6, class III
Magnetic field with power frequency 30 A/m continuous;
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV
IEC 60255-6
Oscillatory surge withstand
capability
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1
Fast transient surge withstand
capability, ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1
Radiated electromagnetic
interference, IEEE C37.90.2
Damped oscillations
IEC 60894, IEC 61000-4-12
EMC tests for interference emission; type test
Standard
Conducted interference,
only auxiliary supply
IEC-CISPR 22
Radio interference field strenght
IEC-CISPR 22
Siemens SIP · 2004
IEC 60255-6, 60255-22 (product
standards)
EN 50082-2 (generic standard)
DIN 57 435 part 303
2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; τ = 15 ms;
400 surges per s; test duration 2 s
8 kV contact discharge; 15 kV air
discharge; both polarities;
150 pF; Ri = 330 W
10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz
10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz;
80 % AM; 1 kHz
10 V/m; 900 MHz; repetition
frequency 200 Hz; duty cycle 50 %
4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz;
burst length = 15 ms;
repetition rate 300 ms; both
polarities;
Ri = 50; test duration 1 min
Impulse: 1.2/50 µs
Common (longitudinal) mode: 2 kV;
12 W, 9 µF
differential (transversal) mode: 1 kV;
2 W, 18 µF
42 W, 0.5 µF
differential (transversal) mode: 1 kV;
42 W, 0.5 µF
10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 % AM;
1 kHz
300 A/m for 3 s; 50 Hz
0.5 mT; 50 Hz
2.5 to 3 kV (peak); 1 to 1.5 MHz
Damped wave; 50 surges per second;
Duration 2 s; Ri = 150 to 200 W
4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 surges per
second; both polarities; duration 2 s;
Ri = 80 W
35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz
amplitude and pulse-modulated
2.5 kV (peak value), polarity alternat-
ing 100 kHz, 1, 10 and 50 MHz,
Ri = 200 W
EN 50081-* (generic standard)
150 kHz to 30 MHz
Limit class B
30 to 1000 MHz
Limit class B
6 Distance Protection / 7SA522
Mechanical stress test
Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration
During operation
Standards
Vibration
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2
IEC 60068-2-6
Shock
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1
IEC 60068-2-27
Seismic vibration
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1
IEC 60068-3-3
During transport
Standards
Vibration
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2
IEC 60255-2-6
Shock
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1
IEC 60068-2-27
Continuous shock
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1
IEC 60068-2-29
Climatic stress tests
Temperatures
Type-tested acc. to IEC 60068-2-1
and -2, test Bd, for 16 h
Temporarily permissible operating
temperature, tested for 96 h
(Legibility of display may be im-
paired above +55 °C / +131 °F)
Recommended permanent operating -5 °C to +55 °C / +25 °F to +131 °F
temperature acc. to IEC 60255-6
– Limiting temperature during
permanent storage -25 °C to +55 °C / -13 °F to 131 °F
– Limiting temperature during
transport -25 °C to +70 °C / -13 °F to +158 °F
Humidity
Permissible humidity stress
It is recommended to arrange the
units in such a way that they are not
exposed to direct sunlight or pro-
nounced temperature that could
cause condensation
IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
Sinusoidal
10 to 60 Hz: ±0.075 mm amplitude;
60 to 150 Hz: 1 g acceleration
frequency sweep 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Half-sinusoidal
Acceleration 5 g,
duration 11 ms,
3 shocks on each of the 3 axes in both
directions
Sinusoidal
1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude (hori-
zontal axis)
1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude (verti-
cal axis)
8 to 35 Hz: 1g acceleration
(horizontal axis)
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
(vertical axis)
6
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes
IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
Sinusoidal
5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude;
8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Half-sinusoidal
Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms,
3 shocks each in both directions of
the 3 axes
Half-sinusoidal
Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms,
1000 shocks on each of the 3 axes in
both directions
-25 °C to +85 °C / -13 °F to +185 °F
-20 °C to +70 °C / -4 °F to +158 °F
Annual average £ 75 % relative hu-
midity; on 56 days in the year up to
93 % relative humidity; condensation
is not permitted
6/63
 6 Distance Protection / 7SA522

Technical data
Weak-infeed protection with undervoltage (ANSI 27WI) STUB bus overcurrent protection (ANSI 50(N)STUB)
Operating modes with carrier Echo Operating modes Active only with open isolator posi-
(signal) reception Echo and trip with undervoltage tion (signaled via binary input)
Undervoltage phase – ground 2 to 70 V (step 1 V) Characteristic 1 definite-time stage
(earth) Instantaneous trip after switch-onto- Selectable
Time delay 0.00 to 30 s (step 0.01 s) fault
Echo impulse 0.00 to 30 s (step 0.01 s) Pickup phase current 0.1 to 25 A(1A) / 0.5 to 125 A(5A)
Tolerances (step 0.01 A)
Voltage threshold ≤ 5 % of setting value or 0.5 V Pickup neutral (residual) current 0.05 to 25 A(1A) / 0.25 to 125 A(5A)
Timer ± 1 % of setting value or 10 ms (step 0.01 A)
Backup overcurrent protection (ANSI 50N, 51N) Time delay, separate for phase and 0.00 to 30 s (step 0.01 s)
Operating modes Active only with loss of VT secondary ground (earth) stage or deactivated
circuit or always active Reset ratio Approx. 0.95
Characteristic 2 definite-time stages /1 inverse-time Tolerances
stage Current starting ≤ 3 % of setting value or 1 % of Inom
Instantaneous trip after switch-onto- Selectable for every stage Delay times ± 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
fault Instantaneous high-speed switch-onto-fault overcurrent protection
Definite-time stage (ANSI 50HS)

Pickup definite-time stage 1, phase 0.1 to 25 A(1A) / 0.5 to 125 A(5A) Operating mode Active only after CB closing;
current (step 0.01 A) instantaneous trip after pickup
6 Pickup current 1 to 25 A(1A) / 5 to 125 A(5A)
Pickup definite-time stage 1, neutral 0.05 to 25 A(1A) / 0.25 to 125 A(5A)
(residual) current (step 0.01A) (step 0.01 A)

Pickup definite-time stage 2, phase 0.1 to 25 A(1A) / 0.5 to 125 A(5A) Reset ratio Approx. 0.95
current (step 0.01A) Tolerances
Pickup definite-time stage 2, neutral 0.05 to 25 A(1A) / 0.25 to 125 A(5A) Current starting ≤ 3 % of setting value or 1 % of Inom
(residual) current (step 0.01 A) Operating time
Time delay for definite-time stages 0.0 to 30 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated With fast relays Approx. 13 ms
With high-speed trip outputs Approx. 8 ms
Tolerances
Current starting ≤ 3 % of setting value or 1 % of Inom Voltage protection (ANSI 59, 27)
Delay times ± 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Operating modes Local tripping and/or carrier trip im-
Operating time Approx. 25 ms pulse for remote end, only indication

Inverse-time stage Overvoltage protection

Phase current starting 0.1 to 4 A(1A) / 0.5 to 20 A(5A) Pickup values VPH-Gnd>>, VPH-Gnd> 1 to 170 V (step 0.1 V)
for inverse-time stage (step 0.01 A) (phase-earth overvoltage)
Neutral (residual) current starting 0.05 to 4 A(1A) / 0.25 to 20 A(5A) Pickup values VPH-PH>>, VPH-PH> 2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V)
for inverse-time stage (step 0.01 A) (phase-phase overvoltage)
Characteristic according Normal inverse, very inverse, Pickup values 3V0>>, 3V0> 1 to 220 V (step 0.1 V)
to IEC 60255-3 extremely inverse, long time inverse (3V0 can be measured via V4 trans-
Time multiplier Tp = 0.05 to 3 s (step 0.01 s) or deacti- formers or calculated by the relay)
vated (zero-sequence overvoltage)
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 x I / Ip Pickup values V1>>, V1> 2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V)
(positive-sequence overvoltage)
Reset threshold Approx. 1.05 x I / Ip
Measured voltage Local positive-sequence
Tolerances voltage or calculated
Operating time for 2 ≤ I / Ip ≤ 20 ≤ 5 % of setpoint ± 15 ms remote positive-sequence
Characteristics according Inverse, short inverse, long inverse, voltage (compounding)
to ANSI/IEEE moderately inverse, very inverse, Pickup values V2>>, V2> 2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V)
extremely inverse, definite inverse (negative-sequence overvoltage)
Time dial DIP 0.50 to 15 s (step 0.01) or deacti-
Reset ratio (settable) 0.5 to 0.98 (step 0.01)
vated
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 x M (M = I/Ip)
Reset threshold Approx. 1.05 x M
Tolerances
Operating time for 2 ≤ M ≤ 20 ≤ 5 % of setpoint ± 15 ms

6/66 Siemens SIP · 2004

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA522

Technical data
Undervoltage protection Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)
Pickup values VPH-E<<, VPH-E< 1 to 100 V (step 0.1 V) Number of auto-reclosures Up to 8
(phase-earth undervoltage) Operating mode Only 1-pole; only 3-pole, 1- or 3-pole
Pickup values VPH-PH<<, VPH-PH< 1 to 170 V (step 0.1 V) Operating modes with line voltage DLC – dead-line check
(phase-phase undervoltage) check ADT – adaptive dead time
Pickup values V1<<, V1< 1 to 100 V (step 0.1 V) RDT – reduced dead time
(positive-sequence undervoltage) Dead times T1-PH, T3-PH, TSeq 0 to 1800 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated
Blocking of undervoltage protection Minimum current; binary input Action times 0.01 to 300 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated
stages
Reclaim times 0.5 to 300 s (step 0.01 s)
Reset ratio 1.05
Start-signal monitoring time 0.01 to 300 s (step 0.01 s)
Time delays
Additional functions Synchro-check request
Time delay for 3 V0 stages 0 to 100 s (step 0.01 s)or deactivated 3-phase intertripping
Time delay for all other over- and 0 to 30 s (steps 0.01 s) or deactivated InterCLOSE command
undervoltage stages to the remote end
Command / pickup time Approx. 30 ms Check of CB ready state
Blocking with manual CLOSE
Tolerances
Voltage limit values ≤ 3 % of setting value or 0.5 V Voltage limit values for DLC, ADT,
Time stages 1 % of setting value or 10 ms RDT
Healthy line voltage 30 to 90 V (step 1 V)
Frequency protection (ANSI 81) Dead line 2 to 70 V (step 1 V)
Number of frequency elements 4 Tolerances 6
Setting range 45.5 to 54.5 Hz Time stages 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
(in steps of 0.01) at fnom = 50 Hz Voltage limit values ≤ 3 % of setting value or 0.5 V
55.5 to 64.5 Hz Synchro-check (ANSI 25)
(in steps of 0.01) at fnom = 60 Hz
Initiate options Auto-reclosure;
Delay times 0 to 600 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Manual CLOSE control
Operating voltage range 6 to 230 V (phase-to-earth) Control commands
Pickup times Approx. 80 ms Operating modes
Dropout times Approx. 80 ms with auto-reclosure Synchro-check
Hysteresis Approx. 20 mHz Line dead/busbar live
Dropout condition Voltage = 0 V and current = 0 A Line live/busbar dead
Line and busbar dead
Tolerances Bypassing
Frequency 12 m Hz for V = 29 to 230 V For manual closure
Delay times 1 % of the setting value or 10 ms and control commands As for auto-reclosure
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF) Permissible voltage difference 1 to 60 V (step 0.1 V)
Number of stages 2 Permissible frequency difference 0.03 to 2 Hz (step 0.01 Hz)
Pickup of current element 0.05 to 20 A(1A) / 0.25 to 100 A(5A) Permissible angle difference 2 to 80 ° (step 1 °)
(step 0.01 A)
Max. duration of synchronization 0.01 to 600 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated
Time delays T11phase, T13phase, T2 0 to 30 s (steps 0.01 s) or deactivated
Release delay with synchronous 0 to 30 s (step 0.01 s)
Additional functions End-fault protection networks
CB pole discrepancy monitoring
Tolerances
Reset time 12 ms, typical; 25 ms max. Time stages 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Tolerances Voltage limit values ≤ 2 % of setting value or 2 V
Current limit value ≤ 5 % of setting value or 1 % Inom Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)
Time stages 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Number of supervisable trip circuits Up to 3
Number of required binary inputs 1 or 2
per trip circuit
Indication relay 1 to 30 s (step 1 s)

Siemens SIP · 2004 6/67

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA522

Technical data
Additional functions Control
Operational measured values Number of switching units Depends on the number of binary /
Representation Primary, secondary and percentage indication inputs and indication /
referred to rated value command outputs

Currents 3 x IPhase ; 3I0; IGnd sensitve; I1; I2; IY; 3I0PAR Control commands Single command / double command
1, 1 plus 1 common or 2 pole
Tolerances ≤ 0.5 % of indicated measured value
or 0.5 % Inom Feed back CLOSE, TRIP, intermediate position

Voltages 3 x VPhase-Ground; 3 x VPhase-Phase; 3V0, Interlocking Freely configurable

V1, V2, VSYNC, Ven Local control Control via menu, function keys
Tolerances ≤ 0.5 % of indicated measured value Remote control Control protection, DIGSI, pilot
or 0.5 % Vnom wires
Power with direction indication P, Q, S Further additional functions
Tolerances Measurement supervision Current sum
P: for cos ϕ = 0.7 to 1 and Typical ≤ 1 % Current symmetry
V/Vnom, I/Inom = 50 to 120 % Voltage sum
Q: for sin ϕ = 0.7 to 1 and Typical ≤ 1 % Voltage symmetry
V/Vnom , I/Inom = 50 to 120 % Voltage phase sequence
S: for V/Vnom, I/Inom = 50 to Typical ≤ 1 % Fuse failure monitor
120 % Annunciations
Frequency f Event logging Buffer size 200
6 Tolerance ≤ 20 mHz Fault logging Storage of signals of the last 8 faults,
Power factor p.f. (cos ϕ) buffer size 600
Tolerance for cos ϕ = 0.7 to 1 Typical ≤ 3 % Switching statistics Number of breaking operations per
CB pole
Load impedances with directional 3 x RPhase-Ground, XPhase-Ground Sum of breaking current per phase
indication 3 x RPhase-Phase, XPhase-Phase Breaking current of last trip operation
Long-term mean values Max. breaking current per phase
Interval for derivation of mean value 15 min / 1 min; 15 min / 3 min; Circuit-breaker test TRIP/CLOSE cycle 3-phase
15 min / 15 min TRIP/CLOSE cycle per phase
Synchronization instant Every ¼ hour; every ½ hour; every Setting range
hour Dead time for c.b. TRIP/CLOSE 0.00 to 30 s (step 0.01 s)
cycle
Values 3 x IPhase; I1; P; P+; P-; Q; Q+; Q-; S
Commissioning support Operational measured values, CB.
Minimum/maximum memory
test, status display of binary indica-
Indication Measured values with date and time tion inputs, setting of output relays,
Resetting Cyclically generation of indications for testing
Via binary input serial interfaces
Via the keyboard Phase rotation adjustment Clockwise or anti-clockwise
Via serial interface
Values
CE conformity
Min./max. of measured values 3 x IPhase; I1; 3 x VPhase-Ground;
3 x VPhase-to-phase; 3V0; V1; This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Commu-
P+; P–; Q+; Q–; S; f; power factor nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating to
(+); power factor (–) electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC) and
Min./max. of mean values 3 x IPhase; I1; P; Q; S electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (Council
Directive 73/23/EEC).
Energy meters
This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
Four-quadrant meters WP+; WP–; WQ+; WQ–
man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part 303).
Tolerance Further applicable standards: ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0 and C37.90.1.
for cos ϕ > 0.7 and V > 50 % 5%
Vnom and I> 50 % Inom This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG in
accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
Oscillographic fault recording generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directive and
Analog channels 3 x IPhase, 3I0, 3I0 PAR standard EN 60255-6 for the “low-voltage Directive”.
3 x VPhase, 3V0, VSYNC, Ven
Max. number of available recordings 8, backed-up by battery if auxiliary
voltage supply fails
Sampling intervals 20 samplings per cycle
Total storage time > 15 s
Binary channels Pickup and trip information; number
and contents can be freely configured
by the user
Max. number of displayed binary 40
channels
6/68 Siemens SIP · 2004
 6 Distance Protection / 7SA522

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7SA522 distance protection relay
for transmission lines 7SA522¨-¨¨¨¨¨-¨oo¨ oo¨
14243
Current transformer see following
IPH = 1 A1), IGnd = 1 A (min. = 0.05 A) 1 pages
IPH = 1 A1), IGnd = high sensitive (min. = 0.003 A) 2
IPH = 5 A1), IGnd = 5 A (min. = 0.25 A) 5
IPH = 5 A1), IGnd = high sensitive (min. = 0.003 A) 6
(Order code position 7 = 2 or 6 not available
with position 14 = K, M, N, Q)

Rated auxiliary voltage (power supply, binary inputs)

24 to 48 V DC, binary input threshold 17 V DC3) 2
60 to 125 V DC2), binary input threshold 17 V DC3) 4
110 to 250 V DC2), 115 V AC, binary input threshold 73 V DC3) 5
220 to 250 V DC2), 115 V AC, binary input threshold 154 V DC3) 6
t

9”
ac

/
o1
nt

als ng
g- un nal g/

/
co

ng
dt

in si
s

ts

n
ut

m ou
us

m usi

scr ce- inal usi

6
pu

rre
np

s
tat

ter g h
ut

ter ho

rfa rm g ho
efe
ou l/co ion i

es

ew mo s
pe tin
Fa s, in and

i
Flu type ting
hr
rip
rel l. liv

te tin

-ty un
at

idt
ut m

- n
dic

ed
tp m

ew u
gw
s

o
ay

e
in

scr h-m

plu -m
-sp

in

in
ry

sh
us
na

gh
na

s
st

Flu
Ho
Sig

Hi

Su
Bi

8 9 7 – 1/2 n A
8 9 7 – 1/2 n E
8 9 7 – 1/2 n J
16 17 7 – 1/1 n C
16 17 7 – 1/1 n G
16 17 7 – 1/1 n L
16 16 3 5 1/1 n N
16 16 3 5 1/1 n Q
16 16 3 5 1/1 n S
24 25 7 – 1/1 n D
24 25 7 – 1/1 n H
24 25 7 – 1/1 n M
24 24 3 5 1/1 n P
24 24 3 5 1/1 n R
24 24 3 5 1/1 n T
22 37 7 – 1/1 n U 5)

Region-specific default settings/language settings (language selectable)

Region DE, language: German; selectable A
Region World, language: English (GB); selectable B
Region US, language: English (US); selectable C
Region FR, language: French; selectable 4) D
Region World, language: Spanish; selectable E
Region World, language: Italian; selectable 4) F

Regulation on region-specific presettings and function versions:

1) Rated current can be selected by means
of jumpers.
2) Transition between the three auxiliary
voltage ranges can be selected by
means of jumpers.
3) The binary input thresholds can be
selected by means of jumpers.
4) On request.
5) Available with next release.
Siemens SIP · 2004
Region DE: preset to f = 50 Hz and line length in km, only IEC,
directional ground-(earth) fault protection: no logarithmic inverse characteristic,
no direction decision with zero-sequence power Sr
Region US: preset to f = 60 Hz and line length in miles, ANSI inverse characteristic only,
directional ground-(earth) fault protection: no logarithmic inverse characteristic,
no direction decision with zero-sequence power Sr, no U0 inverse characteristic
Region World: preset to f = 50 Hz and line length in km, directional ground-(earth) fault protection:
no direction decision with zero-sequence Sr, no U0 inverse characteristic
Region FR: preset to f = 50 Hz and line length in km, directional ground-(earth) fault protection:
no U0 inverse characteristic, no logarithmic inverse characteristic,
weak infeed logic selectable between French specification and World specification.
6/69
 6 Distance Protection / 7SA522

Selection and ordering data Description Order No. Order Code

7SA522 distance protection relay
for transmission lines 7SA522¨-¨¨¨¨¨-¨oo¨ oo¨
123
Port B see
Empty 0 following
System interface, IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, electrical RS232 1 pages
System interface, IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, electrical RS485 2
System interface, IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3
System interface, PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, electrical RS485 1) 4
System interface, PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, optical, double ring, ST connector 1)2) 6
System interface, PROFIBUS-DP Slave, RS485 9 L 0 A
System interface, PROFIBUS-DP Slave, 820 nm optical, double ring, ST connector2)9 L 0 B
System interface, DNP 3.0, RS485 9 L 0 G
System interface, DNP 3.0, 820 nm optical, ST connector 2) 9 L 0 H
System interface, IEC 618506), 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, duplicate,
RJ45 plug connector 9 L 0 R

Port C and/or Port D

Empty 0
Port C: DIGSI/modem, electrical RS232; Port D: empty 1
Port C: DIGSI/modem, electrical RS485; Port D: empty 2
Port C: DIGSI/modem, optical 820 nm, ST connector; Port D: empty 3
6
With Port D 9 Moo

Port C
Empty 0
DIGSI/modem, electrical RS232 1
DIGSI/modem, electrical RS485 2
DIGSI/modem, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3

Port D
Optical 820 nm, 2 ST connectors, FO cable length up to 1.5 km
For communication networks3) or direct connection via multi-mode FO cable A
Optical 820 nm, 2 ST connectors, FO cable length up to 3.5 km
For direct communication via multi-mode FO cable B
Optical 1300 nm, 2 ST connectors, FO cable length up to 10 km
For direct communication via mono-mode FO cable C
Optical 1300 nm, 2 FC connectors, FO cable length up to 35 km
For direct communication via mono-mode FO cable D

New FO options4)
Protection and data interface: optical 1300 nm, LC-Duplex connector
FO cable length up to 25 km for direct connection via mono-mode FO cable5) G
Protection and data interface: optical 1300 nm, LC-Duplex connector
FO cable length up to 60 km for direct connection via mono-mode FO cable5) H
Protection and data interface: optical 1550 nm, LC-Duplex connector
FO cable length up to 100 km for direct connection via mono-mode FO cable5) J

1) For SICAM energy automation system.

2) Optical double ring interfaces are not
available with surface-mounting hous-
ings. Please, order the version with
RS485 interface and a separate electri-
cal/ optical converter.
3) Suitable communication converters
7XV5662 (optical to G703.1/X21/
RS422 or optical to pilot wire or optical
to ISDN) see “Accessories”.
4) Available approx. 10/2004.
5) For surface-mounting housing appli-
cations an internal fiber-optic mod-
ule 820 nm will be delivered in com-
bination with an external repeater.
6) Available as of mid 2004.

6/70 Siemens SIP · 2004

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA522

Selection and ordering data Description Order No. Order Code

7SA522 distance protection relay
for transmission lines 7SA522¨-¨¨¨¨¨-¨oo¨ oo¨
123
Functions 1 and Port E see next
Trip mode 3-pole; Port E: empty 0 page
Trip mode 3-pole; BCD-coded output for fault location, Port E: empty 1
Trip mode 1 and 3-pole; Port E: empty 4
Trip mode 1 and 3-pole; BCD-coded output for fault location, Port E: empty 5

With Port E 9 N oo

Functions 1
Trip mode 3-pole 0
Trip mode 3-pole; BCD-coded output for fault location 1
Trip mode 1 and 3-pole 4
Trip mode 1 and 3-pole; BCD-coded output for fault location 5

Port E
Optical 820 nm, 2 ST connectors, FO cable length up to 1.5 km
For communication networks1) or direct connection via multi-mode FO cable A
Optical 820 nm, 2 ST connectors, FO cable length up to 3.5 km
For direct communication via multi-mode FO cable B
Optical 1300 nm, 2 ST connectors, FO cable length up to 10 km 6
For direct communication via mono-mode FO cable C
Optical 1300 nm, 2 FC connectors, FO cable length up to 35 km
For direct communication via mono-mode FO cable D

New FO options2)
Optical 1300 nm, LC-Duplex connector
FO cable length up to 25 km for direct connection via mono-mode FO cable3) G
Optical 1300 nm, LC-Duplex connector
FO cable length up to 60 km for direct connection via mono-mode FO cable3) H
Optical 1550 nm, LC-Duplex connector
FO cable length up to 100 km for direct connection via mono-mode FO cable3) J

1) Suitable communication converters

7XV5662 (optical to G703.1/X21/
RS422 or optical to pilot wire) see
"Accessories".
2) Available approx. 10/2004.
3) For surface -mounting housing appli-
cations an internal fiber-optic module
820 nm will be delivered in combina-
tion with an external repeater.

Siemens SIP · 2004 6/71

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA522

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7SA522 distance protection relay
for transmission lines 7SA522¨-¨¨¨¨¨-¨oo¨ oo¨

Functions 2
Distance protection characteristic Power swing detection Parallel line
(ANSI 21, 21N) (ANSI 68, 68T) compensation
Quadrilateral C
Quadrilateral and/or MHO E
Quadrilateral n F
Quadrilateral and/or MHO n H
Quadrilateral n1) K
Quadrilateral and/or MHO n1) M
Quadrilateral n n1) N
Quadrilateral and/or MHO n n1) Q

Functions 3
Auto-reclosure Synchro-check Breaker failure protection Over-/undervoltage
(ANSI 79) (ANSI 25) (ANSI 50BF) protection (ANSI 27, 59)
Over-/underfrequency
protection (ANSI 81)
A
6 n B
n C
n n D
n E
n n F
n n G
n n n H
n J
n n K
n n L
n n n M
n n N
n n n P
n n n Q
n n n n R

Functions 4
Direction ground(earth)-fault Measured values, extended
protection, grounded (earthed) Min, max, mean
networks (ANSI 50N, 51N, 67N)
0
n 1
n 4
n n 5

1) Only with position 7 of Order No. = 1 or 5.

6/72 Siemens SIP · 2004

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA522

Accessories Description Order No.

DIGSI 4
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows (version Windows 95 and higher)
device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included
as well as “Getting started” manual on paper, connecting cables (copper)
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Demo
Demo version on CD-ROM 7XS5401-0AA00
Professional
Complete version:
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00

SIGRA
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers
(Comtrade format). Running under MS Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP Professional.
Incl. templates, electronic manual with license for 10 PCs. 6
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00

Connecting cable (copper)

Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector) and protection unit (9-pin connector)
(contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally) 7XV5100-4
Voltage transformer miniature circuit-breaker
Rated current 1.6 A; thermal overload release 1.6 A;
overcurrent trip 6 A 3RV1611-1AG14
Manual for 7SA522
English C53000-G1176-C155-1

Opto-electric communication converters

Optical to X21/RS422 or G703.1 7XV5662-0AA00
Optical to pilot wires 7XV5662-0AC00
Optical to ISDN 7XV5662-0AB00

Additional interface modules

Protection data interface FO 5, OMA1, 820 nm, multi-mode FO cable,
ST connector, 1.5 km C53207-A351-D651-1
Protection data interface FO 6, OMA2, 820 nm, multi-mode FO cable,
ST connector, 3.5 km C53207-A351-D652-1
Protection data interface FO 7, OMA3, 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
ST connector, 10 km C53207-A351-D653-1
Protection data interface FO 8, OMA4, 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
FC connector, 35 km C53207-A351-D654-1

New modules (available approx. 10/2004)

Protection data interface FO 17, 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 25 km C53207-A322-B115-3
Protection data interface FO 18, 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 60 km C53207-A322-B116-3
Protection data interface FO 19, 1550 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 100 km C53207-A322-B117-3

New optical repeaters (available approx. 6/2004)

Serial repeater (2-channel), opt. 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 25 km 7XV5461-0BG00
Serial repeater (2-channel), opt. 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 60 km 7XV5461-0BH00
Serial repeater (2-channel), opt. 1550 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 100 km 7XV5461-0BJ00

Siemens SIP · 2004 6/73

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA522

Accessories Description Order No. Size of Supplier Fig.

package

LSP2089-afpen.tif
Connector 2-pin C73334-A1-C35-1 1 Siemens 6/70
3-pin C73334-A1-C36-1 1 Siemens 6/71
AMP 1)
2
Crimp CI2 0.5 to 1 mm 0-827039-1 4000
connector 0-827396-1 1 AMP 1)
Fig. 6/69 Mounting rail for 19" rack
CI2 1 to 2.5 mm2 0-827040-1 4000 AMP 1)
0-827397-1 1 AMP 1)
LSP2090-afpen.eps

LSP2091-afpen.eps

Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm2 0-163083-7 4000 AMP 1)

0-163084-2 1 AMP 1)
Crimping For Type III+ 0-539635-1 1 AMP 1)
tool and matching female 0-539668-2 AMP 1)
Fig. 6/70 Fig. 6/71 For CI2 0-734372-1 1 AMP 1)
2-pin connector 3-pin connector and matching female 1-734387-1 AMP 1)

19"-mounting rail C73165-A63-D200-1 1 Siemens 6/69

LSP2093-afpen.eps

LSP2092-afpen.eps

Short-circuit links For current terminals C73334-A1-C33-1 1 Siemens 6/72

For other terminals C73334-A1-C34-1 1 Siemens 6/73
Safety cover for Large C73334-A1-C31-1 1 Siemens 6/48
terminals Small C73334-A1-C32-1 1 Siemens 6/48
6 Fig. 6/72 Fig. 6/73
Short-circuit link Short-circuit link 1) AMP Deutschland GmbH
for voltage con- Amperestr. 7–11
for current con-
tacts 63225 Langen
tacts
Germany
Tel.: +49 6103 709-0
Fax: +49 6103 709-223

6/74 Siemens SIP · 2004

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA522

Connection diagram, IEC

Fig. 6/74
Housing 1/2 x 19”, basic version 7SA522*-*A, 7SA522*-*E and 7SA522*-*J
with 8 binary inputs and 16 binary outputs

Fig. 6/75
Serial interfaces

Siemens SIP · 2004 6/75

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA522

Connection diagram, IEC

Fig. 6/76
Housing 1/1 x 19”, medium version 7SA522*-*C, 7SA522*-*G, 7SA522*-*L, 7SA522*-*N, 7SA522*-*Q and
7SA522*-*S with 16 binary inputs and 24 binary outputs

1) High-speed trip outputs in versions

7SA522*-*N, 7SA522*-*Q, 7SA522*-*S.
2) Fast relays.
Note: For serial interfaces see Figure 6/75.

6/76 Siemens SIP · 2004

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA522

Connection diagram, IEC

1) High-speed trip outputs in

versions 7SA522*-*P,
7SA522*-*R, 7SA522*-*T.
2) Fast relays.
Fig. 6/77
Note: For serial interfaces
Housing 1/1 x 19”, medium version 7SA522*-*D, 7SA522*-*H, 7SA522*-*M, 7SA522*-*P, 7SA522*-*R and
see Figure 6/75.
7SA522*-*T with 24 binary inputs and 32 binary outputs

Siemens SIP · 2004 6/77

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA522

Connection diagram, ANSI

Fig. 6/78
Housing 1/2 x 19”, basic version 7SA522*-*A, 7SA522*-*E and 7SA522*-*J
with 8 binary inputs and 16 binary outputs

Note: For serial interfaces see Figure 6/75.

6/78 Siemens SIP · 2004

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA522

Connection diagram, ANSI

Fig. 6/79
Housing 1/1 x 19”, medium version 7SA522*-*C, 7SA522*-*G, 7SA522*-*L, 7SA522*-*N, 7SA522*-*Q and
7SA522*-*S with 16 binary inputs and 24 binary outputs

1) High-speed trip outputs in versions

7SA522*-*N, 7SA522*-*Q, 7SA522*-*S.
2) Fast relays.
Note: For serial interfaces see Figure 6/75.

Siemens SIP · 2004 6/79

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA522

Connection diagram, ANSI

1) High-speed trip outputs in

versions 7SA522*-*P,
7SA522*-*R, 7SA522*-*T.
2) Fast relays. Fig. 6/80
Note: For serial interfaces Housing 1/1 x 19”, medium version 7SA522*-*D, 7SA522*-*H and 7SA522*-*M
see Figure 6/75. with 24 binary inputs and 32 binary outputs

6/80 Siemens SIP · 2004

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA513

SIPROTEC 7SA513
Distance Protection Relay for Transmission Lines
Function overview

Protection functions
• Non-switched distance protection
with 6 measurement systems
• Fault locator
• Sensitive earth-fault protection for
high-resistance earth faults in earthed
networks
• Backup overcurrent-time protection
• Overvoltage protection
• Auto-reclosure

LSP2321-afp.tif
• Teleprotection (pilot protection)
• Synchro-check
• Breaker failure protection
• Power swing blocking/tripping
• Switch-onto-fault protection
Fig. 6/81 • Weak-infeed protection
SIPROTEC 7SA513 distance protection relay 6
Features
• Tripping time 18 ms at 50 Hz
Description • Adaptive measurement algorithms
with reliable fault loop selection
The 7SA513 numerical distance protection
• Dynamically unlimited directional
relay provides selective and fast clearance
sensitivity
of faults on overhead lines and cables with
single and multiple end infeed in high and • Suitable for lines with series capacitors
extra high voltage networks with any type • Compensation for the influence of a
of meshing. The neutral point can be parallel line in case of earth faults
earthed, compensated or isolated. The • Non-volatile storage of events
main function is a fast non-switched dis-
tance protection with a polygon fault de- Monitoring functions
tection and tripping characteristic. • Self-supervision of the relay
A fault detection program with a V / I / ϕ • Measured-value supervision
characteristic is also available instead of the • Event logging
polygon fault detection characteristic. The • Fault logging
unit also incorporates all functions usually
required for line protection. It can also be • Oscillographic fault records
used as backup distance protection for all Front design
types of differential protection equipment. • User-friendly local operation
The unit can be integrated both into con-
ventional installations and into SICAM • 30 LEDs for local alarm
substation control and protection systems. • PC front port for convenient
relay setting
The serial system interface protocol used
conforms to IEC 60870-5-103. Communication interfaces
• Front interface for connecting a PC
• System interface for connecting to a
control system via IEC 60870-5-103 or
DIN 19244 protocol
Hardware
• Analog inputs:
– 5 current transformers
– 7 voltage transformers
• Binary inputs: 16/24
• Binary outputs: 22/33

Siemens SIP · 2004 6/81

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA513

Application ANSI Protection functions

21 21N Distance protection
The 7SA513 numerical distance protection
relay provides selective and fast clearance FL Fault locator
of faults on overhead lines and cables with 50N 51N Directional earth-(ground)
single and multiple end infeed in high- fault overcurrent protection
voltage networks with any type of meshing.
The neutral point can be earthed, compen- 67N Directional earth-(ground)
fault overcurrent protection
sated or isolated. The main function is a
fast non-switched distance protection with 50 51 Backup overcurrent-time protection
a polygon fault detection and tripping 68 68T Power swing detection/tripping
characteristic. A fault detection program
with a V / I / ϕ characteristic is also avail- 85 21 Teleprotection for distance protection
able instead of the polygon fault detection 27WI Weak-infeed protection
characteristic. The unit also incorporates
85 67N Teleprotection for earth-fault protection
all functions usually required for line pro-
tection. It can also be used as backup over- 50HS Switch-onto-fault protection
current and distance protection for all 50BF Breaker failure protection
types of differential protection equip-
ment. The unit can be integrated both 59 Overvoltage protection
into conventional installations and into 25 Synchro-check
SICAM substation control and protection
79 Auto-reclosure
systems.
6

Fig. 6/82 Function diagram

6/82 Siemens SIP · 2004

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA513

Construction

The compact 7SA513 distance protection re-

lay contains all the components required for
analog value acquisition and evaluation, the
operating and display panel, indication and
command outputs, binary input options,
serial interfaces and auxiliary voltage con-
verters. The use of a powerful 32-bit signal
processor combined with a 16-bit standard
processor permits integration of numerous
protection functions into a compact device.
Three housing versions can be supplied. The
version for panel surface mounting is fitted
with double-tier terminals accessible from
the front. The versions for panel flush
mounting or cubicle mounting have con- Fig. 6/83 Fault detection
necting elements at the rear and are available polygon for polygon
with or without a glass cover. impedance (Z<)

Protection functions 6
Distance protection
The main function of the 7SA513 protec-
tion relay is a non-switched distance pro-
tection. By parallel calculation and
monitoring of all six impedance loops a
high degree of sensitivity and selectivity is
achieved for all types of fault. The shortest
command time is less than one network
cycle.
The fault detection characteristic used is
the polygon impedance fault detection Z<.
The shape of the fault detection polygon
permits optimum adaptation to the load
conditions on the protected line. Starting Fig. 6/84 Characteristics of the voltage and angle-dependent overcurrent fault detection V/I/ϕ
of unfaulted loops is eliminated to prevent
the adverse influence of currents and volt-
ages in the fault free loops. Overcurrent
fault detection can be activated in parallel
to the polygon impedance fault detection.
As an option to the polygon impedance
fault detection, voltage and angle-depen-
dent overcurrent fault detection may also
be used. This V / I / ϕ characteristic uses
the phase voltages Vph-E or the line voltages
Vph-ph depending on the phase angle ϕ and
the phase current Iph according to the se-
lected mode of starting.

Fig. 6/85 Tripping characteristics

of the distance
protection

Siemens SIP · 2004 6/83

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA513
Protection functions
Distance protection (continued)
The polygon tripping characteristic per-
mits separate setting of the reactance X and
the resistance R. The resistance section R
can be set separately for faults with and
without earth involvement. Earth faults are
detected by monitoring the earth current
IE, the negative-sequence current I2 and/or
the displacement voltage VE.
Five distance zones can be set forward,
reverse or non-directionally, two of them
as overreach zones for auto-reclosure and
permissible tripping schemes. For each dis-
tance zone a time stage is available for the
directional and non-directional character-
istic (a total of 10 independent time
stages).
Compensation for load current and paral-
lel lines is included.
6 Digital filtering of the measured values
makes the unit insensitive to disturbances
in the measured values. In particular the
influence of DC components, capacitive
voltage transformers, series compensated
lines and frequency changes is reduced.
Sound phase polarization and voltage
memories provide dynamically unlimited
directional sensitivity. Phase-selective
1-pole or 3-pole tripping is possible when
used with 1-pole or 1 and 3-pole rapid or
delayed auto-reclosure scheme.
Following the loss of V.T. voltage inputs,
the distance protection can be blocked auto-
matically to prevent incorrect operation.
Fault locator
The fault locator calculates the fault imped-
ance and the distance-to-fault. The result
can be displayed in ohms, kilometers or per-
cent of the line length. Parallel line and load
current compensation are also available.
Tele (pilot) protection
for distance protection
For fast selective clearance of faults up to
100 % of the line length a signal transmis-
sion function is available. The following
modes may be selected:
• Permissible underreach transfer trip
with fault detection
• Zone acceleration with Z1B
6/84
• Permissible overreach with overreach
zone Z1B
• Direction comparison with directional
fault detection
• Unblocking mode with overreach zone Z1B
• Unblocking mode with directional fault
detection
• Blocking mode
• Overreach zone comparison via pilot wires
• Reverse interlocking
The transient blocking function is provided
with overreaching schemes to operate with
transient or current reversals resulting from
the clearance of short circuits on parallel
lines.
Power swing detection
During network power swings, large cur-
rents can occur along with small voltages.
Small voltages and large currents imply
small impedances which can cause un-
wanted tripping of distance protection
relays. To avoid uncontrolled tripping by
the distance protection and to achieve con-
trolled tripping in the event of loss of syn-
chronism (pole slip), a power swing
detection function is available for the
7SA513 protection relay.
The following operating modes for
network power swings can be set:
• Power swing blocking to prevent the
distance protection from tripping
• Power swing tripping for controlled
tripping in the event of unstable power
swings (out-of-step protection).
Fig. 6/86
Polygon for power
swing detection
Weak-infeed protection
– echo and/or trip
To prevent delayed tripping of permissible
schemes during weak or zero infeed situa-
tions, an echo function is provided.
If no fault detector picks up at one end of
the line, the signal received here is returned
as echo to allow accelerated tripping at the
other end of the line.
It is also possible to initiate tripping at the
weak-infeed end. At the end of the line
where the fault detector does not pick up,
a phase-selective 1-pole or 3-pole trip is
issued if a corresponding drop in the
phase-earth voltage is present.
Overcurrent protection as a backup func-
tion and emergency function during mea-
sured voltage failure
The 7SA513 protection relay includes
overcurrent protection. It can be used as a
backup function and as an emergency
function in the event of a short-circuit or
interruption in the voltage transformer
secondary circuit or if the circuit-breaker
of the voltage transformer (VT mcb) trips.
The settings for the emergency function
may differ from those of the backup pro-
tection function. The overcurrent protec-
tion can be set as two-stage definite-time
overcurrent protection or as inverse-time
overcurrent protection.
Siemens SIP · 2004

Protection functions
Switch-onto-fault protection
Instantaneous tripping is required when
energizing a faulty line. Initiation of the bi-
nary input “Manual Close” will, depending
on the setting, result in instantaneous trip-
ping in Z1, Z1B or with fault detection.
On definite, large current faults, the high
current instantaneous stage can initiate very
fast 3-pole tripping even if the binary input
“Manual Close” is not initiated.
Auto-reclosure
The 7SA513 relay is equipped with auto-
reclosure (AR). The range of functions in-
cludes:
• 3-pole RAR/DAR1) for all types of faults
• 1-pole RAR for 1-phase faults, no
reclosing for multi-phase faults
• 1-pole RAR for 1-phase and 2-phase faults
without earth, no reclose for multi-phase
faults
• 1-pole RAR for 1-phase and 3-pole
RAR/DAR for multi-phase faults
• 1-pole RAR for 1-phase and 2-phase faults
without earth and 3-pole RAR/DAR for
other faults
• Multiple-shot DAR
• Interaction with an external device for
auto-reclosure via binary inputs and
outputs
• Control of the integrated AR function by
external protection
• AR blocking for faults on the cable por-
tion of mixed cable/overhead lines
• Interaction with an internal or external
synchro-check
• Monitoring of the circuit-breaker auxil-
iary contacts.
1) RAR – Rapid auto-reclosure
DAR – Delayed auto-reclosure
AR – Auto-reclosure.
Siemens SIP · 2004
6 Distance Protection / 7SA513
High-resistance earth-fault protection Overvoltage protection
in an earthed network
On very long EHV lines that carry no or
In earthed networks where high-resistance light loads, impermissible overvoltages can
earth faults can occur, the fault detection occur due to the Ferranti effect. For protec-
of the distance protection may not be sen- tion against these overvoltages the 7SA513
sitive enough. The 7SA513 protection relay line protection relay contains a two stage
has protection functions for high- overvoltage protection. Compounding can
resistance earth faults of this nature. Only be set for the V> stage that calculates the
one of these functions can be active at one voltages at the remote end of the line.
time: Tripping can be performed at the local cir-
cuit-breaker or at the remote end of the line
• Directional or non-directional earth-fault by transmission of an intertripping signal.
protection with definite-time overcurrent
characteristic Breaker failure protection
• Directional or non-directional earth-fault The 7SA513 relay incorporates a single-
protection with inverse-time overcurrent
stage breaker failure protection function to
characteristic
detect failure of tripping command
• Directional or non-directional earth-fault execution, for example due to a defective
protection with voltage-dependent char- circuit-breaker. The current detection logic
acteristic (V0 inverse characteristic). is phase-selective and can therefore also be
used in single-pole tripping schemes. If the
To implement a directional comparison
scheme, the directional earth-fault func-
fault current has not been interrupted after 6
a set time delay has elapsed, the busbar trip
tion can be supplemented with a signal
command is generated.
transmission logic.
Earth-fault direction detection is performed Parameter set switchover
with residual current and residual voltage.
It is possible to switch between four differ-
In addition or as an alternative to the resid-
ual voltage, the star point current (IY) of an
ent parameter sets via the binary inputs,
the integrated operating panel or the serial
earthed transformer may be used for polar-
operating interface. In this way it is possi-
ization of the directional earth-fault func-
ble to adapt the protection relay settings if
tion. A phase selector permits single-pole
the network configuration has been chang-
tripping by the earth-fault protection in the
ed by switching actions.
event of single-phase earth-faults in con-
junction with 1-pole auto-reclosing. Parameter set switchover is also possible
via the compatible IEC 60870-5-103
Synchro-check system interface protocol.
When connecting two network sections by
control command or following a 3-pole
auto-reclosure, it must be ensured that the
two network sections are synchronized. For
this purpose, a synchro-check function is
provided. After verification of network syn-
chronism, the function enables the CLOSE
command. Alternatively, reclosure can be
enabled after checking that the busbar or
line is not carrying a voltage (dead line or
dead bus).
6/85
 6 Distance Protection / 7SA513

Communication

Serial interfaces
The relay is equipped with two serial
interfaces.
The operating interface on the front
panel is suitable for connecting a Win-
dows-capable PC. The DIGSI
operating and analysis software allows easy
setting, fault recording evaluation and
commissioning. The system interface is
an 820 nm fiber-optic interface for linking
to the SICAM substation control and pro-
tection system or a protection master unit
(protocol) according to IEC 60870-5-103.
The operator with DIGSI can also be con-
nected to the system interface.

6 Fig. 6/87
Telecontrol of protection equipment with a PC via modem, telephone channel and star coupler

6/86 Siemens SIP · 2004

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA513

Technical data

General unit data Command contacts

Analog inputs Number of relays per input/output 2 (marshallable)
Rated current IN 1 or 5 A module with 2 NO contacts each

Rated voltage VN 80 to 125 V AC Switching power

Make 1000 W / VA
Rated frequency fN 50 or 60 Hz Break 30 W / VA
Thermal overload capacity Switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
In V.T. circuits, continuous 140 V AC
permissible current
In C.T. circuits, continuous 4 x IN
Continuous 5A
for 1 s 100 x IN
0.5 s 30 A
Maximum dynamic overload 250 x IN
LEDs
Power consumption
Ready = green 1
Voltage inputs Approx. 0.5 VA
Current inputs at IN = 1 A Approx. 0.1 VA Faulty = red 1
at IN = 5 A Approx. 0.5 VA Converter healthy = green 4
Power supply (via integrated converter) Marshallable displays per 8
Rated auxiliary voltage Vaux 48, 60 V DC input/output module = red
(working range) 110, 125 V DC
220, 250 V DC
Serial interfaces
Permissible tolerance of the –20 to + 15 %
rated auxiliary voltage Vaux Operating interface On the front, not isolated, suitable

Max. ripple at VauxN ≤ 12 %

for connecting a personal computer 6
Baud rate 1200 to 19200 baud
Power consumption
System interface Isolated, suitable for linking
Quiescent Approx. 15 W
to a central unit
Energized Approx. 40 W
Baud rate 1200 to 19200 baud
Max. bridging time during ≥ 50 ms at Vaux ≥ 110 V
auxiliary voltage failure Fiber-optic connection Integrated FSMA connector
for FO connection with ceramic
Input/output modules connector
Quantity 2 or 3 Optical wavelength 820 nm
Binary inputs Permissible line attenuation Up to 8 dB per glass fiber 62.5/125
Distance µm
Number per input/output module 8 (marshallable)
Up to 2 km
Voltage range, 24, 60 V DC
Unit design
can be set with jumpers 110, 125 V DC
220, 250 V DC Housing, dimensions 7XP20, see dimension drawings,
part 16
Current consumption Approx. 3 mA
Degree of protection to EN 60529
Alarm contacts
Housing IP 51
Number of relays per input/output 9 standard relays or Terminals IP 21
module each with 1 changeover 6 standards relays and
Insulation tests (IEC 60255-5, DIN VDE 0435, Part 303)
contact 1 Reed relay;
all relays can be marshalled Voltage test (100 % test), all circuits 2 kV (RMS value), 50 Hz
except for auxiliary voltage
Switching capacity of the standard 20 W / VA
relays make/break Voltage test (100 % test), 2.8 kV DC
only auxiliary voltage
Permissible current for standard 1A Surge voltage test (type test), 5 kV (peak value), 1.2/50 µs, 0.5 J,
relays, continuous all circuits, class III 3 positive and 3 negative surges
at intervals of 5 s
Switching voltage for standard relays 250 V AC / DC
EMC tests for noise immunity; type tests
Switching power of the Reed relays 15 W / VA
make/break Standards:
IEC 60255-22 (product standard) /
Permissible current for Reed relays, 0.3 A
EN 50082-2 (generic standard) /
continuous
DIN VDE 0435, Part 303
Switching voltage for Reed relays 220 V AC / DC
High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak value), 1 MHz,
Permissible load circuit capacitance Max. 5 nF IEC 60255-22-1, class III and τ = 15 µs, 400 pulses per s,
for Reed relays DIN VDE 0435 Part 303, class III test duration 2 s
Electrostatic discharge 4 kV/6 kV contact discharge,
IEC 60255-22-2, class III and 8 kV air discharge, both polarities,
EN 61000-4-2, class III 150 pF, Ri =330 Ω
Irradiation with high-frequency 10 V/m, 27 to 500 MHz
field, unmodulated

Siemens SIP · 2004 6/87

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA513
Technical data
IEC 60255-22-3 (report), class III
Irradiation with high-frequency
field, amplitude-modulated
ENV 50140, class III
Irradiation with high-frequency
field, pulse-modulated
ENV 5014/ENV 50204, class III
Fast transients, bursts
IEC 60255-22-4 and
EN 61000-4-4, class III
Line-conducted high frequency,
amplitude-modulated
ENV 50141, class III
Magnetic field
with power frequency
EN 61000-4-8, class IV
EMC tests for interference emission; type tests
Standards:
EN 50081-2 (generic standard)
Conducted interference voltages,
6 only
auxiliary voltage, CISPR 11,
EN 55011, limit value A and
DIN VDE 0875, Part 11, limit value
A
Radio interference field strength
CISPR 11, EN 55011, limit value A
and DIN VDE 0875, Part 11, limit
value A
Climatic stress test
Permissible ambient temperature
During operation
During storage
During transport
Humidity stress
Mechanical stress test
IEC 60255-21-1, IEC 60068-2
Permissible mechanical stress
During operation
During transport
1) Impedance settings refer to IN = 1 A;
at IN = 5 A these values must be divided by 5.
6/88
10 V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz,
80 %, 1 kHz, AM
10 V/m, 900 MHz, repetition rate
2000 Hz, ED 50 %
2 kV, 5/50 ns, 5 kHz, burst length =
15 ms, repetition rate 300 ms, both
polarities, Ri = 50 Ω, test duration 1
min
10 V, 150 kHz to 80 MHz, 80 %,
1 kHz, AM
30 A/m, continuous, 300 A/m for 3 s,
50 Hz
150 kHz to 30 MHz
30 to 1000 MHz
–5 to + 55 °C
–25 to + 55 °C
–25 to + 70 °C
Average annual relative humidity
≤ 75 %, on 30 days per year up to
95 % relative humidity, condensation
not permissible
10 to 60 Hz, 0.035 mm amplitude
60 to 500 Hz, 0.5 g acceleration
5 to 8 Hz, 7.5 mm amplitude
8 to 500 Hz, 2 g acceleration
Functions
Distance protection
Setting ranges
Earth-fault detection 0.1 to 1 (in steps of 0.01)
Earth current IE / IN
Displacement voltage
VE > (= 3 x V0, 2 to 100 V (in steps of 1 V)
earthed networks)
VE > (= 3 x V0, 10 to 100 V (in steps of 1 V)
unearthed networks)
Impedance start (Z<)
Characteristic Polygon
Range forward X+ 0.1 to 200 Ω1) (in steps of 0.01 Ω)
Range backward X– 0.1 to 200 Ω1) (in steps of 0.01 Ω)
Resistance R 0.1 to 200 Ω1) (in steps of 0.01 Ω)
Limit angle between
load and short-circuit range 30 to 80 ° (in steps of 0.1 °)
Minimum current Iph> / IN 0.1 to 4 (in steps of 0.01)
Overcurrent Iph>> / IN 1 to 20 (in steps of 0.01)
Voltage and angle-dependent
overcurrent start (V/I /ϕ)
Phase-to-earth voltage
Vph-E (I>) in steps of 20 to 70 V (in steps of 1 V)
Phase-to-earth voltage
Vph-E (I>>) 20 to 70 V (in steps of 1 V)
Phase-to-phase voltage
Vph-ph (I>) 40 to 130 V (in steps of 1 V)
Phase-to-phase voltage
Vph-ph (I>>) 40 to 130 V (in steps of 1 V)
Minimum current
Iph> / IN 0.1 to 1 (in steps of 0.01)
Overcurrent Iph>> / IN 0.25 to 4 (in steps of 0.01)
Limit angle between
load and short-circuit
range ϕ 30 to 60 ° or 90 to 120 °
Distance measurement
Characteristic Polygon
Distance zones 5, 2 of these as overreach zones and
all can be set forward, backward or
non-directional
Range X 0.05 to 130 Ω (in steps of 0.01 Ω)
Resistance R
For phase-to-phase fault 0.05 to 65 Ω (in steps of 0.01 Ω)
For phase-to-earth fault 0.05 to 130 Ω (in steps of 0.01 Ω)
Time stages 7 for multi-phase faults
3 for single-phase faults
Ranges 0 to 32 s or deactivated
(in steps of 0.01 s)
Earth impedance matching
X E RE –7 to 7 (in steps of 0.01)
,
X L RL
Parallel line matching
X M RM –7 to 7 (in steps of 0.01)
,
X L RL
Load current compensation –
Direction detection for all types of With sound phase polarization
faults and voltage memory dynamically
Directional sensitivity unlimited
Times
Shortest command time Approx. 18 ms at fN = 50 Hz
Shortest command time Approx. 16.5 ms at fN = 60 Hz
Reset time
After TRIP command Approx. 25 ms
After reset without Approx. 30 ms
TRIP command
Siemens SIP · 2004

Technical data
Distance protection (continued)
Tolerances
Measuring tolerances to
DIN VDE 0435, part 303 (for
sinusoidal measured quantities)
For impedance start
For distance measurement
For amplitude measurement
Timer accuracy
Instantaneous high-current switch-onto-fault protection
High current start Isc> / IN
Shortest command time
Fault locator
Output of the distance to fault
Start of calculation
Setting reactance per unit in
steps of 0.01 Ω/km
Parallel line compensation
Load current compensation
Measuring tolerances
to DIN VDE 0435, part 303
(for sinusoidal measured quantities) at 30 ° ≤ ϕsc ≤ 90 ° and Vsc / VN ≥ 0.1
Teleprotection for distance protection
Modes
Permissible underreach schemes
Permissible overreach methods
Overreach zone comparison
via pilot wire
Reverse interlocking
Power swing blocking/tripping (for impedance start Z<)
Principle of power swing protection Measurement of the rate of change of
the impedance vector
Modes
Difference power swing
and fault detector polygon
Rate of change dR/dT
Operating time
Weak-infeed protection with overreach and blocking schemes:
active during signal reception without fault detection
Mode
Siemens SIP · 2004
∆X ≤ 5 % for 30 ° ≤ ϕ ≤ 90 °
sc
X
∆R ≤ 10 % for 0 ° ≤ ϕ ≤ 60 °
sc
R Setting range of definite-time
∆X ≤ 5 % for 30 ° ≤ ϕ ≤ 90 °
sc
X
∆R ≤ 5 % for 0 ° ≤ ϕ ≤ 60 °
sc
R
±5%
± 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
1 to 25
Approx. 11 ms
In Ω secondary, Ω primary, km, %
Trip, pickup reset, binary input
0.01 to 5 Ω/km
Can be set as an option
Can be set as an option
≤ 2.5 % line length
PUTT transfer trip with fault detector
Zone acceleration with Z1B
POTT, directional comparison:
Unblocking with fault detection
Unblocking with Z1B
Blocking
–
– Directional earth-fault definite-time protection with non-directional
Power swing blocking
Power swing tripping
0.1 to 50 Ω (in steps of 0.01 Ω)
0 to 200 Ω/s (in steps of 1 Ω/s)
0.01 to 32 s or until (in steps of 0.01
s) the end of power swing
Echo function and/or trip
6 Distance Protection / 7SA513
Overcurrent-time protection
Characteristic Definite-time overcurrent protection,
inverse-time overcurrent protection
Applications As backup protection function, as
emergency function with automatic
activation following measured voltage
failure or voltage transformer mcb trip
overcurrent protection
High set Phase Iph>>/IN 0.1 to 9.99 (in steps of 0.01)
Earth IE>>/IN 0.1 to 4 (in steps of 0.01)
Overcurrent Phase Iph>/IN 0.1 to 9.99 (in steps of 0.01)
Earth IE>>/IN 0.1 to 4 (in steps of 0.01)
Times tI>, tIE>, tI>> 0 to 32 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
or deactivated
Shortest command time Approx. 30 ms
Setting range of inverse-time
overcurrent protection
High set Phase Iph>> / IN 0.1 to 9.99 (in steps of 0.01)
(DT) Earth IE>>/ IN 0.1 to 4 (in steps of 0.01) 6
Overcurrent Phase IPh / IN 0.1 to 4 (in steps of 0.01)
(IDMT) Earth IEP / IN 0.1 to 4 (in steps of 0.01)
Time multiplier tp 0.05 to 32
Pickup threshold 1.1 x Ip
Characteristic according to Normal inverse, very inverse,
IEC 60255-4, Section 3.5.2 extremely inverse
or BS 142
Measuring tolerance according to
DIN VDE 0435, part 303
Pickup level DT ≤±5%
IDMT Pickup at 1.05 <I/IP< 1.15
Time delay DT 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
≤ 5 % ± 15 ms for 2 ≤ I/IP ≤ 20 and
IDMT 1 s ≤ tp ≤ 20 s
Earth-fault protection for high-resistance earth faults in earthed networks
backup protection
Pickup with earth current IE>/ IN 0.1 to 4 (in steps of 0.01)
Displacement voltage 0.1 to 10 V (in steps of 1 V)
VE > (= 3 x V0)
Direction detection With IE and VE and IY
Teleprotection method Direction comparison
Times
Shortest command time Approx. 30 ms
Current reversal time Approx. 30 ms
Trip delay 0 to 32 s or deactivated
(in steps of 0.01 s)
Time tolerance ≤ 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Directional earth IDMTL protection
Characteristics according to Normal inverse, very inverse,
IEC 60255-4, Section 3.5.2 extremely inverse
or BS 142
Pickup value IE> / IN 0.1 to 4 (in steps of 0.01)
Time multiplier tIE> 0 to 32 s (in steps of 0.01)
Tolerances
Current pickup level Pickup at 1.05 < I/IEP < 1.15
Operating times ≤ 5 % for 2 ≤ (I/IE>) ≤ 20 and
1 s ≤ tIE ≤ 20 s
6/89
 6 Distance Protection / 7SA513

Technical data

Auto-reclosure Breaker failure protection

Number of auto-reclosures
Program
Action times for RAR and DAR cycle 0.01 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Dead times in the RAR cycle
Dead times in DAR cycles
Reclaim times
CLOSE command duration
Synchro-check
Modes for connection
Line dead/busbar dead
Line dead/busbar live
Line live/busbar dead
Synchronism
Permissible voltage
difference ∆V
Permissible frequence
6 difference ∆f
Permissible angle difference ∆ϕ
Up to 10 Setting ranges
Only 1-pole Current start IBF/IN 0.1 to 4 (in steps of 0.01)
Only 3-pole Delay time 0.05 to 1 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
1 or 3-pole Shortest reset time Approx. 10 ms
Time tolerance ≤ 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
0.01 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Measuring tolerance according to ±5%
0.01 to 1800 s (in steps of 0.01 s) DIN VDE 0435, part 303
(for sinusoidal measured quantities)
0.5 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Fault recording
0.01 to 32 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Measured quantities iph1, iph2, iph3, iE, Vph1, Vph2, Vph3, VE
Start signal for fault recording Trip, start, binary input, operator
panel, PC
V1< / V2<
V1< / V2> Memory management Dynamic ring buffer
V1> / V2< Maximum number of recordings
V1> / V2> available at one time 8
1 to 50 V (in steps of 1 V) Sampling interval 20 samples per network cycle
Maximum storage time
0.01 to 1 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz) (sum of all recordings)
At 50 Hz 10 s
1 to 60 ° (in steps of 1 °) At 60 Hz 8.3 s

Overvoltage protection Pre-trigger time 0.05 to 0.5 s (in steps of 0.01 s)

Function Post-fault time 0.05 to 0.5 s (in steps of 0.01 s)

Voltage measurement, local
Voltage calculation, for the
opposite end (compounding)
Voltage selection
Pickup of the V>> level
Setting ranges
Voltage threshold V>/ VN
Reset ratio Vres / V>
Voltage threshold V>>/VN
Reset ratio Vres / V>>
Times
tdelay>
tdelay>> with
circuit-breaker closed
tdelay>> with
circuit-breaker open
Command time
Measuring tolerance according
to DIN VDE 0435, part 303
(for sinusoidal measured quantities)
3 x phase-to-earth voltages or
3 x phase-to-phase voltages
By ANDing the phase-selective start
signals or by ORing the phase-selec-
tive start signals
1 to 1.9 (in steps of 0.01)
0.5 to 0.99 (in steps of 0.01)
1 to 1.9 (in steps of 0.01)
0.5 to 0.99 (in steps of 0.01)
0 to 32 s
0 to 32 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
0 to 32 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Approx. 45 ms
±5%
Maximum time for one recording 0.3 to 5 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Additional functions
Operational measured values:
Currents Iph1, Iph2, Iph3
Voltages Vph1-ph2, Vph2-ph3, Vph3-ph1,
Vph1, Vph2, Vph3
Power P/Q
Frequency f
Effective range 0 to 240 % x IN
0 to 120 % x VN
0 to 120 % x PN
96 to 104 % x fN
Tolerance ≤ 2 % of the rated value
CE conformity
The product meets the stipulations of the guideline of the Council of the
European Communities for harmonization of the legal requirements of
the member states on electromagnetic compatibility (EMC guide-line
89/336/EEC).
The product conforms with the international standard of the IEC 60255
series and the German national standard DIN VDE 57 435, Part 303.
The unit has been developed and manufactured for use in industrial
areas in accordance with the EMC standard. The unit has not been
designed for use in living quarters as defined in standard EN 50081.
This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG
in accordance with article 10 of the guideline and the EN 50081-2 and EN
50082-2 basic specifications.

6/90 Siemens SIP · 2004

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA513

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7SA513 distance protection relay, version V3 7SA513o-¨¨A2o- 0C¨¨
Rated current for 50/60 Hz AC
1A 1
5A 5

Rated auxiliary voltage

48 to 60 V DC 2
110 to 125 V DC 4
220 to 250 V DC 5

Unit design
For panel surface mounting B
For panel flush mounting or cubicle flush mounting C
For panel flush mounting or cubicle flush mounting without glass cover E

Input/output modules (EAH) 1)

2 EAH: 18 SR, 4 CR, 16 BI 0
3 EAH: 27 SR, 6 CR, 24 BI 1
2 EAH: 12 SR, 2 RR, 4 CR, 16 BI 2
3 EAH: 18 SR, 3 RR, 6 CR, 24 BI 3

Options A 6
Without auto-reclosure, without synchro-check E
With auto-reclosure 1/3-pole, without synchro-check G
With auto-reclosure 1/3-pole, with synchro-check H

Options B
Without earth-fault backup protection for earthed networks 0
With earth-fault backup protection for earthed networks 1

1) SR Signal/Alarm relay, switching power 20 W, 1 A

RR Reed relay, switching power 15 W, 0.3 A
CR Command relay, switching power 1000 W, 5 A
BI Binary input, voltage range 24 to 250 V DC settable.

Siemens SIP · 2004 6/91

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA513

Accessories Description Order No.

DIGSI 4
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows (version Windows 95 and higher)
device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included
as well as “Getting started” manual on paper, connecting cables (copper)
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Demo
Demo version on CD-ROM 7XS5401-0AA00
Professional
Complete version:
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00

SIGRA
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers
(Comtrade format). Running under MS Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP Professional.
6 Incl. templates, electronic manual with license for 10 PCs.
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00

Connecting cable
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector) and protection unit (25-pin connector) 7XV5100-2
or
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector) and protection unit (9-pin connector) 7XV5100-4
Adaptor 9-/25-pin for 7XV5100-4 cable for protec. unit w. 25-pin connector
(cable 7XV5100-4 and adaptor contained in DIGSI 4) 7XV5100-8H

Manual for 7SA513

English C53000-G1176-C103

6/92 Siemens SIP · 2004

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA513

Connection diagram

Binary inputs, signal relays, command

relays and LEDs can be freely marshalled.
1) IEP – Earth current of the parallel line or
IY – Neutral point current.
2) For 7SA513*–**** . Not available
2
3
3) For 7SA513*–**** . Reed relay
2 Fig. 6/88 Connection diagram for the 7SA513 distance protection relay for transmission lines,
3 version DD, with 2 input/output modules (for 7SA513 with 3 input/output modules see Fig. 6/89)

Siemens SIP · 2004 6/93

 6 Distance Protection / 7SA513

Connection diagram

Fig. 6/89 (To be read together with Fig. 6/88)

Input/output module EAH2 in the 7SA513 distance protection relay
for transmission lines with 3 input/output modules, version DD

Binary inputs, signal relays, command

relays and LEDs can be freely marshalled.
1) For 7SA513*–**** . Not available
2
3
2) For 7SA513*–**** . Reed relay
2
3

6/94 Siemens SIP · 2004

Line Differential
Protection Page

SIPROTEC 7SD60
Numerical Pilot-Wire Current Differential Protection Relay 7/3
SIPROTEC 4 7SD61 Differential Protection Relay for Two Line Ends 7/17
SIPROTEC 4 7SD5
Multi-End Differential Protection Relay for Two to Six Line Ends 7/41

7
7

7/2 Siemens SIP · 2004

 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD60

SIPROTEC 7SD60
Numerical Pilot-Wire Current Differential Protection Relay
Function overview

Differential protection relay for overhead

lines and cables
• Current differential protection with ex-
ternal summation current transformer
4AM49 (87L)
• Suitable for use for distances of
approx. 12 km max. via two pilot wires
(1200 Ω loop resistance)
• Differential protection can be com-
LSP2001-afpen.tif

bined with an overcurrent release

• Pilot-wire monitoring function
• Bidirectional remote tripping
• Circuit-breaker intertripping at the re-
Fig. 7/1 mote station
SIPROTEC 7SD600 • Seal-in of the TRIP command until
numerical current differential protection relay
manual reset (Lockout function)
• Minimal current transformer
requirements due to integrated
saturation detector
Description 7
• Restraint against inrush/undelayed trip
The 7SD600 relay is a numerical current for high differential fault currents
differential protection relay, simple to set,
• Emergency overcurrent protection
operating in conjunction with the remote
station via a two pilot-wire link. It is con- Operational measured values
nected to the primary current transformers • Local and remote current
via an external summation current trans-
former. The primary field of application of • Differential current
the relay is protection of short overhead • Restraint current
lines and cables with two line ends. How-
ever, transformers and reactors may be lo- Monitoring functions
cated within the protection zone. Features • Hardware
like inrush restraint, lockout, modern • Firmware
PCM-intertrip facilities, full self-monitor-
ing facilities, local and remote interroga-
• Spill current supervision
tion are integrated in the unit. Hardware
• Local operation by means of integrated
keyboard
• LCD display for settings and analysis
• Housing
– Flush-mounting housing 1/6
19" 7XP20
– Surface-mounting housing 1/6
19" 7XP20
Communication
• Via personal computer and DIGSI 3
• Via RS232↔RS485 converter
• With modem
• With substation control system via
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
• 2 kV isolated RS485 interface,
bus connection possible

Siemens SIP · 2004 7/3

 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD60

Application Construction

The 7SD60 relay is a numerical current
differential protection relay, simple to set,
and is operated in conjunction with the re-
mote station via a two pilot-wire link.
It is connected to the primary current trans-
formers via an external summation current
transformer. The unit operates internally on
the summated current taken from the sec-
ondary side of the summation current
transformer. The link to the remote station
is realized by means of a pair of symmetrical
pilot wires allowing distances of up to ap-
proximately 12 km. Adaptation to the pi-
lot-wire resistance is effected by means of
software within the unit. Therefore, match-
ing is not necessary.
The primary field of application of the unit
is protection of short overhead lines and ca-
bles with two line ends. However, trans-
formers and reactors may be located within
the protection zone. The unit can be fitted
with inrush restraint in such cases. A differ-
ential protection instantaneous tripping
7 stage is also provided in this case. Vector
group adaptation is not effected inside the
unit and must, if necessary, be effected by
means of a matching current transformer.
The 7SD60 can be fitted with a pilot-wire
monitoring function. In addition to moni-
toring the pilot-wire link to the remote sta-
tion, this also includes bidirectional circuit-
breaker intertripping and a remote tripping
command.
If the differential protection becomes inac-
tive due to a pilot-wire failure, the relay has
an emergency overcurrent function as an
option. It includes one definite-time
overcurrent stage and can be delayed.
This unit substitutes the 7SD24 steady-
state differential protection. However,
The compact 7SD60 protection relay con-
tains all the components for:
• Measured-value acquisition and evalua-
tion
• Operation and LCD indications
• Alarm and command contacts
• Input and evaluation of binary signals
• Data transmission via the RS485
bus interface to DIGSI or a substation
control system
• Auxiliary voltage supply
The primary current transformers are con-
nected to the 4AM49 summation current
transformer. At the rated current value of
either 1 A or 5 A, the latter outputs a cur-
rent of 20 mA which is measured by the
7SD60 unit. The summation current trans-
former is supplied together with the pro-
tection unit, if so ordered.
The unit can be supplied in two different
housings. The one for flush mounting in a
panel or cubicle has connection terminals
at the rear.
The version for panel surface mounting is
supplied with terminals accessible from the
front. Alternatively, the unit can be sup-
plied with two-tier terminals arranged
above and below the unit.
LSP2002-afpen.tif

direct interoperation with the 7SD24 is not

possible. On replacement of a 7SD24, its
external summation current transformer
can be used as the input transformer for
the 7SD60.

ANSI Fig. 7/2

87L, 87T ∆I for lines/cables, transformers Rear view flush-mounting housing

85 Intertrip, remote trip

86 Lockout function
50 Single-stage, definite-time emergency
overcurrent protection

7/4 Siemens SIP · 2004

 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD60

Protection functions

Mode of operation of the differential pro-

tection relay
An external summation current transformer
4AM49, which can be supplied as an acces-
sory either in a 1 A or a 5 A version, allows
any secondary currents of the primary cur-
rent transformers (see Fig. 7/3) to be
connected. The standard ratios of the three
primary windings of the summation current
transformer are IL1:IL2:IL3 = 5:3:4
(IL1:IL3:IL0 = 2:1:3) (see Fig. 7/6). In con-
sequence, the sensitivity of the tripping
characteristic for single-phase faults is ap-
preciably higher compared to that for
two-phase and three-phase faults. Since the
current on such faults is often weak, an am-
plification factor of 1.7 to 2.8 referred to the
symmetrical response value is achieved.
Fig. 7/3
Other sensitivity values can, however, be
7SD60 line differential protection for operation with two pilot wires
obtained by altering the connections at the
summation CT.
With a symmetrical three-phase current of
1 x IN, the secondary current of the summa- 7
tion current transformer is 20 mA.
The 7SD60 measures and digitalizes the
current IM1 of the local relay by means of a
sensitive current input (see Fig. 7/6). A volt-
age drop occurs across a fixed-value resistor
Rb installed in the unit. With a through-
flowing load or a through- flowing short-
circuit current, the voltage drop at both
ends of the line is approximately equal but
of opposite polarity, so that no current
flows through the pilot wire. On occurrence
of an internal fault, different values are ob-
tained for the voltage drop across Rb at both
ends. In consequence, a current Ia flows
through the pilot wire, which is measured
by means of the current transformer. In
conjunction with the pilot- wire resistance
(available as a parameter in the unit) and
the internal resistor Ra, it is possible to cal-
culate the differential current from the mea- Fig. 7/4
sured current flowing through the pilot Trip characteristic of differential protection
wire. As soon as an adjustable value is
reached, the protection relay trips the line at
both ends. Trip characteristic of the to the rated current of the line; sensitive set-
Matching of the sensitivity of the unit for differential protection relay ting is possible even when the current trans-
different values of pilot-wire resistance is former rated currents and the line rated
The main function of the unit is current
effected by the firmware of the unit during currents differ by as much as a factor of 2.
comparison protection. The trip character-
parameter setting, so that time-consuming Differences in the current transformation
istic is fixed and takes into account both the
matching of the pilot-wire resistance is ratios at the ends of the line must, however,
linear and the non-linear errors of the cur-
unnecessary. be compensated for by means of external
rent transformers. It is only necessary to set
matching current transformers.
the tripping value IDiff>, although the stan-
dard setting is suitable for most applica- In some cases, this can be realized by the
tions. It should be parameterized according summation current transformer.

Siemens SIP · 2004 7/5

 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD60
Protection functions
Overcurrent release / differential current
monitoring
The differential protection function can be
combined with an additional overcurrent
release. To this end, the criteria “overcur-
rent” and “differential current” are linked
logically so that a TRIP command is given
out by the differential function only when
a differential current and an overcurrent
coexist.
By this means it is often possible to avoid
malfunctioning due to pilot-wire short-
circuit or wire-break of a connection be-
tween a current transformer and the sum-
mation current transformer. For this
purpose, the 7SD60 is fitted with an addi-
tional differential current monitoring func-
tion, which can effectively block the
differential protection after a delay of some
seconds on reaching of an adjustable value
of differential current in conjunction with
simultaneous operational current IM1 within
the load range.
7 tion, the relay offers a single-stage, defi-
Saturation detector
Improved stability on single-ended satura-
tion of the primary current transformers is
ensured by means of an integrated satura-
tion detector. It provides additional stabil-
ity during external faults. 5 ms are enough
time to measure an external fault due to a
high restraint and small differential cur-
rent. Indication is done within the addi-
tional restraint area (see Fig. 7/4). If – due
to CT saturation – the differential current
flows into the trip area, the differential trip
is blocked for a certain time. Transient sat-
uration of current transformers caused by
decaying DC components in the short-
circuit current can thus be recognized.
As a result, the requirements on the cur-
rent transformers are reduced so that they
are only required to conduct the steady-
state through-flowing short-circuit current
without saturation.
7/6
Pilot-wire link / pilot-wire monitoring Lockout of the TRIP command with manual
reset
The link to the remote station comprises a
symmetrical pair of wires (e.g. telephone The TRIP command can be locked-out after
lines). The maximum permissible distance tripping. In particular, in the case of trans-
between two stations is approximately formers within the protection zone,
12 km. 7XR9513 (20 kV) or 7XR9515 reclosure of the line is normally effected
(5 kV) isolation transformers can be em- only after the cause of the fault has been as-
ployed for potential isolation against inter- certained by the user. Manual reset is possi-
ference induced by longitudinal voltages ble either via the operator panel (with
where the pilot wires run parallel to power password) or via a binary input. As a result,
cables over long distances. premature reclosure of the circuit-breaker is
prevented. The logic state of the TRIP com-
Since the pilot wires form an integral part of
mand remains stored even during failure of
the differential protection, these are nor-
the auxiliary supply voltage, so that it is still
mally monitored continuously. This func-
present on restoration of the auxiliary sup-
tion is available as an option. To achieve
ply voltage.
this, 2 kHz pulses with a defined pulse width
ratio are transmitted to the remote relay via Inrush restraint / instantaneous tripping
the pilot wires. Detection of a fault in the pi- stage
lot-wire link results in blocking of the dif-
ferential protection. Where transformers or reactors are located
within the protection zone, inrush restraint
Emergency overcurrent protection can be supplied as an option. This inrush
restraint evaluates the second harmonic of
If the differential protection becomes inac-
the differential current, which is typical for
tive due to a pilot-wire failure or an internal
inrush phenomena. If the second har-
or external blocking of the differential func-
monic value of the differential current re-
ferred to the fundamental frequency
nite-time overcurrent function. It works
exceeds a preset value, tripping by the dif-
with the local flowing operational current
ferential protection is blocked. In the case
IM1. The pickup value and the delay time are of high-current internal faults, whose am-
settable via parameters in the device. plitude exceeds the inrush current peak,
tripping can be carried out instanta-
Circuit-breaker intertripping / remote trip-
neously.
ping
Vector group adaptation is not effected in-
Normally, tripping is effected at both sta-
side the unit and must, where necessary, be
tions as a result of current comparison.
brought about by means of an external
Tripping at one end only can occur when
matching transformer scheme.
an overcurrent release is used or with
short-circuit currents only slightly above
the tripping value. Circuit-breaker
intertripping can be parameterized in the
unit with integral pilot-wire monitor, so
that definite tripping at both ends of the
line is assured.
In addition, it is possible by means of a bi-
nary input to output a remote tripping
command for both directions. The com-
mand transmission time is approximately
80 ms.
Siemens SIP · 2004
 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD60

Features

Serial data transmission

As standard, the unit is fitted with an
RS485 interface. This is suitable for con-
nection to a bus and allows up to 32 de-
vices to be connected via a two-wire serial
interface (use of a third core for earth is
recommended). A PC is connected via this
interface using an RS232↔RS485 con-
verter, thus allowing the DIGSI operator
program to be used, by means of which Fig. 7/5
PC-aided planning, parameter setting and
Bus communication via RS485 interface
evaluation can be performed. By this read-
out, it is also possible to output the fault
recordings stored by the unit on occur-
rence of faults.

Using an RS485↔820 nm optical

converter as an accessory (7XV5650,
7XV5651), it is possible to provide an in-
terference-free and isolated link to a cen-
tral control system or a remote control
system employing DIGSI, thus allowing
economically viable configurations to be
used, e.g. for remote diagnostics.
7
The serial interface can also be set to the
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol (VDEW - Asso-
ciation of German Utilities - interface),
thus allowing the unit to be integrated in a
substation control system. However, only 2
messages (ready for operation and the
trip signal) and the fault recording are
available.
For this reason, it is recommended to use
the 7SD610 unit combined with an exter-
nal communication converter for pilot
wires in those cases in which integration in
the substation control system is a prime
consideration.

Siemens SIP · 2004 7/7

 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD60

Connection diagrams

Fig. 7/6
Standard connection L1-L3-E,
suitable for all types of networks

Fig. 7/7
Protection configuration with
main (7SD60) and backup
overcurrent (7SJ60) protection

Fig. 7/8
Typical circuit for auxiliary voltage supply

7/8 Siemens SIP · 2004

 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD60

Technical data

General unit data Binary inputs

Input circuits Number 3 (marshallable)
Rated current IN 20 mA without summation current Operating voltage 24 to 250 V DC
transformer 1 or 5 A with summation Current consumption, energized Approx. 2.5 mA
current transformer independent of operating voltage
Rated frequency fN 50/60 Hz parameterizable Pick-up threshold reconnectable By solder bridges
Thermal overload capability Rated aux. voltages 24/48/60 V DC
current path Vpick-up ≥ 17 V DC
Continuous 2 x IN Vdrop-off < 8 V DC
For 10 s 30 x IN Rated aux. voltages
For 1 s 100 x IN 110/125/220/250 V DC
Auxiliary voltage Vpick-up ≥ 74 V DC
Vdrop-off < 45 V DC
Auxiliary voltage via integrated
DC/DC converter Unit design
Rated auxiliary DC voltage/ 24/48 V DC /19 to 58 V DC Housing 7XP20
permissible variations 60/110/125 V DC /48 to 150 V DC Dimensions For dimensions, see dimension draw-
220/250 V DC /176 to 300 V DC ings, part 16
Superimposed AC voltage Vaux ≤ 12 % at rated voltage Weight
Peak-to-peak ≤ 6 % at limits of admissible voltage With housing for surface
Power consumption mounting Approx. 4.5 kg
Quiescent Approx. 2 W With housing for flush
Energized Approx. 4 W mounting/cubicle mounting Approx. 4 kg
Bridging time during failure/ ≥ 50 ms (at Vaux ≥ 100 V AC/DC) Degree of protection acc. to
short-circuit of auxiliary voltage ≥ 20 ms (at Vaux ≥ 24 V DC) EN 60529
Rated auxiliary voltage AC Vaux/ 115 V AC / 88 to 133 V AC
Housing IP 51 7
Terminals IP 21
permissible variations
Serial interface (Isolated)
Command contacts
Standard RS485
Number of relays 2 (marshallable)
Test voltage 2.8 kV DC for 1 min
Contacts per relay 2 NO or 1 NO
Connection Via wire to housing terminals,
Switching capacity 2 data transmission lines,
Make 1000 W/VA 1 earthing cable for connection to an
Break 30 W/VA RS485↔RS232 converter, cables have
Switching voltage 250 V to be shielded, screen has to be
Permissible current earthed Setting at supply: 9600 baud
Continuous 5A Baud rate Min. 1200 baud; max. 19200 baud
For 0.5 s 30 A
Signal contacts
Number of relays 3 (2 marshallable)
Contacts per relay 1 CO
Switching capacity
Make 1000 W/VA
Break 30 W/VA
Switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Permissible current 5A

Siemens SIP · 2004 7/9

 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD60
Technical data
Electrical tests
Specification
Standards
Insulation tests
Voltage test (routine test)
All circuits except DC voltage
supply
and RS485
Only DC voltage supply and
RS485
Impulse voltage test (type test)
All circuits, class III
Test crosswise:
Measurement circuits, pilot
wire connections, power sup-
ply, binary inputs, class III,
(no tests crosswise over open
contacts, RS458 interface ter-
minals)
EMC tests for noise immunity; type tests
Standards
7 VDE 0435, Part 303 (German product
High-frequency test
IEC 60255-22-1,
VDE 0435 Part 303; class III
Electrostatic discharge
IEC 60255-22-2, EN 61000-4-2;
class III
Irradiation with RF field,
non-modulated
IEC 60255-22-3 class III
Irradiation with RF field,
amplitude-modulated
IEC 61000-4-3; class III
Irradiation with RF field,
pulse-modulated
IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204;
class III
Fast transients/bursts
IEC 60255-22-3, IEC 61000-4-4,
class IV
Line-conducted RF
amplitude-modulated
IEC 61000-4-6, class III
Power frequency magnetic field
IEC 61000-4-8; class IV;
EN 60255-6
Oscillatory surge withstand capabil- 2.5 to 3 kV (peak), 1 MHz to
ity ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 (common 1.5 MHz decaying oscillation;
mode)
Fast transient surge withstand capa- 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 shots per s
bility ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 (common both polarities; duration 2 s;
mode)
Radiated electromagnetic interfer-
ence ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2
7/10
IEC 60255-5 ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0
2 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz
2.8 kV DC
5 kV (peak), 1.2/50 µs, 0.5 J;
3 positive and 3 negative impulses at
intervals of 5 s
IEC 60255-6; IEC 60255-22
(international product standard)
EN 50082-2 (generic standard)
standard)
2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; τ = 15 µs;
400 surges; duration 2 s
4/6 kV contact discharge;
8 kV air discharge; both polarities;
150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω
10 V/m 27 to 500 MHz
10 V/m 80 to 1000 MHz; AM 80 %;
1 kHz
10 V/m, 900 MHz; repetition rate
200 Hz, duty cycle 50 %
2 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz; burst length = 15
ms; repetition rate 300 ms; both polar-
ities; Ri = 50 Ω; duration 1 min
10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz;
AM 80 %; 1 kHz
30 A/m; 50 Hz, continuous
300 A/m for 3 s; 50 Hz; 0.5 mT,
50 Hz
50 shots per s; duration 2 s;
Ri = 150 Ω to 200 Ω
Ri = 80 Ω
10 to 20 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz;
amplitude and pulse-modulated
High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak, alternating polarity)
Document 17C (SEC) 102 100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 and 50 MHz,
decaying oscillation; Ri = 50 Ω
EMC tests for interference emission; type tests
Standard EN 50081- (generic standard)
Conducted interference voltage on 150 kHz to 30 MHz
lines, auxiliary voltage only,
EN 55022, VDE 0878 Part 22,
CISPR 22, limit value, limit class B
Interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz
EN 55011, VDE 0875 Part 11,
IEC CISPR 11, limit value,
limit class A
Mechanical dynamic tests
Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration
During operation
Standards IEC 60255-21; IEC 60068-2
Vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-1, class I 10 to 60 Hz; ± 0.035 mm amplitude;
IEC 60068-2-6 60 to 150 Hz; 0.5 g acceleration;
sweep rate 1 octave/min; 20 cycles in
3 orthogonal axes
Shock Half-sine
IEC 60255-21-2, class I 5 g acceleration, duration 11 ms,
3 shocks in each direction of 3
orthogonal axes
Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-3, class I 1 to 8 Hz; ± 3.5 mm amplitude
IEC 60068-2-6 (horizontal axis)
1 to 8 Hz; ± 1.5 mm amplitude
(vertical axis)
8 to 35 Hz; 1 g acceleration
(horizontal axis)
8 to 35 Hz; 0.5 g acceleration
(vertical axis)
Sweep rate 1 octave/min
1 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
During transport
Standards IEC 60255-21; IEC 60068-2
Vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-1, class II 5 Hz to 8 Hz: ±7.5 mm amplitude
IEC 60068-2-6 8 Hz to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration
Sweep rate 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Shock Half-sine
IEC 60255-21-2, class I Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms,
3 shocks
IEC 60068-2-27 Shocks in each direction of 3 or-
thogonal axes
Continuous shock Half-sine
IEC 60255-21-2, class I Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms,
IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks in each direction of
3 orthogonal axes
Siemens SIP · 2004

Technical data
Climatic stress test
Temperatures
Standards
Recommended temperature
Limit temperature
During service
During storage
During transport
(Storage and transport with
standard works packing!)
Humidity
It is recommended to arrange the
units in such a way that they are not
exposed to direct sunlight or pro-
nounced temperature changes that
could cause condensation
Functions
Line differential protection
Note
Setting ranges
Current threshold I1
(release by local station current)
Differential current
Delay time t
Restraint by 2nd harmonic
(see Fig. 7/4)
2fN /fN
Reset ratio
Inherent delays
TRIP time for two-end supply
at 4 x set value
Drop-off time
Tolerances at preset values under
reference conditions
Local station current threshold
Differential current
Influence parameters
Auxiliary supply voltage
0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ x 1.15
Temperature in range
0 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ 40 °C
Frequency in range 0.9 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.1 ≤ 4 %
Pilot wires
Number
Core-to-core asymmetry at 800 Hz Max. 10-3
Maximum loop resistance
Permissible induced longitudinal
voltages
On direct connection of the
pilot wires
For connection via isolating
transformer
Siemens SIP · 2004
EN 60255-6, IEC 60255-6
DIN VDE 0435 Part 303
-5 to +55 °C (>55 °C/131 °F decreased
display contrast)
-20 to +70 °C - 4 to +158 °F
-25 to +55 °C -13 to +131 °F
-25 to +70 °C -13 to +158 °F
Mean value per year ≤ 75 % relative
humidity, on 30 days a year up to
95 % relative humidity, condensation
not permissible!
All current values refer to the
symmetrical current using standard
connection
I/IN Line: 0 to 1.5 (step 0.01)
I/IN Line: 0.5 to 2.5 (step 0.01)
0 to 60 s (step 0.01 s)
10 to 80 %
Approx. 0.7 – drop-off ratio
(IRestraint = 0)
Approx. 20 to 28 ms without restraint
by 2nd harmonic
Approx. 32 to 42 ms with restraint by
2nd harmonic
Approx. 35 ms
± 3 % of setpoint, min. 0.02 x IN
± 5 % of setpoint, min. 0.02 x IN
≤1%
≤ 1 %/10 K
2 Tmax
Symmetric telephone pairs are recom-
mended with loop resistance
73 Ω/km and capacitance 60 nF/km
1200 Ω
≤ 1.2 kV, however, max. 60 % of the
test voltage of the pilot wires
≥ 1.2 kV, however, max. 60 % of the
test voltage of the pilot wires and max.
60 % of the test voltage of the isolat-
ing transformers
7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD60
Pilot-wire monitoring and
intertripping (optional)
Monitoring signal 2000 Hz, pulse-code modulation
Alarm signal delay 1 to 60 s (step 1 s)
Inherent delay time of Approx. 65 ms
intertripping
Extension of the intertripping 0 to 5 s (step 0.01 s)
signal
Emergency overcurrent protection
Setting ranges
Overcurrent pickup value
IM1 / INline 0.1 to 15 (step 0.1)
Delay time 0.0 to 60 s (step 0.01 s )
Remote trip
Note Tripping of the remote end
circuit-breaker for units with
pilot-wire monitoring only
Setting ranges
Prolongation time for 0 to 60 s (step 0.01 s)
transmission to remote station
Delay time for reception from the 0 to 60 s (step 0.01 s)
remote station
Prolongation time for reception 0 to 60 s (step 0.01 s)
from the remote station
Tolerances
Delay time/release delay 1 % and 10 ms respectively
7
Inherent delay
Transmission time without delay Approx. 80 ms
Lockout function
Lockout seal-in of trip command For differential protection and remote
trip until reset
Lockout reset By means of binary input and/or local
operator panel/DIGSI
Additional functions
Operational measured values
Operational currents I1, I2, IDiff, Irestraint
Measurement range 0 to 240 % IN
Tolerance (I1) 3 % of rated value or of measured
value
Fault event recording Storage of the events relating to the
last 8 faults
Time-tagging
Resolution for operational events 1 s
for fault events 1 ms
Fault recording (max. 8 faults)
Storage time (from response Total of 5 s max., pre-trigger and
or trip command) post-fault time settable
Maximum length per recording 0.30 to 5.00 s (step 0.01 s)
Pre-trigger time Tpre 0.05 to 0.50 s (step 0.01 s)
Post-fault time Tpost 0.05 to 0.50 s (step 0.01 s)
Time resolution at 50 Hz 1 instantaneous value per 1.66 ms
Time resolution at 60 Hz 1 instantaneous value per 1.38 ms
Circuit-breaker test Using test circuit
7/11
 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD60

Technical data

4AM4930 summation current transformer CE conformity

Power consumption in the circuit with standard connection This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Commu-
L1-L3-E (Fig. 7/6) referred to the through-flowing rated current nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating to
(7SD600 unit in operation). electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC) and
electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (Council
in phase (approx. VA) Directive 73/23/EEC).
IN L1 L2 L3 This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part 303).
1A Single-phase 2.2 1.3 1.7
Further applicable standards: ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0 and C37.90.1.
Symmetrical three-phase 0.6 0.2 0.35 This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG in
5A Single-phase 3.5 1.5 2.2 accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directive and
Symmetrical three-phase 0.7 0.2 0.5
standard EN 60255-6 for the “low-voltage Directive”.

Connections 4AM4930-7DB 4AM4930-6DB

CT rated current IN = 1 A IN = 5 A
Number of turns
Primary windings A to B 5 1
C to D 10 2
E to F 15 3
G to H 30 6
I to K 30 6
K to L 30 6
L to M 60 12
Secondary Y to Z 1736 1736
7 windings
Thermal rating
Continuous cur- A to B 4.5 20
rent in Amperes C to D 4.5 20
E to F 4.5 20
G to H 4.5 20
I to K 1.2 6.5
K to L 1.2 6.5
L to M 1.2 6.5
Y to Z 0.2 0.2
Secondary rated Y to Z 20 mA 20 mA
current with standard
connection (see Fig.
7/6) and symmetrical
3-phase current
IK, max 3 k ALF1 4
Requirements for the k ALF1 and k ALF2 , ≤ ≤
current transformers I N, c.t. 4 k ALF2 3
(CT)
k ALF1 Accuracy limiting factor side 1
k ALF2 Accuracy limiting factor side 2
I K, max Through-flowing short-circuit current,
max.
IN , c.t. Primary transformer current

7/12 Siemens SIP · 2004

 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD60

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7SD60 numerical pilot-wire current comparison protection relay 7SD600¨-¨¨A¨0-¨DA0
Rated current; rated frequency
20 mA, 50/60 Hz; without external summation current transformer 0
1 A, 50/60 Hz; with external summation CT 4AM4930-7DB00-0AN2 1
5 A, 50/60 Hz; with external summation CT 4AM4930-6DB00-0AN2 5

Rated auxiliary voltage

24, 48 V DC 2
60, 110, 125 V DC 4
220, 250 V DC, 115 V AC, 50/60 Hz 5

Unit design
For panel surface mounting with terminals at the side B
with terminals on top and bottom D
For panel flush mounting or cubicle mounting E

Operating language
English – alternatively either German or Spanish can be selected 0

Scope of functions
Differential protection 0
Differential protection, inrush restraint 1
Differential protection, pilot-wire monitoring, remote trip 2
Differential protection, pilot-wire monitoring, remote trip, inrush restraint 3

Accessories DIGSI 4 7
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows (version Windows 95 and higher)
device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included
as well as “Getting started” manual on paper, connecting cables (copper)
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Demo
Demo version on CD-ROM 7XS5401-0AA00
Professional
Complete version:
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00

SIGRA
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers
(Comtrade format). Running under MS Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/
XP Professional Edition.
Incl. templates, electronic manual with license for 10 PCs.
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00

Connecting cable
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector)
and protection unit (9-pin connector)
(contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally) 7XV5100-4

Siemens SIP · 2004 7/13

 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD60

Accessories Description Order No.

Converter V.24 - RS485*
With connecting cable 1 m, PC adapter
with plug-in power supply unit 230 V AC 7XV5700-0oo001)
With plug-in power supply unit 110 V AC 7XV5700-1oo001)

Converter RS485-FO
Rated auxiliary voltage 24 to 250 V DC and 250 V AC
Single optical interface 7XV5650-0BA00
Double optical interface (cascadable) 7XV5651-0BA00

Summation current transformer

1 A, 50/60 Hz, for 7SD600 4AM4930-7DB00-0AN2
5 A, 50/60 Hz, for 7SD600 4AM4930-6DB00-0AN2

Isolating transformer
Up to 20 kV 7XR9513
Up to 5 kV 7XR9515

Manual for 7SD60

English E50417-G1176-C069-A3

1) Possible versions see part 14.

* RS485 bus system up to 115 kbaud
RS485 bus cable and adaptor
7XV5103-oAAoo; see part 14.

7/14 Siemens SIP · 2004

 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD60

Connection diagram

Fig. 7/9 Connection diagram of the 7SD60 current differential protection

Siemens SIP · 2004 7/15

7

7/16 Siemens SIP · 2004

 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD61

SIPROTEC 4 7SD61
Differential Protection Relay for Two Line Ends
Function overview

Application
• Differential protection for universal use
with power lines and cables on all volt-
age levels (87L)
• Two line ends capability
• Suitable for transformers in protected
zones (87T)
• Well-suited for serial compensated lines
Protection functions
LSP2247-afpen.tif

• Differential protection with

Fig. 7/10
SIPROTEC 4 7SD61
differential protection relay
Digital data communication for differential
Description
current measurement is effected via fi-
The 7SD610 relay is a differential protection ber-optic cables, networks, pilot wires or
ISDN connections, so that the line ends can
relay suitable for all types of applications
and incorporating all those functions re- be quite far apart. The serial protection data
quired for differential protection of lines, interface of the relay can flexibly be adapted
cables, transformers and busbars. Trans- to the requirements of all existing commu-
formers and compensation coils within the nication media. If the communication
differential protection zone are protected by method is changed, flexible retrofitting of
communication modules to the existing
means of integrated functions, which were
previously to be found only in transformer configuration is possible. Thanks to special
product characteristics, the relay is particu-
differential protection. It is also well-suited
for complex applications such as series and larly suitable for use in conjunction with
digital communication networks. The units
parallel compensation of lines and cables.
measure the delay time in the communica-
It is designed to provide protection for all tion network and adaptively match their
voltage levels and types of networks; two measurements accordingly. The units can
line ends may lie within the protection zone.
be operated through pilot wires or twisted
The relay features very high-speed and telephone pairs at typical distances of 15 km
phase-selective short-circuit measurement. by means of a special converter.
The unit is thus suitable for single-phase
and three-phase fault clearance.
Siemens SIP · 2004
phase-segregated measurement
• Sensitive measuring stage for high-
resistance faults
• Phase overcurrent protection (50, 50N,
51, 51N)
• Phase-selective intertripping (85)
• Overload protection (49)
• Auto-reclosure single/three-pole (79)
7
Control functions
• Command and inputs for ctrl. of CB
and disconnectors (isolators)
Monitoring functions
• Self-supervision of the relay
• Trip circuit supervision (74TC)
• 8 oscillographic fault records
• CT-secondary current supervision
• Event logging / fault logging
• Switching statistics
Front design
• User-friendly local operation
• PC front port for convenient relay
setting
• Function keys and 8 LEDs f. local alarm
Communication interfaces
• 1 serial protection data interface
• System interface
− IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
− PROFIBUS-DP and DNP 3.0
• Service / modem interface (rear)
• Time synchronization via IRIG-B,
DCF77 or system interface
Features
• Browser-based commissioning tool
• Tripping time 15 ms
• Direct connection to digital communi-
cation networks
7/17
 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD61

The units measure the delay time in the

Application ANSI IEC
communication network and adaptively
match their measurements accordingly. The 87L ∆I for lines/cables
The 7SD610 relay is a differential protection
relay suitable for all types of applications units can be operated through pilot wires or 87T ∆I for lines / cables with
and incorporating all those functions re- twisted telephone pairs at typical distances transformers
quired for differential protection of lines, of 15 km by means of special converters.
85 Phase-selective
cables and transformers. The serial communication interfaces for intertrip, remote trip
Transformers and compensation coils data transmission between the ends are re- 86 Lockout function
within the differential protection zone are placeable by virtue of plug-in modules and
protected by means of integrated functions, 50 50N Three-stage overcurrent
can easily be adapted to multi-mode and
51 51N protection
which were previously to be found only in mono-mode fiber-optic cables and to leased
transformer differential protection. It is also lines or switched lines within the communi- 50HS Instantaneous high-current
well-suited for complex applications such as cation networks. Extremely fast, selective tripping (switch-onto-fault)
series and parallel compensation of lines and sensitive protection of two-end lines 79 Single or three-pole
and cables. can now be provided by means of these auto-reclosure with new
It is designed to provide protection for all relays. adaptive technology
voltage levels and types of networks; two 49 Overload protection
line ends may lie within the protection zone.
50BF Breaker failure protection
The relay features very high-speed and
phase-selective short-circuit measurement. 74TC Trip circuit supervision
The unit is thus suitable for single and
three-phase fault clearance. The necessary
restraint current for secure operation is cal-
culated from the current transformer data
by the differential protection unit itself.
7 Digital data communication for differential
current measurement is effected via fiber-
optic cables or digital communication and
pilot wires, so that the line ends can be quite
far apart. Thanks to special product charac-
teristics, the relay is particularly suitable for
use in conjunction with digital communica-
tion networks.

Fig. 7/11

7/18 Siemens SIP · 2004

 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD61

Application
Typical applications employing fiber-
optic cables or communication networks
Four applications are shown in Fig. 7/12.
The 7SD610 differential protection relay is
connected to the current transformers and
to the voltage transformers at one end of the
cable, although only the currents are re-
quired for the differential protection func-
tion. The voltage connection improves, 1) New FO modules up to 100 km available approx. 10/2004
among other things, the frequency measure-
ment and allows the measured values and
the fault records to be extended. Direct con-
nection to the other units is effected via
mono-mode fiber-optic cables and is thus
immune to interference.
Four different modules are available. In the
case of direct connection via fiber-optic
cables, data communication is effected at 512
kbit/s and the command time of the protec-
tion unit is reduced to 15 ms. Parallel com-
pensation (for the load currents)
is provided within the protection zone of
the cable. By means of the integrated inrush
restraint, the differential protection relay
can tolerate the surge on switching-on of
7
the cable and the compensation reactors,
and thus allows sensitive settings to be used
under load conditions.
Other examples show two differential units.
The data exchange is effected via a commu-
nication network or via an ISDN S0 bus.
7SD610 offers many features to reliably and
safely handle data exchange via communi-
cation networks.
Depending on the bandwidth available
in the communication system, 64, 128 or
512 kbit/s can be selected for the X21
(RS422) interface, whereas the G703.1 inter-
face works with 64 kbits/s.
The connection to the communication
converter is effected via a cost-effective
820 nm interface with multi-mode fiber.
This communication converter converts
the optical input to electrical signals.
The third example shows the relays being
connected via a twisted pilot pair. Data
exchange and transmission is effected via Fig. 7/12
pilot wires of an approximate length of Typical applications
8 km.
Here a transformer is in the protected zone.
In this application, 7SD610 is set like a
transformer differential relay. Vector group
matching and inrush restraint is provided
by the relay.

Siemens SIP · 2004 7/19

 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD61
Construction
The 7SD610 is available in a housing width
of 1/3, referred to a 19” module frame sys-
tem. The height is 243 mm.
All cables can be connected with or without
cable ring lugs. Plug-in terminals are avail-
able as an option, it is thus possible to em-
ploy prefabricated cable harnesses. In the
case of surface mounting on a panel, the
connection terminals are located above and
below in the form of screw-type terminals.
The communication interfaces are located
on the same sides of the housing. For di-
mensions, please refer to “Dimension draw-
ings”.
7 tripping of the differential protection can
LSP2236-afpen.tif
Fig. 7/13
7/20
Protection functions
Differential protection (ANSI 87L, 87T)
The differential protection function has the
following features:
• Measurements are performed separately
for each phase; thus the trip sensitivity is
independent of the fault type.
• An adaptive measurement method with
high sensitivity for differential fault cur-
rents below the rated current offers the
detection of highly resistive faults. This
trip element uses special filters, which
offer high security even with high level
DC components in the short-circuit cur-
rent. The trip time of this stage is about
35 ms, the pickup value is about 10 % of
the rated current.
• A high-set differential trip stage which
clears differential fault currents higher
than the rated current within 15 ms offers
fast tripping time and high-speed fault
clearance time. A high-speed charging
comparison method is employed for this
function.
• When a long line or cable is switched on
at one end, transient peaks of the charge
current load the line. To avoid a higher
setting of the sensitive differential trip
stage, this setpoint may be increased for a
settable time. Under normal operating
conditions, the relay is switched automati-
cally to the sensitive setting.
• A new feature of the unit is
parameterization of the current trans-
former data. The unit automatically cal-
culates the necessary restraint current by
means of the previously entered current
transformer error. The unit thus adap-
tively matches the working point on the
tripping characteristic so that it is no lon-
ger necessary for the user to enter charac-
teristic settings.
• Different current-transformer ratios may
be employed at the ends of the line.
A mismatch of 1:8 is permissible. The
tripping values of the unit are referred to a
rated operating current previously entered
by the user.
• Differential protection tripping can be
combined with overcurrent pickup. In
this case, pickup of the protection relay is
initiated only on simultaneous presence of
differential current and overcurrent.
• Easy to set tripping characteristic. Because
the relay calculates its restraint current,
only the setpoint IDiff> and IDiff>> must
be set.
• Differential and restraint current are
monitored continuously during normal
operation and are displayed as operational
measured values.
• High stability during external faults even
with different current transformers satu-
ration level. For an external fault, only
5 ms of saturation-free time are necessary
to guarantee the reliability of the differen-
tial protection.
• Single-phase short-circuits within the
protection zone can be cleared using a
time delay, whereas multi-phase faults are
cleared instantaneously. Because of this
function, the unit is optimally suited for
applications in inductively compensated
networks, where differential current can
occur as a result of charge transfer phe-
nomena on occurrence of a single-phase
earth fault within the protection zone,
thus resulting in undesired tripping by the
differential protection relay. Undesired
be suppressed by making use of the provi-
sion for introduction of a time delay on
occurrence of single-phase faults.
• With transformers or compensation coils
in the protection zone, the sensitive re-
sponse threshold IDiff> can be blocked by
an inrush detection function. Like in
transformer differential protection, it
works with the second harmonic of the
measured current compared with the fun-
damental component. Blocking is cancel-
led when an adjustable threshold value of
the short-circuit current is reached, so
that very high current faults are switched
off instantaneously.
• In the case of transformers within the
protection zone, vector group adaptation
and matching of different current trans-
former ratios is carried out within the
unit. The interference zero current, which
flows through the earthed winding, is
eliminated from the differential current
measurement. The 7SD610 thus behaves
like a transformer differential relay whose
ends, however, can be quite far apart.
Siemens SIP · 2004

Protection functions
Characteristics of differential protection
communciation through the remote relay
interfaces
The 7SD610 is ideally adapted for applica-
tion in communication networks.
The data required for measurement of dif-
ferential currents and numerous other vari-
ables are exchanged between the protection
units in the form of synchronous serial tele-
grams employing the full duplex mode. The
telegrams are secured using 32-bit check-
sums so that transmission errors in a com-
munication network are detected immedi-
ately. Moreover, each telegram carries a
time stamp accurate to a microsecond, thus
allowing measurement and monitoring of
the continuous transmission delay times.
• Data communication is immune to elec-
tromagnetic interference, since fiber-optic
cables are employed in the critical region.
• Monitoring of each individual incoming
telegram and of overall communication
between the units, no need of supplemen-
tary equipment. The check sum (correct-
ness of the telegram contents), the address
of the neighboring unit and the transmis-
sion delay time of the telegram are moni-
tored.
• Unambiguous identification of each unit
is ensured by assignment of a settable
communication address within a differen-
tial protection topology. Only those units
mutually known to each other can coop-
erate. Incorrect interconnection of the
communication links results in blocking
of the protection system.
• Detection of telegrams, which are re-
flected back to the transmitting unit
within the communication network.
• Detection of path switching in a commu-
nication network. Automatic restraint of
the protection function until measure-
ment of the parameters of the new com-
munication link has been completed.
Siemens SIP · 2004
• Continuous measurement of the trans-
mission delay time to the remote line end.
Taking into account the delay time in dif-
ferential current measurement and com-
pensation thereof, including monitoring
of a settable maximum permissible delay
time of 30 ms.
• Generation of alarm signals on disturbed
communication links. Statistical values for
the percentage availability of the commu-
nication links per minute and per hour
are available as operational measured val-
ues.
Phase-selective intertrip and remote trip/in-
dications
Normally the differential current is calcu-
lated for each line end nearly at the same
time. This leads to fast and uniform tripping
times. Under weak infeed conditions, espe-
cially when the differential function is com-
bined with an overcurrent pickup, a
phase-selective intertrip offers a tripping of
both line ends.
• 7SD610 has 4 intertrip signals which are
transmitted in high-speed mode (20 ms)
to the other terminals. These intertrip sig-
nals can also be initiated and transmitted
by an external relay via binary inputs. In
cases where these signals are not em-
ployed for breaker intertripping, other al-
ternative information can be rapidly
transmitted to the remote end of the line.
• In addition, four high-speed remote com-
mands are available, which can be intro-
duced either via a binary input or by
means of an internal event and then ra-
pidly communicated to the other end.
• Provided that the circuit-breaker auxiliary
contacts are wired to binary inputs at the
line ends, the switching status of the cir-
cuit-breakers is indicated and evaluated at
the remote ends of the line. Otherwise the
switching status is derived from the mea-
sured current.
7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD61
Fig. 7/14
Tripping characteristic
Possible modes of operation
of the differential protection section
Special modes of operation such as the
“Commissioning mode” and “Test opera-
tion” are advantageous for commissioning 7
and servicing the units.
• In general, an alarm indication is gener-
ated on interruption of the communica-
tion links and an attempt is made to
re-establish the communication link. The
units operate in the emergency or backup
mode, provided that these have been
parameterized.
• The complete configuration can also be
used in a testing mode. The local end is in
an operating mode, which, for example,
allows the pickup values to be tested. The
current values received from the remote
end of the line are set to zero, so as to
achieve defined test conditions. The re-
mote-end unit ignores the differential
currents, which occur as a result of test-
ing, and blocks differential protection and
breaker intertripping. It may optionally
operate in the backup protection mode.
• Differential protection is activated in the
commissioning mode. However, test cur-
rents injected at one end of the line and
which generate a differential current do
not lead to output of a TRIP command by
the differential protection or to breaker
intertripping. All those indications that
would actually occur in conjunction with
a genuine short-circuit are generated and
displayed. TRIP commands can be issued
by the backup protection.
7/21
 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD61
Protection functions
Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)
A built-in overload protection with a cur-
rent and thermal alarm stage is provided for
thermal protection of cables and transform-
ers.
The trip time characteristics are exponential
functions according to IEC 60255-8. The
preload is considered in the trip times for
overloads.
An adjustable alarm stage can initiate an
alarm before tripping is initiated.
Overcurrent protection
(ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51N)
The 7SD610 provides a three-stage
overcurrent protection. Two definite-
time stages and one inverse-time stage
(IDMT) are available, separately for phase
currents and for the earth current. Two op-
erating modes are selectable. The function
can run in parallel to the differential protec-
tion or only for backup during interruption
7 of the protection communication. Two
stages e.g. can run in backup mode, whereas
the third stage is configured for emergency
operation.
The following ANSI/IEC inverse-time
characteristics are available:
• Inverse
• Short inverse
• Long inverse
• Moderately inverse
• Very inverse
• Extremely inverse
• Definite inverse
7/22
Instantaneous high-speed switch-onto-fault
overcurrent protection (ANSI 50HS)
Instantaneous tripping is possible when
energizing a faulty line. On large fault cur-
rents, the high-speed switch-onto-fault
overcurrent stage can initiate very fast
three-pole tripping.
Circuit-breaker closure onto a faulty line is
also possible provided that the circuit-
breaker auxiliary contacts of the remote end
are connected and monitored. If an
overcurrent arises on closing of the cir-
cuit-breaker at one end of a line (while the
other end is energized) the measured cur-
rent can only be due to a short-circuit. In
this case, the energizing line end is tripped
instantaneously.
In the case of circuit-breaker closure, the
auto-reclosure is blocked at both ends of the
line to prevent a further unsuccessful clo- 0,14
sure onto a short-circuit. t= 0,02
Tp
( I I p ) −1
If circuit-breaker intertripping to the re-
mote end is activated, intertripping is also
Fig. 7/15 Inverse
blocked.
• Adaptive auto-reclosure: Both breakers
Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)
open after the fault in the protection zone
The 7SD610 relay is equipped with an has been detected. The breaker is switched
auto-reclosure function (option). For on by only one relay. If the fault has dis-
1-phase or for multi-phase faults, different appeared, the other line end is switched
dead times can be set. The function includes on via communication links. If not, the
several operating modes: line end makes a final trip.
• 3-pole auto-reclosure (AR) for all types of • Interrogation of synchro-check protection
before auto-reclosure occurs. This issues
faults.
the release signal for auto-reclosure to the
• 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults, unit via a binary input.
no AR for multi-phase faults.
• Monitoring of the circuit-breaker auxil-
• 1-pole AR for 1-phase faults and for iary contacts and c.b.-ready status.
2-phase faults without earth connection.
• Voltage check for discrimination between
• 1-pole AR for 1-phase and 3-pole AR for successful and non-successful reclose at-
multi-phase faults.
tempts.
• Multiple-shot AR. Up to 8 ARs are possi-
ble.
In addition to the above-mentioned operat-
ing modes, several other operating modes
• Interaction with an external protection re- can be performed and configured according
lay for AR via binary inputs and binary to user-specific requirements by means of
outputs. the integrated programmable logic (CFC).
Siemens SIP · 2004
 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD61

Protection functions
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
The 7SD610 relay incorporates a two-stage
breaker failure protection to detect the fail-
ure of tripping command execution, for
example, due to a defective circuit-breaker.
The current detection logic is phase-
segregated and can therefore also be used in
single-pole tripping schemes. If the fault
current is not interrupted after a settable
time delay has expired, a retrip command or
a busbar trip command is generated. The
breaker failure protection can be initiated by
all integrated protection functions as well as
by external devices via binary input signals.
High-speed current monitoring and other
monitoring functions
Numerous monitoring functions for hard-
ware and software are implemented in the
7SD610 unit. The measuring circuits, ana-
log-to-digital conversion and the supply
voltages, memory and software execution
(watch-dog function) are monitored.
Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)
One or two binary inputs for each cir-
cuit-breaker pole can be used for monitor-
ing the circuit-breaker trip coils including
the connecting cables. An alarm signal is is-
sued whenever the circuit is interrupted. For
each trip circuit, 1 or 2 binary inputs can be
used.
Lockout (ANSI 86)
All binary outputs can be stored like LEDs
and reset using the LED reset key. The lock-
out state is also stored in the event of supply
voltage failure. Reclosure can only be issued
after the lockout state has been reset.
Local measured values
The measured values are calculated from
the measured current and voltage signals
along with the power factor (cos ϕ), the
frequency, the active and reactive power.
Measured values are displayed as primary
or secondary values.
The relay uses a high-resolution AD con-
Measured values at remote line ends
Every two seconds, the currents and volt-
ages are freezed at the same time and trans-
mitted via the communication link.
Therefore, currents and voltages at the two
line ends are always available with their
amount and phases. This allows the whole
configuration to be checked under load
conditions (load current of 10 % is suffi-
cient). In addition, the differential and re-
straint currents are also displayed.
Important communication link measure-
ments, such as delay time or as percentage
availability per minute/hour are also avail-
able as measurements.
These measured values can be processed
with the help of the CFC logic editor.
LSP2097-afpen.tif

An open circuit between the CTs and relay

inputs under load may lead to tripping of a
differential relay if the load current exceeds
the differential setpoint. The 7SD610 pro-
vides fast bus wire supervision which imme-
diately blocks all line ends if an open circuit
is measured by a local relay. This avoids
maloperation due to open circuit. Only the
phase where the open circuit is detected is
blocked. The other phases remain under
differential operation.
Additional measurement supervision func-
tions are:
• Symmetry of voltages and currents
• Summation of phase currents and com-
parison with the measured current at
measuring input for the I4-earth current
transformer. If a significant difference is
detected, the differential protection is
blocked immediately, because this differ-
ence can only originate in a hardware
fault of the unit’s analog part.
• Phase-sequence supervision.
verter and the analog inputs are factory cali- 7
brated, so a high accuracy is reached (under
0.5 % with rated current). The following LSP2064-afpen.tif
values are available for measured value pro- Operational measured values are clearly
cessing: shown on the LCD display
• Currents 3 · Iphase, 3 I0, IE
• Voltages 3 · Vphase-earth, 3 · Vphase-phase, 3V0,
Ven
• Symmetrical components I1, I2, V1, V2
(positive and negative phase-sequence
system) LSP2066-afpen.tif
Some fault indications are shown automat-
• Active power P (Watt),
ically on the LCD display
Reactive power Q (Var),
Apparent power S (VA)
• Power factor p.f. (= cos ϕ)
• Frequency f
• Differential and restraint current per
phase
Limit values are calculated by means of the
CFC. User-specific indications can be de-
rived from these limit value indications like
overload conditions or overvoltage.

1) Disc-emulation with inverse-time charac-

teristic may be applied with ANSI characteristics.

Siemens SIP · 2004 7/23

 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD61

Functions

Commissioning
Special attention has been paid to commis-
sioning. All binary inputs and outputs can
be displayed and activated directly. This can
simplify the wiring check significantly for
the user.
Furthermore, all currents and voltages and
their phasors are available via communica-
tion link at the local relay and displayed in
the relay, with DIGSI 4 or a special commis-
sioning program running under a standard
browser (Internet Explorer or Netscape
Navigator).

Browser-based commissioning tool

LSP2241-afpen.tif
The 7SD610 provides a commissioning and
test program which runs under a standard
Internet Browser (no other special software
is required at the PC). Protection topology Fig. 7/16 Browser-aided commissioning
and comprehensive measurements from the
local and remote terminal are shown. The
breaker position of each line end is dis-
7 played, as well as the tripping characteristic
of the relay.
It is possible to check the correct connection
of the current transformers or the correct
vector group of a power transformer.
Stability can be checked by using the operat-
ing characteristic as well as the calculated
differential and restraint values in the
browser windows.

7/24 Siemens SIP · 2004


Functions
n Control and automation functions
Control
In addition to the protection functions, the
SIPROTEC 4 units also support all control
and monitoring functions that are required
for operating medium-voltage or high-
voltage substations.
The main application is reliable control of
switching and other processes.
The status of primary equipment or auxil-
iary devices can be obtained from auxiliary
contacts and communicated via binary in-
puts. Therefore it is possible to detect and
indicate both the OPEN and CLOSED posi-
tion or a fault or intermediate circuit-
breaker or auxiliary contact position.
The switchgear or circuit-breaker can be
controlled via:
− integrated operator panel
− binary inputs
− substation control and protection system
− DIGSI 4
Command processing
All the functionality of command process-
ing is offered. This includes the processing
of single and double commands with or
without feedback, sophisticated monitoring
of the control hardware and software,
checking of the external process, control ac-
tions using functions such as runtime moni-
toring and automatic command
termination after output. Here are some
typical applications:
• Single and double commands using 1, 1
plus 1 common or 2 trip contacts
• User-definable bay interlocks
• Operating sequences combining several
switching operations such as control of
circuit-breakers, disconnectors and
earthing switches
• Triggering of switching operations, indi-
cations or alarm by combination with ex-
isting information
Automation / user-defined logic
With integrated logic, the user can set, via a
graphic interface (CFC), specific functions
for the automation of switchgear or substa-
tion. Functions are activated via function
keys, binary input or via communication in-
terface.
Siemens SIP · 2004
7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD61
Switching authority Indication derivation
Switching authority is determined accord- A further indication (or a command) can be
ing to parameters, communication or by derived from an existing indication. Group
key-operated switch (when available). indications can also be formed. The volume
of information to the system interface can
If a source is set to “LOCAL”, only local
thus be reduced and restricted to the most
switching operations are possible. The fol-
important signals.
lowing sequence of switching authority is
laid down: “LOCAL”; DIGSI PC program,
Transmission lockout
“REMOTE”
A data transmission lockout can be acti-
Every switching operation and change of
vated, so as to prevent transfer of informa-
breaker position is kept in the status indica-
tion to the control center during work on
tion memory. The switch command source,
a circuit bay.
switching device, cause (i.e. spontaneous
change or command) and result of a switch-
ing operation are retained. Test operation
During commissioning, all indications can
Assignment of feedback to command be passed to an automatic control system
for test purposes.
The positions of the circuit-breaker or
switching devices and transformer taps are
acquired by feedback. These indication in-
puts are logically assigned to the corre-
sponding command outputs. The unit can
therefore distinguish whether the indication
change is a consequence of switching opera-
tion or whether it is a spontaneous change 7
of state (intermediate position).
Chatter disable
The chatter disable feature evaluates
whether, in a configured period of time, the
number of status changes of indication in-
put exceeds a specified figure. If exceeded,
the indication input is blocked for a certain
period, so that the event list will not record
excessive operations.
Filter time
All binary indications can be subjected to a
filter time (indication suppression).
Indication filtering and delay
Indications can be filtered or delayed.
Filtering serves to suppress brief changes in
potential at the indication input. The indi-
cation is passed on only if the indication
voltage is still present after a set period of
time. In the event of indication delay, there
is a wait for a preset time. The information
is passed on only if the indication voltage is
still present after this time.
7/25
 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD61
Functions
With respect to communication, particular
emphasis has been placed on high flexibility,
data security and use of customary stand-
ards in the field of energy automation. The
concept of the communication modules
allows interchangeability on the one hand,
and, on the other hand, is open for future
standards (e.g. Ethernet).
Local PC interface
The PC interface provided on the front
panel on the unit allows the parameters, sta-
tus and fault event data to be rapidly ac-
cessed by means of the DIGSI 4 operating
program. Use of this program is particularly
advantageous during testing and commis-
sioning.
Rear-mounted interfaces
The service and system communication in-
terfaces are located at the rear of the unit. In
addition, the 7SD610 is provided with a
protection interface. The interface comple-
7 ment is variable and retrofitting is possible
without any difficulty. These interfaces en-
sure that the requirements for different
communication interfaces (electrical and
optical) and protocols can be met.
The interfaces are designed for the following
applications:
Service / modem interface
By means of the RS485 interface, it is possi-
ble to efficiently operate a number of pro-
tection units centrally via DIGSI 4. Remote
operation is possible on connection of a
modem. This offers the advantage of rapid
fault clarification, especially in the case of
unmanned power plants.
In the case of the 7SD610, a PC with a stan-
dard browser can be connected to the ser-
vice interface (refer to “Commissioning
program”).
System interface
This interface is used to carry out commu-
nication with a control or protection and
control system and supports a variety of
communication protocols and interface de-
signs, depending on the module connected.
7/26
Commissioning aid via a standard Web
browser
In the case of the 7SD610, a PC with a stan-
dard browser can be connected to the local
PC interface or to the service interface (refer
to “Commissioning program”). The relays
include a small Web server and sends its
HTML pages to the browser via an estab-
lished dial-up network connection.
Retrofitting: Modules for every type of
communication
Communication modules for retrofitting
are available for the entire SIPROTEC 4 unit
range. These ensure that, where different
communication interfaces (electrical or op- Fig. 7/17
tical) and protocols (IEC 60870-5-103, IEC 60870-5-103 star-type RS232 copper
PROFIBUS-DP, DNP 3.0, Ethernet2), DIGSI, conductor connection or fiber-optic connection
etc.) are required, such demands can be
met.
Safe bus architecture
• RS485 bus
With this data transmission via copper
conductors, electromagnetic fault influ-
ences are largely eliminated by the use of
twisted-pair conductor. Upon failure of a
unit, the remaining system continues to
operate without any disturbances.
• Fiber-optic double ring circuit
The fiber-optic double ring circuit is im-
mune to electromagnetic interference.
Upon failure of a section between two
units, the communication system contin-
ues to operate without disturbance.
It is generally impossible to communicate
with a unit that has failed. If a unit were to
fail, there is no effect on the communication
with the rest of the system. Fig. 7/18
Bus structure: Fiber-optic double ring circuit
Master control unit
Fig. 7/19
Bus structure: RS485 copper conductor connection
Siemens SIP · 2004
 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD61

Communication

LSP2162-afpen.tif
LSP2163-afpen.tif
EC 60870-5-103
IEC 60870-5-103 is an internationally stan-
dardized protocol for the efficient commu-
nication in the protected area.
IEC 60870-5-103 is supported by a number
of protection device manufacturers and is
used worldwide.

PROFIBUS-DP
PROFIBUS-DP is an industry-recognized Fig. 7/21 Fiber-optic communication module
Fig. 7/20 RS232/RS485 electrical communication
standard for communications and is sup- module
ported by a number of PLC and protection
device manufacturers.

DNP 3.0
DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network Protocol
Version 3) is a messaging-based communi-

LSP216-4afpen.tif
cation protocol. The SIPROTEC 4 units are
fully Level 1 and Level 2 compliant with
DNP 3.0. DNP 3.0 is supported by a num-
ber of protection device manufacturers.

Fig. 7/22
Ethernet / IEC 61850 1) 7
Communication module, optical double-ring
Ethernet IEC 61850 application-specific
profile for energy automation applications
is currently under preparation.
As soon as standardization work has been
completed, SIPROTEC 4 units will be up-
graded to meet the requirements of the new
standard. Retrofitting can be carried out
simply by insertion of an Ethernet commu-
nication module.

System solution
SIPROTEC 4 is tailor-made for use in
SIMATIC-based automation systems.
Via the PROFIBUS-DP, indications (pickup
and tripping) and all relevant operational
measured values are transmitted from the
protection unit. Via modem and service in-
terface, the protection engineer has access to
the protection devices at all times. This per-
mits remote maintenance and diagnosis
(cyclic testing).
Parallel to this, local communication is pos-
sible, for example, during a major inspec-
tion.
Fig. 7/23
System solution: Communications

1) Available approx. 10/2004.

Siemens SIP · 2004 7/27

 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD61
Communication
Serial protection data interface
As an option, the 7SD610 provides one pro-
tection data interface for two line end appli-
cations.
In addition to the differential protection
function, other protection functions can use
this interface to increase selectivity and sen-
sitivity as well as covering advanced appli-
cations.
• Interclose command transfer with the
auto-reclosure “Adaptive dead time”
(ADT) mode
• 28 remote signals for fast transfer of
binary signals
• Flexible utilization of the communication
channels by means of the programmable
CFC logic.
The protection data interface has different
options to cover new and existing commu-
nication infrastructures
• FO51), OMA12) module:
7 820 nm fiber-optical interface with clock
recovery/ST connectors for direct connec-
tion with multi-mode FO cable up to
1.5 km for the connection to a communi-
cation converter.
• FO61), OMA22) module:
820 nm fiber-optical interface/ST connec-
tors for direct connection up to 3.5 km
with multi-mode FO cable.
• FO71), OMA32) module:
1300 nm fiber-optical interface/ ST con-
nectors for direct connection up to 10 km
with mono-mode FO cable.
• FO81), OMA42) module:
1300 nm fiber-optical interface/FC con-
nectors for direct connection up to 35 km
with mono-mode FO cable.
1) For flush-mounting housing.
2) For surface-mounting housing
3) For surface-mounting housing the internal
FO module OMA1) will be delivered
together with an external repeater.
4) Available approx. 10/2004.
7/28
New fiber-optic interfaces, series FO1x4)
• FO171): For direct connection
up to 25 km3), 1300 nm, for mono-mode
fiber 9/125 µm, LC-Duplex connector
• FO181): For direct connection up to
60 km3) 1300 nm, for mono-mode fiber
9/125 µm, LC-Duplex connector
• FO191): For direct connection up to
100 km3) 1550 nm, for mono-mode fiber
9/125 µm, LC-Duplex connector
The link to a multiplexed communication
network is made by separate communica-
tion converters (7XV5662). These have a fi-
ber-optic interface with 820 nm and ST
connectors to the protection relay. The link
to the communication network is optionally
an electrical X21 or a G703.1 interface.
For operation via copper wire communica-
tion (pilot wires or twisted telephone pair),
a modern communication converter for
copper cables is available. This operates with
both the two-wire and three-wire copper
connections which were used by conven-
tional differential protection systems before.
The communication converter for copper
cables is designed for 5 kV insulation volt-
age. An additional 20 kV isolation trans-
former can extend the field of applications
of this technique into ranges with higher in-
sulation voltage requirements. The connec-
tion via FO cable to the relay is interference-
free. With SIPROTEC 4 and the
communication converter for copper ca-
bles, a digital follow-up technique is avail-
able for two-wire or three-wire protection
systems (typical 15 km) and all three-wire
protection systems using existing copper
communication links.
Furthermore, a communication converter is
available, which enables the link to an ISDN
connection via the S0-bus.
Communication data:
• Supported network interfaces G703.1 with
64 kbit/s; X21/RS422 with 64 or 128 or
512 kbit/s
• Max. channel delay time 0.1 ms to 30 ms
(in steps of 0.1 ms)
• 32-bit CRC-check according to CCITT
and ITU
• Each protection relay possesses a unique
relay address
• Continuous communication link supervi-
sion: Individual faulty data telegrams do
not constitute an immediate danger, if
they occur only sporadically. The statisti-
cal availability, per minute and hour, of
the serial protection data interface can be
displayed.
Siemens SIP · 2004
 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD61

Communication

Communication possibilities between relays

Fig. 7/24 Direct optical link up to 1.5 km / 3.5 km, 820 nm Fig. 7/25 Direct optical link up to 10 km / 35 km, 1300 nm

New fiber optic interfaces1)

Fig. 7/26 Direct optical link up to 25 km / 60 km with 1300 nm Fig. 7/27 Connection to a pilot wire
or up to 100 km with 1550 nm

Fig. 7/28 Connection to a communication unit/digital telephone network/leased line

Fig. 7/29 ISDN connection via the S0 bus

1) Available approx. 10/2004.

Siemens SIP · 2004 7/29

 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD61

Typical connection

Connection to current and voltage trans-

formers
A typical connection is to the phase CT. The
residual current at the IE input is formed by
summation of the phase currents. This en-
sures optimum supervision functions for
the current.
Optionally, voltages are measured by means
of voltage transformers and are fed to the
unit as a phase-to-earth voltage. The zero
voltage is derived from the summation volt-
age by calculation performed in the unit.
As a matter of fact, the 7SD610 unit does Fig. 7/30 Typical connection to current transformers
not require any voltage transformers for
operation of the differential protection.

Fig. 7/31 Typical connection to current transformers with optional voltage inputs

7/30 Siemens SIP · 2004

 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD61

Technical data

General unit data LEDs

Analog inputs Number
Rated frequency 50 or 60 Hz (selectable) RUN (green) 1
ERROR (red) 1
Rated current IN 1 or 5 A (selectable) LED (red), function can be 7
Rated voltage VN 80 to 125 V (selectable) assigned
Power consumption Unit design
in CT circuits with IN = 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA Housing 7XP20 For dimensions refer to dimension
with IN = 5 A Approx. 0.3 VA drawings, part 16
in VT circuits Approx. 0.1 VA
Degree of protection
Thermal overload capacity IN acc. to EN 60529
in CT circuits 100 A for 1 s Surface-mounting housing IP 51
30 IN for 10 s Flush-mounting housing
4 IN continuous front IP 51
Dynamic (peak value) 250 IN (half sine) rear IP 50
In VT circuits for highly sensitive for the terminals IP 20 with terminal cover put on
earth-fault protection 300 A for 1 s Weight
100 A for 10 s Flush-mounting housing
15 A continuous 1/3 x 19" 4 kg
in VT circuits 230 V per phase continuous Surface-mounting housing
Auxiliary voltage 1/3 x 19" 6 kg
Rated voltages 24 to 48 V DC
Ranges are settable by 60 to 125 V DC1) Serial interfaces
means of jumpers 110 to 250 V DC1)
and 115 V AC (50/60 Hz)1) Operating interface 1 for DIGSI 4 or browser (front of unit)

Permissible tolerance -20 % to +20 % Connection Non-isolated, RS232,

front panel, 9-pin subminiature con-
7
Superimposed AC voltage ≤ 15 % nector (SUB-D)
(peak-to-peak)
Baud rate 4800 to 115200 baud, setting as
Power consumption supplied: 38400 baud; parity 8E1
Under normal operating conditions Approx. 8 W
During pickup with all Approx. 18 W Time synchronization (rear of unit DCF77/IRIG-B signal format IRIG-B000)
inputs and outputs activated Connection 9-pin subminiature connector
Bridging time during failure of the (SUB-D)
auxiliary voltage (terminals with surface-mounting
Vaux ≥ 110 V ≥ 50 ms housing)

Binary inputs Voltage levels 5, 12 or 24 V (optional)

Number 7 (marshallable) Service interface (op. interface 2) for DIGSI 4/modem/service/browser

(rear of unit)
Rated voltage range 24 to 250 V, bipolar
Pickup threshold 17 or 73 V (selectable) Isolated RS232/RS485 9-pin subminiature connector
Dielectric test (SUB-D)
Functions are freely assignable Distance for RS232 500 V/50 Hz
Minimum pickup threshold Distance for RS485 Max. 15 m
Ranges are settable by means of 17 or 73 V DC, bipolar Max. 1000 m
jumpers for each binary input System interface (rear of unit)
Maximum permissible voltage 300 V DC Rafer to ordering code IEC 60870-5-103
Current consumption, energized Approx. 1.8 mA PROFIBUS-FMS
PROFIBUS-DP
Output relay
DNP 3.0
Command / indication relay IEC 61850 Ethernet2)
Number 5 (marshallable) Isolated RS232/RS485 9-pin subminiature connector
1 alarm contact (not marshallable) Baud rate (SUB-D)
Switching capacity Dielectric test 4800 to 38400 baud
Make 1000 W/VA Distance for RS232 500 V/50 Hz
Break 30 VA Distance for RS485 Max. 15 m
Break (with resistive load) 40 W Max. 1000 m
Break (with L/R ≤ 50 ms) 25 W For fiber-optic cable ST connector
Switching voltage 250 V Optical wavelength λ = 820 nm
Permissible attenuation Max. 8 dB for 62.5/125 µm fiber
Permissible total current 30 A for 0.5 seconds Distance (spanned) Max. 1.5 km
5 A continuous

1) Ranges are settable by means of jumpers.

2) Under development

Siemens SIP · 2004 7/31

 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD61

Technical data

System interface, continued External communication converter 7XV5662-0AB00

PROFIBUS RS485 for ISDN connections
Dielectric test 500 V/50 Hz External communication converter
Baud rate Max. 12 Mbaud to interface between relays, optical
Distance 1 km at 93.75 kbd; 100 m at 12 Mbd 820 nm interface and an ISDN tele-
PROFIBUS fiber-optic2) phone line
Only for flush-mounting housing ST connector Input: fiber-optic 820 nm Max. 1.5 km with 62.5/125 µm
For surface-mounting housing Optical interface with OLM2) with clock recovery multi-mode FO cable to device side
Baud rate Max. 1.5 Mbaud Output: ISDN electrical interface 64/128 kbit (selectable by jumper)
Optical wavelength λ = 820 nm max. 800 m, 15-pin connector
Permissible attenuation Max. 8 dB for 62.5/125 µm fiber
Distance 500 kbit/s 1.6 km; 1500 kbit/s 530 m Permissible time delay (duration of data transmission)
Protection data interface Delay of telegrams due to trans- Max. 30 ms per transmission path
mission for one unit to the other. Permissible max. value can be
FO51), OMA12): Fiber-optic interface For multi-mode fiber 62.5/125 µm, Delay is constantly measured and selected
with clock recovery for direct con- ST connectors adjusted
nection up to 1.5 km or for connec- Permissible fiber attenuation: 8 dB
tion to a comm. converter, 820 nm
FO61), OMA22): Fiber-optic interface For multi-mode fiber 62.5/125 µm, Electrical tests
for direct connection up to 3.5 km, ST connectors Specification
820 nm Permissible fiber attenuation: 16 dB
Standards IEC 60255 (product standards)
FO71), OMA32): Fiber-optic interface For mono-mode fiber 9/125 µm, ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0/.1/.2
for direct connection up to 10 km, ST connectors UL 508
1300 nm Permissible fiber attenuation: 7 dB For further standards see
FO81), OMA42): Fiber-optic interface For mono-mode fiber 9/125 µm, “Individual functions”
for direct connection up to 35 km, FC connectors Insulation tests
7 1300 nm Permissible fiber attenuation: 18 dB
Standards IEC 60255-5
New fiber-optic interfaces, series FO14)
Voltage test (100 % test)
FO171): for direct connection up to For mono-mode fiber 9/125 µm, All circuits except for auxiliary 2.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50 / 60 Hz
25 km3), 1300 mm LC-Duplex connector supply, binary inputs and
Permissible fiber attenuation: 13 dB communication interfaces
FO181): for direct connection up to For mono-mode fiber 9/125 µm, Auxiliary voltage and binary 3.5 kV DC
60 km3), 1300 mm LC-Duplex connector inputs (100 % test)
Permissible fiber attenuation: 29 dB
RS485/RS232 rear side communi- 500 V (r.m.s.), 50 / 60 Hz
FO191): for direct connection up to For mono-mode fiber 9/125 µm, cation interfaces and time
100 km3), 1550 mm LC-Duplex connector synchronization interface
Permissible fiber attenuation: 29 dB (100 % test)
Relay communication equipment Impulse voltage test (type test)
External communication converter 7XV5662-0AA00 All circuits except for communi- 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 J
for communication networks cation interfaces and time syn- 3 positive and 3 negative impulses at
chronization interface, class III intervals of 5 s
External communication converter
to interface between the relays, opti- EMC tests for noise immunity; type tests
cal 820 nm interface and the Standards IEC 60255-6, IEC 60255-22
X21/RS422/ G703.1 interface of a (product standards) (type tests)
communication device EN 50082-2 (generic standard)
X21/G703, RS422 selectable by DIN 57435 part 303
jumpers. Baud rate selectable by High frequency test 2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; τ = 15 ms; 400
jumpers IEC 60255-22-1, class III and surges per s;
Input: fiber-optic 820 nm Max. 1.5 km with 62.5/125 µm VDE 0435 part 303, class III test duration 2 s
with clock recovery multi-mode FO cable to device side Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge; 15 kV air dis-
Output: X21 (RS422) electrical 64/128/512 kbit (selectable by jumper) IEC 60255-22-2, class IV charge; both polarities; 150 pF;
interface on communication device max. 800 m, 15-pin connector EN 61000-4-2, class IV Ri = 330 Ω
G703.1 electrical interface on 64 kbit/s, max. 800 m, screw-type Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz
communication device terminal non-modulated
External communication converter 7XV5662-0AC00 for pilot wires IEC 60255-22-3 (report), class III

External communication converter Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz;

to interface between relays, optical
820 nm interface and a pilot wire or
twisted telephone pair.
Typical distance
Fiber-optic 820 nm with clock
recovery
Pilot wire
15 km
Max. 1.5 km with 62.5/125 µm
multi-mode FO cable
Screw-type terminal 5 kV isolated
amplitude-modulated 80 % AM; 1 kHz
IEC 61000-4-3, class III
1) For flush-mounting housing.
2) For surface mounting housing.
3) For surface mounting housing the internal FO module OMA1
will be delivered together with an external repeater.
4) Available approx. 10/2004.

7/32 Siemens SIP · 2004


Technical data
Irradiation with RF field,
pulse-modulated IEC 61000-4-3/
ENV 50204, class III
Fast transients, bursts
IEC 60255-22-4 and
IEC 61000-4-4, class IV
High-energy surge voltages
(SURGE),
IEC 61000-4-5 installation, class III
Auxiliary supply
Measurement inputs, binary inputs, Common (longitudinal) mode: 2 kV;
binary output relays
Line-conducted HF, amplitude-
modulated
IEC 61000-4-6, class III
Magnetic field with power
frequency
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV;
IEC 60255-6
Oscillatory surge withstand
capability
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1
Fast transient surge withstand
capability
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1
Radiated electromagnetic interfer-
ence
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2
Damped oscillation
IEC 60694, IEC 61000-4-12
EMC tests for interference emission; type tests
Standard
Conducted interference voltage on
lines,
only auxiliary voltage
IEC-CISPR 22
Radio interference field strength
IEC-CISPR 22
Siemens SIP · 2004
10 V/m; 900 MHz; repetition
frequency 200 Hz; duty cycle 50 %
4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz;
burst length = 15 ms;
repetition rate 300 ms;
both polarities; Ri = 50 Ω;
test duration 1 min
Impulse: 1.2/50 µs
Common (longitudinal) mode: 2 kV;
12 Ω; 9 µF
Differential (transversal) mode: 1 kV;
2 Ω; 18 µF
42 Ω; 0.5 µF
Differential (transversal) mode: 1 kV;
42 Ω; 0.5 µF
10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 % AM;
1 kHz
30 A/m continuous; 300 A/m for 3 s;
50 Hz 0.5 mT; 50 Hz
2.5 to 3 kV (peak); 1 to 1.5 MHz
damped wave; 50 surges per second,
duration 2 s, Ri = 150 to 200 Ω
4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 impulses per
second;
both polarities; duration 2 s;
Ri = 80 Ω
35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz
2.5 kV (peak value); polarity alternat-
ing 100 kHz; 1 MHz; 10 and 50 MHz;
Ri = 200 Ω
EN 50081-1 (generic standard)
150 kHz to 30 MHz
Limit class B
30 to 1000 MHz
Limit class B
7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD61
Mechanical dynamic tests
Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration
During operation
Standards
Vibration
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2
IEC 60068-2-6
Shock
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1
IEC 60068-2-27
Seismic vibration
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1
IEC 60068-3-3
During transport
Standards
Vibration
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2
IEC 60068-2-6
Shock
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1
IEC 60068-2-27
Continuous shock
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1
IEC 60068-2-29
Climatic stress test
Temperatures
Type-tested acc. to IEC 60068-2-1
and -2, test Bd, for 16 h
Temporarily permissible operating
temperature, tested for 96 h
Recommended permanent operating –5 °C to +55 °C / +25 °F to +131 °F
temperature acc. to IEC 60255-6
(Legibility of display may be im-
paired above +55 °C / +131 °C)
– Limiting temperature during
permanent storage
– Limiting temperature during
transport
Humidity
Permissible humidity stress;
It is recommended to arrange the
units in such a way that they are
not exposed to direct sunlight or
pronounced temperature changes
that could cause condensation.
IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
Sinusoidal
10 to 60 Hz: ± 0.075 mm amplitude;
60 to 150 Hz: 1 g acceleration
frequency sweep 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Half-sinusoidal
Acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms,
3 shocks on each of the 3 axes in both
directions
Sinusoidal
1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude
(horizontal axis),
1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude
(vertical axis),
8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
(horizontal axis),
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
(vertical axis),
frequency sweep 1 octave/min
1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes
IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2 7
Sinusoidal
5 to 8 Hz: ±7.5 mm amplitude;
8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration,
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Half-sinusoidal
Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms,
3 shocks on each of the 3 axes in both
directions
Half-sinusoidal
Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms,
1000 shocks on each of the 3 axes
in both directions
–25 °C to +85 °C / –13 °F to +185 °F
–20 °C to +70 °C / –4 °F to +158 °F
–25 °C to +55 °C / –13 °F to +131 °F
–25 °C to +70 °C / –13 °F to +158 °F
Annual average ≤ 75 % relative hu-
midity; on 56 days in the year up to
93 % relative humidity; moisture con-
densation during operation is not per-
mitted
7/33
 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD61

Technical data

Functions Inverse-time stage (ANSI 51, 51N)

Differential protection (ANSI 87L, 87T) Phase current pickup Ip 0.1 to 4 A (1A) / 0.5 to 20 A (5A)
Sensitive differential current trip stage IDiff> (step 0.01 A)
Earth current pickup 3I0P 0.05 to 4 A (1A) / 0.25 - 20 A (5A)
Setting range
IDiff> IN secondary 1 A 0.1 to 20 A (steps 0.01 A) (step 0.01 A)
secondary 5 A 0.5 to 100 A Tripping characteristics
Tripping time Typical 35 ms with FO cable Tripping time characteristics acc. to Normal inverse; very inverse; ex-
IDiff> 2 x IDiff > (setting value) IEC 60255-3 tremely inverse; long time inverse
High current differential trip stage IDiff>> Tripping time characteristics acc. to Inverse; short inverse; long inverse;
Setting range ANSI/IEEE moderately inverse; very inverse;
IDiff>> secondary 1 A 0.8 to 100 A (steps 0.01 A) (not for DE region, see selection and extremely inverse; definite inverse
secondary 5 A 4.0 to 50 A ordering data 10th position)

Tripping time Typical 16 ms with FO cable Time multiplier for IEC characteris- Tp = 0.05 to 3 s (step 0.01 s) or
IDiff> 2 x IDiff >> (setting value) tics T deactivated

Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49) Time multiplier for ANSI DIP = 0.5 to 15 (step 0.01) or
characteristics D deactivated
Setting range
Factor k to IEC 60255.8 0.1 to 4 (steps 0.01) Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 I/Ip (ANSI: I/Ip = M )
Time constant τ 1 to 999.9 min (steps 0.1 min) Reset threshold Approx. 1.05 x I/Ip (ANSI: I/Ip = M )
Thermal alarm stage ΘAlarm/ΘTrip 50 to 100 % referred to tripping tem- Tolerances
perature (steps 1 %) Operating time for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 ≤ 5 % of setpoint ± 15 ms
Current-based alarm stage Ialarm 0.1 to 4 A(1A) / 0.5 to 5 A(5A) Instantaneous high-speed switch-onto-fault overcurrent protection
(steps 0.01 A) (ANSI 50HS)
Calculating mode for Θmax, Θmean, Θ with Imax Operating mode Active only with connected auxiliary
7 overtemperature contacts
I 2 − I pre
2 Characteristic 2 independent stages
Pickup time characteristic t = τ ln Pickup current I>>> 0.1 to 15 A (1A) / 0.5 to 75 A (5A)
I − (k I N )
2 2

(step 0.01 A) or deactivated

Reset ratio Pickup current I>>>> 1 to 25 A (1A) / 5 to 125 A (5A)
Θ/ΘAlarm Approx. 0.99 (step 0.01 A) or deactivated
Θ/ΘTrip Approx. 0.99
I / IAlarm Approx. 0.99 Reset ratio Approx. 0.95
Tolerances Class 10 % acc. to IEC 60255-8 Tolerances
Current starting ≤ 3 % of setting value or 1 % IN
Backup / emergency overcurrent protection (ANSI 50N, 51N)
Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)
Operating modes Active only with loss of data connec-
tion or always active Number of auto-reclosures Up to 8
Characteristic 2 definite-time stages / 1 inverse-time Operating modes with line voltage Only 1-pole; only 3-pole, 1 or 3-pole,
stage check adaptive AR
Discrimination between successful and
Definite-time stage (ANSI 50, 50N) non-successful reclose attempts
Phase current pickup Iph>> 0.1 to 25 A (1A) / 0.5 to 125 A (5A) Dead times T1-ph, T3-ph, TSeq 0.01 to 1800 s (step 0.01 s) or deacti-
(step 0.01 A) or deactivated vated
Earth current pickup 3I0>> 0.05 to 25 A (1A) / 0.25 to 125 A (5A) Action times 0.01 to 300 s (step 0.01 s) or deacti-
(step 0.01 A) or deactivated vated
Phase current pickup Iph> 0.1 to 25 A (1A) / 0.5 to 125 A (5A) Reclaim times 0.5 to 300 s (step 0.01 s)
(step 0.01 A)
CLOSE command duration 0.01 to 30 s (steps 0.01 s)
Earth current pickup 3I0> 0.05 to 25 A (1A) / 0.25 to 125 A (5A)
(step 0.01 A) Tolerances
Time stages 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Time delay 0 to 30 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated Voltage limit values ≤ 3 % of setting value or 0.5 V
Tolerances
Current pickup ≤ 3 % setting value or 1 % of IN
Delay times ± 1 % setting value or 10 ms
Operating time Approx. 25 ms

7/34 Siemens SIP · 2004

 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD61

Technical data

Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF) Further additional functions

Number of stages 2 Measured value supervision Current sum
Pickup of current element 0.05 to 20 A (1A) / 0.25 to 100 A (5A) Current symmetry
(step 0.01 A) Voltage symmetry
Bus wire supervision
Time delays T11phase, T13phase, T2 0 to 30 s (steps 0.01 s) or deactivated
Indications
Additional functions CB synchronism monitoring Operational indications Buffer size 200
Reset time 10 ms, typical System disturbance indication Storage of signals of the last 8 faults,
Tolerances buffer size 600
Current limit value ≤ 3 % of setting value or 1 % IN Switching statistics Number of breaking operations per
Time stages 1 % of setting value or 10 ms CB pole
Sum of breaking current per phase
Breaking current of last trip operations
Additional functions Max. breaking current per phase
Operational measured values Circuit-breaker test TRIP/CLOSE cycle, 3 phases
Representation Primary, secondary and percentage TRIP/CLOSE cycle per phase
referred to rated value Dead time for CB TRIP / CLOSE 0 to 30 s (steps 0.01 s)
Currents 3 x IPhase ; 3I0; IE; I1; I2 cycle
Tolerances Commissioning support Operational measured values, CB test,
10 to 50 % IN Typical ≤ 1 % of 50 % IN status display of binary indication in-
50 to 200 % IN Typical ≤ 1 % of measured value puts, setting of output relays, genera-
Voltages 3 x VPhase-Earth; 3 x VPhase-Phase; tion of indications for testing serial
3V0, V1, V2 interfaces, commissioning support via
Web-browser, test mode, commis-
Tolerances sioning mode
Typical ≤ 1 % of 50 % VN
10 to 50 % VN
50 to 200 % VN Typical ≤ 1 % of measured value
7
Power with direction indication P, Q, S CE conformity

Tolerances This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Commu-
P: for |cos ϕ| = 0.7 to 1 and V/VN, Typical ≤ 3 % nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating to
I/IN = 50 to 120 % electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC) and
Q: for |sin ϕ| = 0.7 to 1 and V/VN, Typical ≤ 3 % electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (Council
I/IN = 50 to 120 % Directive 73/23/EEC).
S: for V/VN , I/IN = 50 to 120 % Typical ≤ 2 % This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part 303).
Frequency f
Tolerance ≤ 20 mHz Further applicable standards: ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0 and C37.90.1.
Power factor p.f. (cos ϕ) The unit has been developed and manufactured for application in an indus-
trial environment according to the EMC standards.
Tolerance for cos ϕ = 0.7 to 1 Typical ≤ 3 %
This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG in
Remote measurements 3 x IPhase-Earth; 3 I0, 3 x VPhase-Earth; 3V0 accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
Overload measured values Θ/Θ Trip L1; Θ/Θ Trip L2; Θ/Θ Trip L3; generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directive and
Θ/Θ Trip standard EN 60255-6 for the “low-voltage Directive”.
Fault record storage
Measured analog channels 3 x IPhase, 3I0, 3IDiff
3 x VPhase, 3V0, 3IRestraint
Max. number of available recordings 8, backed up by battery if auxiliary
voltage supply fails
Sampling intervals 20 samplings per cycle
Total storage time Approx. 10 s
Binary channels Pickup and trip information; number
and contents can be freely configured
by the user

Siemens SIP · 2004 7/35

 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD61
Selection and ordering data
7 No system interface
1) Rated current can be selected by
means of jumpers.
2) Transition between the two auxiliary
voltage ranges can be selected by
means of jumpers.
3) The binary input thresholds can be
selected in two stages by means of
jumpers.
4) On request.
5) Available with next firmware ver-
sion.
6) For surface-mounting housing
applications, please select option A
(820 nm, 1.5 km) together with an
external repeater (see "Accessories"
for Order No.).
7/36
Description Order No. Order
code
7SD61 differential protection relay for two line 7SD610¨-¨¨¨¨¨-¨¨¨¨ ¨¨¨
ends with 4-line display, housing width 1/3”, 7 LEDs
123
Measurement input see next
Iphase = 1 A1), IE = 1 A (min. = 0.05 A) 1 page
Iphase = 5 A1), IE = 5 A (min. = 0.25 A) 5
Rated auxiliary voltage (converters, binary inputs)
24, 48 V DC, binary input threshold 17 V3) 2
60, 125 V DC2), binary input threshold 17 V3) 4
110, 250 V DC 2), 115 V AC, binary input threshold 73 V3) 5
Unit design/number of binary inputs and outputs
For panel flush mounting, screw-type terminals 1/3 x 19”/7 BI, 6 BO B
For panel surface mounting, 2-tier terminals, 1/3 x 19”/7 BI, 6 BO F
For panel flush mounting, plug-in terminals, 1/3 x 19”/7 BI, 6 BO K
Region-specific default settings / language settings
Region DE, language: German (selectable) A
Region World, language: English (GB) (selectable) B
Region US, language: English (USA) (selectable) C
Region FR, language: French (selectable)4) D
Region World, language: Spanish (selectable)4) E
System interfaces; functions and hardware
0
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, electrical RS232 1
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, electrical RS485 2
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, electrical RS485 9 L 0 A
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, 820 nm optical, double ring, ST connector2) 9 L 0 B
DNP 3.0, electrical RS485 9 L 0 G
DNP 3.0, 820 nm optical, ST connector2) 9 L 0 H
DIGSI/modem interface rear of unit and protection data interface 9 M¨¨
DIGSI / modem interface (rear side of unit)
DIGSI 4, electrical RS232 1
DIGSI 4, electrical RS485 2
Protection data interface
Optical 820 nm, 2 ST connectors, FO length up to 1.5 km
for direct connection or via communication networks A
Optical 820 nm, 2 ST connectors, FO length up to 3.5 km
for direct connection via multi-mode fiber B
Optical 1300 nm, 2 ST connectors, FO length up to 10 km
for direct connection via mono-mode fiber C
Optical 1300 nm, 2 FC connectors, FO length up to 35 km
for direct connection via mono-mode fiber D
New FO options5)
Optical 1300 nm, LC-Duplex connector, FO cable length up to 25 km6)
for direct connection via mono-mode FO cable G
Optical 1300 nm, LC-Duplex connector, FO cable length up to 60 km6)
for direct connection via mono-mode FO cable H
Optical 1550 nm, LC-Duplex connector, FO cable length up to 100 km6)
for direct connection via mono-mode FO cable J
Siemens SIP · 2004
 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD61

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7SD61 differential protection relay for two line ends 7SD610¨-¨¨¨¨¨-¨¨¨¨
with 4-line display, housing width 1/3”, 7 LEDs
Functions 1
Tripping only 3-pole, without auto-reclosure 0
Tripping only 3-pole, with auto-reclosure 1
Tripping 1 and 3-pole, without auto-reclosure 2
Tripping 1 and 3-pole, with auto-reclosure 3

Backup protection function

With emergency/backup overcurrent-time protection B
With emergency/backup overcurrent-time protection, with breaker failure protection C

Additional functions 1
Without additional functions A
With transformer extensions (transformer in protection zone) E
With 4 remote commands J
With 4 remote commands/transformer extensions (transformer in protection zone) N

Additional functions 2
Without additional functions 0
With external GPS synchronization of the differential protection 1

Siemens SIP · 2004 7/37

 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD61

Accessories Description Order No.

Opto-electric communication converter (connection to communication network)

Converter to interface to X21 or G703.1 or RS422 synchronous communication interfaces.
Connection via FO cable for 62.5 / 125 µm or 50 / 120 µm and 820 nm
wavelength (multi-mode FO cable) with ST connector, max. distance 1.5 km
Electrical connection via X21/RS422 or G703.1 interface 7XV5662-0AA00

Opto-electric communication converter (connection to pilot wire)

Converter to interface to a pilot wire or twisted telephone pair (typical 15 km length)
Connection via FO cable for 62.5/125 µm or 50 / 120 µm and 820 nm
wavelength (multi-mode FO cable) with ST connector;
max. distance 1.5 km, screw-type terminals to pilot wire 7XV5662-0AC00

Opto-electric communication converter (ISDN connection)

Converter to interface to an ISDN telephone line.
Connection via FO cable for 62.5/125 µm or 50 / 120 µm and 820 nm
wavelength (multi-mode FO cable) with ST connector, max. distance 1.5 km 7XV5662-0AB00

Additional interface modules

Protection data interface mod. opt. 820 nm, multi-mode FO cable, ST connector, 1.5 km C53207-A351-D651-1
Protection data interface mod. opt. 820 nm, multi-mode FO cable, ST connector, 3.5 km C53207-A351-D652-1
Protection data interface mod. opt. 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable, ST connector, 10 km C53207-A351-D653-1
Protection data interface mod. opt. 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable, FC connector, 35 km C53207-A351-D654-1

New modules1)
Protection data interface mod. opt. 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 25 km C53207-A322-B115-3
Protection data interface mod. opt. 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
7 LC-Duplex connector, 60 km C53207-A322-B116-3
Protection data interface mod. opt. 1550 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 100 km C53207-A322-B117-3

New optical repeaters2)

Serial repeater (2-channel), opt. 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 25 km 7XV5461-0BG00
Serial repeater (2-channel), opt. 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 60 km 7XV5461-0BH00
Serial repeater (2-channel), opt. 1550 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 100 km 7XV5461-0BJ00

Time synchronizing unit with GPS output

GPS 1 sec pulse and time telegram IRIG B/DCF 77 7XV5664-0AA00

Isolation transformer (20 kV) for pilot wire communication 7XR9516

Voltage transformer miniature circuit-breaker

Rated current 1.6 A; thermal overload release 1.6 A; overcurrent trip 6 A 3RV1611-1AG14

1) Available approx. 10/2004.

2) Available approx. 6/2004.

7/38 Siemens SIP · 2004

 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD61

Accessories Description Order No.

DIGSI 4
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows (version Windows 95 and higher)
device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included
as well as “Getting started” manual on paper, connecting cables (copper)
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Demo
Demo version on CD-ROM 7XS5401-0AA00
Professional
Complete version:
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00

SIGRA
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers
(Comtrade format). Running under MS Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP Professional.
Incl. templates, electronic manual with license for 10 PCs.
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00

Connecting cable
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector) 7
and protection unit (9-pin connector)
(contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally) 7XV5100-4

Manual for 7SD61

English C53000-G1176-C145-1
LSP2089-afpen.tif

Description Order No. Size of Supplier Fig.

package
Connector 2-pin C73334-A1-C35-1 1 Siemens 7/33
3-pin C73334-A1-C36-1 1 Siemens 7/34
Fig. 7/32 Mounting rail for 19" rack
AMP 1)
2
Crimp CI2 0.5 to 1 mm 0-827039-1 4000
connector 0-827396-1 1 AMP 1)
LSP2090-afpen.eps

LSP2091-afpen.eps

CI2 1 to 2.5 mm2 0-827040-1 4000 AMP 1)

0-827397-1 1 AMP 1)
Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm2 0-163083-7 4000 AMP 1)
Fig. 7/33 Fig. 7/34 0-163084-2 1 AMP 1)
2-pin connector 3-pin connector
Crimping For Type III+ 0-539635-1 1 AMP 1)
tool and matching female 0-539668-2 AMP 1)
For CI2 0-734372-1 1 AMP 1)
LSP2093-afpen.eps

LSP2092-afpen.eps

and matching female 1-734387-1 AMP 1)

19" mounting rail C73165-A63-D200-1 1 Siemens 7/32

Short-circuit links For current terminals C73334-A1-C33-1 1 Siemens 7/35
For other terminals C73334-A1-C34-1 1 Siemens 7/36
Fig. 7/35 Fig. 7/36
Short-circuit link Short-circuit link Safety cover for Large C73334-A1-C31-1 1 Siemens
for current contacts for voltage contacts/ terminals Small C73334-A1-C32-1 1 Siemens
indications contacts
1) AMP Deutschland GmbH
Amperestr. 7–11
63225 Langen
Germany
Tel.: +49 6103 709-0
Fax: +49 6103 709-223

Siemens SIP · 2004 7/39

 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD61

Connection diagram

7
Fig. 7/37
Connection diagram

Fig. 7/38
Serial interfaces

7/40 Siemens SIP · 2004


SIPROTEC 4 7SD5
Multi-End Differential Protection Relay for Two to Six Line Ends
LSP2173f.eps
Fig. 7/39
SIPROTEC 4
7SD5 differential protection relay
Description
The 7SD5 relay provides full scheme differ-
ential protection and incorporates all func-
tions usually required for the protection of
power lines. It is designed for all power and
distribution levels and protects lines with
two up to six line ends. The relay is de-
signed to provide high-speed and phase-se-
lective fault clearance. The relay uses
fiber-optic cables or digital communica-
tion networks to exchange telegrams and
includes special features for the use in mul-
tiplexed communication networks. Also
pilot wires or ISDN connections can be
used with an external converter. This con-
tributes toward improved reliability and
availability of the electrical power system.
The relay is suitable for single and
three-phase tripping applications for two
up to six line ends. Also, transformers and
compensation coils within the differential
protection zone are protected as are serial
and parallel-compensated lines and cables.
The relays may be employed with any type
of system earthing.
The relay also provides a full-scheme and
non-switched distance protection as an op-
tional main 2 protection. Several telepro-
tection schemes ensure maximum selectiv-
ity and high-speed tripping time.
Siemens SIP · 2004
LSP2314-afp.eps
The units measure the delay time in the
communication networks and adaptively
match their measurements accordingly.
A special GPS-version allows the use of the
relays in communication networks, where
the delay time in the transmit and receive
path may be quite different.
The 7SD5 has the following features:
− 2 full-scheme main protections in one
unit (differential and distance protec-
tion)
− High-speed tripping 10 - 15 ms
− The serial protection data interfaces of
the relays can flexibly be adapted to the
requirements of all communication me-
dia available.
− If the communication method is
changed, flexible retrofitting of commu-
nication modules to the existing configu-
ration is possible.
− Tolerates loss of one data connection in a
ring topology (routing in 20 ms). The
differential protection scheme is fully
available in a chain topology.
− Browser-based commissioning tool.
− Fault locator for one and two terminal
measurement for high accuracy on long
lines with high load and high fault resis-
tance.
− Capacitive charge current compensation
increases the sensitivity of the differential
protection on cables and long lines.
7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD5
Function overview
Application
• Differential protection with phase-
segregated measurement (87L, 87T)
• Sensitive measuring stage for high-resis-
tance faults
• Non-switched distance protection with
6 measuring systems (21/21N)
• High resistance ground (earth)-fault
protection for single and three-pole
tripping (50N/51N/67N)
• Phase-selective intertripping (85)
• Tele (pilot) protection (85/21, 85/67N)
• Weak-infeed protection (27WI)
• Fault locator (FL)
• Power swing detection/tripping (68/68T)
• 3-stage overcurrent protection
(50, 50N, 51, 51N)
• STUB bus protection (50 STUB)
• Switch-onto-fault protection (50HS)
• Over/undervoltage protection (59/27)
• Over/underfrequency protection (81O/U) 7
• Auto-reclosure (79)
• Synchro-check (25)
• Breaker failure protection (50BF)
• Overload protection (49)
• Lockout function (86)
Control functions
• Commands f. ctrl of CB and isolators
Monitoring functions
• Self-supervision of relay and protection
data communication
• Trip circuit supervision (74TC)
• Measured-value supervision
• Oscillographic fault recording
• Event logging/fault logging
• Switching statistics
Front design
• User-friendly local operation
• PC front port for relay setting
• Function keys and 14 LEDs f. local alarm
Communication interfaces
• 2 serial protection data interfaces for
ring and chain topology
• Front interface for connecting a PC
• System interface for connection to a
control system via various protocols
– IEC 60870-5-103
– PROFIBUS-FMS/-DP and DNP 3.0
• Rear-side service/modem interface
• Time synchronization via IRIG-B or
DCF77 or system interface
7/41
 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD5

Application

ANSI ANSI
87L ∆ I for lines / cables 59 27 Overvoltage/undervoltage
protection
87T ∆ I for lines / cables 81O/U Over/underfrequency protec-
with transformers tion
85 Phase-selective 25 Synchro-check
intertrip, remote trip
86 Lockout function 79 Single or three-pole
auto-reclosure with new
adaptive technology
21 21N Distance protection 49 Overload protection
FL Fault locator 50BF Breaker failure protection
68 68T Power swing detec- 74TC Trip circuit supervision
tion/tripping
85/21 Teleprotection for distance 50-STUB STUB bus protection
protection
27WI Weak-infeed protection

50N 51N Directional earth(ground)-

fault protection
67N
85/67N Teleprotection for earth
7 (ground)-fault protection

50 50N Three-stage overcurrent

protection
51 51N
50HS Instantaneous high-current
tripping (switch-onto-fault)

Fig. 7/40

7/42 Siemens SIP · 2004


Application
Typical applications
SIPROTEC 7SD5 is a full-scheme differen-
tial protection relay for two up to six line
ends, incorporating all the additional func-
tions for protection of overhead lines and
cables at all voltage levels. Also transform-
ers and compensation coils within the pro-
tection zone are protected. The 7SD5 is
suitable for single-pole and three-pole trip-
ping. The power system star point can be
solid or impedance-grounded (earthed),
resonant-earthed via Peterson coil or iso-
lated. On the TAP-line, the 7SD5 differen-
tial relay is connected to current (CT) and
optionally voltage (VT) transformers. For
the differential functions, only CTs are
necessary. By connecting the relay to VTs,
the integrated "main 2" distance protection
can be applied (full-scheme, non-
switched). Therefore, no separate distance
protection relay is required.
Fig. 7/41 Application for three line ends (Ring topology)
Cost-effective power system management
The SIPROTEC 4 units are numerical re-
lays which also provide control and moni-
toring functions and therefore support the
user in view of a cost-effective power sys-
tem management. The security and reli-
ability of power supply is increased as a
result of minimizing the use of hardware.
The local operation has been designed ac-
cording to ergonomic criteria. Large, easy-
to-read backlit displays are provided.
Siemens SIP · 2004
The link to the other relays is made by
multi-mode or mono-mode FO cables.
There are 4 optical modules available,
which correspondingly cover:
• 820 nm, up to1.5 km, multi-mode
• 820 nm, up to 3.5 km, multi-mode
• 1300 nm, up to 10 km, mono-mode
• 1300 nm, up to 35 km, mono-mode
New modules for distances up to 100 km
will be available approx. 10/2004.
Direct fiber-optic connection offers high-
speed data exchange with 512 kbit/s and
improves the speed for remote signaling.
At the main line two differential relays are
connected to CTs. The communication is
made via a multiplexed communication
network.
The SIPROTEC 4 units have a uniform de-
sign and a degree of functionality which
represents a whole new level of perfor-
mance in protection and control. If the re-
quirements for protection, control or
interlocking change, it is possible in the
majority of cases to implement such
changes by means of parameterization us-
ing DIGSI 4 without having to change the
hardware.
7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD5
The 7SD5 offers many features to reliably
and safely handle data exchange via com-
munication networks.
Depending on the bandwidth available in
the communication system 64, 128 or
512 kbits/s can be selected for the X21
(RS422) interface; the G703.1 interface
works with 64 kbits/s.
The connection to the communication
device is effected via cost-effective 820 nm
interface with multi-mode FO cables.
A communication converter converts the
optical to electrical signals. This offers an
interference-free and isolated connection
between the relay and the communication
device.
The use of powerful microcontrollers and
the application of digital measured-value
conditioning and processing largely sup-
presses the influence of higher-frequency
transients, harmonics and DC compo-
nents.
7/43
 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD5

Construction

Connection techniques and housing with

many advantages
1/3, 1/2, 2/3, and 1/1-rack sizes:
These are the available housing widths of
the 7SA6 relays, referred to a 19" module
frame system. This means that previous
models can always be replaced. The height

LSP2174-afp.tif

LSP2166-afp.tif
is a uniform 255 mm for flush-mounting
housings and 266 mm for surface-mount-
ing housings for all housing widths. All ca-
bles can be connected with or without ring
lugs. Plug-in terminals are available as an
option. It is thus possible to employ pre-
fabricated cable harnesses. In the case of Fig. 7/42 Fig. 7/43
surface mounting on a panel, the connec- Flush-mounting housing Rear view of flush-mounting housing with
tion terminals are located above and below with screw-type terminals covered connection terminals and wirings
in the form of screw-type terminals. The
communication interfaces are located in a
sloped case at the top and bottom of the
housing.

LSP2237-afp.tif
LSP2219-afp.eps

Fig. 7/45
Communication interfaces
in a sloped case in a surface-
mounting housing

Fig. 7/44
Surface-mounting housing with screw-type
terminals

7/44 Siemens SIP · 2004


Protection functions
Differential protection (ANSI 87L, 87T)
The differential protection function has the
following features:
• It is possible to select the operating mode
as "main" or as "main 1", if the back-up
distance protection is activated as
"main 2".
• Measurements are performed separately
for each phase; thus the trip sensitivity is
independent of the fault type.
• An adaptive, sensitive measurement
method with high sensitivity for differen-
tial fault currents below the rated current
offers the detection of highly resistive
faults. This trip element uses special fil-
ters, which offers high security even with
high level DC-components in the short-
circuit current. The trip time of this stage
is about 30 ms.
• A high-set differential trip stage which
clears differential fault currents higher
than the rated current within 10 – 15 ms
offers fast tripping time and high-speed
fault clearence time.
• When a long line or cable is switched on,
transient charge currents load the line.
To avoid a higher setting of the sensitive
differential trip stage, this setpoint may
be increased for a settable time. This of-
fers greater sensitivity under normal load
conditions.
• With the setting of the CT-errors the re-
lay automatically calculates the re-
straint/stabilization current and adapts
its permissible sensitivity according to
the CT’s data in the differential configu-
ration, optimizing sensitivity.
• Different CT ratios at the line ends are
handled inside the relay. The mismatch
of 1 to 6 is allowed.
• The differential protection trip can be
combined with an overcurrent pickup.
Thus differential current and overcur-
rent lead to a final trip decision.
• Easy to set tripping characteristic.
Because the relay works adaptively, only
the setpoint IDiff > (sensitive stage) and
IDiff >> (high-set current differential
stage) must be set according to the
charge current of the line/cable.
• With an optional capacitive charge cur-
rent compensation, the sensitivity can be
increased to 40 % of the normal setting
of IDIFF>. This function is recommended
for long cables and long lines.
Siemens SIP · 2004
• Differential and restraint currents are
monitored continuously during normal
operation and are displayed as opera-
tional measurements.
• High stability during external faults even
with different current transformers satu-
ration level. For an external fault, only
5 ms saturation-free time are necessary
to guarantee the stability of the differen-
tial configuration.
• With transformers or compensation coils
in the protection zone, the sensitive trip
stage can be blocked by an inrush detec-
tion function. It works with the second
harmonic of the measured current which
is compared with the fundamental com-
ponent.
• With transformers in the protection
zone, vector group adaptation and
matching of different CT ratios are
carried out in the relay. Additionally, the
zero-sequence current flowing through
an earthed neutral is eliminated from the
differential measurement. The 7SD5
therefore works like a transformer differ-
ential relay, whereas the line ends may be
far away.
Enhanced communication features for
communication networks
The data required for the differential
calculations are cyclically exchanged in
full-duplex mode in form of synchronous,
serial telegrams between the protection
units. The telegrams are secured with CRC
check sums, so that transmission errors in
a communication network are immediately
detected.
• Data communication is immune to
electromagnetic interference because
fiber-optic cables are employed in the
critical region.
• Supervision of each individual incoming
telegram and of the entire communica-
tion path between the units without
additional equipment.
• Unambiguous identification of each unit
is ensured by assignment of a settable
communication address within a differ-
ential protection topology. Only those
units mutually known to each other can
cooperate. Incorrect interconnection of
the communication links results in
blocking of the protection system.
• Detection of reflected telegrams in the
communication system.
• Detection of delay time changes in
communication networks.
7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD5
Fig. 7/46 Tripping characteristic
• Measurement of the delay time to the
remote line ends with dynamic compen-
sation of the delay in the differential
measurement. Supervision of the maxi-
mum permissible delay time is included.
• Generation of alarms on heavily
disturbed communication links. Faulty 7
telegram counters are available as
operational measurement.
• With a GPS high-precision 1-s pulse from
a GPS receiver the relays can be synchro-
nized with an absolute, exact time at each
line end. In this way, the delay in the re-
ceive and transmit path can be measured
exactly. With this optional feature the relay
can be used in communication networks
where this delay times are quite different.
Phase-selective intertrip and remote
trip/indications
Normally the differential fault current is
calculated for each line end nearly at the
same time. This leads to fast and uniform
tripping times. Under weak infeed condi-
tions, especially when the differential func-
tion is combined with an overcurrent
pickup a phase-selective intertrip offers a
tripping of all line ends.
• 7SD5 has 4 intertrip signals which are
transmitted in high-speed (< 20 ms) to
the other line ends. These intertrip signals
can also be initiated by an external relay
via binary inputs and therefore be used to
indicate, for example, a directional deci-
sion of the backup distance relay.
• In addition, 4 high-speed remote trip sig-
nals are available, which may be initiated
by an external or internal event.
• 24 remote signals can be freely assigned
to inputs and outputs at each line end
and are circulating between the different
devices.
7/45
 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD5

Protection functions

Communication topologies / modes of

operation
The differential relays may work in a ring
or daisy chain line topology. Use of a test
mode offer advantages under commission-
ing and service conditions.
• The system tolerates the loss of one data
connection in a ring topology. The ring
topology is rerouted within 20 ms form-
ing then a chain topology, while the dif-
ferential protection function is
immediately reactivated.
• When the communication connections
need to be reduced or when these are not
available, the whole system is able to
function without interruption as chain Fig. 7/47 Differential protection in ring or chain topology
topology. At the line ends, only cost-
effective 7SD5 relays with one protection
data interface are necessary for this appli-
cation.
• The two-end line is a special case, be-
cause when the main connection is inter-
rupted, the communication switches
7 over from a main path to a secondary
path. This hot standby transmission
function ensures a high availability of the
system and protects differential protec-
tion against communication route failure
on important lines.
• In a ring topology, one line end can be
logged out from the differential protec-
tion topology for service or maintenance
reasons by a signal via binary input.
Checks for the breaker position and load
current are made before this logout is ini-
tiated. In a chain topology, the relays at
the end of the line can be logged out from
the differential protection topology.
• The whole configuration can be set up
into a test mode. All functions and indi-
cations are available except the breakers
are not tripped. The local relay can be
tested and no trip or intertrip reaction is
effected by the other relays.

Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)

A built-in overload protection with a cur-
rent and thermal alarm stage is provided
for the thermal protection of cables and
transformers.
The trip time characteristics are exponen-
tial functions according to IEC 60255-8.
The preload is thus considered in the trip
times for overloads.
An adjustable alarm stage can initiate an
alarm before tripping is initiated.

7/46 Siemens SIP · 2004

 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD5

Protection functions

Distance protection (ANSI 21, 21N)

7SD5 provides a non-switched distance
protection featuring all well-proven
algogrithms of 7SA522 and 7SA6. It is pos-
sible to select the operating mode "main"
or "main 2", if the back-up differential is
activated as "main 1". By parallel calcula-
tion and monitoring of all six impedance
loops, a high degree of sensitivity and se-
lectivity is achieved for all types of faults.
The shortest tripping time is less than one
cycle. All methods of neutral-point con-
nection (resonant earthing, isolated, solid
or low-resistance earthing) are reliably
dealt with. Single and three-pole tripping is
Fig. 7/48
possible. Overhead lines can be equipped
with or without series capacitor compensa- Distance protection:
quadrilateral characteristic
tion.
Quadrilateral and mho characteristics
The 7SD5 relay provides quadrilateral as
well as mho zone characteristics. Both
characteristics can be used separately for
phase and ground (earth) faults. Resistance
ground (earth) faults can, for instance, be 7
covered with the quadrilateral characteris-
tic and phase faults with the mho charac-
teristic.
Alternatively, the quadrilateral characteris-
tic is available with 4 different pickup
methods:
• Overcurrent pickup I>>
• Voltage-dependent overcurrent pickup
V/I
Fig. 7/49
• Voltage-dependent and phase angle-de-
Distance protection:
pendent overcurrent pickup V/I/ϕ mho characteristic
• Impedance pickup Z<
Load zone
The quadrilateral tripping characteristic
In order to guarantee a reliable discrimina- permits separate setting of the reactance X
tion between load operation and short-cir- Parallel line compensation
and the resistance R. The resistance section
cuit - especially on long high loaded lines - R can be set separately for faults with and
The influence of wrong distance measure-
the relay is equipped with a selectable load without earth involvement. This character-
ment due to parallel lines can be compen-
encroachment characteristic. Impedances istic has therefore an optimal performance
sated by feeding the neutral current of the
within this load encroachment characteris- in case of faults with fault resistance. The
parallel line to the relay. Parallel line com-
tic prevent the distance zones from un- distance zones can be set forward, reverse
pensation can be used for distance protec-
wanted tripping. or non-directional. Sound phase polariza-
tion as well as for fault locating.
Absolute phase-selectivity tion and voltage memory provides a dy-
6 distance zones namically unlimited directional sensitivity.
The distance protection incorporates a
Five independent distance zones and one
well-proven highly sophisticated phase se- Mho
separate overreach zone are available. Each
lection algorithm. The pickup of unfaulted
distance zone has dedicated time stages, The mho tripping characteristic provides
loops is reliably eliminated to prevent the
partly separate for single-phase or sound phase respectively memory polariza-
adverse influence of currents and voltages
multi-phase faults. Ground (earth) faults tion for all distance zones. The example in
in the fault-free loops. This phase selection
are detected by monitoring the neutral this figure shows the characteristic for a
algorithm achieves single-pole tripping and
current 3I0 and the zero-sequence voltage forward fault where the mho circle ex-
correct distance measurement in a wide
3V0. pands to the source impedance but never
application range.
more than the selected impedance reach.
This mho circle expansion guarantees safe

Siemens SIP · 2004 7/47

 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD5

Protection functions

Elimination of interference signals

Digital filters render the unit immune to
interference signals contained in the meas-
ured values. In particular, the influence of
DC components, capacitive voltage trans-
formers and frequency changes is consider-
ably reduced. A special measuring method
is employed in order to assure protection
selectivity during saturation of the current
transformers.
Measuring voltage monitoring
Tripping of the distance protection is
blocked automatically in the event of fail-
ure of the measuring voltage, thus prevent-
ing spurious tripping. Fig. 7/50
The measuring voltage is monitored by the Power swing current and voltage wave forms
integrated fuse failure monitor. Distance
protection is blocked if either the fuse fail-
ure monitor or the auxiliary contact of the
voltage transformer protection switch op-
erates and, in this case, the EMERGENCY
definite-time overcurrent protection can
7 be activated.

Power swing detection (ANSI 68, 68T)

Dynamic transient reactions, for instance
short-circuits, load fluctuations,
auto-reclosures or switching operations
can cause power swings in the transmission
network. During power swings, large cur-
rents along with small voltages can cause
unwanted tripping of distance protection
relays. To avoid uncontrolled tripping of
the distance protection and to achieve con-
trolled tripping in the event of loss of syn-
chronism, the 7SD5 relay is equipped with
an efficient power swing detection func-
tion. Power swings can be detected under
symmetrical load conditions as well as dur-
ing single-pole auto-reclosures.
Tele (pilot) protection for distance protection
(ANSI 85-21)
A teleprotection function is available for
fast clearance of faults up to 100 % of the
line length. The following operating modes
may be selected:
• PUTT, permissive underreaching zone
transfer trip
• POTT, permissive overreaching zone
transfer trip
• UNBLOCKING
• BLOCKING
• Directional comparison pickup
• Pilot-wire comparison
• Reverse interlocking
• DUTT, direct underreaching zone trans-
fer trip (together with Direct Transfer
Trip function)
The carrier send and receive signals are
available as binary inputs and outputs and
can be freely assigned to each physical relay
input or output. At least one channel is re-
quired for each direction.
Common transmission channels are
power-line carrier, microwave radio and
fiber-optic links. The serial protection data
interface can be used for direct connection
to a digital communication network, fiber-
optic or pilot-wire link as well.
7SD5 also permits the transfer of phase-se-
lective signals. This feature is particularly
advantageous as it ensures reliable single-
pole tripping, if two single-pole faults oc-
cur on different lines. The transmission
methods are suitable also for lines with
three ends (three-terminal lines).
Fig. 7/51
Power swing
circle diagram
Phase-selective transmission is also possi-
ble with multi-end applications, if some
user-specific linkages are implemented by
way of the integrated CFC logic. During
disturbances in the transmission receiver
or on the transmission circuit, the tele-
protection function can be blocked by a bi-
nary input signal without losing the zone
selectivity. The control of the overreach
zone Z1B (zone extension) can be switched
over to the auto-reclosure function.
A transient blocking function (Current re-
versal guard) is provided in order to sup-
press interference signals during tripping
of parallel lines.

7/48 Siemens SIP · 2004


Protection functions
Direct transfer tripping
Under certain conditions on the power
system it is necessary to execute remote
tripping of the circuit-breaker. The 7SD5
relay is equipped with phase-selective
intertripping signal inputs and outputs.
Weak-infeed protection: echo and/or trip
(ANSI 27 WI)
To prevent delayed tripping of permissive
schemes during weak or zero infeed situa-
tions, an echo function is provided.
If no fault detector is picked up at the
weak-infeed end of the line, the signal
received here is returned as echo to allow
accelerated tripping at the strong infeed
end of the line. It is also possible to initiate
tripping at the weak-infeed end. A phase-
selective 1-pole or 3-pole trip is issued if a
permissive trip signal (POTT or Unblock-
ing) is received and if the phase-earth volt-
age drops correspondingly. As an option,
the weak-infeed logic can be equipped ac-
cording to a French specification.
Directional ground(earth)-fault protection
for high-resistance faults
(ANSI 50N, 51N, 67N)
In grounded (earthed) networks, it may
happen that the distance protection sensi-
tivity is not sufficient to detect high-resis-
tance ground (earth) faults. The 7SD5
protection relay has therefore protection
functions for faults of this nature.
The ground (earth)-fault overcurrent pro-
tection can be used with 3 definite-time
stages and one inverse-time stage (IDMT).
A 4th definite-time stage can be applied in-
stead of the 1st inverse-time stage.
Inverse-time characteristics according to
IEC 60255-3 and ANSI/IEEE are provided
(see “Technical data”). An additional loga-
rithmic inverse-time characteristic is also
available.
The direction decision can be determined
by the neutral current and the zero-
sequence voltage or by the negative-
sequence components V2 and I2. In addi-
tion or as an alternative to the directional
determination with zero-sequence voltage,
the star-point current of a grounded
(earthed) power transformer may also be
used for polarization. Dual polarization
applications can therefore be fulfilled.
Alternatively, the direction can be deter-
mined by evaluation of zero-sequence
power. Each overcurrent stage can be set in
Siemens SIP · 2004
7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD5
forward or reverse direction or for both di-
rections (non-directional). As an option
the 7SD5 relay can be provided with a sen-
sitive neutral (residual) current trans-
former. This feature provides a measuring
range for the neutral (residual) current
from 5 mA to 100 A with a nominal relay
current of 1 A and from 5 mA to 500 A
with a nominal relay current of 5 A. Thus
the ground (earth)-fault overcurrent pro-
tection can be applied with extreme sensi-
tivity.
The function is equipped with special digi-
tal filter algorithms, providing the elimina-
tion of higher harmonics. This feature
is particularly important for low zero-
sequence fault currents which usually have
a high content of 3rd and 5th harmonics.
Inrush stabilization and instantaneous
switch-onto-fault trip can be activated sep-
arately for each stage as well.
Different operating modes can be selected.
t=
0.14
⋅Tp
The ground(earth)-fault protection is suit-
(I I p )
0.02
−1
able for three-phase and, optionally, for
single-phase tripping by means of a sophis-
Fig. 7/52 Normal inverse
ticated phase selector. It may be blocked 7
during the dead time of single-pole auto-
reclose cycles or during pickup of the dis- interruption of the protection communi-
tance protection. cation and/or failure of the voltage in the
VT secondary circuit (emergency opera-
Tele (pilot) protection for directional tion). The secondary voltage failure can be
ground(earth)-fault protection detected by the integrated fuse failure
(ANSI 85-67N) monitor or via a binary input from a VT
miniature circuit-breaker (VT m.c.b. trip).
The directional ground(earth)-fault
overcurrent protection can be combined The following inverse-time characteristics
with one of the following teleprotection according to IEC 60255-3 and ANSI/IEEE
schemes: are provided:
• Directional comparison • Inverse
• BLOCKING • Short inverse
• UNBLOCKING • Long inverse
The transient blocking function (current • Moderately inverse
reversal guard) is also provided in order to • Very inverse
suppress interference signals during trip- • Extremely inverse
ping of parallel lines. • Definite inverse
The pilot functions for distance protection
and for ground(earth)-fault protection can STUB bus overcurrent protection
use the same signaling channel or two sep- (ANSI 50(N)-STUB)
arate and redundant channels. The STUB bus overcurrent protection is
a separate definite-time overcurrent stage.
Backup overcurrent protection It can be activated from a binary input
(ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51N) signaling the open line isolator (discon-
The 7SD5 provides a backup overcurrent nector) is open. Settings are available for
protection. Two definite-time stages and phase and ground (earth)-faults.
one inverse-time stage (IDMTL) are avail-
able, separately for phase currents and for
the neutral (residual) current. Two operat-
ing modes are selectable. The function can
run in parallel to the differential protection
and the distance protection or only during
7/49
 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD5
Protection functions
Instantaneous high-speed switch-onto-
fault overcurrent protection (ANSI 50HS)
Instantaneous tripping is possible when
energizing a faulty line. In the event of
large fault currents, the high-speed
switch-onto-fault overcurrent stage can
initiate very fast 3-pole tripping.
With lower fault currents, instantaneous
tripping after switch-onto-fault is also pos-
sible
− if the breaker positions at the line ends
are monitored and connected to the re-
lays. This breaker position monitor offers
a high-speed trip during switch-onto-
fault conditions.
− with the overreach distance zone Z1B or
just with pickup in any zone.
The switch-onto-fault initiation can be de-
tected via the binary input "manual close"
or automatically via measurement.
Fault locator
7 as overfrequency or underfrequency) and
The integrated fault locator calculates the
fault impedance and the distance-to-fault.
The result is displayed in ohms, miles, kilo-
meters or in percent of the line length. Par-
allel line and load current compensation is
also available.
As an option for a line with two ends, a
fault locator function with measurement at
both ends of the line is available.
Thanks to this feature, accuracy of mea-
surement on long lines under high load
conditions and high fault resistances is
considerably increased.
Overvoltage protection, undervoltage pro-
tection (ANSI 59, 27)
A voltage rise can occur on long lines that
are operating at no-load or are only lightly
loaded. The 7SD5 contains a number of
overvoltage measuring elements. Each
measuring element is of two-stage design.
The following measuring elements are
available:
• Phase-to-earth overvoltage
• Phase-to-phase overvoltage
• Zero-sequence overvoltage
The zero-sequence voltage can be con-
nected to the 4th voltage input or be de-
rived from the phase voltages.
• Positive-sequence overvoltage of the lo-
cal end or calculated for the remote end
of the line (compounding).
• Negative-sequence overvoltage
7/50
Tripping by the overvoltage measuring ele-
ments can be effected either at the local cir-
cuit-breaker or at the remote station by
means of a transmitted signal.
The 7SD5 is fitted, in addition, with three
two-stage undervoltage measuring
elements:
• Phase-to-earth undervoltage
• Phase-to-phase undervoltage
• Positive-sequence undervoltage
The undervoltage measuring elements can
be blocked by means of a minimum cur-
rent criterion and by means of binary in-
puts.
Frequency protection (ANSI 81O/U)
Frequency protection can be used for over-
frequency and underfrequency protection.
Unwanted frequency changes in the net-
work can be detected and the load can be
removed at a specified frequency setting.
Frequency protection can be used over a
wide frequency range (45 to 55, 55 to
65 Hz). There are four elements (selectable
each element can be delayed separately.
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
The 7SD52 relay incorporates a two-stage
breaker failure protection to detect the
failure of tripping command execution, for
example due to a defective circuit-breaker.
The current detection logic is phase-
segregated and can therefore also be used
in single-pole tripping schemes. If the fault
current is not interrupted after a settable
time delay has expired, a retrip command
or a busbar trip command is generated.
The breaker failure protection can be initi-
ated by all integrated protection functions
as well as by external devices via binary
input signals.
Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)
The 7SD5 relay is equipped with an
auto-reclose function (AR). The function
includes several operating modes:
• 3-pole auto-reclosure for all types of
faults; different dead times are available
depending the type of fault
• 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults,
no reclosing for multi-phase faults
• 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults
and for 2-phase faults without earth, no
reclosing for multi-phase faults
• 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase and
3-pole auto-reclosing for multi-phase
faults
• 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults
and 2-phase faults without earth and
3-pole auto-reclosure for other faults
• Multiple-shot auto-reclosure
• Interaction with an external device for
auto-reclosure via binary inputs and out-
puts
• Control of the integrated AR function by
external protection
• Adaptive auto-reclosure. Only one line
end is closed after the dead time. If the
fault persists this line end is switched off.
Otherwise the other line ends are closed
via a command over the communication
links. This avoids stress when heavy fault
currents are fed from all line ends again.
• Interaction with the internal or an exter-
nal synchro-check
• Monitoring of the circuit-breaker auxil-
iary contacts
In addition to the above-mentioned oper-
ating modes, several other operating prin-
ciples can be employed by means of the
integrated programmable logic (CFC).
Integration of auto-reclosure in the feeder
protection allows evaluation of the
line-side voltages. A number of voltage-de-
pendent supplementary functions are thus
available:
• DLC
By means of dead-line check, reclosure is
effected only when the line is
deenergized (prevention of asynchro-
nous breaker closure).
• ADT
The adaptive dead time is employed only
if auto-reclosure at the remote station
was successful (reduction of stress on
equipment).
Siemens SIP · 2004

Protection functions
• RDT
Reduced dead time is employed in con-
junction with auto-reclosure where no
tele-protection method is employed:
When faults within the zone extension,
but external to the protected line, are
switched off for rapid auto-reclosure
(RAR), the RDT function decides on the
basis of measurement of the return volt-
age from the remote station which has not
tripped whether or not to reduce the dead
time.
Synchronism check (ANSI 25)
Where two network sections are switched
in by control command or following a
3-pole auto-reclosure, it must be ensured
that both network sections are mutually
synchronous. For this purpose, a synchro-
nism-check function is provided. After
verification of the network synchronism
the function releases the CLOSE com-
mand. Alternatively, reclosing can be en-
abled for different criteria, e.g., checking
that the busbar or line is not carrying a
voltage (dead line or dead bus).
Monitoring and supervision functions
The 7SD5 relay provides comprehensive
monitoring functions covering both hard-
ware and software. Furthermore, the mea-
sured values are continuously checked for
plausibility. Therefore the current and
voltage transformers are also included in
this monitoring system.
Current transformer / Monitoring functions
A broken wire between the CTs and relay
inputs under load may lead to malopera-
tion of a differential relay if the load cur-
rent exceeds the differential setpoint. The
7SD52 provides fast broken wire super-
vision which immediatelly blocks all line
ends if a broken wire condition is mea-
sured by a local relay. This avoids
maloperation due to broken wire condi-
tion. Only the phase where the broken wire
is detected is blocked. The other phases
remain under differential operation.
Siemens SIP · 2004
7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD5
Fuse failure monitoring • Load impedances with directional indica-
tion
If any measured voltage is not present due
3 x RPhase-Ground, XPhase-Ground
to short-circuit or open circuit in the volt-
3 x RPhase-Phase, XPhase-Phase
age transformer secondary circuit the dis-
tance protection would respond with an • Long term mean values
unwanted trip due to this loss of voltage. 3 x IPhase; I1; P; P+; P-; Q; Q+; Q-; S
This secondary voltage interruption can be • Minimum/maximum memory
detected by means of the integrated fuse 3 x IPhase; I1; 3 x VPhase-Ground
failure monitor. Immediate blocking of 3 x VPhase-Phase, 3V0; V1; P+; P-; Q+; Q-; S;
distance protection is provided for all types f; power factor (+); power factor (-);
of secondary voltage failures. from mean values
3 x IPhase; I1; P; Q; S
Additional measurement supervision func- • Energy meters
tions are Wp+; Wp-; WQ+; WQ-
• Symmetry of voltages and currents • Availability of the data connection to the
• Summation of currents and voltages remote line ends per minute and per hour
• Regarding delay time measuring with the
Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC) GPS-version the absolute time for trans-
mit and receive path is displayed sepa-
One or two binary inputs for each circuit- rately.
breaker pole can be used for monitoring
the circuit-breaker trip coils including the Limit value monitoring: Limit values
connecting cables. An alarm signal is is- are monitored by means of the CFC.
sued whenever the circuit is interrupted. Commands can be derived from these
limit value indications.
Lockout (ANSI 86)
All binary outputs can be stored like LEDs
7
and reset using the LED reset key. The
lockout state is also stored in the event of
supply voltage failure. Reclosure can only
be issued after the lockout state is reset.
Local measured values
The measured values are calculated from
the measured current and voltage signals
along with the power factor (cos ϕ), the
frequency, the active and reactive power.
Measured values are displayed as primary
or secondary values or in percent of the
specific line rated current and voltage. The
relay uses a 20 bit high-resolution AD con-
verter and the analog inputs are factory-
calibrated, so a high accuracy is reached.
The following values are available for mea-
sured-value processing:
• Currents 3 x IPhase, 3 I0, IE, IE sensitive
• Voltages 3 x VPhase-Ground, 3 x VPhase-Phase,
3 V0,Ven, VSYNC, VCOMP
• Symmetrical components I1, I2, V1, V2
• Real power P (Watt), reactive power
Q (Var), apparent power S (VA)
• Power factor p.f. (= cos ϕ)
• Frequency f
• Differential and restraint current per
phase
7/51
 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD5

Protection functions

Measured values at remote line ends

Every two seconds the currents and volt-
ages are freezed at the same time at all
line ends and transmitted via the commu-
nication link. At a local line end, currents
and voltages are thus available with their
amount and phases (angle) locally and re-
motely. This allows checking the whole
configuration under load conditions. In
addition, the differential and
restraint currents are also displayed.
Important communication measurements,
such as delay time or faulty telegrams per
minute/hour are also available as measure-
ments. These measured values can be pro-
cessed with the help of the CFC logic
editor.

Commissioning
Special attention has been paid to commis-
sioning. All binary inputs and outputs can
be displayed and activated directly. This
Fig. 7/53
can simplify the wiring check significantly Browser-aided commissioning: Phasor diagram
7 for the user.
Furthermore, all currents and optional
voltages and phases are available via com-
munication link at the local relay and are
displayed in the relay, with DIGSI 4 or a
special commissioning program running in
a standard browser (e.g. Internet Explorer,
Netscape Navigator).
The operational and fault events and fault
records from all line ends share a common
time tagging which allows to compare
events registered in the different line
ends on a common time base.

Browser-based commissioning tool

The 7SD5 provides a commissioning and
test program which runs on a standard
Internet browser (no special software is
required at the PC). This program shows
the protection topology and comprehen-
sive measurements from local and remote
line ends. Local and remote measurements
are shown as phasors and the breaker
positions of each line end are depicted. It is
possible to check the correct connection of Fig. 7/54
the current transformers or the correct Browser-aided commissioning:
vector group of a transformer. Differential protection tripping characteristic
Stability can be checked by using the oper-
ating characteristic as well as the calculated Event log and trip log messages are also
differential and restraint values in the available. Remote control can be used, if
browser windows. the local front panel cannot be accessed.
If the distance protection is active, then the
valid zone characteristic (quadrilateral/
mho) is displayed.

7/52 Siemens SIP · 2004


Protection functions
n Control and automation functions
Control
In addition to the protection functions, the
SIPROTEC 4 units also support all control
and monitoring functions that are required
for operating medium-voltage or high-
voltage substations.
The main application is reliable control of
switching and other processes.
The status of primary equipment or auxil- source, switching device, cause (i.e. spon-
iary devices can be obtained from auxiliary taneous change or command) and result of
contacts and communicated via binary in- a switching operation are retained.
puts. Therefore it is possible to detect and
indicate both the OPEN and CLOSED po- Assignment of feedback to command
sition or a fault or intermediate circuit-
breaker or auxiliary contact position.
The switchgear or circuit-breaker can be
controlled via:
− integrated operator panel
− binary inputs
− substation control and protection system operation or whether it is a spontaneous
− DIGSI 4
Command processing
All the functionality of command process-
ing is offered. This includes the processing
of single and double commands with or
without feedback, sophisticated monitor-
ing of the control hardware and software,
checking of the external process, control
actions using functions such as runtime
monitoring and automatic command ter-
mination after output. Here are some typi-
cal applications:
• Single and double commands using 1,
1 plus 1 common or 2 trip contacts
• User-definable bay interlocks
• Operating sequences combining several
switching operations such as control of
circuit-breakers, disconnectors and
earthing switches
• Triggering of switching operations, indi-
cations or alarm by combination with
existing information
Automation / user-defined logic
With integrated logic, the user can set, via a
graphic interface (CFC), specific functions
for the automation of switchgear or substa-
tion. Functions are activated via function
keys, binary input or via communication
interface.
Siemens SIP · 2004
7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD5
Switching authority Indication derivation
Switching authority is determined accord- A further indication (or a command) can
ing to parameters, communication or by be derived from an existing indication.
key-operated switch (when available). Group indications can also be formed. The
volume of information to the system inter-
If a source is set to “LOCAL”, only local
face can thus be reduced and restricted to
switching operations are possible. The fol-
the most important signals.
lowing sequence of switching authority is
laid down: “LOCAL”; DIGSI PC program,
Transmission lockout
“REMOTE”
A data transmission lockout can be acti-
Every switching operation and change of
vated, so as to prevent transfer of informa-
breaker position is kept in the status indi-
tion to the control center during work on
cation memory. The switch command
a circuit bay.
Test operation
During commissioning, all
indications can be passed to an
automatic control system for test purposes.
The positions of the circuit-breaker or
switching devices and transformer taps are
acquired by feedback. These indication in-
puts are logically assigned to the corre-
sponding command outputs. The unit can
therefore distinguish whether the indica-
tion change is a consequence of switching
7
change of state (intermediate position).
Chatter disable
The chatter disable feature evaluates
whether, in a configured period of time,
the number of status changes of indication
input exceeds a specified figure. If ex-
ceeded, the indication input is blocked for
a certain period, so that the event list will
not record excessive operations.
Filter time
All binary indications can be subjected to a
filter time (indication suppression).
Indication filtering and delay
Indications can be filtered or delayed.
Filtering serves to suppress brief changes in
potential at the indication input. The indi-
cation is passed on only if the indication
voltage is still present after a set period of
time. In the event of indication delay, there
is a wait for a preset time. The information
is passed on only if the indication voltage is
still present after this time.
7/53
 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD5
Communication
With respect to communication, particular
emphasis has been placed on high levels of
flexibility, data integrity and utilization of
standards common in energy automation.
The design of the communication modules
permits interchangeability on the one
hand, and on the other hand provides
openness for future standards (for exam-
ple, Industrial Ethernet).
Local PC interface
The PC interface accessible from the front
of the unit permits quick access to all pa-
rameters and fault event data. Of particular
advantage is the use of the DIGSI 4 operat-
ing program during commissioning.
Rear-mounted interfaces
Two communication modules located on
the rear of the unit incorporate optional
equipment complements and readily per-
mit retrofitting. They assure the ability to
comply with the requirements of different
7 communication interfaces.
The interfaces make provision for the fol-
lowing applications:
• Service /modem interface
By means of the RS232/RS485 or optical
interface, it is possible to efficiently oper-
ate a number of protection units cen-
trally via DIGSI 4 or standard browser.
Remote operation is possible on connec-
tion of a modem. This offers the advan-
tage of rapid fault clarification, especially
in the case of unmanned power plants.
With the optical version, centralized op-
eration can be implemented by means of
a star coupler.
• System interface
This interface is used to carry out com-
munication with a control or protection
and control system and supports a var-
iety of communication protocols and in-
terface designs, depending on the mod-
ule connected.
1) Under development.
7/54
Commissioning aid via a standard Web
browser
In the case of the 7SD5, a PC with a stand-
ard browser can be connected to the local
PC interface or to the service interface (re-
fer to “Commissioning program”). The re-
lays include a small Web server that sends
its HTML pages to the browser via an es-
tablished dial-up network connection.
Retrofitting: Modules for every type of
communication
Communication modules for retrofitting
are available for the entire SIPROTEC 4
unit range. These ensure that, where differ-
ent communication interfaces (electrical or Fig. 7/55
optical) and protocols (IEC 60870-5-103, IEC 60870-5-103 star-type RS232 copper
PROFIBUS-FMS/-DP, DNP 3.0, Ethernet1), conductor connection or fiber-optic connection
DIGSI, etc.) are required, such demands
can be met.
Safe bus architecture
• RS485 bus
With this data transmission via copper
conductors electromagnetic fault influ-
ences are largely eliminated by the use of
twisted-pair conductors. Upon failure of
a unit, the remaining system continues to
operate without any disturbances.
• Fiber-optic double ring circuit
The fiber-optic double ring circuit is im-
mune to electromagnetic interference.
Upon failure of a section between two
units, the communication system con-
tinues to operate without disturbance.
It is generally impossible to communicate
with a unit that has failed. If a unit were to
fail, there is no effect on the communica- Fig. 7/56
tion with the rest of the system. Bus structure: Fiber-optic double ring circuit
Master-control unit
Fig. 7/57
Bus structure: RS485 copper conductor connection
Siemens SIP · 2004
 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD5

Communication

LSP2163-afpen.tif

LSP2162-afpen.tif
IEC 60870-5-103
IEC 60870-5-103 is an internationally
standardized protocol for the efficient
communication in the protected area.
IEC 60870-5-103 is supported by a number
of protection device manufacturers and is
used worldwide.

PROFIBUS-FMS
PROFIBUS-FMS is an internationally Fig. 7/58 Fig. 7/59
standardized communication system (EN R232/RS485 electrical communication module Fiber-optic communication module
50170). PROFIBUS is supported interna-
tionally by several hundred manufacturers
and has to date been used in more than
1,000,000 applications all over the world.
Connection to a SIMATIC S5/S7 program-
mable controller is made on the basis of

LSP2164-afpen.tif
the data obtained (e.g. fault recording,
fault data, measured values and control
functionality) via SICAM energy automa-
tion system or via PROFIBUS-DP.

Fig. 7/60
PROFIBUS-DP
Communication module, optical double-ring 7
PROFIBUS-DP is an industry-recognized
standard for communications and is sup-
ported by a number of PLC and protection
device manufacturers.

DNP 3.0
DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network Protocol
Version 3) is a messaging-based communi-
cation protocol. The SIPROTEC 4 units
are fully Level 1 and Level 2 compliant
with DNP 3.0. DNP 3.0 is supported by a
number of protection device manufactur-
ers.

Ethernet / IEC 61850 1)

Ethernet/IEC 61850 application-specific
profile for energy automation applications
is currently under preparation.
As soon as standardization work has been
completed, SIPROTEC 4 units will be up-
graded to meet the requirements of the
new standard. Retrofitting can be carried
out simply by insertion of an Ethernet
communication module.
Fig. 7/61
System solution: Communications
System solution
SIPROTEC 4 is tailor-made for use in
SIMATIC-based automation systems. Via modem and service interface, the pro- Parallel to this, local communication is
tection engineer has access to the protec- possible, for example, during a major in-
Via the PROFIBUS-DP, indications
tion devices at all times. This permits spection.
(pickup and tripping) and all relevant op-
remote maintenance and diagnosis (cyclic
erational measured values are transmitted
testing).
from the protection unit.

1) Available approx. 10/2004.

Siemens SIP · 2004 7/55

 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD5
Communication
Serial protection data interface
As an option, the 7SD5 provides one or
two protection data interfaces to cover two
up to six line end applications in ring or
chain topology and hot standby communi-
cation between two line ends.
In addition to the differential protection
function, other protection functions can
use this interface to increase selectivity and
sensitivity as well as covering advanced ap-
plications.
• Fast phase-selective teleprotection signal-
ing for distance protection, optionally
with POTT or PUTT schemes
• Two and three-terminal line applications
can be implemented without additional
logic
• Signaling for directional ground(earth)-
fault protection – directional compari-
son for high-resistance faults in solidly
earthed systems
• Echo function
7 • Interclose command transfer with the
auto-reclosure “Adaptive dead time”
(ADT) mode
• 28 remote signals for fast transfer of
binary signals
• Flexible utilization of the communica-
tion channels by means of the program-
mable CFC logic.
The protection data interfaces have differ-
ent options to cover new and existing com-
munication infrastructures.
• FO51), OMA12) module:
820 nm fiber-optic interface with clock
recovery/ST connectors for direct con-
nection with multi-mode FO cable up to
1.5 km for the connection to a commu-
nication converter.
• FO61), OMA22) module:
820 nm fiber-optic interface/ST connec-
tors for direct connection up to 3.5 km
with multi-mode FO cable.
• FO71), OMA32) module:
1300 nm fiber-optic interface/ST con-
nectors for direct connection up to
10 km with mono-mode FO cable.
• FO81), OMA42) module:
1300 nm fiber-optic interface/FC con-
nectors for direct connection up to
35 km with mono-mode FO cable.
1) For flush-mounting housing.
2) For surface-mounting housing.
7/56
New fiber-optic interfaces, series FO1x4) Communication data:
• FO171): For direct connection • 32-bit CRC-check according to CCITT
up to 25 km3), 1300 nm, for mono-mode and ITU
fiber 9/125 µm, LC-Duplex connector • Each protection relay possesses a unique
• FO181): For direct connection up to relay address
60 km3), 1300 nm, for mono-mode fiber • Continuous communication link super-
9/125 µm, LC-Duplex connector vision: Individual faulty data telegrams
• FO191): For direct connection up to do not constitute an immediate danger,
100 km3), 1550 nm, for mono-mode fi- if they occur only sporadically. The sta-
ber 9/125 µm, LC-Duplex connector tistical availability, per minute and hour,
of the serial protection data interface can
The link to a multiplexed communication
be displayed.
network is made by separate communica-
tion converters (7XV5662). These have a • Supported network interfaces G703.1
fiber-optic interface with 820 nm and 2 ST with 64 kbit/s; X21/RS422 with 64 or 128
connectors to the protection relay. The or 512 kbit/s
link to the communication network is op- • Max. channel delay time 0.1 ms to 30 ms
tionally an electrical X21 or a G703.1 inter- (in steps of 0.1 ms)
face. • Protocol HDLC
For operation via copper wire communica-
tion (pilot wires or twisted telephone pair),
a modern communication converter for
copper cables is available. This operates
with both the two-wire and three-wire
copper connections which were used by
conventional differential protection sys-
tems before. The communication con-
verter for copper cables is designed for 5
kV insulation voltage. An additional 20 kV
isolation transformer can extend the field
of applications of this technique into
ranges with higher insulation voltage re-
quirements. The connection via FO cable
to the relay is interference-free. With
SIPROTEC 4 and the communication con-
verter for copper cables a digital follow-up
technique is available for two-wire protec-
tion systems (typical 15 km) and all
three-wire protection systems using exist-
ing copper communication links.
Furthermore, a communication converter
is available, which enables the link to an
ISDN connection via the S0-bus.
3) For surface-mounting housing the internal
FO module OMA1 will be delivered
together with an external repeater.
4) Available approx. 10/2004.
Siemens SIP · 2004
 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD5

Communication

Communication possibilities between relays

Fig. 7/62 Fig. 7/63

Direct optical link up to 1.5 km/3.5 km, 820 nm Direct optical link up to 10 km/35 km, 1300 nm

New fiber-optic interfaces1)

Fig. 7/64 Fig. 7/65

Direct optical link up to 25/60 km with 1300 nm Connection to a pilot wire
or up to 100 km with 1550 nm

Fig. 7/66
Connection to a communication network

Fig. 7/67
ISDN connection via the S0 bus

1) Available approx. 10/2004.

Siemens SIP · 2004 7/57

 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD5

Typical connection

Typical connection for current

and voltage transformers
3 phase current transformers with neutral
point in the line direction, I4 connected as
summation current transformer (=3I0):
Holmgreen circuit
3 voltage transformers, without connection
of the broken (open) delta winding on the
line side; the 3V0 voltage is derived inter-
nally.
Note:
Voltage inputs are always available in the
relay. But there is no need to connect it to
voltage transformers for the differential
protection function.
Fig. 7/68
Example of connection for current and voltage transformers

Alternative current measurement

The 3 phase current transformers are con-
7 nected in the usual manner. The neutral
point is in line direction. I4 is connected to
a separate neutral core-balance CT, thus
permitting a high sensitive 3I0 measure-
ment.
Note: Terminal Q7 of the I4 transformer
must be connected to the terminal of the
core-balance CT pointing in the same di-
rection as the neutral point of the phase
current transformers (in this case in line
direction). The voltage connection is ef-
fected in accordance with Fig. 7/68, 7/72 or
7/73.

Fig. 7/69
Alternative connection of current transformers for sensitive
ground(earth)-current measuring with core-balance current transformers

7/58 Siemens SIP · 2004

 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD5

Typical connection

Alternative current connection

3 phase current transformers with neutral
point in the line direction, I4 connected to
a current transformer in the neutral point
of a grounded (earthed) transformer for
directional ground(earth)-fault protection.
The voltage connection is effected in ac-
cordance with Fig. 7/68, 7/72 or 7/73.

Fig. 7/70 Alternative connection of current transformers for measuring

neutral current of a grounded (earthed) power transformer

Alternative current connection

3 phase current transformers with neutral
point in the line direction, I4 connected to
the summation current of the parallel line
for parallel line compensation on overhead 7
lines. The voltage connection is effected in
accordance with Fig. 7/68, 7/72 or 7/73.

Fig. 7/71 Alternative connection of current transformers for measuring

the ground (earth) current of a parallel line

Siemens SIP · 2004 7/59

 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD5

Typical connection

Alternative voltage connection

3 phase voltage transformers, V4 connected
to broken (open) delta winding (Ven) for
additional summation voltage monitoring
and ground(earth)-fault directional pro-
tection. The current connection is effected
in accordance with Fig. 7/68, 7/69, 7/70
and 7/71.

Fig. 7/72 Alternative connection of voltage transformers for measuring the

displacement voltage (e-n voltage)

Alternative voltage connection

3 phase voltage transformers, V4 connected
to busbar voltage transformer for synchro-
check.
7
Note: Any phase-to-phase or phase-to-
ground(earth) voltage may be employed as
the busbar voltage. Parameterization is car-
ried out on the unit. The current connec-
tion is effected in accordance with
Fig. 7/68, 7/69, 7/70 and 7/71.

Fig. 7/73 Alternative connection of voltage transformers for measuring the

busbar voltage

7/60 Siemens SIP · 2004

 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD5

Technical data

General unit data LEDs

Analog inputs Quantity
Rated frequency 50 or 60 Hz (selectable) RUN (green) 1
Rated current IN 1 or 5 A (selectable, controlled by ERROR (red) 1
firmware) Indication (red), function can be 14
Rated voltage 80 to 125 V (selectable) assigned
Power consumption Unit design
In CT circuits with IN = 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA Housing 7XP20 See dimension drawings, part 16
In CT circuits with IN = 5 A Approx. 0.30 VA 1/2 x 19″ or 1/1 x 19″
In VT circuits Approx. 0.10 VA
Degree of protection acc. to EN 60529
Thermal overload capacity Surface-mounting housing IP 51
In CT circuits 100 x IN for 1 s Flush-mounting housing
30 x IN for 10 s Rear IP 50
4 x IN continuous Front IP 51
In VT circuits 230 V, continuous per phase For the terminals IP 20 with terminal cover put on
Dynamic overload capacity Weight
In CT circuits 250 x IN (one half cycle) Flush-mounting housing
In the CT circuit for high sensitive 1/2 x 19″ 6 kg
earth-fault protection 1/1 x 19″ 10 kg
(refer to ordering code) Surface-mounting housing
Auxiliary voltage 1/2 x 19″ 11 kg
1/1 x 19″ 19 kg
Rated voltage 24 to 48 V DC
60 to 125 V DC 1)
110 to 250 V DC 1) Serial interfaces (front of unit)
and 115 V AC with 50/60 Hz1)
Operating interface 1 for DIGSI 4 or browser 7
Permissible tolerance -20 % to +20 %
Connection Front panel, non-isolated, RS232,
Max. superimposed AC voltage ≤ 15 % 9-pin subminiature connector
(peak-to-peak)
Baud rate 4800 to 115200 baud
Power consumption
Time synchronization (rear of unit)
During normal operation Approx. 8 W
During pickup with all inputs Approx. 18 W IRIG-B/DCF77/SCADA or 1 sec pulse from GPS (format IRIG-B000)
and outputs activated Connection 9-pin subminiature connector
Bridging time during auxiliary (SUB-D)
voltage failure Vaux 110 V ≥ 50 ms Voltage levels 5 or 12 or 24 V
Binary inputs Service interface (operating interface 2) for DIGSI 4 / modem / service
Quantity 8 or 16 or 24 Isolated RS232/RS485 9-pin subminiature connector
Function can be assigned Dielectric test 500 V/ 50 Hz
Minimum permissible voltage 17 or 73 or 154 V DC, bipolar Distance for RS232 Max. 15 m
Range is selectable with jumpers (3 operating ranges) Distance for RS485, depends on Max. 1000 m
for each binary input the baud rate
Maximum permissible voltage 300 V DC Fiber-optic Integrated ST connector
Optical wavelength λ = 820 nm
Current consumption, energized Approx. 1.8 mA
Permissible attenuation Max. 8 dB for glass-fiber 62.5/125 µm
Output relays Distance Max. 1.5 km
Quantity 16 or 24 or 32 System interface
Function can be assigned
(refer to ordering code) IEC 60870-5-103
Switching capacity PROFIBUS-FMS
Make 1000 W /VA PROFIBUS-DP
Break 30 VA DNP 3.0
Break (for resistive load) 40 W IEC 61850 Ethernet2)
Break (for τ = L/R ≤ 50 ms) 25 VA
Isolated RS232/RS485 9-pin subminiature connector
Switching voltage 250 V Baud rate 4800 to 38400 baud
Permissible current 30 A for 0.5 s Dielectric test 500 V/50 Hz
5 A continuous Distance for RS232 Max. 15 m
Distance for RS485 Max. 1000 m

1) Ranges are settable by means of jumpers.

2) Under development.

Siemens SIP · 2004 7/61

 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD5

Technical data

System interface, continued External communication converter 7XV5662-0AB00

PROFIBUS RS485 for ISDN connections
Dielectric test 500 V/50 Hz External communication converter
Baud rate Max. 12 Mbaud to interface between relays, optical
Distance 1 km at 93.75 kB; 100 m at 12 MB 820 nm interface and an ISDN tele-
PROFIBUS fiber-optic2) phone line
Only for flush-mounting housing ST connector Input: fiber-optic 820 nm Max. 1.5 km with 62.5/125 µm
For surface-mounting housing Optical interface with OLM2) with clock recovery multi-mode FO cable to device side
Baud rate Max. 1.5 Mbaud Output: ISDN electrical interface 64/128 kbit (selectable by jumper)
Optical wavelength λ = 820 nm max. 800 m, 15-pin connector
Permissible attenuation Max. 8 dB for glass-fiber 62.5/125 µm
Distance 500 kB/s 1.6 km, 1500 kB/s 530 m Permissible time delay (duration of data transmission)
Protection data interface Delay of telegrams due to trans- Max. 30 ms per transmission path
mission for one unit to the other. Permissible max. value can be
FO51), OMA12): Fiber-optic interface For multi-mode fiber 62.5/125 µm, Delay is constantly measured and selected
with clock recovery for direct connec- ST connectors adjusted
tion up to 1.5 km or for connection to Permissible fiber attenuation 8 dB
a communication converter, 820 nm
FO61), OMA22): Fiber-optic interface For multi-mode fiber 62.5/125 µm, Electrical tests
for direct connection up to 3.5 km, ST connectors Specifications
820 nm Permissible fiber attenuation 16 dB
Standards IEC 60255 (product standards)
FO71), OMA32): Fiber-optic interface For mono-mode fiber 9/125 µm, ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0/.1/.2
for direct connection up to 10 km, ST connectors UL 508
1300 nm Permissible fiber attenuation 7 dB For further standards see
FO81), OMA42): Fiber-optic interface For mono-mode fiber 9/125 µm, “Individual functions”
for direct connection up to 35 km, FC connectors Insulation tests
7 1300 nm Permissible fiber attenuation 18 dB
Standards IEC 60255-5
New fiber-optic interfaces, series FO1x4)
Voltage test (100 % test)
FO171): for direct connection up to 25 For mono-mode fiber 9/125 µm, All circuits except for auxiliary 2.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50/60 Hz
km3), 1300 nm LC-Duplex connector supply, binary inputs and
Permissible fiber attenuation 13 dB communication interfaces
FO181): for direct connection up to 60 For mono-mode fiber 9/125 µm, Auxiliary voltage and binary 3.5 kV DC
km3), 1300 nm LC-Duplex connector inputs (100 % test)
Permissible fiber attenuation 29 dB
RS485/RS232 rear side communi- 500 V (r.m.s.), 50/60 Hz
FO191): for direct connection up to For mono-mode fiber 9/125 µm, cation interfaces and time
100 km3), 1550 nm LC-Duplex connector synchronization interface
Permissible fiber attenuation 29 dB (100 % test)
Relay communication equipment Impulse voltage test (type test)
External communication converter 7XV5662-0AA00 All circuits except for communi- 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 J
for communication networks cation interfaces and time syn- 3 positive and 3 negative impulses at
chronization interface, class III intervals of 5 s
External communication converter to
interface between the relays, optical EMC tests for noise immunity; type tests
820 nm interface and the X21(RS422) Standards IEC 60255-6, IEC 60255-22
G703.1 interface of a communication (product standards) (type tests)
device EN 50082-2 (generic standard)
X21/G703, RS422 selectable by jump- DIN 57435 part 303
ers. Baud rate selectable by jumpers High frequency test 2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; τ = 15 ms;
Input: fiber-optic 820 nm Max. 1.5 km with 62.5/125 µm IEC 60255-22-1, class III and 400 surges per s;
with clock recovery multi-mode FO cable to device side VDE 0435 part 303, class III test duration 2 s
Output: X21 (RS422) electrical 64/128/512 kbit (selectable by jumper) Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge; 15 kV air
interface on communication device max. 800 m, 15-pin connector IEC 60255-22-2, class IV discharge; both polarities; 150 pF;
G703.1 electrical interface on 64 kbit/s, max. 800 m, screw-type EN 61000-4-2, class IV Ri = 330 Ω
communication device terminal Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz
External communication converter 7XV5662-0AC00 for pilot wires non-modulated
IEC 60255-22-3 (report), class III
External communication converter to
interface between relays, optical Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz;
820 nm interface and a pilot wire or amplitude-modulated 80 % AM; 1 kHz
twisted telephone pair. IEC 61000-4-3, class III

Typical distance 15 km
1) For flush-mounting housing.
Fiber-optic 820 nm with clock recov- Max. 1.5 km with 62.5/125 µm
2) For surface-mounting housing.
ery multi-mode FO cable
3) For surface-mounting housing the internal FO module OMA1
Pilot wire Screw-type terminal 5 kV isolated will be delivered together with an external repeater.
4) Available approx. 10/2004.
7/62 Siemens SIP · 2004
 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD5

Technical data

Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 900 MHz; repetition During transport

pulse-modulated IEC 61000-4-3/ frequency 200 Hz; duty cycle 50 % Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
ENV 50204, class III
Vibration Sinusoidal
Fast transients, bursts 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz; IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude;
IEC 60255-22-4 and burst length = 15 ms; IEC 60255-2-6 8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration
IEC 61000-4-4, class IV repetition rate 300 ms; frequency sweep 1 octave/min
both polarities; Ri = 50 Ω; 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
test duration 1 min
Shock Half-sinusoidal
High-energy surge voltages (SURGE) IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms,
IEC 61000-4-5, installation class III IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks each in both directions
Auxiliary supply Common mode: 2 kV, 12 Ω, 9 µF of the 3 axes
Differential mode: 1 kV; 2 Ω, 18 µF
Continuous shock Half-sinusoidal
Measurements inputs, binary inputs, Common mode: 2 kV, 42 Ω, 0.5 µF IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms,
binary outputs Differential mode: 1 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 µF IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks each in both directions
Line-conducted HF, amplitude-mod- 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 % AM; of the 3 axes
ulated, IEC 61000-4-6, class III 1 kHz
Magnetic field with power frequency 30 A/m continuous; 300 A/m for 3 s; Climatic stress tests
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV; 50 Hz; 0.5 mT; 50 MHz
IEC 60255-6 Temperatures
Oscillatory surge withstand capability 2.5 to 3 kV (peak); 1 to 1.5 MHz Type-tested acc. to IEC 60068-2-1 -25 °C to +85 °C / -13 °F to +185 °F
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 Damped wave; 50 surges per second; and -2, test Bd, for 16 h
Duration 2 s; Ri = 150 Ω to 200 Ω Temporarily permissible operating -20 °C to +70 °C / -4 °F to +158 °F
Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 surges temperature, tested for 96 h
capability, ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 per second; Recommended permanent operating -5 °C to +55 °C / +25 °F to +131 °F
both polarities; duration 2 s; Ri = 80 Ω temperature acc. to IEC 60255-6
Radiated electromagnetic interfer- 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz (Legibility of display may be im- 7
ence, IEEE C37.90.2 amplitude and pulse-modulated paired above +55 °C / +131 °F)
– Limiting temperature during -25 °C to +55 °C / -13 °F to 131 °F
Damped oscillations IEC 60894, 2.5 kV (peak value), polarity permanent storage
IEC 61000-4-12 alternating 100 kHz – Limiting temperature during -25 °C to +70 °C / -13 °F to +158 °F
1, 10 and 50 MHz, Ri = 200 Ω transport
EMC tests for interference emission; type tests Humidity
Standard EN 50081-* (generic standard) Permissible humidity stress Yearly average ≤ 75 % relative humid-
Conducted interference voltage on 150 kHz to 30 MHz It is recommended to arrange the ity; on 56 days in the year up to 93 %
lines, only auxiliary supply, Limit class B units in such a way, that they are not relative humidity; condensation is not
IEC-CISPR 22 exposed to direct sunlight or pro- permitted
Radio interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz nounced temperature changes that
IEC-CISPR 22 Limit class B could cause condensation.

Mechanical dynamic tests Functions

Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration Differential protection (ANSI 87L, 87T)

During operation Sensitive normal trip stage IDiff>

Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2 Setting range of

IDiff > secondary 1 A 0.1 to 20 A (step 0.1)
Vibration Sinusoidal secondary 5 A 0.5 to 100 A
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 10 to 60 Hz: ± 0.075 mm amplitude;
IEC 60068-2-6 60 to 150 Hz: 1 g acceleration Tripping time (three line ends) 50 Hz
frequency sweep 1 octave/min IDiff > 2.5 × IDiff > (setting) Min. 27 ms
20 cycles in 3 othogonal axes Typ. 29 ms
60 Hz
Shock Half-sinusoidal Min. 24 ms
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms, Typ. 26 ms
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks each in both directions
of the 3 axes Delay time of IDiff> trip stage
Seismic vibration Sinusoidal Delay time 0 to 60 s (step 0.01 s)
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude Capacitive current load compensation
IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis),
Restraint ratio
1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude
IC STAB / ICN 2 to 4 (steps 0.1)
(vertical axis),
8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration High-set fast trip stage IDiff>>
(horizontal axis), Setting range
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration IDiff>> secondary 1 A 0.8 to 100 A (step 0.1)
(vertical axis), secondary 5 A 4 to 500 A (step 0.5)
frequency sweep 1 octave/min
1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes Tripping time (three line ends) Min. 9 ms1)
IDiff ≥ 2.5 × IDiff >> (setting) Typ. 12 ms1)
1) Ordering option with high-speed contacts required.
Siemens SIP · 2004 7/63
 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD5
Technical data
Vector group adaptation with transformers in the differential zone
Adaptation of connection symbol 0 to 11 (x 30 °) (step 1)
Neutral point connection Grounded (earthed) or not grounded
(earthed) (for each winding)
Inrush restraint
Restraint ratio
2nd harmonic I2fN/IfN 10 % to 45 % (step 1 %)
1)
Max. current for restraint 1.1 A to 25 A (step 0.1 A)
Crossblock function Can be switched on and off
Max. operative time for crossblock 0 to 60 s (step 0.01 s) or
Toper crossblk deactivated (operating up to release)
Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)
Setting ranges
Factor k acc. to IEC 60255-8 1 to 4 (steps 0.01)
Time constant τ 1 to 999.9 min (steps 0.1 min)
Temperature alarm stage Θalarm/Θtrip 50 to 100 % in relation to the trip
temperature
Current alarm stage Ialarm
Secondary 1 A 0.1 to 4 A (step 0.1)
Secondary 5 A 0.5 to 20 A (step 0.1)
I −I
2 2
Trip time characteristic t = τ ln pre
I 2 − (k ⋅ I N )
2
7 Reset ratios
Θ / Θalarm Approx. 0.99
Θ / Θtrip Approx. 0.99
I / Ialarm
Tolerances Class 10 % acc. to IEC
Distance protection (ANSI 21, 21N)
Distance protection zones 6, 1 of which as controlled zone, all
zones can be set forward or/and
reverse
Time stages for tripping delay 6 for multi-phase faults
3 for single-phase faults
Setting range 0 to 30 s or deactivated (steps 0.01 s)
Characteristic (refer to ordering code)
Selectable separately for phase quadrilateral and/or
and ground (earth) faults Mho (only impedance pickup)
Types of pickup Overcurrent pickup (I>);
Voltage-dependent overcurrent
pickup (V< / I>);
Voltage-dependent and phase an-
gle-dependent overcurrent pickup
(V< / I> / ϕ>);
Impedance pickup (Z<)
Types of tripping Three-pole for all types of faults;
Single-pole for single-phase faults /
otherwise three-pole;
Single-pole for single-phase faults and
two-pole phase-to-phase faults /
otherwise three-pole
Time range 0 to 30 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated
Line angle ϕ L 30 ° to 89 ° (step 1 °)
Inclination angle for quadrilateral 30° to 90° (step 1°)
characteristic
Quadrilateral reactance reach X 0.05 to 600 Ω(1A) / 0.01 to 120 Ω(5A)
(step 0.001 Ω)
Quadrilateral resistance reach R
for phase-to-phase faults and 0.05 to 600 Ω(1A) / 0.01 to 120 Ω(5A)
phase-to-ground(earth) faults (step 0.001Ω)
7/64
Mho impedance reach ZR
Minimum phase current I
Overcurrent pickup I>>
(for I>>, V</I>, V</I>/ϕ>)
Minimum current pickup I>
(for V</I>, V</I>/ϕ> and Z<)
Minimum current pickup Iϕ>
(for V</I>, V</I>/ϕ>)
Undervoltage pickup (for V</I> and
V</I>/ϕ>)
Vph-e<
Vph-ph<
Load angle pickup (for V</I>/ϕ>)
Load angle ϕ
Load angle ϕ
Ground(earth)-fault pickup
Neutral (residual) current 3I0
(Ground current)
Zero-sequence voltage 3V0>
for earthed networks
for resonant-earthed networks
Zero-sequence compensation
Selectable input formats
Separately selectable for zones
RE/RL and XE/XL
k0
ϕ(k0)
Parallel line mutual compensation
RM/RL and XM/XL
Phase reference on double
earth-faults in resonant-earthed/
non-earthed network
Load encroachment
Minimum load resistance
Maximum load angle
Directional decision for all types of
faults
Directional sensitivity
Tolerances
Impedances
(in conformity with DIN 57435,
Part 303)
Response values (in conformity
with DIN 57435, Part 303)
V and I
Angle (ϕ)
Timer tolerance
1) Secondary data for IN = 1 A; with IN = 5 A the values must be multiplied.
0.05 to 200 Ω(1A) / 0.01 to 40 Ω(5A)
(step 0.01 Ω)
0.05 to 4 A (1A) / 0.25 to 20 A (5A)
(step 0.01 A)
0.25 to 10 A (1A) / 1.25 to 50 A (5A)
(step 0.01 A)
0.05 to 4 A (1A) / 0.25 to 20 A (5A)
(step 0.01 A)
0.1 to 8 A (1A) / 0.5 to 40 A (5A)
(step 0.01 A)
20 to 70 V (step 1 V)
40 to 130 V (step 1 V)
30 ° to 80 °
90 ° to 120 °
0.05 to 4 A (1A)/ 0.25 to 20 A (5A)
(step 0.01 A)
1 to 100 V (step 1 V) or deactivated
10 to 200 V (step 1 V)
RE/RL and XE/XL
k0 and ϕ(k0)
Z1
higher zones (Z1B, Z2 to Z5)
-0.33 to 7 (step 0.01)
0 to 4 (step 0.001)
-135 to 135 ° (step 0.01 °)
(refer to ordering code)
0.00 to 8 (step 0.01)
Phase preference or no preference
(selectable)
0.10 to 600 Ω(1A) / 0.02 to 120 Ω(5A)
(step 0.001 Ω) or deactivated
20 to 60 ° (step 1 °)
With sound phase polarization and/or
voltage memory
Dynamically unlimited
For sinusodial quantities
∆X
≤ 5 % for 30 ° ≤ ϕ SC ≤ 90 °
X
∆R
≤ 5 % for 0 ° ≤ ϕ SC ≤ 60 °
R
∆Z
≤ 5% for-30°≤ (ϕ SC -ϕline)≤+30°
Z
≤ 5 % of setting value
≤3°
± 1 % of set value or 10 ms
Siemens SIP · 2004

Technical data
Operating times
Minimum trip time
with fast relays
Minimum trip time
with high-speed relays
Reset time
Power swing detection (ANSI 68, 68T)
Power swing detection principle
Max. detectable power swing fre-
quency
Operating modes
Power swing blocking programs
Detection of faults during power
swing blocking
Tele (pilot) protection for distance protection (ANSI 85-21)
Modes of operation
Additional functions
Transmission and reception signals
Direct transfer trip (DTT)
Direct phase-selective tripping via
binary input
Trip time delay
Timer tolerance
Backup overcurrent protection (ANSI 50N, 51N)
Operating modes
Characteristics
Definite-time stage (ANSI 50, 50N )
Pickup definite time stage 1,
phase current
Pickup definite-time stage 1,
neutral (residual) current
Pickup definite-time stage 2,
phase current
Pickup definite-time stage 2,
neutral (residual) current
Pickup definite-time stage 3,
phase current
Pickup definite-time stage 3,
neutral (residual) current
Time delay for definite-time stages
Siemens SIP · 2004
7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD5
Tolerances
Approx. 17 ms at 50 Hz Current pickup ≤ 3 % of set value or 1 % of IN
Approx. 15 ms at 60 Hz Delay times ± 1 % of set value or 10 ms
Approx. 12 ms at 50 Hz Operating time Approx. 25 ms
Approx. 10 ms at 60 Hz Inverse-time stage (ANSI 51, 51N)
Approx. 30 ms
Phase current pickup 0.1 to 4 A (1A) /0.5 to 20 A (5A)
(step 0.01 A) or deactivated
Measurement of the rate of imped- Neutral (residual) current pickup 0.05 to 4 A (1A) /0.25 to 20 A (5A)
ance vector change and monitoring of (step 0.01 A) or deactivated
the vector path
Characteristics
Approx. 7 Hz
Characteristics Normal inverse
according to IEC 60255-3 Very inverse
Power swing blocking and/or power Extremely inverse
swing tripping (out-of-step tripping) Long time inverse
All zones blocked Time multiplier Tp = 0.05 to 3 s (step 0.01 s)
Z1/Z1B blocked or deactivated
Z2 to Z5 blocked
Z1, Z1B, Z2 blocked Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 x I / Ip
Reset of power swing blocking for all Reset threshold Approx. 1.05 x I / Ip
types of faults Tolerances
Operating time for 2 ≤I/Ip ≤ 20 ≤ 5 % of setpoint ± 15 ms
PUTT (Z1B acceleration); DUTT Characteristics Inverse
PUTT (acceleration with pickup); according to ANSI/IEEE Short inverse
POTT; Directional comparison; Long inverse
Reverse interlocking Moderately inverse
Pilot-wire comparison; Unblocking; Very inverse 7
Blocking Extremely inverse
Definite inverse
Echo function
(refer to weak-infeed function) Time dial 0.5 to 15 (step 0.01) or deactivated
Transient blocking for schemes with Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 x M
measuring range extension
Reset threshold Approx. 1.05 x M
Phase-selective signals available for
Tolerances
maximum selectivity with single-pole
Operating time for 2 ≤ M ≤ 20 ≤ 5 % of setpoint ± 15 ms
tripping; signals for 2 and 3-end-
lines Instantaneous high-speed switch-onto-fault overcurrent protection
(ANSI 50HS)
Operating mode Active only after c.b. closing;
Alternatively with or without
instantaneous trip after pickup
auto-reclosure
Characteristic 2 definite-time stages
0 to 30 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated
Pickup current I >>> 0.1 to 15 A (1A) /0.5 to 75 A (5A)
± 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
(step 0.01 A) or deactivated
Pickup current I >>>> 1 to 25 A (1A)/5 to 125 A (5A)
Active only with loss of data (step 0.01 A) or deactivated
connection and voltage or always
Reset ratio Approx. 0.95
active
Tolerances < 3 % of set value or 1 % of IN
3 definite-time stages / 1 inverse-time
stage Directional ground (earth)-fault overcurrent protection
for high-resistance faults in systems with earthed star point
(ANSI 50N, 51N, 67N)
0.1 to 25 A (1A) / 0.5 to 125 A (5A)
Characteristic 3 definite-time stages / 1 inverse-time
(step 0.01 A) or deactivated
stage or 4 definite-time stages or
0.5 to 25 A (1A) / 0.25 to 125 A (5A) 3 definite-time stages / 1 V0invers. stage
(step 0.01 A) or deactivated
Phase selector Permits 1-pole tripping for single-
0.1 to 25 A (1A) / 0.5 to 125 A (5A) phase faults or 3-pole tripping for
(step 0.01 A) or deactivated multi-phase faults
0.05 to 25 A (1A) / 0.25 to 125 A (5A) Inrush restraint Selectable for every stage
(step 0.01 A) or deactivated
Instantaneous trip after Selectable for every stage
0.1 to 25 A (1A) / 0.5 to 125 A (5A) switch-onto-fault
(step 0.01 A) or deactivated
Influence of harmonics
0.05 to 25 A (1A) / 0.25 to 125 A (5A) Stages 1 and 2 (I>>> and I>>) 3rd and higher harmonics are com-
(step 0.01 A) or deactivated pletely suppressed by digital filtering
0 to 30 s, (step 0.01 s) or deactivated Stages 3 and 4 2nd and higher harmonics are com-
(I> and inverse 4th stage) pletely suppressed by digital filtering
7/65
 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD5
Technical data
Definite-time stage (ANSI 50N)
Pickup value 3I0>>> 0.5 to 25 A (1A) / 2.5 to 125 A (5A)
(step 0.01 A)
Pickup value 3I0>> 0.2 to 25 A (1A) / 1 to 125 A (5A)
(step 0.01 A)
Pickup value 3I0> 0.05 to 25 A (1A) / 0.25 to 125 A (5A)
(step 0.01 A)
Neutral (residual) current transformer
with normal sensitivity
(refer to ordering data, position 7);
0.003 to 25 A (1A) / 0.015 to 125 A (5A)
(step 0.001 A)
Neutral (residual) current transformer
with high sensitivity (refer to ordering
data, position 7)
Pickup value 3I0, 4th stage 0.05 to 25 A (1A) / 0.25 to 125 A (5A)
(step 0.01 A)
Neutral (residual) current transformer
with normal sensitivity (refer to order-
ing data, position 7);
0.003 to 25 A (1A) / 0.015 to 125 A (5A)
(step 0.001 A)
Neutral (residual) current transformer
with high sensitivity (refer to ordering
data, position 7)
Time delay for definite-time stages 0 to 30 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated
7 Tolerances
Current pickup ≤ 3 % of setting value or 1 % IN
Delay times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Command / pickup times 3I0>>> Approx. 30 ms
and 3I0>>
Command / pickup times 3I0> and Approx. 40 ms
3I0, 4th stage
Inverse-time stage (ANSI 51N)
Ground (earth)-current pickup 3I0P 0.05 to 4 A (1A) / 0.25 to 20 A (5A)
(step 0.01 A)
Neutral (residual) current transformer
with normal sensitivity
(refer to ordering data, position 7)
0.003 to 4 A (1A) / 0.015 to 20 A (5A)
(step 0.001 A)
Neutral (residual) current transformer
with high sensitivity (refer to ordering
data, position 7)
Tripping characteristics acc. to Normal inverse; very inverse;
IEC 60255-3 extremely inverse; long inverse
ANSI/IEEE tripping characteristic Inverse; short inverse; long inverse;
(not for region DE, refer to ordering moderately inverse; very inverse;
data, position 10) extremely inverse; definite inverse
Inverse logarithmic tripping charac-
3I 0
teristics (not for regions DE and US, t = T3 I 0 Pmax − T3 I 0 P ⋅ ln
refer to ordering data, position 10) 3 I 0p
Pickup threshold 1.1 to 4.0 x I/Ip (step 0.1 s)
Time multiplier for IEC T character- Tp = 0.05 to 3 s (step 0.01 s)
istics
Time multiplier for ANSI D charac- DI0P = 0.5 to 15 s (step 0.01 s)
teristics
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 x I/Ip (ANSI: I/Ip = M)
Inverse logarithmic pickup threshold 1.1 to 4.0 x I/I0P (step 0.1)
Reset threshold Approx. 1.05 x I/I0P (ANSI: I/Ip = M)
Tolerance
Operating time for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 ≤ 5 % of setpoint ± 15 ms
7/66
Zero-sequence voltage protection V0inverse
Tripping characteristic
Direction decision (ANSI 67N)
Measured signals for direction deci- 3I0 and 3V0 or
sion
Min. zero-sequence voltage 3V0
Min. current IY (of grounded
(earthed) transformers)
Min. negative-sequence voltage 3V2 0.5 to 10 V (step 0.1 V)
Min. negative-sequence current 3I2
Inrush current blocking, capable of being activated for each stage
Component of the 2nd harmonic
Max. current, which cancels inrush
current blocking
Tele (pilot) protection for directional ground(earth)-fault overcurrent
protection (ANSI 85-67N)
Operating modes
Additional functions
Transmission and reception signals
Weak-infeed protection with undervoltage (ANSI 27WI)
Operating modes with carrier
(signal) reception
Undervoltage phase – ground
(earth)
Time delay
Echo impulse
Tolerances
Voltage threshold
Timer
Fault locator
Output of the distance to fault
Start of calculation
Reactance per unit length
Tolerance
2s
t =
V0
− V 0inv min
4
3I0 and 3V0 and IY (star point current
of an earthed power transformer) or
3I2 and 3V2 (negative-sequence
system) or zero-sequence power Sr or
automatic selection of zero-sequence
or negative-sequence quantities de-
pendent on the magnitude of the com-
ponent voltages
0.5 to 10 V (step 0.1 V)
0.05 to 1 A (1A) / 0.25 to 5 A (5A)
(step 0.01 A)
0.05 to 1 A (1A) / 0.25 to 5 A (5A)
(step 0.01 A)
10 to 45 % of the fundamental
(step 1 %)
0.5 to 25 A (1A) / 2.5 to 125 A (5A)
(step 0.01 A)
Directional comparison: Pickup
Directional comparison: Blocking
Directional comparison: Unblocking
Echo (see function "weak infeed");
transient blocking for schemes with
parallel lines
Phase-selective signals available for
maximum selectivity with single-pole
tripping; signals for 2 and 3-end-lines
Echo
Echo and trip with undervoltage
2 to 70 V (step 1 V)
0.00 to 30 s (step 0.01 s)
0.00 to 30 s (step 0.01 s)
≤ 5 % of set value or 0.5 V
± 1 % of set value or 10 ms
X, R (secondary) in Ω
X, R (primary) in Ω
Distance in kilometers or in % of line
length
With trip, with reset of pickup, with
binary input
0.005 to 6.5 Ω/km(1A) / 0.001 to
1.3 Ω/km(5A)
(step 0.0001 Ω/km)
For sinusoidal quantities
≤ 2.5 % line length for
30 ° ≤ ϕSC ≤ 90 ° and VSC/Vnom > 0.1
Siemens SIP · 2004

Technical data
Voltage protection (ANSI 59, 27)
Operating modes
Overvoltage protection
Pickup values VPH-Gnd>>, VPH-Gnd> 1 to 170 V (step 0.1 V)
(phase-ground (earth) overvoltage) or deactivated
Pickup values VPH-PH>>, VPH-PH>
(phase-phase overvoltage)
Pickup values 3V0>>, 3V0>
(3V0 can be measured via V4 trans-
formers or calculated by the relay)
(zero-sequence overvoltage)
Pickup values V1>>, V1>
(positive-sequence overvoltage)
Measured voltage
Pickup values V2>>, V2>
(negative-sequence overvoltage)
Reset ratio (settable)
Undervoltage protection
Pickup values VPH-Gnd<<, VPH-Gnd< 1 to 100 V (step 0.1 V)
(phase-ground (earth) undervoltage) or deactivated
Pickup values VPH-PH<<, VPH-PH<
(phase-phase undervoltage)
Pickup values V1<<, V1<
(positive-sequence undervoltage)
Blocking of undervoltage protection Minimum current; binary input
stages
Reset ratio
Time delays
Time delay for all over- and
undervoltage stages
Command / pickup time
Tolerances
Voltage limit values
Time stages
Frequency protection (ANSI 81)
Number of frequency elements
Setting range
Delay times
Operating voltage range
Pickup times
Dropout times
Hysteresis
Dropout condition
Tolerances
Frequency
Delay times
Siemens SIP · 2004
7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD5
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
Local tripping or only indication Number of stages 2
Pickup of current element 0.05 to 20 A(1A) / 0.25 to 100 A(5A)
(step 0.01 A)
Time delays T11phase, T13phase, T2 0 to 30 s (steps 0.01 s) or deactivated
2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V) Additional functions End-fault protection
or deactivated CB pole discrepancy monitoring
Reset time Approx. 15 ms, typical; 25 ms max.
1 to 220 V (step 0.1 V)
or deactivated Tolerances
Current limit value ≤ 5 % of setting value or 1 % Inom
Time stages 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V) Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)
or deactivated Number of auto-reclosures Up to 8
Local positive-sequence Operating mode Only 1-pole; only 3-pole, 1 or 3-pole
voltage or calculated
remote positive-sequence Operating modes with line voltage DLC – dead-line check
voltage (compounding) check ADT – adaptive dead time
RDT – reduced dead time
2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V)
or deactivated Dead times T1-ph, T3-ph, TSeq 0 to 1800 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated
Action times 0.01 to 300 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated
0.5 to 0.98 (step 0.01)
Reclaim times 0.5 to 300 s (step 0.01 s)
Start-signal monitoring time 0.01 to 300 s (step 0.01 s)
Additional functions Synchro-check request
1 to 175 V (step 0.1 V)
3-phase intertripping
InterCLOSE command
7
or deactivated to the remote end
1 to 100 V (step 0.1 V) Check of CB ready state
or deactivated Blocking with manual CLOSE
Voltage limit values for DLC, ADT,
RDT
Healthy line voltage 30 to 90 V (step 1 V)
1.05 Dead line 2 to 70 V (step 1 V)
Tolerances
0 to 100 s (steps 0.01 s) or deactivated Time stages 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Voltage limit values ≤ 3 % of setting value or 0.5 V
Approx. 30 ms Synchro-check (ANSI 25)
Initiate options Auto-reclosure;
≤ 3 % of setting value or 0.5 V Manual CLOSE control
1 % of setting value or 10 ms Control commands
Operating modes
with auto-reclosure Synchro-check
4
Line dead/busbar live
45.5 to 54.5 Hz Line live/busbar dead
(in steps of 0.01) at fnom = 50 Hz Line and busbar dead
55.5 to 64.5 Hz Bypassing
(in steps of 0.01) at fnom = 60 Hz For manual closure
0 to 600 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) and control commands As for auto-reclosure
6 to 230 V (phase-to-ground (earth)) Permissible voltage difference 1 to 60 V (step 0.1 V)
Approx. 80 ms Permissible frequency difference 0.03 to 2 Hz (step 0.01 Hz)
Approx. 80 ms Permissible angle difference 2 to 80 ° (step 1 °)
Approx. 20 mHz Max. duration of synchronization 0.01 to 600 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated
Voltage = 0 V and current = 0 A
Release delay with synchronous 0 to 30 s (step 0.01 s)
networks
12 m Hz for V = 29 to 230 V
Tolerances
1 % of the setting value or 10 ms
Time stages 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Voltage limit values ≤ 2 % of setting value or 2 V
7/67
 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD5

Technical data
Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC) Oscillographic fault recording
Number of supervisable trip circuits Up to 3 Analog channels 3 x IPhase, 3I0, 3I0 PAR , 3I0 Gnd sensitive,
Number of required binary inputs 1 or 2 3 x IDiff, 3 x IStab
per trip circuit 3 x VPhase, 3V0, VSYNC, Ven, Vx

Indication relay
Additional functions
Operational measured values
Representation
Currents
Tolerances
Voltages
Tolerances
Power with direction indication
Tolerances
P: for cos ϕ = 0.7 to 1 and
V/Vnom, I/Inom = 50 to 120 %
7 Q: for sin ϕ = 0.7 to 1 and
V/Vnom , I/Inom = 50 to 120 %
S: for V/Vnom, I/Inom = 50 to
120 %
Frequency
Tolerance
Power factor
Tolerance for cos ϕ = 0.7 to 1
Load impedances with directional
indication
Overload measured values
Long-term mean values
Interval for derivation of mean value 15 min / 1 min; 15 min / 3 min;
15 min / 15 min
Synchronization instant
Values
Minimum/maximum memory
Indication
Resetting
Values
Min./max. of measured values
Min./max. of mean values
Energy meters
Four-quadrant meters
Tolerance
for cos ϕ > 0.7 and V > 50 %
Vnom and I> 50 % Inom
1 to 30 s (step 1 s) Max. number of available recordings 8, backed-up by battery if auxiliary
voltage supply fails
Sampling intervals 20 samplings per cycle
Total storage time Approx. 15 s
Binary channels Pickup and trip information; number
Primary, secondary and percentage and contents can be freely configured
referred to rated value by the user
3 x IPhase; 3I0; IGnd sensitve; I1; I2; IY; Max. number of displayed binary 40
3I0PAR channels
3 x IDiff, 3 x IStab
Control
≤ 0.5 % of indicated measured value
or 0.5 % Inom Number of switching units Depends on the number of binary /
indication inputs and indication /
3 x VPhase-Ground; 3 x VPhase-Phase; 3V0, command outputs
V1, V2, VSYNC, Ven , VCOMP
Control commands Single command / double command
≤ 0.5 % of indicated measured value 1, 1 plus 1 common or 2 pole
or 0.5 % Vnom
Feed back CLOSE, TRIP, intermediate position
P, Q, S
Interlocking Freely configurable
Typical ≤ 1 % Local control Control via menu, function keys
Remote control Control protection, DIGSI, pilot
Typical ≤ 1 % wires
Further additional functions
Typical ≤ 1 %
Measurement supervision Current sum
Current symmetry
f Voltage sum
≤ 20 mHz Voltage symmetry
p.f. (cos ϕ) Voltage phase sequence
Typical ≤ 3 % Fuse failure monitor
3 x RPhase-Ground, XPhase-Ground Annunciations
3 x RPhase-Phase, XPhase-Phase Event logging Buffer size 200
Fault logging Storage of signals of the last 8 faults,
Θ/ΘTrip L1; Θ/ΘTrip L2; Θ/ΘTrip L3; buffer size 800
Θ/ΘTrip
Switching statistics Number of breaking operations per
c.b. pole
Sum of breaking current per phase
Breaking current of last trip operation
Max. breaking current per phase
Every ¼ hour; every ½ hour; every
hour Circuit-breaker test TRIP/CLOSE cycle 3-phase
TRIP/CLOSE cycle per phase
3 x IPhase; I1; P; P+; P-; Q; Q+; Q–; S
Setting range 0.00 to 30 s (step 0.01 s)
Dead time for CB TRIP/CLOSE 0.00 to 30 s (step 0.01 s)
Measured values with date and time cycle
Cyclically Commissioning support Operational measured values
Via binary input Circuit-breaker test
Via the keyboard Read binary test
Via serial interface Initiate binary inputs
Set binary outputs
3 x IPhase; I1; 3 x VPhase-Ground; 3 x Set serial interface outputs
VPhase-to-phase; 3V0; V1; Lockout of a device
P+; P–; Q+; Q–; S; f; power factor Test mode ot the differential
(+); power factor (–) protection topology
3 x IPhase; I1; P; Q; S
WP+; WP–; WQ+; WQ–
5%

7/68 Siemens SIP · 2004

 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD5

Technical data

CE conformity
This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Commu-
nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating to
electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC) and
electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (Council
Directive 73/23/EEC).
This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part 303).
Further applicable standards: ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0 and C37.90.1.
The unit has been developed and manufactured for application in an indus-
trial environment according to the EMC standards.
This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG in
accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directive and
standard EN 60255-6 for the “low-voltage Directive”.

Siemens SIP · 2004 7/69

 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD5

Selection and ordering data Description Order No. Order

code
7SD5 multi-end differential protection relay 7SD5¨¨¨-¨¨¨¨¨-¨¨¨¨ ¨¨¨
for two to six line ends
1442443
Operator panel options see next
4-line backlit display 2 page
Backlit graphic display, key-operated switch 3

Relay type
Multi-end differential prot. relay for two line end operation1) 2
Multi-end differential prot. relay for multi-line end op. (2 to 6) 3

Measurement input
IPH = 1 A2), IGnd = 1 A (min. = 0.05 A) 1
IPH = 1 A2), IGnd = high sensitive (min. = 0.003 A) 2
IPH = 5 A2), IGnd = 5 A (min. = 0.25 A) 5
Operator panel with: IPH = 5 A2), IGnd = high sensitive (min. = 0.003 A) 6
– function keys,
– numerical keys,
Rated auxiliary voltage (power supply, binary indication voltage)
– PC interface
– display (pos. 5) 24 to 48 V DC, binary input threshold 17 V4) 2
– key-operated 60 to 125 V DC3), binary input threshold 17 V4) 4
switches (pos. 5) 110 to 250 V DC3), 115 V AC, binary input threshold 73 V4) 5
220 to 250 V DC3), 115 V AC, binary input threshold 154 V4) 6

Unit design / number of inputs and outputs

1/2 x 19”, 8 BI, 16 BO, for flush mounting, with screw-type terminals A
7 1/1 x 19”, 16 BI, 24 BO, for flush mounting, with screw-type terminals C
1/1 x 19”, 24 BI, 32 BO, for flush mounting, with screw-type terminals D
1/2 x 19”, 8 BI, 16 BO, for surface mounting, with screw-type terminals E
1/1 x 19”, 16 BI, 24 BO, for surface mounting, with screw-type terminals G
1/1 x 19”, 24 BI, 32 BO, for surface mounting , with screw-type terminals H
1/2 x 19”, 8 BI, 16 BO, for flush mounting, with plug-in terminals J
1/1 x 19”, 16 BI, 24 BO, for flush mounting, with plug-in terminals L
1/1 x 19”, 24 BI, 32 BO, for flush mounting, with plug-in terminals M
With 5 high-speed trip contacts, approx. 1 ms closing time
1/1 x 19”, 16 BI, 24 BO, for flush mounting, with screw-type terminals N
With 5 high-speed trip contacts, approx. 1 ms
1/1 x 19”, 24 BI, 32 BO, for flush mounting, with screw-type terminals P
With 5 high-speed trip contacts, approx. 1 ms
1/1 x 19”, 16 BI, 24 BO, for surface mounting, with two-tier terminals Q
With 5 high-speed trip contacts, approx. 1 ms
1/1 x 19”, 24 BI, 32 BO, for surface mounting, with two-tier terminals R
With 5 high-speed trip contacts, approx. 1 ms
1/1 x 19”, 16 BI, 24 BO, for flush mounting, with plug-in terminals S
With 5 high-speed trip contacts, approx. 1 ms
1/1 x 19”, 24 BI, 32 BO, for flush mounting, with plug-in terminals T

Region and operating language

Region DE, language German (selectable) A
Region World, language English (GB) (selectable) B
Region US, language English (US) (selectable) C
Region FR, language French (selectable) D
Region World, language Spanish (selectable) E

Regulation on region-specific presettings and function versions:

1) Hot standby with two protection
data interfaces possible.
2) Rated current can be selected by
means of jumpers.
3) Transition between the two auxiliary
voltage ranges can be selected by
means of jumpers.
4) The binary input thresholds can be
selected in two stages by means of
jumpers.
Region DE: preset to f = 50 Hz and line length in km, only IEC,
directional ground-(earth) fault protection: no logarithmic inverse characteristic,
no direction decision with zero-sequence power Sr
Region US: preset to f = 60 Hz and line length in miles, ANSI inverse characteristic only,
directional ground-(earth) fault protection: no logarithmic inverse characteristic,
no direction decision with zero-sequence power Sr, no U0 inverse characteristic
Region World: preset to f = 50 Hz and line length in km, directional ground-(earth) fault protection:
no direction decision with zero-sequence Sr, no U0 inverse characteristic
Region FR: preset to f = 50 Hz and line length in km, directional ground-(earth) fault protection:
no U0 inverse characteristic, no logarithmic inverse characteristic, weak infeed logic
selectable between French specification and World specification

7/70 Siemens SIP · 2004

 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD5

Selection and ordering data Description Order No. Order

code
7SD5 multi-end differential protection relay 7SD5¨¨¨-¨¨¨¨¨-¨¨¨¨ ¨¨¨
for two to six line ends
123
System interface: functionality and hardware see next
No system interface 0 page
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, electrical RS232 1
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, electrical RS485 2
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, 820 nm optical, ST connector 3
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, electrical RS4851) 4
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, 820 nm optical, double ring, ST connector1)2) 6
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, RS485 9 L 0 A
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, 820 nm optical, double ring, ST connector2) 9 L 0 B
DNP 3.0, RS485 9 L 0 G
DNP 3.0, 820 nm optical, ST connector2) 9 L 0 H

DIGSI/modem interface (on rear side of unit) and protection interface 9 M¨ ¨

No DIGSI interface on rear of unit 0

DIGSI 4, electrical RS232 1
DIGSI 4, electrical RS485 2
DIGSI 4, fiber-optical 820 nm, ST connector 3

Protection data interface 1

Optical 820 nm, two ST connectors, FO cable length up to 1.5 km
for direct connection or via communication networks A
Optical 820 nm, two ST connectors, FO cable length up to 3.5 km
for direct connection via multi-mode FO cable B
7
Optical 1300 nm, two ST connectors, FO cable length up to 10 km
for direct connection via mono-mode FO cable C
Optical 1300 nm, two FC connectors, FO cable length up to 35 km
for direct connection via mono-mode FO cable D

New FO options3)
Optical 1300 nm, LC-Duplex connectors, FO cable length up to 25 km4)
for direct connection via mono-mode FO cable G
Optical 1300 nm, LC-Duplex connectors, FO cable length up to 60 km4)
for direct connection via mono-mode FO cable H
Optical 1550 nm, LC-Duplex connectors, FO cable length up to 100 km4)
for direct connection via mono-mode FO cable J

1) For SICAM energy automation

system.
2) Optical double ring interfaces are not
available with surface-mounting hous-
ings. Please, order the version with
RS485 interface and a separate electri-
cal/ optional converter.
3) Available approx. 10/2004.
4) For surface-mounting housing appli-
cations, please select option A
(820 nm, 1.5 km) together with an
external repeater (for Order No.,
see Accessories).

Siemens SIP · 2004 7/71

 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD5

Selection and ordering data Description Order No. Order

code
7SD5 multi-end differential protection relay 7SD5¨¨¨-¨¨¨¨¨-¨¨¨¨ ¨¨¨
for two to six line ends
123
Functions 1 see next
Trip mode Auto-reclosure Synchro- page
(ANSI 79) check (ANSI 25)
3-pole 0
3-pole n 1
1/3-pole 2
1/3-pole n 3
3-pole n 4
3-pole n n 5
1/3-pole n 6
1/3-pole n n 7

Functions 1 with protection interface 2 9 N oo

Functions 1
Trip mode Auto-reclosure Synchro-
(ANSI 79) check (ANSI 25)
3-pole 0
3-pole n 1
1/3-pole 2
1/3-pole n 3
3-pole n 4
3-pole n n 5
7 1/3-pole n 6
1/3-pole n n 7

Protection interface 2
Optical 820 nm, two ST connectors, FO cable length up to 1.5 km
for direct connection or via communication networks A
Optical 820 nm, two ST connectors, FO cable length up to 3.5 km
for direct connection via multi-mode FO cable B
Optical 1300 nm, two ST connectors, FO cable length up to 10 km
for direct connection via mono-mode FO cable C
Optical 1300 nm, two FC connectors, FO cable length up to 35 km
for direct connection via mono-mode FO cable D

New FO options1)
Optical 1300 nm, LC-Duplex connectors, FO cable length up to 25 km2)
for direct connection via mono-mode FO cable G
Optical 1300 nm, LC-Duplex connectors, FO cable length up to 60 km2)
for direct connection via mono-mode FO cable H
Optical 1550 nm, LC-Duplex connectors, FO cable length up to 100 km2)
for direct connection via mono-mode FO cable J

1) Available approx. 10/2004.

2) For surface-mounting applications,
please select option A (820 nm, 1.5 km)
together with an external repeater
(for Order No., see Accessories).

7/72 Siemens SIP · 2004

Siemens SIP · 2004
Selection and ordering data

n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
M 4r Ov
ea e e
M sur 24 m o t ( A rcu
Functions

in ed re e c N S rre
Description

,m v m om I 5 nt
a x alue ot m 0 , tim

n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
,m s ei a 50 e
Ex Tr nd n d Br
ter e a exte
n n an ica s ea N , pro
of na de v e sfo tio (A ker 5 1 te

Additional function 2
Additional function 1
di l G
ffe P d cto rm ns NS fa , 5 cti
1 N on
( A r g er I 5 ilur )
for two to six line ends

re S s N S r o ex 0B e p
nt yn I u p te F) ro

n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
ial ch
Ca pr ro Fa 87T ada nsio Di tec
pa ot ni ul ) pt n w re tio
co cit ec za
tio tio at t l o i o it
n h pr c t i o n
m ive n n bo cat ot n
pe c th o r ( A ecti a l g
n s ha

n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
ati rg lin w i N S on r o u
e e e th I ,e n

n
n
on c Fa
ur u nd m Di 50N arth d (e
re
nt at lt l o s eas
ur sta , e a
1 l cat em qu nc 51N d ne rth)
in or ad e p , 6 tw - f a
7SD5 multi-end differential protection relay

ee w en 7 o u
t

n
n
n
n
n d thi ch rila ro
ar te tec N) rks lt
Ov m ac ra tio
t
e
n
n

er
V> / u n as Di eris l an n w
, d ur sta ti d it
Ov V < e r v em n
sp c c (A mho h
en
er (A olta
( A /un NS g e t ec e p
(I> ial p ro
NS
I
N S de I 2 p , V ick tect 21, 2
I 8 rfr 7,5 r o t (A /I u io
1 ) eq 9) e c t NS , V p m n w 1N)
ue io I /I e it
n
n
n
n
n

nc Pa 21, /ϕ, Z thod h

yp ra 21 < s
ro
Order No.

tec lle N) )
l li
tio ne
n
n
n
n
n

co
Po
w m
pe
(A er s ns
NS wi ati
I 6 ng on
8, de
68 tec
T) tio
n
F

H
D
C

G
E

N
M

Q
P

R
L
K

7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD5

code
Order

7SD5¨¨¨-¨¨¨¨¨-¨¨¨¨ ¨¨¨

7/73
7
 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD5

Accessories Description Order No.

Opto-electric communication converter (connection to communication network)

Converter to interface to X21 or G703.1 or RS422 synchronous communication interfaces.
Connection via FO cable for 62.5 / 125 µm or 50 / 120 µm and 820 nm
wavelength (multi-mode FO cable) with ST connector, max. distance 1.5 km
Electrical connection via X21/RS422 or G703.1 interface 7XV5662-0AA00

Opto-electric communication converter (connection to pilot wire)

Converter to interface to a pilot wire or twisted telephone pair (typical 15 km length)
Connection via FO cable for 62.5/125 µm or 50/120 µm and 820 nm
wavelength (multi-mode FO cable) with ST connector;
max. distance 1.5 km, screw-type terminals to pilot wire 7XV5662-0AC00

Opto-electric communication converter (ISDN connection)

Converter to interface to an ISDN telephone line.
Connection via FO cable for 62.5/125 µm or 50/120 µm and 820 nm
wavelength (multi-mode FO cable) with ST connector, max. distance 1.5 km 7XV5662-0AB00

Additional interface modules

Protection data interface mod. opt. 820 nm, multi-mode FO cable, ST connector, 1.5 km C53207-A322-D651-1
Protection data interface mod. opt. 820 nm, multi-mode FO cable, ST connector, 3.5 km C53207-A322-D652-1
Protection data interface mod. opt. 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable, ST connector, 10 km C53207-A322-D653-1
Protection data interface mod. opt. 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable, FC connector, 35 km C53207-A322-D654-1

New modules1)
Protection data interface mod. opt. 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 25 km C53207-A322-B115-3
Protection data interface mod. opt. 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
7 LC-Duplex connector, 60 km C53207-A322-B116-3
Protection data interface mod. opt. 1550 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 100 km C53207-A322-B117-3

New optical repeaters2)

Serial repeater (2-channel), opt. 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 25 km 7XV5461-0BG00
Serial repeater (2-channel), opt. 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 60 km 7XV5461-0BH00
Serial repeater (2-channel), opt. 1550 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 100 km 7XV5461-0BJ00

Time synchronizing unit with GPS output

GPS 1 sec pulse and time telegram IRIG B/DCF 77 7XV5664-0AA00

Isolation transformer (20 kV) for pilot wire communication 7XR9516

Voltage transformer miniature circuit-breaker

Rated current 1.6 A; thermal overload release 1.6 A; overcurrent trip 6 A 3RV1611-1AG14

1) Available approx. 10/2004.

2) Available approx. 6/2004.

7/74 Siemens SIP · 2004

 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD5

Accessories Description Order No.

DIGSI 4
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows (version Windows 95 and higher)
device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included
as well as “Getting started” manual on paper, connecting cables (copper)
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Demo
Demo version on CD-ROM 7XS5401-0AA00
Professional
Complete version:
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00

SIGRA
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers
(Comtrade format). Running under MS Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP Professional.
Incl. templates, electronic manual with license for 10 PCs.
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00

Connecting cable
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector) 7
and protection unit (9-pin connector)
(contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally) 7XV5100-4

Manual for 7SD522/523 V4.3

English C53000-G1176-C132

Description Order No. Size of Supplier Fig.

package
LSP2089-afpen.tif

Connector 2-pin C73334-A1-C35-1 1 Siemens 7/75

3-pin C73334-A1-C36-1 1 Siemens 7/76

Fig. 7/74 Mounting rail for 19" rack Crimp CI2 0.5 to 1 mm 2 0-827039-1 4000 AMP 1)
connector 0-827396-1 1 AMP 1)
2
CI2 1 to 2.5 mm 0-827040-1 4000 AMP 1)
0-827397-1 1 AMP 1)
LSP2090-afpen.eps

LSP2091-afpen.eps

2
Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm 0-163083-7 4000 AMP 1)
1)
0-163084-2 1 AMP
1)
Crimping For Type III+ 0-539635-1 1 AMP
Fig. 7/75 Fig. 7/76 1)
tool and matching female 0-539668-2 AMP
2-pin connector 3-pin connector
For CI2 0-734372-1 1 AMP 1)
1)
and matching female 1-734387-1 AMP
LSP2093-afpen.eps

LSP2092-afpen.eps

19"-mounting rail C73165-A63-D200-1 1 Siemens 7/74

Short-circuit links For current terminals C73334-A1-C33-1 1 Siemens 7/77

For other terminals C73334-A1-C34-1 1 Siemens 7/78
Fig. 7/77 Fig. 7/78
Short-circuit link Short-circuit link Safety cover for terminals large C73334-A1-C31-1 1 Siemens
for current for voltage small C73334-A1-C32-1 1 Siemens
contacts contacts/
indications 1) AMP Deutschland GmbH
contacts Amperestr. 7–11,
63225 Langen, Germany
Tel.: +49 6103 709-0, Fax: +49 6103 709-223

Siemens SIP · 2004 7/75

 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD5

Connection diagram

Fig. 7/79 Basic version in housing 1/2 x 19” with 8 binary inputs
and 16 binary outputs

Fig. 7/80 Serial interfaces

7/76 Siemens SIP · 2004

 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD5

Connection diagram

Fig. 7/81 Medium version in housing 1/1 x 19”

*) For unit version 7SD52xx-xN/S/Q

high-speed contacts

Siemens SIP · 2004 7/77

 7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD5

Connection diagram

Fig. 7/82 Maximum version in housing 1/1 x 19”

*) For unit version 7SD52xx-xR/P/T

high-speed contacts

7/78 Siemens SIP · 2004

Transformer
Differential Protection Page

SIPROTEC 4 7UT6 Differential Protection Relay

for Transformers, Generators, Motors and Busbars 8/3
SIPROTEC 7UT512/513 Transformer Differential Protection Relay 8/47

8
8

8/2 Siemens SIP · 2004


SIPROTEC 4 7UT6 Differential Protection Relay
for Transformers, Generators, Motors and Busbars
7UT633/635
7UT613
Fig. 8/1 SIPROTEC 4
7UT6 differential protection relay for transformers,
generators, motors and busbars
Description
The SIPROTEC 7UT6 differential protec-
tion relays are used for fast and selective
fault clearing of short-circuits in trans-
formers of all voltage levels and also in ro-
tating electric machines like motors and
generators, for short lines and busbars.
The protection relay can be parameterized
for use with three-phase and single-phase
transformers.
The specific application can be chosen by
parameterization. In this way an optimal
adaptation of the relay to the protected ob-
ject can be achieved.
In addition to the differential function, a
backup overcurrent protection for 1 wind-
ing/star point is integrated in the relay.
Optionally, a low or high-impedance re-
stricted earth-fault protection, a negative-
sequence protection and a breaker failure
protection can be used. With external tem-
perature monitoring boxes (thermo-boxes)
temperatures can be measured and moni-
tored in the relay. Therefore, complete
thermal monitoring of a transformer is
possible, e.g. hot-spot calculation of the oil
temperature.
Siemens SIP · 2004
LSP2456-afpen.tif
7UT612
The relay provides easy-to-use local con-
trol and automation functions.
The integrated programmable logic (CFC)
allows the users to implement their own
functions, e.g. for the automation of
switchgear (interlocking). User-defined
messages can be generated as well.
The flexible communication interfaces are
open for modem communication architec-
tures with control system.
8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6
Function overview
• Differential protection for 2- up to
5-winding transformers (3-/1-phase)
• Differential protection for motors and
generators
• Differential protection for short 2 up to
5 terminal lines
• Differential protection for busbars up
to 12 feeders (phase-segregated or with
summation CT)
Protection functions
• Differential protection with phase-seg-
regated measurement
• Sensitive measuring for low-fault cur-
rents
• Fast tripping for high-fault currents
• Restraint against inrush of transformer
• Phase /earth overcurrent protection
• Overload protection with or without
temperature measurement
• Negative-sequence protection
• Breaker failure protection
• Low/high-impedance restricted earth
fault (REF) 8
• Overexcitation protection (7UT613/633)
Control functions
• Commands for control of circuit-
breakers and isolators
• 7UT63x: Graphic display shows posi-
tion of switching elements, local/remote
switching by key-operated switch
• Control via keyboard, binary inputs,
DIGSI 4 or SCADA system
• User-defined logic with CFC
Monitoring functions
• Self-supervision of the relay
• Trip circuit supervision
• Oscillographic fault recording
• Permanent differential and restraint
current measurement, extensive scope
of operational values
Communication interfaces
• PC front port for setting with DIGSI 4
• System interface
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol,
PROFIBUS-FMS/-DP,
MODBUS or DNP 3.0
• Service interface for DIGSI 4 (modem)/
temperature monitoring (thermo-box)
• Time synchronization via IRIG-B/DCF 77
8/3
 8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6

Application
The numerical protection relays 7UT6 are
primarily applied as differential protection
on
– transformers
7UT612: 2 windings
7UT613/633: 2 up to 3 windings
7UT635: 2 up to 5 windings,
– generators
– motors
– short line sections
– small busbars
– parallel and series reactors.
The user selects the type of object that is to
be protected by setting during configura-
tion of the relay. Subsequently, only those
parameters that are relevant for this partic-
ular protected object need to be set. This
concept, whereby only those parameters
relevant to a particular protected object
need to be set, substantially contributed to
a simplification of the setting procedure.
Only a few parameters must be set. There-
fore the new 7UT6 relays also make use of
and extend this concept. Apart from the
protected plant objects defined in the
7UT6, a further differential protection
function allows the protection of
8 – single busbars with up to 12 feeders.
The well-proven differential measuring al-
gorithm of the 7UT51 relay is also used in
the new relays, so that a similar response
with regard to short-circuit detection, trip-
ping time saturation detection and inrush
Fig. 8/2 Function diagram
restraint is achieved.

8/4 Siemens SIP · 2004

 8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6

Application

Protection functions ANSI No. Three-phase Single-phase Auto- Generator/ Busbar, Busbar,
transformer transformer transformer Motor 3-phase 1-phase
Differential protection 87T/G/M/L X X X X X X
Earth-fault differential 87 N X X – X – –
protection
Overcurrent-time 50/51 X X X X X –
protection, phases
Overcurrent-time 50/51N X – X X X –
protection 3I0
Overcurrent-time 50/51G X X X X X X
protection, earth
Overcurrent-time X X X X X X
protection, single-phase
Negative-sequence 46 X – X X X –
protection
Overload protection 49 X X X X X –
IEC 60255-8
Overload protection 49 X X X X X –
IEC 60354
Overexcitation protection *) 24 X X X X X X
V/Hz
Breaker failure protection 50 BF X X X X X –
External temperature 38 X X X X X X
monitoring (thermo-box)
Lockout 86 X X X X X X
Measured-value X X X X X X
supervision 8
Trip circuit supervision 74 TC X X X X X X
Direct coupling 1 X X X X X X
Direct coupling 2 X X X X X X
Operational measured values X X X X X X

X Function applicable
– Function not applicable in this application
*) Only 7UT613/63x

Construction

The 7UT6 is available in three housing

widths referred to a 19” module frame sys-
tem. The height is 243 mm.
– 1/3 (7UT612),
– 1/2 (7UT613),
– 1/1 (7UT633/635) of 19”
All cables can be connected with or with-
out cable ring lugs. Plug-in terminals are
available as an option, it is thus possible to
employ prefabricated cable harnesses. In
the case of surface mounting on a panel,
LSP2236F.tif

the connection terminals are located above

and below in the form of screw-type termi- Fig. 8/3
nals. The communication interfaces are lo- Rear view with screw-type terminals
cated on the same sides of the housing. For
dimensions please refer to the dimension
drawings (part 16).

Siemens SIP · 2004 8/5

 8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6

Protection functions

Differential protection for transformers

(ANSI 87T)
When the 7UT6 is employed as fast and se-
lective short-circuit protection for trans-
formers the following properties apply:
• Tripping characteristic according to
Fig. 8/4 with normal sensitive IDIFF> and
high-set trip stage IDIFF>>
• Vector group and ratio adaptation
• Depending on the treatment of the trans-
former neutral point, zero-sequence cur-
rent conditioning can be set with or
without consideration of the neutral cur-
rent. With the 7UT6, the star-point cur-
rent at the star-point CT can be measured
and considered in the vector group treat-
ment, which increases sensitivity by one
third for single-phase faults.
• Fast clearance of heavy internal trans-
Fig. 8/4
former faults with high-set differential Tripping characteristic with preset transformer parameters for three-phase faults
element IDIFF>>.
• Restrain of inrush current with 2nd har-
monic. Cross-block function that can be
limited in time or switched off.
• Restrain against overfluxing with a choice
of 3rd or 5th harmonic stabilization is only
8 active up to a settable value for the funda-
mental component of the differential
current.
• Additional restrain for an external fault
with current transformer saturation
(patented CT-saturation detector from
7UT51).
• Insensitivity to DC current and current Fig. 8/5
3-winding transformers (1 or 3-phase)
transformer errors due to the freely pro-
grammable tripping characteristic and
fundamental filtering.
• The differential protection function can
be blocked externally by means of a binary
input.

8/6 Siemens SIP · 2004


Protection functions
Sensitive protection by measurement of
star-point current (see Fig. 8/6)
(ANSI 87N/87GD)
Apart from the current inputs for detec-
tion of the phase currents on the sides of
the protected object, the 7UT6 also con-
tains normal sensitivity IE and high sensi-
tivity IEE current measuring inputs.
Measurement of the star-point current of
an earthed winding via the normal sensi-
tivity measuring input, and consideration
of this current by the differential protec-
tion, increases the sensitivity during inter-
nal single-phase faults by 33 %. If the sum
of the phase currents of a winding is com-
pared with the star-point current measured
with the normal sensitivity input IE, a sen-
sitive earth current differential protection
can be implemented (REF).
This function is substantially more sensi-
tive than the differential protection during
faults to earth in a winding, detecting fault
currents as small as 10 % of the trans-
former rated current.
Furthermore, this relay contains a
high-impedance differential protection in-
put. The sum of the phase currents is com-
pared with the star-point current. A
voltage-dependent resistor (varistor) is ap-
plied in shunt (see Fig. 8/6). Via the sensi-
tive current measuring input IEE, the
voltage across the varistor is measured; in
the milli-amp range via the external resis-
tor. The varistor and the resistor are
mounted externally. An earth fault results
in a voltage across the varistor that is larger
than the voltage resulting from normal
current transformer errors. A prerequisite
is the application of accurate current trans-
formers of the class 5P (TPY) which ex-
hibit a small measuring error in the
operational and overcurrent range. These
current transformers may not be the same
as used for the differential protection, as
the varistor may cause rapid saturation of
this current transformers.
Siemens SIP · 2004
8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6
Differential protection for single-phase
busbars (see Fig. 8/7)
(ANSI 87L)
The short-circuit protection is character-
ized by the large number of current mea-
suring inputs. The scope of busbar
protection ranges from a few bays e.g. in
conjunction with one and a half cir-
cuit-breaker applications, to large stations
having up to more than 50 feeders. In par-
ticular in smaller stations, the busbar pro-
tection arrangements are too expensive.
With the 7UT6 relays the current inputs
may also be used to achieve a cost-effective
busbar protection system for up to 12 feed-
ers (Fig. 8/7). This busbar protection func-
tions as a phase-selective protection with
1 or 5 A current transformers, whereby the
protected phase is connected. All three Fig. 8/6
High-impedance differential protection
phases can therefore be protected by apply-
ing three relays. Furthermore a sin-
gle-phase protection can be implemented
by connecting the three-phase currents via
a summation transformer. The summation
transformer connection has a rated current
of 100 mA.
The selectivity of the protection can be im-
proved by monitoring the current magni-
tude in all feeders, and only releasing the
differential protection trip command when 8
the overcurrent condition is also met. The
security measures to prevent maloperation
resulting from failures in the current trans-
former secondary circuits can be improved
in this manner. This overcurrent release
may also be used to implement a breaker
failure protection. Should the release signal
not reset within a settable time, this indi-
cates that a breaker failure condition is Fig. 8/7
present, as the short-circuit was not Simple busbar protection with phase-selective
switched off by the bay circuit-breaker. Af- configuration
7UT612: 7 feeders
ter expiry of the time delay the circuit-
7UT613/633: 9 feeders
breakers of the infeeds to the busbar may 7UT635: 12 feeders
be tripped.
Differential protection for generators and
motors (see Fig. 8/8)
(ANSI 87G/M)
Equal conditions apply for generators, mo-
tors and series reactors. The protected zone
is limited by the sets of current transfomers
at each side of the protected object.
Fig. 8/8
Generator/motor differential protection
8/7
 8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6
Protection functions
n Backup protection functions
Overcurrent-time protection
(ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51N)
Backup protection on the transformer is
achieved with a two-stage overcurrent pro-
tection for the phase currents and 3I0 for
the calculated neutral current. This func-
tion may be configured for one of the sides
or measurement locations of the protected
object. The high-set stage is implemented
as a definite-time stage, whereas the nor-
mal stage may have a definite-time or in-
verse-time characteristic. Optionally, IEC
or ANSI characteristics may be selected for
the inverse stage. The overcurrent protec-
tion 3I0 uses the calculated zero-sequence
current of the configured side or measure-
ment location.
Overcurrent-time protection for earth
(ANSI 50/51G)
The 7UT6 feature a separate 2-stage
overcurrent-time protection for the earth.
As an option, an inverse-time characteris-
tic according to IEC or ANSI is available.
In this way, it is possible to protect e.g. a
resistor in the transformer star point
8 against thermal overload, in the event of a
single-phase short-circuit not being cleared
within the time permitted by the thermal
rating.
8/8
Phase-balance current protection (ANSI 46) Trip circuit supervision
(Negative-sequence protection) (ANSI 74TC)
Furthermore a negative-sequence protec- One or two binary inputs can be used for
tion may be defined for one of the sides or monitoring the circuit-breaker trip coil in-
measurement locations. This provides sen- cluding its incoming cables. An alarm sig-
sitive overcurrent protection in the event nal occurs whenever the circuit is
of asymmetrical faults in the transformer. interrupted.
The set pickup threshold may be smaller
than the rated current. Lockout
(ANSI 86)
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
All binary outputs (alarm or trip relays)
If a faulted portion of the electrical circuit can be stored like LEDs and reset using the
is not disconnected upon issuing of a trip LED reset key. The lockout state is also
command, another command can be initi- stored in the event of supply voltage fail-
ated using the breaker failure protection ure. Reclosure can only occur after the
which operates the circuit-breaker, e.g., lockout state is reset.
of an upstream (higher-level) protection
relay. External trip coupling
For recording and processing of external
Overexcitation protection Volt/Hertz
trip information via binary inputs. They
(ANSI 24)
are provided for information from the
The 7UT613 and 7UT633 feature 4 voltage Buchholz relay or specific commands and
measurement inputs (phase, earth). act like a protective function. Each input
initiates a fault event and can be individu-
The overexcitation protection serves for
ally delayed by a timer.
detection of an unpermissible high induc-
tion (proportional to V/f) in generators or
transformers, which leads to a thermal
overloading. This may occur when starting
up, shutting down under full load, with
weak systems or under isolated operation.
The inverse characteristic can be set via
seven points derived from the manufac-
turer data.
In addition, a definite-time alarm stage
and an instantaneous stage can be used.
Siemens SIP · 2004
 8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6

Protection functions

Monitoring functions
The relay comprises high-performance
monitoring for the hardware and software.
The measuring circuits, analog-digital con-
version, power supply voltages, battery,
memories and software sequence
(watch-dog) are all monitored.

Thermal monitoring of transformers

The importance of reducing the costs of
transmitting and distributing energy by

optimizing the system load has resulted in
the increased importance of monitoring
the thermal condition of transformers.
This monitoring is one of the tasks of the
monitoring systems, designed for medium
and large transformers. Overload protec-
tion based on a simple thermal model, and
using only the measured current for evalu-
ation, has been integrated in differential
protection systems for a number of years.
The ability of the 7UT6 to monitor the
thermal condition can be improved by se-
rial connection of a temperature monitor-
ing box (also called thermo-box or RTD-
box) (Fig. 8/9). The temperature of up to
12 measuring points (connection of
2 boxes) can be registered. The type of sen-
sor (Pt100, Ni100, Ni120) can be selected
individually for each measuring point.
Two alarm stages are derived for each mea-
suring point when the corresponding set
threshold is exceeded.
Alternatively to the conventional overload
protection, the relay can also provide a hot-
spot calculation according to IEC 60345.
The hot-spot calculation is carried out sep-
arately for each leg of the transformer and
takes the different cooling modes of the
transformer into consideration. The oil
temperature must be registered via the
thermo-box for the implementation of this
function. An alarm warning stage and final
alarm stage is issued when the maximum
hot-spot temperature of the three legs ex-
ceeds the threshold value.
For each transformer leg a relative rate of
ageing, based on the ageing at 98 °C is indi-
cated as a measured value. This value can
be used to determine the thermal condi-
tion and the current thermal reserve of
each transformer leg. Based on this rate of
ageing, a remaining thermal reserve is indi-
cated in % for the hottest spot before the
alarm warning and final alarm stage is
reached.
LSP2376-afp.tif
Fig. 8/9
Temperature measurement and monitoring with external thermo-boxes
Measured values Metered values
The operational measured values and sta- For internal metering, the unit can calcu-
tistic value registering in the 7UT6, apart late an energy metered value from the
from the registration of phase currents measured current and voltage values.
and voltages (7UT613/633 only) as pri-
mary and secondary values, comprises the
The 7UT6 relays may be integrated into 8
monitoring systems by means of the di-
following:
verse communication options available in
• Currents 3-phase IL1, IL2, IL3, I1, I2, 3I0 for the relays. An example for this is the con-
each side and measurement location nection to the SITRAM transformer moni-
• Currents 1-phase I1 to I12 toring system with PROFIBUS-DP
for each feeder and further inputs Ix1 to Ix4 interface.
• Voltages 3-phase VL1, VL2, VL3, VL1L2, VL2L3,
VL3L1, V1, V2, V0 and 1-phase VEN, V4
• Phase angles of all 3-phase/ 1-phase cur-
rents and voltages
• Power Watts, Vars, VA/P, Q, S (P, Q: total
and phase selective)
• Power factor (cos ϕ),
• Frequency
• Energy + kWh, + kVarh, forward and
reverse power flow
• Operating hours counter
• Registration of the interrupted currents
and counter for protection trip com-
mands
• Mean operating temperature of overload
function
• Measured temperatures of external
thermo-boxes
• Differential and restraint currents of dif-
ferential protection and REF

Siemens SIP · 2004 8/9

 8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6

Protection functions

Commissioning and operating aids

Commissioning could hardly be easier and
is fully supported by DIGSI 4. The status of
the binary inputs can be read individually
and the state of the binary outputs can be
set individually. The operation of switch-
ing elements (circuit-breakers, disconnect
devices) can be checked using the switch-
ing functions of the bay controller. The an-
alog measured values are represented as
wide-ranging operational measured values.
To prevent transmission of information to

LSP2451-afpen.tif
the control center during maintenance, the
bay controller communications can be dis-
abled to prevent unnecessary data from be-
ing transmitted. During commissioning, all
indications with test marking for test pur- Fig. 8/10
Commissioning via a standard Web browser: Phasor diagram
poses can be connected to a control and
protection system.
All measured currents and voltages
(7UT613/633 only) of the transformer can
be indicated as primary or secondary val-
ues. The differential protection bases its
pickup thresholds on the rated currents of
the transformer. The referred differential
and stabilising (restraint) currents are
available as measured values per phase. If a
8 thermo-box is connected, registered tem-
perature values may also be displayed. To
check the connection of the relay to the
primary current and voltage transfor-
mers, a commissioning measurement is
provided. This measurement function

LSP2452-afpen.tif
works with only 5 to 10 % of the trans-
former rated current and indicates the cur-
rent and the angle between the currents
and voltages (if voltages applied). Termi-
nation errors between the primary current
transfomers and input transformers of the Fig. 8/11
relay are easily detected in this manner. Commissioning via a standard Web browser: Operating characteristic

The operating state of the protection may

therefore be checked online at any time.
The fault records of the relay contain the
phase and earth currents as well as the cal-
culated differential and restraint currents.
The fault records of the 7UT613/633 relays
also contain voltages.
Browser-based commissioning aid
The 7UT6 provides a commissioning and
test program which runs under a standard
internet browser and is therefore inde-
pendent of the configuration software pro-
vided by the manufacturer.
For example, the correct vector group of
the transformer may be checked. These
values may be displayed graphically as vec-
tor diagrams.
The stability check in the operating charac-
teristic is available as well as event log and
trip log messages. Remote control can be
used if the local front panel cannot be ac-
cessed.

8/10 Siemens SIP · 2004


Protection functions
n Control and automation functions
Control
In addition to the protection functions, the
SIPROTEC 4 units also support all control
and monitoring functions that are required
for operating medium-voltage or high-
voltage substations.
The main application is reliable control of
switching and other processes.
The status of primary equipment or auxil-
iary devices can be obtained from auxiliary
contacts and communicated via binary in-
puts. Therefore it is possible to detect and
indicate both the OPEN and CLOSED po-
sition or a fault or intermediate circuit-
breaker or auxiliary contact position.
The switchgear or circuit-breaker can be
controlled via:
– integrated operator panel
– binary inputs
– substation control and protection system
– DIGSI 4
Command processing
All the functionality of command process-
ing is offered. This includes the processing
of single and double commands with or
without feedback, sophisticated monitor-
ing of the control hardware and software,
checking of the external process, control
actions using functions such as runtime
monitoring and automatic command ter-
mination after output. Here are some typi-
cal applications:
• Single and double commands using 1, 1
plus 1 common or 2 trip contacts
• User-definable bay interlocks
• Operating sequences combining several
switching operations such as control of
circuit-breakers, disconnec- tors and
earthing switches
• Triggering of switching operations, indi-
cations or alarm by combination with ex-
isting information
Siemens SIP · 2004
Automation / user-defined logic
With integrated logic, the user can set, via a
graphic interface (CFC), specific functions
for the automation of switchgear or substa-
tion. Functions are activated via function
keys, binary input or via communication
interface.
Switching authority
Switching authority is determined accord-
ing to parameters, communication or by
key-operated switch (when available).
If a source is set to “LOCAL”, only local
switching operations are possible. The fol-
lowing sequence of switching authority is
laid down: “LOCAL”; DIGSI PC program,
“REMOTE”
Every switching operation and change of
breaker position is kept in the status indi-
cation memory. The switch command
source, switching device, cause (i.e. spon-
taneous change or command) and result of
a switching operation are retained.
Assignment of feedback to command
The positions of the circuit- breaker or
switching devices and transformer taps are
acquired by feedback. These indication in-
puts are logically assigned to the corre-
sponding command outputs. The unit can
therefore distinguish whether the indica-
tion change is a consequence of switching
operation or whether it is a spontaneous
change of state (intermediate position).
Chatter disable
The chatter disable feature evaluates
whether, in a configured period of time,
the number of status changes of indication
input exceeds a specified figure. If ex-
ceeded, the indication input is blocked for
a certain period, so that the event list will
not record excessive operations.
8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6
Filter time
All binary indications can be subjected to a
filter time (indication suppression).
Indication filtering and delay
Indications can be filtered or delayed.
Filtering serves to suppress brief changes in
potential at the indication input. The indi-
cation is passed on only if the indication
voltage is still present after a set period of
time. In the event of indication delay, there
is a wait for a preset time. The information
is passed on only if the indication voltage is
still present after this time.
Indication derivation
A further indication (or a command) can
be derived from an existing indication.
Group indications can also be formed. The
volume of information to the system inter-
face can thus be reduced and restricted to
the most important signals.
Transmission lockout
A data transmission lockout can be acti-
vated, so as to prevent transfer of informa-
tion to the control center during work on
a circuit bay.
8
Test operation
During commissioning, all indications can
be passed to an automatic control system
for test purposes.
8/11
 8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6
Communication
With respect to communication, particular
emphasis has been placed on high levels of
flexibility, data integrity and utilization of
standards common in energy automation.
The design of the communication modules
permits interchangeability on the one
hand, and on the other hand provides
openness for future standards (for exam-
ple, Industrial Ethernet).
Local PC interface
The PC interface accessible from the front
of the unit permits quick access to all pa-
rameters and fault event data. Of particular
advantage is the use of the DIGSI 4 operat-
ing program during commissioning.
Rear-mounted interfaces
Two communication modules located on
the rear of the unit incorporate optional
equipment complements and readily per-
mit retrofitting. They assure the ability to
comply with the requirements of different
communication interfaces.
The interfaces make provision for the fol-
lowing applications:
8 • Service interface (Port C/Port D1))
In the RS485 version, several protection
units can be centrally operated with
DIGSI 4. On connection of a modem, re-
mote control is possible. Via this interface
communication with thermo-boxes is
executed.
• System interface (Port B)
This interface is used to carry out com-
munication with a control or protection
and control system and supports a variety
of communication protocols and interface
designs, depending on the module con-
nected.
1) Only for 7UT613/633/635
2) Under development
8/12
Commissioning aid via a standard Web
browser
In the case of the 7UT6, a PC with a stan-
dard browser can be connected to the local
PC interface or to the service interface (re-
fer to “Commissioning program”). The re-
lays include a small Web server and send
their HTML-pages to the browser via an
established dial-up network connection.
Retrofitting: Modules for every type of
communication
Communication modules for retrofitting
are available for the entire SIPROTEC 4
unit range. These ensure that, where differ-
ent communication interfaces (electrical or Fig. 8/12
optical) and protocols (IEC 60870-5-103, IEC 60870-5-103 star-type RS232 copper
PROFIBUS-FMS/-DP, MODBUS RTU, conductor connection or fiber-optic connection
DNP 3.0, Ethernet 2), DIGSI, etc.) are re-
quired, such demands can be met. Master control units
Safe bus architecture
• RS485 bus
With this data transmission via copper
conductors electromagnetic fault influ-
ences are largely eliminated by the use of
twisted-pair conductor. Upon failure of a
unit, the remaining system continues to
operate without any disturbances.
• Fiber-optic double ring circuit
The fiber-optic double ring circuit is im-
mune to electromagnetic interference.
Upon failure of a section between two
units, the communication system contin-
ues to operate without disturbance.
It is generally impossible to communicate
with a unit that has failed. If a unit were to
fail, there is no effect on the communica- Fig. 8/13
tion with the rest of the system. Bus structure: Fiber-optic double ring circuit
Master control units
Fig. 8/14
Bus structure: RS485 copper conductor
connection
Siemens SIP · 2004
 8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6

Communication

IEC 60870-5-103
IEC 60870-5-103 is an internationally stan-
dardized protocol for the efficient commu-
nication in the protected area.
IEC 60870-5-103 is supported by a number
of protection device manufacturers and is
used worldwide.

PROFIBUS-FMS
Fig. 8/15
PROFIBUS-FMS is an internationally stan- R232/RS485 electrical communication module
dardized communication system (EN
50170). PROFIBUS is supported inter-
nationally by several hundred manufactur-
ers and has to date been used in more than
1,000,000 applications all over the world.
Connection to a SIMATIC S5/S7 program-
mable controller is made on the basis of
the data obtained (e.g. fault recording,
fault data, measured values and control
functionality) via SICAM energy automa-
tion system or via PROFIBUS-DP.
Fig. 8/16
Fiber-optic communication module
PROFIBUS-DP
PROFIBUS-DP is an industry-recognized
standard for communications and is sup-
ported by a number of PLC and protection
device manufacturers. 8
MODBUS RTU
MODBUS RTU is an industry- recognized
standard for communications and is sup- Fig. 8/17
ported by a number of PLC and protection Communication module, optical double-ring
device manufacturers.

DNP 3.0
DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network Protocol
Version 3) is a messaging-based communi-
cation protocol. The SIPROTEC 4 units
are fully Level 1 and Level 2 compliant
with DNP 3.0.
DNP 3.0 is supported by a number of pro-
tection device manufacturers.

Ethernet / IEC 61850 1)

Ethernet IEC 61850 application-specific
profile for energy automation applications
is currently under preparation.
As soon as standardization work has been
completed, SIPROTEC 4 units will be up-
graded to meet the requirements of the
new standard. Retrofitting can be carried
out simply by insertion of an Ethernet
communication module.

1) Under development.

Siemens SIP · 2004 8/13

 8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6

Communication

System solution
SIPROTEC 4 is tailor-made for use in
SIMATIC-based automation systems.
Via the PROFIBUS-DP, indications
(pickup and tripping) and all relevant op-
erational measured values are transmitted
from the protection unit.
Via modem and service interface, the pro-
tection engineer has access to the protec-
tion devices at all times. This permits
remote maintenance and diagnosis (cyclic
testing).
Parallel to this, local communication is
possible, for example, during a major in-
spection.

Fig. 8/18
System solution: Communications

8/14 Siemens SIP · 2004

 8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6

Typical connections

Fig. 8/19
Standard connection to a transformer
without neutral current measurement

Fig. 8/20
Connection to a transformer
with neutral current measurement

Siemens SIP · 2004 8/15

 8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6

Typical connections

Fig. 8/21
Connection of transformer differential protection
with high impedance REF (I7) and neutral current
measurement at I8

8/16 Siemens SIP · 2004

 8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6

Typical connections

Fig. 8/22
Connection example to a single-phase power
transformer with current transformer between
starpoint and earthing point

Fig. 8/23
Connection example to a single-phase power
transformer with only one current transformer (right
side)

Siemens SIP · 2004 8/17

 8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6

Typical connections

Fig. 8/24
Connection to a three-phase auto-transformer
with current transformer between starpoint
and earthing point

Fig. 8/25
Generator or motor protection

8/18 Siemens SIP · 2004

 8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6

Typical connections

Fig. 8/26
Connection 7UT612 as single-phase busbar protection for 7 feeders, illustrated for phase L1
8

Fig. 8/27
Connection 7UT612 as busbar protection for feeders, connected via external summation current transformers (SCT) –
partial illustration for feeders 1, 2 and 7

Siemens SIP · 2004 8/19

 8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6

Typical connections

Fig. 8/28
Connection example 7UT613 for a
three-winding power transformer

8/20 Siemens SIP · 2004

 8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6

Typical connections

Fig. 8/29
Connection example 7UT613 for a three-winding power transformer
with current transformers between starpoint and earthing point, additional connection
for high-impedance protection; IX3 connected as high-sensitivity input

Siemens SIP · 2004 8/21

 8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6

Typical connections

Fig. 8/30
Connection example 7UT613 for a three-phase auto-transformer
with three-winding and current transformer between starpoint and earthing point

8/22 Siemens SIP · 2004

 8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6

Typical connections

Fig. 8/31
Connection example 7UT635 for a three-winding power transformer
with 5 measurement locations (3-phase) and neutral current measurement

Siemens SIP · 2004 8/23

 8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6

Typical connections

Fig. 8/32
Voltage transformer connection
to 3 star-connected voltage transformers
(7UT613 and 7UT633 only)

Fig. 8/33
Voltage transformer connection
to 3 star-connected voltage transformers
with additional delta winding
(e-n-winding) (7UT613 and 7UT633 only)

8/24 Siemens SIP · 2004

 8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6

Technical data

General unit data Output relay

Analog inputs Command / indication /
Rated frequency 50 or 60 Hz (selectable), 16.7 Hz alarm relay
Rated current 0.1 or 1 or 5 A Quantity 7UT
(selectable by jumper, 0.1 A) each with 1 NO contact 612 613 633 635
(marshallable) 4 8 24 24
Power consumption 7UT
1 alarm contact, with 1 NO or
In CT circuits 612 613 633 635
NC contact (not marshallable)
with IN = 1 A; in VA approx. 0.02 0.05 0.05 0.05
with IN = 5 A; in VA approx. 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.3 Switching capacity
with IN = 0.1 A; in VA approx. 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 Make 1000 W / VA
sensitive input; in VA approx. 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 Break 30 VA
Break (with resistive load) 40 W
Overload capacity IN Break (with L/R w 50 ms) 25 W
In CT circuits
Thermal (r.m.s.) 100 IN for 1 s Switching voltage 250 V
30 IN for 10 s Permissible total current 30 A for 0.5 seconds
4 IN continuous 5 A continuous
Dynamic (peak value) 250 IN (half cycle) LEDs
In CT circuits for
highly sensitive input IEE Quantity 7UT
Thermal 300 A for 1 s 612 613 633 635
100 A for 10 s RUN (green) 1 1 1 1
15 A continuous ERROR (red) 1 1 1 1
Dynamic 750 A (half cycle) LED (red), function can 7 14 14 14
be assigned
Rated voltage (7UT613/633 only) 80 to 125 V
Power consumption per phase w 0.1 VA Unit design
at 100 V Housing 7XP20 For dimensions please refer
Overload capacity to dimension drawings
Thermal (r.m.s.) 230 V continuous Degree of protection
Auxiliary voltage acc. IEC 60529
For the device
Rated voltage 24 to 48 V DC
60 to 125 V DC
in surface-mounting housing IP 51 8
in flush-mounting housing
110 to 250 V DC and
front IP 51
115 V AC (50/60 Hz), 230 V AC
rear IP 50
Permissible tolerance -20 to +20 % For personal safety IP 2x with closed protection cover
Superimposed AC voltage w 15 % Housing 7UT
(peak-to-peak) 612 613 633 635
Power consumption (DC/AC) 7UT Size, referred to 19” frame 1/3 1/2 1/1 1/1
612 613 633 635 Weight, in kg
Quiescent; in W approx. 5 6/12 6/12 6/12 Flush-mounting housing 5.1 8.7 13.8 14.5
Energized; in W approx. 7 12/19 20/28 20/28 Surface-mounting housing 9.6 13.5 22.0 22.7
depending on design
Bridging time during
Serial interfaces
failure of the auxiliary voltage
Vaux W 110 V W 50 ms Operating interface 1 for DIGSI 4 or browser
Binary inputs Connection Front side, non-isolated, RS232,
9-pin subminiature connector
Functions are freely assignable
(SUB-D)
Quantity marshallable 7UT
Transmission rate in kbaud 7UT612: 4.8 to 38.4 kbaud
612 613 633 635
Setting as supplied: 7UT613/633/635: 4.8 to 115 kbaud
3 5 21 29 38.4 kbaud, parity 8E1
Rated voltage range 24 to 250 V, bipolar Distance, max. 15 m
Minimum pickup threshold 19 or 88 V DC (bipolar) Time synchronization DCF77 / IRIG-B signal / IRIG-B000
Ranges are settable by means of
jumpers for each binary input Connection Rear side, 9-pin subminiature
connector (SUB-D) (terminals with
Maximum permissible voltage 300 V DC surface-mounting housing)
Current consumption, energized Approx. 1.8 mA Voltage levels 5, 12 or 24 V (optional)

Siemens SIP · 2004 8/25

 8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6

Technical data

Service interface (operating interface 2) for DIGSI 4 / modem / service Electrical tests
Isolated RS232/RS485/FO 9-pin subminiature connector Specifications
(SUB-D) Standards IEC 60255 (Product standards)
Dielectric test 500 V / 50 Hz ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0/.1/.2
Distance for RS232 Max. 15 m / 49.2 ft UL 508
Distance for RS485 Max. 1000 m / 3300 ft
Distance for FO 1.5 km (1 mile) Insulation tests
System interface Standards IEC 60255-5 and 60870-2-1
IEC 60870-5-103 Voltage test (100 % test)
All circuits except for auxiliary 2.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz / 60 Hz
Isolated RS232/RS485/FO 9-pin subminiature connector supply, binary inputs and
(SUB-D) communication interfaces
Baud rate 4800 to 19200 baud
Dielectric test 500 V/50 Hz Auxiliary voltage and binary 3.5 kV DC
Distance for RS232 Max. 15 m inputs (100 % test)
Distance for RS485 Max. 1000 m RS485/RS232 rear side 500 V (r.m.s.), 50 Hz / 60 Hz
For fiber-optic cable communication interfaces
Connector type ST connector and time synchronization
Optical wavelength λ = 820 nm interface (100 % test)
Permissible attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass-fiber 62.5/125 µm Impulse voltage test (type test)
Distance Max. 1.5 km All circuits except for 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 J
PROFIBUS RS485 (-FMS/-DP) communication interfaces 3 positive and 3 negative impulses
Connector type 9-pin subminiature and time synchronization at intervals of 5 s
connector (SUB-D) interface, class III
Baud rate Max. 1.5 Mbaud EMC tests for interference immunity
Dielectric test 500 V / 50 Hz Standards IEC 60255-6, 60255-22
Distance Max. 1000 m (3300 ft) (product standards)
at w 93.75 kbaud EN 6100-6-2 (generic standard)
PROFIBUS fiber optic (-FMS/-DP) DIN 57435 / Part 303
Only for flush-mounting housing ST connector High frequency test 2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; τ = 15 ms;
For surface-mounting housing Optical interface with OLM1) IEC 60255-22-1, class III and 400 surges per s; test duration 2 s;
8 Baud rate Max. 1.5 Mbaud DIN 57435 / Part 303, class III Ri = 200 Ω
Optical wavelength λ = 820 nm
Permissible attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass-fiber 62.5/125 µm Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge; 15 kV air
Distance 500 kbaud 1.6 km (0.99 miles) IEC 60255-22-2 class IV discharge; both polarities;
1500 kbaud 530 m (0.33 miles) EN 61000-4-2, class IV 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω
DNP 3.0 RS485 / MODBUS RS485 Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz;
Connector type 9-pin subminiatur connector (SUB-D) frequency sweep, 80 % AM; 1 kHZ
Baud rate Max. 19200 baud IEC 60255-22-3,
Dielectric test 500 V / 50 Hz IEC 61000-4-3 class III
Distance Max. 1000 m (3300 ft) Irradiation with RF field, amplitude- 10 V/m; 80, 160, 450, 900 MHz,
DNP 3.0 Optical/MODBUS FO modulated, single frequencies, 80 % AM;
Connector type ST connector IEC 60255-22-3, duration > 10 s
Optical wavelength λ = 820 nm IEC 61000-4-3, class III
Permissible attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass-fiber 62.5/125 µm Irradiation with RF field, pulse- 10 V/m; 900 MHz; repetition
Distance 1.5 km (1 mile) modulated, single frequencies, frequency 200 Hz;
IEC 60255-22-3, IEC 61000-4-3/ duty cycle 50 % PM
ENV 50204, class III
Fast transients interference, bursts 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz;
IEC 60255-22-4 and burst length = 15 ms;
IEC 61000-4-4, class IV repetition rate 300 ms; both
polarities;
Ri = 50; test duration 1 min
High-energy surge voltages Impulse: 1.2/50 µs
(SURGE), IEC 61000-4-5, installa-
tion class III
Auxiliary supply Common (longitudinal) mode:
2kV; 12 Ω, 9 µF
Differential (transversal) mode:
1kV; 2 Ω, 18 µF
Analog inputs, binary inputs, Common (longitude) mode:
binary outputs 2kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 µF
1) Conversion with external OLM Differential (transversal) mode:
For fiber-optic interface please complete Order No. at 11th position 1kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 µF
with 4 (FMS RS485) or 9 (DP RS485) and Order code L0A and addi- Line-conducted HF, amplitude- 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 % AM;
tionally order: modulated IEC 61000-4-6, class III 1 kHz
For single ring: SIEMENS OLM 6GK1502-3AB10 Magnetic field with power frequency 30 A/m continuous; 300 A/m for 3 s;
For double ring: SIEMENS OLM 6GK1502-4AB10 IEC 61000-4-8, IEC 60255-6 class IV 50 Hz, 0.5 mT; 50 Hz

8/26 Siemens SIP · 2004

 8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6

Technical data

Electrical tests (cont’d) Climatic stress tests

EMC tests for interference immunity (cont’d) Temperatures
Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; τ = 15 µs; Type-tested acc. to IEC 60068-2-1 -25 °C to +85 °C / -13 °F to +185 °F
capability, ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 Damped wave; 400 surges per and -2, test Bd, for 16 h
second; duration 2 s; Ri = 200 Ω Temporarily permissible operating -20 °C to +70 °C / -4 °F to +158 °F
Fast transient surge withstand 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz; burst 15 ms; temperature, tested for 96 h
capability, ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 repetition rate 300 ms; Recommended permanent operating -5 °C to +55 °C / +25 °F to +131 °F
both polarities; duration 1 min.; temperature acc. to IEC 60255-6
Ri = 80 Ω (Legibility of display may be
Damped oscillations 2.5 kV (peak value), polarity alternat- impaired above +55 °C / +131 °F)
IEC 60894, IEC 61000-4-12 ing 100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 MHz and – Limiting temperature during -25 °C to +55 °C / -13 °F to +131 °F
50 MHz, Ri = 200 Ω permanent storage
EMC tests for interference emission (type test) – Limiting temperature during -25 °C to +70 °C / -13 °F to +158 °F
transport
Standard EN 50081-* (generic standard)
Humidity
Conducted interference, 150 kHz to 30 MHz
only auxiliary supply Limit class B Permissible humidity stress Yearly average w 75 % relative
IEC-CISPR 22 It is recommended to arrange the humidity; on 56 days in the year up
units in such a way that they are not to 93 % relative humidity;
Radio interference field strenght 30 to 1000 MHz exposed to direct sunlight or condensation not permitted
IEC-CISPR 22 Limit class B pronounced temperature changes
that could cause condensation.
Mechanical stress tests
Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration CE conformity
During operation This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068 Communities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States re-
lating to electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive
Vibration Sinusoidal
89/336/EEC) and electrical equipment designed for use within certain volt-
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 10 to 60 Hz: ± 0.075 mm amplitude;
age limits (“Low voltage” Council Directive 73/23/EEC).
IEC 60068-2-6 60 to 150 Hz: 1 g acceleration
frequency sweep 1 octave/min. This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes German standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/ 8
Part 303).
Shock Half-sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms, Further applicable standards: ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0 and C37.90.1.
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks each in both directions of This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG in
the 3 axes accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the ge-
Seismic vibration Sinusoidal neric standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directive and
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude standard EN 60255-6 for the “low-voltage Directive”.
IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis)
1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude
(vertical axis)
8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
(horizontal axis)
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
(vertical axis)
frequency sweep 1 octave/min
1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes
During transport
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068
Vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude;
IEC 60255-2-6 8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration
frequency sweep 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Shock Half-sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms,
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks each in both directions of
the 3 axes
Continuous shock Half-sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms,
IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks on each of the 3 axes in
both directions

Siemens SIP · 2004 8/27

 8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6

Technical data

Functions Generators, motors, reactors

Differential protection Operating times
General Pickup time/dropout time with sin-
Pickup values gle-side infeed
Differential current IDIFF > /INobj 0.05 to 2.00 (steps 0.01) Pickup time (in ms) at frequency 50 Hz 60 Hz 16.7 Hz
High-current stage IDIFF >> /INobj 0.5 to 35.0 (steps 0.1) 7UT 612
or deactivated (stage ineffective) IDIFF >, min. 38 35 85
IDIFF >>, min. 19 17 25
Pickup on switch-on 1.0 to 2.0 (steps 0.1)
(factor of IDIFF >) Dropout time (in ms), approx. 35 30 80
Add-on stabilization on external fault 2.00 to 15.00 (steps 0.01) 7UT 613/63x
(ISTAB > set value) Iadd-on /INobj 2 to 250 cycles (steps 1 cycle) IDIFF >, min. 30 27 78
action time or deactivated (effective until dropoff) IDIFF >>, min. 11 11 20
Tolerances (at preset parameters) Dropout time (in ms), approx. 54 46 150
IDIFF > stage and characteristic 5 % of set value Dropout ratio, approx. 0.7
IDIFF >> stage 5 % of set value Busbars, short lines
Time delays Differential current monitor
Delay of IDIFF > stage TI-DIFF> 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s) Steady-state differential 0.15 to 0.80 (steps 0.01)
or deactivated (no trip) current monitoring
Delay of IDIFF >> stage TI-DIFF >> 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s) IDIFF mon/INobj
or deactivated (no trip) Delay of blocking with differential 1 to 10 s (steps 1 s)
Time tolerance 1 % of set value or 10 ms current monitoring
The set times are pure delay times TDIFF mon
Transformers Feeder current guard
Harmonic stabilization Trip release Iguard/INobj 0.20 to 2.00 (steps 0.01)
by feeder current guard or 0 (always released)
Inrush restraint ratio 10 to 80 % (steps 1 %)
(2nd harmonic) I2fN/IfN Operating times
Stabilization ratio further (n-th) 10 to 80 % (steps 1 %) Pickup time/dropout time with sin-
8 harmonic (optional 3rd or 5th) gle-side infeed
InfN/IfN Pickup time (in ms) at frequency 50 Hz 60 Hz 16.7 Hz
Crossblock function Can be activated / deactivated 7UT 612
max. action time for crossblock 2 to 1000 AC cycles (steps 1 cycle) IDIFF >, min. 25 25 50
or 0 (crossblock deactivated) IDIFF >>, min. 19 17 35
or deactivated (active until dropout)
Dropout time (in ms), approx. 30 30 70
Operating times
7UT 613/63x
Pickup time/dropout time with sin- IDIFF >, min. 11 11 18
gle-side infeed IDIFF >>, min. 11 11 18
Pickup time (in ms) at frequency 50 Hz 60 Hz 16.7 Hz Dropout time (in ms), approx. 54 46 150
7UT 612 Dropout ratio, approx. 0.7
IDIFF >, min. 38 35 85
IDIFF >>, min. 19 17 25
Dropout time (in ms), approx. 35 30 80
7UT 613/63x
IDIFF >, min. 30 27 78
IDIFF >>, min. 11 11 20
Dropout time (in ms), approx. 54 46 150
Dropout ratio, approx. 0.7
Current matching for transformers
Vector group adaptation 0 to 11 (x 30 °) (steps 1)
Star-point conditioning Earthed or non-earthed
(for each winding)

8/28 Siemens SIP · 2004

 8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6

Technical data

Restricted earth-fault protection Current stages (cont’d)

Settings Tolerances
Differential current IREF >/INobj 0.05 to 2.00 (steps 0.01) Definite time Currents 3 % of set value or 1 % of rated current
Times 1 % of set value or 10 ms
Limit angle ϕ REF 110 ° (fixed)
Inverse time Currents Pickup at 1.05 w I/IP w 1.15;
Time delay TREF 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s) or 1.05 w I/3IOP w 1.15
or deactivated (no trip)
Acc. to IEC Times 5 % ± 15 ms at fN = 50/60 Hz
The set times are pure delay times 5 % ± 45 ms at fN = 16.7 Hz
Operating times for 2 w I/IP w 20
and TIP/s W 1;
Pickup time (in ms) at frequency 50 Hz 60 Hz 16.7 Hz
or 2 w I/3I0P w 20
7UT 612 and T3I0P/s W 1
At 1.5 · setting value IREF >, approx. 40 38 100
Acc. to ANSI Times 5 % ± 15 ms at fN = 50/60 Hz
At 2.5 · setting value IREF >, approx. 37 32 80
5 % ± 45 ms at fN = 16.7 Hz
Dropout time (in ms), approx. 40 40 80 for 2 w I/IP w 20
7UT 613/63x and DIP/s W 1;
At 1.5 · setting value IREF >, approx. 35 30 110 or 2 w I/3I0P w 20
At 2.5 · setting value IREF >, approx. 33 29 87 and D3I0P/s W 1
Dropout time (in ms), approx. 26 23 51 The set definite times are pure delay times.
Dropout ratio, approx. 0.7 Operating times of the definite-time stages
Overcurrent-time protection for phase and residual currents Pickup time/dropout time phase current stages
Characteristics Pickup time (in ms) at frequency 50 Hz 60 Hz 16.7 Hz
Definite-time stages (DT) IPh >>, 3I0 >>, IPh >, 3I0 > 7UT612
Inverse-time stages (IT) IP, 3I0P Without inrush restraint, min. 20 18 30
Acc. to IEC Inverse, very inverse, extremely With inrush restraint, min. 40 35 85
inverse, long-time inverse
Dropout time (in ms), approx. 30 30 80
Acc. to ANSI Inverse, moderately inverse, very
7UT613/6x
inverse, extremely inverse, definite
inverse, short inverse, long inverse Without inrush restraint, min. 11 11 16
Alternatively, user-specified With inrush restraint, min. 33 29 76
8
trip and reset characteristics Dropout time (in ms), approx. 35 35 60
Reset characteristics (IT) Acc. to ANSI with disk emulation Pickup time/dropout time residual current stages
Current stages Pickup time (in ms) at frequency 50 Hz 60 Hz 16.7 Hz
High-current stages IPh >> 0.10 to 35.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A) 7UT 612
or deactivated (stage ineffective) Without inrush restraint, min. 40 35 100
TIPh >> 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s) With inrush restraint, min. 40 35 100
or deactivated (no trip)
Dropout time (in ms), approx. 30 30 80
3I0 >> 0.05 to 35.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
7UT613/6x
or deactivated (stage ineffective)
Without inrush restraint, min. 21 19 46
T3I0 >> 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
or deactivated (no trip) With inrush restraint, min. 31 29 56
Definite-time stages IPh > 0.10 to 35.00 A 1)
(steps 0.01 A) Dropout time (in ms), approx. 45 43 90
or deactivated (stage ineffective) Dropout ratios
TIPh 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s) Current stages Approx. 0.95 for I/IN W 0.5
or deactivated (no trip)
3I0 > 0.05 to 35.00 A 1)
(steps 0.01 A) Inrush blocking
or deactivated (stage ineffective) Inrush blocking ratio 10 to 45 % (steps 1 %)
T3I0 > 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s) (2nd harmonic) I2fN/IfN
or deactivated (no trip) Lower operation limit I > 0.2 A 1)
Inverse-time stages IP 0.10 to 4.00 A 1)
(steps 0.01 A) Max. current for blocking 0.30 to 25.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
Acc. to IEC TIP 0.05 to 3.20 s (steps 0.01 s) Crossblock function between phases Can be activated/deactivated
or deactivated (no trip) max. action time for crossblock 0.00 to 180 s (steps 0.01 A)
3I0P 0.05 to 4.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
T3I0P 0.05 to 3.20 s (steps 0.01 s)
or deactivated (no trip)
Inverse-time stages IP 0.10 to 4.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
Acc. to ANSI DIP 0.50 to 15.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
or deactivated (no trip)
3I0P 0.05 to 4.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
D3I0P 0.50 to 15.00 s (steps 0.01 s) 1) Secondary values based on IN = 1 A;
or deactivated (no trip) for IN = 5 A they must be multiplied by 5.

Siemens SIP · 2004 8/29

 8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6

Technical data

Overcurrent-time protection for earth current Dynamic cold-load pickup for overcurrent-time protection
Characteristics Time control
Definite-time stages (DT) IE >>, IE > Start criterion Binary input from circuit-breaker
Inverse-time stages (IT) IEP auxiliary contact or current criterion
Acc. to IEC Inverse, very inverse, extremely (of the assigned side)
inverse, long-time inverse CB open time TCB open 0 to 21600 s (= 6 h) (steps 1 s)
Acc. to ANSI Inverse, moderately inverse, very Active time TActive time 1 to 21600 s (= 6 h) (steps 1 s)
inverse, extremely inverse, definite
inverse, short inverse, long inverse Accelerated dropout time
TStop time 1 to 600 s (= 10 min) (steps 1 s) or de-
Alternatively, user-specified trip and activated (no accelerated dropout)
reset characteristics
Setting ranges and changeover values
Reset characteristics (IT) Acc. to ANSI with disk emulation
Dynamic parameters of current Setting ranges and steps are the same
Current stages pickup and delay times or time as for the functions to be influenced
High-current stage IE >> 0.05 to 35.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A) multipliers
or deactivated (stage ineffective)
Single-phase overcurrent-time protection
TIE >> 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
or deactivated (no trip) Current stages
Definite-time stage IE > 0.05 to 35.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A) High-current stage I >> 0.05 to 35.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
or deactivated (stage ineffective) 0.003 to 1.500 A 2) (steps 0.001 A)
or deactivated (stage ineffective)
TIE > 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
or deactivated (no trip) TT >> 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
or deactivated (no trip)
Inverse-time stages IEP 0.05 to 4.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
Definite-time stage I > 0.05 to 35.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
Acc. to IEC TIEP 0.05 to 3.20 s (steps 0.01 s)
0.003 to 1.500 A 2) (steps 0.001 A)
or deactivated (no trip)
or deactivated (stage ineffective)
Inverse-time stages IEP 0.05 to 4.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
TI > 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
Acc. to ANSI DIEP 0.50 to 15.00 s (steps 0.01 s) or deactivated (no trip)
or deactivated (no trip)
Tolerances Currents 3 % of set value or
8 Tolerances 1 % of rated current at IN = 1 A or 5 A;
Definite time Currents 3 % of set value or 1 % of rated 5 % of set value or
current 3 % of rated current at IN = 0.1 A
Times 1 % of set value or 10 ms
Times 1 % of set value or 10 ms
Inverse time Currents Pickup at 1.05 w I/IEP w 1.15
Acc. to IEC Times 5 % ± 15 ms at fN = 50/60 Hz The set definite times are pure delay times.
5 % ± 45 ms at fN = 16.7 Hz Operating times
for 2 w I/IEP w 20 and TIEP/s W 1
Acc. to ANSI Times 5 % ± 15 ms at fN = 50/60 Hz Pickup time/dropout time
5 % ± 45 ms at fN = 16.7 Hz Pickup time (in ms) at frequency 50 Hz 60 Hz 16.7 Hz
for 2 w I/IEP w 20 and DIEP/s W 1 7UT612 20 18 35
The set definite times are pure delay times. Minimum 30 27 80
Operating times of the definite-time stages Dropout time (in ms), approx.
Pickup time/dropout time 7UT613/63x 14 13 23
Pickup time (in ms) at frequency 50 Hz 60 Hz 16.7 Hz Minimum 25 22 66
7UT 612 Dropout time (in ms), approx.
Without inrush restraint, min. 20 18 30
Dropout ratios
With inrush restraint, min. 40 35 85
Current stages Approx. 0.95 for I/IN W 0.5
Dropout time (in ms), approx. 30 30 80
7UT613/63x
Without inrush restraint, min. 11 11 16
With inrush restraint, min. 33 29 76
Dropout time (in ms), approx. 35 35 60
Dropout ratios
Current stages Approx. 0.95 for I/IN W 0.5
Inrush blocking
Inrush blocking ratio 10 to 45 % (steps 1 %)
(2nd harmonic) I2fN/IfN
Lower operation limit I > 0.2 A 1)
Max. current for blocking 0.30 to 25.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)

1) Secondary values based on IN = 1 A; 2) Secondary values for high-sensitivity current

for IN = 5 A they must be multiplied by 5. input I8, independent of rated current.

8/30 Siemens SIP · 2004

 8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6

Technical data

Unbalanced load protection (Negative-sequence protection) Overload protection using a thermal replica (cont’d)
Characteristics Tripping characteristics
Definite-time stages (DT) I2 >>, I2 > Tripping characteristic 2 2
 I  − 
Ipre 
  
for I/(k · IN) w 8  k ⋅ IN   k ⋅ IN 
Inverse-time stages (IT) I2P t = τ · In
2
Acc. to IEC Inverse, very inverse, extremely  I  −1
 
inverse  k ⋅ IN 

Acc. to ANSI Inverse, moderately inverse, very t Tripping time

inverse, extremely inverse τ Heating-up time constant
Reset characteristics (IT) Acc. to ANSI with disk emulation I Actual load current
Operating range 0.1 to 4 A 1) Ipre Preload current
k Setting factor IEC 60255-8
Current stages IN Rated current of the protected
High-current stage I2 >> 0.10 to 3.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A) object
TI2 >> 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s) Dropout ratios
or deactivated (no trip)
1) Θ/Θtrip Dropout at Θalarm
Definite-time stage I2 > 0.10 to 3.00 A (steps 0.01 A)
TI2 > 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s) Θ/Θalarm Approx. 0.99
or deactivated (no trip) I/Ialarm Approx. 0.97
Inverse-time stages I2P 0.10 to 2.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A) Tolerances
Acc. to IEC TI2P 0.05 to 3.20 s (steps 0.01 s) (with one 3-phase measuring location)
or deactivated (no trip) Referring to k · IN 3 % or 10 mA 1);
Inverse-time stages I2P 0.10 to 2.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A) class 3 % acc. IEC 60255-8
Acc. to ANSI DI2P 0.50 to 15.00 s (steps 0.01 s) Referring to tripping time 3 % or 1 s at fN = 50/60 Hz
or deactivated (no trip) 5 % or 1 s at fN = 16.7 Hz
Tolerances for I/(k · IN) > 1.25
Definite-time Currents 3 % of set value or 1 % of rated current Frequency influence referring to k · IN
Times 1 % of set value or 10 ms
In the range 0.9 w f/fN w 1.1 1 % at fN = 50/60 Hz
Inverse time Currents Pickup at 1.05 w I/IEP w 1.15 3 % at fN = 16.7 Hz
Acc. to IEC Times 5 % ± 15 ms at fN = 50/60 Hz
Hot-spot calculation and determination of the ageing rate
5 % ± 45 ms at fN = 16.7 Hz
Thermo-box
8
for 2 w I/IEP w 20 and TIEP/s W 1
Acc. to ANSI Times 5 % ± 15 ms at fN = 50/60 Hz (temperature monitoring box)
5 % ± 45 ms at fN = 16.7 Hz Number of measuring points From 1 thermo-box
for 2 w I/IEP w 20 and DIEP/s W 1 (up to 6 temperature sensors) or
The set definite times are pure delay times. from 2 thermo-boxes
Operating times of the definite-time stages (up to 12 temperature sensors)
Pickup time/dropout time For hot spot calculation one tempera-
ture sensor must be connected.
Pickup time (in ms) at frequency 50 Hz 60 Hz 16.7 Hz
Cooling
7UT612
Cooling method ON (oil natural)
Minimum 50 45 100 OF (oil forced)
Dropout time (in ms), approx. 30 30 80 OD (oil directed)
7UT613/63x Oil exponent Y 1.6 to 2.0 (steps 0.1)
Minimum 41 34 106 Hot spot to top-oil gradient Hgr 22 to 29 (steps 1)
Dropout time (in ms), approx. 23 20 60
Annunciation thresholds
Dropout ratios
Warning temperature hot spot 98 to 140 °C (steps 1 °C)
Current stages Approx. 0.95 for I2/IN W 0.5 208 to 284 °F (steps 1 °F)
Thermal overload protection Alarm temperature hot spot 98 to 140 °C (steps 1 °C)
Overload protection using a thermal replica 208 to 284 °F (steps 1 °F)
Setting ranges Warning ageing rate 0.125 to 128.000 (steps 0.001)
Factor k acc. IEC 60255-8 0.10 to 4.00 (steps 0.01) Alarm ageing rate 0.125 to 128.000 (steps 0.001)
Time constant τ 1.0 to 999.9 min (steps 0.1 min)
Cooling down factor at motor
stand-still (for motors)Kτ-factor 1.0 to 10.0 (steps 0.1)
Thermal alarm stage Θalarm/Θtrip 50 to 100 % referred to trip
temperature rise (steps 1 %)
Current-based alarm stage 0.10 to 4.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
Ialarm
Start-up recognition 0.60 to 10.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
(for motors) Istart-up or deactivated
(no start-up recognition)
Emergency start run-on time 10 to 15000 s (steps 1 s) 1) Secondary values based on IN = 1 A;
(for motors) Trun-on for IN = 5 A they must be multiplied by 5.

Siemens SIP · 2004 8/31

 8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6

Technical data

Thermo-boxes for overload protection External trip commands

Thermo-boxes (connectable) 1 or 2 Binary inputs
Number of temperature sensors per Max. 6 Number of binary inputs 2
thermo-box for direct tripping
Measuring type Pt 100 Ω or Ni 100 Ω or Ni 120 Ω Operating time Approx. 12.5 ms min.
Annuciation thresholds Approx. 25 ms typical
For each measuring point: Dropout time Approx. 25 ms
Warning temperature (stage 1) -50 to 250 °C (steps 1 °C) Delay time 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
-58 to 482 °F (steps 1 °F) Expiration tolerance 1 % of set value or 10 ms
or deactivated (no warning) The set definite times are pure delay times.
Alarm temperature (stage 2) -50 to 250 °C (steps 1 °C) Transformer annunciations
-58 to 482 °F (steps 1 °F)
or deactivated (no alarm) External annunciations Buchholz warning
Buchholz tank
Breaker failure protection Buchholz tripping
Setting ranges Measured quantities supervision
Current flow monitoring 0.04 to 1.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
for the respective side Current symmetry |Imin| / |Imax| < BAL. FAKT. I
(for each measurement location) if Imax / IN > BAL. I LIMIT / IN
Dropoff to pickup ratio Approx. 0.9 for I W 0.25 A 1) BAL. FAKT. I 0.10 to 0.90 (steps 0.01)
Pickup tolerance 5 % of set value or 0.01 A 1) BAL. I LIMIT 0.10 to 1.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
Breaker status monitoring Binary input for CB auxiliary contact Voltage symmetry |Vmin| / |Vmax| < BAL. FAKT.
Starting conditions (if voltages applied) if |Vmax| > BALANCE V-LIMIT
For breaker failure protection Internal trip Voltage sum |VL1+ VL2+ VL3- kV · VEN| > 25 V
External trip (via binary input) (if voltages applied)
Times Current phase sequence IL1 before IL2 before IL3 (clockwise)
or
Pickup time Approx. 2 ms (7UT613/63x) and IL1 before IL3 before IL2
approx. 3 ms (7UT612) with (counter-clockwise)
measured quantities present; if |IL1|, |IL2|, |IL3| > 0.5 IN
8 Approx. 20 ms after switch-on of
Voltage phase sequence VL1 before VL2 before VL3
measured quantities, fN = 50/60 Hz;
Approx. 60 ms after switch-on of (if voltages applied) (clockwise) or
measured quantities, fN = 16.7 Hz VL1 before VL3 before VL2
(counter-clock)
Reset time if |VL1|, |VL2|, |VL3| > 40 V/H3
(incl. output relay), approx. 50 Hz 60 Hz 16.7 Hz
Broken wire Unexpected instantaneous current
7UT612 30 ms 30 ms 60 ms value and current interruption or
7UT613/63x 25 ms 25 ms 75 ms missing zero crossing
Delay times for all stages 0.00 to 60.00 s; deactivated Trip circuit supervision
(steps 0.01 s) Trip circuits
Time tolerance 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Number of supervised trip circuits 1
Overexitation protection (Volt / Hertz) (7UT613 / 633 only)
Operation of each trip circuit With 1 binary input or with 2 binary
Setting ranges
inputs
Pickup threshold alarm stage 1 to 1.2 (steps 0.01)
Pickup threshold V/f>>-stage 1 to 1.4 (steps 0.01)
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or deactivated
Characteristic values of V/f 1.05/1.1/1.15/1.2/1.25/1.3/1.35/1.4
and assigned times t (V/f) 0 to 20000 s (steps 1 s)
Cooling down time TCooling 0 to 20000 s (steps 1 s)
Times (in ms) (alarm and V/f>>-stage) 50 Hz 60 Hz 16.7 Hz
Pickup times at 1.1 of set value,
approx. 36 31 90
Drop-off times, approx. 28 23 70
Drop-off ratio (alarm, trip) 0.95
Tolerances
V/f-Pickup 3 % of set value
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms
Thermal characteristic (time) 5 % rated to V/f or 600 ms

1) Secondary values based on IN = 1 A;

for IN = 5 A they must be multiplied by 5.

8/32 Siemens SIP · 2004

 8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6

Technical data

Additional functions – Operational measured value of cos ϕ (p.f.)

Operational measured values power factor Only if voltage applied,
7UT613/633 only
– Operational measured values IL1; IL2; IL3
of currents, 3-phase for each side In A primary and secondary – Overexcitation V/f
and measurement location and % of IN Only if voltage applied,
Tolerance at IN = 1 or 5 A 1 % of measured value or 1 % of IN 7UT613/633 only
Tolerance at IN = 0.1 A 2 % of measured value or 2 % of IN Tolerance 2 % of measured value
– Operational measured values 3I0; I1; I2 – Operational measured values ΘL1; ΘL2; ΘL3; Θres,
of currents, 3-phase for each side In A primary and secondary for thermal value referred to tripping
and measurement location and % of IN temperature rise Θtrip
Tolerance 2 % of measured value or 2 % of IN – Operational measured values Θthermo-box1 to Θthermo-box12
– Operational measured values (Overload protection acc. In °C or °F relative aging rate,
of currents to IEC 60354) load reserve
1-phase for each measurement In A primary and secondary – Measured values of IDIFF L1; IDIFF L2; IDIFF L3;
location and % of IN differential protection IREST L1; IREST L2; IREST L3
Tolerance at IN = 1 or 5 A 1 % of measured value or 1 % of IN In % of operational rated current
Tolerance at IN = 0.1 A 2 % of measured value or 2 % of IN Tolerance (with preset values) 2 % of measured value or
For high-sensitivity inputs In A primary and secondary 2 % of IN (50/60 Hz)
Tolerance 1 % of measured value or 2 mA 3 % of measured value or
3 % of IN (16.7 Hz)
Feeder Further High-sensitivity
– Measured values of IDIFFREF; IRestREF
7UT612 I1 to I7 I7 to I8 I8 restricted earth-fault protection In % of operational rated current
7UT613 I1 to I9 Ix1 to Ix3 Ix3 Tolerance (with preset values) 2 % of measured value or
7UT633 I1 to I9 Ix1 to Ix3 Ix3
2 % of IN (50/60 Hz)
7UT635 I1 to I12 Ix1 to Ix4 Ix3, Ix4
3 % of measured value or
– Phase angles of currents, ϕ (IL1); ϕ (IL2); ϕ (IL3) in °, 3 % of IN (16.7 Hz)
3-phase for each measurement referred to ϕ (IL1)
Fault event log
location
Tolerance 1 ° at rated current Storage of the messages With a total of max. 200 messages
of the last 8 faults
– Phase angles of currents,
7UT612 ϕ (I1) to ϕ (I8) Fault recording
7UT613 ϕ (I1) to ϕ (I9), ϕ (Ix1) to ϕ (Ix3) Number of stored fault records Max. 8
8
7UT633 ϕ (I1) to ϕ (I9), ϕ (Ix1) to ϕ (Ix4) Storage period Max. 5 s for each fault,
7UT635 ϕ (I1) to ϕ (I12), ϕ (Ix1) to ϕ (Ix4) (start with pickup or trip) Approx. 5 s in total
1-phase for each measurement 7UT
location In °, referred to ϕ (I1) 612 613 633 635
Tolerance 1 ° at rated current
Sampling rate at fN = 50 Hz 600 Hz 800 Hz 800 Hz 800 Hz
– Operational measured values of In kV primary and V secondary Sampling rate at fN = 60 Hz 720 Hz 960 Hz 960 Hz 960 Hz
voltages (7UT613/633 only) and % of VN Sampling rate at fN = 16.7 Hz 200 Hz 267 Hz 267 Hz 267 Hz
3-phase (if voltage applied) VL1-E, VL2-E, VL3-E, Switching statistics
VL1-L2, VL2-L3, VL3-L1,
Tolerance 0.2 % of measured value or + 0.2 V Number of trip events caused by
V1, V2, V0, 7UT6
Tolerance 0.4 % of measured value or + 0.4 V Total of interrupted currents caused Segregated for each pole, each side
1-phase (if voltage applied) VEN or V4 by 7UT6 and each measurement location
Tolerance 0.2 % of measured value or + 0.2 V Operating hours Up to 7 decimal digits
– Phase angles of voltages ϕ (VL1-E)), ϕ (VL2-E), ϕ (VL3-E)), ϕ Criterion Excess of current threshold
(7UT613/633 only, if voltages (V4), ϕ (VEN) Real-time clock and buffer battery
applied)
Tolerance 1 ° at rated voltage Resolution for operational messages 1 ms
– Operational measured values f Resolution for fault messages 1 ms
of frequency In Hz and % of fN Buffer battery 3 V/1 Ah, type CR 1/2 AA
Range 10 to 75 Hz Self-discharging time
Tolerance 1 % within range fN ± 10 % and I W IN approx. 10 years
– Operational measured values Time synchronization
of power S P Q Operating modes:
7UT612 x – – Internal Internal via RTC
7UT613 x x x IEC 60870-5-103 External via system interface
7UT633 x x x (IEC 60870-5-103)
7UT635 x – – Time signal IRIG B External via IRIG B
S (apparent power) Applied or rated voltage Time signal DCF77 External, via time signal DCF77
P (active power) Only if voltage applied, Time signal synchro-box External, via synchro-box
7UT613/633 only Pulse via binary input External with pulse via binary input
Q (reactive power) Only if voltage applied,
7UT613/633 only
In kVA; MVA; GVA primary

Siemens SIP · 2004 8/33

 8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6

Selection and ordering data Description Order No. Order Code

7UT612 differential protection relay 7UT612o-¨¨¨¨o-o¨A0 ¨¨¨
for transformers, generators, motors and busbars
Housing 1/3 x 19”; 3 BI, 4 BO, 1 live status contact, 7 I, IEE1)
Rated current
IN = 1 A 1
IN = 5 A 5

Rated auxiliary voltage (power supply, binary inputs)

24 to 48 V DC, binary input threshold 17 V 2) 2
60 to 125 V DC 3), binary input threshold 17 V 2) 4
110 to 250 V DC, 115/230 V AC, binary input threshold 73 V 2) 5

Unit design
For panel surface mounting, two-tier terminals on top and bottom B
For panel flush mounting, plug-in terminals (2/3-pole AMP connector) D
For panel flush mounting, screw-type terminals, (direct wiring/ring lugs) E

Region-specific default settings/function and language settings

Region DE, 50/60 Hz, 16.7 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language German;
selectable A
Region World, 50/60 Hz, 16.7 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language English (GB);
selectable B
Region US, 60/50 Hz, 16.7 Hz, ANSI/IEC, language English (US);
selectable C
Region World, 50/60 Hz, 16.7 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language Spanish;
selectable E

System interface (Port B ) on rear

8 No system port 0
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, electrical RS232 1
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, electrical RS485 2
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, electrical RS485 4
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, optical, single loop, ST connector4) 5
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, optical, double loop, ST connector4) 6
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, electrical RS485 9 L 0A
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, optical 820 nm, double loop, ST connector4) 9 L 0B
MODBUS, electrical RS485 9 L 0D
MODBUS, optical 820 nm, ST connector4) 9 L 0 E
DNP 3.0, electrical RS485 9 L 0G
DNP 3.0, optical 820 nm, ST connector4) 9 L 0H

1) Sensitivity selectable normal/high.

2) The binary input thresholds are selectable
in two stages by means of jumpers.
3) Transition between the two auxiliary voltage
ranges can be selected by means of jumpers.
4) With surface-mounting housing:
only RS485 interface available. See next page

8/34 Siemens SIP · 2004

 8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7UT612 differential protection relay 7UT612o - ¨¨¨¨o-o¨A0
for transformers, generators, motors and busbars

DIGSI 4/browser/modem interface (Port C) on rear/temperature monitoring box connection

No DIGSI 4 port 0
DIGSI 4/browser, electrical RS232 1
DIGSI 4/browser or temperature monitoring box1), electrical RS485 2
DIGSI 4/browser or temperature monitoring box1), 820 nm fiber optic, ST connector 3

Functions
Measured values/monitoring functions
Basic measured values 1
Basic measured values, transformer monitoring functions
(connection to thermo-box/hot spot acc. to IEC, overload factor) 4

Differential protection + basic functions

Differential protection for transformer, generator, motor, busbar (87)
Overload protection for one winding (49), Lockout (86)
Overcurrent-time protection (50/51): I>, I>>, IP (inrush stabilization)
Overcurrent-time protection (50N/51N): 3I0>, 3I0>>, 3I0P (inrush stabilization)
Overcurrent-time protection earth (50G/51G): IE>, IE>>, IEP (inrush stabilization) A

Differential protection + basic functions + additional functions

Restricted earth fault protection, low impedance (87N)
Restricted earth fault protection, high impedance (87N without resistor and varistor), O/C 1-phase
Trip circuit supervision (74TC), breaker failure protection (50BF), unbalanced load protection (46)
High-sensitivity overcurrent-time protection/tank leakage protection (64), O/C 1-phase B

1) External temperature monitoring

box required.

Siemens SIP · 2004 8/35

 8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6

Selection and ordering data Description Order No. Order Code

7UT613 differential protection relay 7UT613o-¨¨¨¨o-o¨o0 ¨¨¨
for transformers, generators, motors and busbars
Housing 1/2 x 19”; 5 BI, 8 BO, 1 live status contact, 11 I, IEE1)
Rated current
IN = 1 A 1
IN = 5 A 5

Rated auxiliary voltage (power supply, binary inputs)

24 to 48 V DC, binary input threshold 17 V2) 2
60 to 125 V DC3), binary input threshold 17 V2) 4
110 to 250 V DC1), 115/230 V AC, binary input threshold 73 V2) 5

Unit design
Surface-mounting housing with two-tier terminals B
Flush-mounting housing with plug-in terminals D
Flush-mounting housing with screw-type terminals E

Region-specific default settings/language settings

Region DE, 50/60 Hz, 16.7 Hz, language German; selectable A
Region World, 50/60 Hz, 16.7 Hz, language English (GB); selectable B
Region US, 60/50 Hz, 16.7 Hz, language English (US); selectable C
Region World, 50/60 Hz, 16.7 Hz, language Spanish; selectable E

System interface (Port B ) on rear

No system port 0
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, electrical RS232 1
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, electrical RS485 2
8 IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, electrical RS485 4
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, optical, single ring, ST connector4) 5
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, optical, double ring, ST connector4) 6
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, electrical RS485 9 L 0 A
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, optical 820 nm, double ring, ST connector4) 9 L 0 B
MODBUS, electrical RS485 9 L 0 D
MODBUS, optical 820 nm, ST connector4) 9 L 0 E
DNP 3.0, electrical RS485 9 L 0 G
DNP 3.0, optical 820 nm, ST connector4) 9 L 0 H

1) Sensitivity selectable normal/high.

2) The binary input thresholds are selectable
in two stages by means of jumpers.
3) Transition between the two auxiliary voltage
ranges can be selected by means of jumpers.
4) With surface-mounting housing:
only RS485 interface available. see next page

8/36 Siemens SIP · 2004

 8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6

Selection and ordering data Description Order No. Order Code

7UT613 differential protection relay 7UT613o-¨¨¨¨o - oo¨0 ¨¨¨
for transformers, generators, motors and busbars

Port C and Port D

Empty 0
Port C: DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS232; Port D: empty 1
Port C: DIGSI 4/modem/thermo-box, electrical RS485; Port D: empty 2
Port C and Port D installed 9 M oo

Port C (service interface)

DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS232 1
DIGSI 4/modem/thermo-box, electrical RS485 2

Port D (additional interface)

Thermo-box, optical 820 nm, ST connector A
Thermo-box, electrical RS485 F

Measured values/monitoring functions

Basic measured values 1
Basic measured values, transformer monitoring functions
(connection to thermo-box/hot spot, overload factor) 4

Differential protection + basic functions

Differential protection for transformer, generator, motor, busbar (87)
Overload protection according to IEC for one side (49)
Lock out (86)
Overcurrent-time protection phases (50/51): I>, I>>, IP (inrush stabilization)
Overcurrent-time protection 3 I0 (50N/51N): 3 I0>, 3 I0>>, 3 I0P (inrush stabilization)
Overcurrent-time protection earth (50G/51G): IE>, IE>>, IEP (inrush stabilization) A
8
Differential protection + basic functions + additional current functions
Restricted earth-fault protection, low impedance (87N)
Restricted earth-fault protection, high impedance
(87N without resistor and varistor), O/C 1-phase
Trip circuit supervision (74TC)
Unbalanced load protection (46)
Breaker failure protection (50BF)
High-sensitivity overcurrent-time protection/tank leakage protection (64), O/C 1-phase B

Additional voltage functions

Without voltage functions A
With overexcitation protection and voltage/power/energy/measurement B

Siemens SIP · 2004 8/37

 8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6

Selection and ordering data Description Order No. Order Code

7UT63o differential protection relay 7UT63¨¨-¨¨¨¨¨-¨¨¨0 ¨¨¨
for transformers, generators, motors and busbars,
graphic display
Housing, inputs and outputs
Housing 1/1 x 19”, 21 BI, 24 BO, 1 live status contact
12 current inputs (11 I, IEE1));
4 voltage inputs (1 x 3-phase + 1 x 1-phase) 3
Housing 1/1 x 19”, 29 BI, 24 BO, 1 live status contact
16 current inputs (14 I, 2 IEE1)) 5

Rated current
IN = 1 A 1
IN = 5 A 5

Rated auxiliary voltage (power supply, binary inputs)

24 to 48 V DC, binary input threshold 17 V2) 2
60 to 125 V DC3), binary input threshold 17 V2) 4
110 to 250 V DC1), 115/230 V AC, binary input threshold 73 V2) 5

Unit design
Surface-mounting with two-tier terminals B
Flush-mounting with plug-in terminals D
Flush-mounting with screw-type terminals E

Region-specific default settings/language settings

Region DE, 50/60 Hz, 16.7 Hz, language German; selectable A
Region World, 50/60 Hz, 16.7 Hz, language English (GB); selectable B
Region US, 60/50 Hz, 16.7 Hz, language English (US); selectable C
8 Region World, 50/60 Hz, 16.7 Hz, language Spanish; selectable E

System interface (Port B ) on rear

No system port 0
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, electrical RS232 1
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, electrical RS485 2
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, electrical RS485 4
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, optical, single ring, ST connector4) 5
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, optical, double ring, ST connector4) 6
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, electrical RS485 9 L 0 A
4)
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, optical 820, double ring, ST connector 9 L 0 B
MODBUS, electrical RS485 9 L 0 D
MODBUS, optical 820 nm, ST connector4) 9 L 0 E
DNP 3.0, electrical RS485 9 L 0 G
DNP 3.0, optical 820 nm, ST connector4) 9 L 0 H

1) Sensitivity selectable normal/high.

2) The binary input thresholds are selectable
in two stages by means of jumpers.
3) Transition between the two auxiliary voltage
ranges can be selected by means of jumpers.
4) With surface-mounting housing:
only RS485 interface available. see next page

8/38 Siemens SIP · 2004

 8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6

Selection and ordering data Description Order No. Order Code

7UT63o differential protection relay 7UT63¨¨-¨¨¨¨o-¨¨¨0 ¨¨¨
for transformers, generators, motors and busbars,
graphic display

Port C and Port D

Empty
Port C: DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS232; Port D: empty 1
Port C: DIGSI 4/modem/thermo-box, electrical RS485; Port D: empty 2
Port C and Port D installed 9 M oo

Port C (service interface)

DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS232 1
DIGSI 4/modem/thermo-box, electrical RS485 2

Port D (additional interface)

Thermo-box, optical 820 nm, ST connector A
Thermo-box, electrical RS485 F

Measured values/monitoring functions

Basic measured values 1
Basic measured values, transformer monitoring functions
(connection to thermo-box/hot spot, overload factor) 4

Differential protection + basic functions

Differential protection for transformer, generator, motor, busbar (87)
Overload protection according to IEC for one side (49)
Lock out (86)
Overcurrent-time protection phases (50/51): I>, I>>, IP (inrush stabilization)
Overcurrent-time protection 3 I0 (50N/51N): 3 I0>, 3 I0>>, 3 I0P (inrush stabilization)
Overcurrent-time protection earth (50G/51G): IE>, IE>>, IEP (inrush stabilization) A 8
Differential protection + basic functions + additional current functions
Restricted earth-fault protection, low impedance (87N)
Restricted earth-fault protection, high impedance
(87N without resistor and varistor), O/C 1-phase
Trip circuit supervision (74TC)
Unbalanced load protection (46)
Breaker failure protection (50BF)
High-sensitivity overcurrent-time protection/tank leakage protection (64), O/C 1-phase B

Additional voltage functions

Without voltage functions A
With overexcitation protection and voltage/power/energy/measurement only with 7UT633 B

Siemens SIP · 2004 8/39

 8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6

Accessories Description Order No.

DIGSI 4
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection relays
running under MS Windows (version Windows 95 and higher),
device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included
as well as “Getting started” manual on paper, connecting cables (copper)
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Demo
Demo version on CD-ROM 7XS5401-0AA00
Professional
Complete version:
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default and
control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00

SIGRA
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers
(Comtrade format) running under MS Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/
XP Professional Edition.
Incl. templates, electronic manual with license for 10 PCs.
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00

Connecting cable
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector)
and protection relay (9-pin connector)
(contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally) 7XV5100-4
Cable between thermo-box and relay
- length 5 m / 16.4 ft 7XV5103-7AA05
8 - length 25 m / 82 ft 7XV5103-7AA25
- length 50 m / 164 ft 7XV5103-7AA50

Voltage transformer miniature circuit-breaker

Rated current 1.6 A;
Thermal overload release 1.6 A;
Overcurrent trip 6 A 3RV1611-1AG14

Temperature monitoring box with 6 thermal inputs

For SIPROTEC units
With 6 temperature sensors and 24 to 60 V AC/DC 7XV5662-2AD10
RS485 interface 90 to 240 V AC/DC 7XV5662-5AD10

Manual for 7UT612

English C53000-G1176-C148-1

Manual for 7UT6

English C53000-G1176-C160-1

8/40 Siemens SIP · 2004

 8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6

Accessories Description Order No. Size of Supplier Fig.

package

LSP2089-afpen.tif
Connector 2-pin C73334-A1-C35-1 1 Siemens 8/35
3-pin C73334-A1-C36-1 1 Siemens 8/36
Crimp CI2 0.5 to 1 mm2 0-827039-1 4000 AMP 1)
connector 0-827396-1 1 AMP 1)
Fig. 8/34 Mounting rail for 19" rack
CI2 1 to 2.5 mm2 0-827040-1 4000 AMP 1)
0-827397-1 1 AMP 1)
LSP2090-afpen.eps

LSP2091-afpen.eps

Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm2 0-163083-7 4000 AMP 1)

0-163084-2 1 AMP 1)
Crimping For Type III+ 0-539635-1 1 AMP 1)
tool and matching female 0-539668-2 AMP 1)
Fig. 8/35 Fig. 8/36 For CI2 0-734372-1 1 AMP 1)
2-pin connector 3-pin connector and matching female 1-734387-1 AMP 1)
19" mounting rail C73165-A63-D200-1 1 Siemens 8/34
LSP2093-afpen.eps

LSP2092-afpen.eps

Short-circuit links For current contacts C73334-A1-C33-1 1 Siemens 8/37

For voltage contacts C73334-A1-C34-1 1 Siemens 8/38
Safety cover for large C73334-A1-C31-1 1 Siemens
terminals small C73334-A1-C32-1 1 Siemens

Fig. 8/37 Fig. 8/38

Short-circuit link Short-circuit link 1) AMP Deutschland GmbH
for voltage Amperestr. 7–11
for
contacts 63225 Langen
current contacts
Germany
Tel.: +49 6103 709-0
Fax +49 6103 709-223

Siemens SIP · 2004 8/41

 8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6

Connection diagram

Fig. 8/39 Connection diagram

8/42 Siemens SIP · 2004

 8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6

Connection diagram

Fig. 8/40 Connection diagram 7UT613

Siemens SIP · 2004 8/43

 8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6

Connection diagram

Fig. 8/41 Connection diagram 7UT63

8/44 Siemens SIP · 2004

 8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6

Connection diagram

Fig. 8/42 Connection diagram 7UT635

part 1; continued on following page

Siemens SIP · 2004 8/45

 8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6

Connection diagram

8 Fig. 8/43 Connection diagram 7UT635

part 2

8/46 Siemens SIP · 2004


SIPROTEC 7UT512/513
Transformer Differential Protection Relay
Fig. 8/44 SIPROTEC
7UT512/513 transformer differential protection relay
Description
The 7UT512/7UT513 differential protec-
tion relays are used for fast and selective
isolation of short-circuits in transformers
of all voltage levels and also in rotating
electric machines and short lines. The par-
ticular application can be chosen by set-
ting. In this way an optimal adaptation of
the relay to the protected object can be
achieved. The protection relay can be
parameterized for use with three-phase
and single-phase transformers. In addition
to this, a thermal replica is integrated for
the supervision of the thermal losses in the
plant. Two variants of the differential relay
can be supplied: The 7UT512 relay with a
compact design is suited for two-winding
transformers as well as for motors or gen-
erators and short lines.
A backup overcurrent-time protection and
two thermal monitoring functions are also
integrated. The larger 7UT513 unit is used
for two-winding and three-winding trans-
formers, generators/motors and short two-
end and three-end lines.
Siemens SIP · 2004
8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT512/513
LSP2320-afp.tif
Two thermal monitoring functions are in-
tegrated as additional functions. Moreover,
as an alternative, a standby definite-time/
inverse-time overcurrent or a restricted
earth-fault (REF) or a tank protection
function is available for one winding.
The 7UT513 can also be used where the
starpoint current of the transformer must
be acquired or more inputs and outputs
are required than are provided by the
7UT512. The device can interface with
conventional control systems or alterna-
tively be integrated in the modern substa-
tion control system.
Function overview
Protection functions
• Short-circuit protection for two and
three-winding transformers with inte-
grated vector group and ratio adaption
• Restraint against inrush of transformers
overexcitation and CT-saturation
• Short-circuit protection for generators
and motors with high setting sensivity
• Short-circuit protection for short lines
and busbars up to 3 feeders
• Overload protection with a thermal
characteristic for 2 windings/2 termina-
tions
• Two-stage overcurrent backup protec-
tion for one winding. On the basis of
the 7UT513 hardware, a restricted
earth-fault protection or a sensitive,
definite-time overcurrent for one star
point (tank protection) is available as
an alternative
Features
• Restraint during inrush, overexcitation
and CT-saturation 8
• Commissioning aid
Monitoring functions
• Self-supervision of the relay
• Event logging
• Fault logging
• Oscillographic fault recording
Communication protocols
• System interface:
– IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
Hardware
• Digital inputs: 3/5 binary inputs
• Digital outputs: 2/5 trip relays;
5/11 alarm relays
Front design
• PC front port for convenient relay
setting
• 8/16 LEDs for local indication
8/47
 8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT512/513

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7UT512/513 differential protection relay 7UT51¨o-¨¨Bo1-o¨A0
Application for
Two-winding transformer or machine or short line (two ends) 2
Two-winding /three-winding transformer or machine or short line (2/3 ends) 3

Rated current at 50/60 Hz AC, 16.7

1A 1
5A 5

Rated auxiliary voltage

24, 48 V DC 2
60, 110, 125 V DC 4
220, 250 V DC 5

Unit design / Language

Language: German / English (GB), 50 Hz
For panel flush mounting or cubicle mounting C 0
For panel surface mounting D 0
For panel flush mounting or cubicle mounting, without glass cover E 0

Language: English (US) / German, 60 Hz

For panel flush mounting / cubicle mounting with cable ring lugs and
US-foil for front panel G 1

Additional functions
Overcurrent-time protection, two overload functions (standard on 7UT512) 0
Overcurrent-time protection or restricted earth-fault protection,
two overload functions (standard on 7UT513) 1
8 Overcurrent-time protection (phase) or normal/sensitive overcurrent (earth),
two times overload protection (one sensitive measuring input for 7UT513) 2

Serial system interface

Without A
Electrical, RS232 B
Fiber-optic interface (820 nm) C

DIGSI 4
Accessories
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows (version Windows 95 and higher)
device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included
as well as “Getting started” manual on paper, connecting cables (copper)
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Demo
Demo version on CD-ROM 7XS5401-0AA00
Professional
Complete version:
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00

Connecting cable
Cable between PC (9-pin connector) and protection unit (25-pin connector) 7XV5100-2
or
Cable between PC (9-pin connector) and protection unit (9-pin connector) 7XV5100-4
Adaptor 9/25-pin for 7XV5100-4 cable for protec. unit w. 25-pin connector 7XV5100-8H
(cable 7XV5100-4 and adaptor contained in DIGSI 4)
Manual for 7UT512/513
English C53000-G1176-C99-4

8/48 Siemens SIP · 2004

Busbar
Differential Protection Page

SIPROTEC 7SS60 Centralized Numerical Busbar Protection 9/3

SIPROTEC 4 7SS52 Distributed Numerical Busbar
and Breaker Failure Protection 9/19
SIPROTEC 7SS50
Numerical Busbar and Breaker Failure Protection 9/35
SIPROTEC 7VH60 High-Impedance Differential Protection Relay 9/39

9
9

9/2 Siemens SIP · 2004

 9 Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS60

SIPROTEC 7SS60
Centralized Numerical Busbar Protection
Function overview
87BB
86 Features
• Optimized for single busbar and
1½ circuit-breaker configurations
• Suitable for double busbars with or
without couplers
• Separate check zone possible
• Short trip times
• Unlimited number of feeders
LSP2363-afpen.tif

• Differential current principle

• Low-impedance measuring method
• Numerical measured-value processing
• Suitable for all voltage levels
• Low demands on CTs thanks to
additional restraint
• Measured-value acquisition via
Fig. 9/1 7SS601 measuring system summation current transformer or
phase-selective matching transformers
• Maintained TRIP command
Description (lockout function)
The SIPROTEC 7SS60 system is an inex- • Centralized, compact design
pensive numerical differential current • Combinative with separate breaker
protection for busbars in a centralized failure protection
configuration.
Monitoring functions
It is suitable for all voltage levels and can
• Primary current transformers including
be adapted to a large variety of busbar con-
supply leads 9
figurations with an unlimited number of
feeders. The components are designed for • Operational measured values:
single busbars, 1½-breaker configurations Differential and restraint current
and double busbars with or without
• Self-supervision of the relay
couplers.
• 30 event logs
The use of matching transformers allows
phase-selective measurement. Single-phase • 8 fault logs
measurement can be achieved by using • 8 oscillographic fault records
summation current transformers.
Communication interface
• RS485 interface for local and remote
operation with DIGSI
Hardware
• Concept of modular components
• Reduced number of module types
• Auxiliary voltage 48 V DC to 250 V DC
• 7SS601 measuring system in 1/6 19-inch
housing 7XP20
• Peripheral components in ½ 19-inch
housing 7XP20
Front design
• Display for operation and measured
values
• 6 LEDs for local indication

Siemens SIP · 2004 9/3

 9 Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS60

Application

The 7SS60 system is an easily settable

numerical differential current protection
for busbars.
It is suitable for all voltage levels and can
be adapted to a large variety of busbar con-
figurations. The components are designed
for single busbars, 1½-breaker configura-
tions and double busbars with or without
couplers.
The use of matching transformers allows
phase-selective measurement.
Single-phase measurement can be achieved
by using summation current transformers.
The 7SS60 is designed to be the successor
of the 7SS1 static busbar protection. The
existing summation current or matching
transformers can be reused for the new
system.
Fig. 9/2 Basic connection scheme 7SS60

9/4 Siemens SIP · 2004


Construction/Functions
Design
The 7SS60 compactly-built protection sys-
tem contains all components for:
• Measured-value acquisition and
evaluation
• Operation and LC display
• Annunciation and command output
• Input and evaluation of binary signals
• Data transmission via the RS485 interface
with bus capability
• Auxiliary voltage supply
The 7SS60 system comprises the following
components:
• 7SS601 measuring system and the
peripheral modules
• 7TM70 restraint/command output
module
• 7TR71 isolator replica/preference module
• 7TS72 command output module
The number of modules required is deter-
mined by the substation configuration and
the measuring principle used (summation
current transformers or phase-selective
measurement). The 7SS601 measuring
system is accommodated in a separate
housing (1/6 19-inch 7XP20) that is suited
for panel flush mounting or cubicle moun-
ting. The 7XP2040 peripheral module
housing has a width of ½ 19 inches and
can hold up to four peripheral modules.
It is suited for panel flush mounting or
cubicle mounting and has plug-on connec-
tors fitted at the rear.
The primary current transformers are
connected to summation current trans-
formers of type 4AM5120-3DA/4DA
or to matching transformers of type
4AM5120-1DA/2DA. With a rated current
of 1 or 5 A, the current output at these
transformers is 100 mA. This output cur-
rent is fed onto the 7SS601 measuring
system (for differential current formation)
and onto the 7TM70 restraint units (for
restraint current formation). The sum-
mated restraint current is fed onto the
7SS601 measuring system as well.
Siemens SIP · 2004
9 Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS60
Functions of the components
• The 7SS601 measuring system comprises:
– One measuring input for acquisition
and processing of the differential and
the restraint current
– 3 binary inputs for acquisition of infor-
mation, e.g. a blocking condition
LSP2383-afp.tif
– 2 command relays for activation of
other, feeder-specific command relays
on the 7TM70 and 7TS72 peripheral
modules.
In circuits with summation current trans-
former, one 7SS601 measuring system is
required per protected zone. For phase- se- Fig. 9/3 Housing for peripheral
modules (front cover
lective measurement, one 7SS601 measur- removed)
ing system is required per phase and
protected zone.
• 7TM70 restraint/command output
module
This module contains 5 current trans-
formers with rectifiers for the formation
of the restraint current. It has also 5 com-
mand relays with 2 NO contacts each for
output of a direct TRIP command to the
circuit-breakers.
LSP2384-afp.tif
• 7TR71 isolator replica/preference module
This module enables the two bus isolators
to be detected in a double busbar. The
feeder current is assigned to the corre-
sponding measuring system on the basis
Fig. 9/4 Rear view
of the detected isolator position.
The module is also designed for an addi- 9
tional function. In the case of a double
busbar system, for example, where both
bus isolators of a feeder are closed at a
time, no selective protection of the two
busbars is possible. During this state, one
of the two measuring systems is given pri-
ority. The module 7TR71 appropriately
assigns feeder currents to the correspond-
ing measuring system 7SS601.
The module also contains an auxiliary
relay with two changeover contacts.
• 7TS72 command output module
The 7TM70 contains 5 trip relays with
2 NO contacts each. If more trip contacts
are needed, the 7TS72 module can be
LSP2385-afp.tif
used, providing 8 relays with 2 NO con-
tacts each.
Fig. 9/5 Rear view detail
9/5
 9 Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS60

Function principle of The restraint current IR is derived from the

Protection functions
the differential protection load condition. This restraint current is
Measuring principles formed as the summated magnitudes of all
The main function of the 7SS60 protection
currents. The differential and the restraint
The feeder currents can be measured and system is a busbar protection that operates
current are fed into the 7SS601 measuring
processed according to different principles. with the differential current measuring
system (see Fig. 9/6: Block diagram). With
principle. Its algorithm relies on Kirch-
• Summation current transformer principle double busbars or sectionalized busbars,
hoff’s current law, which states that in
In the summation current transformer one measuring system 7SS601 (summation
fault-free condition the vectorial sum Id of
variant, the three secondary currents of CT), respectively 3 measuring systems
all currents flowing into an independent
the primary CTs are fed onto the three (phase-selective measurement) will be used
busbar section must be zero. Some slight
primary windings of the summation cur- for each selective section. The module
deviations from this law may be caused by
rent transformers with a ratio of IL1:IL2:IL3 7TS71 (isolator replica/preference) appro-
current transformer error, inaccuracies in
= 5:3:4 (winding ratio of n1:n2:n3 = priately assigns feeder currents to the cor-
the matching of the transformation ratios
2:1:3) (see Fig. 9/7: Protection with sum- responding measuring system 7SS601.
and measuring inaccuracies. Further er-
mation current transformer). This rors, which may be due to e.g. transformer
increases significantly the sensitivity to saturation in case of high-current external
1-phase faults as compared to 2- or short-circuits, are counteracted by a load-
3-phase faults. dependent supplementary restraint.
In view of the fact that the currents
involved in such faults are usually low,
a sensitivity is achieved that is 1.7 to 2.8
times higher than the fault detection
threshold in a symmetrical approach.
With a symmetrical, three-phase current
of 1 x IN, the secondary current of the
summation current transformers is
100 mA.
Different primary CT transformation ra-
tios can usually be compensated directly
by appropriate selection of the summa-
tion CT primary windings. Where the
circuit conditions do not allow this,
additional matching transformers, such
as the 4AM5272-3AA, should be used,
9 preferably in the form of autotrans-
formers (see Fig. 9/8: Protection with
summation current transformer and
matching transformers). The autotrans-
former circuit reduces the total burden
for the primary CTs.
Fig. 9/6 Block diagram: Acquisition of measured values
• Phase-selective measurement
In this variant, each phase current is mea-
sured separately. To do so, each of the
secondary currents of the primary trans-
formers is fed onto a matching trans-
former. This transformer allows, if its
primary windings are selected accord-
ingly, to generate a normalized current
from a variety of different primary CT
transformation ratios (see Fig. 9/9:
Phase-selective measurement). With a
primary current of 1 x IN, the secondary
current of the matching transformers is
100 mA.

9/6 Siemens SIP · 2004

 9 Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS60

Typical connections

Fig. 9/7 Protection with summation

current transformer

Fig. 9/8 Protection with summation

current transformer and matching
transformers

Fig. 9/9 Phase-selective measurement

Siemens SIP · 2004 9/7

 9 Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS60

Protection functions/Functions

Pickup characteristic of
the differential protection
The characteristic can be set in the parame-
ters for Id > (pickup value) and for the
k factor which considers the linear and
non-linear current transformer errors.
Differential currents above the set charac-
teristic lead to tripping.

Current transformer monitoring

An independent sensitive differential cur-
Fig. 9/10 Tripping characteristic
rent monitoring with its parameter Id thr
detects faults (short-circuits, open circuit)
of current transformers and their wiring
even with load currents. The affected mea-
suring system is blocked and an alarm is
given. By this, the stability of the busbar
protection is ensured in case of external
faults.

Trip command lockout (with manual reset)

Following a trip of the differential protec-
tion, the TRIP command can be kept
(sealed-in). The circuit-breakers are not
reclosed until the operator has obtained in-
formation on the fault; the command must
be manually reset by pressing a key or by a
binary input.
The logical state of the TRIP command is
buffered against a loss of the auxiliary
9 power supply, so that it is still present on
restoration of the auxiliary voltage supply.

Test and commissioning aids

The protection system provides user sup-
port for testing and commissioning. It has
a wide range of integrated aids that can be
activated from the keypad or from a PC
using the DIGSI program. For some tests
a codeword must be entered.
The following test aids are available:

• Display of operational measured values

• Interrogation of status of binary inputs
and LED indicators
• Blocking of the TRIP function during
testing

9/8 Siemens SIP · 2004

 9 Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS60

Communication/Functions

Serial data transmission

The device is equipped with an RS485
interface. The interface has bus capability
and allows a maximum of 32 units to be
connected via a serial two-wire interface.
A PC can be connected to the interface via
an RS232ÖRS485 converter, so that con-
figuration, setting and evaluation can be
performed comfortably via the PC using
the DIGSI operating program. The PC can
also be used to read out the fault record Fig. 9/11 Communication scheme
that is generated by the device when a fault
occurs.
With RS485Ö820 nm optical conver-
ters, which are available as accessories
(7XV5650, 7XV5651), an interference-free,
isolated connection to a control center or
a DIGSI-based remote control unit is
possible; this allows to design low-cost
stations concepts that permit e.g. remote
diagnosis.

Comfortable setting
The parameter settings are made in a
menu-guided procedure from the inte-
grated operator panel and the LC display.
It is, however, more comfortable to use a
PC for this purpose, together with the stan-
dard DIGSI operating program.

Fault recording 9
If a fault leads to a trip, a fault record is
generated, in which the differential and the
restraint current are recorded with a sam-
pling frequency of 2 kHz. In addition,
signals are stored as binary traces, which
represent internal device states or binary
input states. Up to eight fault records can
be stored. When a ninth fault occurs, the Fig. 9/12 Communication scheme
oldest record is overwritten. A total storage
capacity of 7 s is available. The most recent
2.5 s are buffered against power failure.

Siemens SIP · 2004 9/9

 9 Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS60

Technical data

7SS60 measuring system Command contacts

Measuring input Id Number of relays 1 (2 NO contacts)
Rated current 100 mA 1 (1 NO contact)

Rated frequency 50/60 Hz settable, 16.7 Hz Switching capacity

Make 1000 W/VA
Dynamic overload capacity 250 x IN one half cycle Break 30 W/VA
(pulse current)
Switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Thermal overload capacity (r.m.s.) 100 x IN for £ 1 s
(where external summation or 30 x IN for £ 10 s Permissible current
matching current transformers are 4 x IN continuous Continuous 5A
used, 0.5 s 30 A
their limit data must be observed) Signal contacts
Isolating voltage 2.5 kV (r.m.s.) Number of relays 3 (2 marshallable)
Measuring range for operational 0 to 240 % Contacts 2 changeover contacts and 1 NO
measured values contact (can be changed to NC by
Measuring dynamics 100 x IN without offset jumper)
50 x IN with full offset Switching capacity
Measuring input IR Make 1000 W/VA
Break 30 W/VA
Rated current 1.9 mA
Switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Dynamic overload capability 250 x IN for 10 ms
(pulse current) Permissible current
Continuous 5A
Thermal overload capability (r.m.s.) 100 x IN for £ 1 s 0.5 s 30 A
(where external summation or 30 x IN for £ 10 s
matching current transformers are 4 x IN continuous Serial interface
used, Standard Isolated RS485
their limit data must be observed) Test voltage 3.5 kV DC
Isolating voltage 2.5 kV (r.m.s.) Connection Data cable at housing terminals,
Measuring dynamics 0 to 200 x IN 2 data lines
Auxiliary voltage For connection of a personal com-
puter or similar
Via integrated DC/DC converter 24/48 V DC (19 to 58 V DC) Cables must be shielded, and shields
Rated auxiliary voltage Vaux 60/110/125 V (48 to 150 V DC) must be earthed.
(permissible voltage) DC (176 to 300 V DC)
9 220/250 V DC (92 to 133 V AC) Transmission rate As delivered 9600 baud
115 V AC min. 1200 baud, max. 19200 baud

Superimposed AC voltage £ 15 % of rated voltage Unit design

1
(peak-to-peak) Housing 7XP20 /6 19"
Power consumption Quiescent Approx. 3 W Dimensions See part 16
Energized Approx. 5 W Weight Approx. 4.0 kg
Bridging time during failure/ ³ 50 ms at Vaux ³ 100 V DC Degree of protection according
short-circuit of auxiliary voltage ³ 20 ms at Vaux ³ 48 V DC to IEC 60529-1
Binary inputs For the unit IP 51
Number 3 (marshallable) For operator protection IP 2X

Operating voltage range 24 to 250 V DC

Current consumption Approx. 2.5 mA
when energized Independent of operating voltage

Pickup threshold Can be changed by setting jumpers

Rated aux. voltage 48/60 V DC
Vpickup ³ 17 V DC
Vdrop-off < 8 V DC
Rated aux. voltage
110/125/220/250 V DC
Vpickup ³ 74 V DC
Vdrop-off < 45 V DC
Max. voltage 300 V DC

9/10 Siemens SIP · 2004

 9 Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS60

Technical data

Functions Auxiliary voltage (7TM700)

Differential current protection Rated auxiliary voltage Vaux 48/60 V DC (38 to 72 V DC)
Setting ranges for pickup threshold (permitted voltage range) 110/125 V DC (88 to 150 V DC)
Differential current Id> 0.20 to 2.50 INO 220/250 V DC (176 to 300 V DC)
Restraint factor 0.25 to 0.80 Settable
As delivered: 220/250 V DC
Tolerance of pickup value
Differential current Id> ± 5 % of setpoint Command contacts (7TM700)
Minimum duration 0.01 to 32.00 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Number of relays 5
of trip command Contacts per relay 2 NO contacts
Time delay of trip 0.00 to 10.00 s (in steps of 0.01 s) For short-term operation < 10 s 3)
Times Pickup time Approx. 7 ms
Minimum tripping 10 ms
Switching capacity
time 50/60 Hz1)
Make 1000 W/VA
Typical tripping 12 ms (rapid measurement)
Break 30 W/VA
time 50/60 Hz1) 40 ms (repeated measurement)
Minimum tripping 12 ms Switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
time 16.7 Hz1) Permissible currents
Typical tripping 14 ms (rapid measurement) Continuous 5A
time 16.7 Hz1) 40 ms (repeated measurement) 0.5 s 30 A
Reset time 2) 28 ms at 50 Hz Weight Approx. 2.0 kg
26 ms at 60 Hz
70 ms at 16.7 Hz 7TR710 isolator replica/preferential treatment module

Differential current supervision NOTE: The module 7TR710 can be used to implement 2 different func-
Pickup threshold 0.10 to 1.00 INO tions: isolator replica or preferential treatment

Lockout function Isolator replica

Lockout seal-in of trip command Until reset Number of feeders 1

(single busbar and double busbar)
Reset By binary input and/or local operator
panel Number of isolators 2
per feeder
Additional functions
Preferential treatment
Operational measured values
Operating currents Id, IR Number of preferential 2
Measuring range 0 to 240 % INO treatment circuits
Tolerance 5 % of rated value Number of contacts per pref. treatm. 3 changeover contacts 9
Fault logging Buffered storage of the annunciations Switching time < 20 ms
of the last 8 faults Number of auxiliary relays 1
Time stamping Contacts of auxiliary relay 2 changeover contacts
Resolution for operational 1 ms
annunc. 1 ms Auxiliary voltage
Resolution for fault annunciation Rated auxiliary voltage Vaux 48/60 V DC (38 to 72 V DC)
Fault recording (max. 8 fault) Buffered against voltage failure (permissible voltage range) 110/125 V DC (88 to 150 V DC)
(last 2.5 s) 220/250 V DC (176 to 300 V DC)
Recording time Max. 7.1 s total Depending on the design
(from fault detection) Pre-trigger and post-fault time Relay contacts
can be set
Max. length per record 0.2 to 5.0 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Switching capacity
Pre-trigger time 0.05 to 1.5 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Make 1000 W/VA
Post-fault time 0.01 to 1.5 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Break 30 W/VA
Sampling frequency 2 kHz Switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Permissible current
Continuous 5A
Peripheral modules
0.5 s 10 A
7TM700 restraint/command output module
Weight Approx. 0.6 kg
Measuring input IR
Number of restraint units 5
Rated current 100 mA
Rated frequency 16.7, 50, 60 Hz
Dynamic overload capacity 250 x IN one half cycle
(pulse current)
Thermal overload capacity (r.m.s.) 100 x IN for £ 1 s
(where external summation or match- 30 x IN for £ 10 s 1) Each additional intermediate relay increases the tripping time by 7 ms.
ing current transformers are used, 4 x IN continuous 2) Each additional intermediate relay increases the reset time by 8 ms.
their limit data must be observed) 3) Limited by the continuous power dissipation of the device.

Siemens SIP · 2004 9/11

 9 Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS60

Technical data

Peripheral modules (cont’d) Connectors with screw-type terminals

7TS720 command output module Type COMBICON system
Auxiliary voltage of PHOENIX CONTACT
MSTB 2.5/10-STZ-5.08
Rated auxiliary voltage Vaux 48/60 V (38 to 72 V DC) For conductor cross-sections of 0.2 to 2.5 mm2 (rigid and flexible)
(permissible voltage range) 110/125 V (88 to 150 V DC) AWG 24 to 12
220/250 V (176 to 300 V 0.25 to 2.5 mm2 (with end sleeve)
DC)
Multiple conductor connection 0.2 to 1.0 mm2 (rigid)
Settable
(2 conductors of same cross-section) 0.2 to 1.5 mm2 (flexible)
As delivered: 220/250 V DC
0.25 to 1.0 mm2 (flexible with end
Command contacts sleeve, without plastic collar)
Number of relays 8 0.5 to 1.5 mm2 (flexible with TWIN
end sleeve with plastic collar)
Contacts per relay 2 NO contacts
Stripping length 7 mm
For short term operation < 10 s 1)
Recommended tightening torque 0.5 to 0.6 Nm
Pickup time Approx. 7 ms
Unit design
Switching capacity
Make 1000 W/VA Housing 7XP204 ½ 19"
Break 30 W/VA Dimensions See part 16
Switching voltage 250 V AC/DC Weight Approx. 3.5 kg
Permissible current Degree of protection
Continuous 5A according to IEC 60529-1
0.5 s 30 A For the device IP 51 (front panel)
Weight Approx. 0.5 kg IP 20 (rear)
For the operator protection IP 2X (if all connectors and blanking
7SS601 measuring system plates are fitted)
Current connections (terminals 1 to 6)
Screw-type terminals For bolts of 6 mm Matching transformers
(ring-type cable lug)
Max. outside diameter 13 mm 4AM5120-1DA00-0AN2
Type e.g. PDIG of AMP For connection to current transform-
For conductor cross-sections of 2.7 to 6.6 mm2 ers with a rated current IN of 1A
AWG 12 to 10 Rated frequency fN 45-60 Hz
9 In parallel double leaf-spring- 2.5 to 4.0 mm2
Winding A-B B-C D-E E-F G-H H-J
crimp contact for conductor AWG 13 to 11
Number of turns Y-Z
cross-sections of
1 2 4 8 16 32
Max. tightening torque 3.5 Nm
500
Control connections (terminals 7 to 31)
Max. current, continuous A 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8
Screw-type terminals For 4 mm bolts Max. voltage V 0.85
(ring-type cable lug) 0.4 0.8 1.6 3.2 6.4 12.8
Max. outside diameter 9 mm 200
Type e.g. PDIG of AMP 4AM5120-2DA00-0AN2
For conductor cross-sections of 1.0 to 2.6 mm2
For connection to current trans-
AWG 17 to 13
formers with a rated current IN of 5A
In parallel double leaf-spring-
crimp contact for conductor 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 Rated frequency fN 45-60 Hz
cross-sections of AWG 20 to 13 Winding A-B B-C D-E E-F
Max. tightening torque 1.8 Nm Number of turns Y-Z
1 2 4 8
500
Max. current, continuous A 26 26 26 26
Max. voltage V 0.85
0.4 0.8 1.6 3.2
200
Thermal overload capacity
Max. thermal overload capability for all 2 types under simultaneous load of
all turns
For 10 s 8 x IN
For 1 s 20 x IN

1) Limited by the continuous power dissipation of the device.

9/12 Siemens SIP · 2004


Technical data
Summation current matching transformers
4AM5120-3DA00-0AN2
For connection to current
transformers with a rated
current IN of
Rated frequency fN
Winding
Number of turns
Max. current, continuous
Max. voltage
4AM5120-4DA00-0AN2
For connection to current
transformers with a rated
current IN of
Rated frequency fN
Winding
Number of turns
Max. current, continuous
Max. voltage
Thermal overload capability
Max. thermal overload capability for all 2 types under simultaneous load of
all turns
For 10 s
For 1 s
Electrical tests
Specifications
Standards: IEC 60255-5; ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0
Insulation tests
High voltage test (routine test),
measuring input Id and relay outputs
High voltage test (routine test),
auxiliary voltage input and RS485
interface, binary inputs and
measuring input IR
Impulse voltage test (type test),
all circuits, class III
Siemens SIP · 2004
9 Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS60
EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests
Standard
1A
45-60 Hz
A-B C-D E-F G-H J-K L-M N-O Y-Z
3 6 9 18 24 36 90 500 High-frequency test
IEC 60255-22-1,
DIN 57435 part 303; class III
A 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 0.85
V 1.2 2.4 3.6 7.2 9.6 14.4 36 200 Electrostatic discharge
IEC 60255-22-2; IEC 61000-4-2;
class IV
Irradiation with RF field,
non-modulated
5A
IEC 60255-22-3 (report); class III
45-60 Hz
Irradiation with RF field,
A-B C-D E-F G-H J-K L-M N-O Y-Z amplitude-modulated
1 2 3 4 6 8 12 500 IEC 61000-4-3, class III
A 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.517.5 8.0 0.85 Irradiation with RF field,
V 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2.4 3.2 4.8 200 pulse-modulated
IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204; class III
Fast transient disturbance/bursts
IEC 60255-22-4; IEC 61000-4-4;
8 x IN class III
20 x IN
High-energy surge voltages
(SURGE),
IEC 61000-4-5, installation, class III
2.5 kV (r.m.s.); 50 Hz
Line-conducted HF,
amplitude-modulated
3.5 kV DC IEC 61000-4-6; class III
Magnetic field with power frequency
IEC 61000-4-8; class IV
IEC 60255-6
5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 J; Oscillatory surge
3 positive and 3 negative impulses withstand capability
in intervals of 5 s ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1
Fast transient surge
withstand capability
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1
Radiated electromagnetic
interference ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2
Damped oscillations
IEC 61000-4-12
IEC 60694
EMC tests for interference emission; type test
Standard
Conducted interference voltage on
lines only auxiliary voltage,
EN 55022, DIN VDE 0878 part 22,
IEC CISPR 22
Radio interference field strength
EN 55011; DIN VDE 0875 part 11,
IEC CISPR 11
IEC 60255-6, IEC 60255-22
(international product standards)
EM 50082-2
(technical generic standard)
DIN VDE 57435 part 303
(German product standard for pro-
tection devices)
2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; t = 15 ms;
400 surges per s; test duration 2 s
8 kV contact discharge;
15 kV air discharge;
both polarities; 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω
10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz
10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz;
80 % AM; 1 kHz
10 V/m; 900 MHz;
repetition frequency 200 Hz; ED 50
%
4 kHz; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz, burst length
= 15 ms; repetition rate 300 ms;
both polarities; Ri = 50 Ω;
test duration 1 min
Auxiliary voltage:
Longitudinal test: 2 kV; 12 Ω; 9 µF
Transversal test: 1 kV; 2 Ω; 18 µF
Measuring inputs, binary inputs and
relay outputs:
Longitudinal test: 2 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF
Transversal test: 1 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF
9
10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz;
80 % AM; 1 kHz
30 A/m; continuous; 300 A/m for 3 s;
50 Hz; 0.5 mT
2.5 to 3 kV (peak); 1 to 1.5 MHz;
damped wave; 50 surges per s;
duration 2 s; Ri = 150 to 200 Ω
4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 surges per s;
both polarities; duration 2 s; Ri = 80
Ω
35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz
2.5 kV (peak, alternating polarity);
100 kHz; 1, 10 and 50 MHz;
damped wave; Ri = 50 Ω
EN 50081-*
(technical generic standard)
150 kHz to 30 MHz,
limit value, class B
30 to 1000 MHz,
limit value, class A
9/13
 9 Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS60

Technical data

Mechanical stress tests CE conformity

Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Commu-
During operation nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating to
electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC) and
Standards IEC 60255-21-1 electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (Council
IEC 60068-2 Directive 73/23/EEC).
Vibration Sinusoidal This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
IEC 60255-21-1, class II 10 to 60 Hz, ± 0.075 mm amplitude man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part 303).
IEC 60068-2-6 60 to 150 Hz; 1 g acceleration
The unit has been developed and manufactured for application in an indus-
Sweep rate 1 octave/min
trial environment according to the EMC standards.
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG in
Shock Half-sinusoidal accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
IEC 60255-21-2, class I Acceleration 5 g; duration 11 ms generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directive and
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in each direction of the standard EN 60255-6 for the “low-voltage Directive”.
3 orthogonal axes
Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-3, class I
IEC 60068-3-3
Horizontal axis 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude
8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
Vertical axis 1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes
During transport
Standards IEC 60255-21
IEC 60068-2
Vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-1, class II 5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude
IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration sweep
rate 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Shock Half-sinusoidal
9 IEC 60255-21-2, class I Acceleration 15 g; duration 11 ms
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in each direction of the
3 orthogonal axes
Continuous shock Half-sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-2, class I Acceleration 10 g; duration 16 ms
IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks in each direction of the
3 orthogonal axes

Climatic stress test

Temperatures
Standards IEC 60255-6
Permissible ambient temperatures
– In service -20 to +45/55 °C
– During storage -25 to +55 °C
– During transport -25 to +70 °C
Storage and transport with standard
works packing
Humidity
Standards IEC 60068-2-3
Permissible humidity Annual average 75 % relative humid-
It is recommended to arrange the ity; on 30 days in the year up to 95 %
units in such a way that they are not relative humidity; condensation not
exposed to direct sunlight or pro- permissible!
nounced temperature changes that
could cause condensation.

9/14 Siemens SIP · 2004

 9 Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS60

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

Centralized numerical busbar protection 7SS60
Measuring system 50, 60, 16.7 Hz 7SS601o-¨ ¨ Ao 0- 0 AA0
Rated current/frequency
100 mA; 50/60 Hz AC 0
100 mA; 16.7 Hz AC 6

Rated auxiliary voltage

24 to 48 V DC 2
60 to 125 V DC 4
220 to 250 V DC 5

Unit design
Housing 7XP20 1/6 19-inch, for panel flush mounting or cubicle mounting E

Measuring system
Standard 0

Stabilizing/command output module

5 stabilizing CTs, 5 relays with 2 NO contacts
48/60 V DC, 110/125 V DC, 220/250 V DC settable 7TM7000-0AA00-0AA0

Isolator replica/preference module 7TR7100-¨AA00-0AA0

48 to 60 V DC 3
110 to 125 V DC 4
220 to 250 V DC 5

Command output module

8 relays with 2 NO contacts
48/60 V DC, 110/125 V DC, 220/250 V DC settable 7TS7200-0AA00-0AA0

Housing ½ 19-inch for peripheral modules 7SS60

For panel flush mounting or cubicle mounting 7XP2041-2MA00-0AA0
9

RS232 - RS485 converter

Accessories
With power supply unit for 230 V AC 7XV5700-0AA00
With power supply unit for 110 V AC 7XV5700-1AA00

Converter
Full duplex fiber-optic cable – RS485
Auxiliary voltage: 24 V DC to 250 V DC, 110/230 V DC
Line converter ST connector 7XV5650-0BA00
Cascada converter ST connector 7XV5651-0BA00

Connector for peripheral modules W73078-B9005-A710

Extraction tool for connector W73078-Z9005-A710

Test adapter 7XV6010-0AA00

Angle bracket C73165-A63-C200-3

Siemens SIP · 2004 9/15

 9 Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS60

Accessories Description Order No.

Summation current matching transformer
1 A, 50/60 Hz 4AM5120-3DA00-0AN2
5 A, 50/60 Hz 4AM5120-4DA00-0AN2

Matching transformer
1 A, 50/60 Hz 4AM5120-1DA00-0AN2
5 A, 50/60 Hz 4AM5120-2DA00-0AN2
1 A, 5 A, 50/60 Hz 4AM5272-3AA00-0AN2

Manual 7SS60
English E50417-G1176-C132-A2

Design Guide 7SS60

English E50417-P1176-C155-A1

DIGSI 4
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection relays
running under MS Windows (version Windows 95 and higher)
device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included
as well as “Getting started” manual on paper, connecting cables (copper)
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00

9/16 Siemens SIP · 2004

 9 Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS60

Connection diagrams

Fig. 9/13 Connection diagram for 7SS601

Fig. 9/14 Connection diagram for 7TM700 Fig. 9/15 Connection diagram for 7TS720

Siemens SIP · 2004 9/17

 9 Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS60

Connection diagram

Fig. 9/16 Block diagram of 7TR710

9/18 Siemens SIP · 2004

 9 Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS52

SIPROTEC 4 7SS52 Distributed Numerical Busbar

and Breaker Failure Protection
Function overview

Busbar protection functions

• Busbar differential protection
• Selective zone tripping
• Very short tripping time (<15 ms)
• Extreme stability against external fault,
even in case of saturated CT
• Phase-segregated measuring systems
• Integrated check zone
• 48 bays can be configured
• 12 busbar sections can be protected
• Bay-selective intertripping

LSP2392-afpen.tif
Breaker failure protection functions
• Breaker failure protection
Fig. 9/17 SIPROTEC 4 (single-phase with/without current)
7SS52 busbar protection system
• 5 operation modes, selectable per bay
• Separate parameterization possible for
busbar and line faults
Description • Independently settable delay times for
all operation modes
The SIPROTEC 7SS52 numerical protec- • 2-stage operation bay trip repeat/trip
tion is a selective, reliable and fast protec-
busbar
tion for busbar faults and breaker failure in
medium, high and extra-high voltage sub- • Intertrip facility
stations with various possible busbar con- (via teleprotection interface)
figurations. • “Low-current” mode using the circuit-
breaker auxiliary contacts
9
The protection is suitable for all switchgear
types with iron-core or linearized current
Additional protection functions
transformers. The short tripping time is es-
pecially advantageous for applications with • End-fault protection with intertrip or
high fault levels or where fast fault clear- bus zone trip
ance is required for power system stability. • Backup overcurrent protection per bay
The modular hardware allows the protec- unit (definite-time or inverse-time)
tion to be optimally matched to the busbar • Independent breaker failure protection
configuration. The decentralized arrange- per bay unit
ment allows the cabling costs in the substa-
tion to be drastically reduced. The 7SS52 Features
busbar protection caters for single, double • Distributed or centralized installation
or triple busbar systems with or without
• Easy expansion capability
and quadruple busbar systems without
transfer bus with up to: 48 bays, 16 bus • Integrated commissioning aids
couplers, and 24 sectionalizing isolators • Centralized user-friendly configu-
and 12 busbar sections. ration / parameterization with DIGSI
• Universal hardware
Communication interfaces
• FO interface
– IEC 60870-5-103 protocol

Siemens SIP · 2004 9/19

 9 Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS52

Application
The 7SS52 distributed numerical busbar
and breaker failure protection system is a
selective, reliable and fast protection for
busbar faults and breaker failure in me-
dium, high and extra-high voltage substa-
tions with various possible busbar
configurations. The protection is suitable
for all switchgear types with iron-core or
linearized current transformers. The short
tripping time is especially advantageous for
applications with high fault levels or where
fast fault clearance is required for power
system stability.
The modular hardware design allows the
protection system to be optimally matched
to the busbar configuration.
The distributed arrangement allows the ca-
bling costs between bay and substation to
be drastically reduced. The 7SS52 busbar
protection caters for single, double and tri-
ple busbar systems with or without trans-
fer bus and quadruple busbar systems
without transfer bus with up to:
– 48 bays
– 16 bus couplers
– 24 sectionalizing isolators
– 12 busbar sections

9 Fig. 9/18 Distributed system structure

Bay
units

Central unit

Fig. 9/19 Protection functions of the central unit and the bay units

9/20 Siemens SIP · 2004

 9 Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS52

Construction
The distributed bay units measure the
3 phase currents in each bay. The rated
input current is 1 or 5 A and therefore
eliminates the need for interposing current
transformers. The isolator status, breaker
failure protection triggering, bay out-of-
service and other bay status information is

LSP2377-afpen.tif
derived via marshallable binary inputs in
the bay units. The complete information
exchange is conveyed to the central unit
via a fiber-optic interface. The bay unit
also has an interface on the front side for
connection to a PC for operation and diag-
nosis. The trip and intertrip commands are
issued via trip contacts in the bay units. Fig. 9/20 7SS522 Central unit
The 7XP20 standard housing is available in Front view of SIPAC subrack version
a flush or surface mounting version
(7SS523).
The central unit is connected to the bay
units via fiber-optic communication links.
The connection is built up in a star config-
uration. The central unit also contains
serial ports for system configuration via
PC or communication with a substation
control system, an integrated LC Display

LSP2515.tif
with keypad and marshallable binary in-
puts, LEDs and alarm relays. The central
unit is available in a 19" SIPAC module
rack version for either cubicle or wall
mounting.
Because of its modular hardware design, it
is easy to adapt the central unit to the sub- Fig. 9/21 7SS522 Central unit 9
station or to expand it with further mod- Rear view
ules each being connected with up to 8 bay
units.
Each bay unit and the central unit has its
own internal power supply.
LSP2076-afp.tif

LSP2516.tif

Fig. 9/22 7SS523 Bay unit Fig. 9/23 7SS525 Bay unit
Front view of panel/flush/cubicle Front view of panel/flush/cubicle
mounting unit mounting unit

Siemens SIP · 2004 9/21

 9 Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS52
Protection functions
Busbar protection
The main function of the 7SS52 is busbar
protection, and has the following charac-
teristics:
• Evaluation of differential currents, with
stabilization by through-currents based
on the proven performance of the
Siemens busbar protection 7SS1 and
7SS50/51, currently in service worldwide
• Selective busbar protection for busbars
with up to 12 busbar sections and 48 bays
• Integrated “check zone” (evaluation of all
busbar section currents without use of the
isolator replica)
• Very short tripping time (15 ms typical)
• Selective detection of short-circuits, also
for faults on the transfer bus, with transfer
trip to the remote end.
• Detection and clearance of faults between
the current transformer and the circuit-
breaker via current measurement and
selective unbalancing.
• Tripping only when all three fault detec-
tion modules recognize a busbar fault
(2 measurement processors and check
zone processor)
• No special CT requirements (stability is
guaranteed, even when the CTs saturate
after 3 ms)
• Selective output tripping relays per feeder
9 in bay units.
Mode of operation
The 7SS52 protection relay offers complete
numerical measured-value processing
from sampling to digital conversion of the
measured variables through to the circuit-
breaker tripping decision. The bay units
dispose of sufficient powerful contacts to
directly trip the circuit-breaker.
For each busbar section and for all three
phases, two independent processors exe-
cute the protection algorithm on alternate
data samples. Based on the proven perfor-
mance of the 7SS1 and 7SS50/51, this
method of measurement ensures highest
stability even in case of high short-circuit
currents and CT saturation.
9/22
In addition, an isolator status independent
check-zone measurement is executed on a
further processor thus increasing the pro-
tection against unwanted operation. All
three processors must reach a trip decision
independently before the trip command is
released.
The isolator status is monitored using nor-
mally open and normally closed contacts
to enable plausibility checks for both status
and transition time. The contact monitor-
ing voltage is also supervised.
In case of an auxiliary voltage failure in
the bay, the latest isolator status is stored
and a bay-selective indication of the failure
is issued.
The assignment of the feeder currents to
the corresponding busbar systems is con-
trolled by software via the isolator replica.
The isolator replica is applied for both
busbar protection and breaker failure pro-
tection.
The integrated breaker failure protection
function provides phase-segregated
two-stage operation (bay-specific trip re-
peat, trip bus section). Alternatively, an ex-
ternal breaker failure protection relay can
issue its trip commands via the isolator rep-
lica in the 7SS52.
The pickup characteristic can be set
independently for selective busbar
protection, for the “check zone”
and for the breaker failure protection.
Fig. 9/24
Standard characteristic
Fig. 9/25
Earth-fault characteristic
Breaker failure protection
The 7SS52 protection includes an inte-
grated breaker failure protection with the
following features:
• Five breaker failure protection modes that
are selectable:
1. Following the issue of a trip signal from
a feeder protection, the busbar protection
monitors the drop-off of the trip signal.
If the feeder current is not interrupted be-
fore a set time delay the polarity of the
feeder current is reversed, which results in
a differential current in the correspond-
ing section of the bus protection. For this
function, a separate parameter set is used.
2. Following a trip signal from a feeder
protection, a trip signal will be output
after a settable time delay from the 7SS52
protection to the corresponding feeder
circuit-breaker. If this second trip signal is
also unsuccessful, the unbalancing proce-
dure according to mode 1) as described
above will take place.
3. With external stand-alone breaker fail-
ure protection, the isolator replica of the
7SS52 may be used to selectively trip the
busbar section with the faulty circuit-
breaker.
Siemens SIP · 2004
 9 Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS52

Backup protection Isolator replica

Protection functions
As an option, a two-stage backup protec- The isolator replica is used for both the
4. Following a trip signal from the feeder
tion, independent of the busbar protection busbar protection and the breaker failure
protection, the 7SS52 monitors the drop-
is included in every bay unit. This backup protection.
off of the trip signal. If, after a settable
protection is completed by means of a
time, the current does not fall below a The following features characterize the
breaker failure protection. The parametri-
settable limiting value, busbar-selective isolator replica function:
zation and operation can be carried out in
feeder trip commands are issued with the
help of the isolator replica within the
the central unit or locally in each bay unit • Includes up to 48 bays and 12 busbar
with the DIGSI operating program. sections
7SS52.
• Integrated bi-stable isolator status char-
5. Following a trip signal from a feeder
acteristic (status stored on loss of auxil-
protection, a trip signal will be output af-
iary power).
ter a settable time delay from the 7SS52
protection to the corresponding feeder
circuit-breaker. If this second trip signal is
also unsuccessful, the tripping as de-
scribed under 4) will take place.
• For single-pole or multi-pole starting,
delay times are available.
• Breaker failure detection following a
busbar fault by comparison of the mea-
sured current with a set value.
• For all modes of breaker failure protec-
tion, a transfer trip command output
contact is provided for each feeder to ini-
tiate remote tripping.

Sensitive earth-fault protection

Within resistive earthed networks, sin-
gle-phase short-circuit currents are limited
to rated current values. In order to provide
a busbar protection for these cases, an in-
dependent characteristic is available. This 9
characteristic presents separate parameters

LSP2388-afpen.tif
for the pickup threshold, as well as for a
limitation of efficiency. The activation of
the characteristic takes place by means of a
binary input in the central unit, i.e. by
recognizing a displacement voltage. Fig. 9/26 Fault record

End-fault protection
The location of the current transformer
normally limits the measuring range of the
busbar protection. When the circuit-
breaker is open, the area located between
the current transformer and the circuit-
breaker can be optimally protected by
means of the end-fault protection. In the
event of a fault, depending on the mount-
ing position of the current transformer, in-
stantaneous and selective tripping of the
busbar section or intertripping of the cir-
cuit-breaker at the opposite end occurs.
LSP2389-afpen.tif

Fig. 9/27 DIGSI plant configuration

Siemens SIP · 2004 9/23

 9 Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS52
Protection functions/Functions
• Isolator transition time monitoring.
• By the assignment “NOT open = closed”,
the isolator is taken to be CLOSED during
the transition time.
Accurate matching of the isolator auxil-
iary contacts with the main contact is not
required.
• Menu-guided graphic configuration with
DIGSI operating program.
• LEDs in the bay modules indicate the
actual status of the busbar isolators.
• Dynamic visualization of the substation
with DIGSI on the central unit.
Tripping command/reset
The tripping output processing for the
7SS52 protection has the following fea-
tures:
• Bay-selective tripping by bay units
• Settings provided for overcurrent release
of the tripping command (to enable selec-
tive tripping of infeeding circuits only)
• Settable minimum time for the trip com-
mand.
• Current-dependent reset of the tripping
command.
Disturbance recording
The digitized measured values from the
9 phase currents and the differential and sta-
bilizing currents of the busbar sections and
check zone are stored following a trip deci-
sion by the 7SS52 or following an external
initiation via a binary input. Pre-trigger
and post-fault times with regard of the trip
command can be set. Up to 8 fault record-
ings are stored in the 7SS52. The fault re-
cords may be input to a PC connected to
the central unit, using the menu-guided
DIGSI operating program. Then, the
SIGRA graphics program makes it possible
to easily analyze the fault recordings.
9/24
Marshallable tripping relays, binary inputs,
alarm relays and LEDs
The bay units are equipped with
marshallable command relays for direct
circuit-breaker tripping. For each bay there
are 9 (7SS523) or 8 (7SS525) duty contacts
available.
For user-specific output and indication of
events, 16 alarm relays and 32 LEDs in the
central unit are freely marshallable.
Several individual alarms may be grouped
together.
The central unit has marshallable binary
inputs with:
• Reset of LED display
• Time synchronization
• Blocking of protection functions
The bay units have marshallable binary
inputs:
• Isolator status closed/open
• Phase-segregated start of circuit-breaker
failure protection
• Release of circuit-breaker failure protec-
tion
• Release of TRIP command
• Circuit-breaker auxiliary contacts
• Bay out of service
• Test of circuit-breaker tripping
Measurement and monitoring functions
In the 7SS52 protection, a variety of
measurement and monitoring functions is
provided for commissioning and mainte-
nance. These functions include:
• Measurement and display of the phase
currents of the feeders in the central unit
and bay units.
• Measurement and display (on the inte-
grated LCD or PC) of the differential and
stabilizing currents of all measuring sys-
tems in the central unit and the bay units.
• Monitoring of busbar-selective and
phase-segregated differential currents
with busbar-selective blocking/alarming
• Monitoring of the differential currents of
the check zone with alarming/blocking
• Phase-segregated trip test including con-
trol of feeder circuit-breaker (by central
or bay unit)
• Removal of a bay from the busbar mea-
surement processing during feeder service
and maintenance via central or bay units
(bay out of service)
• Blocking of breaker failure protection or
tripping command for testing purposes.
• Isolator replica freezing (maintenance)
with alarm indication (”Isolator switching
prohibition”).
• Cyclic tests of measured-value acquisition
and processing and trip circuit tests in-
cluding coils of the command relays.
Event recording
The 7SS52 protection provides complete
data for analysis of protection performance
following a trip or any other abnormal
condition and for monitoring the state of
the relay during normal service.
Up to 200 operational events and 80 fault
annunciations with a resolution of one
millisecond may be stored in two inde-
pendent buffers:
• Operational indications
This group includes plant/substation
operation events, for example isolator
switching, isolator status discrepancies
(transition time limit exceeded, loss of
auxiliary voltage, etc.) or event/alarm in-
dications
• Tripping following a busbar short-circuit
fault or circuit-breaker failure.
Siemens SIP · 2004

Protection functions/Functions
Settings
A PC can be connected to the operator in-
terface located at the front panel or the rear
of the central unit. An operating program
is available for convenient and clear set-
ting, fault recording and evaluation as well
as for commissioning. All settings of the
busbar or breaker failure protection, as
well as settings of additional functions such
as backup protection, need only be
parameterized at the central unit. Settings
at the bay units are not necessary.
With the help of the integrated keypad and
display on the central unit, all setting pa-
rameters may be read out.
Keypad, display (7SS523) and the front
side interface of the bay units serve for
commissioning, display of operational val-
ues and diagnosis.
All parameters are written into nonvolatile
memories to ensure that they are retained
even during loss of auxiliary voltage.
Configuration, visualization
The configuration of the 7SS52 is effected
by means of a graphics-orientated editor
included in the DIGSI operation program.
For frequently used bay types, a symbol li-
brary is available. Enhancements can be
easily effected anytime.
A graphical configuration visualizes the
states of the isolator position, the
circuit-breaker and measuring values.
Self-monitoring
Hardware and software are continuously
monitored and any irregularity is immedi-
ately detected and alarmed. The self-moni-
toring feature improves both the reliability
and the availability of the 7SS52. The fol-
lowing quantities are monitored:
• The current transformer circuits
• The analog-to-digital conversion
• All internal supply voltages
• The program memory
• The program running times by a watch
dog function
• The isolator status
• The three channel tripping circuit
Siemens SIP · 2004
9 Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS52
Maximum lifetime and reliability
The hardware of the 7SS52 units is guaran-
teed by 20 years of experience in numerical
protection design at Siemens. The number
of components employed is reduced
through use of a powerful microprocessor
in conjunction with highly-integrated
components, thus enhancing the reliabil-
ity. The experience gained by Siemens in
production of over 140,000 numerical pro-
tection units has been incorporated in the
software design. The most modern manu-
facturing methods together with effective
quality control ensure high reliability and a
long service life.
Battery monitoring
The internal battery is used to back-up the
clock and memory for storage of switching
statistics, status and fault indications and
fault recording, in the event of a power
supply failure. The processor checks its ca-
pacity at regular intervals. If the capacity of
the battery is found to be declining, an
alarm is generated. Routine replacement is
therefore not necessary. All setting param-
eters are stored in the Flash-EPROM, and
therefore not lost if the power supply or
the battery fails.
Local and remote communication
The 7SS52 central units provide several
serial communication interfaces for vari-
ous tasks:
9
• Front interface for connecting a PC
• System interface for connecting to a con-
trol system via IEC 60870-5-103 protocol.
Other protocols are still in preparation
• Rear-side service interface (always
provided) for connection to a PC, either
directly or via a modem
• Prepared for Ethernet (UCA)
• Time synchronization via
IRIG-B/DCF/system interface
Time synchronization
The battery-backed clock of the 7SS52
central unit can be synchronized via:
• DCF 77 signal (serial)
• GPS satellite signal (serial)
• Minute-pulse via binary input
• System interface by the substation
control, e.g. SICAM
Date and time with milliseconds resolution
is assigned to every indication. The syn-
chronization of the 7SS52 bay units is au-
tomatically effected with the central unit.
9/25
 9 Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS52

Communication
Serial communication
With respect to communication, particular
emphasis is placed on the customer re-
quirements in energy automation:

• Every data item is time-stamped at the

source, i.e. where it originates.
• Already during the process of communi-
cation, information is assigned to the
cause thereof (e.g. assignment of the indi-
cation “circuit-breaker TRIP” to the cor-
responding command).
• The communication system automatically
handles the transfer of large data blocks
(e.g. fault recordings or parameter data
files). The user has access to these features
without any additional programming ef-
fort.

Local PC interface
The PC interface accessible from the front
of the unit permits quick access to all pa-
rameters and fault event data. The use of
the DIGSI 4 operating program is particu-
larly advantageous during commissioning.

Service/modem interface
7SS52 units are always fitted with a
rear-side hard-wired service interface, op-
tionally as RS232 or RS485. In addition to
9 the front-side operator interface, a PC can
be connected here either directly or via a
modem.
Reliable bus architecture
• RS485 bus
With this data transmission via copper
conductors, electromagentic fault influ-
ences are largely eliminated by the use of
twisted-pair conductors. Upon failure of a
unit, the remaining system continues to
operate without any problem.
• IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
The central unit 7SS52 optionally pro-
vides an interface for connecting to con-
trol and protection systems.
IEC 60870-5-103 is an internationally
standardized protocol for efficient
communication with protection relays.
IEC 60870-5-103 is supported by a num-
ber of protection device manufacturers
and is used worldwide. Supplements for
the control functions of the busbar pro-
tection are defined in the manufac-
turer-specific part of this standard.
Fig. 9/28 Communication
Data transmission lockout
Functions
Data transmission lockout can be acti-
Functions for testing and commissioning vated, so as to prevent transfer of informa-
tion to the control center during work on a
The 7SS52 offers auxiliary functions for
circuit bay.
commissioning. The physical status of all
binary inputs and output relays of the cen-
Test mode
tral unit can be displayed and directly al-
tered to facilitate testing. During commissioning, a test mode can be
selected; all indications then have a test
All measured values can be clearly depicted mode suffix for transmission to the control
by means of DIGSI and simultaneously system.
displayed in different windows as primary
or percentage values.
The 7SS52 units are provided with a cir-
cuit-breaker test function. Single-pole and
three-pole TRIP commands as well as
CLOSE commands can be issued.

9/26 Siemens SIP · 2004

 9 Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS52

Technical data

General unit data LEDs

Input circuits Central unit
Rated current IN 1 or 5 A Operation Green 1
indication
Rated frequency fN 50/60 Hz Device failure Red 1
Marshallable Red 32
Thermal overload Continuous 4 x IN Bay unit
capability in current 10 s 10 x IN Operation Green 1
path 1s 100 x IN indication
Device failure Red 1
Dynamic overload 250 x IN Indications Green 5 (7SS523)/– (7SS525)
capability Red 11 (7SS523)/1 (7SS525)
Burden of At IN = 1 A < 0.1 VA Control, displays
current inputs At IN = 5 A < 0.2 VA
Central unit
Auxiliary voltage LC Display 4 lines x 20 characters
Rated auxiliary volt- Central unit 48/60, 110/125, 220/250 V DC Membrane keyboard 24 keys
age Vaux Bay unit (7SS523)
Rated auxiliary volt- Bay unit 48, 60 to 250 V LC Display 4 lines x 16 characters
age Vaux DC Membrane keyboard 12 keys
Permissible tolerance Vaux –20 to +20 %
Maximum ripple ≤ 15 % Serial interfaces
Power consumption Configuration dependent Central unit
Central unit Quiescent 70 to 120 W PC interface (front)
Energized 75 to to 130 W Connection, electrical SUB-D, 9-pin
Bay unit 7SS523 7SS525 (subminiature ISO 2110)
Quiescent 10 W Baud rate 1200 to 115000 baud
Energized 14 W
System interface (rear)
Max. bridging time during > 50 ms at Vaux ≥ 60 V
Connection, optical ST connectors
loss of voltage supply
electrical SUB-D, 9-pin
Binary inputs (subminiature ISO 2110)
7SS523 7SS525 Baud rate 1200 to 115000 baud
Number of Bay unit 20 10 Service interface (rear) 9
binary inputs Central unit 12
Connection, optical ST connectors
Voltage range 24 to 250 V DC electrical SUB-D, 9-pin
Current consumption Approx. 1.5 mA/input (subminiature ISO 2110)
Alarm/event contacts Baud rate 1200 to 115000 baud
Central unit Bay unit
Number of Marshallable 16 (each 1 NO contact) PC interface (front)
relays Fixed 1 (2 NC contacts) Connection, electrical SUB-D, 9-pin
Switching capacity Make/Break 20 W/VA (subminiature ISO 2110)
Switching voltage 250 V AC/DC Baud rate 1200 to 19200 baud
Permissible current 1A Central/bay unit
Bay unit 7SS523 7SS525 Interface for high-speed data communication
Number of Marshallable 1 (1 NO contact) 1 (1 NO contact) Connection ST connectors
relays Fixed 1 (2 NC contacts) 1 (1 NC contacts) Fiber-optic cable Glass fiber 62.5/125 µm
Switching capacity Make/Break 20 W/VA Optical wavelength 820 nm
Permissible cable attenuation Max. 8 dB
Switching voltage 250 V AC/DC Transmission distance Max. 1.5 km
Permissible current 1A
Command contacts
Number of relays (bay unit) 7SS523 7SS525
4 (each 2 NO 3 (each 2 NO
contacts) contacts)
1 (1 NO contact) 2 (1 NO contact)
Switching capacity Make 1000 W/VA
Break 30 W/VA
Switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Permissible Continuous 5A
current 0.5 s 30 A

Siemens SIP · 2004 9/27

 9 Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS52
Technical data
Unit design (degree of protection according to EN 60529)
Central unit
Cubicle
Housing for wall mounting
SIPAC subrack
Bay unit
Housing
Terminals
Weight at max. configuration
Central unit
SIPAC subrack
Surface-mounting housing
Bay unit
Flush mounting
Surface mounting
Electrical tests
Specification
Standards
High-voltage test (routine test),
except DC voltage supply input
High-voltage test (routine test),
only DC voltage supply input
Impulse voltage test (type test),
all circuits, class III
EMC tests for interference immunity; type test
Standards
9 VDE 0435 part 303 (German product
High-frequency test with 1 MHz
interference
IEC 60255-2-1, class III and
VDE 0435 part 303, class III
Electrostatic discharge
IEC 60255-22-2, class IV and
IEC 61000-4-2, class IV
Irradiation with radio-frequency
field, non-modulated
IEC 60255-22-3, class III
Irradiation with radio-frequency
field, amplitude-modulated
IEC 61000-4-3, class III
Irradiation with radio-frequency
field, pulse-modulated
ENV 50204, class III
Fast transients interference/bursts
IEC 60255-22-4, class IV;
IEC 61000-4-4, class IV;
IEC 60801-4
Line-conducted disturbances
induced by radio-frequency fields,
amplitude-modulated
IEC 61000-4-6, class III
Power frequency magnetic field
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV;
IEC 60255-6
1) INO = highest c.t. ratio.
9/28
EMC tests for interference emission; type test
Standard EN 50081-2
IP 54 (European generic standard for in-
IP 55 dustrial environment)
IP 20 Conducted interference voltage, 150 kHz to 30 MHz, limit class B
7SS523 7SS525 auxiliary voltage
IP 51 IP 20 CISPR 11, EN 55011
IP 21 and VDE 0875 part 11
Radio interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz, limit class B
CISPR 11, EN 55011
14.3 kg and VDE 0875 part 11
43.0 kg
7SS523 7SS525 Mechanical stress tests
8.1 kg 5.5 kg
11.8 kg Specification
Standards IEC 60255-21-1, IEC 6068-2
Permissible mechanical stress
During service 10 to 60 Hz, 0.035 mm amplitude
60 to 500 Hz, 0.5 g acceleration
IEC 60255-5, DIN 57435 part 303 During transport 5 to 8 Hz, 7.5 mm amplitude
8 to 500 Hz, 2 g acceleration
2 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz
2.8 kV DC Climatic stress tests
Temperatures
5 kV (peak), 1.2/50 µs, 0.5 J, Standard: IEC 60255-6
3 positive and 3 negative impulses at
intervals of 5 s Permissible ambient temperature
– In service –10 °C to +55 °C (bay unit)
– 5 °C to +55 °C (central unit)
IEC 60255-6, IEC 60255-22 – For storage –25 °C to +70 °C
(international product standard), – During transport –25 °C to +70 °C
EN 50082-2 (European generic – During start-up –10 °C to +55 °C (bay unit)
standard for industrial environ- 0 °C to +55 °C (central unit)
ment),
Humidity
standard) Standards IEC 60068-2-3
2.5 kV (peak), 1 MHz, τ = 15 µs, It is recommended to arrange the Annual average 75 % relative humid-
400 surges/s, duration 2 s units in such a way that they are not ity; on 56 days a year up to 93 %
exposed to direct sunlight or pro- relative humidity;
nounced temperature changes that condensation not permissible!
could cause condensation.
8 kV contact discharge,
15 kV air discharge, both polarities, Busbar configuration
150 pF, Rl = 330 Ω Quadruple or triple busbar with
10 V/m, 27 to 500 MHz transfer busbar;
Number of bays 48
Number of bus sections 12
Number of bus couplers 16
10 V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz, Number of sectionalizers 24
AM 80 %, 1 kHz Number of coupler bus sections 12
Busbar protection
10 V/m, 900 MHz, repetition
rate 200 Hz, duty cycle 50 % Tripping characteristics
Setting ranges 0.2 to 4 (in steps of 0.01)
Overcurrent I/INO1) 0.1 to 0.8 (in steps of 0.01)
4 kV, 5/50 ns, 5 kHz, Stabilizing factor k
burst length = 15 ms, for busbar-selective
repetition rate 300 ms, both polari- protection 0 to 0.8 (in steps of 0.01)
ties, RI = 50 Ω, duration 1 min Stabilizing factor k
10 V, 150 kHz to 80 MHz, AM 80 %, for check zone
1 kHz Tripping time
Typical trip time 15 ms
Differential current monitoring
30 A/m continuous, Setting ranges 0.05 to 0.8 (in steps of 0.01)
300 A/m for 3 s, 50 Hz Current limit I/INO1) 1 to 10 s (in steps of 1 s)
0.5 mT; 50 Hz Time delay
Siemens SIP · 2004
 9 Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS52

Technical data

Breaker failure protection Additional functions

Tripping Self-diagnosis
Setting ranges 0.05 to 2 (in steps of 0.01) Current monitoring per feeder
Overcurrent I/IN 0 to 0.8 (in steps of 0.01) Auxiliary voltage monitoring
Stabilizing factor k 0.05 to 10 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Cyclic test
Time delay for Check of the data transmission be-
unbalancing / I > query 0.00 to 10 s (in steps of 0.01 s) tween central unit and bay units
Time delay for TRIP Memory tests
repeat
Operational measured values: Central unit
Modes of operation
Individually selectable per feeder: Feeder currents IL1; IL2; IL3 in A primary and in % IN
I > query Range 0 to 1000 % IN
TRIP repeat (1/3-phase) with I > query Tolerance typically 2 % of measured value
Unbalancing (1-stage BF) Differential and restraint (stabilizing) IdL1; IdL2; IdL3
Unbalancing with TRIP repeat (1/3-phase, 2-stage BF) currents of all bus sections (separate IsL1; IsL2; IsL3 in % IN
TRIP by external BF protection (tripping via isolator replica of busbar for ZPS-BSZ1 and ZPS-BSZ2)
protection) Range 0 to 1000 % IN
Plus for each mode (except for TRIP by external BF): low-current Operational measured values: Bay unit
mode
Feeder currents IL1; IL2; IL3; IE in A primary and in % IN
Plus for modes with TRIP repeat: pulse mode
Range 0 to 6 000 % IN
Breaker failure protection for busbar short-circuit Tolerance typically 2 % of measured value
Setting value
Overcurrent I/IN 0.05 to 2 (in steps of 0.01) Differential and restraint (stabilizing) IdL1; IdL2; IdL3
Time delay 0.05 to 10.00 s (in steps of 0.01 s) currents IsL1; IsL2; IsL3
General data of the protection system Range 0 to 6 000 % IN
Frequency f in Hz (I > 0.1 IN)
Min. time of TRIP commands Range fN ± 5 Hz
Setting range Tolerance 0.1 Hz
Current threshold for 0.02 to 1 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
command reset I/IN 0.05 to 2 (in steps of 0.10) Event recording: Central unit
Overcurrent release of TRIP commands Storage of the last
Setting range 0 to 25 (in steps of 0.01) 200 operational events and 80 fault
events
Isolator transition time
Event recording: Bay unit
Setting range 1 to 180 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Storage of the last
Overcurrent protection in the bay unit
50 operational events and 100 fault 9
Characteristics Definite-time or inverse-time events
overcurrent protection
Fault recording: Central unit
Setting ranges
Resolution 1 ms at 50 Hz;
High-set stage; I >> (phase) I/IN 0.05 to 25.00 (in steps of 0.01)
0.83 ms at 60 Hz
High-set stage; IE >>(earth) I/IN 0.05 to 25.00 (in steps of 0.01)
Storage time (from busbar TRIP or – 500 to + 500 ms at 50 Hz
Trip time delays; TI >>, TIE >> 0.00 to 60.00 s or ∞
external initiation by binary input) – 416 to + 416 ms at 60 Hz
Definite-time overcurrent protection (up to 8 fault records)
Overcurrent stage; I > (phase) I/IN 0.05 to 25.00 (in steps of 0.01)
Fault recording: Bay unit
Overcurrent stage; IE > (earth) I/IN 0.05 to 25.00 (in steps of 0.01)
Trip time delays; TI >, TIE > 0.00 to 60.00 s or ∞ Resolution 1 ms at 50 Hz;
0.83 ms at 60 Hz
Inverse-time overcurrent protection
Storage time (from busbar TRIP or – 500 to + 500 ms at 50 Hz
Inverse time O/C stage; Ip (phase) I/IN 0.10 to 4.00 (in steps of 0.01)
external initiation by binary input) – 416 to + 416 ms at 60 Hz
Inverse time O/C stage; IE (earth) I/IN 0.10 to 4.00 (in steps of 0.01)
(up to 8 fault records)
Trip time delays; TIp, TIE 0.00 to 10.00 s or ∞
Characteristics Inverse (IEC 60255-3 type A)
Very inverse (IEC 60255-3 type B) CE conformity
Extremely inverse (IEC 60255-3 type C)
This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European
Communities on the harmonisation of the laws the Member States relating
to electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC) and
electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (Council
Directive 73/23/EEC).
This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255 and the Ger-
man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435 part 303).
The unit has been developed and manufactured for application in an indus-
trial environment according to the EMC standards.
This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG in
accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the ge-
neric standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directive and
standard EN 60255-6 for the “low-voltage Directive”.

1) INO = highest c. t. ratio.

Siemens SIP · 2004 9/29

 9 Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS52

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7SS522/6 distributed busbar/breaker failure protection 7SS52¨0-¨¨¨oo-1oA0
Central unit
Central unit 50/60 Hz 2
Central unit 16.7 Hz 6

Rated auxiliary voltage

48, 60 V DC 3
110, 125 V DC 4
220, 250 V DC 5

Unit design
In subrack ES902C A
In wall-mounting housing B
In 8MF cubicle F

Regional presettings/regional functions and languages

Region DE, language German (language can be selected) A
Region World, language English (UK) (language can be selected) B
Region US, language English (US) (language can be selected) C

System interface
Without 0
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3

Service interface (on rear of relay)

DIGSI 4, electrical RS232 1
DIGSI 4, electrical RS485 2
DIGSI 4, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3

Equipped for
8 bays A
16 bays B
24 bays C
9 32 bays D
40 bays E
48 bays F

7SS523/7 distributed busbar/breaker failure protection 7SS52oo-ooA01-oAA1

Bay unit, frequency, housing, binary inputs and outputs
Bay unit, 50/60 Hz, housing 1/2 x 19", 20 BI, 6 BO, 2 live status contacts 3
Bay unit, 16.7 Hz, housing 1/2 x 19", 20 BI, 6 BO, 2 live status contacts 7

Rated current
1A 1
5A 5

Rated auxiliary voltage

48 V DC 2
60 to 250 V DC 5

Unit design
7XP2040-2 for flush mounting or cubicle mounting C
7XP2040-1 for surface mounting D
7XP2040-2 for flush mounting without glass cover E

Additional functions
Without additional functions 0
With overcurrent-time protection 1

9/30 Siemens SIP · 2004

 9 Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS52

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7SS525 distributed busbar/breaker failure protection 7SS525¨-¨¨A01-oAA1
Bay unit, frequency 50/60 Hz;
Housing 1/3 x 19"; 10 BI, 6 BO, 1 live status contact
Rated current at 50/60 Hz
1A 1
5A 5

Rated auxiliary voltage at converter

48 to 250 V DC 5

Unit design
7XP2040-2 for panel flush mounting or cubicle mounting without glass cover F

Additional functions
Without additional functions 0
With overcurrent-time protection 1

Accessories Description Order No.

DIGSI 4
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection relays
running under MS Windows (version Windows 95 and higher)
device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included
as well as “Getting started” manual on paper, connecting cables (copper)
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Professional
Complete version:
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
9
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00

SIGRA
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers
(Comtrade format). Running under MS Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/
XP Professional Edition.
Incl. templates, electronic manual with license for 10 PCs.
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM
(contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally) 7XS5410-0AA00

Connection cable
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector)
and protection relay (9-pin connector)
(contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally) 7XV5100-4

Manual 7SS52 V4
English E50410-A0012-U501-A4-7691-4

Siemens SIP · 2004 9/31

 9 Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS52

Connection diagram

Fig. 9/29 Connection diagram 7SS522/7SS526

9/32 Siemens SIP · 2004

 9 Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS52

Connection diagram

Fig. 9/30 Connection diagram 7SS523/7SS527

Siemens SIP · 2004 9/33

 9 Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS52

Connection diagram

Fig. 9/31 Connection diagram 7SS525

9/34 Siemens SIP · 2004

 9 Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS50

SIPROTEC 7SS50
Numerical Busbar and Breaker Failure Protection
Scope of functions Function overview

87B Busbar protection functions

BF • Low-impedance busbar differential
protection
• Selective zone tripping
• Very short tripping time (< 15 ms)
• Extreme stability against external fault,
even in case of saturated CT
• Integrated check zone
• Summation transformer
measuring principle
• Bay-selective intertripping
• 32 bays can be configured
• 8 busbar sections can be protected
LSP2114-afp.eps

Breaker failure protection functions

• 3 operation modes
Fig. 9/32 SIPROTEC 7SS50 busbar and breaker failure protection system • Separate parameterization for busbar
and line faults
Description • Single or two-stage time delay of the
busbar trip command
The SIPROTEC 7SS50 numerical station • Intertrip facility (via teleprotection
protection is a selective, reliable and fast interface)
protection for busbar faults and breaker
failure in medium, high and extra-high Measurement and monitoring functions
voltage substations with various possible • Differential current supervision
busbar configurations.
• Isolator plausibility time check 9
The protection is suitable for all switchgear • Isolator runtime supervision
types with iron-core or linearized current
transformers. • Self-supervision of the relay
• Operational measured values
The short tripping time is especially advan-
tageous for applications with high fault lev- • 40 event logs
els or where fast fault clearance is requi- • 1 oscillographic fault record
red for power system stability.
The modular hardware construction allows
the protection to be optimally matched to
the busbar configuration.
The system is designed to include up to 8
busbar sections and 32 feeders.
The busbar may include up to 16 sectio-
nalizing isolators and 4 bus couplers (a bus
coupler is equivalent to two feeders).

Siemens SIP · 2004 9/35

 9 Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS50

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7SS50 numerical busbar/breaker failure protection 7SS50o0-¨ ¨ ¨ o 0- o ¨ A¨
(with summation current transformer)
Single busbar
2 tripping contacts per bay, bay out of service 0 A
4 tripping contacts per bay, bay out of service 0 B
6 tripping contacts per bay, bay out of service 0 C
2 tripping contacts per bay, bay out of service and intertrip 0 D
4 tripping contacts per bay, bay out of service and intertrip 0 E
6 tripping contacts per bay, bay out of service and intertrip 0 F

Double busbar without transfer bus

2 tripping contacts per bay, bay out of service 1 A
4 tripping contacts per bay, bay out of service 1 B
6 tripping contacts per bay, bay out of service 1 C
2 tripping contacts per bay, bay out of service and intertrip 1 D
4 tripping contacts per bay, bay out of service and intertrip 1 E
6 tripping contacts per bay, bay out of service and intertrip 1 F

Double busbar with transfer bus

2 tripping contacts per bay, bay out of service and intertrip 2 A
4 tripping contacts per bay, bay out of service and intertrip 2 B
6 tripping contacts per bay, bay out of service and intertrip 2 C

Triple busbar without transfer bus

2 tripping contacts per bay, bay out of service and intertrip 3 A
4 tripping contacts per bay, bay out of service and intertrip 3 B
6 tripping contacts per bay, bay out of service and intertrip 3 C

Triple busbar with transfer bus, quadruple busbar without transfer bus
2 tripping contacts per bay, bay out of service and intertrip 4 A
4 tripping contacts per bay, bay out of service and intertrip 4 B
6 tripping contacts per bay, bay out of service and intertrip 4 C
9 Rated auxiliary voltage supply for DC/DC converter and for binary inputs
60 V DC 2
110 V DC 3
125 V DC 4
220 V DC 5
Please indicate the converter voltage and the indication input voltage in plain text 9

Unit version
Busbar protection in one 8 MF cubicle A
Busbar protection in two 8 MF cubicles B

Equipped for
4 bays A
8 bays B
12 bays C
16 bays D
20 bays E
24 bays F
28 bays G
32 bays H

see next page

9/36 Siemens SIP · 2004

 9 Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS50

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7SS50 numerical busbar/breaker failure protection 7SS50o0-¨ ¨ ¨ o 0- o ¨ A¨
(with summation current transformer)
Wired-up for a maximum of:
4 bays 0
8 bays 1
12 bays 2
16 bays 3
20 bays 4
24 bays 5
28 bays 6
32 bays 7

Mounting location of interposing transformers

In station protection cubicle 0
Accommodated externally 1

Language
German 0
English 1

Manual for 7SS50

Accessories
English E50410-A0009-U501-A2-7691

Siemens SIP · 2004 9/37

9

9/38 Siemens SIP · 2004

 9 Busbar Differential Protection / 7VH60

SIPROTEC 7VH60
High-Impedance Differential Protection Relay
Function overview

• Robust static design

• Auxiliary DC supply monitor
• Fast operating time (15 ms)
• Simple pickup voltage setting by
resistors through shorting links
• LED alarm indicator
• Option “Bus-wire alarm” (supervision)
LSP2381-afpen.tif

• Option “Blocked external”

by binary input
• Wide-range auxiliary power supply
• Latched trip contact (lockout function).
Reset by binary input.
• Adjustable max. voltage pickup setting
by a jumper between 60 V or 240 V

Fig. 9/33 SIPROTEC 7VH60 high-impedance protection relay

Description

The SIPROTEC 7VH60 relay is designed

for fast and selective differential protection
based on the high-impedance circulating
current principle. It is used for the protec-
tion of machine stator windings, busbars
and transformer and reactor windings
against phase-to-phase and phase-to-earth 9
short-circuits.
As an option, the relay includes a bus-wire
supervision and the differential function
can be blocked by a binary input.

Siemens SIP · 2004 9/39

 9 Busbar Differential Protection / 7VH60

Application

The relatively simple electronic design of

the 7VH60 provides a robust and reliable
relay suitable for all high-impedance circu-
lating-current protection applications.
The use of a static measuring circuit en-
sures constant and fast tripping times.
Optionally, the relay is available with a
bus-wire supervision feature. If during op-
eration a differential current above the su-
pervision pickup threshold but below the
relay pickup voltage is detected, the differ-
ential protection is blocked after a selec-
table span of time. The bus-wire supervi-
sion pickup threshold is settable by means
of jumpers. Likewise, the delay time for
pickup of the supervision can be set by
jumpers within a range between 1 s and
10 s.

Fig. 9/34 Restricted earth-fault protection of power transformer windings

Fig. 9/35 Differential protection of a generator or busbar

9/40 Siemens SIP · 2004


Construction
The SIPROTEC 7VH60 high-impedance
differential relay contains all the compo-
nents needed for:
• Acquisition and evaluation of measured
values
• Operation and LED display
• Output of trip commands and signals
• Input and evaluation of binary signals
• Auxiliary voltage supply.
All protection functions including the
DC/DC converter are accommodated on a
printed circuit board of double-height
Eurocard format.
An earthing screw is provided at the hous-
ing to which earthing strips can be con-
nected in order to ensure low-impedance
earthing.
The heavy-duty current plug connector
provides automatic shorting of the CT cir-
cuits whenever the module is withdrawn.
There are two unit versions available.
The flush-mounting and cubicle-mount-
ing versions have their terminals accessible
from the rear.
The surface-mounting version has the ter-
minals accessible from the front.
LSP2382-afp.tif
Fig. 9/36
Siemens SIP · 2004
Protection functions
The 7VH60 relay is a single-pole sensitive
current relay. The AC input impedance of
the relay is adjusted by means of a series of
high-wattage resistors. The relay setting in
voltage pickup value is effected by remov-
ing shorting links from the rear terminals.
When a shorting link is screwed between
the terminals, the resistor is shorted out
and when the shorting link is removed, the
resistor is in circuit.
Each resistor has a voltage value which is
the pickup current of 20 mA multiplied by
the resistors ohmic value. The relay voltage
setting is determined by adding up the
voltage drops at the resistors which are not
shorted out by shorting links (series resis-
tors in circuit) plus a minimum base volt-
age setting. A maximum setting of 60 V
(shorting links of the left side) or
240 V (shorting links on the right side) is
possible. On delivery, the shorting links are
pre-installed in either right-side or left-side
position, depending on the ordered ver-
sion.
Technical data
General unit data
Measuring circuits
Pickup current
Max. settings
24 V version
6 V version
Rated frequency fN
Thermal rating of current input
10 s
For 1 s
Tripping threshold
(in steps of 6 V)
Hysteresis is 0.875 - 0.975 times the tripping voltage
Tripping threshold
(in steps of 24 V)
Tripping time
2 x setting
3 x setting
5 x setting
Reset time
Bus-wire supervision circuit (option)
Pickup threshold settable by jumpers
(in steps of 10 %)
Time delay settable by jumpers
(in steps of 1 s)
1) With a jumper, the max. setting range can be changed from 60 to 240 V.
9 Busbar Differential Protection / 7VH60
The input from the CT varistor is con-
nected to terminals 1 and 2. The sensitive
relay input transformer galvanically iso-
lates the relay static measuring circuit from
the main current transformers.
The AC measured current is bandpass-
filtered and rectified to a proportional DC
voltage. This voltage is monitored by a
Schmidt trigger circuit. If the set DC volt-
age, equivalent to the relay rated operating
current of 20 mA is exceeded, then the
trigger operates to energize the trip contact
as well as the operation LED.
The auxiliary DC supply is connected to ter-
minals 30 and 31. An auxiliary DC supply
monitoring circuit consisting of a green
LED and an NO/NC relay contact is pro-
vided to indicate the status of the DC sup-
ply.
20 mA
240 V 1) 9
60 V
50/60 Hz
2 x setting (volts)
5 x setting (volts)
Max. 60 V 1)
Max. 240 V
< 30 ms
< 20 ms
< 13 ms
20 ms
10 - 70 % of tripping threshold
Factory setting 20 %
1 - 10 seconds
Factory setting 5 s
9/41
 9 Busbar Differential Protection / 7VH60

Technical data

Auxiliary voltage Electrical tests

Auxiliary voltage supply via integrated wide-range power supply Specification
Rated auxiliary DC voltage Vaux 24 to 250 V DC Standards IEC 60255-5
Permissible voltage ranges 19.2 to 300 V DC Insulation tests
Superimposed AC voltage, < 12 % of the power supply voltage High-voltage test (100 % test) 2.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50/60 Hz
peak-to-peak all circuits except for power supply
Power consumption
Quiescent 4W and binary inputs
Energized 5W High-voltage test (100 % test) 3.5 kV DC
Bridging time in the event of power > 50 ms at V > 110 V only power supply and binary
failure/short-circuit of the auxiliary > 10 ms at V > 24 V DC inputs
supply voltage Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak value); 1.2/50 µs ; 0.5 J;
Rated auxiliary AC voltage Vaux, 115 V AC, 230 V AC all circuits, class III 3 positive and 3 negative impulses
50/60 Hz at intervals of 5 s

Permissible voltage ranges (AC) 88 to 133 V, 176 to 265 V EMC tests for interference immunity; type test

Command relay (trip) Standards IEC 60255-6 and 60255-22

(product standards)
Number of relays 1 EN 50082-2 (generic standard)
Number of contacts 2 NO DIN 57435 Part 303
EN 50263 (product standard)
Switching capacity
Make 1000 W/VA High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; τ = 15 µs;
Break 30 W/VA IEC 60255-22-1, class III 400 surges per s; test duration 2 s
and VDE 0435 part 303, class III
Switching voltage 250 V
Electrostatic discharge 4 kV/6 kV contact discharge;
Permissible current 5 A continuous
IEC 60255-22-2, class III 8 kV air discharge, both polarities;
30 A for 0.5 s
and IEC 61000-4-2, class III 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω
Alarm relays
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 27 MHz to 500 MHz
2 alarm relays 1 for service field, non-modulated
1 for supervision (option) IEC 60255-22-3 (report) class III
Contacts per relay 1 NC (service) Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 80 MHz to 1000 MHz;
1 NO (supervision - option) field, non-modulated 80 % AM; 1 kHz
Switching capacity IEC 61000-4-3, class III
9 Make 1000 W/VA Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 900 MHz;
Break 30 W/VA field, pulse-modulated repetition frequency
Switching voltage 250 V IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204, 200 Hz; duty cycle of 50 %
class III
Permissible current 5A
Fast transient interference/burst 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz;
Binary inputs IEC 60255-22-4 and burst length = 15 ms;
Number 1 for external reset IEC 6100-4-4, class IV repetition rate 300 ms;
1 for external block both polarities;
Ri = 50 Ω; test duration 1 min
Rated voltage range 24 to 250 V DC, bipolar
High-energy surge voltages
Current consumption, energized Approx. 1.8 mA
(Surge), IEC 61000-4-5;
(independent of the control voltage)
class III
Operating points Settable by jumpers Power supply Common mode: 2 kV; 12 Ω; 9 µF
For rated voltages Vpickup > 17 V DC Diff. mode: 1 kV; 2 Ω; 18 µF
24/48/60 V DC Vdrop-off < 8 V DC Measuring inputs, binary inputs Common mode: 2 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF
For rated voltages Vpickup > 74 V DC and relay outputs Diff. mode: 1 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF
110/125/220/250 V DC Vdrop-off < 45 V DC
Line-conducted HF, 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz;
Maximum permissible voltage 300 V DC amplitude-modulated; 80 % AM; 1 kHz
LEDs IEC 6100-4-6, class III
LED Green Service Power frequency magnetic 30 A/m continuous;
field; IEC 61000-4-8, class IV; 300 A/m for 3 s; 50 Hz
LED Red Blocked IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT; 50 Hz
LED 1 Red Trip stored
LED 2 Red Bus-wire alarm (supervision)
LED 3 Red Trip blocked (external
LED 4 Red Trip not stared (Test)

9/42 Siemens SIP · 2004

 9 Busbar Differential Protection / 7VH60

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7VH60 high-impedance differential protection relay 7VH600o-¨oAo0-oAA0

Varistor pickup voltage

Without varistor 0
With varistor up to 125 Vrms, 600 A/1S/S256 1
With varistor 125 Vrms to 240 Vrms, 600 A/1S/S1088 2

With integrated converter

24 V to 250 V DC / 80 V to 264 V AC 0

Unit design
For panel surface mounting with terminals at the side (7XP20 housing) B
For panel flush mounting or cubicle mounting with terminals at the back (7XP20 housing) E

Factory setting for pickup voltage

60 V1) 1
240 V1) 2

Additional functions
Settable command lockout 0
Settable command lockout, bus-wire supervision 1

External shorting link C73334-A1-C34-1

Accessories
Varistor up to 125 Vrms; 600 A/1S/S256 C53207-A401-D76-1
Varistor 125 Vrms to 240 Vrms; 600 A/1S/S1088 C53207-A401-D77-1

1) (Can be modified by shorting links

and jumper X51).

Siemens SIP · 2004 9/43

 9 Busbar Differential Protection / 7VH60

Connection diagram

9
Fig. 9/37 Connection diagram

1) Delivery condition of plugs for 24 V.

2) Input and contacts only available with bus-wire supervision (ordering option).

9/44 Siemens SIP · 2004

Relays for Various
Protection Applications Page

SIPROTEC 4 7VK61 Breaker Management Relay 10/3

SIPROTEC 7SV600 Numerical Circuit-Breaker Failure Protection Relay 10/21
SIPROTEC 7SN60 Transient Earth-Fault Protection Relay 10/31
SIPROTEC 7SV512 Numerical Circuit-Breaker Failure Protection Relay 10/37
SIPROTEC 7VK512
Numerical Auto-Reclosure / Synchro-Check Relay 10/39

10
10

10/2 Siemens SIP · 2004

 10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7VK61

SIPROTEC 4 7VK61
Breaker Management Relay
Function overview

Protection functions
25 50BF
• Single and/or three-pole auto-reclosure
79 • Synchro-check with live/dead line/bus
measurement
59
• Closing under asynchronous condi-
27 tions (consideration of CB operating
time)
86 74TC
• Circuit-breaker failure protection with
two stages (single and three-pole
LSP2458-afp.tif

with/without current)
• End-fault protection
• Pole-discrepancy protection
Fig. 10/1
SIPROTEC 4 7VK61 • Overvoltage/undervoltage protection
breaker management Control function
relay
• Commands f. ctrl. of CB and isolators
Monitoring functions
• Operational measured values
Description • Self-supervision of the relay
• Event buffer and fault protocols
The SIPROTEC 4 breaker management
relay 7VK61 is a highly flexible auto- • Oscillographic fault recording
reclosure, synchro-check and circuit- • Monitoring of CB auxiliary contacts
breaker failure protection unit. • Switching statistics
This unit is used for the single and three- Features
pole auto-reclosure of a circuit-breaker, af-
ter this circuit-breaker has tripped due to a • All functions can be used separately
fault. The synchro-check function ensures • Initiation/start by phase-segregated or
that the two circuits being reconnected by 3-pole trip commands
closing the circuit-breaker are within a de- • Auto-reclosure for max. 8 reclose cycles 10
fined safe operating state before the
CLOSE command is issued. • Evolving/sequential trip recognition
The 7VK61 is also applicable as circuit- • Auto-reclosure with ADT, DLC, RDT
breaker failure protection. A breaker fail- • Synchro-check with ∆V, ∆ϕ , ∆f mea-
ure occurs when the circuit-breaker fails to
surement
correctly open and clear the fault after sin-
gle or three-pole trip commands have been • Breaker failure protection with highly
issued by the protection. It is then neces- secure 2-out-of-4 current check detec-
sary to trip the relevant busbar zone (sec- tors
tion) to ensure fault clearance. Together • Breaker failure protection with short re-
with the above-mentioned protection
set time and negligible overshoot time
functions, the following additional func-
tions of the 7VK61 can be applied: CommunicatIon interfaces
end-fault protection, pole-discrepancy • Front interface for connecting a PC
protection, overvoltage protection and
undervoltage protection. As a member of • System interface for connecting to a
the numerical SIPROTEC 4 relay family, it control system via various protocols
also provides control and monitoring – IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
functions and therefore supports the user – PROFIBUS-FMS/-DP
with regard to a cost-effective power sys- – DNP 3.0
tem management. – Ethernet IEC 61850 (under development)
• Rear-side service/modem interface
• Time synchronization via
– IRIG-B or DCF77 or system interface

Siemens SIP · 2004 10/3

 10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7VK61

Cost-effective power system management If the requirements for protection, control

Application
The 7VK61 provides highly flexible
breaker management. It applies to sin-
gle-breaker, ring-bus, and 1½ breaker in-
stallations. The auto-reclosure,
synchronism-check, breaker failure pro-
tection and voltage protection functions
can be used separately or combined.
Therefore the current and voltage trans-
former connection can be selected accord-
ing to the required application.
The SIPROTEC 4 units are numerical re-
lays which also provide control and moni-
toring functions and therefore support the
user with regard to a cost-effective power
system management. The security and reli-
ability of the power supply is increased as a
result of minimizing the use of hardware.
The local operation has been designed
according to ergonomic criteria. Large,
easy-to-read backlit displays are provided.
and interlocking change, it is possible in
the majority of cases to implement such
changes by means of parameterization us-
ing DIGSI 4 without having to change the
hardware.
The use of powerful microcontrollers and
the application of digital measured-value
conditioning and processing largely sup-
presses the influence of higher-frequency
transients, harmonics and DC compo-
nents.

The auto-reclosure function closes the cir- The SIPROTEC 4 units have a uniform de- ANSI
cuit-breaker after this circuit-breaker has sign and a degree of functionality which
represents a new level of performance in 50BF Breaker-failure protection
tripped due to a fault. The check-synchro-
nism function ensures that the two circuits protection and control. 59/27 Overvoltage/undervoltage
being reconnected by closing the circuit- protection
breaker are within a defined safe operating 25 Synchro-check
state before the CLOSE command is is-
sued. 79 Auto-reclosure
74TC Trip circuit supervision
The numerical 7VK61 relay provides rapid
backup fault clearance in case the circuit- 86 Lockout (CLOSE command
breaker nearest to the fault fails to respond interlocking)
to a TRIP command. It is suitable for
power systems of all voltage levels with
single and/or three-pole circuit-breaker
operation. The initiation signal can be is-
sued from any protection or supervision
equipment. Information from the circuit-
breaker auxiliary contact is only required
for the breaker failure protection during
faults which produce little or no fault cur-
rent flow, for instance due to a trip from
the power transformer Buchholz protec-
tion.

10

Fig. 10/2 Application and function diagram

10/4 Siemens SIP · 2004

 10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7VK61

Construction

Connection technique and housing with

many advantages
1/3 and 1/2-rack sizes are available as hous-
ing widths of the SIPROTEC 4 7VK61 re-
lays, referred to a 19" modular frame
system. This means that previous models
can always be replaced. The height is a uni-

LSP2174-afp.tif

LSP2166-afp.tif
form 255 mm for flush-mounting housings
and 266 mm for surface-mounting hous-
ings for all housing widths. All cables can
be connected with or without ring lugs.
In the case of surface mounting on a panel,
the connection terminals are located above
and below the housing in the form of Fig. 10/3 Fig. 10/4
screw-type terminals. The communication Flush-mounting housing Rear view of flush-mounting housing with
interfaces are located in a sloped case at the with screw-type terminals covered connection terminals and wirings
top and bottom of the housing.

LSP2237-afp.tif
LSP2219-afp.eps

Fig. 10/6
Communication interfaces
in a sloped case in a surface-
mounting housing

10
Fig. 10/5
Surface-mounting housing with screw-type
terminals, example 7SA63

Siemens SIP · 2004 10/5

 10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7VK61
Protection functions
Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)
The 7VK61 relay is equipped with an
auto-reclose function (AR). Usually the
auto-reclosure interacts with the feeder
protection via binary inputs and outputs.
The function includes several operating
modes:
• 3-pole auto-reclosure for all types of
faults; different dead times are available
depending on the type of fault
• 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults,
no reclosing for multi-phase faults
• 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase and
3-pole auto-reclosing for multi-phase
faults
• Multiple-shot auto-reclosure
• Interaction with the internal or an
external synchro-check
• Monitoring of the circuit-breaker auxil-
iary contacts.
In addition to the above-mentioned oper-
ating modes, several other operating prin-
ciples can be employed by means of the
integrated programmable logic (CFC).
The 7VK61 allows the line-side voltages to
be evaluated. A number of voltage-
dependent supplementary functions are
thus available:
• ADT
The adaptive dead time is employed only
if auto-reclosure at the remote station was
10 successful (reduction of stress on equip-
ment).
• DLC
By means of dead-line check, reclosure is
effected only when the line is deenergized
(prevention of asynchronous breaker clo-
sure in case that the synchronism check
can not be used).
• RDT
Reduced dead time is employed in con-
junction with auto-reclosure where no
teleprotection method is employed: when
faults within the zone extension of a dis-
tance feeder protection but external to the
protected line, are switched off for rapid
auto-reclosure (RAR), the RDT function
decides on the basis of measurement of
the return voltage from the remote station
which has not tripped, that the fault has
been cleared by the protection on the
faulted downstream feeder and that
reclosure with reduced dead time may
take place.
10/6
Fig. 10/7 Auto-reclosure and synchro-check with voltage measurement
across a power transformer
Synchronism check (ANSI 25)
Where two network sections are switched
in by control command or following a
3-pole auto-reclosure, it must be ensured
that both network sections are mutually
synchronous. For this purpose, a synchro-
nism-check function is provided. After
verification of the network synchronism,
the function releases the CLOSE com-
mand. Consideration of the duration of the
CB operating time before issuing the
CLOSE command (especially important
under asynchronous conditions and when
several circuit-breakers with different op-
erating times are to be operated by one sin-
gle relay).
In addition, reclosing can be enabled for
different criteria, e.g., when the busbar or
line are not carrying a voltage (dead line or
dead bus).
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
The 7VK61 relay incorporates a two-stage
circuit-breaker failure protection to detect
failures of tripping command execution,
for example due to a defective circuit-
breaker. The current detection logic is
phase-segregated and can therefore also be
used in single-pole tripping schemes. If the
fault current is not interrupted after a
settable time delay has expired, a retrip
command or the busbar trip command
will be generated. The breaker failure pro-
tection will usually be initiated by external
feeder protection relays via binary input
signals. Trip signals from the internal auto-
reclosure logic or from the voltage protec-
tion can start the breaker failure protection
as well.
Overvoltage protection, undervoltage pro-
tection (ANSI 59, 27)
The 7VK61 contains a number of
overvoltage measuring elements. Each
measuring element is of two-stage design.
The following measuring elements are
available:
• Phase-to-earth overvoltage
• Phase-to-phase overvoltage
• Zero-sequence overvoltage
The zero-sequence voltage can be con-
nected to the 4th voltage input (not in
conjunction with syncho-check) or
be derived from the phase voltages.
• Negative-sequence overvoltage
Tripping by the overvoltage measuring ele-
ments can be effected either at the local cir-
cuit-breaker or at the remote station by
means of a transmitted signal.
The 7VK61 is fitted, in addition, with three
two-stage undervoltage measuring ele-
ments:
• Phase-to-earth undervoltage
• Phase-to-phase undervoltage
• Positive-sequence undervoltage
The undervoltage measuring elements can
be blocked by means of a minimum cur-
rent criterion and by means of binary in-
puts.
Siemens SIP · 2004
 10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7VK61

Protection functions
End-fault protection
When the circuit-breaker is open, the area
located between the current transformer
and the circuit-breaker can be optimally
protected by means of the end-fault pro-
tection. In the event of a fault, an inde-
pendently settable time delay is started
after a valid initiation has been received
and the circuit-breaker auxiliary contacts
indicate an open circuit-breaker position,
with current still flowing (see Fig. 10/8).
Depending on the mounting position of
the current transformer, instantaneous
tripping of the busbar section or
intertripping of the circuit-breaker at the
opposite end occurs.
Pole-discrepancy protection
This function ensures that any one or two
poles of a circuit-breaker do not remain
open for longer than an independently
settable time (i.e. unsymmetrical condi-
tions). This time stage is initiated when
current (above the set value) is flowing in
any 1 or 2 phases, but not in all 3 phases.
Additionally, the circuit-breaker auxiliary
contacts (if connected) are interrogated
and must show the same condition as the
current measurement. Should this time de-
lay expire, then a three-pole trip command
is issued. This function is normally used
when single-pole auto-reclosing is applied.
Monitoring functions
The 7VK61 relay provides comprehensive
monitoring functions covering both hard-
ware and software. Furthermore, the mea-
sured values are continuously checked for
plausibility. Therefore the current and
voltage transformers are also included in
this monitoring system.
If all voltages are connected, the relay will
detect secondary voltage interruptions by
means of the integrated fuse failure moni-
tor. Immediate alarm and blocking of the
synchronism check and dead line check is
provided for all types of secondary voltage Fig. 10/8
End-fault between circuit-breaker and current
failures. Additional measurement supervi-
transformer
sion functions are
• Symmetry of voltages and currents (in
case of appropriate transformer connec-
tion)
• Broken-conductor supervision (if current
transformers are connected)
• Summation of currents and voltages (in
case of appropriate transformer
connection)
• Phase-sequence supervision (if three
voltage transformers are connected)

Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)

One or two binary inputs for each circuit-
10
breaker pole can be used for monitoring
the circuit-breaker trip coils including the
connecting cables. An alarm signal is is-
sued whenever the circuit is interrupted.
The trip circuit supervision function re-
quires one or two independent poten-
tial-free binary inputs per trip circuit. To
make existing (non potential-free) binary
inputs potential-free, external optocoupler
modules can be applied.

Lockout (ANSI 86)

Under certain operating conditions, it is
advisable to block CLOSE commands after
a final TRIP command of the relay has
been issued. Only a manual ‘Reset’ com-
mand unblocks the CLOSE command. The
7VK61 is equipped with such an interlock-
ing logic.

Siemens SIP · 2004 10/7

 10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7VK61
With respect to communication, particular
emphasis is placed on the customer re-
quirements in energy automation:
• Every data item is time-stamped at the
source, i.e. where it originates.
• The communication system automatically
handles the transfer of large data blocks
(e.g. fault recordings or parameter data
files). The user has access to these features
without any additional programming ef-
fort.
• For the safe execution of a control com-
mand the corresponding data telegram is
initially acknowledged by the device
which will execute the command. After
the release and execution of the command
a feedback signal is generated. At every
stage of the control command execution
particular conditions are checked. If these
are not satisfied, command execution may
be terminated in a controlled manner.
Local PC interface
The PC interface accessible from the front
of the unit permits quick access to all pa-
rameters and fault event data. The use of
the DIGSI 4 operating program is particu-
larly advantageous during commissioning.
Service/modem interface
By means of the RS 485/RS 232 interface, it
is possible to efficiently operate a number
of protection units centrally via DIGSI 4.
10 Remote operation is possible by using a
modem. This offers the advantage of rapid
fault clarification, especially in the case of
unmanned substations. With the optical
version, centralized operation can be im-
plemented by means of a star coupler.
10/8
Reliable bus architecture
• RS485 bus
With this data transmission via copper
conductors, electromagnetic interference
influences are largely eliminated by the
use of twisted-pair conductors. Upon fail-
ure of a unit, the remaining system con-
tinues to operate without any problems.
• Fiber-optic double ring circuit
The fiber-optic double ring circuit is
immune to electromagnetic interference.
Upon failure of a section between two
units, the communication system contin-
ues to operate without disturbance. It is
usually impossible to communicate with a
unit that has failed. Should the unit fail,
there is no effect on the communication Fig. 10/9
with the rest of the system. IEC 60870-5-103 star type RS232 copper conduc-
tor connection or fiber-optic connection
Retrofitting: Modules for every type of com-
munication
Communication modules for retrofitting
are available for the entire SIPROTEC 4
family. These ensure that, where different
communcation protocols
(IEC 60870-5-103, PROFIBUS, DNP, etc.)
are required, such demands can be met.
For fiber-optic communication, no exter-
nal converter is required for SIPROTEC 4.
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
IEC 60870-5-103 is an internationally stan-
dardized protocol for efficient communi-
cation with protection relays.
IEC 60870-5-103 is supported by a number
of protection relay manufacturers and is
used world-wide. Supplements for the con-
trol function are defined in the manufac-
turer-specific part of this standard.
Fig. 10/10
PROFIBUS-FMS Bus structure: Fiber-optic double ring circuit
PROFIBUS-FMS is an internationally
standardized system (EN 50170) for com-
munication. PROFIBUS is supported in-
ternationally by several hundred
manufacturers and has to date been used
in more than 1,000,000 applications all
over the world. Connection to a SIMATIC
programmable controller is made on the
basis of the data obtained (e.g. fault re-
cording, fault data, measured values and
control functionality) via the SICAM en-
ergy automation system.
Fig. 10/11
Bus structure: RS485 copper conductor connec-
tion
Siemens SIP · 2004
 10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7VK61

LSP2162-afp.tif
PROFIBUS-DP
PROFIBUS-DP is an industrial
communication standard and is
supported by a number of PLC and
protection relay manufacturers.

LSP2164-afp.tif
DNP 3.0
DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network
Protocol, Version 3) is an interna-
tionally recognized protection and Fig. 10/12 Fig. 10/13
bay unit communication protocol. Fiber-optic communication module Fiber-optic double ring communication module
SIPROTEC 4 units are Level 1 and
Level 2 compatible.

IEC 61850 Ethernet

LSP2163-afp.tif
An Ethernet application-specific
profile for energy automation
applications is currently under
preparation.
As soon as standardization work
has been completed, SIPROTEC 4
units will be upgraded to meet the
requirements of the new standard
IEC 61850. Retrofitting can be car- Fig. 10/14
ried out simply by insertion of an Electrical communication module
Ethernet communication module

10

Fig. 10/15
Communication

1) Under development.

Siemens SIP · 2004 10/9

 10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7VK61

Typical connection

Connection for current and voltage trans-

formers
With the transformer connection as shown
in Fig. 10/16, it is possible to use the com-
plete scope of functions of 7VK61, i.e.
breaker failure protection, synchronism
check with 3-phase dead line check (with
or without auto-reclosure), complete mea-
sured value monitoring, voltage protec-
tion, and the complete range of
operational measured values.

Fig. 10/16
Complete connection of all current and voltage transformers

Alternative: Connection for current trans-

formers only
The connection for current transformers
only provides breaker failure protection
and current operational measured values.

10

Fig. 10/17
Typical current transformer connection for breaker failure protection

10/10 Siemens SIP · 2004

 10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7VK61

Typical connection

Alternative: Connection for two voltage

transformers
In case of a connection for two voltage
transformers, synchro-check and two op-
erational measured voltages, and addition-
ally synchro-check measured values are
applicable. Dead line check is performed
for the connected line voltage only.
Note: Please connect the two voltages
always to the terminals R15/R16 and
R13/R14 with the appropriate polarity. The
setting address 106 “Voltage transformer”
must then be set to “single-phase”. The ter-
minals R17 and R18 must not be con- Fig. 10/18
nected. Typical voltage transformer connection for synchro-check with single voltage dead line check
The connection of the voltage VL1-L2 as
shown in Fig. 10/18 is just an example: any
other of the shown combinations is possi-
ble for synchronization.
The two voltage transformer connection
can also be combined with the current
transformer connection according to
Fig. 10/17.

10

Siemens SIP · 2004 10/11

 10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7VK61

Technical data

General unit data Output contacts

Analog inputs “Unit ready” contact 1 NC/NO contact1)
Rated frequency 50 or 60 Hz (selectable) (live status contact)

Rated current Inom 1 or 5 A (selectable) Command/indication relay

Quantity
Rated voltage Vnom 80 to 125 V (selectable)
7VK610 5 NO contacts,
Power consumption 7VK611 17 NO contacts, 1 NC/NO contacts1)
With Inom = 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA
NO/NC contact
With Inom = 5 A Approx. 0.30 VA
Voltage inputs ≤ 0.10 VA Switching capacity
Make 1000 W / VA
Overload capacity of current circuit
Break, contacts 30 VA
Thermal (r.m.s.) 500 A for 1 s
Break, contacts (for resistive 40 W
150 A for 10 s
load)
20 A continuous
Break, contacts
Dynamic (peak value) 1250 A (half cycle)
(for τ = L/R ≤ 50 ms) 25 VA
Thermal overload capacity of volt- 230 V continuous
Switching voltage 250 V
age circuit
Permissible total current 30 A for 0.5 seconds
Auxiliary voltage
5 A continuous
Rated voltages 24, 48 V DC
Operating time, approx.
60, 125 V DC
NO contact 8 ms
110, 250 V DC
NO/NC contact (selectable) 8 ms
and 115, 230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
LEDs
Permissible tolerance -20 % to +20 %
Quantity
Superimposed AC voltage ≤ 15 %
RUN (green) 1
(peak-to-peak)
ERROR (red) 1
Power consumption LED (red),
Quiescent Approx. 5 W function can be assigned
Energized Approx. 8 W to 14 W, depending on 7VK610 7
design 7VK611 14
Bridging time during failure of the Unit design
auxiliary voltage
Housing 7XP20
For Vaux = 48 V and Vaux ≥ 110 V ≥ 50 ms
For Vaux = 24 V and Vaux = 60 V ≥ 20 ms Dimensions Refer to part 16 for dimension draw-
ings
Binary inputs
Degree of protection acc. to
Quantity
EN 60529
7VK610 7
10 7VK611 20
Surface-mounting housing
Flush-mounting housing
IP 51
Rated voltage range 24 to 250 V, bipolar
Front IP 51
Pickup threshold 17 or 73 V or 154 V DC, bipolar
Rear IP 50
Functions are freely assignable For the terminals IP 20 with terminal cover put on
Minimum pickup voltage 17 or 73 V or 154 V DC, bipolar Weight
Ranges are settable by means of (3 operating ranges) Flush-mounting housing
jumpers for each binary input 1/3 x 19" 5 kg
Maximum permissible voltage 300 V DC 1/2 x 19" 6 kg
Surface-mounting housing
Current consumption, energized Approx. 1.8 mA
1/3 x 19" 9.5 kg
Input impulse suppression 220 nF coupling capacitance at 220 1/2 x 19" 11 kg
V
with a recovery time >60 ms

1) Can be set via jumpers.

10/12 Siemens SIP · 2004

 10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7VK61

Technical data

Serial interfaces Electrical tests

Operating interface, front of unit for DIGSI 4 Specifications
Connection Non-isolated, RS232, Standards IEC 60255 (product standards)
9-pin subminiature connector IEEE C37.90.0/.1/.2
(SUB-D) VDE 0435
For further standards see “Individual
Baud rate 4800 to 115200 baud
tests”
setting as supplied: 38400 baud;
parity 8E1 Insulation tests
Time synchronization DCF77/ IRIG-B signal (Format IRIG-B000) Standards IEC 60255–5 and 60870-2-1
Connection 9-pin subminiature connector Voltage test (100 % test)
(SUB-D) All circuits except for auxiliary 2.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz
(terminal with surface-mounting supply, binary inputs,
housing) communication and time
Voltage levels 5 V, 12 V or 24 V (optional) synchronization interfaces
Service/modem interface for DIGSI 4 / modem / service Auxiliary voltage and binary 3.5 kV DC
inputs (100 % test)
Isolated RS232/RS485 9-pin subminiature connector
(SUB-D) RS485/RS232 rear side 500 V (r.m.s.), 50 Hz
Dielectric test 500 V / 50 Hz communication interfaces
Distance for RS232 Max. 15 m and time synchronization
Distance for RS485 Max. 1000 m interface (100 % test)
System interface Impulse voltage test (type test)
All circuits except for communi- 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 J,
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
cation interfaces and time 3 positive and 3 negative impulses in
PROFIBUS-FMS
synchronization interface, intervals of 5 s
PROFIBUS-DP
class III
DNP 3.0
IEC 61850 Ethernet1) EMC tests for noise immunity; type tests
Isolated RS232/RS485 9-pin subminiature connector Standards IEC 60255-6; IEC 60255-22
(SUB-D) (product standard)
Baud rate 4800 to 38400 baud EN 61000-6-2 (generic standard),
Dielectric test 500 V / 50 Hz VDE 0435 Part 303,
Distance for RS232 Max. 15 m DIN VDE 0435-110
Distance for RS485 Max. 1000 m High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; τ = 15 ms;
PROFIBUS RS485 IEC 60255-22-1 class III and 400 surges per s; test duration 2 s
Dielectric test 500 V / 50 Hz VDE 0435 Part 303, class III
Baud rate Max. 12 Mbaud Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge; 15 kV air
Distance 1000 m at 93.75 kbaud; IEC 60255-22-2 class IV discharge; both polarities; 150 pF;
100 m at 12 Mbaud and EN 61000-4-2, class IV Ri = 330 Ω 10
PROFIBUS fiber-optic Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz; 80 % AM;
Only for flush-mounting housing ST connector IEC 60255-22-3 class III 1 kHz
For surface-mounting housing Optical interface with OLM2) IEC 61000-4-3, class III
Baud rate Max. 1.5 Mbaud
Optical wavelength λ = 820 nm Irradiation with RF field, Class III, 10 V/m
Permissible attenuation Max. 8 dB for glass-fiber 62.5/125 µm IEC 60255-22-3, IEC 61000-4-3
Distance 500 kB/s 1.6 km Amplitude-modulated 80; 160; 450; 900 MHz; 80 % AM
1500 kB/s 530 m 1kHz; duration >10 s
Pulse-modulated 900 MHz, 50 % PM,
repetition frequency 200 Hz
Fast transient disturbance/bursts 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz;
IEC 60255-22-4 and burst length = 15 ms;
IEC 61000-4-4, class IV repetition rate 300 ms; both polari-
ties; Ri = 50 Ω; test duration 1 min

1) Under development.
2) Conversion with external OLM
Fiber-optic interface please complete order number at 11th position
with 4 (FMS RS485) or 9 and Order code L0A (DP RS485) and addition-
ally order:
For single ring: SIEMENS OLM 6GK1502-3AB10
For double ring: SIEMENS OLM 6GK1502-4AB10

Siemens SIP · 2004 10/13

 10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7VK61

Technical data

High-energy surge voltages Impulse: 1.2/50 µs During transport

(SURGE),
IEC 61000-4-5 installation class III
Auxiliary supply
Measurement inputs, binary inputs,
binary output relays
Line-conducted HF, amplitude-
modulated, IEC 61000-4-6, class III
Magnetic field with power fre-
quency IEC 61000-4-8, class IV;
IEC 60255-6
Oscillatory surge withstand capabil-
ity, IEEE C37.90.1
Fast transient surge withstand
capability, IEEE C37.90.1
Radiated electromagnetic interfer-
ence IEEE C37.90.2
Damped oscillation
IEC 60694, IEC 61000-4-12
EMC tests for interference emission; type tests
Standard
Conducted interference voltage on
lines, only auxiliary voltage
IEC-CISPR 22
Radio interference field strength
IEC-CISPR 22
10 Mechanical stress test
Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration
During operation
Standards
Vibration
IEC 60255–21–1, class 2
IEC 60068–2–6
Shock
IEC 60255–21–2, class 1
IEC 60068–2–27
Seismic vibration
IEC 60255–21–3, class 1
IEC 60068–3–3
Standards IEC 60255–21 and IEC 60068–2
Common (longitudinal) mode: 2 kV; Vibration Sinusoidal
12 Ω; 9 µF IEC 60255–21–1, class 2 5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude;
Differential (transversal) mode:1 kV; IEC 60068–2–6 8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration
2 Ω; 18 µF Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
Common (longitudinal) mode: 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
2 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF Shock Half-sinusoidal
Differential (transversal) mode: IEC 60255–21–2, class 1 Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms,
1 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF IEC 60068–2–27 3 shocks on each of the 3 axes in
10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 % AM; both directions
1 kHz Continuous shock Half-sinusoidal
30 A/m continuous; 300 A/m for 3 s; IEC 60255–21–2, class 1 Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms,
50 Hz IEC 60068–2–29 1000 shocks on each of the 3 axes in
0.5 mT; 50 Hz both directions
2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz
400 surges per second, Climatic stress tests
duration 2 s, Ri = 200 Ω
Temperatures
4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz
Type-tested acc. to IEC 60068-2-1 -25 °C to +85 °C / -13 °F to +185 °F
burst length = 15 ms; repetition rate
and -2, test Bd, for 16 h
300 ms; both polarities; Ri = 50 Ω;
duration 1 min Temporarily permissible operating -20 °C to +70 °C / -4 °F to +158 °F
temperature, tested for 96 h
35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz,
(Legibility of display may be im-
paired above +55 °C / +131 °F)
2.5 kV (peak value); polarity alternat-
Recommended permanent operat- -5 °C to +55 °C / +25 °F to +131 °F
ing 100 kHz; 1 MHz; 10 and 50 MHz;
ing temperature acc. to IEC
Ri = 200 Ω
60255-6 -25 °C to +55 °C / -13 °F to 131 °F
– Limiting temperature during
EN 50081-* (generic standard) permanent storage -25 °C to +70 °C / -13 °F to +158 °F
150 kHz to 30 MHz – Limiting temperature during
Limit class B transport
Humidity
30 to 1000 MHz Permissible humidity stress: Annual average on ≤ 75 % relative
Limit class B It is recommended to arrange the humidity; on 56 days in the year up
units in such a way that they are not to 93 % relative humidity; condensa-
exposed to direct sunlight or pro- tion is not permitted.
nounced temperature changes that
could cause condensation.
IEC 60255–21 and IEC 60068–2
Sinusoidal
10 to 60 Hz: ± 0.075 mm amplitude;
60 to 150 Hz: 1 g acceleration
frequency sweep 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Half-sinusoidal
Acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms,
3 shocks on each of the 3 axes in both
directions
Sinusoidal
1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude
(horizontal axis)
1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude
(vertical axis)
8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
(horizontal axis)
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
(vertical axis)
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes

10/14 Siemens SIP · 2004


Technical data
Functions
Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)
Number of auto-reclosures
Operating mode
Operating modes with line volt-
age check
Dead times T1-ph, T3-ph, TSeq
Action times
Reclaim times
Start-signal monitoring time
Additional functions
Voltage limit values for DLC, ADT,
RDT
Healthy line voltage PH-E
Dead line voltage PH-E
Tolerances
Time stages
Voltage limit values
Synchro-check (ANSI 25)
Initiate options
Operating modes
With auto-reclosure
For manual closure
and control commands
Permissible voltage difference
Permissible frequency difference
Permissible angle difference
Max. duration of synchronization
Release delay with synchronous
networks
Minimum measuring time
Tolerances
Time stages
Voltage limit values
Siemens SIP · 2004
Up to 8
Only 1-pole; only 3-pole, 1- or
3-pole
DLC – dead-line check
ADT – adaptive dead time
RDT – reduced dead time
0 to 1800 s (step 0.01 s) or deacti-
vated
0.01 to 300 s (step 0.01 s) or deacti-
vated
0.5 to 300 s (step 0.01 s)
0.01 to 300 s (steps 0.01 s)
Synchro-check request
3-phase intertripping
InterCLOSE command to the re-
mote end
Check of CB ready state
Blocking with manual CLOSE
30 to 90 V (steps 1 V)
2 to 70 V (steps 1 V)
1 % of setting value or 10 ms
≤ 3 % of setting value or 1 V
Auto-reclosure;
Manual CLOSE control
Control commands
Synchro-check
Line dead/busbar live
Line live/busbar dead
Line and busbar dead
Bypassing
As for auto-reclosure
1 to 40 V (step 0.1 V)
0.03 to 2 Hz (step 0.01 Hz)
2 to 80 ° (step 1°)
0.01 to 600 s (steps 0.01 s) or deacti-
vated
0 to 30 s (steps 0.01 s)
Approx. 80 ms
1 % of setting value or 10 ms
≤ 2 % of setting value or 1 V
10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7VK61
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
Number of stages
Pickup of current element
Time delays T11phase, T13phase, T2
Dropout (overshoot) time, internal
End-fault protection
Pole discrepancy supervision
Monitoring time
Tolerances
Current limit value
Time stages
Voltage protection (ANSI 59, 27)
Operating modes
Overvoltage protection
Pickup values VPH-E>>, VPH-E>
(phase-earth overvoltage)
Pickup values VPH-PH>>, VPH-PH>
(phase-phase overvoltage)
Pickup values 3V0>>, 3V0>
(3V0 can be measured via V4 trans-
formers or calculated by the relay)
(zero-sequence overvoltage)
Pickup values V1>>, V1>
(positive-sequence overvoltage)
Pickup values V2>>, V2>
(negative-sequence overvoltage)
Reset ratio (settable)
Undervoltage protection
Pickup values VPH-E<<, VPH-E<
(phase-earth undervoltage)
Pickup values VPH-PH<<, VPH-PH<
(phase-phase undervoltage)
Pickup values V1<<, V1<
(positive-sequence undervoltage)
Blocking of undervoltage prot.
stages
Reset ratio
Time delays
Time delay for all stages
Command / pickup time
Tolerances
Voltage limit values
Time stages
Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)
Number of supervisable trip circuits
Number of required binary inputs
per trip circuit
Indication relay
2
0.05 to 20 A (1A) / 0.25 to 100 A (5A)
(step 0.01 A)
0 to 30 s (steps 0.01 s) or deactivated
≤ 15 ms, typical; 25 ms, max.
For fault between open CB and
CT, with intertrip to the remote line
end
Initiation if not all CB poles are
closed or open
0 to 30 s (steps 0.01 s) or deactivated
≤ 5 % of setting value or 1 % Inom
1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Local tripping and/or carrier trip for
remote end
1 to 170 V (step 0.1 V)
2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V)
1 to 220 V (step 0.1 V)
2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V)
2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V)
0.5 to 0.98 (step 0.01)
1 to 100 V (step 0.1 V) 10
1 to 170 V (step 0.1 V)
1 to 100 V (step 0.1 V)
Minimum current; binary input
1.05
0 to 100 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated
Approx. 34 ms at fnom = 50 Hz
Approx. 30 ms at fnom = 60 Hz
≤ 3 % of setting value or 1 V
1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Up to 3
1 or 2
1 to 30 s (steps 1 s)
10/15
 10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7VK61

Technical data

Additional functions Further additional functions

Operational measured values Measured value supervision Current sum
Representation Primary, secondary and percentage Current symmetry
referred to rated value Voltage sum
Voltage symmetry
Currents 3 x IPhase ; 3I0; I1; I2 Phase sequence
Tolerances ≤ 0.5 % of indicated measured value Fuse failure monitor
or 0.5 % Inom Indications
Voltages 3 x VPhase-Earth; 3 x VPhase-Phase; 3V0, Operational indications Buffer size 200
V1, V2, VSYNC, Ven System disturbance indication Storage of indications of the last 8
Tolerances ≤ 0.5 % of indicated measured value faults, buffer size 600
or 0.5 % Vnom Switching statistics Number of breaking operations per
Power with direction indication P, Q, S CB pole
Sum of breaking current per phase
Tolerances Breaking current of last trip opera-
P: for cos ϕ = 0.7 to 1 and Typical ≤ 1% tion Max. breaking current per
V/Vnom, I/Inom = 50 to 120 % phase
Q: for sin ϕ = 0.7 to 1 and Typical ≤ 1%
V/Vnom , I/Inom = 50 to 120 % Circuit-breaker test TRIP/CLOSE cycle, 3 phases
S: for V/Vnom, I/Inom = 50 to Typical ≤ 1% TRIP/CLOSE per phase
120 % Dead time for CB TRIP / CLOSE 0 to 30 s (steps 0.01 s)
Frequency f cycle
Tolerance ≤ 10 mHz Commissioning support Operational measured values, CB
Power factor p.f. test, status display of binary inputs,
setting of output relays, generation
Tolerance for cos ϕ = 0.7 to 1 Typical ≤ 0.02
of indications for testing serial inter-
Energy meters faces
Four-quadrant meters WP+; WP-; WQ+; WQ- Phase rotation adjustment Clockwise or anti-clockwise
Tolerance
for cos ϕ > 0.7 and V > 50 % 5%
CE conformity
Vnom and I > 50 % Inom
This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Commu-
Oscillographic fault recording
nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating to
Analog channels 3 x IPhase, 3I0 electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC) and
3 x VPhase, 3V0, VSYNC, Ven electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (Council
Max. number of available record- 8, backed-up by battery if auxiliary Directive 73/23/EEC).
ings voltage supply fails This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the na-
Sampling intervals 20 samplings per cycle tional regulation VDE 0435.
10 Total storage time Approx. 15 s
Further applicable standards: IEEE C37.90.0 and C37.90.1.
This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG in
Binary channels Pickup and trip information; num-
accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
ber and contents can be freely con-
generic standards EN 50081 and EN 61000-6-2 for the EMC Directive and
figured by the user
standard EN 60255-6 for the “low-voltage Directive”.
Max. number of displayed binary 40
channels
Control
Number of switching units Depends on the number of binary /
indication inputs and indication /
command outputs
Control commands Single command / double command
1, 1 plus 1 common or 2 pole
Feed back CLOSE, TRIP, intermediate position

Interlocking Freely configurable

Local control Control via menu, function keys,
control keys (if available)
Remote control Control protection, DIGSI,
pilot wires

10/16 Siemens SIP · 2004

 10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7VK61

Selection and ordering data Description Order No. Order

code
7VK61 breaker management relay 7VK61¨o – ¨¨¨¨¨ – 4Y¨0 ¨¨¨

Housing, binary inputs (BI) and outputs (BO)

Housing 1/3 19”, 7 BI, 6 BO incl. 1 live-status contact, 0
Housing 1/2 19”, 20 BI, 19 BO incl. 1 live-status contact 1

Measuring inputs (4 x V, 4 x I)
Iph = 1 A, Ie = 1 A (min. = 0.05 A)1) 1
Iph = 5 A, Ie = 5 A (min. = 0.25 A)1) 5

Rated auxiliary voltage (power supply, threshold of binary inputs)

24 to 48 V DC, binary input threshold 17 V3) 2
60 to 125 V DC2), binary input threshold 17 V3) 4
110 to 250 V DC2), 115 to 230 V AC, binary input threshold 73 V3) 5
220 to 250 V DC2), 115 to 230 V AC, binary input threshold 154 V3) 6

Unit version
For panel flush mounting A
For panel surface mounting E

Region-specific default settings/language settings and functions versions

Region DE, language: German, selectable A
Region World, language: English, selectable B
Region US, language:US-English, selectable C
Region FR, language: French, selectable4) D
Region World, language: Spanish, selectable4) E
Region World, language: Italian, selectable4) F

Port B system interface

Empty 0
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, electrical RS232 1
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, electrical RS485 2
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, electrical RS485 4
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, optical, double ring, ST connector 5) 6 10
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, RS485 9 L0 A
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, optical 820 nm , double ring, ST connector 5) 9 L0 B
DNP 3.0, RS485 9 L0G
DNP 3.0, optical 820 nm, ST connector5) 9 L0H

Port C service interface

DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS232 1
DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS485 2

Functions
Breaker failure protection Auto-reclosure Over/Undervoltage
1) Rated current can be selected by 1-/3-pole or 3-pole only 1-/3-pole or 3-pole only protection
means of jumpers. and synchro-check
n C
2) Transition between the 3 auxiliary
ranges can be selected by means of n n D
jumpers. n N
3) The binary input thresholds are n n P
selectable in 3 steps by means of n n Q
jumpers. n n n R
4) Language versions on request.
5) Optical interfaces are not available
with surface mounting housings
(position 9 = E). Please order the
version with RS485 interface and a
separate electrical/optical converter.

Siemens SIP · 2004 10/17

 10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7VK61

Accessories Description Order No.

DIGSI 4
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows (version Windows 95 and higher)
device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included
as well as “Getting started” manual on paper, connecting cables (copper)
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Demo
Demo version on CD-ROM 7XS5401-0AA00
Professional
Complete version:
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00

SIGRA
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers
(Comtrade format). Running under MS Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP Professional.
Incl. templates, electronic manual with license for 10 PCs.
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00

Connecting cable (copper)

Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector) and protection unit (9-pin connector)
(contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally) 7XV5100-4

Voltage transformer miniature circuit-breaker

Rated current 1.6 A; thermal overload release 1.6 A;
overcurrent trip 6 A 3RV1611-1AG14

Manual for 7VK61

English C53000-G1176-C159-1
German C53000-G1100-C159-1

10
Description Order No. Size of Supplier Fig.
package
Connector 2-pin C73334-A1-C35-1 1 Siemens 10/20
3-pin C73334-A1-C36-1 1 Siemens 10/21
Fig. 10/19 Mounting rail for 19" rack Crimp CI2 0.5 to 1 mm
2
0-827039-1 4000 AMP
1)

1)
connector 0-827396-1 1 AMP
2
CI2 1 to 2.5 mm 4000 AMP 1)
LSP2091-afpen.eps
LSP2090-afpen.eps

0-827040-1
1)
0-827397-1 1 AMP
2 1)
Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm 0-163083-7 4000 AMP
1)
0-163084-2 1 AMP
1)
Crimping For type III+ 0-539635-1 1 AMP
Fig. 10/20 Fig. 10/21 1)
tool and matching female 0-539668-2 AMP
2-pin connector 3-pin connector
for CI2 0-734372-1 1 AMP 1)
1)
and matching female 1-734387-1 AMP
LSP2093-afpen.eps

LSP2092-afpen.eps

19" mounting rail C73165-A63-D200-1 1 Siemens 10/19

Short-circuit links For current terminals C73334-A1-C33-1 1 Siemens 10/22
For other terminals C73334-A1-C34-1 1 Siemens 10/23
Safety cover for terminals large C73334-A1-C31-1 1 Siemens 10/4
Fig. 10/22 Fig. 10/23 small C73334-A1-C32-1 1 Siemens 10/4
Short-circuit link Short-circuit link
for current con- for voltage contacts/ 1) AMP Deutschland GmbH Tel.: +49 6103 709-0
tacts indications contacts Amperestr. 7–11 Fax +49 6103 709-223
63225 Langen
Germany
10/18 Siemens SIP · 2004
 10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7VK61

Connection diagram

10
Fig. 10/24
Connection diagram 7VK610, 1/3 x 19” housing

Fig. 10/25
Serial interfaces

Siemens SIP · 2004 10/19

 10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7VK61

Connection diagram

10

Fig. 10/26
Connection diagram 7VK611, 1/2 x 19” housing

10/20 Siemens SIP · 2004

 10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7SV600

SIPROTEC 7SV600
Numerical Circuit-Breaker Failure Protection Relay
Function overview

Protection functions
• Circuit-breaker failure protection (sin-
gle or three-pole with/without current)
• Independently settable delay times for
operation with and without current
• Single or two-stage time delay of the
busbar trip command
• Re-trip (cross trip) stage
LSP2001-afpen.tif

(1st stage of the 2-stage operation)

• Intertrip facility (via teleprotection
interface)
• End-fault protection with intertrip
Fig. 10/27
SIPROTEC 7SV600
• “No current” control using the cir-
numerical circuit- breaker cuit-breaker auxiliary contacts
failure protection relay
Features
• Highly sensitive current detection
• 2-out-of-4 check of the current
detectors
Description • Short reset time, negligible overshoot
The SIPROTEC 7SV600 is a numerical time
relay used for circuit-breaker failure • Can be initiated by phase-segregated or
protection. A failure occurs when the common-phase trip commands
circuit-breaker fails to correctly open and
• End-fault protection
clear the fault after single or three-pole trip
commands have been issued by the protec- • Assignable output relays, LEDs and
tion unit. It is then necessary to trip the binary inputs
relevant busbar zone (section) to ensure
Monitoring functions
fault clearance.
• Monitoring of circuit-breaker auxiliary
Generally, the monitoring of the current is contacts 10
sufficient as the criteria for the indication
that the circuit-breaker has successfully • Operational current measured values
cleared the fault (“current condition”). • Self-supervision of the relay
However, under certain fault conditions, • Event buffer
(e.g. overvoltage) little or no current may
flow, making the measurement of current • Fault protocols
unreliable for indication of the circuit- • Oscillographic fault recording
breaker status (“no current condition”).
Communication interfaces
The 7SV600 will operate correctly for both
these conditions. The relay is suitable for • 1 x RS485 interface
use at all voltage levels and in all applica- – IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
tions. The current transformers can either – DIGSI
be of the closed iron core or linear type.
The relay can be incorporated in conven- Hardware
tional switchgear systems and modem • Digital inputs:
substation control systems e.g. SICAM. – 3 binary inputs
• Digital outputs:
– 4 output relays
Front design
• Display for operation and measured
values
• 6 LEDs for local alarm

Siemens SIP · 2004 10/21

 10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7SV600

Application

The numerical circuit-breaker failure

protection relay 7SV600 provides rapid
backup fault clearance instruction to the
associated circuit-breakers in case the
circuit-breaker nearest to the fault fails
to respond.
It is suitable for power systems of all
voltage levels. The initiation signal can be
derived from any protection or supervision
equipment or, in case of manual opening,
from the control discrepancy switch of the
breaker. Information from the circuit-
breaker auxiliary contact is required for
the breaker failure protection to function Simplified application
during faults which produce little or no diagram of circuit-breaker
failure protection.
current flow (possible only with common-
phase initiation).

Simplified application diagram

of circuit-breaker failure
protection by means of a
circuit-breaker auxiliary contact.
10
Fig. 10/28 Typical applications

10/22 Siemens SIP · 2004


Construction
The relay contains all the components
needed for
• Acquisition and evaluation of measured
values
• Operation and display
• Output of signals and trip commands
• Input and evaluation of binary signals
• SCADA interface (RS485)
• Power supply
The rated CT currents applied to the
SIPROTEC 7SV600 can be 1 or 5 A. This is
selectable via a jumper inside the relay.
Three different housings are available. The
flush-mounting versions have terminals
accessible from the rear. The surface-
mounting version has terminals accessible
from the front.
LSP2002-afpen.tif
Fig. 10/29
Rear view of surface-mounting housing
Siemens SIP · 2004
10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7SV600
Protection functions Special measures are taken to prevent mal-
function of the relay. Besides the men-
The breaker failure protection can operate tioned 2-out-of-4 check of the current
single-stage or two-stage. When used as detection elements, the trip signals of the
single-stage protection, the bus trip com- feeder protection can be connected in a
redundant manner, so that they can be
mand is given to the adjacent circuit-
checked for plausibility (possible only for
breakers if the protected feeder breaker
fails. When used as two-stage protection, common-phase initiation).
the first stage can be used to repeat the trip Continuous monitoring of the measured
command to the relevant feeder breaker, values permits rapid annunciation of any
normally on a different trip coil, if the ini- fault in the instrument transformer cir-
tial trip command from the feeder protec- cuits. Continuous plausibility monitoring
tion is not successful. The second stage will of the internal measured value processing
result in a bus trip to the adjacent breakers, circuits and monitoring of the auxiliary
if the command of the first stage is not suc- voltages to ensure that they remain within
cessful. tolerance are obviously inherent features.
The bus trip command from the breaker
failure protection can be routed to all cir-
cuit-breakers linked to the same busbar
(section) as the breaker that failed. It can
also be transmitted to the remote end by
means of a suitable communication link
(e.g. PLC, radio wave, or optical fiber).
The isolator replica which is necessary in
case of multiple busbar sections is not part
of the 7SV600 relay.
The current level is monitored in each of
the three phases against a set threshold. In
addition, the zero-sequence component or
the negative-sequence component of the
phase currents derived by symmetrical
component analysis is monitored. This en-
sures high security against malfunction by
use of a 2-out-of-4 check of the current de-
tectors.
The version with phase-segregated initia- 10
tion enables reliable breaker failure detec-
tion even during single-pole auto-reclose
cycles, provided the phase-segregated trip
signals of the feeder protection are con-
nected to the 7SV600.
If the protected circuit-breaker is not oper-
ational (e.g. air pressure failure or spring
not charged), instantaneous bus trip of the
adjacent circuit-breakers can be achieved
following a feeder protection trip, provided
the relay is informed via binary input of
the breaker status (possible only for com-
mon-phase initiation).
An end-fault protection function is inte-
grated in the 7SV600 relay. An end fault is
a short-circuit located between the circuit-
breaker and the current transformer set
of the feeder. For this fault, current flow is
detected, although the auxiliary contacts
of the breaker indicate open breaker poles.
A command signal is generated which can
be transmitted to the remote-end breaker
(possible only for common-phase initia-
tion).
10/23
 10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7SV600

Serial data transmission

A PC can be connected to ease setup of the

relay using the Windows-based program
DIGSI which runs under MS-Windows.
It can also be used to evaluate up to
8 oscillographic fault records, 8 fault logs
and the operational event buffer. As an
option, a system interface is available.
The SIPROTEC 7SV600 transmits a subset
of data via IEC 60870-5-103 protocol:
• General fault detection of the device Fig. 10/30
Wiring communication RS485
• General trip of the device
• Current in phase L2 [%] =
• Breaker failure trip T1 (local trip)
• Breaker failure trip T2 (busbar trip)
• Circuit-breaker defective: Trip
• Trip by end-fault protection
• Trip by monitoring current symmetry
• Breaker failure protection is active

Connection diagrams

10

Fig. 10/31
Connection example for single-stage breaker failure
protection with phase-segregated initiation

10/24 Siemens SIP · 2004

 10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7SV600

Connection diagrams

Fig. 10/32
Connection example for 2-stage breaker failure pro-
tection, common phase initiation, CB interrogation

10

Fig. 10/33
Connection example for single-stage breaker failure
protection with common phase initation and
Buchholz protection, CB interrogation is imperative;
additional intertrip signal to the opposite line end in
case of breaker failure or end fault

Siemens SIP · 2004 10/25

 10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7SV600

Technical data

General unit data Binary inputs

Measuring circuits Number 3 (can be marshalled)
Rated current IN 1 to 5 A Rated operating voltage 24 to 250 V DC
Current consumption Approx. 2.5 mA,
Rated frequency fN 50 or 60 Hz (selectable) independent of operating voltage
can be parameterized Pick-up threshold selectable by plug-in jumpers
Power consumption of current Rated aux. voltage Vpickup ≥ 17 V DC
inputs 24/48/60 V DC Vdrop-off < 8 V DC
At IN = 1 A < 0.1 VA Rated aux. voltage Vpickup ≥ 74 V DC
At IN = 5 A < 0.2 VA 110/125/220/250 V DC Vdrop-off < 45 V DC
Overload capability current path, Unit design
Thermal (r.m.s.) 100 x IN for ≤ 1 s Housing 7XP20
30 x IN for ≤ 10 s Dimensions Refer to part 16 for dimension
4 x IN continuous drawings
Dynamic (pulse current) 250 x IN one half cycle Weight
In housing for surface mounting Approx. 4.5 kg
Auxiliary voltage
In housing for flush mounting Approx. 4.0 kg
Power supply via integrated DC/DC converter
Degree of protection
Rated auxiliary voltage VAux DC 24 / 48 V DC acc. to EN 60529
60 / 110 / 125 V DC Housing IP 51
220 / 250 V DC Terminals IP 21
Permissible variations 19 to 58 V DC Serial interface
48 to 150 V DC
Isolated
176 to 300 V DC
Standard RS485
Superimposed Test voltage 2.8 kV DC
AC voltage ≤ 12 % at rated voltage Connection Data cable on terminals, two data
Peak-to-peak ≤ 6 % at limits of admissible voltage wires, one frame reference, for
Power consumption connection of a personal computer
Quiescent Approx. 2 W or similar; core pairs with shield,
Energized Approx. 4 W shield must be earthed; communica-
tion possible via modem
Bridging time during fail- ≥ 50 ms at Vrated ≥ 110 V DC
ure/short-circuit of auxiliary voltage ≥ 20 ms at Vrated ≥ 24 V DC Baud rate As delivered 9600 baud
min. 1200 baud; max. 19200 baud
Rated auxiliary voltage VAux 115 V AC, 50/60 Hz
230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Permissible variations 92 to 133 V AC Electrical tests
184 to 265 V AC Specifications
Heavy duty (command) contacts Standards IEC 60255-5; ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0
10 Command (trip) relays, number 2 (can be marshalled) Insulation tests
Contacts per relays 2 NO
High voltage test (routine test) 2 kV (r.m.s.); 50 Hz
Switching capacity
except DC voltage supply input
Make 1000 W / VA
and RS485
Break 30 W / VA
Switching voltage 250 V High voltage test (routine test) 2.8 kV DC
Permissible current 5 A continuous only DC voltage supply input
30 A for 0.5 s and RS485
Signal contacts High voltage test (type test)
Between open contacts of 1.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz
Signal/alarm relays 2 (can be marshalled)
trip relays
Contact per relays 1 CO
Between open contacts 1 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz
Switching capacity
of alarm relays
Make 1000 W/VA
Break 30 W/VA Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 J;
Switching voltage 250 V all circuits, class III 3 positive and 3 negative impulses
Permissible current 5A at intervals of 5 s

10/26 Siemens SIP · 2004

 10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7SV600

Technical data

EMC tests for noise immunity; type tests Mechanical stress tests
Standards: IEC 60255-6, IEC 60255-22 (product standards); Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration
EN 50082-2 (generic standard) VDE 0435, part 303
During operation
High frequency 2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; τ =15 µs;
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
IEC 60255-22-1, class III 400 shots/s; duration 2 s
Vibration Sinusoidal
Electrostatic discharge 4 kV/6 kV contact discharge;
IEC 60255-21-1, class I 10 to 60 Hz: ± 0.035 mm amplitude;
IEC 60255-22-2, class III and 8 kV air discharge; both polarities;
IEC 60068-2-6 60 to 150 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
IEC 61000-4-2, class III 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω
Sweep rate 1 octave/min
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
field, non-modulated;
Shock Half-sine
IEC 60255-22-3 (report), class III
IEC 60255-21-2, class I Acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms,
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz; 3 shocks in each direction of
field, amplitude-modulated; 80 % AM; 1 kHz 3 orthogonal axes
IEC 61000-4-3, class III
Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 900 MHz; IEC 60255-21-3, class I 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude
field, pulse-modulated; repetition frequency 200 Hz; IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis)
IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204, class III duty cycle 50 % 1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude
Fast transients/bursts 2 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz; burst length (vertical axis)
IEC 60255-22-4 and IEC 61000-4-4, 15 ms; repetition rate 300 ms; both 8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
class III polarities; Ri = 50 Ω; duration 1 min (horizontal axis)
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
Line-conducted HF, amplitude- 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; (vertical axis)
modulated IEC 61000-4-6, class III 80 % AM; 1 kHz Sweep rate 1 octave/min
Magnetic field with power frequency 1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV 30 A/m continuous; During transportation
300 A/m for 3 s; 50 Hz
IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT; 50 Hz Standard IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak); Vibration Sinusoidal
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 1 to 1.5 MHz, decaying oscillation; IEC 60255-21-1, class II 5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude;
(common mode) 50 surges per s; duration 2 s; IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration
Ri = 150 Ω to 200 Ω Sweep rate 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns;
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 50 surges per s; both polarities; Shock Half-sine
(common mode) duration 2 s; Ri = 80 Ω IEC 60255-21-2, class I Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms,
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in each direction of
Radiated electromagnetic 10 to 20 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz; 3 orthogonal axes
interference ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2 amplitude and pulse modulated
Continuous shock Half-sine
High frequency test 2.5 kV (peak, alternating polarity); IEC 60255-21-2, class I Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms,
document 17C (SEC) 102 100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 and 50 MHz, IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks in each direction of 10
decaying oscillation; Ri = 50 Ω 3 orthogonal axes
EMC tests for interference emission; type tests
Standard EN 50081-* (generic standard)
Conducted interference voltage, 150 to 30 MHz
aux. voltage
CISPR 22, EN 55022 Limit class B
Radio interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz
CISPR 11, EN 55011 Limit class A

Siemens SIP · 2004 10/27

 10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7SV600
Technical data
Climatic stress tests
Temperatures
Permissible temperature
during service
Recommended temperature
during service
Permissible temperature during
storage
Permissible temperature during
transport
Storage and transport with
standard works packaging!
Humidity
Permissible humidity
We recommend that all units are
installed such that they are not sub-
jected to direct sunlight, nor to large
temperature fluctuations which may
give rise to condensation.
Service conditions
The relay is designed for use in in-
dustrial environment, for installation
in standard relay rooms and com-
partments so that with proper instal-
lation electromagnetic compatibility
(EMC) is ensured. The following
should also be heeded:
• All contactors and relays which
operate in the same cubicle or on
the same relay panel as the digital
protection equipment should, as a
rule, be fitted with suitable spike
quenching elements.
• All external connection leads in
substations from 100 kV upwards
should be shielded with a shield
10 capable of carrying power cur-
rents and earthed at both sides.
No special measures are normally
necessary for substations of lower
voltages.
10/28
–20 °C to +70 °C
(> 55 °C decreased display contrast)
–5 °C to +55 °C
–25 °C to +55 °C
–25 °C to +70 °C
Mean value per year ≤ 75 % relative
humidity; on 30 days in the year 95
% relative humidity; condensation
not permissible!
• The shield of the RS485 cable
must be earthed.
• It is not permissible to withdraw
or insert individual modules un-
der voltage. In the withdrawn
condition, some components are
electrostatically endangered; dur-
ing handling the standards for
electrostatically endangered com-
ponents must be observed. The
modules are not endangered
when plugged in.
WARNING! The relay is not de-
signed for use in residential, com-
mercial or light-industrial
environment as
defined in EN 50081.
Functions
Breaker supervision
Current detection
Setting range
Drop-off ratio
Tolerance
Initiation conditions
Depending on ordered version
Times
Pickup time
Drop-off time with sinusoidal
measured quantities
Drop-off time maximum
Delay times for all time stages
Delay time tolerance
The set times are pure delay times.
Additional functions
Operational value measurements
Operational current values
Measurement range
Tolerance
Steady-state measured value supervision
Current unbalance
Fault event data storage
Storage of annunciations of the last
eight faults with max. 30 messages
each
Time assignment
Resolution for operational
annunciations
Resolution for fault event
annunciations
Max. time deviation
Data storage for fault recording (max. 8 fault events)
Total storage time (fault detection
or trip command = 0 ms)
Max. storage period
Per fault event Tmax
Pre-trigger time Tpre
Post-fault time Tpost
Sampling rate
0.05 x IN to 4.00 x IN (steps 0.01 x IN)
Approx. 0.9
0.01 x IN or 5 % of set value
Phase-segregated initiation (single-
pole trip from feeder protection) or
common-phase initiation (three-pole
trip from feeder protection) and
common-phase initiation (three-pole
trip from non-short-circuit protec-
tion)
Approx. 15 ms with measured
quantities present
Approx. 25 ms after switch-on of
measured quantities
≤ 10 ms
≤ 25 ms
0.00 s to 32.00 s (steps 0.01 ms)
or deactivated
1 % of set value or 10 ms
IL1; IL2; IL3
0 % to 240 % IN
3 % of rated value or of measured
value
Imax / Imin > symmetry factor
as long as I > Ilimit
1s
1 ms
0.01 %
Max. 5 s, selectable pre-trigger and
post-fault time
0.30 to 5.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
0.05 to 0.50 s (steps 0.01 s)
0.05 to 0.50 s (steps 0.01 s)
1 instantaneous value per ms at 50
Hz
1 instantaneous value per 0.83 ms
at 60 Hz
Siemens SIP · 2004
 10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7SV600

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7SV600 numerical circuit-breaker failure protection relay 7SV600¨-¨¨A00 - ¨DA0
Rated current; rated frequency
1 A; 50/60 Hz 1
5 A; 50/60 Hz 5

Rated auxiliary voltage

24, 48 V DC 2
60, 110, 125 V DC 4
220, 250 V DC / 115 V AC, 50/60 Hz 5
230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 6

Unit design
For panel surface mounting with terminals on both sides B
For panel surface mounting with terminals at top and bottom D
For panel flush mounting/cubicle mounting E

Options
For common phase initiation 0
For common phase initiation or phase-segregated initiation 1

DIGSI 4
Accessories
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows (version Windows 95 and higher)
device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included
as well as “Getting started” manual on paper, connecting cables (copper)
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Demo
Demo version on CD-ROM 7XS5401-0AA00
Professional
Complete version:
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00 10

RS232 (V.24)ÖRS485 converter* 7XV5700-ooo00

Plug-in auxiliary power supply unit 220 V/50 Hz AC 0

Plug-in auxiliary power supply unit 110 V/60 Hz AC 1

With RS485 connecting cable for 7SJ6, 7RW6, 7SD6, 7SV6 A

With RS485 connecting cable with 9-pin connector for SIMEAS Q B
With RS485 connecting cable with plug connector for SIMEAS T C

Without RS232 connecting cable A

With RS232 connecting cable 7XV5100-2 for PC/notebook, 9-pin connector (female) B
With RS232 adapter, 25-pin connector (male) to 9-pin connector (female)
for connection to notebook/PC C

Converter full-duplex fiber-optic cable - RS485

With power supply 24 - 250 V DC and 110/230 V AC 7XV5650-0BA00

Manual for 7SV600

English C53000-G1176-C123

*) RS485 bus system up to 115 kbaud

RS485 bus cable and adaptor
7XV5103-oAAoo; see part 14.

Siemens SIP · 2004 10/29

 10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7SV600

Connection diagram

Fig. 10/34
General connection diagram of 7SV600 with presettings for common phase initiation

10

Fig. 10/35
General connection diagram of 7SV600 with presettings for phase-segregated initiation

10/30 Siemens SIP · 2004

 10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7SN60
SIPROTEC 7SN60
Transient Earth-Fault Protection Relay
LSP2367-afpde.tif
Fig. 10/36 SIPROTEC 7SN60 transient earth-fault relay
Description
The highly sensitive 7SN60 transient earth-
fault relay determines the direction of tran-
sient and continuous earth faults in sys-
tems with isolated neutral, in systems with
high-impedance resistive earthing and in
compensated systems. Continuous earth
faults are indicated with a delay, either in
conjunction with a transient earth fault
and subsequently persisting displacement
voltage, or with just the displacement
voltage present.
Siemens SIP · 2004
Function overview
Protection functions
• Units for panel surface mounting or
flush mounting in 7XP20 housing, with
terminals on the side or terminals on
the top/bottom
• Both fault directions indicated by LEDs
and signaled by relays
• High pickup sensitivity due to separate
detection and evaluation of total
current and displacement voltage
• 1 A and 5 A rated current selectable for
current transformer matching
• 16 selectable pickup thresholds for
detection of transients in the current
path, even with higher steady-state total
currents of 10 to 300 mA
• Fixed pickup threshold of 5 V for detec-
tion of transients in the voltage path,
even in the case of higher steady-state
displacement voltages
• 4 selectable pickup thresholds for
evaluation of the displacement voltage
of 10 to 50 V
• Optional suppression of switching op-
erations by evaluation of the displace-
ment voltage after a switching-induced
transient has occured
• Wide-range power supply for connec-
tion to 110/230 V AC systems, 10
60 to 250 V DC station batteries or
100 V DC voltage transformers without
switchover or 24 to 60 V DC
• Binary inputs for remote reset and
blocking with extremely wide input
voltage range of 24 to 250 V DC
• Automatic reset of direction indications
and signals after 3 or 10 s (selectable)
• Automatic reset in case of intermittent
earth faults only after the last earth-
fault, i.e. the correct indication and sig-
nal of the first earth fault is preserved
• Detection of the displacement voltage
and earth-fault indication/signal, inde-
pendent of a transient fault detection
• Signaling and indication of a continu-
ous earth fault possible only in the
forward direction
• Fault indication if sensitivity is set
too high
10/31
 10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7SN60
Construction
The relay contains all the components
needed for
• Acquisition and evaluation of meas-
ured values
• Operation and display
• Output of signals and trip commands
• Power supply
The rated CT currents applied to the
SIPROTEC 7SN60 can be 1 or 5 A. This is
selectable via a jumper inside the relay.
Three different housings are available. The
flush-mounting/cubicle-mounting
housings have terminals accessible from
the rear. The surface-mounting housing
has terminals either on the side or on the
top and bottom.
LSP2002-afpen.tif
10
Fig. 10/37 Rear view
10/32
Protection functions
Earth-fault directional determination
The highly sensitive 7SN60 transient
earth-fault relay determines the direction
of transient and continuous earth faults in
systems with isolated neutral, in systems
with high-impedance resistive earthing
and in compensated systems.
Continuous earth faults are indicated with
a delay, either in conjunction with a tran-
sient earth fault and subsequently persist-
ing displacement voltage, or with just the
displacement voltage present.
In the event of an earth fault, the neutral-
point voltage to earth can be as high as the
full-phase voltage.
The phase-to-earth capacitances of the
non-earth-faulted phases are charged via
the transformer inductance.
This charging process is bound up with a
strong current surge (starting oscillation).
The amplitude of this current surge de-
pends on the expands of the system and on
the contact resistance values at the
earth-fault location.
This current flows via the phase-to-earth
capacitances of the unaffected lines to
earth, enters the earth-faulted phase via the
earth-fault location and flows back from
there to the feeding transformer.
Fig. 10/38 Fault currents in the system
Thus the direction of the earth-fault in-
duced current surge is identical to that of
the short-circuit current at the same
location.
At measuring point A, as a result of the
transformer summation circuit, the earth
current of the faulted line is not included
in the measurement, as this current por-
tion flows through the summation trans-
former of the relevant Holmgreen circuit
and back, thereby canceling itself out.
It is the total of the capacitive earth cur-
rents from the non-faulted system which
has an effect. In the diagram they are
summated on the upper line. The capaci-
tive currents of the non-faulted lines 1, 3
and 2, 4 accumulate vectorially, which
explains why only three arrows instead of
four are shown at the measuring point A.
With a transient earth fault, the equalizing
current forming a damped oscillation of
100 to more than 1000 Hz decays after
only a few periods.
The displacement voltage VEM thereupon
also returns to zero. In earthed systems this
takes place after a number of periods (de-
cay of the Petersen coil - earth capacitance
oscillation circuit); in non-earthed systems
this occurs after a very short time.
Siemens SIP · 2004
 10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7SN60

Protection functions

In the case of a continuous earth fault, the

equalizing current in the non-earthed sys-
tem changes into the mostly capacitive
continuous earth current or, in compen-
sated systems, into the relatively low resid-
ual active current.
For the directional determination, the
direction of the first transient of neutral
current and displacement voltage is con-
sidered.
The relay indicates the direction of the
transient earth fault by LEDs (red = for-
ward direction, yellow = reverse direction)
and the relevant signaling relay pickups.
Continuous earth faults are indicated after a Fig. 10/39 Neutral current and displacement voltage
settable time by an LED on the relay and
signaled by a signaling relay.

Detection of the fault location

If the system is of radial configuration, the
red lamp immediately indicates the faulted
line.
If one of the lines consists of several sec-
tions, the fault is upstream of the last red
lamp.
The transient earth-fault relay can also be
used without restrictions in any type of
meshed systems. Transient earth-fault re-
lays distributed at suitable points through-
out the system allow detection of the
earth-fault location from the directional
indications. Fig. 10/40 Radial system

10

Fig. 10/41 Cascaded radial system

Fig. 10/42 Meshed system

Fig. 10/43 Ring system

Siemens SIP · 2004 10/33

 10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7SN60

Typical connection

Connection of the current and voltage

transformers
Figures 10/44 and 10/45 show the connec-
tion of the current and voltage transformer
set in Holmgreen circuit.
In Fig. 10/44, the star point at the line-side
of the CT must be connected to terminal 1
while the star point at the busbar side of
the CTs must be connected to terminal 2.
The three phase voltages VL1, VL2 and VL3
are connected to terminals 7, 8, 9 respec-
tively. The earthed star point of the voltage
transformer is connected to terminal 10.

Fig. 10/44 Connection of transformers and auxiliary power supply for panel flush-mounting
housing and panel surface-mounting housing (terminals on the side)

10

Fig. 10/45 Connection of transformers and auxiliary power supply for

panel surface-mounting housing (terminals on the top/bottom)

10/34 Siemens SIP · 2004

 10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7SN60

Technical data

General unit data

Measuring circuit
Rated current I0 1 or 5 A
Input impedance Z at 50 Hz and IN < 0.05 Ω
Rated voltage VN 100/110 V AC
Rated frequency fN 50 Hz (16.7 Hz)
Thermal rating
- In voltage path, continuous 140 V AC
- In current path, continuous 4 x IN
10 s 30 x IN
1 s (at 1 A) 100 x IN
1 s (at 5 ) 300 A
Auxiliary voltage
Rated auxiliary 60 – 250 V DC and 100 – 230 V AC
voltage Vaux without switchover
Power consumption at Quiescent Energized
60 V DC 3.1 W 4.5 W
110 V DC 3.0 W 4.5 W
220 V DC 3.6 W 4.6 W
250 V DC 3.7 W 4.8 W
100 V AC 2.9 VA 4.2 VA
110 V AC 3.0 VA 4.2 VA
230 V AC 4.6 VA 5.8 VA
Binary inputs
Input voltage for blocking and 24 - 250 V DC
remote reset input
Pickup thresholds for
– Blocking X30 pin 1-2, Approx. 19 V
remote reset X31 pin 1-2
– Blocking X30 pin 2-3, Approx. 75 V
remote reset X31 pin 2-3
Signaling relays
Number of relays, forward or 2 NO contacts 10
reverse direction
Number of relays, continuous 1 NO contact
earth-fault signal
Number of relays, alarm 1 NC contact
Switching capacity Make 1000 W/VA
(all relays)
Switching capacity Break 30 W/VA
(all relays)
Switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Permissible switching current
Continuous 5A
0.5 s 30 A
Unit design
Housing, dimensions SIPROTEC housing of 1/6 width
Refer to part 16 for dimension
drawings
For flush mounting, terminals 6 current / 25 voltage terminals
at the top/bottom
For panel surface mounting, 6 current / 25 voltage terminals
terminals on the side
Weight Approx. 4 kg
Standards
DIN VDE 0435, Part 303 and IEC 60255-5

Siemens SIP · 2004 10/35

 10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7SN60

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7SN60 transient earth-fault protection relay 7SN600¨-¨¨A00
In SIPROTEC housing 1/6 width

Rated frequency
50 Hz 0
)
16.7 Hz* 1

Rated auxiliary voltage

60 - 250 V DC and 100 - 230 V AC without switchover 0
24 - 48 V DC 1

For panel surface mounting with terminals on the side B

For panel surface mounting with terminals at top/bottom part D
For panel flush mounting or cubicle mounting E

*) Not available with position 9 = B

or 9 = D

Connection diagram

10

Fig. 10/46 Connection diagram

10/36 Siemens SIP · 2004

 10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7SV512

SIPROTEC 7SV512
Numerical Circuit-Breaker Failure Protection Relay
Function overview

Protection functions
• Circuit-breaker failure protection (sin-
gle or three-pole with/without current)
• Independently settable delay times for
operation with and without current
• Single or two-stage time delay of the
busbar trip command
• Re-trip (cross trip) stage (1st stage of the
2-stage operation)
• Intertrip facility (via teleprotection
LSP2319-afp.tif

interface)
• End-fault protection with intertrip
• Pole discrepancy protection
• “No current” control using the cir-
Fig. 10/47
SIPROTEC 7SV512 cuit-breaker auxiliary contacts
numerical circuit-breaker Features
failure protection
• Highly sensitive current detection
• 2-out-of-4 check of the current detectors
Description
• Short reset time, negligible
The SIPROTEC 7SV512 is a numerical overshoot time
relay used for circuit-breaker failure • Can be initiated by phase-segregated or
protection. A failure occurs when the common-phase trip commands
circuit-breaker fails to correctly open and
clear the fault after single or three-pole trip • End-fault protection
commands have been issued by the protec- • Assignable output relays, LEDs and
tion unit. It is then necessary to trip the binary inputs
relevant busbar zone (section) to ensure
fault clearance. Monitoring functions
• Monitoring of circuit-breaker auxiliary
Generally, the monitoring of the current is
contacts
10
sufficient as the criteria for the indication
that the circuit-breaker has successfully • Operational current measured values
cleared the fault (“current condition”). • Self-supervision of the relay
However, under certain fault conditions,
• Event buffer
(e.g. overvoltage) little or no current may
flow making the measurement of current • Fault protocols
unreliable for indication of the circuit- • Oscillographic fault recording
breaker status (“no current condition”).
Communication interfaces
The 7SV512 will operate correctly for both
• Front interface for connecting a PC
of these conditions. The high security of
the relay (against overfunction) is achieved • System interface
with a unique microprocessor-indepen- – DIN 19244 protocol
dent “trip release function” in conjunction
Hardware
with a fast current reset time and a
2-out-of-4 current measurement check. • Digital inputs:
– 10 binary inputs
An independent pole discrepancy protec-
tion is included. The relay is suitable for • Digital outputs:
use at all voltage levels and in all applica- – 13 output relays
tions. The current transformers can either Front design
be of the closed iron core or linear type.
The relay can be incorporated in conven- • User-friendly local operation
tional switchgear systems and modern • PC front port for convenient relay
substation control systems with DIN 19244 setting
protocol.
• 8 LEDs for local indication
Siemens SIP · 2004 10/37
 10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7SV512

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7SV512 numerical circuit-breaker failure protection relay 7SV512¨-¨¨A0o-0¨A0
Rated current at 50/60 Hz
1A 1
5A 5

Rated auxiliary voltage

24, 48 V DC 2
60, 110, 125 V DC 4
220, 250 V DC 5

Unit design, 1/3x19” housing width

For panel surface mounting B
For panel flush mounting or cubicle mounting C

Real-time clock and non-volatile annunciation memory

Without 0
With 1

Serial system interface DIN 19244

Without interface A
With integrated fiber-optic serial interface acc. to DIN 19244 (820 nm) C

DIGSI 4
Accessories
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows (version Windows 95 and higher)
device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included
as well as “Getting started” manual on paper, connecting cables (copper)
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Demo
Demo version on CD-ROM 7XS5401-0AA00
Professional
Complete version:
10 DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00

SIGRA
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers
(Comtrade format). Running under MS Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/
XP Professional Edition.
Incl. templates, electronic manual with license for 10 PCs.
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00

Connecting cable
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector)
and protection unit (25-pin connector) 7XV5100-2
or
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector) and protection unit
(9-pin connector) 7XV5100-4
Adaptor 9-/25-pin for 7XV5100-4 cable for protec. unit w. 25-pin connector 7XV5100-8H
(Cable 7XV5100-4 and adaptor contained in DIGSI 4)
Manual for 7SV512
English C53000-G1176-C91-4

10/38 Siemens SIP · 2004

 10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7VK512

SIPROTEC 7VK512
Numerical Auto-Reclosure / Synchro-Check Relay
Function overview
25

79 Protection functions
• Single and/or three-pole auto-reclosure
• Up to 10 auto-reclose “cycles”
• Independently settable “dead” times
and “reclaim” time
• Evolving and sequential fault
recognition
• Synchro-check with live line/dead bus,
dead line/live bus, dead line/dead bus
LSP2319-afp.tif

and synchronism conditions

(live line/live bus)
• Asynchronous closing (including CB
Fig. 10/48 operating time)
SIPROTEC 7VK512
• Circuit-breaker closing supervision,
numerical auto-reclosure/
synchro-check relay e.g. circuit-breaker not ready facility
Features
• Universal application for overhead lines
of all voltage levels
Description • Auto-reclosure and synchro-check are
independent functions which can be
The SIPROTEC 7VK512 is a highly flexible
single and/or three-pole auto-reclosure used separately
relay, with or without a synchro-check • Can be initiated by phase-segregated
function. The 7VK512 can also be used as a or common-phase trip commands
synchro-check relay only. • Synchro-check with ∆V, ∆ϕ, ∆f
This relay is used for the auto-reclosure of • Assignable output relays, LEDs and
a circuit-breaker, after this circuit-breaker binary inputs
has tripped due to a fault. The synchro-
check function ensures that the two cir- Monitoring functions
cuits being reconnected by closing the • Operational measured values 10
circuit-breaker, meet the desired require-
• Self-supervision of the relay
ments before the close command is issued.
• Event buffer
The system interface according to
DIN 19244 is available as a fiber-optic in- • Fault protocols
terface for connection to either the substa- • Oscillographic fault recording
tion control system SINAULT LSA or to a
Communication interfaces
central data protection unit.
• Front interface for connecting a PC
• System interface
– DIN 19244 protocol
Hardware
• Digital inputs:
– 15 binary inputs
• Digital outputs:
– 17 output relays
Front design
• User-friendly local operation
• PC front port for convenient relay
setting
• 8 LEDs for local indication

Siemens SIP · 2004 10/39

 10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7VK512

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7VK512 numerical auto-reclosure and synchro-check relay 7VK512¨-¨¨A0o-0¨A0
Synchronism check function
Without synchro-check function 1
With synchro-check function 2

Rated auxiliary voltage

24, 48 V DC 2
60, 110, 125 V DC 4
220, 250 V DC 5

Unit design, 1/3 housing width

For panel surface mounting B
For panel flush mounting or cubicle mounting C
For panel flush mounting or cubicle mounting, without glass cover E

Real-time clock and non-volatile annunciation memory

Without 0
With 1

Serial interface (for coupling to SINAULT LSA systems)

Without interface A
With integrated fiber-optic serial interface according to DIN 19244 (820 nm) C

DIGSI 4
Accessories
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows (version Windows 95 and higher)
device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included
as well as “Getting started” manual on paper, connecting cable (copper)
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Demo
Demo version on CD-ROM 7XS5401-0AA00
Professional
10 Complete version:
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00

SIGRA
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers
(Comtrade format). Running under MS Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/
XP Professional Edition.
Incl. templates, electronic manual with license for 10 PCs.
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00

Connecting cable
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector)
and protection unit (25-pin connector) 7XV5100-2
or
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector) and protection unit
(9-pin connector) 7XV5100-4
Adaptor 9-/25-pin for 7XV5100-4 cable for protec. unit w. 25-pin connector 7XV5100-8H
(Cable 7XV5100-4 and adaptor contained in DIGSI 4)

Manual for 7VK512

English C53000-G1176-C93-5

10/40 Siemens SIP · 2004

 10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7VK512

Connection diagram

10

Fig. 10/49
Connection diagram for 7VK512 numerical
auto-reclosure/synchro-check relay (1 and 3-pole)

Siemens SIP · 2003 10/41

 10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7VK512

10

10/42 Siemens SIP · 2004

Generator Protection Page

SIPROTEC 4 7UM61
Multifunction Generator and Motor Protection Relay 11/3
SIPROTEC 4 7UM62
Multifunction Generator, Motor and Transformer Protection Relay 11/33
SIPROTEC 7UM511 Generator Protection Relay 11/69
SIPROTEC 7UM512 Generator Protection Relay 11/71
SIPROTEC 7UM515 Generator Protection Relay 11/73
SIPROTEC 7UM516 Generator Protection Relay 11/75
SIPROTEC 7UW50 Tripping Matrix 11/77
SIPROTEC 7RW600
Numerical Voltage, Frequency and Overexcitation Protection Relay 11/79
SIPROTEC 7VE6 Multifunction Paralleling Device 11/89
SIPROTEC 7VE51 Paralleling Device 11/111

11
11

11/2 Siemens SIP · 2004

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM61

SIPROTEC 4 7UM61
Multifunction Generator and Motor Protection Relay
Function overview

Basic version
• Stator earth-fault protection
• Sensitive earth-fault protection
• Stator overload protection
• Overcurrent-time protection
(either definite-time or inverse-time)
• Definite-time overcurrent-time
protection, directional
• Undervoltage and overvoltage
protection
LSP2176-afpen.tif

• Underfrequency and overfrequency

protection
• Reverse power protection
• Overexcitation protection
Fig. 11/1 SIPROTEC 4 7UM61
multifunction generator • External trip coupling
and motor protection relay
Standard version
Scope of basic version plus:
• Forward-power protection
Description
• Underexcitation protection
The SIPROTEC 4 7UM61 protection relays The device can also be used for protecting • Negative-sequence protection
can do more than just protect. They also synchronous and asynchronous motors.
• Breaker failure protection
offer numerous additional functions. Be it
The integrated programmable logic func-
earth faults, short-circuits, overloads, Full version
tions (continuous function chart CFC)
overvoltage, overfrequency or underfre- Scope of standard version plus:
offer the user high flexibility so that adjust-
quency, protection relays assure continued
ments can easily be made to the varying • Inadverdent energization protection
operation of power stations. The
power station requirements, on the basis of • 100 % - stator earth-fault protection
SIPROTEC 4 7UM61 protection relay is a
special system conditions.
compact unit which has been specially with 3rd harmonic
developed and designed for the protection The flexible communication interfaces are • Impedance protection
of small and medium-sized generators. open for modern communication architec-
They integrate all the necessary protection tures with the control system. Asynchronous motor
functions and are particularly suited for Scope of standard version plus
the protection of : • Motor starting time supervision 11
– Hydro and pumped-storage generators • Restart inhibit (without underexcitation
– Co-generation stations protection)
– Private power stations using regenera- Monitoring functions
tive energy sources such as wind or
• Trip circuit supervision
biogases
– Diesel generator stations • Fuse failure monitor
– Gas-turbine power stations • Operational measured values V, I, f, …
– Industrial power stations • Every metering value Wp, Wq
– Conventional steam power stations. • Time metering of operation hours
• Self-supervision of relay
• 8 oscillographic fault records
Communication interfaces
• System interface
– IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
– PROFIBUS-DP
– MODBUS RTU
– DNP 3.0

Siemens SIP · 2004 11/3

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM61

Application Protection functions Abbre- ANSI No. Generator

viation
The 7UM6 protection relays of the Basic Stan- Full Motor
SIPROTEC 4 family are compact dard async.
multifunction units which have been de- Stator earth-fault protection V0>, 3I0> 59N, 64G X X X X
veloped for small to medium-sized power non-directional, directional ⱔ(V0, 3I0) 67G
generation plants. They incorporate all the Sensitive earth-fault protection IEE> 50/51GN X X X X
necessary protective functions and are (also rotor earth-fault protection) (64R)
especially suitable for the protection of: Stator overload protection I2t 49 X X X X
– Hydro and pumped-storage generators Definite-time overcurrent protection I> +V< 51 X X X X
with undervoltage seal-in
– Co-generation stations
Definite-time overcurrent protection, I>>, Direc. 50/51/67 X X X X
– Private power stations using regenera- directional
tive energy sources such as wind or Inverse-time overcurrent protection t = f (I)+V< 51V X X X X
biogases Overvoltage protection V> 59 X X X X
– Power generation with diesel generators Undervoltage protection V< 27 X X X X
– Gas turbine power stations Frequency protection f<, f> 81 X X X X
– Industrial power stations Reverse-power protection –P 32R X X X X
– Conventional steam power stations. Overexcitation protection (Volt/Hertz) V/f 24 X X X
Fuse failure monitor V2/V1, I1/I2 60FL X X X X
They can also be employed for protection External trip coupling (7UM611/612) Incoup. 2/4 2/4 2/4 2/4
of motors and transformers. Trip circuit supervision (7UM612) T.C.S. 74TC X X X X
The numerous other additional functions Forward-power protection P>, P< 32F X X X
assist the user in ensuring cost-effective Underexcitation protection 1/xd 40 X X
system management and reliable power Negative-sequence protection I2>, t =f(I2) 46 X X X
supply. Measured values display current Breaker failure protection Imin> 50BF X X X
operating conditions. Stored status indica-
Inadvertent energization protection I>, V< 50/27 X
tions and fault recording provide assistance
in fault diagnosis not only in the event of a 100 %-stator-earth-fault protection V0(3rd harm) 59TN X
with 3rd harmonics 27TN (3rd h.)
disturbance in generator operation.
Impedance protection with Z< 21 X
Combination of the units makes it possible (I >+V<)-pickup
to implement effective redundancy con- Motor starting time supervision Ian2t 48 X X
cepts. Restart inhibit for motors I2t 49 X X
Rotor
Protection functions
External temperature monitoring ϑ 38 X X X X
Numerous protection functions are neces- through serial interface (Thermo-box)
sary for reliable protection of electrical ma- Rate-of-frequency-change protection1) df/dt > 81R X X X X
chines. Their extent and combination are Vector jump supervision (voltage)1) ∆ϕ > X X X X
determined by a variety of factors, such as
11 machine size, mode of operation, plant
Table 11/1 Scope of functions of the 7UM61
configuration, availability requirements,
experience and design philosophy. Generator Basic Generator Full
This results in multifunctionality, which is One application is concentrated on small Here, all protection functions are available
implemented in outstanding fashion by generators or as backup protection for and are recommended from generator out-
numerical technology. larger generators. The function mix is also puts exceeding 5 MVA. Backup protection
an effective addition to transformer differ- for the larger block units is also a recom-
In order to satisfy differing requirements,
ential protection with parallel-connected mended application.
the combination of functions is scalable
transformers. The functions are also suit-
(see Table 11/1). Selection is facilitated by
able for system disconnection. Asynchronous motor
division into groups.
This protection function mix is recom-
Generator Standard
mended for motors up to 1 - 2 MW.
This function mix is recommended for It offers a wide frequency operating range
generator outputs exceeding 1 MVA. from 11 Hz to 69 Hz. When an infeed is
It is also suitable for protection of synchro- switched, the protection adapts to the
nous motors. changed voltage and frequency.
Another application is as backup
protection for the larger block units.

1) Available as an option
(please refer to Order No., position 15).

11/4 Siemens SIP · 2004

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM61

Application

Fig. 11/2

Construction

The SIPROTEC 4 units have a uniform

design and a degree of functionality which
represents a whole new quality in protec-
tion and control. Local operation has been
designed according to ergonomic criteria.
Large, easy-to-read displays were a major
LSP2166-afpen.eps

design aim. The DIGSI 4 operating pro-

gram considerably simplifies planning and
engineering and reduces commissioning
times.
The 7UM611 is configured in 1/3 19 inch,
and the 7UM612 in 1/2 19 inch width. This Fig. 11/3
11
means that the units of previous models Rear view with wiring terminal
can be replaced. The height throughout all safety cover and serial interface
housing width increments is 243 mm.
All wires are connected directly or by
means of ring-type cable lugs.
Alternatively, versions with plug-in termi-
nals are also available. These permit the use
of prefabricated cable harnesses.
In the case of panel surface mounting, the
connecting terminals are in the form of
screw-type terminals at top and bottom.
The communication interfaces are also
arranged on the same sides.

Siemens SIP · 2004 11/5

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM61
Protection functions
Definite-time overcurrent protection
I>, I>> (ANSI 50, 51, 67)
This protection function comprises the
short-circuit protection for the generator
and also the backup protection for up-
stream devices such as transformers or
power system protection.
An undervoltage stage at I> maintains the
pickup when, during the fault, the current
falls below the threshold. In the event of a
voltage drop on the generator terminals,
the static excitation system can no longer
be sufficiently supplied. This is one reason
for the decrease of the short-circuit cur-
rent.
The I>> stage can be implemented as
high-set instantaneous trip stage. With the
integrated directional function it can be
applied for generators without star point
CT (see Figure 11/4).
Inverse-time overcurrent protection
(ANSI 51V)
This function also comprises short-circuit
and backup protection and is used for
power system protection with current-
dependent protection devices.
IEC and ANSI characteristics can be
selected (Table 11/2).
The current function can be controlled by
evaluating the generator terminal voltage.
The “controlled” version releases the
sensitive set current stage.
With the “restraint” version, the pickup
value of the current is lowered linearly with
11 decreasing voltage.
The fuse failure monitor prevents
unwanted operation.
11/6
Stator overload protection (ANSI 49)
The task of the overload protection is to
protect the stator windings of generators
and motors from high, continuous
overload currents. All load variations are
evaluated by the mathematical model used.
The thermal effect of the r.m.s. current
value forms the basis of the calculation.
This conforms to IEC 60255-8. In depend-
ency of the current the cooling time
constant is automatically extended. If the
ambient temperature or the temperature
of the coolant are injected via
PROFIBUS-DP, the model automatically
adapts to the ambient conditions; other-
wise a constant ambient temperature is
assumed.
Available inverse-time characteristic
Characteristics
Inverse
Moderately inverse
Very inverse
Extremely inverse
Definite inverse
Table 11/2
Fig. 11/4
Protection with current
transformer on terminal side
Fig. 11/5
Characteristic of negative-
sequence protection
Negative-sequence protection (ANSI 46)
Asymmetrical current loads in the three
phases of a generator cause a temperature
rise in the rotor because of the negative se-
quence field produced.
This protection detects an asymmetrical
load in three-phase generators. It functions
on the basis of symmetrical components
and evaluates the negative sequence of the
phase currents. The thermal processes are
taken into account in the algorithm and
form the inverse characteristic. In addition,
the negative sequence is evaluated by an in-
dependent stage (alarm and trip) which is
supplemented by a time-delay element (see
Figure 11/5).
ANSI / IEEE IEC 60255-3
• •
•
• •
• •
•
Siemens SIP · 2004

Protection functions
Underexcitation protection (ANSI 40)
(Loss-of-field protection)
Derived from the generator terminal volt-
age and current, the complex admittance is
calculated and corresponds to the genera-
tor diagram scaled in per unit. This protec-
tion prevents damage due to loss of
synchronism resulting from underexci-
tation. The protection function provides
three characteristics for monitoring static
and dynamic stability. In the event of ex-
citer failure, fast response of the protection
can be ensured via binary input. This input
releases a timer with a short time delay.
The straight-line characteristics allow the
protection of the generator diagram to be
optimally adapted (see Fig. 11/6). The
per-unit-presentation of the diagram al-
lows the setting values to be directly read
out.
The positive-sequence systems of current
and voltage are used to calculate the admit-
tance. This ensures that the protection al-
ways operates correctly even with
asymmetrical network conditions.
If the voltage deviates from the rated volt-
age, the admittance calculation has the ad-
vantage that the characteristics move in the
same direction as the generator diagram.
Reverse-power protection (ANSI 32R)
The reverse-power protection monitors the
direction of active power flow and picks up
when the mechanical energy fails because
then the drive power is taken from the net-
work. This function can be used for
operational shutdown (sequential trip-
ping) of the generator but also prevents
damage to the steam turbines. The reverse
power is calculated from the positive-
sequence systems of current and voltage.
Asymmetrical network faults therefore do
not cause reduced measuring accuracy.
The position of the emergency trip valve is
injected as binary information and is used
to switch between two trip command de-
lays. When applied for motor protection,
the sign (±) of the active power can be re-
versed via parameters.
Siemens SIP · 2004
Forward-power protection (ANSI 32F)
Monitoring of the active power produced
by a generator can be useful for starting up
and shutting down generators. One stage
monitors threshold beyond one limit value
while another stage monitors threshold be-
low another limit value. The power is cal-
culated using the positive-sequence
component of current and voltage.
Impedance protection (ANSI 21)
This fast short-circuit protection protects
the generator, the generator transformer
and is a backup protection for the power
system. This protection has two settable
impedance stages; in addition, the first
stage can be switched over via binary input.
With the circuit-breaker in “open” posi-
tion (see Fig. 11/7) the impedance measur-
ing range can be extended. The
overcurrent pickup element with under-
voltage seal-in ensures a reliable pickup
and the loop selection logic a reliable de-
tection of the faulty loop. With this logic it
is possible to perform a correct measure-
ment via the unit transformer.
11 Generator Protection / 7UM61
Fig. 11/6
Characteristic of underexcitation
protection
Fig. 11/7
Grading of impedance protection
Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)
The undervoltage protection evaluates the
positive-sequence components of the volt-
ages and compares them with the thresh-
old values. There are two stages available.
The undervoltage function is used for
asynchronous motors and pumped-storage
stations and prevents the voltage-related
instability of such machines.
The function can also be used for monitor-
ing purposes.
Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59)
11
This protection prevents insulation faults
that result when the voltage is too high.
Either the maximum line-to-line voltages
or the phase-to-earth voltages (for low-
voltage generators) can be evaluated. The
measuring results of the line-to-line volt-
ages are independent of the neutral point
displacement caused by earth-faults. This
function is implemented in two stages.
11/7
 11 Generator Protection / 7UM61
Protection functions
Frequency protection (ANSI 81)
The frequency protection prevents imper-
missible stress of the equipment (e.g. tur-
bine) in case of under or overfrequency.
It also serves as a monitoring and control
element.
The function has four stages; the stages can
be implemented either as under-
frequency or overfrequency protection.
Each stage can be delayed separately.
Even in the event of voltage distortion, the
frequency measuring algorithm reliably
identifies the fundamental waves and de-
termines the frequency extremely precisely.
Frequency measurement can be blocked by
using an undervoltage stage.
Overexcitation protection
Volt/Hertz (ANSI 24)
The overexcitation protection serves for
detection of an unpermissible high induc-
tion (proportional to V/f) in generators or
transformers, which leads to thermal over-
loading. This may occur when starting up,
shutting down under full load, with weak
systems or under isolated operation. The
inverse characteristic can be set via seven
points derived from the manufacturer
data.
In addition, a definite-time alarm stage
and an instantaneous stage can be used.
For calculation of the V/f ratio, frequency
and also the highest of the three line-to-line
voltages are used. The frequency range that
can be monitored comprises 11 to 69 Hz.
11 Stator earth-fault protection,
non-directional, directional
(ANSI 59N, 64G, 67G)
Earth faults manifest themselves in genera-
tors that are operated in isolation by the
occurrence of a displacement voltage. In
case of unit connections, the displacement
voltage is an adequate, selective criterion
for protection.
For the selective earth-fault detection, the
direction of the flowing earth current has
to be evaluated too, if there is a direct con-
nection between generator and busbar.
11/8
Fig. 11/8
Logic diagram of breaker failure
protection
The protection relay measures the dis- 100 % stator earth-fault protection with 3
placement voltage at a VT located at the harmonic (ANSI 59TN, 27TN (3rdH.))
transformer star point or at the broken
Owing to the design, the generator pro-
delta-winding of a VT. As an option, it is
duces a 3rd harmonic that forms a zero sys-
also possible to calculate the zero-sequence
tem. It is verifiable by the protection on a
voltage from the phase-to-earth voltages.
broken delta winding or on the neutral
Depending on the load resistor selection,
transformer. The magnitude of the voltage
90 to 95 % of the stator winding of a gen-
amplitude depends on the generator and
erator can be protected.
its operation.
A sensitive current input is available for
In the event of an earth fault in the vicinity
earth-current measurement. This input
of the neutral point, there is a voltage dis-
should be connected to a core-balance cur-
placement in the 3rd harmonic (dropping
rent transformer. The fault direction is de-
in the neutral point and rising at the termi-
duced from the displacement voltage and
nals).
earth current. The directional characteris-
tic (straight line) can be easily adapted to Depending on the connection, the protec-
the system conditions. Effective protection tion must be set in either undervoltage or
for direct connection of a generator to a overvoltage form. It can also be delayed. So
busbar can therefore be established. Dur- as to avoid overfunction, the active power
ing start-up, it is possible to switch over and the positive-sequence voltage act as
from the directional to the displacement enabling criteria.
voltage measurement via an externally in-
The final protection setting can be made
jected signal.
only by way of a primary test with the gen-
Depending on the protection setting, erator.
various earth-fault protection concepts
can be implemented with this function Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
(see Figs. 11/17 to 11/21).
In the event of scheduled downtimes or a
Sensitive earth-fault protection fault in the generator, the generator can re-
(ANSI 50/51GN, 64R) main on line if the circuit-breaker is defec-
tive and could suffer substantial damage.
The sensitive earth-current input can also
Breaker failure protection evaluates a mini-
be used as separate earth-fault protection.
mum current and the circuit-breaker aux-
It is of two-stage form. Secondary earth
currents of 2 mA or higher can be reliably iliary contact. It can be started by internal
handled. protective tripping or externally via binary
input. Two-channel activation avoids
Alternatively, this input is also suitable as overfunction (see Figure 11/8).
rotor earth-fault protection. A voltage with
rated frequency (50 or 60 Hz) is connected
in the rotor circuit via the interface unit
7XR61. If a higher earth current is flowing,
a rotor earth fault has occurred. Meas-
uring-circuit monitoring is provided for
this application (see Figure 11/20).
Siemens SIP · 2004

Protection functions
Inadvertent energization protection
(ANSI 50, 27)
This protection has the function of limit-
ing the damage of the generator in the
event of an unintentional switch-on of the
circuit-breaker, whether the generator is
standing still or rotating without being ex-
cited or synchronized. If the power system
voltage is connected, the generator starts as
an asynchronous machine with a large slip
and this leads to excessively high currents
in the rotor.
A logic circuit consisting of sensitive cur-
rent measurement for each phase, mea-
sured value detector, time control and
blocking as of a minimum voltage, leads to
an instantaneous trip command. If the fuse
failure monitor responds, this function is
ineffective.
Starting time supervision (motor protection
only) (ANSI 48)
Starting time supervision protects the mo-
tor against long unwanted start-ups, which
might occur as a result of excessive load
torque or excessive voltage drops within
the motor, or if the rotor is locked.
The tripping time is dependent on the
square of the start-up current and the set
start-up time (Inverse Characteristic). It
adapts itself to the start-up with reduced
voltage. The tripping time is determined in
accordance with the following formula:
2
I 
t Trip =  start  ⋅ t start max
 I rms 
tTrip Tripping time
Istart Permissible start-up current
tstart max Permissible start-up time
Irms Measured r.m.s. current value
Calculation is not started until the current
Irms is higher than an adjustable response
value
(e.g. 2 IN, MOTOR).
If the permissible locked-rotor time is less
than the permissible start-up time (motors
with a thermally critical rotor), a binary
signal is set to detect a locked rotor by
means of a tachometer generator. This bi-
nary signal releases the set locked-rotor
time, and tripping occurs after it has
elapsed.
Siemens SIP · 2004
Fig. 11/9 Temperature characteristic at rotor and thermal replica of the rotor (multiple start-ups)
Restart inhibit for motors
(ANSI 66, 49Rotor)
When cold or at operating temperature,
motors may only be connected a certain
number of times in succession. The
start-up current causes heat development
in the rotor which is monitored by the re-
start inhibit function.
Contrary to classical counting methods, in
the restart inhibit function the heat and
cooling phenomena in the rotor are simu-
lated by a thermal replica. The rotor tem-
perature is determined on the basis of the
stator currents. Restart inhibit permits re-
start of the motor only if the rotor has
enough thermal reserve for a completely
new start. Fig. 11/9 illustrates the thermal
profile for a permissible triple start out of
the cold state. If the thermal reserve is too
low, the restart inhibit function issues a
blocking signal with which the motor start-
ing circuit can be blocked. The blockage is
cancelled again after cooling down and the
thermal value has dropped below the
pickup threshold.
As the fan provides no forced cooling
when the motor is off, it cools down more
slowly. Depending on the operating state,
the protection function controls the cool-
ing time constant. A value below a mini-
mum current is an effective changeover
criterion.
11 Generator Protection / 7UM61
System disconnection
Take the case of in-plant generators feed-
ing directly into a system. The incoming
line is generally the legal entity boundary
between the system owner and the in-plant
generator. If the incoming line fails as the
result of auto-reclosure, for instance, a
voltage or frequency deviation may occur
depending on the power balance at the
feeding generator. Asynchronous condi-
tions may arise in the event of connection,
which may lead to damage on the genera-
tor or the gearing between the generator
and the turbine. Besides the classic criteria
such as voltage and frequency, the follow-
ing two criteria are also applied (vector
jump, rate-of-frequency-change protec-
tion). 11
Rate-of-frequency-change protection
(ANSI 81)
The frequency difference is determined on
the basis of the calculated frequency over a
time interval. It corresponds to the mo-
mentary rate-of-frequency change. The
function is designed so that it reacts to
both positive and negative
rate-of-frequency changes. Exceeding of
the permissible rate-of-frequency change is
monitored constantly. Release of the rele-
vant direction depends on whether the ac-
tual frequency is above or below the rated
frequency. In total, four stages are avail-
able, and can be used optionally.
11/9
 11 Generator Protection / 7UM61

Lockout (ANSI 86)

Protection functions
Vector jump
Monitoring the phase angle in the voltage
is a criterion for identifying an interrupted
infeed. If the incoming line should fail, the
abrupt current discontinuity leads to a
phase angle jump in the voltage. This is
measured by means of a delta process. The
command for opening the generator or
coupler circuit-breaker is issued if the set
threshold is exceeded.
External trip coupling
For recording and processing of external
trip information, there are 2 (for 7UM611)
or 4 (for 7UM612) binary inputs. They are
provided for information from the
Buchholz relay or generator-specific com-
mands and act like a protective function.
Each input initiates a fault event and can
be individually delayed by a timer.
Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)
One or two binary inputs can be used for
monitoring the circuit-breaker trip coil in-
cluding its incoming cables. An alarm signal
occurs whenever the circuit is interrupted.
All binary outputs (alarm or trip relays)
can be stored like LEDs and reset using the
LED reset key. The lockout state is also
stored in the event of supply voltage fail-
ure. Reclosure can only occur after the
lockout state is reset.
Fuse failure and other monitoring
The relay comprises high-performance
monitoring for the hardware and software.
The measuring circuits, analog-digital con-
version, power supply voltages, memories
and software sequence (watch-dog) are all
monitored.
The fuse failure function detects failure of
the measuring voltage due to short-circuit
or open circuit of the wiring or VT and
avoids overfunction of the undervoltage el-
ements in the protection functions.
The positive and negative-sequence system
(voltage and current) are evaluated.
Filter time
All binary inputs can be subjected to a
filter time (indication suppression).

Phase rotation reversal

If the relay is used in a pumped-storage
power plant, matching to the prevailing ro-
tary field is possible via a binary input
(generator/motor operation via phase rota-
tion reversal).

2 pre-definable parameter groups

In the protection, the setting values can be
stored in two data sets. In addition to the
11 standard parameter group, the second
group is provided for certain operating
conditions (pumped-storage power sta-
tions). It can be activated via binary input,
local control or DIGSI 4.

11/10 Siemens SIP · 2004


Communication
With respect to communication, particular
emphasis has been placed on high levels of
flexibility, data integrity and utilization of
standards common in energy automation.
The design of the communication modules
permits interchangeability on the one
hand, and on the other hand provides
openness for future standards (for exam-
ple, Industrial Ethernet).
Local PC interface
The PC interface accessible from the front
of the unit permits quick access to all pa-
rameters and fault event data. The use of
the DIGSI 4 operating program during
commissioning is particularly advanta-
geous.
Rear-mounted interfaces
Two communication modules on the rear
of the unit incorporate optional equipment
complements and permit retrofitting. They
assure the ability to comply with the re-
quirements of different communication
interfaces (electrical or optical) and proto-
cols (IEC 60870, PROFIBUS, DIGSI).
The interfaces make provision for the fol-
lowing applications:
Service interface
In the RS485 version, several protection
units can be centrally operated with
DIGSI 4. By using a modem, remote con-
trol is possible. This provides advantages in
fault clearance, in particular in unmanned
substations.
System interface
This is used to communicate with a control
or protection and control system and sup-
ports, depending on the module con-
nected, a variety of communication
protocols and interface designs.
Siemens SIP · 2004
11 Generator Protection / 7UM61
IEC 60870-5-103
IEC 60870-5-103 is an internationally stan-
dardized protocol for communication with
protection relays.
IEC 60870-5-103 is supported by a number
of protection unit manufacturers and is
used worldwide.
The generator protection functions are
stored in the manufacturer-specific, pub-
lished part of the protocol.
PROFIBUS-DP
PROFIBUS is an internationally standard-
ized communication protocol (EN 50170). Fig. 11/10
PROFIBUS is supported internationally by IEC 60870-5-103 star-type RS232 copper conductor
several hundred manufacturers and has to connection or fiber-optic connection
date been used in more than 1,000,000
applications all over the world.
With the PROFIBUS-DP, the protection Master control unit
can be directly connected to a SIMATIC
S5/S7. The transferred data are fault data,
measured values and information from or
to the logic (CFC).
MODBUS RTU
MODBUS is also a widely utilized commu-
nication standard and is used in numerous
automation solutions.
DNP 3.0
DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network Protocol
version 3) is a messaging-based communi-
cation protocol. The SIPROTEC 4 units
are fully Level 1 and Level 2 compliant
with DNP 3.0. DNP 3.0 is supported by a
number of protection device manufactur-
ers.
Fig. 11/11
11
Safe bus architecture PROFIBUS: Optical double ring circuit
• RS485 bus
With this data transmission via copper
Master control unit
conductors, electromagnetic interference
influences are largely eliminated by the
use of twisted-pair conductor. Upon fail-
ure of a unit, the remaining system con-
tinues to operate without any faults.
• Fiber-optic double ring circuit
The fiber-optic double ring circuit is im-
mune to electromagnetic interference.
Upon failure of a section between two
units, the communication system contin-
ues to operate without disturbance.
Fig. 11/12
PROFIBUS: RS485 copper conductors
11/11
 11 Generator Protection / 7UM61

Communication

System solution
SIPROTEC 4 is tailor-made for use
in SIMATIC-based automation
systems.
Via the PROFIBUS-DP, indica-
tions (pickup and tripping) and all

LSP2163-afpen.tif
relevant operational measured Fig. 11/13
values are transmitted from the RS232/RS485
protection unit. Electrical communication module

Via modem and service interface,

the protection engineer has access
to the protection devices at all
times. This permits remote main-
tenance and diagnosis (cyclic test-
ing).
Parallel to this, local communica-
tion is possible, for example, dur-

LSP2162-afpen.tif
ing a major inspection.
Fig. 11/14
Fiber-optic communication module

LSP2164-afpen.tif
Fig. 11/15
Communication module, optical,
double-ring

11

Fig. 11/16
System solution: Communication

11/12 Siemens SIP · 2004

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM61

Typical connections

Direct generator-bus connection

Fig. 11/17 illustrates the recommended
standard connection if several generators
supply one busbar. Phase-to-earth faults
are disconnected by employing the direc-
tional earth-fault criterion. The earth-fault
current is driven through the cables of the
system. If this is not sufficient, an earthing
transformer connected to the busbar sup-
plies the necessary current (maximum ap-
proximately 10 A) and permits a
protection range of up to 90 %. The
earth-fault current should be detected by
means of core-balance current transform-
ers in order to achieve the necessary sensi-
tivity. The displacement voltage can be
used as earth-fault criterion during starting
operations until synchronization is
achieved.

Fig. 11/17

Direct generator-bus connection with

low-resistance earthing
If the generator neutral point has low-
resistance earthing, the connection illus-
trated in Fig. 11/18 is recommended. In the
case of several generators, the resistance
must be connected to only one
generator, in order to prevent circulating 11
currents (3rd harmonic).
For selective earth-fault detection, the
earth-current input should be looped into
the common return conductor of the two
current transformer sets (differential con-
nection). The current transformers must
be earthed at only one point. The displace-
ment voltage VE is utilized as an additional
enabling criterion.
Balanced current transformers are
desirable with this form of connection. In
the case of higher generator power (for
example, IN approximately 2000 A), cur-
rent transformers with a secondary rated
current of 5 A are recommended.

Fig. 11/18

Siemens SIP · 2004 11/13

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM61

Typical connections

Direct generator-bus connection with

high-resistance generator neutral earthing
With this system configuration, selective
earth-fault detection is implemented on
the basis of the lower fault currents
through the differential connection of
core-balance current transformers (see
Figure 11/19). Secondary-side earthing
must be effected at only one core-balance
current transformer. The displacement
voltage is to be utilized additionally as
enable criterion.
The load resistor takes the form either of
primary or of secondary resistor with neu-
tral transformer. In the case of several gen-
erators connected to the busbar, again only
one generator will be earthed via the resis-
tor.

Fig. 11/19

Unit connection with isolated star point

This configuration of unit connection is a
variant to be recommended (see Figure
11/20). Earth-fault detection is effected by
means of the displacement voltage. In or-
der to prevent unwanted operation in the
event of earth faults in the system, a load
11 resistor must be provided at the broken
delta winding. Depending on the plant (or
substation), a voltage transformer with a
high power (VA) may in fact be sufficient.
If not, an earthing transformer should be
employed. The available measuring wind-
ing can be used for the purpose of voltage
measurement.
Rotor earth-fault protection can be imple-
mented with the unassigned earth-fault
current input. The 7XR61 coupling unit
must be used for this purpose.

Fig. 11/20

11/14 Siemens SIP · 2004

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM61

Typical connections

Unit connection with neutral transformer

With this system configuration, distur-
bance voltage reduction and damping in
the event of earth faults in the generator
area are effected by a load resistor con-
nected to generator neutral point. The
maximum earth-fault current is limited to
approximately 10 A. Configuration can
take the form of a primary or secondary re-
sistor with neutral transformer. In order to
avoid low secondary resistance, the trans-
formation ratio of the neutral transformer
should be low. The higher secondary volt-
age can be reduced by means of a voltage
divider.
Electrically, the circuit is identical to the
configuration in Figure 11/20.

Fig. 11/21

Connection with low-voltage generators

As is generally known, the low-voltage sys-
tem is solidly earthed, so that the generator
neutral point is connected to earth (see
Figure 11/22). With this configuration,
there is the risk that, as a result of the 3rd
harmonics forming a zero phase-sequence
system, circulating currents will flow via
the N-conductor. This must be limited by
the generator or system configuration (re- 11
actor).
Otherwise, connection corresponds to the
customary standard. In the case of residual
current transformer design, it has to be en-
sured that the thermal current limit (1 s) of
the IEE input is restricted to 300 A.

Fig. 11/22

Siemens SIP · 2004 11/15

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM61

Typical connections

Connection of an asynchronous motor

The figure shows the standard connection
of motors of medium capacity
(500 kW to <(1-2) MW). In addition to
the short-circuit protection, an earth-fault
protection (VE; IE inputs) is available.
As the busbar voltage is being monitored,
starting of the motor is prevented if the
voltage is too low or - in case of failure of
infeed - the motor circuit-breaker is
opened. Here, the wide range of frequency
is advantangeous. For the detection of tem-
peratures, 2 thermo-boxes (temperature
monitoring boxes) can be connected via a
serial interface.

11
Fig. 11/23

11/16 Siemens SIP · 2004

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM61

Typical connections

Voltage transformer in open delta

connection (V-connection)
Protection can also be implemented on
voltage transformers in open delta connec-
tion. Figure 11/24 shows the connection
involved. If necessary, the operational
measured values for the phase-to-earth Fig. 11/24
voltages can be slightly asymmetrical. If
this is disturbing, the neutral point (R16)
can be connected to earth via a capacitor.
In the case of open delta connection, it is
not possible to calculate the displacement
voltage from the secondary voltages. It
must be passed to the protection relay
along a different path (for example, voltage
transformer at the generator neutral point
or from the earthing transformer).

Connection with two current transformers

This configuration is to be found in older
systems with insulated or high-resistance
star point. This connection is illustrated in
Fig. 11/25. In the protection unit, the sec-
ondary currents are represented correctly
and, in addition, the positive and the nega-
tive-sequence system are correctly calcu-
lated. Limits of application occur in the
case of low-resistance and solid earthing.
Fig. 11/25

11

Siemens SIP · 2004 11/17

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM61

Technical data

Hardware Output relays

Analog inputs Number
Rated frequency 50 or 60 Hz 7UM611 12 (1 NO, 1 optional as NC,
via jumper)
Rated current IN 1 or 5 A 7UM612 20 (1 NO, 2 optional as NC,
Earth current, sensitive IEmax 1.6 A via jumper)
Rated voltage VN 100 to 125 V Switching capacity
Power consumption Make 1000 W / VA
With IN = 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA Break 30 VA
With IN = 5 A Approx. 0.3 VA Break (for resistive load) 40 W
For sensitive earth current Approx. 0.05 VA Break (for L/R ≤ 50 ms) 25 VA
Voltage inputs (with 100 V) Approx. 0.3 VA Switching voltage 250 V
Capability in CT circuits Permissible current 5 A continuous
Thermal (r.m.s. values) 100 IN for 1 s 30 A for 0.5 seconds
30 IN for 10 s
4 IN continuous LEDs
Dynamic (peak) 250 IN (one half cycle) Number
Earth current, sensitive 300 A for 1 s RUN (green) 1
100 A for 10 s ERROR (red) 1
15 A continuous Assignable LED (red)
Dynamic (peak) 750 A (one half cycle) 7UM611 7
Capability in voltage paths 230 V continuous 7UM612 14
Auxiliary voltage Unit design
Rated auxiliary voltage 24 to 48 V DC 7XP20 housing For dimensions see dimension
60 to 125 V DC drawings, part 16
110 to 250 V DC
and 115 V/230 V AC with 50/60 Hz Degree of protection acc. to
EN 60529
Permitted tolerance –20 to +20 % For surface-mounting housing IP 51
Superimposed (peak-to-peak) ≤ 15 % For flush-mounting housing
Power consumption Front IP 51
During normal operation Rear IP 50
7UM611 Approx. 4 W For the terminals IP 2x with terminal cover put on
7UM612 Approx. 4.5 W Weight
During pickup with all inputs Flush mounting housing
and outputs activated 7UM611 (1/3 x 19″) Approx. 5.5 kg
7UM611 Approx. 9.5 W 7UM612 (1/2 x 19″) Approx. 7 kg
7UM612 Approx. 12.5 W Surface mounting housing
Bridging time during auxiliary 7UM611 (1/3 x 19″) Approx. 7.5 kg
voltage failure 7UM612 (1/2 x 19″) Approx. 12 kg
at Vaux = 48 V and Vaux ≥ 110 V ≥ 50 ms
at Vaux = 24 V and Vaux = 60 V ≥ 20 ms
11 Binary inputs
Number
7UM611 7
7UM612 15
3 pickup thresholds 10 to 19 V DC or 44 to 88 V DC
Range is selectable with jumpers 88 to 176 V DC1)
Maximum permissible voltage 300 V DC
Current consumption, energized Approx. 1.8 mA

1) Not valid for the CPU board.

11/18 Siemens SIP · 2004

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM61

Technical data

Serial interfaces Electrical tests

Operating interface for DIGSI 4
Connection
Baud rate
Time synchronization IRIG-B / DCF 77 signal (Format IRIG-B000)
Connection
Voltage levels
Service/modem interface for DIGSI 4/modem/service
Isolated RS232/RS485
Test voltage
Distance for RS232
Distance for RS485
Fiber-optic cable
Optical wavelength
Permissible path attenuation
Bridgeable distance
System interface IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, PROFIBUS-DP, MODBUS RTU
Isolated RS232/RS485
Baud rate
Test voltage
Distance for RS232
Distance for RS485
PROFIBUS RS485
Test voltage
Baud rate
Distance
PROFIBUS fiber-optic
Only for flush-mounting housing
For surface-mounting housing
Baud rate
Optical wavelength
Permissible path attenuation
Distance
Specifications
Non-isolated, RS232, front panel; Standards IEC 60255 (product standards)
9-pin subminiature connector ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0/.1/.2
UL 508
4800 to 115200 baud
DIN 57435, part 303
For further standards see below.
9-pin subminiature connector, Insulation tests
terminal with surface-mounting
Standards IEC 60255-5
housing
Voltage test (100 % test) 2.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50/60 Hz
Selectable 5 V or 12 V or 24 V
All circuits except for auxiliary sup-
ply, binary inputs communication
9-pin subminiature connector and time synchronization interfaces
500 V / 50 Hz Voltage test (100 % test) 3.5 kV DC
Max. 15 m Auxiliary voltage and binary inputs
Max. 1000 m
Voltage test (100 % test) 500 V (r.m.s. value), 50/60 Hz
Integrated ST-connector RS485/RS232 rear side communica-
λ = 820 nm tion interfaces and time synchroni-
Max. 8 dB for glass-fiber zation interface
62.5/125 µm
Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 J;
Max. 1.5 km
All circuits except for communica- 3 positive and 3 negative impulses
tion interfaces and time synchroni- at intervals of 5 s
9-pin subminiature connector zation interface, class III
4800 to 115200 baud EMC tests for noise immunity; type test
500 V / 50 Hz
Standards IEC 60255-6, IEC 60255-22 (prod-
Max. 15 m
uct standards)
Max. 1000 m
EN 50082-2 (generic standard)
DIN 57435 part 303
500 V / 50 Hz
High frequency test 2.5 kV (peak value), 1 MHz;
Max. 12 Mbaud
IEC 60255-22-1, class III τ = 15 ms, 400 pulses per s;
1000 m at 93.75 kBaud;
and VDE 0435 part 303, class III duration 2 s
100 m at 12 Mbaud
Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge; 15 kV air
IEC 60255-22-2, class IV discharge; both polarities;
ST connector
EN 61000-4-2, class IV 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω
Optical interface with OLM1)
Max. 1.5 Mbaud Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz
λ = 820 nm non-modulated
Max. 8 dB for glass-fiber 62.5/125 µm IEC 60255-22-3 (report), class III
1.6 km (500 kB/s)
Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz; 80 % AM;
530 m (1500 kB/s)
amplitude-modulated 1 kHz
IEC 61000-4-3, class III 11
Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 900 MHz; repetition
pulse-modulated, IEC 61000-4-3/ frequency 200 Hz; duty cycle 50 %
ENV 50204, class III
Fast transient interference bursts 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz; burst length =
IEC 60255-22-4, IEC 61000-4-4, 15 ms; repetition rate 300 ms;
class IV both polarities;
Ri = 50 Ω; test duration 1 min

1) Conversion with external OLM

For fiber-optic interface please complete order number at 11th position
with 4 (FMS RS485) or 9 and Order code L0A (DP RS485) and addition-
ally order:
For single ring: SIEMENS OLM 6GK1502-3AB10
For double ring: SIEMENS OLM 6GK1502-4AB10

Siemens SIP · 2004 11/19

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM61

Technical data

EMC tests for noise immunity; type tests
High-energy surge voltages
(SURGE), IEC 61000-4-5
Installation, class III
Auxiliary supply
Measurement inputs, binary inputs
and relay outputs
Line-conducted HF, amplitude-
modulated
IEC 61000-4-6, class III
Magnetic field with power
frequency
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV;
IEC 60255-6
Oscillatory surge withstand
capability
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1
Fast transient surge withstand ca-
pability
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1
Radiated electromagnetic interfer-
ence
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2
Damped oscillations
IEC 60894, IEC 61000-4-12
EMC tests for interference emission; type tests
Standard
Conducted interference voltage
on lines only auxiliary supply
IEC-CISPR 22
Interference field strength
IEC-CISPR 22
Impulse: 1.2/50 µs
Common (longitudinal) mode:
2 kV; 12 Ω, 9 µF
Differential (transversal) mode:
1 kV; 2 Ω, 18 µF
Common (longitudinal) mode:
2 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 µF
Differential (transversal) mode:
1 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 µF
10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz;
80 % AM; 1 kHz
30 A/m continuous;
300 A/m for 3 s; 50 Hz
0.5 mT; 50 Hz
2.5 to 3 kV (peak); 1 to 1.5 MHz
damped wave; 50 surges per second;
Duration 2 s; Ri = 150 to 200 Ω
4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 surges per
second; both polarities;
Duration 2 s ; Ri = 80 Ω
35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz
2.5 kV (peak value), polarity alter-
nating 100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 and
50 MHz, Ri = 200 Ω
EN 50081-1 (generic standard)
150 kHz to 30 MHz
Limit class B
30 to 1000 MHz
Limit class B
Mechanical stress tests
Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration
During operation
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068
Vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 10 to 60 Hz: ± 0.075 mm ampli-
IEC 60068-2-6 tude;
60 to 150 Hz: 1 g acceleration
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Shock Half-sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms,
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks each in both directions of
the 3 axes
Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude
IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis)
1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude
(vertical axis)
8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
(horizontal axis)
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
(vertical axis)
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes
During transport
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
Vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 to 8 Hz: ±7.5 mm amplitude;
IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Shock Half-sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms,
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks each in both directions
3 axes
Continuous shock Half-sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms,
IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks in both directions of
the 3 axes

11

11/20 Siemens SIP · 2004


Technical data
Climatic stress tests
Temperatures
Type-tested acc. to IEC 60068-2-1
and -2, test Bd, for 16 h
Temporarily permissible operating
temperature, tested for 96 h
Recommended permanent operating –5 °C to +55 °C / +25 °F to +131 °F
temperature acc. to IEC 60255-6
– Limiting temperature during
permanent storage
– Limiting temperature during
transport
Humidity
Permissible humidity stress
It is recommended to arrange the
units in such a way that they are not
exposed to direct sunlight or pro-
nounced temperature changes that
could cause condensation
Functions
General
Frequency range
Definite-time overcurrent protection, directional (ANSI 50, 51, 67)
Setting ranges
Overcurrent I>, I>>
Time delay T
Undervoltage seal-in V<
Seal-in time of V<
Angle of the directional element
(at I>)
Times
Pickup time I>, I>>
At 2 times of set value
At 10 times of set value
Drop-off time I>, I>>
Drop-off ratio
Drop-off ratio V<
Tolerances
Current pickup (starting) I>,
I>>
Undervoltage seal-in V<
Angle of the directional element
Time delays
Siemens SIP · 2004
–25 °C to +85 °C / –13 °F to +185
°F
–20 °C to +70 °C / –4 °F to +158 °F
–25 °C to +55 °C / –13 °F to +131 °F
–25 °C to +70 °C / –13 °F to +158 °F
Annual average ≤ 75 % relative hu-
midity; on 56 days a year up to 93
% relative humidity; condensation
is not permitted
11 to 69 Hz
0.1 to 8 A (steps 0.01 A); 5 times at
IN = 5 A
0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V)
0.1 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s)
– 90 ° to + 90 ° (steps 1 °)
Approx. 35 ms
Approx. 25 ms
Approx. 50 ms
I>: 0.95; I>>: 0.9 to 0.99 (steps
0.01)
Approx. 1.05
1 % of set value or 10/50 mA
1 % of set value or 0.5 V
1°
1 % or 10 ms
11 Generator Protection / 7UM61
Inverse-time overcurrent protection (ANSI 51V)
Setting ranges
Pickup overcurrent IP 0.1 to 4 A (steps 0.01 A); 5 times at
IN = 5 A
Time multiplier 0.05 to 3.2 s (steps 0.01 s)
IEC-characteristics T or indefinite
Time multiplier 0.5 to 15 (steps 0.01) or indefinite
ANSI-characteristics D
Undervoltage release V< 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V)
Trip characteristics
IEC Normal inverse; very inverse;
extremely inverse
ANSI Inverse; moderately inverse;
very inverse; extremely inverse;
definite inverse
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 IP
Drop-off threshold Approx. 1.05 IP for IP/IN ≥ 0.3
Tolerances
Pickup threshold IP 1 % of set value 10/50 mA
Pickup threshold V< 1 % of set value or 0.5 V
Time for 2 ≤ I/IP ≤ 20 5 % of nominal value + 1 % current
tolerance or 40 ms
Stator overload protection, thermal (ANSI 49)
Setting ranges
Factor k according to 0.5 to 2.5 (steps 0.01)
IEC 60255-8
Time constant 30 to 32000 s (steps 1 s)
Time delay factor at standstill 1 to 10 (steps 0.01)
Alarm overtemperature 70 to 100 % related to the trip
ΘAlarm/ΘTrip temperature (steps 1 %)
Overcurrent alarm stage IAlarm 0.1 to 4 A (steps 0.01 A); 5 times at
IN = 5 A
Temperature at IN 40 to 200 °C (steps 1 °C)
or 104 to 392 °F (steps 1 °F)
Scaling temperature of cooling 40 to 300 °C (steps 1 °C)
medium or 104 to 572 °F (steps 1 °F)
Reset time at emergency start 20 to 150000 s (steps 1 s)
Drop-off ratio
Θ/ΘTrip Drop-off with ΘAlarm
Θ/ΘAlarm Approx. 0.99
I/IAlarm Approx. 0.95
Tolerances
Regarding k x IP 2 % or 10/50 mA; class 2 % 11
according to IEC 60255-8
Regarding trip time 3 % or 1 s: class 3 %
according to IEC 60255-8
for I/(k IN)>1.25
11/21
 11 Generator Protection / 7UM61
Technical data
Negative-sequence protection (ANSI 46)
Setting ranges
Permissible negative sequence
I2 perm. /IN
Definite time trip stage I2 >>/IN
Time delays TAlarm; TI2>>
Negative-sequence factor k
Cooling down time TCooling
Times
Pickup time (definite stage)
Drop-off time (definite stage)
Drop-off ratios I2 perm.; I2 >>
Drop-off ratio thermal stage
Tolerances
Pickup values I2 perm.; I2 >>
Time delays
Thermal characteristic
Time for 2 ≤ I2/I2 perm. ≤ 20
Underexcitation protection (ANSI 40)
Setting ranges
Conductance thresholds 1/xd
characteristic (3 characteristics)
Inclination angle α1, α2, α3
Time delay T
Times
Stator criterion 1/xd
characteristic; α
Undervoltage blocking
Drop-off ratio
Stator criterion 1/xd
characteristic; α
Undervoltage blocking
Tolerances
Stator criterion 1/xd
characteristic
Stator criterion α
Undervoltage blocking
Time delays T
Reverse-power protection (ANSI 32R)
Setting ranges
11 Reverse power PRev.>/SN
Time delays T
Times
Pickup time
Drop-off time
Drop-off ratio PRev.>
Tolerances
Reverse power PRev.>
Time delays T
11/22
3 to 30 % (steps 1 %)
10 to 100 % (steps 1 %)
0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
2 to 40 s (steps 0.1 s)
0 to 50000 s (steps 1 s)
Approx. 50 ms
Approx. 50 ms
Approx. 0.95
Drop-off at fall below of I2 perm.
3 % of set value or 0.3 % negative
sequence
1 % or 10 ms
5 % of nominal value +1 % current
tolerance or 600 ms
0.25 to 3.0 (steps 0.01)
50 to 120 ° (steps 1 °)
0 to 50 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Approx. 60 ms
Approx. 50 ms
Approx. 0.95
Approx. 1.1
3 % of set value
1 ° electrical
1 % or 0.5 V
1 % or 10 ms
–0.5 to –30 % (steps 0.01 %)
0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Approx. 360 ms (50 Hz);
Approx. 300 ms (60 Hz)
Approx. 360 ms (50 Hz);
Approx. 300 ms (60 Hz)
Approx. 0.6
0.25 % SN ± 3 % set value
1 % or 10 ms
Forward-power protection (ANSI 32F)
Setting ranges
Forward power PForw.</SN
Forward power PForw.>/SN
Time delays T
Times
Pickup time
(accurate measuring)
Pickup time
(fast measuring)
Drop-off time
(accurate measuring)
Drop-off time (fast measuring)
Drop-off ratio PForw.<
Drop-off ratio PForw.>
Tolerances
Active power PForw.<, PForw.>
Time delays T
Impedance protection (ANSI 21)
Setting ranges
Overcurrent pickup I>
Undervoltage seal-in V<
Impedance Z1
(related to IN =1 A)
Impedance Z1B
(related to IN =1 A)
Impedance Z2
(related to IN =1 A)
Time delays T
Times
Shortest tripping time
Drop-off time
Drop-off ratio
Overcurrent pickup I>
Undervoltage seal-in V<
Tolerances
Overcurrent pickup I>
Undervoltage seal-in V<
Impedance measuring Z1, Z2
Time delays T
Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)
Setting range
Undervoltage pickup V<, V<<
(positive sequence as phase-to-
phase values)
Time delays T
Times
Pickup time V<, V<<
Drop-off time V<, V<<
Drop-off ratio V<, V<<
Tolerances
Voltage limit values
Time delays T
0.5 to 120 % (steps 0.1 %)
1 to 120 % (steps 0.1 %)
0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Approx. 360 ms (50 Hz);
Approx. 300 ms (60 Hz)
Approx. 60 ms (50 Hz);
Approx. 50 ms (60 Hz)
Approx. 360 ms (50 Hz);
Approx. 300 ms (60 Hz)
Approx. 60 ms (50 Hz);
Approx. 50 ms (60 Hz)
1.1 or 0.5 % of SN
Approx. 0.9 or –0.5 % of SN
0.25 % SN ± 3 % of set value
at Q < 0.5 SN at accurate measuring
0.5 % SN ± 3 % of set value
at Q < 0.5 SN at fast measuring
1 % or 10 ms
0.1 to 4 A (steps 0.01 A); 5 times at
IN = 5A
10 to 125 V (steps 0.1V)
0.05 to 130 Ω (steps 0.01 Ω)
0.05 to 65 Ω (steps 0.01 Ω)
0.05 to 65 Ω (steps 0.01 Ω)
0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Approx. 40 ms
Approx. 50 ms
Approx. 0.95
Approx. 1.05
1 % of set value. 10/50 mA
1 % of set value. or 0.5 V
|∆Z/Z| ≤ 5 % for 30 ° ≤ ϕK ≤ 90 °
1 % or 10 ms
10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V)
0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Approx. 50 ms
Approx. 50 ms
1.01 to 1.1 (steps 0.01)
1 % of set value or 0.5 V
1 % or 10 ms
Siemens SIP · 2004
 11 Generator Protection / 7UM61

Technical data

Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59) 90 % stator earth-fault protection, non-directional, directional

Setting ranges
Overvoltage pickup V>, V>>
(maximum phase-to-phase
voltage or phase-to-earth-
voltage)
Time delays T
Time
Pickup times V>, V>>
Drop-off times V>, V>>
Drop-off ratio V>, V>>
Tolerances
Voltage limit value
Time delays T
Frequency protection (ANSI 81)
Setting ranges
Steps; selectable f>, f<
Pickup values f>, f<
Time delays T
Undervoltage blocking V1<
Times
Pickup times f>, f<
Drop-off times f>, f<
30 to 170 V (steps 0.1 V)
0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Approx. 50 ms
Approx. 50 ms
0.9 to 0.99 (steps 0.01)
1 % of set value 0.5 V
1 % or 10 ms
4 Sensitive earth-fault protection (ANSI 50/51GN, 64R)
40 to 65 Hz (steps 0.01 Hz)
0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V)
Approx. 100 ms
Approx. 100 ms
(ANSI 59N, 64G, 67G)
Setting ranges
Displacement voltage V0 >
Earth current 3I0 >
Angle of direction element
Time delays T
Times
Pickup times V0>, 3I0>
Drop-off times V0>/ 3I0>
Drop-off ratio V0>, 3I0>
Drop-off difference angle
Tolerances
Displacement voltage
Earth current
Time delays T
Setting ranges
Earth current pickup IEE>,
IEE>>
Time delays T
Measuring circuit supervision
IEE<
5 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V)
2 to 1000 mA (steps 1 mA)
0 to 360 ° (steps 1 °)
0 to 60 s (steps 0,01 s) or indefinite
Approx. 50 ms
Approx. 50 ms
0.7
10 ° directed to power system
1 % of set value or 0.5 V
1 % of set value or 0.5 mA
1 % or 10 ms
2 to 1000 mA (steps 1 mA)
0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
1.5 to 50 mA (steps 0.1 mA)

Drop-off difference ∆f Approx. 20 mHz Times

Drop-off ratio V1< Approx. 1.05 Pickup times Approx. 50 ms
Drop-off times Approx. 50 ms
Tolerances Measuring circuit supervision Approx. 50 ms
Frequency 10 mHz (at V> 0.5 VN)
Undervoltage blocking 1 % of set value or 0.5 V Drop-off ratio IEE>, IEE>> 0.95 or 1 mA
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms Drop-off ratio measuring circuit Approx. 1.1 or 1 mA
supervision IEE<
Overexcitation protection (Volt/Hertz) (ANSI 24)
Tolerances
Setting ranges Earth current pickup 1 % of set value or 0.5 mA
Pickup threshold alarm stage 1 to 1.2 (steps 0.01) Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms
Pickup threshold V/f>>-stage 1 to 1.4 (steps 0.01) rd
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite 100 % stator earth-fault protection with 3 harmonics
rd
Characteristic values of V/f 1.1/1.15/1.2/1.25/1.3/1.35/1.4 (ANSI 59TN, 27TN (3 H.))
and assigned times t(V/f ) 0 to 20000 s (steps 1 s) Setting ranges
Cooling down time TCooling 0 to 20000 s (steps 1 s) Displacement voltage 0.2 to 40 V (steps 0.1 V)
Times (Alarm and V/f>>-stage) V0 (3rd harm.)>, V0 (3rd harm.)<
Pickup times at 1.1 of set value Approx. 60 ms Time delay T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Drop-off times Approx. 60 ms Active-power release 10 to 100 % (steps 1 %) or indefinite
Positive-sequence voltage release 50 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V) or indefinite
Drop-off ratio (alarm, trip) 0.95
Times
11
Tolerances Pickup time Approx. 80 ms
V/f-pickup 3 % of set value Drop-off time Approx. 80 ms
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms
Thermal characteristic (time) 5 % rated to V/f or 600 ms Drop-off ratio
Undervoltage stage V0 (3rd harm.)< Approx. 1.4
Overvoltage stage V0 (3rd harm.)> Approx. 0.6
Active-power release Approx. 0.9
Positive-sequence voltage release Approx. 0.95
Tolerances
Displacement voltage 3 % of set value or 0.1 V
Time delay T 1 % or 10 ms

Siemens SIP · 2004 11/23

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM61

Technical data

Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF Restart inhibit for motors (ANSI 66, 49 Rotor)
Setting ranges Setting ranges
Current thresholds I>BF 0.04 to 1 A (steps 0.01 A) Motor starting 3.0 to 10.0 (steps 0.01)
Time delay BF-T 0.06 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or current IStart max /IN
indefinite Permissible starting 3.0 to 120.0 s (steps 0.1 s)
Time time TStart max
Pickup time Approx. 50 ms Rotor temperature equalization 0 to 60.0 min (steps 0,1 min)
Drop-off time Approx. 50 ms time TEquali.
Minimum restart inhibit 0.2 to 120.0 min (steps 0.1 min)
Tolerances time TRestart, min
Current threshold I>BF/IN 1 % of set value or 10/50 mA Permissible number of warm 1 to 4
Time delay T 1 % or 10 ms starts nW
Inadvertent energizing protection (ANSI 50, 27) Difference between warm and 1 to 2
cold starts nK-nW
Setting ranges
Extensions of time constants 1.0 to 100.0
Current pickup I>>> 0.1 to 20 A (steps 0.1 A);
(running and stop)
5 times at IN= 5 A
Voltage release V1< 10 to 125 V (steps 1 V) Tolerances
Time delay 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite Time delays T 1 % or 0.1 ms
Drop-off time 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite Rate-of-frequency-change protection (ANSI 81R)
Times Setting ranges
Reaction time Approx. 25 ms Steps, selectable +df/dt >; - df/dt 4
Drop-off time Approx. 35 ms Pickup value df/dt 0.2 to 10 Hz/s (steps 0.1 Hz/s);
Drop-off ratio I>>> Approx. 0.8 Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Drop-off ratio V1< Approx. 1.05 Undervoltage blocking V1< 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V)
Tolerances Times
Current pickup 5 % of set value or 20/100 mA Pickup times df/dt Approx. 200 ms
Undervoltage seal-in V1< 1 % of set value or 0.5 V Drop-off times df/dt Approx. 200 ms
Time delay T 1 % or 10 ms Drop-off ratio df/dt Approx. 0.95 or 0.1 Hz/s
External trip coupling Drop-off ratio V< Approx. 1.05
Number of external trip couplings 2 for 7UM611 Tolerances
4 for 7UM612 Rate-of-frequency change Approx. 0.1 Hz/s at V> 0.5 VN
Undervoltage blocking 1 % of set value or 0.5 V
Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms
Number of supervised trip circuits 1
Vector jump supervision (voltage)
(only 7UM612)
Setting ranges
Starting time supervision for motors (ANSI 48)
Stage ∆ϕ 0.5 ° to 15 ° (steps 0.1 °)
Setting ranges Time delay T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Motor starting 1.0 to 16 (steps 0.01) Undervoltage blocking V1< 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V)
current IStart max /IN
Tolerances
Starting current 0.6 to 10 (steps 0.01)
Vector jump 0.3 ° at V> 0.5 VN
pickup IStart, pickup. /IN
Undervoltage blocking 1 % of set value or 0.5 V
Permissible starting 1.0 to 180 s (steps 0.1 s)
11 time TStart max
Time delay T 1 % or 10 ms
Permissible locked rotor 0.5 to 120 s (steps 0.1 s) or indefinite Incoupling of temperature via serial interface (thermo-box) (ANSI 38)
time TBlocking Number of measuring sensors 6 or 12
Times Depending on the settings Temperature thresholds 40 to 250 °C or 100 to 480 °F
Drop-off ratio Approx. 0.95 (steps 1 °C or 1 °F)
Tolerances Sensor types Pt100; Ni 100, Ni 120
Current threshold 1 % of set value, or 1 % of IN
Time delays T 5 % or 30 ms

11/24 Siemens SIP · 2004

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM61

Technical data

Operational measured values Additional functions

Description Primary; secondary or per unit (%) Fault event logging Storage of events of the last 8 faults
Currents IL1; IL2; IL3; IEE; I1; I2 Puffer length max. 600 indications
Tolerance 0.2 % of measured values or ± Time solution 1 ms
10 mA ± 1 digit Operational indications Max. 200 indications
Voltages VL1; VL2; VL3; VE; VL12; VL23; VL31; Time solution 1 ms
V1; V2 Elapsed-hour meter Up to 6 decimal digits
Tolerance 0.2 % of measured values or ± 0.2 V (criterion: current threshold)
± 1 digit
Switching statistics Number of breaker operation
Impedance R, X Phase-summated tripping current
Tolerance 1%
CE conformity
Power S; P; Q
Tolerance 1 % of measured values or ± 0.25 % This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Com-
SN munities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating
to electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC)
Phase angle ϕ and electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits
Tolerance <0.1 ° (Council Directive 73/23/EEC).
Power factor cos ϕ (p.f.) This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
Tolerance 1 % ± 1 digit man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part
Frequency f 303).
Tolerance 10 mHz at (V> 0.5 VN; 40 Hz < f The unit has been developed and manufactured for application in an in-
< 65 Hz) dustrial environment according to the EMC standards.
Overexcitation V/f; This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG
Tolerance 1% in accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
Thermal measurement ΘL1; ΘL2, ΘL3, Θ I2, ΘV/f, generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directive and
Tolerance 5% standard EN 60255-6 for the “low-voltage Directive”.

Min./max. memory
Memory Measured values with date and time
Reset manual Via binary input
Via key pad
Via communication
Values
Positive sequence voltage V1
Positive sequence current I1
Active power P
Reactive power Q
Frequency f
Displacement voltage VE(3rd harm.)
(3rd harmonics)
Energy metering
Meter of 4 quadrants WP+; WP–; WQ+; WQ– 11
Tolerance 1%
Fault records
Number of fault records Max. 8 fault records
Instantaneous values Max. 5 s
Storage time Depending on the actual frequency
Sampling interval (e. g. 1.25 ms at 50 Hz;
1.04 ms at 60 Hz))
Channels vL1, vL2, vL3, vE; iL1, iL2, iL3, iEE
R.m.s. values
Storage period Max. 80 s
Sampling interval Fixed (20 ms at 50 Hz; 16.67 ms at
60 Hz)
Channels V1, VE, I1, I2, IEE, P, Q, ϕ, f-fn

Siemens SIP · 2004 11/25

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM61

Selection and ordering data Description Order No. Order Code

7UM61 multifunction generator and
motor protection relay 7UM61¨¨-¨¨¨¨¨-¨¨¨0 ¨¨¨
Housing, binary inputs and outputs
Housing 1/3 19", 7 BI, 11 BO, 1 live status contact 1
Housing 1/2 19", 15 BI, 19 BO, 1 live status contact 2

Current transformer IN
1 A1) 1
5 A1) 5

Rated auxiliary voltage (power supply, indication voltage)

24 to 48 V DC, threshold binary input 17 V3) 2
60 to 125 V DC2), threshold binary input 17 V3) 4
110 to 250 V DC2), 115/230 V AC, threshold binary input 73 V3) 5

Unit version
For panel surface mounting, 2 tier screw-type terminals top/bottom B
For panel flush mounting, plug-in terminals (2-/3- pin connector) D
Flush-mounting housing, screw-type terminal
(direct connection, ring-type cable lugs) E

Region-specific default setting/function and language settings

Region DE, 50 Hz, IEC characteristics, language: German,
(language can be selected) A
Region World, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI characteristics, language: English (UK),
(language can be selected) B
Region US, 60 Hz, ANSI characteristics, language: English (US),
(language can be selected) C

System interface (rear of units)

No system interface 0
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, electrical RS232 1
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, electrical RS485 2
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3
PROFIBUS-DP slave, electrical RS485 9 L 0 A
PROFIBUS-DP slave, optical 820 nm, double ring, ST connector* 9 L 0 B
MODBUS, electrical RS485 9 L 0 D
MODBUS, optical 820 nm, ST connector* 9 L 0 E
DNP 3.0, electrical RS485 9 L 0 G
DNP 3.0, optical 820 nm, ST connector* 9 L 0 H

11 DIGSI 4/modem interface (rear of unit)

No interface 0
DIGSI 4, electrical RS232 1
DIGSI 4, temperature monitoring box, electrical RS485 2
DIGSI 4, temperature monitoring box, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3

Measuring functions
Without 0
Min./max. values, energy metering 3
1) Rated current can be selected by
means of jumpers. Functions4)
2) Transition between the two auxiliary Generator Basic A
voltage ranges can be selected by Generator Standard B
means of jumpers. Generator Full C
3) The binary input thresholds can be Motor, asynchronous F
selected in stages by means of
jumpers. Additional functions4)
4) For more detailed information on the Without A
functions see Table 11/1 on page 11/4. Network decoupling (df / dt and vector jump) E
* Not with position 9 = B; if 9 = “B”,
please order 7UM61 unit with RS485
port and separate fiber-optic convert-
ers.

11/26 Siemens SIP · 2004

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM61

Accessories Description Order No.

DIGSI 4
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows (version Windows 95 and higher)
device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included
as well as “Getting started” manual on paper, connecting cables (copper)
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Demo
Demo version on CD-ROM 7XS5401-0AA00
Professional
Complete version:
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00

SIGRA
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers
(Comtrade format). Running under MS Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP Professional.
Incl. templates, electronic manual with license for 10 PCs.
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00

Connecting cable
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector)
and protection unit (9-pin connector)
(contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally) 7XV5100-4

Coupling device for rotor earth-fault protection 7XR6100-0CA00

Series resistor for rotor earth-fault protection 3PP1336-0DZ-013002

Voltage divider (5:1, 5:2) 3PP1336-1CZ-013001

Temperature monitoring box (thermo-box)

24 to 60 V AC/DC 7XV5662-2AD10
90 to 240 V AC/DC 7XV5662-5AD10

Manual for 7UM61

English C53000-G1176-C127-2 11

Siemens SIP · 2004 11/27

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM61

Accessories Description Order No. Size of Supplier Fig.

package

LSP2089-afpen.tif
Connector 2-pin C73334-A1-C35-1 1 Siemens 11/27
3-pin C73334-A1-C36-1 1 Siemens 11/28

Crimp CI2 0.5 to 1 mm

2
0-827039-1 4000 AMP 1)
Fig. 11/26 Mounting rail for 19" rack connector 0-827396-1 1 AMP 1)

AMP 1)
2
CI2 1 to 2.5 mm 0-827040-1 4000
0-827397-1 1 AMP 1)
LSP2091-afpen.eps
LSP2090-afpen.eps

AMP 1)
2
Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm 0-163083-7 4000
0-163084-2 1 AMP 1)

Crimping For Type III+ 0-539635-1 1 AMP 1)

Fig. 11/28 tool and matching female 0-539668-2 AMP 1)
Fig. 11/27
3-pin connector For CI2 0-734372-1 1 AMP 1)
2-pin connector
and matching female 1-734387-1 AMP 1)

Mounting rail C73165-A63-D200-1 1 Siemens 11/26

LSP2093-afpen.eps

LSP2092-afpen.eps

Short-circuit links For current terminals C73334-A1-C33-1 1 Siemens 11/29

For other terminals C73334-A1-C34-1 1 Siemens 11/30

Safety cover for terminals Large C73334-A1-C31-1 1 Siemens 11/3

Small C73334-A1-C32-1 1 Siemens 11/3
Fig. 11/29 Fig. 11/30
Short-circuit link Short-circuit link
for current for voltage Your local Siemens representative can inform 1) AMP Deutschland GmbH
terminals terminals/indi- you on local suppliers. Amperestr. 7–11
cations terminals 63225 Langen
Germany
Tel.: +49 6103 709-0
Fax +49 6103 709-223

11

11/28 Siemens SIP · 2004

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM61

Connection diagram

1) NO or NC with jumper possible.

11
Fig. 11/31
7UM611 connection diagram (IEC standard)

Siemens SIP · 2004 11/29

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM61

Connection diagram

11

1) NO or NC with jumper possible.

Fig. 11/32
7UM612 connection diagram (IEC standard)

11/30 Siemens SIP · 2004

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM61

Connection diagram

1) NO or NC with jumper possible.

11
Fig. 11/33
7UM611 connection diagram (ANSI standard)

Siemens SIP · 2004 11/31

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM61

Connection diagram

11

1) NO or NC with jumper possible.

Fig. 11/34
7UM612 connection diagram (ANSI standard)

11/32 Siemens SIP · 2004


SIPROTEC 4 7UM62
Multifunction Generator, Motor and Transformer Protection Relay
Fig. 11/35 SIPROTEC 4 7UM62 multifunction protection relay for
generators, motors and transformers
Description
The SIPROTEC 4 7UM62 protection relays
can do more than just protect. They also
offer numerous additional functions. Be it
earth faults, short-circuits, overloads, over-
voltage, overfrequency or underfrequency
asynchronous conditions, protection relays
assure continued operation of power sta-
tions. The SIPROTEC 4 7UM62 protection
relay is a compact unit which has been
specially developed and designed for the
protection of small, medium-sized and
large generators. They integrate all the
necessary protection functions and are par-
ticularly suited for the protection of:
− Hydro and pumped-storage generators
− Co-generation stations
− Private power stations using regenera-
tive energy sources such as wind or
biogases
− Diesel generator stations
− Gas-turbine power stations
− Industrial power stations
− Conventional steam power stations.
The SIPROTEC 4 7UM62 includes all
necessary protection functions for large
synchronous and asynchronous motors
and for transformers.
The integrated programmable logic
functions (continuous function chart
CFC) offer the user high flexibility so that
Siemens SIP · 2004
LSP2171-afpen.eps
adjustments can easily be made to the
varying power station requirements on the
basis of special system conditions.
The flexible communication interfaces are
open for modern communication archi-
tectures with the control system.
The following basic functions are available
for all versions:
Current differential protection for
generators, motors and transformers,
stator earth-fault protection, sensitive
earth-fault protection, stator overload pro-
tection, overcurrent- time protection (ei-
ther definite time or inverse time),
definite-time overcurrent protection with
directionality, undervoltage and overvolt-
age protection, underfrequency and
overfrequency protection, overexcitation
and underexcitation protection, external
trip coupling, forward-power and reverse-
power protection, negative-sequence pro-
tection, breaker failure protection, rotor
earth-faults protection (fn, R-measuring),
motor starting time supervision and restart
inhibit for motors.
11 Generator Protection / 7UM62
Function overview
Standard version
Scope of basic version plus:
• Inadvertent energization protection
• 100 %-stator earth-fault protection
with 3rd harmonic
• Impedance protection
Full version
Scope of standard version plus:
• DC voltage protection
• Overcurrent protection during start-ups
• Earth-current differential protection
• Out-of-step protection
Additional version
Available for each version:
• Sensitive rotor earth-fault protection
(1-3 Hz method)
• Stator earth-fault protection with
20 Hz voltage
• Rate-of-frequency-change protection
• Vector jump supervision
Monitoring function
• Trip circuit supervision
• Fuse failure monitor
• Operational measured values V, I, f, …
• Energy metering values Wp, Wq
• Time metering of operating hours
• Self-supervision of relay
• 8 oscillographic fault records
Communication interfaces
• System interface
11
– IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
– PROFIBUS-DP
– MODBUS RTU
– DNP 3.0
Hardware
• Analog inputs
• 8 current transformers
• 4 voltage transformers
• 7/15 binary inputs
• 12/20 output relays
Front design
• User-friendly local operation
• 7/14 LEDs for local alarm
• Function keys
11/33
 11 Generator Protection / 7UM62

Application
The 7UM6 protection relays of the
SIPROTEC 4 family are compact multi-
function units which have been developed
for small to medium-sized power genera-
tion plants. They incorporate all the neces-
sary protective functions and are especially
suitable for the protection of:
– Hydro and pumped-storage generators
– Co-generation stations
– Private power stations using regenera-
tive energy sources such as wind or
biogases
– Power generation with diesel
generators
– Gas turbine power stations
– Industrial power stations
– Conventional steam power stations.
They can also be employed for protection
of motors and transformers.
The numerous other additional functions
assist the user in ensuring cost-effective
system management and reliable power
supply. Measured values display current
operating conditions. Stored status indica-
tions and fault recording provide assistance
in fault diagnosis not only in the event of a
disturbance in generator operation.
Combination of the units makes it possible
to implement effective redundancy con-
cepts.
Protection functions
Generator Basic
One application concentrates on small and
medium generators for which differential
protection is required. The function mix is
also suitable as backup protection. Protec-
tion of synchronous motors is a further ap-
plication.
Generator Standard
In the case of medium-size generators
(10 to 100 MVA) in a unit connection, this
scope of functions offers all necessary
protection functions. Besides inadvertent
energization protection, it also includes
powerful backup protection for the trans-
former or the power system. The scope of
protection is also suitable for units in the
second protection group.
Generator Full
Here, all protection functions are available
and the main application focuses on large
block units (more than 100 MVA). The
function mix includes all necessary protec-
tion functions for the generator as well as
backup protection for the block trans-
former including the power system. Addi-
tional functions such as protection during
start-up for generators with starting con-
verters are also included.
The scope of functions can be used for the
second protection group, and functions
that are not used, can be masked out.
Asynchronous motor
Besides differential protection, this func-
Construction
The SIPROTEC 4 units have a uniform
design and a degree of functionality which
represents a whole new quality in protec-
tion and control.
Local operation has been designed accord-
ing to ergonomic criteria. Large, easy-to-
read displays were a major design aim. The
DIGSI 4 operating program considerably
simplifies planning and engineering and
reduces commissioning times.
The 7UM62 is configured in 1/2 19 inches
width. This means that the units of previ-
ous models can be replaced. The height
throughout all housing width increments is
243 mm.
All wires are connected directly or by
means of ring-type cable lugs. Alterna-
tively, versions with plug-in terminals are
also available. These permit the use of
prefabricated cable harnesses.
In the case of panel surface mounting, the
connecting terminals are in the form of
screw-type terminals at top and bottom.
The communication interfaces are also
arranged on the same sides.
LSP2166-afpen.eps

Numerous protection functions are neces-
sary for reliable protection of electrical ma-
chines. Their extent and combination are
11 determined by a variety of factors, such as
machine size, mode of operation, plant
configuration, availability requirements,
experience and design philosophy.
This results in multifunctionality, which is
implemented in outstanding fashion by
numerical technology.
In order to satisfy differing requirements,
the combination of functions is scalable
(see Table 11/3). Selection is facilitated by
division into five groups.
tion package includes all protection func-
tions needed to protect large asynchronous
motors (more than 1 MVA). Stator and
bearing temperatures are measured by a
separate thermo-box and are transmitted
serially to the protection unit for evalua-
tion. Fig. 11/36
Rear view with wiring terminal
safety cover and serial interface
Transformer
This scope of functions not only includes
differential and overcurrent protection,
but also a number of protection functions
that permit monitoring of voltage and fre-
quency stress, for instance. The reverse-
power protection can be used for energy
recovery monitoring of parallel-connected
transformers.

11/34 Siemens SIP · 2004

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM62

Protection functions

Protection functions Abbre- ANSI No. Gene- Gene- Gene- Motor Trans-
viation rator rator rator Asyn- former
Basic Standard Full chronous
Current differential protection ∆I 87G/87T/ X X X X X
87M
Stator earth-fault protection V0>, 3I0> 59N, 64G X X X X X
non-directional, directional ⱔ(V0, 3I0) 67G
Sensitive earth-fault protection IEE> 50/51GN X X X X X
(also rotor earth-fault protection) (64R)
2
Stator overload protection It 49 X X X X X
Definite-time overcurrent protection I> +V< 51 X X X X X
with undervoltage seal-in
Definite-time overcurrent protection, I>>, Direc. 50/51/67 X X X X X
directional
Inverse-time overcurrent protection t = f (I)+V< 51V X X X X X
Overvoltage protection V> 59 X X X X X
Undervoltage protection V<, t = f (V) 27 X X X X X
Frequency protection f<, f> 81 X X X X X
Reverse-power protection -P 32R X X X X X
Overexcitation protection (Volt/Hertz) V/f 24 X X X X X
Fuse failure monitor V2/V1, I2/I1 60FL X X X X X
External trip coupling Incoup. 4 4 4 4 4
Trip circuit supervision T.C.S. 74TC X X X X X
Forward-power protection P>, P< 32F X X X X X
Underexcitation protection (loss-of-field protection) 1/xd 40 X X X
Negative-sequence protection I2>, t = f (I2) 46 X X X X
Breaker failure protection Imin> 50BF X X X X X
2
Motor starting time supervision Istart t 48 X X X X
2
Restart inhibit for motors It 66, 49 Rotor X
Rotor earth-fault protection (fn, R-measuring) R< 64R X X X
(fn)
Inadvertent energization protection I>, V< 50/27 X X
100 % stator earth-fault protection V0(3rd harm.) 59TN, 27TN X X
rd rd
with 3 harmonics 3 h
Impedance protection with (I>+V<) pickup Z< 21 X X
DC voltage / DC current time protection 59N (DC)
11
Vdc > X
Idc > 51N (DC)
Overcurrent protection during startup I> 51 X
2)
(for gas turbines)
2)
Earth-current differential protection ∆Ie 87GN/TN X
Out-of-step protection ∆Z/∆t 78 X
1) 1) 1)
Rotor earth-fault protection RREF< 64R X X X
2)
(1 to 3 Hz square wave voltage) (1 – 3 Hz)
2) 1) 1) 1)
100 % stator earth-fault protection with 20 Hz voltage RSEF< 64G X X X
(100 %)
2) 1) 1) 1)
Rate-of-frequency-change protection df/dt > 81R X X X
2) 1) 1) 1)
Vector jump supervision (voltage) ∆ > X X X
Supervision of phase rotation A, B, C 47 X X X X X
Undercurrent via CFC I< 37 X X X X X
2)
External temperature monitoring via serial interface 38 X X X X X
(Thermo-box)

Table 11/3 Scope of functions of the 7UM62

1) Optional for all function groups.
2) Available as of version V4.1 and higher.

Siemens SIP · 2004 11/35

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM62

Protection functions

Current differential protection

(ANSI 87G, 87M, 87T)
This function provides undelayed short-cir-
cuit protection for generators, motors and
transformers, and is based on the current
differential protection principle (Kirchhoff’s
current law).
The differential and restraint (stabilization)
current are calculated on the basis of the
phase currents. Optimized digital filters reli-
ably attenuate disturbances such as aperio-
dic component and harmonics. The high
resolution of measured quantities permits
recording of low differential currents (10 %
of IN) and thus a very high sensitivity.
An adjustable restraint characteristic per- Fig. 11/37 Restraint characteristic of current differential protection
mits optimum adaptation to the conditions
of the protected object. Software is used to
correct the possible mismatch of the current
transformers and the phase angle rotation
through the transformer (vector group).
Thanks to harmonic analysis of the differen-
tial current, inrush (second harmonic) and
overexcitation (fifth harmonic) are reliably
detected, and unwanted operation of the
differential protection is prevented. The
current of internal short-circuits is reliably
measured by a fast measuring stage
(IDiff>>), which operates with two mutually
complementary measuring processes. An
external short-circuit with transformer satu-
ration is picked up by a saturation detector
with time and status monitoring. It becomes
active when the differential current (IDiff)
moves out of the add-on restraint area.
Fig. 11/38 Restraint characteristic of earth-current differential protection
If a motor is connected, this is detected by
monitoring the restraint current and the
11 restraint characteristic is briefly raised. The differential and restraint quantity is
This prevents false tripping in the event of generated and fitted into the restraint
unequal current transmission by the cur- characteristic (see Fig. 11/38).
rent transformers.
DC components in particular are sup-
Figure 11/37 shows the restraint pressed by means of specially dimensioned
characteristic and various areas. filters. A number of monitoring proc-
esses avoid unwanted operation in the event
Earth-current differential protection of external short-circuits. In the case of a
(ANSI 87GN, 87TN) sensitive setting, multiple measurement
The earth-current differential protection ensures the necessary reliability.
permits high sensitivity to single-pole faults. However, attention must be drawn to the
The zero currents are compared. On the one fact that the sensitivity limits are determined
hand, the zero-sequence current is calcu- by the current transformers.
lated on the basis of the phase currents and
on the other hand, the earth current is mea- The protection function is only used on
sured directly at the star-point current generators when the neutral point is
transformer. earthed with a low impedance. In the case
of transformers, it is connected on the neu-
tral side. Low impedance or solid earthing
is also required.

11/36 Siemens SIP · 2004


Protection functions
Definite-time overcurrent protection
I>, I>> (ANSI 50, 51, 67)
This protection function comprises the
short-circuit protection for the generator
and also the backup protection for up-
stream devices such as transformers or
power system protection.
An undervoltage stage at I> maintains the
pickup when, during the fault, the current
drops below the threshold. In the event of a
voltage drop on the generator terminals, the
static excitation system can no longer be
sufficiently supplied. This is one reason for
the decrease of the short-circuit current.
The I>> stage can be implemented as
high-set instantaneous trip stage. With the
integrated directional function it can be
used as backup protection on the trans-
former high-voltage side. With the infor-
mation of the directional element,
impedance protection can be controlled
via the CFC.
Inverse-time overcurrent protection
(ANSI 51V)
This function also comprises short-circuit
and backup protection and is used for
power system protection with current-
dependent protection devices.
IEC and ANSI characteristics can be
selected (Table 11/4).
The current function can be controlled by
evaluating the generator terminal voltage.
The “controlled” version releases the
sensitive set current stage.
With the “restraint” version, the pickup
value of the current is lowered linearly with
decreasing voltage.
The fuse failure monitor prevents
unwanted operation.
Siemens SIP · 2004
11 Generator Protection / 7UM62
Fig. 11/39 Characteristic of negative-sequence protection
Stator overload protection (ANSI 49) Negative-sequence protection (ANSI 46)
The task of the overload protection is to Asymmetrical current loads in the three
protect the stator windings of generators phases of a generator cause a temperature
and motors from high, continuous over- rise in the rotor because of the negative-
load currents. All load variations are evalu- sequence field produced.
ated by a mathematical model. The
This protection detects an asymmetrical
thermal effect of the r.m.s. current value
load in three-phase generators. It functions
forms the basis of the calculation.
on the basis of symmetrical components
This conforms to IEC 60255-8.
and evaluates the negative sequence of the
In dependency of the current, the cooling
phase currents. The thermal processes are
time constant is automatically extended. If
taken into account in the algorithm and
the ambient temperature or the tempera-
form the inverse characteristic. In addition,
ture of the coolant are injected via a trans-
the negative sequence is evaluated by an in-
ducer (TD2) or PROFIBUS-DP, the model
dependent stage (alarm and trip) which is
automatically adapts to the ambient condi-
supplemented by a time-delay element (see
tions; otherwise a constant ambient tem-
Figure 11/39). In the case of motors, the
perature is assumed.
protection function is also used to monitor
a phase failure.
Available inverse-time characteristics
Characteristics ANSI IEC 60255-3
Inverse • •
Moderately inverse •
11
Very inverse • •
Extremely inverse • •
Definite inverse •
Table 11/4
11/37
 11 Generator Protection / 7UM62
Protection functions
Underexcitation protection
(Loss-of-field protection) (ANSI 40)
Derived from the generator terminal voltage
and current, the complex admittance is cal-
culated and corresponds to the generator
diagram scaled in per unit. This protection
prevents damage due to loss of synchronism
resulting from underexcitation. The protec-
tion function provides three characteristics
for monitoring static and dynamic stability.
Via a transducer, the excitation voltage (see
Figure 11/54) can be injected and, in the
event of failure, a swift reaction of the pro-
tection function can be achieved by timer
changeover.
The straight-line characteristics allow the
protection to be optimally adapted to the
generator diagram (see Figure 11/40). The
per-unit-presentation of the diagram allows
the setting values to be directly read out.
The positive-sequence systems of current
and voltage are used to calculate the admit-
tance. This ensures that the protection al-
ways operates correctly even with asymme-
trical network conditions.
If the voltage deviates from the rated volt-
age, the admittance calculation has the ad-
vantage that the characteristics move in the
same direction as the generator diagram.
Reverse-power protection (ANSI 32R)
The reverse-power protection monitors the
direction of active power flow and picks up
when the mechanical energy fails. This
function can be used for operational shut-
down (sequential tripping) of the generator
but also prevents damage to the steam tur-
11 bines. The reverse power is calculated from
the positive-sequence systems of current
and voltage. Asymmetrical power system
faults therefore do not cause reduced mea-
suring accuracy. The position of the emer-
gency trip valve is injected as binary infor-
mation and is used to switch between two
trip command delays. When applied for
motor protection, the sign (±) of the active
power can be reversed via parameters.
11/38
Forward-power protection (ANSI 32F)
Monitoring of the active power produced
by a generator can be useful for starting up
and shutting down generators. One stage
monitors exceeding of a limit value, while
another stage monitors falling below an-
other limit value. The power is calculated
using the positive-sequence component of
current and voltage. The function can be
used to shut down idling motors.
Impedance protection (ANSI 21)
This fast short-circuit protection protects
the generator and the unit transformer and
is a backup protection for the power system.
This protection has two settable impedance
stages; in addition, the first stage can be
switched over via binary input. With the cir-
cuit-breaker in the “open” position the im-
pedance measuring range can be extended
(see Figure 11/41).
The overcurrent pickup element with un-
dervoltage seal-in ensures a reliable pickup
and the loop selection logic ensures a reli-
able detection of the faulty loop. With this
logic it is possible to perform correct
measurement via the unit transformer.
Fig. 11/40
Characteristic of underexcitation
protection
Fig. 11/41
Grading of impedance protection
Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)
The undervoltage protection evaluates the
positive-sequence components of the volt-
ages and compares them with the threshold
values. There are two stages available.
The undervoltage function is used for asyn-
chronous motors and pumped-storage sta-
tions and prevents the voltage-related
instability of such machines.
The function can also be used for monitor-
ing purposes.
Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59)
This protection prevents insulation faults
that result when the voltage is too high.
Either the maximum line-to-line voltages
or the phase-to-earth voltages (for
low-voltage generators) can be evaluated.
The measuring results of the line-to-line
voltages are independent of the neutral
point displacement caused by earth faults.
This function is implemented in two
stages.
Siemens SIP · 2004

Protection functions
Frequency protection (ANSI 81)
The frequency protection prevents imper-
missible stress of the equipment (e.g. tur-
bine) in case of under or overfrequency. It
also serves as a monitoring and control ele-
ment.
The function has four stages; the stages can
be implemented either as underfrequency
or overfrequency protection. Each stage
can be delayed separately.
Even in the event of voltage distortion, the
frequency measuring algorithm reliably
identifies the fundamental waves and de-
termines the frequency extremely precisely.
Frequency measurement can be blocked by
using an undervoltage stage.
Overexcitation protection Volt/Hertz
(ANSI 24)
The overexcitation protection serves for de-
tection of an unpermissible high induction
(proportional to V/f) in generators or trans-
formers, which leads to thermal overload-
ing. This may occur when starting up,
shutting down under full load, with weak
systems or under isolated operation. The in-
verse characteristic can be set via eight
points derived from the manufacturer data.
In addition, a definite-time alarm stage and
an instantaneous stage can be used.
For calculation of the V/f ratio, frequency
and also the highest of the three line-to-
line voltages are used. The frequency range
that can be monitored comprises 11 to
69 Hz.
90 % stator earth-fault protection, non-di-
rectional, directional (ANSI 59N, 64G, 67G)
Earth faults manifest themselves in genera-
tors that are operated in isolation by the
occurence of a displacement voltage. In case
of unit connections, the displacement volt-
age is an adequate, selective criterion for
protection.
For the selective earth-fault detection, the
direction of the flowing earth current has to
be evaluated too, if there is a direct connec-
tion between generator and busbar.
The protection relay measures the displace-
ment voltage at a VT located at the trans-
former star point or at the broken delta
winding of a VT As an option, it is also pos-
sible to calculate the zero-sequence voltage
from the phase-to-earth voltages.
Siemens SIP · 2004
Depending on the load resistor selection, 90
to 95 % of the stator winding of a generator
can be protected.
A sensitive current input is available for
earth-current measurement. This input
should be connected to a core-balance cur-
rent transformer. The fault direction is de-
duced from the displacement voltage and
earth current. The directional characteristic
(straight line) can be easily adapted to the
system conditions. Effective protection for
direct connection of a generator to a busbar
can therefore be established. During start-
up, it is possible to switch over from the di-
rectional to the displacement voltage mea-
surement via an externally injected signal.
Depending on the protection setting,
various earth-fault protection concepts can
be implemented with this function
(see Figures 11/52 to 11/55).
Sensitive earth-fault protection
(ANSI 50/51GN, 64R)
The sensitive earth-current input can also
be used as separate earth-fault protection. It
is of two-stage form. Secondary earth cur-
rents of 2 mA or higher can be reliably han-
dled.
Alternatively, this input is also suitable as
rotor earth-fault protection. A voltage with
rated frequency (50 or 60 Hz) is connected
in the rotor circuit via the interface unit
7XR61. If a higher earth current is flowing, a
rotor earth fault has occurred. Measuring
circuit monitoring is provided for this ap-
plication (see Figure 11/58).
11 Generator Protection / 7UM62
Fig. 11/42
Logic diagram of breaker
failure protection
100 % stator earth-fault protection with 3
rd
harmonic (ANSI 59TN, 27TN (3 H.))
Owing to the creative design, the generator
produces a 3rd harmonic that forms a zero
phase-sequence system. It is verifiable by the
protection on a broken delta winding or on
the neutral transformer. The magnitude of
the voltage amplitude depends on the gen-
erator and its operation.
In the event of an earth fault in the vicinity
of the neutral point, there is a change in the
amplitude of the 3rd harmonic voltage
(dropping in the neutral point and rising at
the terminals).
Depending on the connection the protec-
tion must be set either as undervoltage or
overvoltage protection. It can also be de-
layed. So as to avoid overfunction, the active
power and the positive-sequence voltage act
as enabling criteria.
The final protection setting can be made
only by way of a primary test with the gen-
erator.
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
In the event of scheduled downtimes or a
fault in the generator, the generator can re-
main on line if the circuit-breaker is defec-
tive and could suffer substantial damage. 11
Breaker failure protection evaluates a mini-
mum current and the circuit-breaker aux-
iliary contact. It can be started by internal
protective tripping or externally via binary
input. Two-channel activation avoids
overfunction (see Figure 11/42).
11/39
 11 Generator Protection / 7UM62
Protection functions
Inadvertent energization protection
(ANSI 50, 27)
This protection has the function of limiting
the damage of the generator in the event of
an unintentional switch-on of the circuit-
breaker, whether the generator is standing
still or rotating without being excited or
synchronized. If the power system voltage is
connected, the generator starts as an asyn-
chronous machine with a large slip and this
leads to excessively high currents in the ro-
tor.
A logic circuit consisting of sensitive cur-
rent measurement for each phase, mea-
sured value detector, time control and
blocking as of a minimum voltage, leads to
an instantaneous trip command. If the fuse
failure monitor responds, this function is
ineffective.
Rotor earth-fault protection (ANSI 64R)
This protection function can be realized in
three ways with the 7UM62. The simplest
form is the method of rotor-current mea-
surement (see sensitive earth-current mea-
surement).
Resistance measurement at system-
frequency voltage
The second form is rotor earth resistance
measurement with voltage at system fre-
quency (see Fig. 11/58). This protection
measures the voltage injected and the flow-
ing rotor earth current. Taking into account
the complex impedance from the coupling
device (7XR61), the rotor earth resistance is
calculated by way of a mathematical model.
11 By means of this method, the disturbing in-
fluence of the rotor earth capacitance is
eliminated, and sensitivity is increased.
Fault resistance values up to 30 kΩ can be
measured if the excitation voltage is without
disturbances. Thus, a two-stage protection
function, which features a warning and a
tripping stage, can be realized. An addition-
ally implemented undercurrent stage moni-
tors the rotor circuit for open circuit and
issues an alarm.
11/40
Resistance measurement with a square wave
voltage of 1 to 3 Hz
A higher sensitivity is required for larger
generators. On the one hand, the disturbing
influence of the rotor earth capacitance
must be eliminated more effectively and, on
the other hand, the noise ratio with respect
to the harmonics (e.g. sixth harmonic) of
the excitation equipment must be increased.
Injecting a low-frequency square wave volt-
age into the rotor circuit has proven itself
excellently here (see Figure 11/59).
The square wave voltage injected through
the controlling unit 7XT71 leads to perma-
nent recharging of the rotor earth capaci-
tance. By way of a shunt in the controlling
unit, the flowing earth current is measured
and is injected into the protection unit
(measurement input). In the absence of a
fault (RE ≈ ∞), the rotor earth current after
charging of the earth capacitance is close to
zero. In the event of an earth fault, the
fault resistance including the coupling re-
sistance (7XR6004), and also the injecting
voltage, defines the stationary current. The
current square wave voltage and the fre-
quency are measured via the second input
(control input). Fault resistance values up
to 80 kΩ can be measured by this measure-
ment principle. The rotor earth circuit is
monitored for discontinuities by evalua-
tion of the current during the polarity re-
versals.
100% stator earth-fault protection with
20 Hz injection (ANSI 64 G (100%))
Injecting a 20 Hz voltage to detect earth
faults even at the neutral point of generators
has proven to be a safe and reliable method.
Contrary to the third harmonic criterion
(see page 11/8), it is independent of the gen-
erator’s characteristics and the mode of op-
eration. Measurement is also possible
during system standstill (Fig. 11/57).
This protection function is designed so as to
detect both earth faults in the entire genera-
tor (genuine 100 %) and all electrically con-
nected system components.
The protection unit measures the injected
20 Hz voltage and the flowing 20 Hz cur-
rent. The disturbing variables, for example
stator earth capacitance, are eliminated by
way of a mathematical model, and the
ohmic fault resistance is determined.
On the one hand, this ensures high sensitiv-
ity and, on the other hand, it permits use of
generators with large earth capacitance val-
ues, e.g. large hydroelectric generators.
Phase-angle errors through the earthing or
neutral transformer are measured during
commissioning and are corrected in the al-
gorithm.
The protection function has a warning and
tripping stage. The measurement circuit is
also monitored and failure of the 20 Hz
generator is measured.
Independent of earth resistance calcula-
tion, the protection function additionally
evaluates the amount of the r.m.s. current
value.
Starting time supervision (motor protection
only) (ANSI 48)
Starting time supervision protects the motor
against long unwanted start-ups, which
might occur as a result of excessive load
torque or excessive voltage drops within the
motor, or if the rotor is locked.
The tripping time is dependent on the
square of the start-up current and the set
start-up time (Inverse Characteristic). It
adapts itself to the start-up with reduced
voltage. The tripping time is determined in
accordance with the following formula:
2
I 
t Trip =  start  ⋅ t start max
 I rms 
tTrip Tripping time
Istart Permissible start-up current
tstart max Permissible start-up time
Irms Measured r.m.s. current value
Calculation is not started until the current
Irms is higher than an adjustable response
value (e.g. 2 IN, MOTOR).
If the permissible locked-rotor time is less
than the permissible start-up time (motors
with a thermally critical rotor), a binary
signal is set to detect a locked rotor by
means of a tachometer generator. This bi-
nary signal releases the set locked-rotor
time, and tripping occurs after it has
elapsed.
Siemens SIP · 2004

Protection functions
DC voltage time protection/DC current time
protection (ANSI 59N (DC) 51N (DC))
Hydroelectric generators or gas turbines are
started by way of frequency starting con-
verters. An earth fault in the intermediate
circuit of the frequency starting converter
causes DC voltage displacement and thus a
direct current. As the neutral or earthing
transformers have a lower ohmic resistance
than the voltage transformers, the largest
part of the direct current flows through
them, thus posing a risk of destruction from
thermal overloading.
As shown in Fig. 11/57, the direct current is
measured by means of a shunt transformer
(measuring transducer) connected directly
to the shunt. Voltages or currents are fed to
the 7UM62 depending on the version of the
measuring transducer. The measurement al-
gorithm filters out the DC component and
takes the threshold value decision. The pro-
tection function is active as from 0 Hz.
If the measuring transducer transmits a
voltage for protection, the connection must
be interference-free and must be kept short.
The implemented function can also be
used for special applications. Thus, the
r.m.s. value can be evaluated for the quan-
tity applied at the input over a wide fre-
quency range.
Overcurrent protection during start-up
(ANSI 51)
Gas turbines are started by means of fre-
quency starting converters. Overcurrent
protection during start-up measures short-
circuits in the lower frequency level (as
from about 5 Hz) and is designed as inde-
pendent overcurrent-time protection. The
pickup value is set below the rated current.
The function is only active during start-up.
If frequencies are higher than 10 Hz, sam-
pling frequency correction takes effect and
the further short-circuit protection func-
tions are active.
Out-of-step protection (ANSI 78)
This protection function serves to measure
power swings in the system. If generators
feed to a system short-circuit for too long,
low frequency transient phenomena (active
power swings) between the system and the
generator may occur after fault clearing. If
the center of power swing is in the area of
the block unit, the “active power surges”
lead to unpermissible mechanical stressing
of the generator and the turbine.
Siemens SIP · 2004
As the currents and voltages are symmetri-
cal, the positive-sequence impedance is
calculated on the basis of their positive-
sequence components and the impedance
trajectory is evaluated. Symmetry is also
monitored by evaluation of the negative-
phase-sequence current. Two characteris-
tics in the R/X diagram describe the active
range (generator, unit transformer or
power system) of the out-of-step protec-
tion. The associated counters are incre-
mented depending on the range of the
characteristic in which the impedance
vector enters or departs. Tripping occurs
when the set counter value is reached. The
counters are automatically reset if power
swing no longer occurs after a set time. By
means of an adjustable pulse, every power
swing can be signaled. Expansion of the
characteristic in the R direction defines the
power swing angle that can be measured.
An angle of 120 ° is practicable. The char-
acteristic can be tilted over an adjustable
angle to adapt to the conditions prevailing
when several parallel generators feed into
the system.
Inverse undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)
Motors tend to fall out of step when their
torque is less than the breakdown torque.
This, in turn, depends on the voltage. On
the one hand, it is desirable to keep the mo-
tors connected to the system for as long as
possible while, on the other hand, the
torque should not fall below the breakdown
level. This protection task is realized by in-
verse undervoltage protection. The inverse
characteristic is started if the voltage is less
than the pickup threshold Vp<. The tripping
11 Generator Protection / 7UM62
Fig. 11/43
Ranges of the characteristic and
possible oscillation profiles.
time is inversely proportional to the voltage
dip (see equation). The protection function
uses the positive-sequence voltage, for the
protection decision.
I
t TRIP = ⋅ TM
V
I−
Vp
tTRIP Tripping time
V Voltage
Vp Pickup value
TM Time multiplier
System disconnection
Take the case of in-plant generators feed-
ing directly into a system. The incoming 11
line is generally the legal entity boundary
between the system owner and the in-plant
generator. If the incoming line fails as the
result of auto-reclosure, for instance, a
voltage or frequency deviation may occur
depending on the power balance at the
feeding generator. Asynchronous condi-
tions may arise in the event of connection,
which may lead to damage on the genera-
tor or the gearing between the generator
and the turbine. Besides the classic criteria
such as voltage and frequency, the follow-
ing two criteria are also applied (vector
jump, rate-of-frequency-change protec-
tion, see page 11/42).
11/41
 11 Generator Protection / 7UM62
Protection functions
Rate-of-frequency-change protection
(ANSI 81)
The frequency difference is determined on
the basis of the calculated frequency over a
time interval. It corresponds to the mo-
mentary rate-of-frequency change. The
function is designed so that it reacts to
both positive and negative rate-of-
frequency changes. Exceeding of the per-
missible rate-of-frequency change is moni-
tored constantly. Release of the relevant
direction depends on whether the actual
frequency is above or below the rated fre-
quency. In total, four stages are available,
and can be used optionally.
Vector jump
Monitoring the phase angle in the voltage
is a criterion for identifying an interrupted
infeed. If the incoming line should fail, the
abrupt current discontinuity leads to a
phase angle jump in the voltage. This is
measured by means of a delta process. The
command for opening the generator or
coupler circuit-breaker is issued if the set
threshold is exceeded.
Restart inhibit for motors
(ANSI 66, 49Rotor)
When cold or at operating temperature,
motors may only be connected a certain
number of times in succession. The start-up
current causes heat development in the ro-
tor which is monitored by the restart inhibit
function.
Contrary to classical counting methods, in
the restart inhibit function the heat and
11 cooling phenomena in the rotor are simu-
lated by a thermal replica. The rotor tem-
perature is determined on the basis of the
stator currents. Restart inhibit permits re-
start of the motor only if the rotor has
enough thermal reserve for a completely
new start. Fig. 11/44 illustrates the thermal
profile for a permissible triple start out of
the cold state. If the thermal reserve is too
low, the restart inhibit function issues a
blocking signal with which the motor start-
ing circuit can be blocked. The blockage is
canceled again after cooling down and the
thermal value has dropped below the
pickup threshold.
As the fan provides no forced cooling
when the motor is off, it cools down more
slowly. Depending on the operating state,
11/42
Fig. 11/44 Temperature characteristic at rotor and thermal replica of the rotor (multiple start-ups)
the protection function controls the cool- Lockout (ANSI 86)
ing time constant. A value below a mini-
All binary outputs (alarm or trip relays)
mum current is an effective changeover
can be stored like LEDs and reset using the
criterion.
LED reset key. The lockout state is also
External trip coupling stored in the event of supply voltage fail-
ure. Reclosure can only occur after the
For recording and processing of external lockout state is reset.
trip information, there are 4 binary inputs.
They are provided for information from Fuse failure and other monitoring
the Buchholz relay or generator-specific
The relay comprises high-performance
commands and act like a protective func-
monitoring for the hardware and software.
tion. Each input initiates a fault event and
can be individually delayed by a timer. The measuring circuits, analog-digital con-
version, power supply voltages, memories
Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC) and software sequence (watch-dog) are all
One or two binary inputs can be used for monitored.
monitoring the circuit-breaker trip coil in- The fuse failure function detects failure of
cluding its incoming cables. An alarm signal the measuring voltage due to short-circuit
occurs whenever the circuit is interrupted. or open circuit of the wiring or VT and
avoids overfunction of the undervoltage ele-
Phase rotation reversal ments in the protection functions.
If the relay is used in a pumped-storage The positive and negative-sequence system
power plant, matching to the prevailing ro- (voltage and current) are evaluated.
tary field is possible via a binary input
(generator/motor operation via phase rota- Filter time
tion reversal).
All binary inputs can be subjected to a
filter time (indication suppression).
2 pre-definable parameter groups
In the protection, the setting values can be
stored in two data sets. In addition to the
standard parameter group, the second
group is provided for certain operating
conditions (pumped-storage power sta-
tions). It can be activated via binary input,
local control or DIGSI 4.
Siemens SIP · 2004

Communication
With respect to communication, particular
emphasis has been placed on high levels of
flexibility, data integrity and utilization of
standards common in energy automation.
The design of the communication modules
permits interchangeability on the one
hand, and on the other hand provides
openness for future standards (for exam-
ple, Industrial Ethernet).
Local PC interface
The PC interface accessible from the front
of the unit permits quick access to all
parameters and fault event data. The use
of the DIGSI 4 operating program
during commissioning is particularly
advantageous.
Rear-mounted interfaces
At the rear of the unit there is one fixed in-
terface and two communication modules
which incorporate optional equipment
complements and permit retrofitting. They
assure the ability to comply with the re-
quirements of different communication in-
terfaces (electrical or optical) and protocols
(IEC 60870, PROFIBUS, DIGSI).
The interfaces make provision for the fol-
lowing applications:
Service interface (fixed)
In the RS485 version, several protection
units can be centrally operated with DIGSI
4. By using a modem, remote control is
possible. This provides advantages in fault
clearance, in particular in unmanned sub-
stations.
System interface
This is used to communicate with a control
or protection and control system and sup-
ports, depending on the module con-
nected, a variety of communication
protocols and interface designs.
Siemens SIP · 2004
11 Generator Protection / 7UM62
IEC 60870-5-103
IEC 60870-5-103 is an internationally stan-
dardized protocol for communication in
the protected area.
IEC 60870-5-103 is supported by a number
of protection unit manufacturers and is
used worldwide.
The generator protection functions are
stored in the manufacturer-specific, pub-
lished part of the protocol.
PROFIBUS-DP
PROFIBUS is an internationally standard-
ized communication system (EN 50170).
Fig. 11/45
PROFIBUS is supported internationally by IEC 60870-5-103 star-type RS232 copper conduc-
several hundred manufacturers and has to tor connection or fiber-optic connection
date been used in more than 1,000,000
applications all over the world. Master control unit
With the PROFIBUS-DP, the protection
can be directly connected to a
SIMATIC S5/S7. The transferred data are
fault data, measured values and informa-
tion from or to the logic (CFC).
MODBUS RTU
MODBUS is also a widely utilized commu-
nication standard and is used in numerous
automation solutions.
DNP 3.0
DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network Protocol
version 3) is a messaging-based communi-
cation protocol. The SIPROTEC 4 units
are fully Level 1 and Level 2 compliant
with DNP 3.0. DNP 3.0 is supported by a
number of protection device manufactur-
Fig. 11/46
ers.
PROFIBUS: Optical double ring circuit
Safe bus architecture
11
• RS485 bus Master control unit
With this data transmission via copper
conductors, electromagnetic interference
influences are largely eliminated by the
use of twisted-pair conductor. Upon fail-
ure of a unit, the remaining system con-
tinues to operate without any faults.
• Fiber-optic double ring circuit
The fiber-optic double ring circuit is im-
mune to electromagnetic interference.
Upon failure of a section between two
units, the communication system contin-
ues to operate without disturbance.
Fig. 11/47
PROFIBUS: RS485 copper conductors
11/43
 11 Generator Protection / 7UM62

Communication

System solution
SIPROTEC 4 is tailor-made for use
in SIMATIC-based automation
systems.
Via the PROFIBUS-DP, indications

LSP2163-afpen.tif
(pickup and tripping) and all rele-
vant operational measured values
are transmitted from the protection Fig. 11/48
unit. RS232/RS485 electrical communication module

Via modem and service interface,

the protection engineer has access to
the protection devices at all times.
This permits remote maintenance
and diagnosis (cyclic testing).
Parallel to this, local communica-
tion is possible, for example,

LSP2162-afpen.tif
during a major inspection.

Analog output 0 to 20 mA Fig. 11/49

Alternatively to the serial interfaces Fiber-optic communication module
up to two analog output modules
(4 channels) can be installed in the
7UM62.
Several operational measured
values (I1, I2, V, P, Q, f, PF

LSP2164-afpen.tif
(cos ϕ), Θstator,Θrotor) can be selected
and transmitted via the 0 to 20 mA
interfaces. Fig. 11/50
Communication module, optical, double-ring

11

Fig. 11/51 System solution: Communications

11/44 Siemens SIP · 2004

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM62

Typical connections

Direct generator-bus connection

Figure 11/52 illustrates the recommended
standard connection when several genera-
tors supply one busbar. Phase-to-earth
faults are disconnected by employing the
directional earth-fault criterion. The earth-
fault current is driven through the cables of
the system.
If this is not sufficient, an earthing trans-
former connected to the busbar supplies the
necessary current (maximum approxima-
tely 10 A) and permits a protection range of
up to 90 %. The earth-fault current should
be detected by means of core-balance cur-
rent transformers in order to achieve the
necessary sensitivity. The displacement volt-
age can be used as earth-fault criterion dur-
ing starting operations until synchroniza-
tion is achieved.
Differential protection embraces protec-
tion of the generator and of the outgoing
cable. The permissible cable length and the
current transformer design (permissible
load) are mutually dependent. Recalcula-
tion is advisable for lengths of more than
100 m.

11

Fig. 11/52

Siemens SIP · 2004 11/45

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM62

Typical connections

Direct generator-bus connection with

low-resistance earthing
If the generator neutral point has low-resis-
tance earthing, the connection illustrated in
Fig. 11/53 is recommended. In the case of
several generators, the resistance must be
connected to only one generator, in order to
prevent circulating currents (3rd harmonic).
For selective earth-fault detection, the
earth-current input should be looped into
the common return conductor of the two
current transformer sets (differential con-
nection). The current transformers must be
earthed at only one point. The displacement
voltage VE is utilized as an additional en-
abling criterion.
Balanced current transformers (calibration
of windings) are desirable with this form of
connection. In the case of higher generator
power (for example, IN approximately
2000 A), current transformers with a sec-
ondary rated current of 5 A are recom-
mended.
Earth-current differential protection can
be used as an alternative (not illustrated).

11
Fig. 11/53

11/46 Siemens SIP · 2004

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM62

Typical connections

Unit connection with isolated star point

This configuration of unit connection is a
variant to be recommended (see Fig. 11/54).
Earth-fault detection is effected by means of
the displacement voltage. In order to pre-
vent unwanted operation in the event of
earth faults in the system, a load resistor
must be provided at the broken delta wind-
ing. Depending on the plant (or substation),
a voltage transformer with a high power
(VA) may in fact be sufficient. If not, an
earthing transformer should be employed.
The available measuring winding can be
used for the purpose of voltage measure-
ment.
In the application example, differential pro-
tection is intended for the generator. The
unit transformer is protected by its own
differential relay (e.g. 7UT612).
As indicated in the figure, additional pro-
tection functions are available for the other
inputs. They are used on larger genera-
tor/transformer units (see also Figures
11/57 and 11/59).

11

Fig. 11/54

Siemens SIP · 2004 11/47

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM62

Typical connections

Unit connection with neutral transformer

With this system configuration, disturbance
voltage reduction and damping in the event
of earth faults in the generator area are ef-
fected by a load resistor connected to the
generator neutral point.
The maximum earth-fault current is limited
to approximately 10 A. Configuration can
take the form of a primary or secondary re-
sistor with neutral transformer. In order to
avoid low secondary resistance, the trans-
formation ratio of the neutral transformer
should be below

 VGen 
 500 V
 3 

The higher secondary voltage can be

reduced by means of a voltage divider.
Electrically, the circuit is identical to the
configuration in Fig. 11/54.
In the application opposite, the differential
protection is designed as an overall func-
tion and embraces the generator and unit
transformer. The protection function car-
ries out vector group adaptation as well as
other adaptations.

11

Fig. 11/55

11/48 Siemens SIP · 2004

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM62

Typical connections

Voltage transformer in open delta connec-

tion (V-connection)
Protection can also be implemented on
voltage transformers in open delta connec-
tion (Fig. 11/56). If necessary, the opera-
tional measured values for the phase-to-
earth voltages can be slightly asymmetrical. Fig. 11/56
If this is disturbing, the neutral point (R16)
can be connected to earth via a
capacitor.
In the case of open delta connection, it is
not possible to calculate the displacement
voltage from the secondary voltages. It
must be passed to the protection relay
along a different path (for example, voltage
transformer at the generator neutral point
or from the earthing transformer).

100 % stator earth-fault protection,

earth-fault protection during start-up
Fig. 11/57 illustrates the interfacing of
100 % stator earth-fault protection with
voltage injection of 20 Hz, as meant for the
example of the neutral transformer. The
same interfacing connection also applies to
the broken delta winding of the earthing
transformer.
The 20 Hz generator can be connected both
to the DC voltage and also to a powerful
voltage transformer (>100 VA). The load of
the current transformer 4NC1225 should
not exceed 0.5 Ω.
The 7XT33, 7XT34 and load resistance con-
nection must be established with a low resis-
tance (RConnection < RL). If large distances are
covered, the devices are accommodated in
the earthing cubicle. 11
Connection of the DC voltage protection
function (TD 1) is shown for systems with a
starting converter. Depending on the device
selection, the 7KG6 boosts the measured
signal at the shunt to 10 V or 20 mA.
The TD 1 input can be jumpered to the re-
levant signal.

Fig. 11/57

Siemens SIP · 2004 11/49

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM62

Typical connections

Rotor earth-fault protection with voltage

injection at rated frequency
Fig. 11/58 shows the connection of rotor
earth-fault protection to a generator with
static excitation. If only the rotor current is
evaluated, there is no need for voltage con-
nection to the relay.
Earth must be connected to the earthing
brush. The external resistors 3PP1336 must
be added to the coupling device 7XR61 if
the circulating current can exceed 0.2 A as
the result of excitation (sixth harmonic).
This is the case as from a rated excitation
voltage of >150 V, under worst-case
Fig. 11/58
conditions.

Rotor earth-fault protection with a square

wave voltage of 1 to 3 Hz
The measuring transducers TD1 and TD2
are used for this application. The control-
ling unit 7XT71 generates a square wave
voltage of about ± 50 V at the output. The
frequency can be jumpered and depends
on the rotor earth capacitance. Voltage po-
larity reversal is measured via the control
input and the flowing circular current is
measured via the measurement input.
Earth must be connected to the earthing
brush.

Fig. 11/59

11

11/50 Siemens SIP · 2004

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM62

Typical connections

Protection of an asynchronous motor

Fig. 11/60 shows a typical connection of the
protection function to a large asynchronous
motor. Differential protection embraces the
motor including the cable. Recalculation of
the permissible current transformer burden
is advisable for lengths of more than 100 m.
The voltage for voltage and displacement
voltage monitoring is generally tapped off
the busbar. If several motors are connected
to the busbar, earth faults can be detected
with the directional earth-fault protection
and selective tripping is possible. A core bal-
ance current transformer is used to detect
the earth current. The chosen pickup value
must be slightly higher if there are several
cables in parallel.
The necessary shutdown of the motor in
the event of idling can be realized with ac-
tive power monitoring.

11

Fig. 11/60

Siemens SIP · 2004 11/51

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM62

Typical connections IEE1 IEE2 VE

1) 1)
Sensitive earth-fault protection X X
Use of selected analog inputs
Directional stator earth-fault protection X X
Several protection functions take Rotor earth-fault protection (fn, R-measuring) X X
recourse to the same analog inputs,
100 % stator earth-fault protection with 20 Hz voltage X X
thus ruling out certain functions
depending on the application. One Earth-current differential protection X1) X1)
input may only be used by one 1) optional (either IEE1 or IEE2)
protection function. A different Table 11/5: Multiple use of analog inputs
combination can be used by the
unit belonging to Protection
Group 2, for example. TD1 TD2 TD3
Multiple use refers to the sensitive Injection of excitation voltage X
earth-current inputs and the dis- DC voltage time/DC current time protection X
placement voltage input (see Table Injection of a temperature X
11/5).
Rotor earth-fault protection (1 to 3 Hz) X X
The same applies to the measuring Processing of analog values via CFC X X X
transducers (Table 11/6).
Table 11/6: Multiple use of measuring transducers
Current transformer requirements
The requirements imposed on the
Accuracy limiting factor
current transformer are deter-
mined by the differential protec- Required actual accuracy limiting factor Resulting rated accuracy limiting factor
tion function. The instantaneous I pSSC RBC + RCt
trip stage (IDiff>>) reliably masters K *ALF = K td ⋅ K ALF = ⋅ K * ALF
I pN RBN + RCt
(via the instantaneous algorithm)
any high-current internal short-
circuits.
Current transformer requirements
The external short-circuit deter- Transformer Generator
mines the requirements imposed
on the current transformer as a re- Transient dimensioning factor Ktd ≥4 > (4 to 5)
τN ≤ 100 ms τN > 100 ms
sult of the DC component. The
1 1
non-saturated period of a flowing Symmetrical short-circuit current IpSSC ≈ ⋅ I pN,Tr ≈ ⋅ I pN,G
short-circuit current should be at v SC x"d
least 5 ms. Table 11/7 shows the Example vSC = 0.1 x”d = 0.12
design recommendations. K*ALF > 40 K*ALF > (34 to 42)
IEC 60044-1 and 60044-6 were Note: Rated power ≥ 10 or Note: Secondary
taken into account. The necessary Identical transformers have to be employed 15 VA winding resistance
11 equations are shown for converting Example: Example:
the requirements into the knee- Network transformer IN, G approx. 1000 to 2000 A
point voltages. The customary 10P10: (10 or 15) VA 5P15: 15 VA
practice which presently applies (IsN = 1 or 5 A) (IsN = 1 or 5 A)
should also be used to determine IN, G > 5 000 A
the rated primary current of the 5P20: 30 VA
current transformer rated current. (IsN = 1 or 5 A)
It should be greater than or equal
to the rated current of the pro-
tected object. Knee-point voltage
IEC British Standard ANSI

V = K ALF (RCt + RBN )I sN V=

(RCt + RBN )I sN K V = 20 ⋅ I sN ⋅ (RCt + RBN ) ⋅
K ALF
ALF
13
. 20
I sN = 5 A (typical value)

Ktd Rated transient dimensioning factor RCt Secondary winding resistance

IpSSC Primary symmetrical short-circuit current vSC Short-circuit voltage (impedance voltage)
IpN Rated primary current transformer current x”d Subtransient reactance
RBC Connected burden resistance IsN Rated secondary current transformer current
RBN Rated burden resistance τN Network time constant

Table 11/7: Recommendations for dimensioning

11/52 Siemens SIP · 2004

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM62

Technical data

Hardware Output relays

Analog input Number
Rated frequency 50 or 60 Hz 7UM621 12 (1 NO; 4 optional as NC,
via jumper)
Rated current IN 1 or 5 A 7UM622 21 (1 NO; 5 optional as NC,
Earth current, sensitive IEmax 1.6 A via jumper)
Rated voltage VN (at 100 V) 100 to 125 V Switching capacity
Make 1000 W / VA
Measuring transducer - 10 to + 10 V (Ri = 1 MΩ) or
Break 30 VA
- 20 to + 20 mA (Ri = 10 Ω)
Break (for resistive load) 40 W
Power consumption Break (for L/R ≤ 50 ms) 25 VA
With IN = 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA
Switching voltage 250 V
With IN = 5 A Approx. 0.3 VA
For sensitive earth current Approx. 0.05 VA Permissible current 5 A continuous
Voltage inputs (with 100 V) Approx. 0.3 VA 30 A for 0.5 seconds
Capability in CT circuits LED
Thermal (r.m.s. values) 100 IN for 1 s Number
30 IN for 10 s RUN (green) 1
4 IN continuous ERROR (red) 1
Dynamic (peak) 250 IN (one half cycle) Assignable LED (red) 14
Earth current, sensitive 300 A for 1 s Unit design
100 A for 10 s
15 A continuous 7XP20 housing For dimensions see dimension draw-
Dynamic (peak) 750 A (one half cycle) ings, part 16
Capability in voltage paths 230 V continuous Degree of protection acc. to
EN 60529 IP 51
Capability of measuring transducer For surface-mounting housing
As voltage input 60 V continuous For flush-mounting housing IP 51
As current input 100 mA continuous Front IP 50
Auxiliary voltage Rear IP 2x with terminal cover put on
For the terminals
Rated auxiliary voltage 24 to 48 V DC
60 to 125 V DC Weight
110 to 250 V DC Flush-mounting housing
and 115 V/230 V AC with 50/60 Hz 7UM621 (1/2 x 19”) Approx. 7 kg
7UM622 (1/1 x 19”) Approx. 9.5 kg
Permitted tolerance –20 to +20 %
Surface-mounting housing
Superimposed (peak-to-peak) ≤ 15 % 7UM621 (1/2 x 19’‘) Approx. 12 kg
Power consumption 7UM622 (1/1 x 19’‘) Approx. 15 kg
During normal operation
7UM621 Approx. 5.3 W
Serial interfaces
7UM622 Approx. 5.5 W
During pickup with all inputs Operating interface for DIGSI 4
and outputs activated
7UM621 Approx. 12 W
Connection Non-isolated, RS232, front panel; 11
9-pin subminiature connector
7UM622 Approx. 15 W
Baud rate 4800 to 115200 baud
Bridging time during auxiliary volt-
age failure Time synchronization IRIG B / DCF 77 signal (Format: IRIG-B000)
at Vaux = 48 V and Vaux ≥ 110 V ≥ 50 ms Connection 9-pin subminiature connector,
at Vaux = 24 V and Vaux = 60 V ≥ 20 ms terminal with surface-mounting case
Binary inputs Voltage levels Selectable 5 V, 12 V or 24 V
Number Service/modem interface (Port C) for DIGSI 4 / modem / service
7UM621 7
Isolated RS232/RS485 9-pin subminiature connector
7UM622 15
Test voltage 500 V / 50 Hz
3 pickup thresholds 10 to 19 V DC or 44 to 88 V DC Distance for RS232 Max. 15 m
Range is selectable with jumpers 88 to 176 V DC Distance for RS485 Max. 1000 m
Maximum permissible voltage 300 V DC
Current consumption, energized Approx. 1.8 mA

Siemens SIP · 2004 11/53

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM62

Technical data

System interface (Port B) EMC tests for noise immunity; type test
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, PROFIBUS-DP, MODBUS RTU Standards IEC 60255-6, IEC 60255-22
Isolated RS232/RS485 9-pin subminiature connector (product standards)
Baud rate 4800 to 115200 baud EN 50082-2 (generic standard)
Test voltage 500 V / 50 Hz DIN 57435 part 303
Distance for RS232 Max. 15 m High frequency test 2.5 kV (peak value), 1 MHz;
Distance for RS485 Max. 1000 m IEC 60255-22-1, class III τ = 15 ms
PROFIBUS RS485 and DIN 57435 part 303, class III 400 pulses per s; duration 2 s
Test voltage 500 V / 50 Hz Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge;
Baud rate Max. 12 MBaud IEC 60255-22-2 class IV 15 kV air discharge;
Distance 1000 m at 93.75 kBaud; EN 61000-4-2, class IV both polarities; 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω
100 m at 12 MBaud
Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz
PROFIBUS fiber-optic non-modulated
Only for flush-mounting housing ST connector IEC 60255-22-3 (report), class III
For surface-mounting housing Optical interface with OLM1)
Baud rate Max. 1.5 MBaud Irradiation with RF field, amplitude- 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz; 80 %
Optical wavelength λ = 820 nm modulated, IEC 61000-4-3, class III AM; 1 kHz
Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB for glass-fiber 62.5/125 µm Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 900 MHz; repetition
Distance 1.6 km (500 kB/s) pulse-modulated frequency 200 Hz; duty cycle 50 %
530 m (1500 kB/s) IEC 61000-4-3/ ENV 50204, class III
Analog output module (electrical) 2 ports with 0 to 20 mA Fast transient interference bursts 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz;
IEC 60255-22-4, burst length = 15 ms; repetition
IEC 61000-4-4, class IV rate 300 ms; both polarities;
Electrical tests Ri = 50 Ω; test duration 1 min
Specifications High-energy surge voltages (SURGE), Impulse: 1.2/50 µs
Standards IEC 60255 (product standards) IEC 61000-4-5 installation, class III
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0/.1/.2 Auxiliary supply Common (longitudinal) mode:
UL 508 2 kV; 12 Ω, 9 µF
DIN 57435, part 303 Differential (transversal) mode:
For further standards see below 1 kV; 2 Ω, 18 µF
Insulation tests Measurement inputs, binary inputs Common (longitudinal) mode:
Standards IEC 60255-5 and relay outputs 2 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 µF
Differential (transversal) mode:
Voltage test (100 % test) 2.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50/60 Hz 1 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 µF
All circuits except for auxiliary sup-
ply, binary inputs communication Line-conducted HF, 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 %
and time synchronization interfaces amplitude-modulated AM; 1 kHz
IEC 61000-4-6, class III
Voltage test (100 % test) 3.5 kV DC
Auxiliary voltage and binary inputs Magnetic field with power frequency 30 A/m continuous;
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV; IEC 60255-6 300 A/m for 3 s; 50 Hz
Voltage test (100 % test) 500 V (r.m.s. value), 50/60 Hz 0.5 mT; 50 Hz
only isolated communication inter-
faces and time synchronization inter- Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak); 1 to 1.5 MHz
11 face capability
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1
damped wave; 50 surges per second;

Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 J; Duration 2 s; Ri = 150 to 200 Ω
All circuits except for communication 3 positive and 3 negative impulses
interfaces and time synchronization at intervals of 5 s Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 surges per
interface, class III capability second; both polarities; duration 2 s;
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 Ri = 80 Ω
Radiated electromagnetic interference 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2
Damped oscillations 2.5 kV (peak value), polarity alter-
IEC 60894, IEC 61000-4-12 nating 100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 and
50 MHz, Ri = 200 Ω
EMC tests for interference emission; type tests
Standard EN 50081-1 (generic standard)
Conducted interference voltage on 150 kHz to 30 MHz
lines Limit class B
only auxiliary supply IEC-CISPR 22
Interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz
1) Conversion with external OLM IEC-CISPR 22 Limit class B
For fiber-optic interface please complete order number at 11th position
with 4 (FMS RS485) or 9 and Order code L0A (DP RS485) and addi-
tionally order:
For single ring: SIEMENS OLM 6GK1502-3AB10
For double ring: SIEMENS OLM 6GK1502-4AB10

11/54 Siemens SIP · 2004


Technical data
Mechanical stress tests
Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration
During operation
Standards
Vibration
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2
IEC 60068-2-6
Shock
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1
IEC 60068-2-27
Seismic vibration
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1
IEC 60068-3-3
During transport
Standards
Vibration
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2
IEC 60068-2-6
Shock
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1
IEC 60068-2-27
Continuous shock
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1
IEC 60068-2-29
Climatic stress test
Temperatures
Type-tested acc. to IEC 60068-2-1
and -2, test Bd, for 16 h
Temporarily permissible operating
temperature, tested for 96 h
Recommended permanent operating –5 °C to +55 °C / +25 °F to +131 °F
temperature acc. to IEC 60255-6
(Legibility of display may be impaired
above +55 °C / +131 °F)
– Limiting temperature during
permanent storage
– Limiting temperature during
transport
Humidity
Permissible humidity stress
It is recommended to arrange the
units in such a way that they are not
exposed to direct sunlight or pro-
nounced temperature changes that
could cause condensation
Siemens SIP · 2004
11 Generator Protection / 7UM62
Functions
General
Frequency range 11 to 69 Hz
IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068 Definite-time overcurrent protection, directional (ANSI 50, 51, 67)
Sinusoidal Setting ranges
10 to 60 Hz: ± 0.075 mm amplitude; Overcurrent I>, I>> 0.05 to 20 A (steps 0.01 A);
60 to 150 Hz: 1 g acceleration 5 times at IN = 5 A
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min Time delay T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes Undervoltage seal-in V< 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V)
Half-sinusoidal Seal-in time of V< 0.1 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s)
Acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms, Angle of the directional element - 90 ° to + 90 ° (steps 1 °)
3 shocks each in both directions of (at I>>)
the 3 axes Times
Sinusoidal Pickup time I>, I>>
1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude at 2 times of set value Approx. 35 ms
(horizontal axis) at 10 times of set value Approx. 25 ms
1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude Drop-off time I>, I>> Approx. 50 ms
(vertical axis) Drop-off ratio I>: 0.95; I>>: 0.9 to 0.99 (steps 0.01)
8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration Drop-off ratio V< Approx. 1.05
(horizontal axis) Tolerances
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration Current pickup (starting) I>, I>> 1 % of set value or 10/50 mA
(vertical axis) Undervoltage seal-in V< 1 % of set value or 0.5 V
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min Angle of the directional element 1°
1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes Time delays 1 % or 10 ms
Inverse-time overcurrent protection (ANSI 51V)
IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2 Setting ranges
Sinusoidal Pickup overcurrent IP 0.1 to 4 A (steps 0.01 A); 5 times at
5 to 8 Hz: ±7.5 mm amplitude; IN = 5A
8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration Time multiplier 0.05 to 3.2 s (steps 0,01 s)
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min IEC-characteristics T or indefinite
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes Time multiplier ANSI- 0.5 to 15 (steps 0.01) or indefinite
Half-sinusoidal characteristics D
Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms, Undervoltage release V< 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V)
3 shocks each in both directions Trip characteristics
3 axes IEC Normal inverse; very inverse;
Half-sinusoidal extremely inverse
Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms, ANSI Inverse; moderately inverse;
1000 shocks in both directions of the very inverse; extremely inverse;
3 axes definite inverse
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 IP
Drop-off threshold Approx. 1.05 IP for IP/IN ≥ 0.3
Tolerances 11
–25 °C to +85 °C / –13 °F to +185 °F Pickup threshold IP 1 % of set value or 10/50 mA
Pickup threshold V< 1 % of set value or 0.5 V
Time for 2 ≤ I/IP ≤ 20 5 % of nominal value + 1 % current
–20 °C to +70 °C / –4 °F to +158 °F
tolerance or 40 ms
–25 °C to +55 °C / –13 °F to +131 °F
–25 °C to +70 °C / –13 °F to +158 °F
Annual average ≤ 75 % relative hu-
midity; on 56 days a year up to 93 %
relative humidity; condensation is
not permitted
11/55
 11 Generator Protection / 7UM62
Technical data
Stator overload protection, thermal (ANSI 49)
Setting ranges
Factor k according to IEC 60255-8
Time constant
Time delay factor at stand still
Alarm overtemperature
ΘAlarm/ΘTrip
Overcurrent alarm stage IAlarm
Temperature at IN
Scaling temperature of cooling
medium
Limit current ILimit
Reset time at emergency start
Drop-off ratio
Θ / ΘTrip
Θ / ΘAlarrm
I/IAlarm
Tolerances
Regarding k x IN
Regarding trip time
Negative-sequence protection (ANSI 46)
Setting ranges
Permissible negative sequence
I2 perm. /IN
Definite time trip stage I2 >>/IN
Time delays TAlarm; TI2>>
Negative-sequence factor K
Cooling down time TCooling
Times
Pickup time (definite stage)
Drop-off time (definite stage)
Drop-off ratios I2 perm.; I2 >>
Drop-off ratio thermal stage
Tolerances
Pickup values I2 perm.; I2 >>
11 Time delays
Thermal characteristic
Time for 2 ≤ I2/I2 perm. ≤ 20
11/56
0.5 to 2.5 (steps 0.01)
30 to 32000 s (steps 1 s)
1 to 10 (steps 0.01)
70 to 100 % related to the trip
temperature (steps 1 %)
0.1 to 4 A (steps 0.01 A); 5 times at
IN = 5 A
40 to 200 °C (steps 1 °C)
or 104 to 392 °F (steps 1 °F)
40 to 300 °C (steps 1 °C)
or 104 to 572 °F (steps 1 °F)
0.5 to 8 A (steps 0.01), 5 times at
IN = 5 A
20 to 150000 s (steps 1 s)
Drop-off with ΘAlarrn
Approx. 0.99
Approx. 0.95
2 % or 10/50 mA; class 2 % accord-
ing to IEC 60255-8
3 % or 1 s: class 3 % according to
IEC 60255-8 for I/(k IN)>1.25
3 to 30 % (steps 1 %)
10 to 100 % (steps 1 %)
0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
2 to 40 s (steps 0.1 s)
0 to 50000 s (steps 1 s)
Approx. 50 ms
Approx. 50 ms
Approx. 0.95
Drop-off at fall below of I2 perm.
3 % of set value or 0.3 % negative
sequence
1 % or 10 ms
5 % of set point + 1 % current toler-
ance
or 600 ms
Underexcitation protection (ANSI 40)
Setting ranges
Conductance thresholds 1/xd
characteristic
(3 characteristics)
Inclination angle α1, α2, α3
Time delay T
Undervoltage blocking V<
Times
Stator criterion 1/xd characteristic; α Approx. 60 ms
Undervoltage blocking
Drop-off ratio
Stator criterion 1/xd characteristic; α Approx. 0.95
Undervoltage blocking
Tolerances
Stator criterion 1/xd characteristic
Stator criterion α
Undervoltage blocking
Time delays T
Reverse-power protection (ANSI 32R)
Setting ranges
Reverse power PRev.>/SN
Time delays T
Times
Pickup time
Drop-off time
Drop-off ratio PRev.>
Tolerances
Reverse power PRev.>
Time delays T
Forward-power protection (ANSI 32F)
Setting ranges
Forward power PForw.</SN
Forward power PForw.>/SN
Time delays T
Times
Pickup time (accurate measuring) Approx. 360 ms (50 Hz);
Pickup time (fast measuring)
Drop-off time (accurate measuring) Approx. 360 ms (50 Hz);
Drop-off time (fast measuring)
Drop-off ratio PForw.<
Drop-off ratio PForw.>
Tolerances
Active power PForw.<, PForw.>
Time delays T
0.25 to 3.0 (steps 0.01)
50 to 120 ° (steps 1 °)
0 to 50 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V)
Approx. 50 ms
Approx. 1.1
3 % of set value
1 ° electrical
1 % or 0.5 V
1 % or 10 ms
- 0.5 to - 30 % (steps 0.01 %)
0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Approx. 360 ms (50 Hz);
Approx. 300 ms (60 Hz)
Approx. 360 ms (50 Hz);
Approx. 300 ms (60 Hz)
Approx. 0.6
0.25 % SN ± 3 % set value
1 % or 10 ms
0.5 to 120 % (steps 0.1 %)
1 to 120 % (steps 0.1 %)
0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Approx. 300 ms (60 Hz)
Approx. 60 ms (50 Hz);
Approx. 50 ms (60 Hz)
Approx. 300 ms (60 Hz)
Approx. 60 ms (50 Hz);
Approx. 50 ms (60 Hz)
1.1 or 0.5 % of SN
Approx. 0.9 or – 0.5 % of SN
0.25 % SN ± 3 % of set value
at Q < 0.5 SN at accurate measuring
0.5 % SN ± 3 % of set value
at Q < 0.5 SN at fast measuring
1 % or 10 ms
Siemens SIP · 2004
 11 Generator Protection / 7UM62

Technical data

Impedance protection (ANSI 21) Frequency protection (ANSI 81)

Setting ranges Setting ranges
Overcurrent pickup I> 0.1 to 20 A (steps 0.01 A); Steps; selectable f>, f< 4
5 times at IN = 5A Pickup values f>, f< 40 to 65 Hz (steps 0.01 Hz)
Undervoltage seal-in V< 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1V) Time delays T 3 stages 0 to 100 s, 1 stage up to 600 s
Impedance Z1 (related to IN =1 A) 0.05 to 130 Ω (steps 0.01 Ω)
Impedance Z1B (related to IN =1 A) 0.05 to 65 Ω (steps 0.01 Ω) Undervoltage blocking V1< (steps 0.01 s)
Impedance Z2 (related to IN =1 A) 0.05 to 65 Ω (steps 0.01 Ω) 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V)
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite Times
Times Pickup times f>, f< Approx. 100 ms
Shortest tripping time Approx. 40 ms Drop-off times f>, f< Approx. 100 ms
Drop-off time Approx. 50 ms Drop-off difference ∆f Approx. 20 mHz
Drop-off ratio Drop-off ratio V1< Approx. 1.05
Overcurrent pickup I> Approx. 0.95 Tolerances
Undervoltage seal-in V< Approx. 1.05 Frequency 10 mHz (at V> 0.5 VN)
Tolerances Undervoltage blocking 1 % of set value or 0.5 V
Overcurrent pickup I> 1 % of set value or 10/50 mA Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms
Undervoltage seal-in V< 1 % of set value or 0.5 V Overexcitation protection (Volt/Hertz) (ANSI 24)
Impedance measuring Z1, Z2 |∆Z/Z| ≤ 5 % for 30 ° ≤ ϕK ≤ 90 °
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms Setting ranges
Pickup threshold alarm stage 1 to 1.2 (steps 0.01)
Undervoltage protection (definite-time and inverse-time function) (ANSI 27) Pickup threshold V/f>>-stage 1 to 1.4 (steps 0.01)
Setting range Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Undervoltage pickup V<, V<<, 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V) Characteristic values of V/f 1.05/1.1/1.15/1.2/1.25/1.3/1.35/1.4
Vp< (positive sequence as phase- and assigned times t(V/f ) 0 to 20000 s (steps 1 s)
to-phase values) Cooling down time TCooling 0 to 20000 s (steps 1 s)
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite Times (Alarm and V/f>>-stage)
Time multiplier TM 0.1 to 5 s (steps 0.01 s) Pickup times at 1.1 of set value Approx. 60 ms
Times Drop-off times Approx. 60 ms
Pickup time V<, V<< Approx. 50 ms Drop-off ratio (alarm, trip) 0.95
Drop-off time V<, V<< Approx. 50 ms
Tolerances
Drop-off ratio V<, V<<, Vp< 1.01 or 0.5 V V/f-pickup 3 % of set value
Tolerances Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms
Voltage limit values 1 % of set value or 0.5 V Thermal characteristic (time) 5 % rated to V/f or 600 ms
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms 90 % stator earth-fault protection, non-directional, directional
Inverse-time characteristic 1 % of measured value of voltage (ANSI 59N, 64G, 67G)
Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59) Setting ranges
Setting ranges Displacement voltage V0 > 2 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V)
Overvoltage pickup V>, V>> 30 to 170 V (steps 0.1 V) Earth current 3I0> 2 to 1000 mA (steps 1 mA)
(maximum phase-to-phase voltage Angle of direction element 0 to 360 ° (steps 1 °)
or phase-to-earth-voltage) Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite Times
Pickup times V0>, 3I0> Approx. 50 ms
11
Times
Pickup times V>, V>> Approx. 50 ms Drop-off times V0>/ 3I0> Approx. 50 ms
Drop-off times V>, V>> Approx. 50 ms Drop-off ratio V0>, 3I0> 0.7
Drop-off ratio V>, V>> 0.9 to 0.99 (steps 0.01) Drop-off difference angle 10 ° directed to power system

Tolerances Tolerances
Voltage limit value 1 % of set value 0.5 V Displacement voltage 1 % of set value or 0.5 V
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms Earth current 1 % of set value or 0.5 mA
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms

Siemens SIP · 2004 11/57

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM62

Technical data

Sensitive earth-fault protection (ANSI 50/51GN, 64R) Inadvertent energizing protection (ANSI 50, 27)
Setting ranges Setting ranges
Earth current pickup IEE>, IEE>> 2 to 1000 mA (steps 1 mA) Current pickup I>>> 0.1 to 20 A (steps 0.1 A);
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite 5 times at IN= 5 A
Measuring circuit supervision IEE< 1.5 to 50 mA (steps 0.1 mA) Voltage release V1< 10 to 125 V (steps 1 V)
Times Time delay 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Pickup times Approx. 50 ms Drop-off time 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Drop-off times Approx. 50 ms Times
Measuring circuit supervision Approx. 2 s Reaction time Approx. 25 ms
Drop-off ratio IEE>, IEE>> 0.95 or 1 mA Drop-off time Approx. 35 ms
Drop-off ratio measuring circuit Approx. 1.1 or 1 mA Drop-off ratio I>>> Approx. 0.8
supervision IEE< Drop-off ratio V1< Approx. 1.05
Tolerances Tolerances
Earth current pickup 1 % of set value or 0.5 mA Current pickup 5 % of set value or 20/100 mA
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms Undervoltage seal-in V1< 1 % of set value or 0.5 V
100 % stator earth-fault protection with 3rd harmonic Time delay T 1 % or 10 ms
(ANSI 59TN, 27TN) (3rd H.) Current differential protection (ANSI 87G, 87M, 87T)
Setting ranges Setting ranges
Displacement voltage V0 (3rd harm.)>, 0.2 to 40 V (steps 0.1 V) Differential current ID>IN 0.05 to 2 (steps 0.01)
V0 (3rd harm.)< High-current stage ID>>IN 0.8 to 12 (steps 0.1)
Time delay T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite Inrush stabilization ratio I2fN/IN 10 to 80 (steps 1 %)
Active-power release 10 to 100 % (steps 1 %) or indefinite Harmonic stabilization ratio InfN/IN 10 to 80 (steps 1 %)
Positive-sequence voltage release 50 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V) or indefinite (n=3rd or 4th or 5th harmonics)
Times Additional trip time delay T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Pickup time Approx. 80 ms Times
Drop-off time Approx. 80 ms Pickup time Approx. 35 ms
Drop-off ratio (ID ≥ 1.5 setting value ID >)
Undervoltage stage V0 (3rd harm.)< Approx. 1.4 Pickup time Approx. 20 ms
Overvoltage stage V0 (3rd harm.)> Approx. 0.6 (ID ≥ 1.5 setting value ID>>)
Active-power release Approx. 0.9 Drop-off time Approx. 35 ms
Positive-sequence voltage release Approx. 0.95 Drop-off ratio Approx. 0.7
Tolerances Tolerances
Displacement voltage 3 % of set value or 0.1 V Pickup characteristic 3 % of set value or 0.01 I/IN
Time delay T 1 % or 10 ms Inrush stabilization 3 % of set value or 0.01 I/IN
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF) Additional time delays 1 % or 10 ms

Setting ranges Earth-current differential protection (ANSI 87GN, 87TN)

Current thresholds I>BF 0.04 to 1 A (steps 0.01 A) Setting ranges
Time delay BF-T 0.06 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefi- Differential current IE-D >/IN 0.01 to 1 (steps 0.01)
nite Additional trip time delay 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Times Times
11 Pickup time
Drop-off time
Approx. 50 ms
Approx. 50 ms
Pickup time
(IE-D ≥ 1.5 setting value IE-D >)
Approx. 50 ms

Tolerances Drop-off time Approx. 50 ms

Current threshold I>BF/IN 1 % of set value or 10/50 mA Drop-off ratio Approx. 0.7
Time delay T 1 % or 10 ms Tolerances
Pickup characteristic 3 % of set value
Additional time delay 1 % or 10 ms

11/58 Siemens SIP · 2004

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM62

Technical data

Rotor earth-fault protection with fN (ANSI 64R) (fN) Out-of-step protection (ANSI 78)
Setting ranges Setting ranges
Alarm stage RE, Alarrn < 3 to 30 kΩ (steps 1 kΩ) Positive sequence current 0.2 to 4 I1/IN (steps 0.1 I1/IN )
Trip stage RE, Trip < 1.0 to 5 kΩ (steps 0.1 kΩ) pickup I1>
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite Negative-sequence current 0.05 to 1 I2/IN (steps 0.01 I2/IN )
Correction angle - 15 ° to + 15 ° (steps 1 °) pickup I2<
Times Impedances Za to Zd 0.05 to 130 Ω (steps 0.01 Ω)
Pickup time ≤ 80 ms (based on IN =1 A)
Drop-off time ≤ 80 ms Inclination angle of polygon ϕP 60 to 90 ° (steps 1 °)
Number of out-of-step periods 1 to 4
Drop-off ratio Approx. 1.25 characteristic 1
Tolerances Number of out-of-step periods 1 to 8
Trip stage RE, Trip <, Approx. 5 % of set value characteristic 2
Alarm stage RE, Alarm < Approx. 10 % of set value Holding time of pickup tH 0.2 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s)
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms Holding time for out-of-step 0.02 to 0.15 s (steps 0.01 s)
Permissible rotor earth capacitance 0.15 to 3 µF annunciation
Sensitive rotor fault protection with 1 to 3 Hz (ANSI 64R) (1 to 3 Hz) Times
Typical trip time Depending from the out-of-step
Setting ranges frequency
Alarm stage RE,Alarrn < 5 to 80 kΩ (steps 1 kΩ)
Trip stage RE, Trip < 1 to 10 kΩ (steps 1 kΩ) Tolerances
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite Impedance measurement |∆Z/Z| ≤ 5 % for 30 ° ≤ ϕSC ≤ 90 °
Pickup value of meas. circuit 0.01 to 1 mAs (steps 0.01 mAs) or 10 mΩ
supervision QC< Time delays T 1 % to 10 ms
Times DC voltage time / DC current time protection (ANSI 59N (DC) ; 51N (DC))
Pickup time Approx. 1 to 1.5 s (depends on fre- Setting ranges
quency of 7XT71) Voltage pickup V = >,< 0.1 to 8.5 V (steps 0.1 V)
Drop-off time Approx. 1 to 1.5 s Current pickup I = >, < 0.2 to 17 mA (steps 0.1 mA)
Drop-off ratio RE Approx 1.25 Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Drop-off ratio QC < 1.2 or 0.01 mAs Times
Tolerances Pickup time Approx. 60 ms
Trip stage Approx. 5 % or 0.5 kΩ at (operational condition 1)
(RE,Trip <; Alarm stage RE, Alarm<) 0.15 µF ≤ CE < 1µF Pickup time Approx. 200 ms
Approx. 10 % or 0.5 kΩ (operational condition 0)
at 1 µF ≤ CE < 3 µF Drop-off time Approx. 60 ms or 200 ms
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms Drop-off ratio 0.9 or 1.1
Permissible rotor earth- 0.15 to 3 µF
capacitance Tolerances
Voltage 1 % of set value, or 0.1 V
100 % stator earth-fault protection with 20 Hz (ANSI 64G) (100 %) Current 1 % of set value, or 0.1 mA
Setting ranges Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms
Alarm stage RSEF < 20 to 500 Ω (steps 1 Ω) Starting time supervision for motors (ANSI 48)
Trip stage RSEF << 10 to 300 Ω (steps 1 Ω)
Earth current stage ISEF > 0.02 to 1.5 A (steps 0.01 A) Setting ranges
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite Motor starting 1.0 to 16 (steps 0.01) 11
Supervision of 20 Hz generator current IStart max /IN
V20 Hz 0.3 to 15 V (steps 0.1 V) Starting current 0.6 to 10 (steps 0.01)
pickup IStart, pickup. /IN
I20 Hz 5 to 40 mA (steps 1 mA)
Correction angle - 60 ° to + 60 ° (steps 1 °) Permissible starting 1.0 to 180 s (steps 0.1 s)
time TStart max
Times Permissible locked rotor 0.5 to 120 s (steps 0.1 s) or indefinite
Pickup times RSEF<, RSEF<< ≤ 1.3 s time TBlocking
Pickup time ISEF> ≤ 250 ms
Drop-off times RSEF<, RSEF<< ≤ 0.8 s Times Depending on the settings
Drop-off time ISEF> ≤ 120 ms Drop-off ratio Approx. 0.95
Drop-off ratio Approx. 1.2 to 1.7 Tolerances
Tolerances Current threshold 1 % of set value, or 1 % of IN
Resistance (RSEF) ca. 5 % or 2 Ω Time delays T 5 % or 30 ms
Earth current stage (ISEF >) 3 % or 3 mA
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms

Siemens SIP · 2004 11/59

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM62

Technical data

Restart inhibit for motors (ANSI 66, 49 Rotor) Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)
Setting ranges Number of supervised trip circuits 1
Motor starting 3.0 to 10.0 (steps 0.01) Operational measured values
current IStart max /IN
Permissible starting 3.0 to 120.0 s (steps 0.1 s) Description Primary; secondary or per unit (%)
time TStart max Currents IL1, S1; IL2, S1; IL3, S1; IL1, S2; IL2, S2; IL3, S2;
Rotor temperature equalization 0 to 60.0 min (steps 0.1 min) IEE1; IEE2; I1; I2
time TEquali. Tolerance 0.2 % of measurement values
Minimum restart inhibit 0.2 to 120.0 min (steps 0.1 min) or ± 10 mA ± 1 digit
time TRestart, min
Differential protection currents IDiffL1; IDiffL2; IDiffL3; IRestL1; IRestL2;
Permissible number of warm 1 to 4
IRestL3;
starts nW
Tolerances 0.1 % of measured or ± 10 mA ± 1
Difference between warm and 1 to 2
digit
cold starts nK-nW
Extensions of time constants 1.0 to 100.0 Phase angles of currents ϕIL1,S1; ϕIL2,S1; ϕIL3,S1; ϕIL1,S2; ϕIL2,S2;
(running and stop) ϕIL3,S2;
Tolerances < 0.5 °
Tolerances
Time delays T 1 % or 0.1 ms Voltages VL1; VL2; VL3; VE; VL12; VL23; VL31; V1;
V2
Rate-of-frequency-change protection (ANSI 81R)
Tolerance 0.2 % of measured values
Setting ranges or ± 0.2 V ± 1 digit
Steps, selectable +df/dt >; - df/dt 4
Impedance R, X
Pickup value df/dt 0.2 to 10 Hz/s (steps 0.1 Hz/s);
Tolerance 1%
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Undervoltage blocking V1< 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V) Power S; P; Q
Tolerance 1 % of measured values
Times
or ± 0.25 % SN
Pickup times df/dt Approx. 200 ms
Drop-off times df/dt Approx. 200 ms Phase angle ϕ
Tolerance <0.1 °
Drop-off ratio df/dt Approx. 0.95 or 0.1 Hz/s
Drop-off ratio V< Approx. 1.05 Power factor cos ϕ (p.f.)
Tolerance 1 % ± 1 digit
Tolerances
Rate-of-frequency change Approx. 0.1 Hz/s at V> 0.5 VN Frequency f
Undervoltage blocking 1 % of set value or 0.5 V Tolerance 10 mHz (at V> 0.5 VN; 40 Hz < f
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms < 65 Hz)
Vector jump supervision (voltage) Overexcitation V/f;
Tolerance 1%
Setting ranges
Stage ∆ϕ 0.5 ° to 15 ° (steps 0.1 °) Thermal measurement ΘL1; ΘL2, ΘL3, Θ I2, ΘV/f, sensors
Time delay T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite Tolerance 5%
Undervoltage blocking V1< 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V) Min./max. memory
Tolerances Memory Measured values with date and time
Vector jump 0.3 ° at V> 0.5 VN
Undervoltage blocking 1 % of set value or 0.5 V Reset manual Via binary input
Via key pad
11 Time delay T 1 % or 10 ms
Via communication
Incoupling of temperature via serial interface (thermo-box) (ANSI 38)
Values
Number of measuring sensors 6 or 12 Positive sequence voltage V1
Temperature thresholds 40 to 250 °C or 100 to 480 °F Positive sequence current I1
(steps 1 °C or 1 °F) Active power P
Reactive power Q
Sensors types Pt100; Ni 100, Ni 120
Frequency f
External trip coupling Displacement voltage VE(3rd harm.)
Number of external trip couplings 4 (3rd harmonics)
Energy metering
Meter of 4 quadrants WP+; WP–; WQ+; WQ–
Tolerance 1%

11/60 Siemens SIP · 2004

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM62

Technical data

Fault records
Number of fault records Max. 8 fault records
Instantaneous values Max. 5 s
Storage time Depending on the actual frequency
Sampling interval (e. g. 1.25 ms at 50 Hz;
1.04 ms at 60 Hz)
Channels vL1, vL2, vL3, vE; iL1,S1; iL2,S1; iL3,S1; iEE1;
iL1,S2; iL2,S2; iL3,S2; iEE2; TD1; TD2;
TD3
R.m.s. values
Storage period Max. 80 s
Sampling interval Fixed (20 ms at 50 Hz; 16.67 ms
at 60 Hz)
Channels V1, VE, I1, I2, IEE1, IEE2 , P, Q, ϕ, R, X,
f-fn
Additional functions
Fault event logging Storage of events of the last 8 faults
Puffer length max. 600 indications
Time solution 1 ms
Operational indications Max. 200 indications
Time solution 1 ms
Elapsed-hour meter Up to 6 decimal digits
(criterion: current threshold)
Switching statistics Number of breaker operation
Phase-summated tripping current

CE conformity
This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Commu-
nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating to
electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC) and
electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (Council
Directive 73/23/EEC).
This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part 303).
The unit has been developed and manufactured for application in an indus-
trial environment according to the EMC standards.
This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG in
accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directive and
standard EN 60255-6 for the “low-voltage Directive”.
11

Siemens SIP · 2004 11/61

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM62

Selection and ordering data Description Order No. Order Code

7UM62 multifunction generator,
motor and transformer protection relay 7UM62¨¨-¨¨¨¨¨-¨¨¨0 ¨¨¨
Housing, binary inputs and outputs
Housing 1/2 19", 7 BI, 12 BO, 1 live status contact 1
Housing 1/1 19", 15 BI, 20 BO, 1 live status contact 2

Current transformer IN
1 A1), IEE (sensitive) 1
5 A1), IEE (sensitive) 5

Rated auxiliary voltage (power supply, indication voltage)

24 to 48 V DC, threshold binary input 17 V3) 2
60 to 125 V DC2), threshold binary input 17 V3) 4
110 to 220 V DC2), 115 V/230 V AC, threshold binary input 73 V 5

Unit version
For panel surface mounting, 2-tier screw-type terminals top/bottom B
For panel flush mounting, plug-in terminals (2-/3- pin connector) D
Flush-mounting housing, screw-type terminal
(direct connection, ring-type cable lugs) E

Region-specific default setting/function and language settings

Region DE, 50 Hz, IEC characteristics, language: German,
(language can be selected) A
Region World, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI characteristics, language: English (UK),
(language can be selected) B
Region US, 60 Hz, ANSI characteristics, language: English (US),
(language can be selected) C

Port B (System interface)

No system interface 0
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, electrical RS232 1
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, electrical RS485 2
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3
Analog output 2 x 0 to 20 mA 7

PROFIBUS-DP slave, electrical RS485 9 L 0 A

PROFIBUS-DP slave, optical 820 nm, double ring, ST connector* 9 L 0 B
MODBUS, electrical RS485 9 L 0 D
MODBUS, optical 820 nm, ST connector* 9 L 0 E
DNP 3.0, electrical RS485 9 L 0 G
11 DNP 3.0, optical 820 nm, ST connector* 9 L 0 H

Only Port C (Service Interface)

DIGSI 4 / modem, electrical RS232 1
DIGSI 4 / modem, temperature monitoring box, electrical RS485 2
Port C (Service interface) and Port D (Additional Interface) 9 Mo o

Port C (Service Interface)

DIGSI 4 / modem, electrical RS232 1
DIGSI 4 / modem, temperature monitoring box, electrical RS485 2

1) Rated current can be selected by Port D (Additional Interface)

means of jumpers. Temperature monitoring box, optical 820 nm, ST connector A
2) Transition between the two auxiliary Temperature monitoring box, electrical RS485 F
voltage ranges can be selected by Analog outputs 2 x 0 to 20 mA K
means of jumpers.
3) The binary input thresholds can be
selected in stages by means of
jumpers. Cont’d on page 11/63
* Not with position 9 = B; if 9 = “B”,
please order 7UM61 unit with RS485
port and separate fiber-optic convert-
ers.

11/62 Siemens SIP · 2004

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM62

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7UM62 multifunction generator,
motor and transformer protection 7UM62¨¨-¨¨¨¨¨-¨¨¨0
Measuring functions
Without extended measuring functions 0
Min./max. values, energy metering 3

Functions1)
Generator Basic A
Generator Standard B
Generator Full C
Asynchronous Motor F
Transformer H

Functions (additional functions) 1)

Without A
Sensitive rotor earth-fault protection and 100 % stator earth-fault protection B
Restricted earth-fault protection C
Network decoupling (df/dt and vector jump) E
All additional functions G

Accessories Description Order No.

DIGSI 4
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows (version Windows 95 and higher)
device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included
as well as “Getting started” manual on paper, connecting cables (copper)
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Demo
Demo version on CD-ROM 7XS5401-0AA00
Professional
Complete version:
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00

SIGRA 11
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers
(Comtrade format). Running under MS Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP Professional.
Incl. templates, electronic manual with license for 10 PCs.
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00

Connecting cable
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector)
and protection unit (9-pin connector)
(contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally) 7XV5100-4
Cable between thermo-box and relay
- length 5 m / 5.5 yd 7XV5103-7AA05
- length 25 m / 27.3 yd 7XV5103-7AA25
- length 50 m / 54.7 yd 7XV5103-7AA50

Coupling device for rotor earth-fault protection 7XR6100-0CA00

1) For more detailed information on

the functions see Table 11/3,
page 11/35.

Siemens SIP · 2004 11/63

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM62

Accessories Description Order No.

Series resistor for rotor earth-fault protection 3PP1336-0DZ-013002

Voltage divider (10:1, 20:1) 3PP1326-0BZ-012009

Voltage divider (5:1, 5:2) 3PP1336-1CZ-013001

20 Hz generator 7XT3300-0CA00

20 Hz band pass filter 7XT3400-0CA00

Current transformer (400 A /5 A, 5 VA) 4NC5225-2CE20

Controlling unit f. rotor earth-fault protection (0.5 to 4 Hz) 7XT7100-0EA00

Resistor for 1 to 3 Hz rotor earth-fault protection 7XR6004-0CA00

Temperature monitoring box (thermo-box)

24 to 60 V AC/DC 7XV5662-2AD10
90 to 240 V AC/DC 7XV5662-5AD10

Manual for 7UM62

English C53000-G1176-C149-3
LSP2089-afpen.tif

Description Order No. Size of Supplier Fig.

package

Connector 2-pin C73334-A1-C35-1 1 Siemens 11/62

Fig. 11/61 Mounting rail for 19" rack 3-pin C73334-A1-C36-1 1 Siemens 11/63
2
Crimp CI2 0.5 to 1 mm 0-827039-1 4000 AMP 1)
1)
connector 0-827396-1 1 AMP
LSP2091-afpen.eps
LSP2090-afpen.eps

2 1)
CI2 1 to 2.5 mm 0-827040-1 4000 AMP
1)
0-827397-1 1 AMP

Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm2 0-163083-7 4000 AMP 1)

1)
Fig. 11/63 0-163084-2 1 AMP
Fig. 11/62
2-pin connector 3-pin connector 1)
Crimping For Type III+ 0-539635-1 1 AMP
1)
tool and matching female 0-539668-2 AMP
11 For CI2 0-734372-1 1 AMP
1)
LSP2093-afpen.eps

LSP2092-afpen.eps

1)
and matching female 1-734387-1 AMP

Mounting rail C73165-A63-D200-1 1 Siemens 11/61

Short-circuit For current terminals C73334-A1-C33-1 1 Siemens 11/64

links For other terminals C73334-A1-C34-1 1 Siemens 11/65
Fig. 11/64 Fig. 11/65
Short-circuit link Short-circuit link Safety cover Large C73334-A1-C31-1 1 Siemens 11/36
for current for voltage for terminals Small C73334-A1-C32-1 1 Siemens 11/36
terminals terminals/
indications
terminals Your local Siemens representative can inform 1) AMP Deutschland GmbH
you on local suppliers. Amperestr. 7–11
63225 Langen
Germany
Tel.: +49 6103 709-0
Fax +49 6103 709-223

11/64 Siemens SIP · 2004

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM62

Connection diagram

11

Fig. 11/66
7UM621 connection diagram (IEC standard)

Siemens SIP · 2004 11/65

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM62

Connection diagram

11

Fig. 11/67
7UM622 connection diagram (IEC standard)

11/66 Siemens SIP · 2004

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM62

Connection diagram

11

Fig. 11/68
7UM621 connection diagram (ANSI standard)

Siemens SIP · 2004 11/67

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM62

Connection diagram

11

Fig. 11/69
7UM622 connection diagram (ANSI standard)

11/68 Siemens SIP · 2004

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM511

SIPROTEC 7UM511
Generator Protection Relay
Function overview

Protection functions
•Overcurrent-time protection
(with undervoltage seal-in) (51)
•Single-phase overcurrent protection
(can be implemented as rotor
earth-fault protection) (51N, 64R)
•Stator overload protection (49)
•Underexcitation protection (40)
•Overvoltage protection (59)
LSP2301-afpen.tif

•Undervoltage protection (27)

•Overfrequency protection (81)
•Underfrequency protection (81)
•Reverse-power protection (32R)
•Forward-power monitoring (32F)
•Unbalanced-load protection (46)
Fig. 11/70 SIPROTEC 7UM511 generator protection relay (negative-sequence protection)
•Stator earth-fault protection (64)
Description Features
•Direct trip coupling
The SIPROTEC 7UM511 is a numerical
(for separate protection equipment)
generator protection relay. The provided
protection functions meet the require- •Assignable output relays, LEDs and
ments of small, medium-sized and large binary inputs
generators. This numerical relay is the ba- •Trip matrix for trip relays
sic device in each unit connection scheme.
The device can be supplemented by the Monitoring functions
7UT51 differential protection units.
•Trip circuit supervision
•Operational measured values
•Self-supervision of relay
•50 event logs
•3 fault logs (with 80 events)
•8 oscillographic fault records 11
Communication interfaces
•System interface
– IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
Hardware
•8 binary inputs
•Binary outputs: 5 trip relays;
12 alarm relays
Front design
•PC front port for convenient relay
setting
•16 LEDs for local indication

Siemens SIP · 2004 11/69

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM511

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7UM511 generator protection relay 7UM511¨-¨¨B01 - 0¨B0
Rated current at 50 to 60 Hz, 100 to 125 V AC
1A 1
5A 5

Rated auxiliary voltage

24 V, 48 V DC 2
60 V, 110 V, 125 V DC 4
220 V, 250 V DC 5

Unit design
For panel flush mounting or cubicle mounting C
For panel surface mounting D
For panel flush mounting or cubicle mounting, without glass cover E

Rear-side serial interface

(suitable for substation control and protection and DIGSI operating program)
Electrical B
Optical C

DIGSI 4
Accessories
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows (version Windows 95 and higher)
device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included
as well as “Getting started” manual on paper, connecting cables (copper)
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Demo
Demo version on CD-ROM 7XS5401-0AA00
Professional
Complete version:
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00
SIGRA
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
11 Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers
(Comtrade format). Running under MS Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP Professional.
Incl. templates, electronic manual with license for 10 PCs.
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00

Connecting cable
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector) and protection unit
(25-pin connector) 7XV5100-2
or
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector) and protection unit
(9-pin connector) 7XV5100-4
Adaptor 9-/25-pin for 7XV5100-4 cable for protec. unit w. 25-pin connector
(cable 7XV5100-4 and adaptor contained in DIGSI 4) 7XV5100-8H

Rotor earth-fault protection

Coupling device for rotor earth-fault protection (rated frequency voltage) 7XR6100-0CA00
Series resistor 3PP1336-0DZ-013002

Underexcitation protection (Excitation voltage in coupling)

Voltage divider (20:1 or 10:1) 3PP1326-0BZ-012009

Manual for 7UM511

English C53000-G1176-C109-3

11/70 Siemens SIP · 2004

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM512

SIPROTEC 7UM512
Generator Protection Relay
Function overview

Protection functions
• Overcurrent-time protection
(with undervoltage seal-in) (51)
• Overcurrent/undercurrent protection
(51/37)
• DC voltage time protection (64-DC)
• Overvoltage protection (59)
• Undervoltage protection (27)
LSP2301-afpen.tif

• Over/underfrequency protection (81)

• Active/reactive power protection
(32R, 40)
• Unbalanced-load protection (46)
(negative-sequence protection)
• Stator earth-fault protection
(directional, non-directional) (64)
Fig. 11/71 SIPROTEC 7UM512 generator protection relay • Rotor earth-fault protection (64R)
Features
Description • Direct trip coupling
(for separate protection equipment)
The SIPROTEC 7UM512 is a numerical • Assignable output relays,
generator protection relay. The relay pro-
LEDs and binary inputs
vides a practical combination of protection
functions for generators. The unit contains • Trip matrix for trip relays
all the protection functions required for
Monitoring functions
small generators, such as emergency gener-
ators or private power plants. As the relay • Trip circuit supervision
features directional earth-fault protection, • Operational measured values
it is frequently applied in direct connection
• Self-supervision of relay
of the generator to a busbar. Combined
with the devices 7UM511 and 7UT511, it • 50 event logs
meets the protection requirements of me- • 3 fault logs (with 80 events)
dium-sized generators. The unit is also a
• 8 oscillographic fault records
module in comprehensive protection sys- 11
tems for large generators based on the Communication interfaces
7UM51 range.
• System interface
– IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
Hardware
• 8 binary inputs
• Binary outputs: 5 trip relays;
12 alarm relays
Front design
• PC front port for convenient relay
setting
• 16 LEDs for local indication

Siemens SIP · 2004 11/71

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM512

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7UM512 generator protection relay 7UM512¨-¨¨B01 - 0¨B0
Rated current at 50 to 60 Hz, 100 to 125 V AC
1A 1
5A 5

Rated auxiliary voltage

24 V, 48 V DC 2
60 V, 110 V, 125 V DC 4
220 V, 250 V DC 5

Unit design
For panel flush mounting or cubicle mounting C
For panel surface mounting D
For panel flush mounting or cubicle mounting, without glass cover E

Rear-side serial interface

(suitable for substation control and protection and DIGSI operating program)
Electrical B
Optical C

DIGSI 4
Accessories
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows (version Windows 95 and higher)
device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included
as well as “Getting started” manual on paper, connecting cables (copper)
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Demo
Demo version on CD-ROM 7XS5401-0AA00
Professional
Complete version:
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00

Connecting cable
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector) and protection unit
11 (25-pin connector) 7XV5100-2
or
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector) and protection unit
(9-pin connector) 7XV5100-4
Adaptor 9-/25-pin for 7XV5100-4 cable for protec. unit w. 25-pin connector
(cable 7XV5100-4 and adaptor contained in DIGSI 4) 7XV5100-8H

Rotor earth-fault protection

Coupling device for rotor earth-fault protection (rated frequency voltage) 7XR6100-0CA00
Series resistor 3PP1336-0DZ-013002

Stator earth-fault protection

Voltage divider 500/100 V 3PP1336-1CZ-013001

DC voltage protection
Voltage divider 1:20 and 1:10 3PP1326-0BZ-012009

Manual for 7UM512

English C53000-G1176-C110-3

11/72 Siemens SIP · 2004

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM515

SIPROTEC 7UM515
Generator Protection Relay
Function overview

Protection functions
• 100 % stator earth-fault protection
(64G 100 %)
• Sensitive rotor earth-fault protection
(64R)
• Stator earth-fault protection
(displacement voltage) (64G)
LSP2301-afpen.eps
• Overexcitation protection (24)
• Overvoltage protection (59)
• Undervoltage protection (27)
• Overfrequency protection (81)
• Underfrequency protection (81)
• Interturn short-circuit protection
(64 W)
Features
Fig. 11/72 SIPROTEC 7UM515 generator protection relay • Direct trip coupling
(for separate protection equipment)
• Assignable output relays,
Description
LEDs and binary inputs
The SIPROTEC 7UM515 is a numerical • Trip matrix for trip relays
protection relay which is mainly used for
larger generators in block connection. In Monitoring functions
the majority of cases it is used in combina- • Trip circuit supervision
tion with other relays from the 7UM51 and • Operational measured values
7UT51 series. In such combinations, some
functions can be used to provide redun-
• Self-supervision of relay
dant generator protection systems. • 50 event logs
• 3 fault logs (with 80 events)
• 8 oscillographic fault records
Communication interfaces
• System interface
– IEC 60870-5-103 protocol 11
Hardware
• 8 binary inputs
• Binary outputs: 5 trip relays;
12 alarm relays
Front design
• PC front port for convenient relay
setting
• 16 LEDs for local indication

Siemens SIP · 2004 11/73

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM515

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7UM515 generator protection relay 7UM5150-¨¨B01 - 0¨A0
Rated auxiliary voltage
24 V, 48 V DC 2
60 V, 110 V, 125 V DC 4
220 V, 250 V DC 5

Unit design
For panel surface mounting, with screw-type terminals B
For panel flush mounting or cubicle mounting C
For panel flush mounting or cubicle mounting, without glass cover E

Rear-side serial interface

(suitable for substation control and protection and DIGSI operating program)
Electrical B
Optical C

DIGSI 4
Accessories Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows (version Windows 95 and higher)
device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included
as well as “Getting started” manual on paper, connecting cables (copper)
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Demo
Demo version on CD-ROM 7XS5401-0AA00
Professional
Complete version:
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00

SIGRA
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers
(Comtrade format). Running under MS Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP Professional.
Incl. templates, electronic manual with license for 10 PCs.
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00

11 Rotor earth-fault protection

Controlling unit 7XT7100-0EA00
Resistor for 1 to 3 Hz rotor earth-fault protection for panel surface mounting 7XR6004-0BA00
Resistor for 1 to 3 Hz rotor earth-fault protection for panel flush mounting 7XR6004-0CA00

Stator earth-fault protection

20 Hz generator 7XT3300-0CA00
Band-pass filter 7XT3400-0CA00
Miniature C.T. (400 A/5 A, 5 VA) 4NC5225-2CE20
Voltage divider (500/100 V) 3PP1336-1CZ-013001

Connecting cable
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector) and protection unit
(25-pin connector) 7XV5100-2
or
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector) and protection unit
(9-pin connector) 7XV5100-4
Adaptor 9-/25-pin for 7XV5100-4 cable for protec. unit w. 25-pin connector
(cable 7XV5100-4 and adaptor contained in DIGSI 4) 7XV5100-8H

Manual for 7UM515

English C53000-G1176-C111-3

11/74 Siemens SIP · 2004

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM516

SIPROTEC 7UM516
Generator Protection Relay
Function overview

Protection functions
• Impedance protection (21)
• Out-of-step protection (78)
• Reverse-power protection (32R)
• Forward-power monitoring (32F)
• Unbalanced-load protection (46)
(negative-sequence protection)
• Earth-fault protection (64)
LSP2301-afpen.tif

Features
• Direct trip coupling
(for separate protection equipment)
• Assignable output relays,
LEDs and binary inputs
• Trip matrix for trip relays

Fig. 11/73 SIPROTEC 7UM516 generator protection relay Monitoring functions

• Trip circuit supervision
• Operational measured values
Description
• Self-supervision of relay
The SIPROTEC 7UM516 is a numerical • 30 event logs
generator protection relay which is mainly • 8 fault logs
used for larger generators units. In the
majority of cases it is used in combination • 8 oscillographic fault records
with other relays from the 7UM51 and Communication interfaces
7UT51 series. In such combinations some
functions can be used to provide a redun- • System interface
dant generator protection systems. – IEC 60870-5-103 prototcol
Hardware
• 8 binary inputs
• Binary outputs: 5 trip relays,
12 alarm relays
11
Front design
• PC front port for convenient relay
setting
• 16 LEDs for local indication

Siemens SIP · 2004 11/75

 11 Generator Protection / 7UM516

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7UM516 generator protection relay 7UM516¨-¨¨A01 - 0¨A0
Rated current at 50 to 60 Hz, 100 to 125 V AC
1A 1
5A 5

Rated auxiliary voltage

24 V, 48 V DC 2
60 V, 110 V, 125 V DC 4
220 V, 250 V DC 5

Unit design
For panel surface mounting B
For panel flush mounting or cubicle mounting C
For panel flush mounting or cubicle mounting, without glass cover E

Rear-side serial interface

Electrical (RS232) B
Optical C

DIGSI 4
Accessories
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows (version Windows 95 and higher)
device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included
as well as “Getting started” manual on paper, connecting cables (copper)
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Demo
Demo version on CD-ROM 7XS5401-0AA00
Professional
Complete version:
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (Logic Editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00

SIGRA
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
11 Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers
(Comtrade format). Running under MS Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP Professional.
Incl. templates, electronic manual with license for 10 PCs.
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00

Connecting cable
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector) and protection unit
(25-pin connector) 7XV5100-2
or
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector) and protection unit
(9-pin connector) 7XV5100-4
Adaptor 9-/25-pin for 7XV5100-4 cable for protec. unit w. 25-pin connector
(cable 7XV5100-4 and adaptor contained in DIGSI 4) 7XV5100-8H

Manual for 7UM516

English C53000-G1176-C97-4

11/76 Siemens SIP · 2004

 11 Generator Protection / 7UW50

SIPROTEC 7UW50
Tripping Matrix
Function overview

Functions
• Hardware tripping matrix
• 28 inputs
• 10 outputs
• One LED is assigned
to each input and output
LSP2300-afpen.tif Features
• Easy marshalling of trip signals via
diode plugs
• Plexiglass cover prevents unauthorized
marshalling

Fig. 11/74 SIPROTEC 7UW50 tripping matrix

Description

The tripping matrix 7UW50 is a compo-

nent of the Siemens numerical generator
protection system. The tripping matrix
provides a transparent, easily programma-
ble facility for combining output com-
mands of the trip outputs of individual
protection devices with plant items such as
the circuit-breakers, de-excitation etc. The
matrix was developed for marshalling
tripping commands of large power sta-
tions.
With its help, the tripping schematic can
be temporarily changed, e.g., on the basis
of a generator circuit-breaker revision. If 11
the software matrix incorporated in each
generator protection unit is used for
marshalling the tripping commands,
the marshalling in the protection units
must be changed for this purpose.

Siemens SIP · 2004 11/77

 11 Generator Protection / 7UW50

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7UW50 tripping matrix 7UW5000-¨¨A00
Rated auxiliary voltage
60 V, 110 V, 125 V DC 4
220 V, 250 V DC 5

Unit design
For panel surface mounting B
For panel flush mounting or cubicle mounting C

11

11/78 Siemens SIP · 2004

 11 Generator Protection / 7RW600

SIPROTEC 7RW600
Numerical Voltage, Frequency and Overexcitation Protection Relay
Function overview

Line protection
• Voltage protection
• Frequency protection
Generator protection
• Voltage protection
• Frequency protection
• Overexcitation protection
LSP2001-afpen.tif

Transformer protection
• Voltage protection
• Overexcitation protection
Power system decoupling
• Voltage protection
• Frequency protection
Load shedding
Fig. 11/75 SIPROTEC 7RW600 voltage, frequency and overexcitation protection relay
• Frequency protection
• Rate-of-frequency-change protection
Description Status measured values

The SIPROTEC 7RW600 is a numerical Monitoring functions

multifunction protection relay for connec- • Hardware
tion to voltage transformers. It can be used • Software
in distribution systems, on transformers
and for electrical machines. If the • Event logging
SIPROTEC 7RW600 detects any deviation • Fault recording
from the permitted voltage, frequency or • Continuous self-monitoring
overexcitation values, it will respond ac-
cording to the values set. The SIPROTEC Hardware
7RW600 can be used for the purposes of • Auxiliary voltages:
system decoupling and for load shedding if – 24, 48 V DC
ever there is a risk of a system collapse as a
– 60, 110, 125 V DC
result of inadmissibly large frequency
– 220, 250 V DC, 115 V AC
drops. Voltage and frequency thresholds
• Local operation
11
can also be monitored.
The SIPROTEC 7RW600 voltage, • LCD for setting and analysis
frequency and overexcitation relay can be • Housing for
used to protect generators and transform- – Flush-mounting 1/6 19-inch 7XP20;
ers in the event of defective voltage control, – Surface-mounting 1/6 19-inch 7XP20
of defective frequency control, or of full
load rejection, or furthermore islanding Communication ports
generation systems. • Personal computer
This device is intended as a supplement to • Via RS485 – RS232 converter
Siemens substation systems and for use in • Via modem
individual applications. It has two voltage
inputs (V; Vx) to which a variety of func- • SCADA
tions have been assigned. While input V – IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
serves all of the implemented functions, • Bus-capable
input Vx is exclusively dedicated to the
voltage protection functions. The scope of
functions can be selected from three
ordering options.

Siemens SIP · 2004 11/79

 11 Generator Protection / 7RW600

Application

The SIPROTEC 7RW600 is a numerical

multifunction protection relay for connec-
tion to voltage transformers. It can be
used in distribution systems, on transform-
ers and for electrical machines.
If the SIPROTEC 7RW600 detects any
deviation from the permitted voltage,
frequency or overexcitation values, it will
respond according to the values set. The
SIPROTEC 7RW600 can be used for the
purposes of system decoupling and for
load shedding if ever there is a risk of a
system collapse as a result of inadmissibly
large frequency drops. Voltage and fre-
quency thresholds can also be monitored.
Fig. 11/76 Function diagram
The SIPROTEC 7RW600 voltage,
frequency and overexcitation relay can be
used to protect generators and transform-
ers in the event of defective voltage
control, of defective frequency control,
or of full load rejection, or furthermore
islanding generation systems.

Applications
ANSI IEC Protection
functions
27 V<, t; t = f (V<) Undervoltage
protection
59 59N V>>, t; V>, t Overvoltage
protection
81 81R df df Frequency
f>; f<; - >; +
dt dt protection, rate-
of-frequency-
change protection
24 V V Overexcitation
>,t ; = f (t )
f f protection
Fig. 11/77
11

11/80 Siemens SIP · 2004


Construction
The SIPROTEC 7RW600 relay contains, in
a compact form, all the components
needed for:
• Acquisition and evaluation of measured
values
• Operation and display
• Output of messages, signals and
commands
• Input and evaluation of binary signals
• Data transmission (RS485) and
• Auxiliary voltage supply.
The SIPROTEC 7RW600 receives AC volt-
ages from the primary voltage transformer.
The secondary rated voltage range, 100 to
125 V, is adapted internally on the device.
There are two device variants available:
• The first version, for panel flush
mounting or cubicle mounting, has its
terminals accessible from the rear.
• The second version for panel surface
mounting, has its terminals accessible
from the front.
LSP2002-afpen.tif
Fig. 11/78
Rear view of surface-
mounting case
Siemens SIP · 2004
Protection functions
Overvoltage protection
The overvoltage protection has the func-
tion of detecting inadmissible overvoltages
in power systems and electrical machines
and, in such event, it initiates system
decoupling or shuts down the generators.
Two voltage measuring inputs (V, Vx) are
provided on the unit. These must be con-
nected to two phase-to-phase voltages. The
input voltages are processed separately in
two two-stage protective functions. From
these, two principle connection variants
are derived.
Fig. 11/81, Fig. 11/82, and Fig. 11/83, on
page 11/83, show the following connection
examples:
Fig. 11/81:
Separated connection, used for overvoltage
protection and earth-fault detection
Fig. 11/82:
Two-phase connection to a voltage
transformer
Fig. 11/83:
Alternative V connection
Undervoltage protection
The main function of the undervoltage
protection is protecting electrical machines
(e.g. pumped-storage power generators
and motors) against the consequences of
dangerous voltage drops. It separates the
machines from the power system and thus
avoids inadmissible operating states and
the possible risk of stability loss. This is a
necessary criterion in system decoupling.
To ensure that the protection functions in
a physically correct manner, when used in
conjunction with electrical machines, the
positive-sequence system must be evalu-
ated.
The protection function can be blocked,
via a binary input, causing a drop in ener-
gizing power. The auxiliary contact of the
circuit-breaker can be used for this pur-
pose with the circuit-breaker open. Alter-
natively, undervoltage acquisition can be
activated on a conductor-separated basis
(V<,Vx< ).
Additionally, it is possible to use an
inverse-time undervoltage protection
function for motor protection. The trip-
ping time depends in the undervoltage
drop. A time grading is possible.
11 Generator Protection / 7RW600
Frequency protection
The frequency protection can be used to
protect against overfrequency or against
underfrequency. It protects electrical
machines and plants/substations against
adverse effects in the event of deviations in
the rated speed (e.g. vibration, heating,
etc.), detects and records frequency fluctu-
ations in the power system, and discon-
nects certain loads according to the
thresholds set. It can also be used for the
purposes of system decoupling, and thus
improves the availability of in-plant power
generation.
The frequency protection function is
implemented via voltage input V. From
the sampled voltage, the frequency is mea-
sured by means of various filter functions.
The system thus remains unaffected by
harmonics, ripple control frequencies and
other disturbances.
The frequency protection function operates
over a wide frequency range (25-70 Hz).
It is implemented (optionally for overfre-
quency or for underfrequency) on a four-
stage basis; each stage can be individually
delayed. The frequency stages can be
blocked either via the binary input or by
an undervoltage stage.
Rate-of-frequency-change protection
The rate-of-frequency-change protection
calculates, from the measured frequency,
the gradient of frequency change df/dt. It
is thus possible to detect and record any
major active power overloading in the
power system, to disconnect certain con-
sumers accordingly, and to restore the
system to stability. Unlike frequency pro-
tection, rate-of-frequency-change 11
protection already reacts before the fre-
quency threshold is undershot. To ensure
effective protection settings, power system
studies are recommended. The rate-of-fre-
quency-change protection function can
also be used for the purposes of system
decoupling.
The rate-of-frequency-change protection
function is implemented on a four-stage
basis; each stage can be individually
delayed. It detects and records any nega-
tive or positive frequency gradient. The
measured result is generally released as
soon as the rated frequency is undershot
or overshot.
Rate-of-frequency-change protection can
also be enabled by an underfrequency or
overfrequency stage.
11/81
 11 Generator Protection / 7RW600

Protection functions

Overexcitation protection
The overexcitation protection detects and
records any inadmissibly high induction
V
(B ~ )
f

in electrical equipment, e.g. generators or

transformers, that may occur as a result of
a voltage increase and/or frequency drop.
Increased induction of this nature may
lead to saturation of the iron core, exces-
sive eddy current losses, and thus to inad-
missible heating.
It is recommended to use the overexcita-
tion protection function in power systems
subject to large frequency fluctuations
(e.g. systems in island configuration or
with weak infeed) and for electrical block
units that are separated from the system.
Fig. 11/79 Tripping range of overexcitation protection
The overexcitation protection function
calculates, from the maximum voltage (V,
Vx) and the frequency, the ratio V/f. This
function incorporates an independent
warning and tripping stage and a curve
which is dependent on and adaptable to
the object to be protected and which takes
due account of the object’s thermal behav-
ior. Incorrect adaptation of the voltage
transformer is also corrected. The over-
excitation protection function is effective
over a broad frequency range (25 to 70 Hz)
and voltage range (10 to 170 V).

Features

Serial data transmission

11
The SIPROTEC 7RW600 relay is fitted
with an RS485 port, via which a PC can
be connected, thus providing, in con-
junction with the DIGSI operating and
analysis program, a convenient tool for
configuring and parameter setting. The
DIGSI program (which runs under
MS-Windows) also performs fault re-
cording and fault evaluation. The
SIPROTEC 7RW600 relay can also be Fig. 11/80 Wiring communication
linked, via the appropriate converters,
either directly or over an optoelectronic
connection (optical fiber) to the interface
of the PC or substation control system
(IEC 60870-5-103 protocol).

11/82 Siemens SIP · 2004

 11 Generator Protection / 7RW600

Connection diagrams

Fig. 11/81 Fig. 11/82

Connection of a phase-to-phase voltage V Connection of two phase-to-phase voltages V
and a displacement voltage Vx to one voltage transformer set

Fig. 11/83 Fig. 11/84

Connection to voltage transformers in V-configuration Communication port

11

Fig. 11/85
Typical auxiliary voltage wiring

Siemens SIP · 2004 11/83

 11 Generator Protection / 7RW600

Technical data

Hardware Serial port (isolated)

Measuring circuits (v.t. circuits) Type RS485
Rated voltage VN 100 to 125 V Test voltage 2 kV AC for 1 min
Rated frequency fN 50 or 60 Hz Connections Data cable at housing, two data
Dynamic range 170 V wires, one frame reference for con-
nection of a PC or similar
Power consumption ≤ 0.2 VA
Transmission speed At least 1200 baud, max. 19200 baud
Thermal overload capacity,
continuous 200 V Unit design
for ≤ 10 s 230 V Case 7XP20 For dimensions, see dimension
Power supply via integrated DC/DC converter drawings, part 16

Rated auxiliary voltage Vaux 24/48 V DC Weight

60/110/125 V DC Flush mounting/cubicle mounting Approx. 4 kg
220/250 V DC, 115 V AC Surface mounting Approx. 4.5 kg

Maximum ripple at rated voltage ≤ 12 % Degree of protection IP 51

to IEC 60529/EN 60529
Power consumption
Quiescent Approx. 2 W
Energized Approx. 4 W Electrical test
Maximum bridging time ≥ 20 ms at VAUX (24 V DC) Specifications
following failure of auxiliary voltage ≥ 50 ms at VAUX (110 V DC) Standards IEC 60255-5, ANSI / IEEE C37.90.0
Binary inputs Insulation tests
Number 3 Voltage test (routine test)
Voltage range 24 to 250 V DC All circuits except auxiliary 2.0 kV (rms), 50 Hz
Current consumption, independent Approx. 2.5 mA voltage and RS485
of operating voltage Auxiliary voltage and RS485 only 2.8 kV DC

2 switching thresholds (adjustable) 17 V, 75 V Voltage test (type test)

Over open command contacts 1.5 kV (rms), 50 Hz
Command contacts
Impulse withstand capability 5 kV (peak); 1.2 / 50 µs; 0.5 J
Number of relays, total 6 (SWC) test (type test)
Number of relays All circuits, class III 3 positive and 3 negative impulses
with 2-channel energization 2 at intervals of 5 s
Contacts per relay (K1 to K5) 1 NO contact Test crosswise:
Contact for relay (K6) 1 NC contact or 1 NO contact Measurement circuits, pilot-wire
(set via jumper) connections, power supply, binary
Switching capacity inputs, class III, (no tests crosswise
Make 1000 W/VA over open contacts, RS485 interface
Break 30 W/VA terminals)
Switching voltage 250 V (AC/DC) EMC tests, immunity; type tests
Permissible current, Standards IEC 60255-22 (product standard)
11 continuous 5A EN 50082-2 (generic standard)
0.5 s 30 A DIN VDE 0435, Part 303
LEDs High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak), 1 MHz, τ = 15 µs,
IEC 60255-22-1, class III 400 shots/s duration 2 s
Ready-to-operate (green) 1
and DIN VDE 0435 Part 303, class III
Marshallable displays (red) 4
Electrostatic discharge 4 kV/6 kV contact discharge,
Fault indication (red) 1 IEC 60255-22-2, class III 8 kV air discharge, both polarities,
and IEC 61000-4-2, class III 150 pF, Ri = 330 Ω
Irradiation with RF field
Non-modulated, IEC 60255-22-3 10 V/m, 27 to 500 MHz
(report), class III
Amplitude-modulated, 10 V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz,
IEC 61000-4-3, class III 80 % AM, 1 kHz
Pulse-modulated, 10 V/m, 900 MHz, repetition
IEC 6100-4-3, class III frequency 200 Hz, duty cycle 50 %

11/84 Siemens SIP · 2004


Technical data
EMC tests, immunity; type tests
Fast transients
IEC 60255-22-4 and IEC 61000-4-4, 15 ms, repetition rate 300 ms, both
class III
Conducted disturbances induced by 10 V, 150 kHz to 80 MHz,
radio-frequency fields, amplitude- 80 % AM, 1 kHz
modulated, IEC 61000-4-6, class III
Power frequency magnetic field
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV
Oscillatory surge withstand
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1
(common mode)
Fast transient surge withstand
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1
(common mode)
Radiated electromagnetic
interference ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2
High-frequency test
Document 17C (SEC) 102
EMC tests, emission; type tests
Standard
Conducted interference voltage,
aux. voltage only CISPR 11,
EN 55022, DIN VDE 0878 Part 22,
limit value, class B
Interference field strength CISPR 11, 30 to 1000 MHz
EN 55011, DIN VDE 0875 Part 11,
limit value, class A
Mechanical stress tests
Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration
During operation
Standards
Vibration
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2
IEC 60068-2-6
Shock
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1
IEC 60068-2-27
Seismic vibration
IEC 60255-21-3, class 1
IEC 60068-2-59
Siemens SIP · 2004
11 Generator Protection / 7RW600
During transport
2 kV, 5/50 ns, 5 kHz, burst length Standards
Vibration
polarities, Ri = 50 Ω, duration 1 min IEC 60255-21-1, class 2
IEC 60068-2-6
30 A/m continuous, 50 Hz Shock
300 A/m for 3 s, 50 Hz IEC 60255-21-2, class 1
0.5 mT; 50 Hz IEC 60068-2-27
2.5 kV to 3 kV (peak),
1 MHz to 1.5 MHz, decaying Continuous shock
oscillation, 50 shots per s, duration 2 IEC 60255-21-2, class 1
s, Ri = 150 to 200 Ω IEC 60068-2-29
4 to 5 kV, 10/150 ns, 50 shots per s,
both polarities, duration 2 s, Ri = 80 Ω
Climatic stress tests
10 to 20 V/m, 25 to 1000 MHz, Temperatures
amplitude- and pulse-modulated
Recommended temperature during
2.5 kV (peak, alternating polarity), service
100, 1, 10 and 50 MHz,
decaying oscillation, Ri = 50 Ω
Temperature tolerances:
During service
EN 50081-* (generic standard) During storage
150 kHz to 30 MHz During transport
(storage and transport in
standard works packaging)
Humidity
Permissible humidity stress
It is recommended to arrange the
units in such a way that they are not
exposed to direct sunlight or pro-
nounced temperature changes that
could cause condensation
Functions
IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2 Undervoltage protection
Sinusoidal Setting range V<, Vx<Vp<
10 to 60 Hz: ± 0.035 mm amplitude
60 to 150 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration Delay times
Sweep rate 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes Time multiplier for
inverse characteristic
Half-sinusoidal Pickup time
acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms Reset time
3 shocks in each direction of Reset ratio
3 orthogonal axes
Tolerances
Sinusoidal Voltage pickup
1 to 8 Hz: ± 4 mm amplitude Delay times
(horizontal axis)
1 to 8 Hz: ± 2 mm amplitude Overvoltage protection
(vertical axis) Setting range
8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration V>, V>>
(horizontal axis) Vx>, Vx>>
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration Delay times
(vertical axis)
Sweep rate 1 octave/min Pickup time
1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes Reset time
Reset ratio
Tolerances
Voltage pickup
Delay times
IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
Sinusoidal
5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude;
8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration
Sweep rate 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Half-sinusoidal
acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms,
3 shocks in each direction of 3
orthogonal axes
Half-sinusoidal
acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms,
1000 shocks in each direction
of 3 orthogonal axes
–5 to +55 °C
(legibility may be impaired
> +55 °C)
–20 to +70 °C
–25 to +55 °C
–25 to +70 °C
Annual average ≤ 75 % relative hu-
midity, on 30 days during the year 95
% relative humidity, condensation
not permitted!
20 to 120 V (in steps of 1 V)
0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s) or ∞
(i.e. non-effective) 11
0.1 to 5 s
≤ 50 ms
≤ 50 ms
1.05
3 % of setting value or 1 V
1 % of setting value or 10 ms
20 to 170 V (in steps of 1 V)
10 to 170 V (in steps of 1 V)
0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
≤ 50 ms
≤ 50 ms
0.95
3 % of setting value or 1 V
< 1 % of setting value for V > Vn
1 % of setting value or 10 ms
11/85
 11 Generator Protection / 7RW600

Technical data

Frequency protection Fault recording

Number of frequency stages f> or f< 4 Instantaneous value fault record
Setting range f> or f< 40 to 68 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz) Measured values V, Vx
Pattern 1.00 ms (50 Hz)
Delay times 0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) 0.83 ms (60 Hz)
Undervoltage blocking 20 to 100 V or ∞ (in steps of 1 V) Fault record duration Max. 5 s
Start signal Tripping, energization, binary input,
Pickup time f>, f< Approx. 100 ms
PC
Reset times f>, f< Approx. 100 ms
Reset difference Approx. 20 mHz R.m.s. fault record
Reset ratio (undervoltage blocking) 1.05 Measured values V, Vx, f-fN
Pattern 10 ms (50 Hz)
Tolerances
8.3 ms (60 Hz)
Frequencies f>, f< 5 mHz at f = fN and V = VN
Fault record duration Max. 50 s
10 mHz at f = fN
Starting signal Tripping, energization, binary input,
Undervoltage blocking 3 % of setting value or 1 V
PC
Delay times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Operational measured values
Rate-of-frequency-change protection
Measured values V, Vx, V1, V/f, f
Number of
rates-of-frequency-changing stages 4 Measuring range voltage 0 to 170 V
Tolerance ≤ 2 V or 5 %
df
Setting range 0.4 to 10 Hz/s or ∞ (in steps of 0.1 Measuring range overexcitation 0 to 2.4
dt Hz/s) Tolerance ≤5%
Delay times 0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Measuring range frequency 25 to 70 Hz
Tolerance ≤ 0.05 Hz or 5 MHz at f = fN
Undervoltage blocking 20 to 100 V or ∞ (in steps of 1 V)

df
Pickup time Approx. 200 ms CE conformity
dt
This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Commu-
nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating to
df
Reset ratio pickup Approx. 0.6 electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC) and
dt electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (Council
Directive 73/23/EEC).
Reset ratio (undervoltage blocking) 1.05
This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
Tolerances df man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part 303).
Changes of frequencies
dt The unit has been developed and manufactured for application in an indus-
In the 45 to 50 Hz range 100 mHz/s at fN = 50 Hz and V = VN trial environment according to the EMC standards.
In the 54 to 60 Hz range 150 mHz/s at fN = 60 Hz and V = VN This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG in
Undervoltage blocking V< 3 % of setting value or 1 V accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directive and
Delay times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms standard EN 60255-6 for the “low-voltage Directive”.
Overexcitation protection

11 Warning stage
V / VN
f / fN
1 to 1.2 (in steps of 0.01)

V / VN
Tripping stage 1 to 1.4 (in steps of 0.01)
f / fN
Delay times, 0 to 60 s, or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
warning and tripping stages
Curve values V/f 1.1 / 1.15 / 1.2 / 1.25 / 1.3 / 1.35 / 1.4
Associated delay times 0 to 20000 s (in steps of 1 s)
Cooling-down time 0 to 20000 s (in steps of 1 s)
Voltage transformer adaption factor 0.5 to 2 (in steps 0.01)
Pickup response time (stage curve) ≤ 50 ms
Reset time (stage curve) ≤ 60 ms
Reset ratio 0.95
Tolerances
Overexcitation V/f 3 % of setting value
Delay times (stage curve) 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Delay times (dependent curve) 5 % with respect to V/f value ± 0.5 s

11/86 Siemens SIP · 2004

 11 Generator Protection / 7RW600

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7RW600 numerical voltage, frequency and 7RW6000-¨¨A¨0-¨¨A0
overexcitation protection relay
Rated auxiliary voltage
24, 48 V DC 2
60, 110, 125 V DC 4
220, 250 V DC, 115 V AC 5

Unit design
For panel surface mounting, terminals on the side B
For panel flush mounting/cubicle mounting, terminals on the rear E

Languages
English 0
German 1
Spanish 2
French 3

Scope of functions
Voltage and frequency protection 0
Voltage, frequency and rate-of-frequency-change protection 1
Voltage and overexcitation protection 2

Serial system interface

With RS485 port D

DIGSI 4
Accessories
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows (version Windows 95 and higher)
device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included
as well as “Getting started” manual on paper, connecting cables (copper)
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Demo
Demo version on CD-ROM 7XS5401-0AA00
Professional
Complete version:
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00

SIGRA
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
11
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers
(Comtrade format). Running under MS Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP Professional.
Incl. templates, electronic manual with license for 10 PCs.
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00

Converter V.24 - RS485*

With communication cable for the SIPROTEC 7RW600
numerical voltage, frequency and overexcitation relay; length 1 m
With plug-in power supply unit 230 V AC 7XV5700-0oo00 1)
With plug-in power supply unit 110 V AC 7XV5700-1oo00 1)

Converter, full-duplex FO cable, RS485, with built-in power supply unit

Auxiliary voltage 24 - 250 V DC and 110 / 230 V AC 7XV5650-0BA00

Manual for 7RW600

English C53000-G1176-C117-4
1) Possible versions see part 14, page 14/61
* RS485 bus system up to 115 kbaud
RS485 cable and adaptor
7XV5103-oAAoosee part 14,
page 14/5

Siemens SIP · 2004 11/87

 11 Generator Protection / 7RW600

Connection diagrams

Fig. 11/86
Connection circuit
diagram of 7RW600
voltage and frequency
protection with pre-
setting of marshallable
binary inputs and
command contacts.
(Ordering Code:
7RW600x-xBxxx-;
7RW600x-xExxx-).

Fig. 11/87
Connection circuit
diagram of 7RW600
voltage and overexcita-
tion protection with
presetting of
marshallable binary in-
puts and command
contacts.
11 (Ordering Code:
7RW600x-xBxxx-;
7RW600x-xExxx-).

11/88 Siemens SIP · 2004


SIPROTEC 7VE6
Multifunction Paralleling Device
Description
The 7VE61 and 7VE63 paralleling devices of
the SIPROTEC 4 family are multifunctional
compact units used for paralleling power sys-
tems and generators.
Their technical design ensures highly reliable
paralleling due to their 1½-channel or
2-channel measurement method and their
hardware design. This is supported by nu-
merous monitoring functions.
The units automatically detect the operating
conditions. The response to these conditions
depends on settings.
In “synchronous network switching” mode,
the frequency difference is measured with
great accuracy. If the frequency difference is
almost zero for a long enough time, the net-
works are already synchronous and a larger
making angle is permissible.
If the conditions are asynchronous, as is the
case when synchronizing generators, the gen-
erator speed is automatically matched to the
system frequency and the generator voltage
to the system voltage. The connection is then
made at the synchronous point, allowing for
circuit-breaker make-time.
The 7VE61 paralleling device is a 1½-channel
unit (paralleling function + synchro-check)
for use with small to medium-size generators
and power systems. It is more reliable than
1-channel paralleling devices. It can also be
used for synchro-check, with parallel opera-
tion of three synchronization points.
Siemens SIP · 2004
LSP2483-afpen.tif
Fig. 11/88
For larger generators and power systems with
high reliability requirements, the 2-channel
7VE63 is recommended. Two independent
methods decide on the connection condi-
tions. The unit also has the full control func-
tions of the SIPROTEC 4 family.
Voltage and frequency functions (V>, V<,
f>, f< df/dt) including voltage vector jump
(∆ϕ) are optionally available for protection
or network decoupling applications.
The integrated programmable logic func-
tions (continuous function chart CFC) offer
the user a high flexibility so that adjustments
can easily be made to the varying require-
ments on the basis of special system condi-
tions.
The flexible communication interfaces are
open to modern communication architec-
tures with control systems.
11 Generator Protection / 7VE6
Function overview
Basic functions
• High reliability with a two-out-of-two
design (1 ½ channels in 7VE61 and
2 channels in 7VE63)
• Paralleling of asynchronous voltage
sources
• Balancing commands for voltage and
speed (frequency)
• Paralleling of synchronous voltage
sources
• Synchro-check function for manual
synchronization
• Parameter blocks for use on several syn-
chronizing points (7VE61 max. 4 and
7VE63 max. 8)
Additional functions
• Consideration of transformer vector
group and tap changer
• Synchronization record (instantaneous
or r.m.s. record)
• Commissioning support (CB-time
measurement, test synchronization)
• Browser operation
• Full control functionality of SIPROTEC 4
• Analog outputs of operational mea-
sured values
• Functions for protection or network de-
coupling tasks
Protection functions (option)
• Undervoltage protection(27)
• Overvoltage protection (59)
• Frequency protection (81) 11
• Rate-of-frequency-change
protection ( 81R)
• Vector jump
Monitoring functions
• Self-supervision of paralleling function
• Operational measured values
• 8 oscillographic fault records
Communication interfaces
• System interface
− IEC 60870-5-103
− PROFIBUS-DP
− MODBUS RTU and DNP 3.0
• Service interface for DIGSI 4 (modem)
• Front interface for DIGSI 4
• Time synchronization via IRIG B/
DCF77
11/89
 11 Generator Protection / 7VE6
Application
The 7VE61 and 7VE63 paralleling devices of
the SIPROTEC 4 family are multifunctional
compact units used for paralleling power
systems and generators.
Their technical design ensures highly reliable
paralleling due to their 1½-channel or
2-channel measurement method and their
hardware design. This is supported by nu-
merous monitoring functions.
The units automatically detect the operating
conditions. The response to these conditions
depends on settings.
In “synchronous network switching” mode,
the frequency difference is measured with
great accuracy. If the frequency difference is
almost zero for a long enough time, the net-
works are already synchronous and a larger
making angle is permissible.
If the conditions are asynchronous, as is the
case when synchronizing generators, the gen-
erator speed is automatically matched to the
system frequency and the generator voltage
to the system voltage. The connection is then
made at the synchronous point, allowing for
circuit-breaker make-time.
The 7VE61 paralleling device is a 1½-channel
unit (paralleling function + synchro-check)
for use with small to medium-size generators
and power systems.
It is more reliable than 1-channel paralleling
devices. It can also be used for synchro-
check, with parallel operation of three syn-
chronization points.
For larger generators and power systems with
high reliability requirements, the 2-channel
7VE63 is recommended. Two independent
methods decide on the connection condi-
tions. The unit also has the full control func-
tions of the SIPROTEC 4 family.
Voltage and frequency functions (V>, V<,
f>, f< df/dt) including voltage vector jump
(∆ϕ) are optionally available for protec-
tion or network decoupling applications.
11/90
Uniform design
The SIPROTEC 4 units have a uniform de-
sign and a degree of functionality which
represents a whole new quality in protec-
tion and control and automation.
Local operation has been designed accord-
ing to ergonomic criteria. Large, easy-to-
read displays (graphic display for 7VE63)
were a major design aim. The DIGSI 4 op-
erating program considerably simplifies
planning and engineering and reduces
commissioning times.
Highly reliable
The 7VE6 hardware is based on 20 years of
Siemens experience with numerical protec-
tion equipment. State-of-the-art technology
and a high-efficiency, 32-bit microprocessor
are employed. Production is subject to exact-
ing quality standards.
Special attention has been paid to electro-
magnetic compatibility, and the number of
electronic modules has been drastically re-
duced by the use of highly integrated circuits.
The software design incorporates accumu-
lated experience and the latest technical
knowledge. Object orientation and
high-level language programming, com-
bined with the continuous quality assur-
ance system, ensure maximized software
reliability.
Programmable logic
The integrated programmable logic function
allows the user to implement his own func-
tions for automation of switchgear (inter-
locking) via a graphic user interface. The user
can also generate user-defined messages.
Adjustments can easily be made to the
varying power station requirements.
Measurement method
Powerful and successful algorithms based on
years of experience have been incorporated.
They ensure both a high level of measure-
ment accuracy and effective noise signal sup-
pression. That makes for reliable paralleling
even in networks with harmonics. Comple-
mentary measurement methods avoid un-
wanted operation.
Design
The units are available in two designs: the
½ 19" wide 7VE61 and the ½ 19" wide
7VE63. The 7VE61 features a four-line dis-
play. The 7VE63 is equipped with a graphic
display for visualization of switching states.
It also has a larger number of binary inputs
and outputs than the 7VE61.
Communication
Flexible and powerful communication is par-
amount. That is why the paralleling devices
have up to five serial interfaces (for details see
chapter 4 "Communication"):
− Front interface for connecting a PC
− Service interface for connecting a PC (e.g.
via a modem)
− System interface for connecting to a con-
trol system via
IEC 60870-5-103,
PROFIBUS-DP,
MODBUS RTU or
DNP 3.0
− Interface for an analog output module
(2 – 20 mA) and an input
− For time synchronization via DCF77 or
IRIG B.
Operational measured values
In order to assist system management and for
commissioning purposes, relevant measured
values are displayed as primary and second-
ary values with unit and values relating to the
object to be protected.
The measured values can also be transferred
via the serial interfaces.
In addition, the programmable logic permits
limit value scans and status indications de-
rived therefrom.
Metered values are available in the form of
energy metered values for the active and re-
active energy supplied and are also provided
by an elapsed-hour meter.
Siemens SIP · 2004

Application
Indications
The SIPROTEC 4 units provide detailed data
for analysis of synchronization (fault events
from activated protection functions) and for
checking states during operation. All indica-
tions are protected against power supply fail-
ure.
• Synchronization indications
(Fault indications)
The last eight synchronizations (faults)
are stored in the unit at all times. A fresh
synchronization (fault) will erase the old-
est one. The fault indications have a time
resolution of 1 ms. They provide detailed
information on history. The buffer mem-
ory is designed for a total of 600 indica-
tions.
• Operational indications
All indications that are not directly associ-
ated with the synchronization (fault) (e.g.
operating or switching actions) are stored
in the status indication buffer. The time
resolution is 1 ms, buffer size: 200 indica-
tions.
Fault recording at up to 10 or 100 seconds
An instantaneous value or r.m.s. value re-
corder is provided. The firmware permits
storage of 8 fault recordings. Triggering can
be effected by the synchronization function
(starting or closing command), protection
function (pickup or tripping), binary input,
the DIGSI 4 operating program or by the
control system.
The instantaneous value recording stores the
voltage input values (va,vb,vc,vd,ve,vf), voltage
differences (va-vd,vb-ve, vc-vf), and calculated
r.m.s. values ∆V, ∆f, ∆α at 1-ms intervals (or
0.83-ms intervals for 60 Hz). The r.m.s. val-
ues are calculated every half cycle. The total
duration of the fault recording is 10 seconds.
If the time is exceeded, the oldest recording is
overwritten.
If you want to record for a longer period for
commissioning purposes (for example, to
show the effect of balancing commands),
r.m.s. value recording is advisable. The rele-
vant calculated values (V1,V2, f1, f2, ∆V, ∆f,
∆α) are recorded at half-cycle intervals. The
total duration is 100 seconds.
Siemens SIP · 2004
Time synchronization
A battery-backed clock is a standard com-
ponent and can be synchronized via a syn-
chronization signal (DCF77; IRIG B via
satellite receiver), binary input, system in-
terface or SCADA (e.g. SICAM). A date
and time are assigned to every indication.
Freely assignable binary
inputs and outputs
Binary inputs, output relays, and LEDs can
each be given separate user-specific assign-
ments. Assignment is effected using a soft-
ware matrix, which greatly simplifies the allo-
cation of individual signals.
To ensure dual-channel redundancy, con-
trol of the CLOSE relay (relay R1 and R2)
is prioritized and should not be altered.
These two relays have a special, highly reli-
able control and monitoring logic
(see Fig. 11/91).
Continuous self-monitoring
The hardware and software are continu-
ously monitored. If abnormal conditions
are detected, the unit signals immediately.
In this way, a great degree of safety, reli-
ability and availability is achieved.
Reliable battery monitoring
The battery buffers the indications and fault
recordings in the event of power supply volt-
age failure. Its function is checked at regular
intervals by the processor. If the capacity of
the battery is found to be declining, an alarm
indication is generated.
All setting parameters are stored in the
Flash-EPROM which are not lost if the
power supply or battery fails. The
SIPROTEC 4 unit remains fully functional.
11 Generator Protection / 7VE6
Functions
Functional scope of the paralleling function
The units contain numerous individually
settable functions for different applica-
tions. They cover the following operating
modes:
Synchro-check
In this mode, the variables ∆V, ∆f, ∆α are
checked. If they reach set values, a release
command is issued for as long as all three
conditions are met, but at least for a
settable time.
Switching synchronous networks
The characteristic of synchronous net-
works is their identical frequency (DfN0).
This state is detected, and fulfillment of the
∆V and ∆α conditions is checked. If the
conditions remain met for a set time, the
CLOSE command is issued.
Switching asynchronous networks
This state occurs in the power system and
generator (open generator circuit-breaker).
A check is made for fulfillment of ∆V and
∆f conditions and the connection time is
calculated, taking account of ∆α, and the
circuit-breaker making time. By means of
balancing commands (for voltage and fre-
quency), the generator can automatically
be put into a synchronous condition.
Switching onto dead busbars
The voltage inputs are checked here. The
CLOSE command is issued depending on the
set program and the result of measurement.
A three-phase connection increases reliability
because several voltages must fulfill the con-
ditions (see Fig. 11/94).
The following operating states are possible:
− V1< V2 >
(connection to dead busbar (side 1))
− V1> V2 <
(connection to dead line (side 2))
− V1< V2 <
(forced closing)
11/91
 11 Generator Protection / 7VE6

Functions Commissioning aids The operational measured values also in-

Voltage and frequency band query
Synchronization is not activated until the
set limits are reached. Then the remaining
parameters (see above) are checked.
Vector group adaptation
If synchronization is effected using a trans-
former, the unit will take account of the
phase-angle rotation of the voltage phasor
in accordance with the vector group entry
for the transformer. On transformers with
a tap changer, the tap setting can be com-
municated to the unit, for example, as
BCD code (implemented in the 7VE63).
Deviations from the rated transformation
ratio result in the appropriate voltage am-
plitude adaptation.
clude all measured values required for com-
The paralleling device is designed to be com-
missioning. The behavior of the paralleling
missioned without an external tester/
function or the unit is also documented in
recorder (see Fig. 11/89). For that purpose, it
detail in the operational annunciation and
contains a codeword-protected commission-
synchronization annunciation buffer. The
ing section. This can be used to measure the
connection conditions are documented in
make time automatically with the unit (inter-
the synchronization record. Test synchroni-
nal command issue until the CB poles are
zation is also permitted. All actions inside the
closed). This process is logged by the fault re-
synchronizer are taken but the two CLOSE
cording function.
relays are not operated (R1 and R2). This
state can also be initiated via a binary input.

Voltage and frequency balancing

If the synchronization conditions are not ful-
filled, the unit will automatically output bal-
ancing signals. These are the appropriate up
or down commands to the voltage or speed
controller (frequency controller). The bal-
ancing signals are proportional to the voltage
or frequency difference, which means that if
the voltage or frequency difference is sub-
stantial, longer balancing commands will be

LSP2480fen.tif
output. A set pause is allowed to elapse be-
tween balancing commands to allow the state
change to settle. This method ensures rapid
balancing of the generator voltage or fre- Fig. 11/89
quency to the target conditions. SIGRA 4, synchronization record with balancing commands
If identical frequency is detected during gen-
erator-network synchronization (“motion-
less synchronization phasor”), a kick pulse
will put the generator out of this state.
For example, if the voltage is to be adjusted
using the transformer tap changer, a de-
fined control pulse will be output.

Several synchronizing points

Depending on the ordered scope, several
synchronization points can be operated.
The data for synchronization of each cir-
cuit-breaker (synchronization function
group) are stored individually. In the max-
imum version, the 7VE63 operates up to 8
synchronization points. Selection is made
either via the binary input or the serial in-
terface. With the CFC, it is also possible to
control the connection of the measured
variables or commands via a master relay.

11/92 Siemens SIP · 2004

 11 Generator Protection / 7VE6

Functions

Great safety and reliability due to

multi-channel redundancy 1 ½-channel version
(7VE61)
Generator synchronization especially re-
quires units in which unwanted operation
can be ruled out. The paralleling device
achieves this multi- channel redundancy
with a two-out-of-two decision. That means
that two conditions for the CLOSE com-
mand must be fulfilled. Fig. 11/90 shows the 2-channel version
structure of the two designs. (7VE63)
In the 1½-channel version (7VE61), the par-
alleling function is the function that gives the
CLOSE command. The synchro-check func-
tion acts as a release criterion with rougher
monitoring limit settings. Other monitoring Fig. 11/90
functions are also active at the same time (see Design of multi-channel redundancy
below).
In the two-channel version (7VE63), two in-
dependent methods work in parallel. The
CLOSE command is given when the two
methods simultaneously decide on CLOSE.
Fig. 11/91 shows the consistent implementa-
tion of dual-channel redundancy.
The measured quantities are fed to two
ADCs. The second ADC processes the values
rotated through 180° (e.g. V1). The monitor-
ing methods test all the transformer circuits
including internal data acquisition for plau-
sibility and they block measurement if devia-
tions are found. The phase-sequence test de-
tects connection errors. The measuring
methods 1 and 2 include the measurement
algorithms and logic functions.
In keeping with the two-channel redundancy
principle, differing measurement methods
are used to prevent unwanted operation due
to systematic errors. Fig. 11/91
Two-channel redundancy
In addition, numerous methods are also ac-
tive, such as closure monitoring (synchro-
nism monitoring of both methods). Un-
wanted relay operation is avoided by
two-channel operation of both CLOSE re-
lays. The two measurement methods
operate the transistors crossed over.
Moreover, coil operation is monitored in the
background. For this purpose, transistors are
activated individually and the response is fed
back. Both interruptions and transistor
breakdown are detected. When faults are
found, the unit is blocked immediately.
The plausibility monitoring of set values
(valid limits) and selection of the synchroni-
zation function groups (only one can be se-
lected) are also supported. In the event of
any deviations, messages are output and the
paralleling function is blocked.

Siemens SIP · 2004 11/93

 11 Generator Protection / 7VE6

Functions
Internet technology
simplifies commissioning
In addition to the universal DIGSI 4 operat-
ing program, the synchronizer contains a
Web server that can be accessed via a tele-
communications link using a browser (e.g.
Internet Explorer). The advantage of this so-
lution is that it is both possible to operate the
unit with standard software tools and to
make use of the Intranet/ Internet infrastruc-
ture. Moreover, information can be stored in
the unit without any problems. In addition
to numeric values, visualizations facilitate

LSP2481fen.tif
work with the unit. In particular, graphical
displays provide clear information and a high
degree of operating reliability. Fig. 11/93
shows an example of an overview that is fa- Fig. 5/92 Browser-based operation
miliar from conventional synchronizers. The
current status of synchronization conditions
is clearly visible. Of course, it is possible to
call up further measured value displays and
annunciation buffers. By emulation of inte-
grated unit operation, it is also possible to ad-
just selected settings for commissioning
purposes, (see Fig. 11/92).

LSP2482fen.tif
Fig. 11/93
Overview display of the synchronization function

11/94 Siemens SIP · 2004


Functions
Protection and automation functions
Basic concept
The paralleling function is not performed
constantly. Therefore the measured quan-
tities provided at the analog inputs are
available for other functions. Voltage and
frequency protection or limit value moni-
toring of these quantities are typical appli-
cations. Another possible application is
network decoupling. After network dis-
connection, automatic resynchronization
using the CFC is possible on request.
To allow for great flexibility, these func-
tions can be assigned to the analog inputs.
This is defined for the specific application.
Undervoltage protection
(ANSI 27)
The protection function is implemented
on two stages and evaluates the voltage at
an input assigned to it. Analysis of a
phase-to-phase voltage is beneficial as it
avoids starting in the event of earth faults.
The protection function can be used for
monitoring and decoupling purposes or to
prevent voltage-induced instability of gen-
erators by disconnection.
Overvoltage protection
(ANSI 59)
The protection function is implemented
on two stages and evaluates the voltage at
an input assigned to it.
The overvoltage protection prevents im-
permissible stress on equipment due to ex-
cessive voltages.
Frequency protection
(ANSI 81)
The protection function is implemented on
four stages and evaluates the frequency of an
input assigned to it. Depending on the fre-
quency threshold setting, the function can
provide overfrequency protection (setting
> fn) or underfrequency protection (setting
< fn. Each stage can be delayed separately.
Stage 4 can be configured either as an
overfrequency or underfrequency stage.
The application consists of frequency
monitoring usually causing network dis-
connection in the event of any deviations.
The function is suitable as a load shedding
criterion.
Siemens SIP · 2004
11 Generator Protection / 7VE6
Rate-of-frequency-change protection
(ANSI 81R)
This function can also be assigned to an in-
put. The frequency difference is determined
on the basis of the calculated frequency over
a time interval. It corresponds to the mo-
mentary rate-of-frequency change. The func-
tion is designed to react to both positive and
negative rate-of-frequency changes. Ex-
ceeding of the permissible rate-of-frequency
change is monitored constantly. Release of
the relevant direction depends on whether
the actual frequency is above or below the
rated frequency. In total, four stages are
available, and can be used optionally.
This function is used for fast load shedding
or for network decoupling.
Vector jump
Smaller generating plants frequently require
the vector jump function. With this criterion
it is possible to detect a disconnected supply
(e.g. due to the dead time during an auto-
matic reclosure) and initiate generator dis-
connection. This avoids impermissible loads
on the generating plant, especially the drive
gearing, if reconnection to the network is
asynchronous.
The vector jump function monitors the
phase angle change in the voltage.
If the incoming line should fail, the abrupt
current discontinuity leads to a phase angle
jump in the voltage. This is measured by
means of a delta process. The command for
opening the generator or coupler circuit-
breaker is issued if the set threshold is ex-
ceeded.
Vector jump monitoring is performed
again for the assigned voltage input. This
function is blocked during synchroniza-
tion.
Threshold monitoring
The threshold function is provided for fast
monitoring and further processing in the
CFC. Optional monitoring of the calcu-
lated voltage (for violation of an upper or
lower threshold) at the six voltage inputs is
possible. A total of three greater- than and
three less-than thresholds are available.
The check is made once per cycle, resulting
in a minimum operating time of about 30
ms for the voltage. The times can be ex-
tended by the internal check time, if neces-
sary (about 1 cycle).
11/95
 11 Generator Protection / 7VE6

Typical applications
Connection to three-phase voltage trans-
former
If three-phase voltage transformers are avail-
able, connection as shown in Fig. 11/94 is
recommended. This is the standard circuit
because it provides a high level of reliability
for the paralleling function. The phase-se-
quence test is additionally active, and several
voltages are checked on connection to a dead
busbar. Interruption in the voltage connec-
tion does not lead to unwanted operation.
Please note that side 1 (that is, V1) is always
the feed side. That is important for the direc-
tion of balancing commands.

Fig. 11/94

Connection to open delta connection

(V-connection) voltage transformer
Fig. 11/95 shows an alternative to Fig. 11/94
for substations in which the voltage trans-
formers have to be V-connected. For the par-
alleling device, this connection is the electri-
cal equivalent of the connection described
above. It is also possible to combine the two:
three one-pole isolated voltage transformers
on one side and the V-connection on the
other. If, additionally, a synchroscope is con-
nected, it must be electrically isolated by
means of an interposing transformer.

Fig. 11/95

11/96 Siemens SIP · 2004

 11 Generator Protection / 7VE6

Typical applications

Connection to unearthed voltage trans-

former
To save costs for the voltage transformer,
two-phase isolated voltage transformers are
used that are connected to the phase-to-
phase voltage (see Fig. 11/96). In that case,
the phase-rotation supervision is inactive
and reliability restrictions when connecting
to the dead busbar must be accepted.
Full two-channel redundancy is ensured.

Fig. 11/96

Connection to single-phase isolated volt-

age transformer
As an alternative to Fig. 11/96, some substa-
tions use single-phase isolated voltage trans-
formers (see Fig. 11/97). In this case, only a
phase-to-earth voltage is available. This con-
nection should be avoided if possible. Espe-
cially in isolated or resonance neutral earthed
networks, an earth fault would lead to a volt-
age value of zero. That does not permit syn-
chronization and the busbar is detected as
dead.
If V1 < and V2 > connection is permitted,
there is a high risk of incorrect synchroniza-
tion. Furthermore, an earth-fault in phase L2
leads to an angle rotation of – for instance –
30° in phase L1. This means that the device
switches at a large fault angle.

Fig. 11/97

Siemens SIP · 2004 11/97

 11 Generator Protection / 7VE6

Typical applications

Switching in 16.7 Hz networks

for application in traction systems
The unit can also be used for synchronizing
railway networks or generators. The connec-
tion has to be executed according to
Fig. 11/98. No phase sequence test is available
here. Two-channel redundancy is
ensured.
The voltage inputs permit the application of
the 16.7 Hz frequency without any difficul-
ties.
On connection to a dead busbar, a broken
wire in the external voltage transformer cir-
cuit is not detected. It is recommended to
make another interrogation of a second volt-
age transformer.

Fig. 11/98

11/98 Siemens SIP · 2004

 11 Generator Protection / 7VE6

Typical applications

Synchro-check for several synchronizing

points
To avoid unwanted operation during man-
ual synchronization or during connection of
circuit-breakers in the network, the syn-
chro-check function is used as an enabling
criterion. It is fully compatible with all of the
connections described above (see Figs. 11/94
to 11/98). With the “synchro-check” order-
ing option, the paralleling device also allows
up to three circuit-breakers to be monitored
in parallel. That saves wiring, switching and
testing. In particular, that is an application
for the 1½ circuit-breaker method. More-
over, on smaller generating plants one unit
can be used for up to three generators, which
helps reduce costs.
The connection shown in Fig. 11/99 is a sin-
gle-pole version, which is acceptable for the
synchro-check function.
An alternative is the connection for two
switching devices (see Fig. 11/100).
The two free voltage inputs can be used for
monitoring purposes.

Fig. 11/99

Fig. 11/100

Siemens SIP · 2004 11/99

 11 Generator Protection / 7VE6

Typical applications

Fig. 11/101

Synchronization of a generator
Fig. 11/101 shows an example of the 7VE61
paralleling device connected to a medium-
power generator. Where three-phase voltage
transformers are available, direct connection
is recommended. The synchronization point
and start of synchronization is selected via
the binary inputs. If cancellation is necessary,
the stop input must be used.
If synchronization onto a dead busbar is per-
mitted, the alarm contact of the voltage
transformer miniature circuit-breakers
(m.c.b.) must be connected to the unit.
Relays R1 and R2 are used for a CLOSE com-
mand. The other relays are used for selected
indications and for the balancing commands.
The live status contact operated by the unit
self-supervision function must also be wired.

11/100 Siemens SIP · 2004

 11 Generator Protection / 7VE6

Technical data

Hardware Unit design

Analog inputs 7XP20 housing For dimensions see dimension
Rated frequency 50, 60 or 16.7 Hz drawings
Rated voltage VN 100 to 125 V Degree of protection acc. to EN 60529
For surface-mounting housing IP 51
Power consumption For flush-mounting housing
Voltage inputs (at 100 V) Approx. 0.3 VA Front IP 51
Capability in voltage paths 230 V continuous Rear IP 50
Auxiliary voltage For the terminals IP 2x with terminal cover put on
Rated auxiliary voltage 24 to 48 V DC Weight
60 to 125 V DC Flush-mounting housing
110 to 250 V DC 7VE61 (½ x 19“) Approx. 5.2 kg
220 to 250 V DC 7VE63 (½ x 19“) Approx. 7 kg
115 and 230 V AC (50/60 Hz) Surface-mounting housing
Permitted tolerance -20 to +20 % 7VE61 (½ x 19”) Approx. 9.2 kg
7VE63 (½ x 19”) Approx. 12 kg
Superimposed AC voltage ≤ 15 %
(peak-to-peak)
Power consumption Serial interfaces
Quiescent Operating interface for DIGSI 4
7VE61 Approx. 4 W Connection Non-isolated, RS232, front panel;
7VE63 Approx. 5.5 W 9-pin subminiature connector
Energized Baud rate (SUB-D)
7VE61 Approx. 9.5 W 4800 to 115,200 baud
7VE63 Approx. 12 W
Time synchronization IRIG-B / DCF77 signal (Format: IRIG B000)
Bridging time during auxiliary
voltage failure Connection 9-pin subminiature connector,
at Vaux = 48 V and Vaux W 110 V ≥ 50 ms (SUB-D), terminal with surface-
at Vaux = 24 V and Vaux = 60 V ≥ 20 ms mounting case
Binary inputs Voltage levels Selectable 5, 12 or 24 V
Quantity Service / modem interface (Port C) for DIGSI 4 / modem / service
7VE61 6 Isolated RS232/RS485 9-pin subminiature connector
7VE63 14 (SUB-D)
3 pickup thresholds 14 to 19 V DC, 66 to 88 V DC; Test voltage 500 V / 50 Hz
Range is settable with jumpers 117 to 176 V DC Distance for RS232 Max. 15 m
Distance for RS485 Max. 1000 m
Maximum permissible voltage 300 V DC
System interface (Port B) IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, PROFIBUS-DP,
Current consumption, energized Approx. 1.8 mA MODBUS RTU, DNP 3.0) and interface (Port D)
Output relays Isolated RS232/RS485 9-pin subminiature connector (SUB-D)
Quantity Baud rate 4800 to 115200 Baud
7VE61 9 (each with 1 NO; 1 optional as Test voltage 500 V / 50 Hz
NC, Distance for RS232 Max. 15 m
7VE62 via jumper) Distance for RS485 Max. 1000 m
17 (each with 1 NO; 2 optional as RS485: PROFIBUS-DP, MODBUS 9-pin subminiature connector
7VE61+7VE63 NC, via jumper) RTU, DNP 3.0 (SUB-D)
1 live status contact Test voltage 500 V / 50 Hz
Switching capacity (NC, NO via jumper)
Baud rate
Make PROFIBUS-DP Max. 12 MBaud
Break 1000 W / VA MODBUS RTU, DNP 3.0 Max. 19200 Baud
Break (for resistive load) 30 VA
Break (for L/R w 50 ms) 40 W Distance
25 W PROFIBUS-DP Max. 1000 m with 93.75 kBaud;
Switching voltage Max. 100 m with 12 MBaud
Permissible current 250 V MODBUS RTU, DNP 3.0 1000 m
5 A continuous Fiber optic: IEC, PROFIBUS-DP, ST connector
30 A for 0.5 seconds MODBUS RTU, DNP 3.0
LEDs PROFIBUS-DP Double ring
Quantity IEC, MODBUS RTU, DNP 3.0 Point-to-point
RUN (green) 1 Baud rate
ERROR (red) 1 PROFIBUS-DP Max. 1.5 MBaud
Assignable LED (red) MODBUS RTU, DNP 3.0 Max. 19200 Baud
7VE61 7 Optical wavelength λ = 820 nm
7VE63 14 Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass-fiber
62.5/125 µm
Distance Max. 1.5 km
Analog output module (electrical) 2 ports with 0 to +20 mA

Siemens SIP · 2004 11/101

 11 Generator Protection / 7VE6

Technical data

Electrical tests EMC tests for noise immunity (type test) (cont’d)
Specifications Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak); 1 to 1.5 MHz
Standards IEC 60255 (product standards) capability damped wave; 50 surges
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0/.1/.2 ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 per second;
UL 508 Duration 2 s; Ri = 150 to 200 Ω
DIN 57435, part 303 Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 surges per
For further standards see below capability second; both polarities;
Insulating tests ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 duration 2 s ; Ri = 80 Ω
Standards IEC 60255-5 Radiated electromagnetic 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz
interference
Voltage test (100 % test) 2.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50/60 Hz ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2
All circuits except for auxiliary sup-
ply, binary inputs, communication Damped oscillations 2.5 kV (peak value), polarity
and time synchronization interfaces IEC 60894, IEC 61000-4-12 alternating 100 kHz, 1 MHz,
10 and 50 MHz, Ri = 200 Ω
Voltage test (100 % test) 3.5 kV DC
Auxiliary voltage and binary inputs EMC tests for interference emission (type test)
Voltage test (100 % test) only 500 V (r.m.s. value), 50/60 Hz Standard EN 50081-1 (generic standard)
isolated communication interfaces Conducted interference voltage 150 kHz to 30 MHz
and time synchronization interface on lines only auxiliary supply Limit class B
Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 J; IEC-CISPR 22
All circuits except for communica- 3 positive and 3 negative impulses Interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz
tion interfaces and time synchroni- at intervals of 5 s IEC-CISPR 22 Limit class B
zation interface, class III
EMC tests for noise immunity (type test) Mechanical stress tests
Standards IEC 60255-6, IEC 60255-22 Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration
(product standards)
EN 50082-2 (generic standard) During operation
DIN 57435 part 303 Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068
High frequency test 2.5 kV (peak value), 1 MHz; Vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-22-1, class III τ = 15 ms IEC 60255-21-1, class II 10 to 60 Hz: ± 0.075 mm amplitude;
and DIN 57435 part 303, class III 400 pulses per s; duration 2 s IEC 60068-2-6 60 to 150 Hz: 1 g acceleration
Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge; Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
IEC 60255-22-2, class IV 15 kV air discharge; 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
EN 61000-4-2, class IV both polarities; 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω Shock Half-sinusoidal
Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz IEC 60255-21-2, class I Acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms,
non-modulated IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks each in both directions of
IEC 60255-22-3 (report), class III the 3 axes
Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz; 80 % AM; Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
amplitude-modulated, 1 kHz IEC 60255-21-2, class I 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude
IEC 61000-4-3, class III IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis)
1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude
Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 900 MHz; repetition (vertical axis)
pulse-modulated frequency 200 Hz; duty cycle 50 % 8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
IEC 61000-4-3/ ENV 50204, (horizontal axis)
class III 8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
Fast transient interference bursts 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz; (vertical axis)
IEC 60255-22-4, burst length = 15 ms; repetition Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
IEC 61000-4-4, class IV rate 300 ms; both polarities; 1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes
Ri = 50 Ω; test duration 1 min During transport
High-energy surge voltages Impulse: 1.2/50 µs Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
(SURGE),
IEC 61000-4-5 installation, class III Vibration Sinusoidal
Auxiliary supply Common (longitudinal) mode: IEC 60255-21-1, class II 5 to 8 Hz: ±7.5 mm amplitude;
2 kV; 12 Ω, 9 µF IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration
Differential (transversal) mode: Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
1 kV; 2 Ω, 18 µF 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Measurement inputs, binary inputs Shock Half-sinusoidal
and relay outputs Common (longitudinal) mode: IEC 60255-21-2, class I Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms,
2 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 µF IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks each in both directions
Differential (transversal) mode: 3 axes
Line-conducted HF, 1 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 µF Continuous shock Half-sinusoidal
amplitude-modulated 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 % AM; IEC 60255-21-2, class I Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms,
IEC 61000-4-6, class III 1 kHz IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks in both directions of
the 3 axes
Magnetic field with power frequency 30 A/m continuous;
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV; IEC 60255-6 300 A/m for 3 s; 50 Hz
0.5 mT; 50 Hz

11/102 Siemens SIP · 2004


Technical data
Climatic stress test
Temperatures
Standards
Recommended operating limiting
temperature
Temporarily permissible operating
temperature
Limiting temperature during
permanent storage (with supplied
packing)
Limiting temperature during
transport (with supplied packing)
Humidity
Standards
Permissible humidity stress
It is recommended to arrange the
units in such a way that they are not relative humidity; condensation is
exposed to direct sunlight or pro-
nounced temperature changes that
could cause condensation
Functions
General
Frequency range
Paralleling function (ANSI 25)
Setting ranges
Upper voltage limit Vmax
Lower voltage limit Vmin
V < for de-energized status
V > for energized status
Voltage difference ∆V
Frequency difference ∆f
Angle difference ∆α
Changeover threshold
asynchronous – synchronous
Angle correction of vector group
Matching voltage transformer
V1/V2
Circuit-breaker making time
Operating time of circuit-breaker
Max. operating time after start
Monitoring time of voltage
Release delay
Synchronous switching
Times
Minimum measuring time
Drop-off
Drop-off ratio voltage
Drop-off difference frequency
Drop-off difference phase angle
Tolerance
Voltage measurement
Voltage difference ∆V
Frequency difference ∆f
Angle difference ∆α
Delay times
Siemens SIP · 2004
IEC 60068-2-1, IEC 60068-2-2
–5 °C to +55 °C / +25 °F to +131 °F
-20 to +70 °C
(Legibility of display may be
impaired above +55 °C / +131 °F)
–25 °C to +55 °C / –13 °F to +131 °F
–25 °C to +70 °C / –13 °F to +158 °F
IEC 60068-2-3
Annual average ≤ 75 % relative hu-
midity; on 56 days a year up to 93 %
not permitted
25 to 75 Hz (fN = 50 Hz)
30 to 90 Hz (fN = 60 Hz)
8.35 to 25 Hz (fN = 16.7 Hz)
20 to 140 V (steps 1 V)
20 to 125 V (steps 1 V)
1 to 60 V (steps 1 V)
20 to 140 V (steps 1 V)
0 to 40 V (steps 1 V)
0 to 2 Hz (steps 0.01 Hz)
2 to 80° (steps 1°)
0.01 to 0.04 Hz (steps 0.01 Hz)
0 to 359° (steps 1°)
0.5 to 2 (steps 0.01)
10 to 1000 ms (steps 1 ms)
0.01 to 10 s (steps 0.01 s)
0.01 to 1200 s (steps 0.01 s)
0 to 60 s (steps 0.1 s)
0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s)
0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s)
Approx. 80 ms (50/60 Hz)
Approx. 240 ms (16.7 Hz)
Approx. 0.9 (V >) or 1 (V <)
20 mHz
1°
1 % of pickup value or 0.5 V
1 % of pickup value or max. 0.5 V
(typical < 0.2 V)
< 10 mHz (synchronous network)
< 15 mHz (asynchronous network)
0.5° with minor slip and approx. rated
frequency 3° for ∆f < 1 Hz,
5° for ∆f > 1 Hz
1 % or 10 ms
11 Generator Protection / 7VE6
Readjustment commands for synchronization
Frequency balancing
Minimum control pulse
Maximum control pulse
Frequency change of controller
Setting time of controller
Target value for frequency
balancing
Kick pulse
Voltage balancing
Minimum control pulse
Maximum control pulse
Voltage change of controller
Setting time of controller
Permissible overexcitation
(V/VN)/(f/fN)
Tolerances
Minimum control pulse
Control times
Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)
Setting range
Undervoltage pickup
V <, V <<
Time delays T
Times
Pickup times V <, V <<
Drop-off times V <, V <<
Drop-off ratio V <, V <<
Tolerances
Voltage limit values
Time delays T
Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59)
Setting ranges
Overvoltage pickup V >, V >>
Time delays T
Time
Pickup times V >, V >>
Drop-off times V >, V >>
Drop-off ratio V >, V >>
Tolerances
Voltage limit values
Time delays T
10 to 1000 ms (steps 1 ms)
1 to 32 s (steps 0.01 s)
0.05 to 5 Hz/s (steps 0.01 Hz/s)
0 to 32 s (steps 0.01 s)
-1 to 1 Hz (steps 0.01 Hz)
Available
10 to 1000 ms (steps 1 ms)
1 to 32 s (steps 0.01 s)
0.1 to 50 V/s (steps 0.1 V/s)
0 to 32 s (steps 0.01 s)
1 to 1.4 (steps 0.01)
1%
Approx. 5 % or ± 20 ms
10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V)
0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Approx. 50 ms (150 ms at 16.7 Hz)
Approx. 50 ms (150 ms at 16.7 Hz)
1.01 to 1.10 (steps 0.01)
1 % of set value or 0.5 V
1 % or 10 ms
30 to 170 V (steps 0.1 V)
0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Approx. 50 ms (150 ms at 16.7 Hz)
Approx. 50 ms (150 ms at 16.7 Hz)
0.90 to 0.99 (steps 0.01)
1 % of set value or 0.5 V
1 % or 10 ms
11/103
 11 Generator Protection / 7VE6

Technical data

Frequency protection (ANSI 81) Threshold value supervision

Setting ranges Number of steps 6 (3 larger and 3 smaller)
Steps; selectable f>, f< 4 Measured quantity Va, Vb, Vc, Vd, Ve, Vf
Pickup values f>, f< 40 to 65 Hz (steps 0.01 Hz) Setting ranges 2 to + 200 % (steps 1 %)
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite Times
Undervoltage blocking V< 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V) Pickup times Approx. 50 ms (150 ms at 16.7 Hz)
Times Drop-off times Approx. 50 ms (150 ms at 16.7 Hz)
Pickup times f>, f< Approx. 100 ms (300 ms at 16.7 Hz) Drop-off ratio 0.95
Drop-off times f>, f< Approx. 100 ms (300 ms at 16.7 Hz) Voltage tolerance 1 % of set value or 0.5 V
Drop-off difference ∆f Approx. 20 mHz Typical operational measured values
Drop-off ratio V< Approx. 1.05
Description Secondary
Tolerances
Frequencies 10 mHz at f = fN Voltages Va; Vb; Vc; Vd; Ve; Vf; V1, V2, ∆V
Undervoltage blocking 1 % of set value or 0.5 V Tolerance 0.2 % of measured value
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms or ± 0.2 V ± 1 digit
Rate-of-frequency-change protection (ANSI 81R) Phase angle ∆α
Tolerance < 0.5°
Setting ranges
Steps, selectable +df/dt >; - df/dt 4 Frequency f1, f2, ∆f
Pickup value df/dt 0.1 to 10 Hz/s (steps 0.1 Hz/s); Tolerance 10 mHz at f = fN
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite 15 mHz at f = fN ± 10 %
Undervoltage blocking V< 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V) Fault records
Times Number of fault records Max. 8 fault records
Pickup times df/dt Approx. 200 to 700 ms Instantaneous values
at 16.7 Hz: times x 3 (depending on measuring duration) Storage time Max. 10 s
Drop-off times df/dt Approx. 200 to 700 ms Sampling interval Depending on the actual frequency
at 16.7 Hz: times x 3 (depending on measuring duration) (e. g. 1 ms at 50 Hz;
Drop-off ratio df/dt 0.02 at 0.99 Hz/s (settable) 0.83 ms at 60 Hz)
Drop-off ratio V < Approx. 1.05 Channels Va, Vb, Vc, Vd, Ve, Vf, Vd-Va, Ve-Vb,
Tolerances Vf-Vc, ∆V, ∆f, ∆α
Rate-of-frequency change Approx. 0.1 Hz/s at V > 0.5 VN R.m.s. values
Measuring duration < 5 Approx. 5 % or 0.15 Hz/s Storage period Max. 100 s
at V > 0.5 VN Sampling interval Fixed (10 ms at 50 Hz,
Measuring duration > 5 Approx. 3 % or 0.15 Hz/s 8.33 ms at 60 Hz)
at V > 0.5 VN Channels V1, V2, f1, f2, ∆V, ∆f, ∆α
Undervoltage blocking 1 % of set value or 0.5 V
Additional functions
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms
Fault event logging Storage of events of the last 8 faults
Vector jump supervision (voltage)
Puffer length max. 600 indications
Setting ranges Time solution 1 ms
Stage ∆ϕ 2° to 30° (steps 0.1°)
Operational indications Max. 200 indications
Time delay T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Time solution 1 ms
Undervoltage blocking V< 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V)
Elapsed-hour meter Up to 6 decimal digits
Maximum voltage 10 to 170 V (steps 0.1 V)
Switching statistics Number of break operations
Times
Number of make operations
Pickup times ∆ϕ Approx. 75 ms (225 ms at 16.7 Hz)
Drop-off times ∆ϕ Approx. 75 ms (225 ms at 16.7 Hz) CE conformity
Tolerances This product is in conformity with The unit has been developed and
Vector jump 0.5° at V > 0.5 VN the Directives of the European manufactured for application in an
Undervoltage blocking 1 % of set value or 0.5 V Communities on the harmoniza- industrial environment according
Time delay T 1 % or 10 ms tion of the laws of the Member to the EMC standards.
States relating to electromagnetic This conformity is the result of a
External trip coupling
compatibility (EMC Council Direc- test that was performed by Siemens
Number of external trip couplings 4 tive 89/336/EEC) and electrical AG in accordance with Article 10 of
equipment designed for use within the Council Directive complying
certain voltage limits (Council Di- with the generic standards EN
rective 73/23/EEC). 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the
This unit conforms to the interna- EMC Directive and standard EN
tional standard IEC 60255, and 60255-6 for the “low-voltage Direc-
the German standard DIN 57435/ tive”.
Part 303 (corresponding to
VDE 0435/Part 303).

11/104 Siemens SIP · 2004

 11 Generator Protection / 7VE6

Selection and ordering data Description Order No. Order

code
7VE61 multifunction paralleling unit 7VE6110-¨¨¨¨¨-0¨¨¨ ¨¨¨
Housing 1/3 19”, 6 BI, 9 BO, 1 live status contact
Auxiliary voltage (power supply, indication voltage)
24 to 48 V DC , threshold binary input 19 V 2
60 to 125 V DC, threshold binary input 19 V 4
110 to 250 V DC, 115 to 230 V AC, threshold binary input 88 V DC 5
220 to 250 V DC, 115 to 230 V AC, threshold binary input 176 V DC 6

Unit design
Surface-mounting housing, 2-tier screw-type terminals at top/bottom B
Flush-mounting housing, screw-type terminals
(direct connection/ring-type cable lugs) E

Region-specific default setting/function and language settings

Region DE, 50 Hz, language German (language selectable) A
Region World, 50/60 Hz, language English (GB) (language selectable) B
Region US, 60 Hz, language English (US) (language selectable) C
Region World, 50/60 Hz, language Spanish (language selectable) E 11
Port B (system interface)
No system interface 0
IEC 60870-5-103-protocol, electrical RS232 1
IEC 60870-5-103-protocol, electrical RS485 2
IEC 60870-5-103-protocol, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3
Analog outputs 2 x 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA 7
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, electrical RS485 9 L 0A
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, optical 820 nm, double ring, ST connector 1) 9 L 0 B
MODBUS RTU, electrical RS485 9 L 0D
MODBUS RTU, optical 820 nm, ST connector 1) 9 L 0 E
DNP 3.0, electrical RS485 9 L 0G
DNP 3.0, optical 820 nm, ST connector 1) 9 L 0H

Port C (service interface)

DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS232 1
DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS485 2

Port C (service interface) and Port D (additional interface)

Port C (service interface)
DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS232 9 M 1 ¨
DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS485 9 M 2 ¨

Port D (additional interface)

Analog outputs 2 x 0 to 20 mA or 4 to20 mA K

Scope of functions of the unit

Synchro-check for up to 3 synchronizing points (with dead bus/line monitoring) A
Paralleling function for 2 synchronizing points without balancing commands, 1½-channel,
synchro-check in 2nd channel B
Paralleling function for 2 synchronizing points with balancing commands, 1½-channel,
synchro-check in 2nd channel C
Paralleling function for 4 synchronizing points with balancing commands, 1½-channel,
synchro-check in 2nd channel D

Additional functions
Without A
Protection and network decoupling function
(voltage, frequency and rate-of-frequency-change protection, vector jump) B

Additional applications
1)With position 9 = B (surface-mount- Without 0
ing housing) the unit must be ordered Application for traction systems (fn = 16.7 Hz) 1
with RS485 interface and a separate
FO converter.

Siemens SIP · 2004 11/105

 11 Generator Protection / 7VE6

Selection and ordering data Description Order No. Order

code
VE63 multifunction paralleling unit 7VE6320-¨¨¨¨¨-0¨¨¨-¨¨¨
Housing 1/2 19”, 14 BI, 17 BO,1 live status contact
Auxiliary voltage (power supply, indication voltage)
24 to 48 V DC , threshold binary input 19 V DC 2
60 to 125 V DC, threshold binary input 19 V DC 4
110 to 250 V DC, 115 to 230 V AC, threshold binary input 88 V DC 5
220 to 250 V DC, 115 to 230 V AC, threshold binary input 176 V DC 6

Unit design
Surface-mounting housing, 2-tier screw-type terminals at top/bottom B
Flush-mounting housing, screw-type terminals
(direct connection/ring-type cable lugs) E

Region-specific default setting/function and language settings

Region DE, 50 Hz, language German (language selectable) A
Region World, 50/60 Hz, language English (GB) (language selectable) B
Region US, 60 Hz, language English (US) (language selectable) C
Region World, 50/60 Hz, language Spanish (language selectable) E

Port B (system interface)

No system interface 0
IEC 60870-5-103-protocol, electrical RS232 1
IEC 60870-5-103-protocol, electrical RS485 2
IEC 60870-5-103-protocol, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3
Analog outputs 2 x 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA 7
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, electrical RS485 9 L 0 A
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, optical 820 nm, double ring, ST connector 1) 9 L 0B
MODBUS RTU, electrical RS485 9 L 0D
MODBUS RTU, optical 820 nm, ST connector 1) 9 L 0E
DNP 3.0, electrical RS485 9 L 0G
DNP 3.0, optical 820 nm, ST connector 1) 9 L 0H

Port C (service interface)

DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS232 1
DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS485 2

Port C (service interface) and Port D (additional interface)

Port C (service interface)
DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS232 9 M1 ¨
DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS485 9 M2 ¨
11
Port D (additional interface)
Analog outputs 2 x 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA K

Scope of functions of the unit

Synchro-check for up to 3 synchronizing points (with dead bus/line monitoring) A
Paralleling function for 2 synchronizing points without balancing commands, 2-channel,
independent measuring procedures B
Paralleling function for 2 synchronizing points with balancing commands, 2-channel ,
independent measuring procedures C
Paralleling function for 8 synchronizing points with balancing commands, 2-channel,
independent measuring procedures D

Additional functions
Without A
Protection and network decoupling function
(voltage, frequency and rate-of-frequency-change protection, vector jump) B

Additional applications
1) With position 9 = B (surface-mount- Without 0
ing housing) the unit must be ordered Application for traction systems (fn = 16.7 Hz) 1
with RS485 interface and a separate FO
converter.

11/106 Siemens SIP · 2004

 11 Generator Protection / 7VE6

Accessories Description Order No.

DIGSI 4
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows (version Windows 95 and higher),
device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included
as well as “Getting started” manual on paper, connecting cables (copper)
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Demo
Demo version on CD-ROM 7XS5401-0AA00
Professional
Basis and all optional packages on CD-ROM, DIGSI 4 and DIGSI 3 7XS5402-0AA00

Copper connecting cable

Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector)
and protection unit (9-pin connector)
(contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally) 7XV5100-4

Manual
7VE61 and 7VE63 Multifunction Paralleling Device C53000-G1176-C163-1
11

Description Order No. Size of Supplier

package
2
Crimp CI2 0.5 to 1 mm 0-827039-1 4000 AMP 1)
connector 0-827396-1 1 AMP 1)
2 1)
CI2 1 to 2.5 mm 0-827040-1 4000 AMP
LSP2092-afp.eps

1)
0-827397-1 1 AMP
2 1)
Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm 0-163083-7 4000 AMP
0-163084-2 1 AMP 1)
Fig. 11/102
Short-circuit links Crimping for type III+ 0-539635-1 1 AMP 1)
1)
for voltage contacts tool and matching female 0-539668-2 AMP
for CI2 0-734372-1 1 AMP 1)
and matching female 1-734387-1 AMP 1)
LSP2289-afp.eps

19"-mounting rail C73165-A63-D200-1 1 Siemens

Short-circuit links For voltage terminals C73334-A1-C34-1 1 Siemens

Fig. 11/103
Mounting rail for 19" rack Safety cover for terminals large C73334-A1-C31-1 1 Siemens
small C73334-A1-C32-1 1 Siemens

1) AMP Deutschland GmbH

Amperestr. 7–11
63225 Langen
Germany
Tel.: +49 6103 709-0
Fax +49 6103 709-223

Siemens SIP · 2004 11/107

 11 Generator Protection / 7VE6

Connection diagram

11 Fig. 5/104
Connection diagram

11/108 Siemens SIP · 2004

 11 Generator Protection / 7VE6

Connection diagram

11

Fig. 5/105
Connection diagram

Siemens SIP · 2004 11/109

11/110 Siemens SIP · 2004
 11 Generator Protection / 7VE51

SIPROTEC 7VE51
Paralleling Device
Function overview

Version 7VE511
• For paralleling asynchronous or
synchronous voltages sources with
two selectable parameter blocks
Version 7VE512
• For paralleling asynchronous or
synchronous voltages sources with
six selectable parameter blocks
• With frequency balancer
LSP2375-afp.tif

• With voltage balancer

Features
• Dual-channel design of measured value
processing with two different and
logically independent methods
• Remote switch-over of setting
Fig. 11/106 SIPROTEC 7VE51 paralleling device parameter blocks for use on several
different paralleling locations possible
Monitoring functions
Description
• Operational measured values
The numerical SIPROTEC 7VE51 parallel- • Self-supervision of the relay
ing device is used to synchronize networks
• 30 event logs
and generators.
• 3 synchronizing logs
In the operating mode “Paralleling of syn-
chronous networks”, the frequency differ- Hardware
ence measurement is performed with • 4 or 8 binary inputs
extremely high accuracy. If no frequency
• 5 or 9 binary output relays
difference is detected during an extended
period of time, then the networks are con- Front design
sidered synchronous and a larger switching • PC front port for convenient relay
angle can be permitted.
setting
When synchronizing generators, it is ad- • 8 or 16 LEDs for local indication
vantageous to automatically adjust the 11
speed to the network frequency and the
generator voltage to the network voltage.
For this purpose, a model with integrated
frequency and voltage matching is avail-
able.
The paralleling device can be delivered
in two versions: The 7VE511 unit is the
smaller version and contains 2 parameter
blocks for the synchronizing points
(circuit-breakers) but does not include
a frequency matching unit.
The 7VE512 unit is the larger version and
contains 6 parameter blocks for the
synchronizing points (circuit-breakers)
and one integrated frequency and voltage
matching unit.

Siemens SIP · 2004 11/111

 11 Generator Protection / 7VE51

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7VE51 paralleling device 7VE51o0-¨¨A¨0- 0A
Versions
Without frequency and voltage matching units
With 2 selectable parameter blocks in housing 7XP2030 1
With frequency and voltage matching units
With 6 selectable parameter blocks in housing 7XP2040 2

Rated auxiliary voltage

24, 48 V DC 2
60, 110, 125 V DC 4
220, 250 V DC 5

Unit version
For panel flush mounting or cubicle mounting C
For panel surface mounting D
For panel flush mounting or cubicle mounting, without glass cover E

Language / Frequency
English, 50/60 Hz 1

DIGSI 4
Accessories
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows (version Windows 95 and higher)
device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included
as well as “Getting started” manual on paper, connecting cables (copper)
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Demo
Demo version on CD-ROM 7XS5401-0AA00
Professional
Complete version:
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00

Connecting cable
(contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally)
11 Between PC/notebook/laptop (9-pin connector)
and protection unit (25-pin connector) 7XV5100-2

Manual for 7VE51

English C53000-G1176-C80-7

11/112 Siemens SIP · 2004

Motor Protection Page

Application 12/2

12
 12 Motor Protection

Application

Comprehensive motor protection func-

tions are available in our overcurrent relays
and in the machine protection units. No
separate relay family is required for this ap-
plication.
The examples in part 2 illustrate that relay
selection depends on the type and size of
the motor and on the protection functions
required (see Fig. 2/58 to 2/61).
The following table shows which motor
protection functions are available in the
different relays (partly, functions are op-
tional).

LSP2373-afp.tif
Fig. 12/1

Fault Protection ANSI No.

Stator thermal overload Stator thermal overload protection 49
Rotor thermal overload during 2 protection principles for the rotor
start overload protection
too long or blocked Motor starting time supervision 48
too frequent Restart inhibit 66, 49R
Earth fault Earth-fault protection 50G, 64G, 67G
(I0>; V0>;<(V0, I0))
Short-circuit Overcurrent-time protection 50, 51
Current differential protection 87
Loss of phase Negative-sequence protection (I2/IN) 46
Bearing overload Temperature monitoring 38
Overheating of plant on Undercurrent protection 37, 32U
unloaded drivers active-power protection (P<)
(pumps, compressors)
Undervoltage Undervoltage protection 27
(starting torque not reached
M ≈ V2 or start too long)
12 Asynchronous operation Underexcitation protection 40
(of an asynchronous motor)

Protection functions for various types of motor faults

12/2 Siemens SIP · 2004

 12 Motor Protection

Application

.
No

64

2
M6

M6
63/
60

61

62
SI
AN

7SJ

7SJ
7SJ

7SJ

7U

7U
Protection functions
Stator overload protection 49 n n n n n n
Starting time supervision 48 n n n n n n
Locked-rotor protection 48 n n n n n n
Restart 66, n n n n n n
inhibit 49R
Earth-fault protection
non-directional 64G n n n n n
50G n n n n n n
directional 67G n n n n n
Overcurrent-time protection 50, 51 n n n n n n
Current differential protection 87 n
Negative-sequence protection 46 n n n n n n
Temperature monitoring 38 n n n n n
(via thermo-box)
Undercurrent protection 37 n n n n n n
Active-power protection (P<) 32U (37) n n
Undervoltage protection 27 n n n n
Underexcitation protection 40 n n
Frequency protection 81 n n n n
Breaker-failure protection 50BF n n n n n n
Freely programmable logic (PLC) n n n n n
Control functions n n n n n n
Measuring transducers n n
Flexible serial interfaces 1 2 2 2/3 2 3

Scope of motor protection functions provided by SIPROTEC devices

12

Siemens SIP · 2004 12/3

 12 Motor Protection

Selection table Asynchronous motor Synchronous motor

100 kW - 500 kW < 2 MW

7SJ60 7SJ61 7UM61
Basic device + more I/O’s (Option:
+ control functions Generator Basic)
+ flexible serial interfaces
+ better local HMI
(4-line display; digital
keyboard)

500 kW - (1-2) MW < 10 MW

7SJ62 7UM61 7UM62
Basic device + more I/O’s (7UM612) (Option:
+ control functions + control functions Generator Basic)
+ high accuracy
+ high sensitivity
+ operating range in a
wide frequency band
(11 Hz - 68 Hz)

or with control functions via

bay mimic diagram in graphic display

7SJ63 7SJ64
Basic device + synchro-check function
+ high sensitivity
+ extensive control func-
tion
+ 1 serial interface more

> 2 MW > 10 MW
7UM62 + 7UM61
+ differential protection (Option:
+ control functions Generator Basic)
+ high accuracy 7UM62 or with control functions
+ high sensitivity (Option: via bay mimic diagram in
+ operating range in a Generator Basic) graphic display
wide frequency band
(11 Hz - 68 Hz) 7SJ64
(Option:
Maximum functionality
+ synchro-check)

12

12/4 Siemens SIP · 2004

 12 Motor Protection

Application

Application example:
Protection of a small motor 100 kW - 500 kW
7SJ600/602
l Stator thermal overload protection 49
l Starting time supervision 48
l Earth-fault protection 50G
l Overcurrent-time protection 50, 51
l Negative-sequence protection 46

Fig. 12/2

12

Siemens SIP · 2004 12/5

 12 Motor Protection

Application

Application example:
Protection of a medium-sized motor
500 kW - (1-2) MW
7SJ62/63
l Stator thermal overload protection 49
l Restart inhibit

(rotor protection) 66, 49R

l Starting time supervision 48
l Earth-fault protection 50G
(non-directional, 64G
directional) 67G
l Overcurrent-time protection 50, 51
l Negative-sequence protection 46
l Undervoltage protection 27
l Undercurrent protection 37
l Breaker-failure protection 50BF
l External temperature monitoring 38
box (thermo-box)

Fig. 12/3

12

12/6 Siemens SIP · 2004

 12 Motor Protection

Application

Application example:
Protection of a large motor > 2 MW
7UM62
l Stator thermal overload protection 49
l Restart inhibit

(rotor protection) 66, 49R

l Starting time supervision 48
l Earth-fault protection 50G
(non-directional, 64G
directional) 67G
l Differential protection 87M
l Overcurrent-time protection 50, 51
l Negative-sequence protection 46
l Undervoltage protection 27
l Undercurrent protection 37
l Active-power protection 32U
l Frequency protection 81
l Breaker-failure protection 50BF

12

Fig. 12/4

Siemens SIP · 2004 12/7

12

12/8 Siemens SIP · 2004

Bay Units & Power Quality Page

SIPROTEC 4 6MD63 Bay Control Unit 13/3

SIPROTEC 4 6MD66 High-Voltage Bay Control Unit 13/5
SIPROTEC 4 6MD665 Bay Processing Unit 13/25
SIMEAS P Power Meter 13/27
SIMEAS T Digital Transducer 13/43
SIMEAS Q Power Quality Recorder 13/57
SIMEAS R Disturbance Recorder and
Power Quality Monitoring Unit 13/69
OSCOP P Parameterization and Analysis
Software for Power Quality 13/95

13
13

13/2 Siemens SIP · 2004

 13 Bay Units / 6MD63

SIPROTEC 4 6MD63
Bay Control Unit
Function overview

Application
• Optimized for connection to
three-position disconnectors
• Switchgear interlocking interface with
high-level control and protection
• Suitable for redundant master station
• Automation can be configured easily by
graphic means with CFC
Control functions
LSP2314-afp.tif

• Number of switching devices only lim-

ited by number of available inputs and
outputs
• Position of switching elements is shown
Fig. 13/1 on the graphic display
SIPROTEC 4
6MD63 bay control unit • Local/remote switching via key switch
• Command derivation from an indication
• 4 freely assignable function keys to
speed up frequently recurring operator
Description actions
The 6MD63 bay control unit is a flexible, • Switchgear interlocking isolator/c.-b.
easy-to-use control unit. It is optimally • Key-operated switching authority
tailored for medium-voltage applications • Feeder control diagram
but can also be used in high-voltage
substations. • Measured-value acquisition
• Signal and command indications
The 6MD63 bay control unit has the
same design (look and feel) as the other • P, Q, cos ϕ (power factor) and
protection and combined units of the meter-reading calculation
SIPROTEC 4 relay series. Configuration is • Event logging
also performed in a standardized way with
• Switching statistics
the easy-to-use DIGSI 4 configuration tool .
Monitoring functions
For operation, a large graphic display with
a keyboard is available. The important • Operational measured values
operating actions are performed in a • Energy metering values
simple and intuitive way, e.g. alarm list dis-
• Time metering of operating hours
play or switchgear control. The operator
panel can be mounted separately from the • Slave pointer
relay, if required. Thus, flexibility with re- • Self-supervision of relay
gard to the mounting position of the unit
is ensured. Communication interfaces
• System interface 13
Integrated key-operated switches control
the switching authority and authorization – IEC 61850 Ethernet
for switching without interlocking. – IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
– PROFIBUS-FMS
– DNP 3.0
– PROFIBUS-DP
– MODBUS
– Service interface for DIGSI 4
(modem)/temperature detection
(thermo-box)
– Front interface for DIGSI 4
– Time synchronization via
IRIG-B/DCF 77

Siemens SIP · 2004 13/3

 13 Bay Units / 6MD63

Selection and ordering data Description Order No. Order code

6MD63 bay control unit with local control 6MD63¨o ¨¨¨¨¨ ¨AA0 ¨¨¨
Housing, binary inputs (BI) and outputs (BO), measuring transducer
Housing ½ 19”, 11 BI, 8 BO, 1 live status contact 1
Housing ½ 19”, 24 BI, 11 BO, 4 power relays, 1 live status contact 2
Housing ½ 19”, 20 BI, 11 BO, 2 measuring transducer inputs,
4 power relays, 1 live status contact 3
Housing ½ 19”, 20 BI, 6 BO, 4 power relays, 1 live status contact 4 1)
Housing 1/1 19”, 37 BI, 14 BO, 8 power relays, 1 live status contact 5
Housing 1/1 19”, 33 BI, 14 BO, 2 measuring transducer inputs,
8 power relays, 1 live status contact 6
Housing ½ 19”, 33 BI, 9 BO, 8 power relays, 1 live status contact 7 1)

Current transformer In
No analog measured variables 0
1 A2) 1
5 A2) 5

Rated auxiliary voltage (power supply, indication voltage)

24 to 48 V DC, threshold binary input 19 V3) 2
60 to 125 V DC4), threshold binary input 19 V3) 4
110 to 250 V DC4), 115 to 230 V AC3), threshold binary input 88 V3) 5

Unit design
For panel surface mounting, plug-in terminal, detached operator panel A
For panel surface mounting, 2-tier terminal, top/bottom B
For panel surface mounting, screw-type terminal, detached operator panel C
For panel flush mounting, plug-in terminal (2/3 pin AMP connector) D
For panel flush mounting, screw-type terminal
(direct connection/ring-type cable lugs) E
For panel surface mounting, screw-type terminal
(direct connection / ring-type cable lugs), without HMI F
For panel surface mounting, plug-in terminal without HMI G

Region-specific default settings/function versions and language settings

Region DE, 50 Hz, IEC, language: German, changeable A
Region World, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: English (GB), changeable B
Region US, 60 Hz, ANSI, language: English (US), changeable C
Region FR, IEC/ANSI, language: French, changeable D
Region World, IEC/ANSI, language: Spanish, changeable E

System interface (on rear of unit/Port B )

No system port 0
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, electrical RS232 1
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, electrical RS485 2
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, 820 nm fiber optic, ST connector 3
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, electrical RS485 4
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, fiber optic, single ring, ST connector5) 5
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, fiber optic, double ring, ST connector5) 6
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, RS485 9 L 0 A
13 PROFIBUS-DP Slave, 820 nm fiber optic, double ring, ST connector5) 9 L 0 B
MODBUS, RS485 9 L 0 D
MODBUS, 820 nm fiber optic, ST connector5) 9 L 0 E
1) Only for position 7 = 0
DNP 3.0, RS485 9 L 0 G
2) Rated current can be selected by DNP 3.0, 820 nm fiber optic, ST connector5) 9 L 0 H
means of jumpers. IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45 connector 9 L 0 R
3) The binary input thresholds can be
selected in two stages by means of DIGSI 4/modem interface (on rear of unit/Port C)
jumpers. No port on rear side 0
4) Transition between the two auxiliary DIGSI 4, electrical RS232 1
voltage ranges can be selected by DIGSI 4, electrical RS485 2
means of jumpers. DIGSI 4, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3
5) Not with position 9 = “B”; if 9 = “B”;
please order 6MD6 unit with RS485 Measuring
port and separate fiber-optic con- Basic metering (current, voltage) 0
verter.
Slave pointer, mean values, min/max values only for position 7= 1 and 5 2
13/4 Siemens SIP · 2004
 13 Bay Units / 6MD66

SIPROTEC 4 6MD66
High-Voltage Bay Control Unit
Function overview

Application
• Integrated synchro-check for
synchronized closing of the
circuit-breaker
• Automation can be configured easily by
graphic means with CFC
• Flexible, powerful measured value
processing

LSP2187-afp.eps
• Connection for 4 voltage transformers, 3
current transformers, two 20 mA
transducers
• Volume of signals for high voltage
• Up to 14 1 ½-pole circuit-breakers can be
operated
Fig. 13/2 SIPROTEC 4 • Up to 11 2-pole switching devices can
6MD66 high-voltage bay control unit be operated
• Up to 65 indication inputs,
up to 45 command relays
Description • Can be supplied with 3 volumes of
signals as 6MD662 (35 indications,
The 6MD66 high-voltage bay control unit 25 commands), 6MD663 (50 indications,
is the control unit for high voltage bays 35 commands) or 6MD664 (65 indica-
from the SIPROTEC 4 relay series. Because
tions, 45 commands); number of
of its integrated functions, it is an opti-
mum, low-cost solution for high-voltage measured values is the same
switchbays. • Switchgear interlocking
The 6MD66 high-voltage bay control unit • Inter-relay communication with other
also has the same design (look and feel) as devices of the 6MD66 series, even
the other protection and combined units without a master station interface with
of the SIPROTEC 4 relay series. Configura- higher level control and protection
tion is performed in a standardized way • Suitable for redundant master station
with the easy-to-use DIGSI 4 configuration
tool. • Display of operational measured values
V, I, P, Q, S, f, cos ϕ (power factor)
For operation, a large graphic display with
(single and three-phase measurement)
a keyboard is available. The important
operating actions are performed in a • Limit values for measured values
simple and intuitive way, e.g. alarm list dis- • Can be supplied in a standard housing
play or switchgear control. The operator for cubicle mounting or with a separate
panel can be mounted separately from the display for free location of the operator
unit, if required. Thus, flexibility with re-
gard to the mounting position of the unit
elements 13
is ensured. Integrated key-operated • 4 freely assignable function keys to speed
switches control the switching authority up frequently recurring operator actions
and authorization for switching without
Communication interfaces
interlocking. High-accuracy measurement
(± 0.5 %) for voltage, current and calcu- • System interface
lated values P and Q are another feature of – IEC 61850 Ethernet
the unit. – IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
– PROFIBUS-FMS/-DP
– Service interface for DIGSI 4 (modem)
temperature detection (thermo-box)
– Front interface for DIGSI 4
– Time synchronization via IRIG B/DCF 77

Siemens SIP · 2004 13/5

 13 Bay Units / 6MD66

Functions

Communication
Regarding communication between com-
ponents, particular emphasis is placed in
the SIPROTEC 4 system on the functions
required for energy automation.

• Every data item is time-stamped at its

source, i.e. where it originates.
• Information is marked according to
where it originates from (e.g. if a com-
mand originates “local” or “remote”)
• The feedback to switching processes is
allocated to the commands.
• Communication processes the transfer
of large data blocks, e.g. file transfers,
independently. Fig. 13/3 Connection diagram of the switching devices (circuit-breaker 2 poles closed,
• For the reliable execution of a com- 1 pole open; disconnector/earthing switch 1½ pole)
mand, the relevant signal is first ac-
knowledged in the unit executing the
command. A check-back indication is
issued after the command has been en-
abled (i.e. interlocking check, target =
actual check) and executed.
In addition to the communication inter-
faces on the rear of the unit, which are
equipped to suit the customer’s require-
ments, the front includes an RS232 inter-
face for connection of DIGSI. This is used
for quick diagnostics as well as for the
loading of parameters. DIGSI 4 can read
out and represent the entire status of the
unit online, thus making diagnostics and
documentation more convenient. It is in
principle possible to implement other
communication protocols upon request.

Control
The bay control units of the 6MD66 series
have command outputs and indication Fig. 13/4 2-pole connection diagram of circuit-breakers and disconnectors
inputs that are particularly suited to the
requirements of high-voltage technology.
As an example, the 2-pole control of a
13 switching device is illustrated (see Fig. A possible method to connect the switch-
13/3). In this example, two poles of the cir- ing devices to the bay control unit 6MD66
cuit- breaker are closed and 1 pole is open. is shown in Fig 13/5. There it is shown how
All other switching devices (disconnectors, three switching devices Q0, Q1, and Q2 are
earthing switches) are closed and open in connected using 1½ pole control.
1½-pole control. A maximum of 14
switching devices can be controlled in this
manner.
A complete 2-pole control of all switching
devices (see Fig. 13/4) is likewise possible.
However more contacts are required for
this. A maximum of 11 switching devices
can be controlled in this manner.

13/6 Siemens SIP · 2004

 13 Bay Units / 6MD66

Functions

Using the CFC (Continuous Function

Chart) available in all SIPROTEC 4 units,
the bay interlock conditions can, among
other things, be conveniently configured
graphically in the 6MD66 bay control unit.
The inter-bay interlock conditions can be
checked via the ”inter-relay communica-
tion” (see next section) to other 6MD66
devices. With the introduction of
IEC 61850 communication in 07/2004, the
exchange of information for interlocking
purposes is also possible via ethernet. This
is handled via the GOOSE message
method. Possible partners are all other bay
devices or protection devices which sup-
port IEC 61850-GOOSE message.
In the tests prior to command output, the
positions of both key-operated switches are
also taken into consideration. The upper
key-operated switch corresponds to the S5
function (local/remote switch), which is al-
ready familiar from the 8TK switchgear in- Fig. 13/5
terlock system. The lower key-operated Typical connection for 1½-pole control
switch effects the changeover to non-
interlocked command output (S1 func-
tion). In the position ”Interlocking Off”
the key cannot be withdrawn, with the re-
sult that non-operation of the configured
interlocks is immediately evident.
The precise action of the key-operated
switch can be set using the parameter
”switching authority”.
With the integrated function ”switchgear
interlocking” there is no need for an exter-
nal switchgear interlock device.
Furthermore, the following tests are imple-
mented (parameterizable) before the out-
put of a command:

• Target = Actual, i.e. is the switching de-

vice already in the desired position?
• Double command lockout, i.e. is an-
other command already running?
13
• Individual commands, e.g. earthing
control can additionally be secured us-
ing a code.

Siemens SIP · 2004 13/7

 13 Bay Units / 6MD66

Functions

The bay control unit can, upon closing of

the circuit-breaker, check whether the syn-
chronization conditions of both partial
networks are met (synchrocheck). Thus an
additional, external synchronization device
is not required. The synchronization con-
ditions can be easily specified using the
configuration system DIGSI 4. The unit
differentiates between synchronous and
asynchronous networks and reacts differ-
ently upon connection:
In synchronous networks there are minor
differences with regard to phase angle and
voltage moduli and so the circuit-breaker
Fig. 13/6
response time does not need to be taken
Connection of the measured values for synchronization
into consideration. For asynchronous net-
works however, the differences are larger
and the range of the connection window is
traversed at a faster rate. Therefore it is
wise here to take the circuit-breaker re-
sponse time into consideration. The com-
mand is automatically dated in advance of
this time so that the circuit-breaker con-
tacts close at precisely the right time.
Fig. 13/6 illustrates the connection of the
voltages.
As is evident from Fig. 13/6, the synchroni-
zation conditions are tested for one phase.
The important parameters for synchroni-
zation are:
|Umin| < |U| < |Umax|
(Voltage modulus)

∆ < ∆ max
(Angle difference) Fig. 13/7
Voltage selection for synchronization with duplicate busbar system
∆f < ∆fmax
(Frequency difference)
Using the automation functions available
in the bay control unit, it is possible to
connect various reference voltages depend-
ing on the setting of a disconnector. Thus
in the case of a double busbar system, the
reference voltage of the active busbar can
13 be automatically used for synchronization
(see Fig. 13/7).
Alternatively the selection of the reference
voltage can also take place via relay switch-
ing, if the measurement inputs are already
being used for other purposes.

Fig. 13/8
Simultaneous connection of measured values according
to a two-wattmeter circuit and synchronization

13/8 Siemens SIP · 2004

 13 Bay Units / 6MD66

Functions

Synchronization
The bay control unit offers the option of
storing various parameter sets (up to eight)
for the synchronization function and of se-
lecting one of these for operation. Thus the
different properties of several cir-
cuit-breakers can be taken into consider-
ation. These are then used at the

LSP2493en.tif
appropriate time. This is relevant if several
circuit-breakers with e.g. different response
times are to be served by one bay control
unit. Fig. 13/9
“Power System Data”, sheet for parameters of the synchronizing function
The measured values can be connected to
the bay control unit in accordance with
Fig. 13/6 (single-phase system) or Fig. 13/8
(two-wattmeter circuit).
The synchronization function can be
parameterized via four tabs in DIGSI.

LSP2496en.tif
Fig. 13/10
General parameters of the synchronization function

LSP2494en.tif

Fig. 13/11
Parameter page for asynchronous networks
13
LSP2495en.tif

Fig. 13/12
Parameter page for asynchronous networks

Siemens SIP · 2004 13/9

 13 Bay Units / 6MD66

Communication

Inter-relay communication
The function “inter-relay communication”
enables the exchange of information be-
tween the bay control units without the in-
tervention of the substation controller
(SC) being required. To this end, the units
are connected to each other via an RS485
connection or via an external converter
and a fiber-optics transmission system
(see Fig. 13/13).

One situation where inter-relay communi-

cation comes into play are the interlock
conditions within a bay featuring the 1½
circuit-breaker method, which is operated
using three bay control units (see Fig. Fig. 13/13 Bay control unit connection for inter-relay communication (optical)
13/14). With the 1½ circuit-breaker
method, a bay control unit is allocated to
every circuit-breaker. As a result, the re-
dundancy on the primary side (even if one
circuit-breaker fails, both feeders still have
to be supplied) is also supported by a re-
dundancy on the secondary (control) side.
Control over the entire bay is retained,
even if one of the bay control units fails. If
the connection to the master unit or the
master unit itself is disturbed, control is
still possible with the interlocking in oper-
ation, by means of the inter-relay commu-
nication. Inter-relay communication is
likewise configured using DIGSI 4. To this
end, a network of units is created, which
provides a logic matrix. The information
which the stations are to exchange is as-
signed in this logic matrix. The informa-
tion from the coupling (6MD664 unit
IGK2 coupling) is available for use in the
feeder (assignment to 6MD663 unit IRC1
feeder as target). In this way, the informa- Fig. 13/14 Typical application: 1½ circuit-breaker method
tion from the feeder unit can be used in the (disconnector and earthing switch not shown)
coupling unit. The connection matrix con-
tains all information which has inter-relay
communication as the source or the target
(column “R”) in the DIGSI 4 configuration
matrix.

13
LSP2227f.tif

Fig. 13/15
Connection matrix of inter-relay communication in DIGSI 4

13/10 Siemens SIP · 2004

 13 Bay Units / 6MD66

Functions

Measured value processing is implemented

by predefined function modules, which are
likewise configured using DIGSI 4.
The transducer modules are assigned in the
DIGSI 4 assignment matrix to current and
voltage channels of the bay control unit.

LSP2228f.tif
From these input variables, they form vari-
ous computation variables (see Table 13/1).

Fig. 13/16
DIGSI 4 Parameter view - transducer packages

The individual transducer modules can be Name of the Max. availability of Required input Calculated variables
activated in the functional scope of the transducer module transducers on the unit channels (= output variables)
unit and will then appear in the DIGSI 4 (can be set via the
assignment matrix with the input channels functional scope)
and output variables from Table 1. The Transducer V x1 V V, f
output variables can then be assigned to
the system interface or represented in the Transducer I x1 I I, f
measured value window in the display. Transducer 1 phase x3 V, I V, I, P, Q, S, , cos
(p.f.), sin , f
Transducer 3 phase x1 V1, V2, V3, I1, I2, I3 V0, V1, V2, V3, V12,
V23, V31, I0, I1, I2, I3,
P, Q, S, , cos (p.f.),
sin , f
Transducer two- x1 V1, V2, I1, I2 V12, V13, I2, I3, P, Q, S,
wattmeter circuit , cos (p.f.), sin , f

Table 13/1
Properties of measured value processing

Sample presentation of the measured value

display.

13
LSP2189f.tif

Fig. 13/17

Siemens SIP · 2004 13/11

 13 Bay Units / 6MD66

Functions

The connection of the input channels can

be chosen without restriction. For the two-
wattmeter circuit, the interface connection
should be selected in accordance with
Fig. 13/18. The two-wattmeter circuit en-
ables the complete calculation of a
three-phase system with only two voltage
and two current transformers.

For internal metering, the unit can calcu-

late an energy metered value from the
measured current and voltage values. If an
external meter with a metering pulse out-
put is available, the bay control unit can
obtain and process metering pulses via an Fig. 13/18
indication input. Two-wattmeter circuit (connection to bay control unit)

The metered values can be displayed and

passed on to a master unit. A distinction is
made between forward, reverse, active and
reactive power (± kWh, ± kvarh).
With integrated logic, the user can set, via a
graphic interface (CFC, Continuous Func-
tion Chart), specific functions for the auto-
mation of switchgear or substation.
Functions are activated via function keys,
binary input or via communication inter-
face. Processing of internal indications or
measured values is also possible.
The switching authorization (control au-
thorization) (interlocked/non-interlocked,
corresponds to key-operated S1 in the 8TK
interlock system) and the switching au-
thority (local/remote, corresponds to
key-operated S5 for 8TK) can be preset for
the SIPROTEC 4 bay control unit using
key-operated switches. The position of
both keys is automatically evaluated by
command processing. The key for opera-
13 tion without interlocks cannot be removed
when in the position “non-interlocked”,
such that this mode of operation is imme-
diately recognizable (see also page 13/7,
Section ”Switchgear interlockings”).
Every change in the key-operated switch
positions is logged.
Chatter blocking
Chatter blocking feature evaluates whether, Indications can be filtered and delayed.
in a configured period of time, the number
Filtering serves to suppress brief changes in
of status changes of indication input ex-
potential at the indication input. The indi-
ceeds a specified figure. If exceeded, the in-
cation is passed on only if the indication
dication input is blocked for a certain
voltage is still present after a set period of
period, so that the communication line to
time.
the master unit will not be overloaded by
The filter time can be set from 0 to 24
disturbed inputs.
hours in 1 ms steps. It is also possible to set
For every binary input, it is possible to set the filter time so that it can, if desired, be
separately whether the chatter blocking retriggered.
should be active or not. The parameters
Furthermore, the hardware filter time can
(number of status changes, test time, etc.)
be taken into consideration in the time
can be set once per unit.
stamp; i.e. the time stamp of a message that
is detected as arriving will be predated by
the known, constant hardware filter time.
To avoid the transmission of information This can be set individually for every mes-
to the master unit during works on the sage in a 6MD66 bay control unit.
bay, a transmission blocking can be acti-
vated.

13/12 Siemens SIP · 2004


Functions
Auto-Reclosure (ANSI 79)
The 6MD66 is equipped with an
autoreclosure function (AR). The function
includes several operating modes:
• Interaction with an external device for
auto-reclosure via binary inputs and bi-
nary outputs; also possible with interac-
tion via IEC 61850-GOOSE
• Control of the internal AR function by
external protection
• 3-pole auto-reclosure for all types of
faults; different dead times are available
depending on the type of the fault
• 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults,
no reclosing for multi-phase faults
• 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults
and 2-phase faults, no reclosing for
multi-phase faults.
• 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase and
3-pole auto-reclosure for multi-phase
faults
• 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults
and 2-phase faults and 3-phase auto-
reclosure for multi-phase faults
• Multiple-shot auto-reclosure
• Interaction with the internal synchro
check
• Monitoring of the circuit-breaker auxil-
iary contacts
In addition to the above-mentioned oper-
ating modes, several other operating prin-
ciples can be employed by means of the
integrated programmable logic (CFC).
Integration of auto-reclosure in the feeder
protection allows the line-side voltages to
be evaluated. A number of voltage-depend-
ent supplementary functions are thus
available:
• DLC
By means of dead-line-check (DLC),
reclosure is effected only when the line is
deenergized (prevention of asynchron-
ous breaker closure)
• ADT
The adaptive dead time (ADT) is em-
ployed only if auto-reclosure at the re-
mote station was successful (reduction of
stress on equipment).
Siemens SIP · 2004
13 Bay Units / 6MD66
LSP2229f.tif
Fig. 13/19
Parameterization of time
management
• RDT
Reduced dead time (RDT) is employed
The 6MD66 bay control units can, like the
in conjunction with auto-reclosure
other units in the SIPROTEC 4 range, be
where no teleprotection method is em-
provided with the current time by a num-
ployed: When faults within the zone ex-
ber of different methods:
tension but external to the protected line
of a distance protection are switched off • Via the interface to the higher-level sys-
for rapid auto-reclosure (RAR), the RDT tem control (PROFIBUS FMS)
function decides on the basis of measure- • Via the external time synchronization in-
ment of the return voltage from the re- terface on the rear of the unit (various
mote station which has not tripped protocols such as IRIG B and DCF77 are
whether or not to reduce the dead time. possible)
• Via external minute impulse, assigned to
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
a binary input
The 6MD66 incorporates a two-stage cir- • From another bay control unit by means
cuit-breaker failure protection to detect of inter-relay communication
failures of tripping command execution,
• Via the internal unit clock.
for example, due to a defective circuit
Fig. 13/19 illustrates the settings that are
breaker. The current detection logic is
possible on the DIGSI interface.
phase-selective and can therefore also be
used in single-pole tripping schemes. lf the
fault current is not interrupted after a
settable time delay has expired, a retrip
command or a busbar trip command will
be generated. The breaker failure protec-
tion can be initiated by external devices via
binary input signals or IEC 61850 GOOSE
messages.
13
13/13
 13 Bay Units / 6MD66

DIGSI 4 Configuration tool

The PC program DIGSI 4 is used for the

convenient configuration of all SIPROTEC
4 units. Data exchange with the configura-
tion tool plusTOOLS of the energy auto-
mation system SICAM is possible, such
that the bay level information needs only
be entered once. Thus errors that could
arise as a result of duplicated entries are ex-
cluded.
DIGSI 4 offers the user a modern and intu-
itive Windows interface, with which the
units can be set and also read out.

The DIGSI 4 configuration matrix allows

the user to see the overall view of the unit
configuration at a glance (see Part 3,
Fig. 3/2). For example, all allocations of the
binary inputs, the output relays and the
LEDs are shown at a glance. And with one Fig. 13/20
click of the button, connections can be CFC plan for interlocking logic (example)
switched. Also the measuring and metering
values are contained in this matrix.

Special attention has been paid to commis-

sioning. All binary inputs and outputs can
be read and set directly. This can simplify
the wire checking process significantly for
the user.

CFC: Reduced time and planning for pro-

gramming logic
With the help of the CFC (Continuous
Function Chart), you can configure inter-
locks and switching sequences simply by
drawing the logic sequences; no special
knowledge of software is required. Logical
elements, such as AND, OR and time ele-
ments, measured limit values, etc. are
available.

Display editor
A convenient display editor is available to
13 design the display on SIPROTEC 4 units
(see Part 3, Fig. 3/6). The predefined sym-
bol sets can be expanded to suit the user.
Drawing a single-line diagram is extremely
simple. Operational measured values (ana-
log values) in the unit can be placed where
required.
In order to also display the comprehensive
plant of the high-voltage switchgear and
controlgear, the feeder control display of
the 6MD66 bay control unit can have a
number of pages.
Fig. 13/21
General configuration view of the bay control unit
In this process, several pages of a control As is the case with the SIPROTEC 4 pro-
display can be configured under one an- tection units, there is an icon called ”Func-
other, and the user can switch between tional Scope”. It enables the configuration
them using the cursor. The number of of measured value processing and the syn-
pages, including the basic display and the chronization function.
feeder control display, should not exceed
10, as otherwise the memory in the unit
will be completely occupied.
Fig. 13/21 illustrates the general view of the
6MD66 bay control unit on the DIGSI 4
configuration interface.

13/14 Siemens SIP · 2004

 13 Bay Units / 6MD66

Technical data

General unit data Binary inputs (cont'd)

Analog inputs Current consumption, excited approx. 1.5 mA
Rated frequency 50 or 60 Hz (adjustable, depending for 3 ms approx. 50 mA to increase pickup
on the order number) time

Rated current IN 1 or 5 A (can be changed via plug-in Permitted capacitive coupling of 220 nF
jumper) the indication inputs

Rated voltage VN 100 V, 110 V, 125 V, 100 V/ 3, 110 Minimum impulse duration for 4.3 ms
V/ 3 can be adjusted using parame- message
ters Output relay
Power consumption Live contact 1 NC/NO (can be set via jumper: Fac-
at IN = 1A < 0.1 VA tory setting is ”Break contact”, i.e. the
at IN = 5A < 0.5 VA contact is normally open but then
Voltage inputs < 0.3 VA with 100 V closes in the event of an error)
Measurement range current I Up to 1.2 times the rated current Number of command relays, single
Thermal loading capacity 12 A continuous, 15 A for 10 s, 200 A pole
for 1 s 6MD663 35, grouping in 3 groups of
4, 1 group of 3, 9 groups of 2 and two
Measurement range voltage V Up to 170 V (rms value) ungrouped relays
Max. permitted voltage 170 V (rms value) continuous 6MD664 45, grouping 4 groups of 4, 1 group
Transducer inputs of 3, 12 groups of 2 plus two
Measurement range ± 24 mA DC ungrouped relays
Max. permitted continuous cur- ± 250 mA DC Switching capacity, command relay
rent Make max. 1000 W/ VA
Input resistance, 10 Ω ± 1 % Break max. 30 VA
recorded power loss at 24 mA 5.76 mW Break (at L/R ≤ 50 ms) 25 VA
Max. switching voltage 250 V
Power supply Max. contact continuous current 5A
Rated auxiliary voltages 24 to 48 V DC, 60 to 125 V DC, Max. (short-duration) current 15 A
110 to 250 V DC for 4 s
Permitted tolerance -20 % to +20 % Switching capacity,
Permitted ripple of the rated 15 % live contact ON and OFF 20 W/VA
auxiliary voltage Max. switching voltage 250 V
Max. contact continuous current 1 A
Power consumption
Max. at 60 to 250 V DC 20 W Max. make-time 8 ms
Max. at 24 to 48 V DC 21.5 W Max. chatter time 2.5 ms
Typical at 60 to 250 V DC 17.5 W Max. break time 2 ms
Typical at 24 to 48 V DC 18.5 W
(typical = 5 relays picked up + LED
live contact active + Number
LCD display illuminated + RUN (green) 1
2 interface cards plugged in) ERROR (red) 1
Bridging time Display (red), function can be 14
at 24 and 60 V DC ≥ 20 ms allocated
at 48 and ≥ 110 V DC ≥ 50 ms Unit design
Binary inputs Housing 7XP20 For dimensions drawings, see part 16
Number Type of protection acc. to EN60529
6MD663 50 in the surface-mounting housing IP20
6MD664 65 in the flush-mounting housing
Rated voltage range 24 to 250 V DC (selectable) front IP51 13
rear IP20
Pick-up value (range can be set 17, 73 or 154 V DC
using jumpers for every binary Weight
input) Flush-mounting housing,
Function (allocation) Can be assigned freely integrated local control
6MD663 approx. 10.5 kg
Minimum voltage threshold 6MD664 approx. 11 kg
(presetting)
for rated voltage 24, 48, 60 V 17 V DC Surface-mounting housing,
for rated voltage 110 V 73 V DC without local control,
for rated voltage 220, 250 V 154 V DC with assembly angle
6MD663 approx. 12.5 kg
Maximum permitted voltage 300 V DC 6MD664 approx. 13 kg
Detached local control approx. 2.5 kg

Siemens SIP · 2004 13/15

 13 Bay Units / 6MD66

Technical data
Serial interfaces Electrical tests
System interfaces Specifications
PROFIBUS FMS, Standards IEC 60255 (product standards)
Hardware version depending on ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0/.1/.2
Order No.: UL 508
PROFIBUS fiber optic cable ST connector DIN 57435 Part 303
Baud rate max 1.5 Mbaud For further standards see specific tests
Optical wave length 820 nm Insulation tests
Permissible path attenuation max. 8 dB for glassfiber 62.5/125 µm Standards IEC 60255-5 and IEC 60870-2-1
Distance, bridgeable max. 1.5 km
Voltage test (100 % test) 2.5 kV (rms), 50 Hz
PROFIBUS RS485 9-pin SUB-D connector All circuits except for auxiliary
Baud rate max. 12 Mbaud supply, binary inputs,
Distance, bridgeable max. 1000 m at 93.75 kBaud communication and time synchro-
max. 100 m at 12 Mbaud nization interfaces
PROFIBUS RS232 9-pin SUB-D connector Voltage test (100 % test) 3.5 kV DC
Baud rate 4800 to 115200 baud Auxiliary voltage and binary inputs
Distance, bridgeable max. 15 m
Voltage test (100 % test) 500 V (rms value), 50 Hz
Time synchronization DCF77/IRIG B signal only isolated communication
Connection 9-pin SUB-D connector and time synchronization inter-
faces
Input voltage level either 5 V, 12 V or 24 V
Surge voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 J;
Connection allocation Pin 1 24 V input for minute impulse All circuits except for communica- 3 positive and 3 negative surges
Pin 2 5 V input for minute impulse tion and time synchronization in- at intervals of 5 s
Pin 3 Return conductor for minute impulse terfaces, class III
Pin 4 Return conductor for time message
Pin 7 5 V input for minute impulse EMC tests for noise immunity; type test
Pin 8 24 V input for time message Standards IEC 60255-6, IEC 60255-22 (product
Pin 5, 9 Screen standards)
Pin 6 Not allocated EN 50082-2 (generic standard)
Message type (IRIG B, DCF, etc.) Can be adjusted using parameters DIN 57 435 Part 303
Control interface for RS232 DIGSI 4 High frequency test 2.5 kV (peak value), 1 MHz; τ = 15 ms
IEC 60255-22-1, class III 400 pulses per s; duration 2 s
Connection Front side, non-isolated, 9-pin and DIN 57435 part 303, class III
SUB-D connector
Discharge of static electricity 8 kV contact discharge; 15 kV air
DIGSI 4 interface (rear of unit) IEC 60255-22-2 class IV discharge; both polarities; 150 pF;
Fiber optic ST connector EN 61000-4-2, class IV Ri = 330 Ω
Baud rate max. 1.5 Mbaud Exposure to RF field, non-modu- 10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz
Optical wave length 820 nm lated IEC 60255-22-3 (report),
Permissible path attenuation max. 8 dB for glass fiber of 62.5/ class III
125 µm
Exposure to RF field, amplitude- 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz; 80 % AM;
Distance, bridgeable max. 1.5 km
modulated IEC 61000-4-3, class III 1 kHz
RS485 9-pin SUB-D connector Exposure to RF field, pulse-modu- 10 V/m; 900 MHz; repetition fre-
Baud rate max. 12 Mbaud lated quency 200 Hz; duty cycle 50 %
Distance, bridgeable max. 1000 m at 93.75 kBaud IEC 61000-4-3/ ENV 50204, class III
max. 100 m at 12 MBaud
Fast transient interference bursts 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz; burst length =
RS232 9-pin SUB-D connector IEC 60255-22-4, IEC 61000-4-4, 15 ms; repetition frequency 300 ms;
Baud rate 4800 to 115200 Baud class IV both polarities; Ri = 50 Ω;
Distance, bridgeable max. 15m test duration 1 min
Interface for inter-unit communication High-energy surge voltages Impulse: 1.2/50 µs
13 RS485 9-pin SUB-D connector (SURGE),
Baud rate max. 12 Mbaud IEC 61000-4-5 installation class III
Distance, bridgeable max. 1000 m at 93.75 kBaud Auxiliary supply common mode: 2 kV; 12 Ω, 9 µF
max. 100 m at 12 Mbaud differential mode:1 kV; 2 Ω, 18 µF
Measurement inputs, binary inputs common mode: 2 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 µF
and relay outputs differential mode: 1 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 µF
Conducted RF, amplitude-modu- 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 % AM;
lated IEC 61000-4-6, class III 1 kHz
Magnetic field with power fre- 30 A/m continuous; 300 A/m for 3 s;
quency 50 Hz
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV; 0.5 mT; 50 Hz
IEC 60255-6

13/16 Siemens SIP · 2004

 13 Bay Units / 6MD66

Technical data
EMC tests for noise immunity; type test (cont'd) Climatic stress tests
Oscillatory surge withstand capa- 2.5 to 3 kV (peak); 1 to 1.5 MHz Temperatures
bility Standards IEC 60255-6
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 damped wave; 50 surges per second;
duration 2 s; Ri = 150 to 200 Ω Recommended temperature dur- –5 to +55 °C 25 to 131 °F
ing operation
Fast transient surge withstand ca- 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 impulses per
pability second; Temporary permissible tempera- –20 to +70 °C -4 to 158 °F
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 both polarities; duration 2 s ; ture limit during operation (The legibility of the display may be
Ri = 80 Ω affected above 55 °C/131 °F)
Radiated electromagnetic interfer- 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz Limit temperature during storage –25 to +55 °C -13 to 131 °F
ence ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2 Limit temperature during trans- –25 to +70 °C -13 to 158 °F
Damped oscillations 2.5 kV (peak value), 100 kHz polarity port
alternating, Storage and transport with stan-
IEC 60894, IEC 61000-4-12 1 MHz, 10 and 50 MHz, Ri = 200 Ω dard factory packaging
EMC tests for interference emission; type tests Humidity
Standard EN 50081-1 (Basic specification) Permissible humidity stress Annual average ≤ 75 % relative hu-
We recommend arranging the midity; on 56 days a year up to 93 %
Radio interference voltage on lines 150 kHz to 30 MHz units in such a way that they are relative humidity; condensation dur-
only auxiliary supply class B not exposed to direct sunlight or ing operation is not permitted
IEC-CISPR 22 pronounced temperature changes
Interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz that could cause condensation
IEC-CISPR 22 class B

CE conformity
Mechanical dynamic tests
The product meets the stipulations This conformity is the result of a test
Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration of the guideline of the council of that was performed by Siemens AG in
During operation the European Communities for accordance with Article 10 of the di-
harmonization of the legal require- rective in conformance with generic
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2 ments of the member states on standards EN 50081-2 and
Vibration Sinusoidal electro-magnetic compatibility EN 50082-2 for the EMC directive
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 10 to 60 Hz: ±0.075 mm amplitude; (EMC directive 89/336/EEC) and and EN 60255-6 for the low-voltage
IEC 60068-2-6 60 to 150 Hz: 1 g acceleration product use within certain voltage directive.
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min limits (low-voltage directive
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes 73/23/EEC).
Shock Half-sinusoidal The product conforms with the in-
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms, ternational standard of the IEC
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks each in both directions of 60255 series and the German na-
the 3 axes tional standard DIN VDE 57
435,Part 303. The unit has been
Vibration during earthquake Sinusoidal developed and manufactured for
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 1 to 8 Hz: ± 4 mm amplitude use in industrial areas in accor-
IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis) dance with the EMC standard.
1 to 8 Hz: ± 2 mm amplitude
(vertical axis) Further applicable standards:
8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0 and C37.90.1
(horizontal axis)
8 to 35 Hz: 0,5 g acceleration
(vertical axis)
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes
During transport
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
Vibration Sinusoidal
13
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 to 8 Hz: ±7.5 mm amplitude;
IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Shock Half-sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms,
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks
each in both directions 3 axes
Continuous shock Half-sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms,
IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks in both directions of the
3 axes

Siemens SIP · 2004 13/17

 13 Bay Units / 6MD66
Selection and ordering data
13
1) Rated current can be selected by
means of jumpers.
2) The binary input thresholds can be
selected in two stages by means of
jumpers.
13/18
Description Order No. Order
code
6MD66 high-voltage bay control unit 6MD662o ¨¨¨¨¨ – 0 ¨¨¨ ¨¨¨
Processor module with power supply,
input/output modules with a total of:
Number of inputs and outputs
35 single-point indications, 22 1-pole single commands,
3 single commands to common potential, 1 live contact, 3 x current
4 x voltage via direct CT inputs, 2 measuring transducer inputs
Current transformer IN
1 A1) 1
5 A1) 5
Rated auxiliary voltage (power supply, indication voltage)
24 to 48 V DC, threshold binary input 19 V2) 2
60 V DC, threshold binary input 19 V2) 3
110 V DC, threshold binary input 88 V2) 4
220 to 250 V DC, threshold binary input 176 V2) 5
Unit design
For panel flush mounting, with integr. local operation, graphic display, keyboard,
plug-in terminals (2/3-pin AMP connector) D
For panel flush mounting, with integr. local operation, graphic display,
keyboard, screw-type terminals (direct connec./ring-type cable lugs) E
Region-specific default settings/function and language presettings
Region DE, 50 Hz, language: German, changeable A
Region World, 50/60 Hz, language: English (GB), changeable B
Region US, ANSI, language: English (US), changeable C
Region World, 50/60 Hz, language: Spanish, changeable E
System interface (on rear of unit, port B)
No system interface 0
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, electrical RS485 2
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, electrical RS485 4
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, optical, single ring, ST connector 5
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, optical, double ring, ST connector 6
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45 connector 9 L 0R
Function interface (on rear of unit, port C and D)
No function interface 0
DIGSI 4, electrical RS232, port C 1
DIGSI 4, electrical RS485, port C 2
DIGSI 4, optical 820 nm, ST connector, port D 3
With RS485 interface for inter-relay communication, port C and DIGSI 4 4
With RS485 interface for inter-relay communication, port C and DIGSI 4,
with optical 820 nm, ST connector, port D 5
Measured-value processing
Full measured-value processing and display A
No measured-value processing and no display F
Synchronization
With synchronization A
Without synchronization F
Protection function
Without protection functions 0
With auto-reclosure (AR) 1
With circuit-breaker failure protection 2
With auto-reclosure and circuit-breaker failure protection 3
Siemens SIP · 2004
 13 Bay Units / 6MD66

Selection and ordering data Description Order No. Order

code
6MD66 high-voltage bay control unit 6MD66oo ¨¨¨¨¨ – 0ooo ¨¨¨
Processor module with power supply,
input/output modules with a total of:
Number of inputs and outputs
50 single-point indications, 32 1-pole single commands,
3 single commands to common potential, 1 live contact,
3 x current, 4 x voltage via direct CT inputs
2 measuring transducer inputs 3
65 single-point indications, 42 1-pole single commands,
3 single commands to common potential, 1 live contact,
3 x current, 4 x voltage via direct CT inputs
2 measuring transducer inputs 4

Current transformer IN
1A 1
1 A / 150 % IN 2
5A 5
5 A / 150 % IN 6

Rated auxiliary voltage (power supply, indication voltage)

24 to 48 V DC, threshold binary input 19 V1) 2
60 V DC, threshold binary input 19 V1) 3
110 V DC, threshold binary input 88 V1) 4
220 to 250 V DC, threshold binary input 176 V1) 5

Unit design
For panel surface mounting, detached operator panel, f. mount. in l.-v. case,
plug-in terminals (2/3-pin AMP connector) A
For panel surface mounting, w /o operator panel, f. mount. in l.-v. case,
plug-in terminals (2/3-pin AMP connector) B
For panel surface mounting, detached operator panel, f. mount. in l.-v. case,
screw-type terminals (direct connec./ring-type cable lugs) C
For panel flush mounting, with integr. local operation, graphic display, keyboard,
plug-in terminals (2/3-pin AMP connector) D
For panel flush mounting, with integr. local operation, graphic display, keyboard,
screw-type terminals (direct connec./ring-type cable lugs) E
For panel surface mounting, w /o operator unit, f. mount. in l.-v. case,
screw-type terminals (direct connec./ring-type cable lugs) F

Region-specific default settings/function and language presettings

Region DE, 50 Hz, language: German, changeable A
Region World, 50/60 Hz, language: English (GB), changeable B
Region US, ANSI, language: English (US), changeable C
Region World, 50/60 Hz, language: Spanish, changeable E

System interface (on rear of unit, port B)

No system interface 0
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, electrical RS485 2
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, electrical RS485 4
13
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, optical, single ring, ST connector 5
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, optical, double ring, ST connector 6
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, electrical RS485 9 L 0A
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, optical 820 nm, double ring, ST connector 9 L 0B
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45 connector 9 L 0R

Function interface (on rear of unit, port C and D)

see page
No function interface 0
13/20
DIGSI 4, electrical RS232, port C 1
DIGSI 4, electrical RS485, port C 2
DIGSI 4, optical 820 nm, ST connector, port D 3
With RS485 interface for inter-relay communication, port C and DIGSI 4 4
1) The binary input thresholds can be With RS485 interface for inter-relay communication, port C and DIGSI 4,
selected by means of jumpers. with optical 820 nm, ST connector, port D 5

Siemens SIP · 2004 13/19

 13 Bay Units / 6MD66

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

6MD66 high-voltage bay control unit 6MD66oo ¨¨¨¨¨ – 0ooo
Measured-value processing
Full measured-value processing and display A
No measured-value processing and no display F

Synchronization
With synchronization A
Without synchronization F

Protection function
Without protection functions 0
With auto-reclosure (AR) 1
With circuit-breaker failure protection 2
With auto-reclosure and circuit-breaker failure protection 3

13

13/20 Siemens SIP · 2004

 13 Bay Units / 6MD66

Connection diagrams

Bay unit 6MD662

Fig. 13/22 Fig. 13/23

Module 1, indications, commands Module 2, indications, commands

13

Fig. 13/24
Module 4, measuring values commands

Siemens SIP · 2004 13/21

 13 Bay Units / 6MD66

Connection diagrams

Bay unit 6MD662

or or

Fig. 13/25 Fig. 13/26

CPU, C-CPU 2 CPU, C-CPU 2
For unit 6MD662*-****1-0AA0 For unit 6MD662*-****3-0AA0
and 6MD662*-****2-0AA0 (DIGSI interface, optical, system interface
(DIGSI interface, electrical, system interface optical or electrical)
optical or electrical)

or

13

Fig. 13/27 Fig. 13/28

CPU, C-CPU 2 CPU, C-CPU 2
For unit 6MD662*-****4-0AA0 For unit 6MD662*-****5-0AA0
(Inter-relay communication (DIGSI interface, optical,
interface electrical, system interface Inter-relay communication
optical or electrical) interface electrical, system interface
optical or electrical)

13/22 Siemens SIP · 2004

 13 Bay Units / 6MD66

Connection diagrams

Bay unit 6MD664

Fig. 13/29 Fig. 13/30 Fig. 13/31

Module 1, indications commands Module 2, indications commands Module 3, indications, commands

13

Fig. 13/32 Fig. 13/33

Module 4, indications, commands Module 5, measuring values, commands

Siemens SIP · 2004 13/23

 13 Bay Units / 6MD66

Connection diagrams

Bay unit 6MD664

or or

Fig. 13/34 Fig. 13/35

CPU, C-CPU 2 CPU, C-CPU 2
For unit 6MD664*-****1-0AA0 For unit 6MD664*-****3-0AA0
and 6MD664*-****2-0AA0 (DIGSI interface optical,
(DIGSI interface electric, system interface system interface optical
optical optical or electric) optical or electric)

or

13

Fig. 13/36 Fig. 13/37

CPU, C-CPU 2
For unit 6MD664*-****4-0AA0
(Inter-relay communication
interface electric, system
interface optical or electric)
CPU, C-CPU 2
For unit 6MD664*-****5-0AA0
(DIGSI interface optical,
(Inter-relay communication
electric, system
interface optical or electric)

13/24 Siemens SIP · 2004

 13 Bay Units / 6MD665

SIPROTEC 4 6MD665
Bay Processing Unit
Function overview

Application
• Process bus connection via Ethernet,
optically and electrically, for control,
indication, measured values, for con-
nection to the SICAM HV modules
• Automation can be configured easily by
graphic means with CFC
• Additional 8 indication inputs,
7 command relays
LSP2314-afpen.tif

• Switchgear interlocking
• Inter-relay communication with other
units of the 6MD66 series, even without
a master station
Fig. 13/38 SIPROTEC 4 • Interface with high-level control and
6MD665 bay
protection
processing unit
• Display of operational measured values
I, V, P, Q, f, cos ϕ (power factor)
• Limit values for measured values
Description • Feeder diagram can have several pages
• Can be supplied in a standard housing
The 6MD665 bay processing unit stands for cubicle mounting or with a separate
for a new, innovative type of process con-
display for free location of the operator
nection via Ethernet. The connection with
the intelligent SICAM HV control modules elements
is established via the process bus connec- • 4 freely assignable function keys to
tion, which is mounted directly on the speed up frequently recurring operator
switchgear. actions
The 6MD665 bay processing unit has the • Suitable for redundant master station
same design (look and feel) as the other • Also available with measuring inputs
protection and combined units of the
and synchronization function
SIPROTEC 4 relay series. Configuration is
also performed in a standardized way with Communication interfaces
the easy-to-use DIGSI 4 configuration tool. • System interface
For operation, a large graphic display with − PROFIBUS - FMS
a keyboard is available. The important
− IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
operating actions are performed in a sim-
ple and intuitive way, e.g. alarm list display • Process bus
or switchgear control. The operator panel − 10 MBd Ethernet
can be mounted separately from the
unit, if required. Thus, flexibility with re-
gard to the mounting position of the unit 13
is ensured. Integrated key-operated
switches control the switching authority
and authorization for switching without
interlocking.

Siemens SIP · 2004 13/25

 13 Bay Units / 6MD665

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

6MD665 bay processing unit 6MD665¨ – ¨¨¨¨¨ – ¨AA0
Number of inputs and outputs / measuring inputs
8 indication inputs (5 ungrouped, 3 grouped), 7 1-pole single commands
(3 grouped, 4 ungrouped), no measuring inputs 0
8 indication inputs (5 ungrouped, 3 grouped), 12 1-pole single
commands (6 grouped, 6 ungrouped), 4 x voltage, 3 x current
(1 A1) rated current) via direct CT inputs,
2 x 20 mA measuring transducer inputs with synchronization function 1
8 indication inputs (5 ungrouped, 3 grouped), 12 1-pole single
commands (6 grouped, 6 ungrouped), 4 x voltage, 3 x current
(5 A1) rated current) via direct CT inputs,
2 x 20 mA measuring transducer inputs with synchronization function 5

Rated auxiliary voltage (power supply, indication voltage)

24 to 48 V DC, threshold binary input 19 V2) 2
60 V DC, threshold binary input 19 V2) 3
110 V DC, threshold binary input 88 V2) 4
220 V to 250 V DC, threshold binary input 176 V2) 5

Unit design
For panel surface mounting, remote operator control unit, in low-voltage case,
plug-in terminals (2/3-pin AMP connector) A
For panel surface mounting, remote operator control unit, in low-voltage case,
screw terminals (direct connection/ring- and fork-type cable lugs) C
For panel flush mounting, with integrated local control unit (graphic display, keyboard)
screw terminals (2/3-pin AMP connector) D
For panel flush mounting, with integrated local control unit (graphic display, keyboard)
screw terminals (direct connection/ring- and fork-type cable lugs) E
For panel surface mounting, without operator control unit, in low-voltage case,
screw terminals (direct connection/ring- and fork-type cable lugs) F

Region-specific default settings/function and language presettings

Region DE, 50 Hz, IEC, language: German, changeable A
Region World, 50/60 Hz, language: English (GB), changeable B
Region US (ANSI) language: English (US), changeable C

System interface (on rear of unit, port E)

IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, electrical RS485 2
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, electrical RS485 4
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, optical, single ring, ST connector 5
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, optical, double ring, ST connector 6

Function interface (on rear of unit, port C and D)

No function interface 0
DIGSI 4, electrical RS232, port C 1
DIGSI 4, electrical RS485, port C 2
DIGSI 4, optical 820 nm, ST connector, port C 3
Inter-relay communication, electrical RS485, port C 4
Inter-relay communication, electrical RS485, port C and DIGSI 4, optical 820 nm,
13 ST connector, port D 5

Process bus interface (on rear of unit, port B)

One process bus interface 0

1) Rated current can be selected by

means of jumpers.
2) The binary input thresholds can be
selected in two stages by means of
jumpers.

13/26 Siemens SIP · 2004


SIMEAS P
Power Meter
Description
SIMEAS P500 is a power meter for panel
mounting, with big graphic display and
background illumination. The major appli-
cation area is power monitoring and
recording at MV and LV level. The major
information types are measured values,
alarms and status information.
Measured values include r.m.s values of
voltages (phase-to-phase and/or phase-to-
ground), currents, active, reactive and ap-
parent power and energy, frequency,
power factor, phase angle per phase, sym-
metry factor, harmonics of currents and
voltages, total harmonic distortion.
The SIMEAS P comes with two relay out-
puts, which can be configured for energy
pulses, limit violations or status signals.
The unit is also able to trigger on settable
limits. This function can be programmed
for sampled or r.m.s values.
SIMEAS P generates a list of minimum, av-
erage and maximum values for currents,
voltages, power, energy, etc.
lndependent settings for currents, voltages,
active and reactive power, power factor,
etc. are also possible. In case of a violation
of these limits, the unit generates alarms.
Up to 6 alarm groups can be defined using
AND/OR for logical combinations.
Siemens SIP · 2004
LSP2445-afpen.tif
Fig. 13/39
SIMEAS P with
IP 54 front facia
The alarms can be used to increase counter
values, to trigger the oscilloscope function,
to generate binary output pulses, etc.
SIMEAS P100 has the same functions as
the SIMEAS P500, except for the graphic
display. This unit is designed for rail
mounting. The major application area is
the integration into PLC systems like a
transducer, using PROFIBUS or MODBUS
protocol.
SIMEAS P600 has the same functions as
the SIMEAS P500, and also some extended
features. These include a real-time clock,
battery and 1MB measurement memory.
The allocation of the non-volatile mea-
surement memory is programmable.
SIMEAS P200 has the same functions as
the SIMEAS P600 except for the graphic
display. This unit is also designed for rail
mounting applications such as SIMEAS
P100.
For the devices SIMEAS P500 7KG75xx
and SIMEAS P600 7KG76xx an optional
transparent plastic facia is available. That
guarantees a degree of protection IP54 for
the front of the SIMEAS P.
13 Power Quality / SIMEAS P
Function overview
SIMEAS P500
• Power meter for panel mounting
• Measurement of voltage, current, active
& reactive power, frequency, active &
reactive energy, power factor, symmetry
factor, voltage and current harmonics
up to the 21st, total harmonic distortion
• Single-phase, three-phase balanced or
unbalanced connection, four-wire con-
nection
• PROFIBUS-DP or MODBUS RTU/
ASCII communication protocol
• Simple parameterization via RS485
communication port using SIMEAS P
PAR PC software
• Graphic display with background illu-
mination with up to 20 programmable
screens
Selectable screen types
• 2 or 4 measured values in one screen
• One list screen for minimum, average
and maximum values
• Two types of screens for harmonics
• One screen for oscilloscope function
(sampled values or r.m.s values)
• One screen serving as phasor (vector)
diagram
• Up to 20 screen types can be pro-
grammed. Switching from one screen to
another can be automatic or manual
SIMEAS P600
• Power meter for panel mounting. This
unit has the same functions as SIMEAS
P500, and also some extended features.
• Extended memory
• Battery
13
• Real-time module
SIMEAS P100
• Power meter for rail mounting. This
unit has exactly the same functions as
SIMEAS P500, but no graphic display
SIMEAS P200
• Power meter for rail mounting. This
unit has exactly the same functions as
SIMEAS P600, but no graphic display
13/27
 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS P
Description of SIMEAS P500
Technology
Powerful on-board microprocessors en-
sure fast registration and updating of mea-
sured parameters.
SIMEAS P can be connected to any power
system configuration directly (up to 690 V
systems) or via transformer - from sin-
gle-phase to four-wire balanced or unbal-
anced three-phase systems. The power
supply unit allows rated supply voltages
from 24 to 250 V DC and 100 to 230V AC.
Display
All parameters can be displayed on the
SIMEAS P screens as required by the user.
Up to 20 screens can be defined and se-
lected with the front keys.
Number, type, content and sequence of the
screens are configurable.
SIMEAS P is delivered with programmed
default settings. A status line displayed in
the measured value screens indicates sta-
tus, interfacing and diagnostic messages of
SIMEAS P.
The display is automatically refreshed ev-
ery 1 s.
Inputs / Outputs
Figure 13/16 shows the I/O pin configura-
tion of SIMEAS P. Depending on the type
of power system, the non required inputs
remain unassigned.
Communication
As communication between field devices is
becoming standard, the development of
the SIMEAS P communication interface is
focused on the universality and flexibility
of the transmission protocol. It is con-
nected via an RS485 port with standard
9-pin SUB-D connector. SIMEAS P units
are delivered with a standard PROFIBUS-
13 DP and MODBUS RTU/ASCII protocol.
The communication protocol can be
selected during the setting of the device.
Operation
Clear designations as well as menu-driven
configuration guarantee simple and easy
operation of the SIMEAS P.
13/28
Fig. 13/40
Inputs / Outputs
Quality Application
Development and production of the device SIMEAS P 500 is a panel mounted device
is carried out in accordance with ISO 9001, for direct electrical power monitoring.
that ensures highest quality standard. That
With a very simple configuration, the dis-
means high system reliability and product
play of measured values is adaptable to the
life-time. Further characteristics are the
specific requirements of the user.
constant high accuracy over years, CE des-
ignation, EMC strength, as well as the Network linking is possible with the inte-
compliance with all relevant national and grated RS485 port equipped with the stan-
international standards. dard PROFIBUS-DP and MODBUS
RTU/ASCII communication protocol.
Measuring functions That allows several SIMEAS P measured
parameters to be indicated, evaluated and
Measured input voltages and input cur-
processed at a central master station.
rents are sampled for calculation of the
corresponding r.m.s. values. All parameters
derived from the measured values are cal-
culated by a processor. They can be dis-
played on the screens and/or transmitted
via the serial interface.
With the SIMEAS P it is also possible to
define several limit value groups with dif-
ferent limit values for the measured pa-
rameters. These can be combined with
logical elements, such as AND, OR; viola-
tions are counted and indicated on the
screen or made available at the binary out-
puts. Triggering of the oscilloscope is pos-
sible as well.
Security
Electrical isolation between inputs and
outputs, assured by high-voltage testing,
guarantees maximum system security.
Configuration and calibration settings are
tamper-proof by password protection.
Service
SIMEAS P require no maintenance and are
easy to service due to their modular design.
The units can easily be calibrated via the
front keys or with PC-based configuration
software.
Siemens SIP · 2004
 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS P

Description of SIMEAS P500

Screens
20 screens can be selected on the display of
SIMEAS P with the front keys. lf requested,
this routine can be executed automatically.

• Number, type and sequence of the Fig. 13/41

Display up to 20 screens via front buttons
screens are freely configurable.
• 9 different types of screens can be se-
lected:
− 4 measured-value screens
− 1 list screen for minimum, average
and maximum values
− 2 screens for harmonics
− 1 screen serving as oscilloscope
− 1 screen serving as phasor diagram Fig. 13/42
2 Measured values - digital
Measured-value screens

• Number and content of the measured

value screens and the parameters can be
defined individually by the user.
• In addition, designations for the param-
eters are available for selection in
the default setting: Fig. 13/43
UL1, UL2, UL3, cos ϕ, or Va, Vb, Vc, PF, 2 measured values
- digital / analog
etc.
• To obtain a higher resolution, the lower
and upper measuring value can be set in
the bar chart display.
• Measured-value screens can be selected
as often as required.
• Status and diagnostic messages of the
device are indicated in the status line
displayed on the measured-value Fig. 13/44
screens. 4 Measured values - digital
• The screens are automatically updated
every 1 s.

13

Siemens SIP · 2004 13/29

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS P

Description of SIMEAS P500

Screens
Oscilloscope

• 3 parameters for voltage or current can

be selected from the table of parameters Fig. 13/45
4 measured values
(see page 13/32) and recorded with - digital / analog
pre-fault.
• Recording is started manually or trig-
gered automatically as soon as an
out-of-limit condition occurs.
• The cursor can be shifted with the front
keys and the measured values with time
indication from the cursor position an
the X- and Y-axis can be read off.
• Also for recording of r.m.s. values, up Fig. 13/46
to 3 parameters can be selected from Oscilloscope screen
the table of parameters.
• The parameter level is optimized auto-
matically in the screens.
• The recording section displayed is indi-
cated at the bottom of the oscilloscope
screen.

Vector diagram Fig. 13/47

Oscilloscope screen
State and pulse value of currents and volt- for r.m.s. values
ages as well as their phase angles can be
read off from the phase diagram screen.

Fig. 13/48
Vector diagram

13

13/30 Siemens SIP · 2004

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS P

Description of SIMEAS P500

Screens
Harmonics
2 screens are available for the measured
harmonics:
Fig. 13/49
• Harmonic voltages Harmonics
Harmonic currents
• All three phases with all odd order har-
monics up to the 21st harmonic are dis-
played on the screens.
• Each harmonic can be indicated indi-
vidually in a digital display in the top
right-hand corner of the screen and can
be selected via the front keys.

List screens Fig. 13/50

Listing screens
• Minimum, average and maximum val-
ues of the parameters are indicated on
the list screens from the beginning of
the recording.
• Start and reset of the recording process
is done via the front keys.
• The parameters are freely configurable
with regard to their number and se-
quence. Fig. 13/51
Configuration
Configuration

• Configuration of SIMEAS P is very easy.

• Rapid configuration (even without con-
sulting the manual) is possible due to
detailed index and operation via cursor
and enter key.
• Configuration and calibration settings
are tamper-proof by password protec-
tion.

Communication
SIMEAS P is equipped with a communica-
tion port in compliance with the EIA stan-
dard RS485 with a standard 9-pin SUB-D
connector for connection to RS485 field
bus systems. The SIMEAS P comes with
the following standard communication
protocols:
– PROFIBUS-DP V1 protocol in
compliance with EN 50170
Volume 2
– MODBUS RTU/ASCII
Therefore, SIMEAS P supports all com-
monly used communication standards.
Fig. 13/52
SIMEAS P with PROFIBUS-DP
Profibus DP
PROFIBUS-DP and SIMEAS P are con-
nected in a master-slave operation mode.
The communication parameters are loaded
to the master station using the GSD file.
The SIMEAS P supports data transmission
rates from 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s.
Optionally, the user may select different
types of transmission for data transfer to
the master station:
13
– Type 1: transmission of 3 parameters
– Type 2: transmission of 6 parameters
– Type 3: transmission of 12 parameters
– Type 4: transmission of 32 parameters
This option provides efficient and fast data
communication between SIMEAS P and
the master station.
The 3, 6, 12 or 32 measured values for
transmission types 1 to 4 can be selected
from the table of parameters (page 13/32).

Siemens SIP · 2004 13/31

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS P

Description of SIMEAS P500

Limit values
Several limit value groups with up to 6
selectable parameters can be set in the
SIMEAS P.
The values can be combined with logical
elements such as AND/OR; limit violations Fig. 13/53 Limit values
are counted, they are available at binary
outputs or used for triggering the oscillo-
scope. Binary outputs Device options
The standard SIMEAS P comes with The SIMEAS P500 is also available with
2 binary outputs which are free for config- UL-listing and US-terminals.
uration with:
– Status signals
– Energy values from the table of parame-
ters
– Limit violations
Other configurable parameters are, for ex-
ample, pulse duration, hysteresis and pulse
value of the energy parameter.
Parameters
Parameter Measured path1) Unit Menu Tolerances2)

Voltage L1-N, L2-N, L3-N, (N-E) V, kV M I G ± 0.2 %

Voltage L1-L2, L2-L3, L3-L1, Σ3) V, kV M I G ± 0.2 %
Current L1, L2, L3, N, Σ 3)
A, kA M I G ± 0.2 %
Active power P L1, L2, L3, Σ W, kW, MW M I G ± 0.5 %
+ import, - export
Reactive power Q L1, L2, L3, Σ Var, kvar, Mvar M I G ± 0.5 %
Apparent power S L1, L2, L3, Σ VA, kVA, MVA M I G ± 0.5 %
Power factor cosϕ L1, L2, L3, Σ M I G ± 0.5 %
Active power factor cosϕ L1, L2, L3, Σ M I G ± 0.5 %
Phase angle L1, L2, L3, Σ ° M I G ±2°
System frequency L1 Hz M I G ± 10 mHz
Active energy E import L1, L2, L3, Σ kWh, MWh M I ± 0.5 %
Active energy E export L1, L2, L3, Σ kWh, MWh M I ± 0.5 %
Reactive energy Q L1, L2, L3, Σ kVarh, Mvarh M I ± 0.5 %
Apparent energy ES L1, L2, L3, Σ VA, kVA, MVA M I ± 0.5 %
Energy balance L1, L2, L3, Σ W, kW, MW M I ± 0.5 %
Energy absolute L1, L2, L3, Σ W, kW, MW M I ± 0.5 %

13 Unbalance voltage four-wire system % M I G ± 0.5 %

Unbalance current four-wire system % M I G ± 0.5 %
THD voltage L1, L2, L3 % M I G ± 0.5 %
THD current L1, L2, L3 % M I G ± 0.5 %
th th th th th th
Harmonics V 5 , 7 , 11 , 13 , 17 , 19 L1, L2, L3 % M I G ± 0.5 %
Harmonics I 5th, 7th, 11th, 13th, 17th, 19th L1, L2, L3 A M I G ± 0.5 %
Limit violations counter Counter 1, 2, 3, 4 M I
M Parameters displayable on the 1) Phases are displayed in dependence
measured-value screens of the type of connection
I Parameters selectable via 2) With reference to the 1.2 x nominal
communication value
G Parameters selectable for 3) Average value of all phases
list screens and oscilloscope

13/32 Siemens SIP · 2004

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS P

Screen of Log entries

Description of SIMEAS P600

SIMEAS P 7KG7600 has the same functional-

ity as the SIMEAS P500 (7KG7500) as well as
some additional features, such as:
– Battery:
Recordings like limit violations or energy
counter values stay safely in the memory
up to 3 months in case of a blackout.

LSP2497.tif
– Real-time module:
Measured values and states will be re-
corded with time stamps. The most recent change of several status
– Extended measurement memory with information will be displayed in the “Log”
memory management. screen with date and time.
– Recording and display of limit value vio- Fig. 13/54
Memory "read-out" SIMEAS P 7KG7600
lations.
– Log entries. Recorded quantities and binary state infor-
mation can be read out with the configura-
Memory management tion software SIMEAS P Parameterization
using the RS485 interface. Therefore a sep-
arate cable together with an RS232/RS485
converter is necessary. The configuration
software offers features for indication and
evaluation of all saved measured values
and binary information. For further infor-
mation, please refer to the chapter
"SIMEAS P configuration software pack-
age" (pages 13/37 and 38).

Device options
The SIMEAS P600 is also available with
Due to the extended memory capacity
UL-listing and US-terminals.
(1 Mbyte) and the new implemented
memory management, it is possible to con-
figure the measurement memory for mean
values, power recordings, oscilloscope,
limit violations and binary states freely.
After the assignment of the percentage, the
corresponding record time will be calcu-
lated and shown on the display automati-
cally.

Recording of limit value violation

13

In this screen, all limit violations will be

shown in chronological order.

Siemens SIP · 2004 13/33

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS P

Description of SIMEAS P610/660

Input and output modules

LSP2499.tif
The SIMEAS P610, or the P660
respectively, has the same functionality as
the SIMEAS P600 (7KG7600), furthermore
the SIMEAS P can be equipped with addi-
tional analog and digital input and output
modules.
The SIMEAS P610/P660 comes with 4 slots
where the modules will be installed. For
different application areas, 5 different
modules are available.
Fig. 13/55
SIMEAS P610/P660 with input and output modules
Application
The input modules can be used for acquisi-
tion, display and further processing of ex-
ternal signals with a measurement range of
0-20 mADC.
Measured values can be shown together
with their units on the display. Also the
transmission of the current status of a
measured signal to a central master station
via PROFIBUS-DP V1 or MODBUS RTU/
ASCII is possible.
In addition, mean values of all external
analog channels as well as states of digital
channels can be recorded and saved into
the memory.
All recorded quantities and binary state in-
formation can be “read out” and evaluated
with the configuration software SIMEAS P
Parameterization.
Output modules can be used for conver-
sion of any electrical quantity (current,
voltage, etc.) into a 0-20 mADC output sig-
nal, generation of impulses for metering,
indication of limit value violations, as well
as for switching operations.

Module assignment
The assignment of the different analog/dig-
ital modules can only be done in the course
of an order of a SIMEAS P. Fig. 13/56
SIMEAS P610/P660: Applications
13 A change or a refit of modules of an exist-
ing SIMEAS P is not possible. Except of the
relay module and the binary output mod-
ule, the modules can be assigned to any of
the 4 slots (A, B, C, D). Unassigned slots
may be reserved.

Device options
The SIMEAS P610 is also available with
UL-listing and US-terminals.

13/34 Siemens SIP · 2004

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS P

Description of I/O modules

Description and applications Terminal Assignment

Analog input module
The SIMEAS P can be equipped with maximum 4 analog input modules. Each module comes with
2 analog input channels, designed for a rated measurement range of 0 to 20 mADC. The modules
themselves are galvanically isolated against the internal circuit and also against each other.
The two channels of the module are not galvanically isolated among each other.
The analog input modules can be used for:
- Acquisition and display of measured signals with a measurement range of 0 to 20 mADC
- Registration of limit value violations
Binary input module
The SIMEAS P can be equipped with maximum 4 binary input modules. Each module comes with
2 galvanically isolated and rooted binary input channels. The input voltage will be transformed into
a constant current. A separate power supply for the binary input modules is not necessary.
The binary input modules can be used for:
- Registration of binary states/messages
- Synchronization of the SIMEAS P
Analog output module
The SIMEAS P can be equipped with maximum 4 analog output modules. Each module comes with
2 channels, designed for a rated measurement range of 0 to 20 mADC. The modules themselves are
galvanically isolated against the internal circuit and also against each other. The two channels of the
module are not galvanically isolated among each other.
The analog ouput modules can be used for:
- Output of electrical quantities (current, voltage, power ϕ, cos ϕ, frequency, etc.)
between a rated measurement range of 0 to 20 mADC
Binary output module
The SIMEAS P can be equipped with maximum 2 binary output modules. Each module comes with
2 rooted binary output channels, realized with 2 solid-state contacts.
The binary output modules can be used for:
- Generation of impulses for metering
- Indication of limit value violations
- Indication of the device status
- Indication of the rotation vector
Relay module
The SIMEAS P can be equipped with maximum one relay module. The relay module
comes with 3 rooted electromechanical contacts. With these contacts, higher power can be switched
which is not possible when using the solid-state contacts. The relay contacts can be configured in the
same manner as the channels of the binary output module.
The relay contacts can be used:
- As a switch at limit value violations, e.g. compensation of reactive power

13

Siemens SIP · 2004 13/35

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS P

Description of SIMEAS P100/P200

SIMEAS P100 - 7KG7100

SIMEAS P100 is a power meter for
snap-on mounting on a 35 mm DIN rail.
The SIMEAS P100 has same functionality
as the SIMEAS P500 except for the graphic
display and front keys.
For carrying out the setting of the device
the configuration software is necessary.

SIMEAS P200 - 7KG7200

LSP2500.tif
SIMEAS P200 is a power meter for
snap-on mounting on a 35 mm DIN rail.
The SIMEAS P200 has the same function-
ality as the SIMEAS P600 except for the
graphic display and front keys.
For carrying out the setting of the device, Fig. 13/57 SIMEAS P100/200
the configuration software is necessary.

13

13/36 Siemens SIP · 2004

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS P

Configuration software

Application
The SIMEAS P configuration software
package enables a simple way to carry out
the device settings. The package consists of
the parameterizing software, a configura- Fig. 13/58 Configuration
tion cable with RS232/RS485 converter as
well as a plug-in power supply for the con-
verter. The SIMEAS P can be connected to
any standard PC via the RS232/485 con-
verter by means of a 9-pin SUB-D connec-
tor.
The software runs with WIN95, WIN98,
WIN NT, WIN2000 and Windows XP Pro-
fessional edition.
The configuration software permits a faster
configuration of the SIMEAS P devices.
The user can set and store parameters even
without having a unit by his side. The pa-
rameters are transferred to the SIMEAS P
by using the “Send to unit” command.

LSP2501en.tif
Thus, a number of SIMEAS P units can be
configured with minimum effort. The
stored set of parameters is simply re-
loaded when a unit has to be replaced. Fur- Fig. 13/59 Configuration
thermore, firmware updates can be re-
loaded by means of the SIMEAS P
configuration software.
The configuration package supports all
SIMEAS P units and is absolutely essential
for the devices SIMEAS P100/P200 and
P6xx.

Configuration of the measurement memory

Devices with measurement buffer
(SIMEAS P6xx) offer the opportunity to
record measured quantities and state infor-
mation. Therefore, the configuration soft-
ware enables menu items for the
determination of values and state informa-
LSP2502en.tif

tion which should be recorded.

Fig. 13/60 Configuration

13

Siemens SIP · 2004 13/37

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS P

Configuration software

Memory read-out
Separate functions integrated in the config-
uration software, enable a read-out of the
following information:
– Mean values
– Mean values of power
– Oscilloscope recordings
– State information of binary channels
– Limit value violations
– Log entries

LSP2503en.tif
Display and evaluation
All values and information read out via the
software are shown automatically in tabu- Fig. 13/61 Configuration of the measurement memory
lar and graphical manner together with the
time stamp on the screen.
The context menu offers some functions
(masking of signals, copy, zoom, measur-
ing functions) for easy analysis of mea-
sured values and state information.
The following measured values can be
shown in graphical manner:
– Mean values
– Mean values of power
– Oscilloscope recordings
– State information of binary channels
The following information are shown in
tabular form:
– Limit value violations LSP2504en.tif

– Log entries

Export function
Fig. 13/62 Display and evaluation
The software also enables a function for
the export of transmitted values and state
information into an ASCII-file. This
ASCII-file can be used in other applica-
tions, e.g. MS-Excel. Oscilloscope record-
ings can be exported into COMTRADE
formatted files.

13
LSP2492en.tif

Fig. 13/63 Display and evaluation

13/38 Siemens SIP · 2004

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS P

Typical terminal assignments

Fig. 13/64 Single-phase AC Fig. 13/65 4-wire-3-phase balanced

Fig.13/66 3-wire-3-phase balanced Fig. 13/67 3-wire-3-phase

Fig. 13/68 4-wire-3-phase (low-voltage system) Fig. 13/69 4-wire-3-phase (high-voltage system)

The above-mentioned terminal assign-

ments are just some configuration exam- 13
ples. Within the range of the permissible
maximum current and voltage values, a
current or voltage transformer is not com-
pulsory.
On the other hand, Y or V-connected volt-
age transformers can be used.
All input or output terminals not required
for measurement remain unassigned.

Siemens SIP · 2004 13/39

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS P

Technical data

Input for connection to AC systems only Unit design

Max. rated system voltage Y 400 / ∆ 690 V Housing construction Housing for snap-on mounting on a
Control range 1.2 VEN / IEN 7KG7100 and 7KG7200 35 mm rail according to
Rated frequency fEN 50 Hz; 60 Hz DIN EN 50022 Degree of protection
Input frequency range fE ± 5 Hz, min > 30 % VEN IP 20
Waveform sinusoidal or distorted up to the 94 x 142 x 82.5 mm (W x H x D)
21st harmonic
Housing construction Panel-mounting housing according
AC current input IE 3 voltage inputs 7KG7500 and 7KG7600 to DIN 43700. Degree of protection
IP 42 front (optional IP 54)
Rated input current IEN 1 A; 5 A
144 x 144 x 115.3 mm (W x H x D)
Continuous overload 10 A
Surge withstand capability 100 A for 1 s Connector elements Degree of protection IP 20 (termi-
Power consumption 83 µVA at 1 A; 2.1 mVA at 5 A nals)
Auxiliary power Terminal for cable diameter 2.5 mm 2
AC voltage input VE 3 current inputs
Voltage inputs Terminal for cable diameter 2.5 mm 2
Rated voltage VEN 100/110 V; 190 V; 400 V; 690 V Current inputs Terminal for cable diameter 4.0 mm 2
(phase-phase) Binary outputs Terminal for cable diameter 2.5 mm 2
Continuous overload capacity 1.5 VEN RS485 bus interface 9-pin SUB-D connector
Surge withstand capability 2.0 x VEN
Weight
Input resistance 2.663 MΩ
Power consumption 120 mW (VLE = 400 V) 7KG7100 / 7KG7200 Approx. 0.55 kg
7KG7500 / 7KG7600 Approx. 0.75 kg
Surge voltage category acc. to DIN EN 61010 Part 1
7KG7610/7KG7660
VEN to 400 V (phase-phase) III
with 4 I/O modules Approx. 0.95 kg
VEN to 690 V (phase-phase) II
Specification of analog/digital input and output modules
Auxiliary power multi-range power supply AC / DC
only for 7KG7610/7KG7660
Rated range 24 to 250 V DC or 100 to 230 V AC
Total range ± 20 % of rated range Analog input module
Power consumption
Rated input current 0 - 20 mADC
7KG7550/7KG7650 max. 4 W or 10 VA
Output range 0 - 24 mADC
7KG7660 max. 10 W or 25 VA
Input impedance 50 Ω ± 0.1 %
Binary outputs via isolated solid-state relay Power consumption at IN 0 24 mA 2 x 29 mW
Accuracy 0.5 % of measuring range limit
Permissible voltage 230 V AC; 400 V DC
Permissible current 100 mA continuous Binary input module
300 mA for 100 s
Max. input voltage 300 VDC
Output resistance 50 Ω
Max. current at high level 53 mA
Permissible switching frequency 10 Hz
Current consumption at high level 1.8 mA
Measurement functions Low level ≤ 10 V
High level ≤ 19 V
Sampling rate 3.6 kHz
Time lag between low-high, max. 3 ms
Resulution 12 bit high-low
Battery Analog output module
7KG72xx and 7KG76xx Varta CR2032, 3 V, Li-Mn or similar Rated output current 0 - 20 mADC
Output range 0 - 24 mADC
Real-time clock (7KG72xx/7KG76xx)
Max. load impedance 250 Ω
Deviation 150 ppm Accuracy typ. 0.2 %; max. 1.1 % of nominal
Display (7KG75xx / 7KG76xx) high-resolution graphic display Binary output module
Resolution 120 x 240 pixel Permissible voltage 230 VAC/250ß VDC
Dimensions 103 x 60 mm Permissible current 100 mA
Background illumination blue Permissible impulse current 300 mA for 100 ms
Output resistance 50 Ω
Communication interface
Triggering current 5 mA
Interface Triggering power 25 mW
13 Termination system 9-pin SUB D connector
Permissible switching frequency 10 Hz
Transmission rate 12 Mbauds max. with PROFIBUS
MODBUS RTU / ASCII Relay module
Transmission protocols RS485 internal
Permissible voltage 270 VAC/120 VDC
parameterizable PROFIBUS-DP V1.0
Permissible current 5A
MODBUS RTU / ASCII
Min. current 1 mA at 5 VDC
Ambient temperature acc. to IEC 60688 Permissible power 5 A/250 VAC or 5 A/30 VDC
Output resistance 50 mΩ
Operating temperature range 0 °C to + 55 °C
Max. reaction time 10 ms
Storage/transportation
Max. fall-time 7 ms
Temperature range - 25 °C to + 70 °C
Climatic EN 60721-3-3 rare easy dewfall
Utilization category IR2 (environment)
Dielectric strength
Acc. to IEC 60688 5 kV 1.2 / 50 µs

13/40 Siemens SIP · 2004

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS P

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

Power meter without display
SIMEAS P100 7KG7100-0AA00-0AA0
Standard snap-on mounting unit

SIMEAS P200 7KG7200-0AA00-0AA0

Extended snap-on mounting unit with real-time module,
battery and memory for recording of measured quantities

Power meter with graphic display

SIMEAS P500 7KG75o0-0AA0o-0AA0
Standard built-in device for control panels
144 x 144 mm with graphic display

Version
Standard 0
US (with UL-listing and US-terminals) 5

Facia
Degree of protection IP 41 (standard) 1
Degree of protection IP 54 2

SIMEAS P600 7KG76o0-0oo0o-0oo0

Extended built-in device for control panels 144 x 144 mm with graphic display,
real-time module, battery and memory for recording of measured quantities
Version
Standard without I/O modules 0 AA AA
Standard with I/O modules 1
US without I/O modules (with UL-listing and US-terminals) 5 AA AA
US with I/O modules (with UL-listing and US-terminals) 6

I/O module in slot A

Without A
2 binary outputs B
2 binary inputs C
2 analog outputs (0-20 mADC) D
2 analog inputs (0-20 mADC) E
3 relay outputs G

I/O module in slot B

Without A
*)
2 binary outputs B
2 binary inputs C
2 analog outputs (0-20 mADC) D
2 analog inputs (0-20 mADC) E

Facia
Degree of protection IP 41 (standard) 1 13
Degree of protection IP 54 2

I/O module in slot C

Without A
2 binary inputs C
2 analog outputs (0-20 mADC) D
2 analog inputs (0-20 mADC) E

I/O module in slot D

Without A
2 binary inputs C
2 analog outputs (0-20 mADC) D
2 analog inputs (0-20 mADC) E
*) Only if position 9 苷 G.

Siemens SIP · 2004 13/41

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS P

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

SIMEAS P configuration package 7KG7050-8Ao
consisting of:
Software
for configuration, calibration of SIMEAS P
units by means of a personal computer
Cable connector for connecting SIMEAS P to a PC
length 5 m incl. RS232/RS485 converter
Connector:
PC-side:
9-pin SUB D connector, female
SIMEAS P side:
9-pin SUB D connector, male
Plug-in power supply unit for the converter

Power supply
230 V AC /50 Hz A
120 V AC / 60 Hz B

Mounting kit for built-in devices on a 35 mm rail 7KG7052-8AA

For the devices SIMEAS P5xx-7KG75xx
and SIMEAS P6xx-7KG76xx, an optional
mounting kit for snap-on mounting on a
35 mm DIN rail acc. to DIN EN 50022 is available.
This also enables mounting of SIMEAS P
devices with a display on a 35 mm rail.

13

13/42 Siemens SIP · 2004


SIMEAS T
Digital Transducer
Fig. 13/70
SIMEAS T
Description
The SIMEAS T universal transducer allows
measurement of all electrical quantities oc-
curring in any network in a single unit. Es-
pecially in power plants and substations
transducers are used for isolation of elec-
trical signals and for further processing of
measured values. Any desired measured
value (current, voltage, active power, fre-
quency, etc.) can be assigned to each of the
3 analog outputs, as well as any desired
measuring range.
The output signal (e.g. -10 to 0 to 10 mA,
± 20 mA, 4 to 20 A, 0 to 10 V, etc.) can be
freely parameterized for every output
channel. The binary output can be used as
a kWh meter to register the energy or as a
limit monitor.
Input currents up to max. 10 A or input
voltages up to 600 V with rated frequencies
of 16 2/3, 50 or 60 Hz can be connected.
The SIMEAS T is available with an RS232
or an RS485 interface. The device with
RS485 interface can be installed for opera-
tion on an IEC 60870-5-103 bus.
The unit can be reparameterized with the
SIMEAS T PAR software package.
Siemens SIP · 2004
SR40102.eps
SR401oo.eps
• SIMEAS T PAR - Parameterization soft-
ware
SlMEAS T digital transducers with
RS232 or RS485 interface can be
parameterized or calibrated with the PC
software SIMEAS T PAR. The measured
quantities can be displayed online on the
PC via a graphical meter or can be re-
corded and stored over a period of up to
one week. The SIMEAS T PAR software
enables the self-parameterization of the
digital transducer according to the de-
sired parameter setting.
• SIMEAS EVAL - Evaluation software
Using the SIMEAS EVAL evaluation
software, the previously stored values
with SIMEAS T PAR can be edited, eval-
uated and printed in the form of a
graphic or table. SIMEAS EVAL is a typ-
ical Windows program, i.e. it is com-
pletely window-oriented and all
functions can be operated with the
mouse or keyboard. SIMEAS EVAL is
installed together with the SIMEAS T
PAR parameterization package.
13 Power Quality / SIMEAS T
Function overview
Application
• All measured values in any desired
power supply system can be measured
with one single unit, the SIMEAS T
• Any desired measured value (current
voltage, active power, frequency, etc.)
can be assigned to each of the 3 analog
outputs, as well as any desired measur-
ing range
• The output signal can be freely
parameterized for every output
• The binary output can be used as a
kWh meter to register the energy or as a
limit monitor
• Input currents up to max. 10 A or input
voltages up to 600 V with rated fre-
quencies of 50, 60 or 16 2/3 Hz can be
connected
• Three freely parameterizable analog
outputs
• One binary output for work or limit
signal
• For connection to any power system
• IEC 60870-5-103 communication pro-
tocol for devices with RS485 interface
• Inputs up to 500 V and 10 A
Features
• Smallest size
• CE mark
• EMC interference immunity
• Satisfies relevant international
standards
• High quality, long life
• Electrical isolation with high test
voltage
• High measuring accuracy
• Real r.m.s measurement 13
• Powerful output signal circuits
• One unit for all applications
• All data freely parameterizable
• High plant security and reliability
Communication interfaces
• RS232 or RS485 interface
13/43
 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS T
Parameterization
for universal transducer with RS232/RS485
interface
Selection of measuring and metering quan-
tities
Depending on the type of connection, the
transducer generally calculates all mea-
sured or metered values marked with ●.
Of these, any 3 measured variables ▼ can
be connected to the 3 analog outputs and
any measured parameter ■ to the limit
monitor or for work metering to the bi-
nary output.
All measured values marked with ● are
transmitted via the serial interface.
13
13/44
The following parameters can be defined
with SIMEAS T PAR software
(see page 13/51 for a description):
Basic parameter
Operating mode
• Direct connection without instrument
transformer
• Single-phase AC
• Three-wire three-phase AC, balanced
• Three-wire three-phase AC, unbalanced
• Four-wire three-phase AC, balanced
• Four-wire three-phase AC, unbalanced
System frequency
• 50 Hz
• 60 Hz
• 16 ²/³ Hz
Voltage inputs
• Without instrument transformer L - N
in range 0 to 90 V
• Without instrument transformer L - N
in range 0 to 180 V
• Without instrument transformer L - N
in range 0 to 450 V
• With instrument transformer by indica-
tion in plain text: prim./sec.
Example: 10 / 0.1 kV
Current inputs
• Without instrument transformer in
range 0 to 2 A
• Without instrument transformer in
range 0 to 4 A
• Without instrument transformer in
range 0 to 10 A
• With instrument transformer by indica-
tion in plain text: prim./sec.
Example: 100 / 1 A
Analog output 1
Measured variable
• Selecting measured variable from
Table 13/2, e.g. total active power
Measuring range
• Entering primary measuring range with
starting range / end range,
e.g. -100 to +100 MW
Output signal
• Entering output signal with starting
range / end range in range: -20 to +
20 mA or -10 to +10 V, e.g. 4 to 20 mA
Output signal limit
• Entering output signal limit with lower
range / upper range e.g. lower range +
4 mA / upper range + 22 mA
Characteristic
• Characteristic, linear
• With knee-point at measuring range / at
output signal, e.g. knee-point at
+ 50 MW and + 2 mA
Analog outputs 2 and 3 like analog output 1
Binary output
• No signal
• Unit in operation, signal upon trans-
ducer disturbance
• Limit signal
Select the measured variable from
Table 13/2.
Specify the measurement range limit.
Select whether a signal is issued on un-
dershoot or overshoot, e.g. limit in the
case of the measured variable “voltage”.
Signal if the value is less than 9.9 kV
• Power metering
Select the power variable from
Table 13/2. Specify the power variable
pulse rate, e.g. power variable: total
active power reference; pulse rate
10 pulses/kWh.
Siemens SIP · 2004
 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS T

Parameterization

Type of connection Single- Three- Three- Four-wire Four-wire Measuring

phase wire wire balanced unbalanced units
AC balanced unbalanced

Measured variables
Voltage UL1-N ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● V, kV
Voltage UL2-N ▼■● V, kV
Voltage UL3-N ▼■● V, kV
Voltage UL1-L2 ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● V, kV
Voltage UL2-L3 ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● V, kV
Voltage UL3-L1 ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● V, kV
Voltage UE-N ▼■● V, kV
Current IL1 ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● A, kA
Current IL2 ▼■● ▼■● A, kA
Current IL3 ▼■● ▼■● A, kA
Current IL0 ▼■● A, kA
Frequency fL1 ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● Hz
Phase angle ϕ ▼ ● ▼ ● ▼ ● ▼ ● ▼ ● °
Active power Ptotal ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● W, kW, MW
Active power PL1 ▼■● W, kW, MW
Active power PL2 ▼■● W, kW, MW
Active power PL3 ▼■● W, kW, MW
Reactive power Qtotal ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● var, kvar, Mvar
Reactive power QL1 ▼■● var, kvar, Mvar
Reactive power QL2 ▼■● var, kvar, Mvar
Reactive power QL3 ▼■● var, kvar, Mvar
Power factor cos ϕtotal ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● –
Power factor cos ϕL1 ▼■● –
Power factor cos ϕL2 ▼■● –
Power factor cos ϕL3 ▼■● –
Apparent power Stotal ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● VA, kVA, MVA

Power variables
Active power, consumption kWhtotal ■● ■● ■● ■● ■● kWh/pulse
Active power, consumption kWhL1 ■● kWh/pulse
Active power, consumption kWhL2 ■● kWh/pulse
Active power, consumption kWhL3 ■● kWh/pulse
Active power, delivered kWhtotal ■● ■● ■● ■● ■● kWh/pulse
Active power, delivered kWhL1 ■● kWh/pulse
Active power, delivered kWhL2 ■● kWh/pulse
Active power, delivered kWhL3 ■● kWh/pulse
Reactive power, consumption kvarhtotal ■● ■● ■● ■● ■● kvar/pulse
Reactive power, consumption kvarhL1 ■● kvar/pulse
13
Reactive power, consumption kvarhL2 ■● kvar/pulse
Reactive power, consumption kvarhL3 ■● kvar/pulse
Reactive power, delivered kvarhtotal ■● ■● ■● ■● ■● kvar/pulse
Reactive power, delivered kvarhL1 ■● kvar/pulse
Reactive power, delivered kvarhL2 ■● kvar/pulse
Reactive power, delivered kvarhL3 ■● kvar/pulse
Apparent power kVAhtotal ■● ■● ■● ■● ■● kVA/pulse
Table 13/2 ▼ Measured variables that can be connected to analog outputs.
■ Measured variables that can be connected to limit monitor or with power
metering as metered value to binary output.
● Measured variables or metered values that can all be transmitted via serial RS232 or RS485 interface and
indicated or logged, for example on a PC or notebook with SIMEAS T PAR software.

Siemens SIP · 2004 13/45

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS T

Transfer of measured values ASDU 140 standard with up to 16 measured values ASDU 9 ASDU 140
with 9 with 9
measured measured
for universal transducer with RS485 interface
values values
The metering points registered by the No.1) Single- 3-wire 3-wire 4-wire 4-wire 4-wire 4-wire
transducer and passed on with the ASDU phase unbal- balanced unbal- balanced unbalanced unbalanced
depend on the chosen mode of operation. Netw. anced anced
These are listed in the adjacent table. The 1 IL1 IL1 IL1 IL1 IL1 IL1 PL1-N
list conforms to DIN 19244 and VDEW 2 UL1-N IL3 f IL2 UL1-N IL2 PL2-N
3 f f UL1-L2 IL3 f IL3 PL3-N
4 cos ϕ UL1-L2 UL1-L3 UL1-N cos ϕ UL1-N QL1-N

The contents of the file transfer telegrams 5 ϕ UL2-L3 UL3-L1 UL2-N ϕ UL2-N QL2-N
conforming to IEC 60870 are completely 6 S UL3-L1 cos ϕ UL3-N S UL3-N QL3-N
transparent to the user. All existing meas- 7 P cos ϕ ϕ U0 P P cos ϕL1-N
ured values can be integrated. Then, it is 8 Q ϕ S f Q Q cos ϕL2-N
left to the respective user program to ex- 9 – S P UL1-L2 – f cos ϕL3-N
tract the required data.
10 – P Q UL2-L3 –
11 – Q – UL3-L1 –
12 – – – cos ϕ –
13 – – – ϕ –
14 – – – S –
15 – – – P –
16 – – – Q –

1) No. corresponds to the metering point in the telegram

Dimensions of measured quantities: V, A, Hz, W, Var, VA

Bus link

SIMEAS T transducer with interface acc. to

IEC 60870-5-103
In terms of their design, method of con-
nection and technical data, the transducers
are identical to the standard units with an
RS232 interface. Instead of the RS232 in-
terface, however, an interface conforming
to EAI RS485 is installed for operation on
an IEC 60870-5-103 bus. Thus, the trans-
ducers are bus-compatible and, as shown
in the examples, can be networked.
Bus operation does not have an influence
on the output of analog measured quanti-
ties via the analog outputs. The units are
parameterized with the SIMEAS T PAR
13 software.
Connection example 1
User programs for SIMATIC for
linking transducers with an RS485 inter-
face
Fig. 13/71 Connection example 1

13/46 Siemens SIP · 2004

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS T

Bus link

for universal transducer with RS485 interface

Connection example 2
Connection to a PC with the SIMEAS T
PAR software
Using the SIMEAS T PAR software, trans-
ducers can be called up on the bus and
their measured values can be selected on
the graphical meters, displayed and re-
corded.

Fig. 13/72 Connection example 2

Parameterization

for universal transducer with RS485 interface

The transducers do not contain any me-
chanical setting controls. This is why the
units must be adjusted for their tasks using
a PC or a notebook, the SIMEAS T PAR
software and the RS232/RS485 converter
prior to use on the bus. To this end, the
transducer must be connected to auxiliary
Fig. 13/73
power and the RS232/RS485 converter by
means of the included plug-in power sup-
ply unit.

The following are parameterized:

Bus address: 1 to 254
Baud rate: 2400, 4800, 9600 or 19200 bits/s
Basic parameters: mains type, mains frequency, instrument
transformer data
Bus mode: acc. to IEC 60870-5-103, 13
with 9 or 16 measured values
Analog outputs: same as standard units (if required)
Binary output: same as standard units (if required)

Siemens SIP · 2004 13/47

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS T

Connection examples SIMEAS T connected In the case of 3-channel current transduc-

Design
to a network ers, for example, only the 3 current inputs
for universal transducer with RS232/RS485 need to be connected; in the case of
The input circuits shown are only exam-
interface 3-channel voltage transducers, only the
ples. Connection without current and volt-
voltage inputs need to be connected and,
age transformers is also possible up to the
for frequency, for example, only the volt-
maximum current and voltage values.
age inputs L1-N need to be connected. The
Voltage transformers can also be con-
unit can only be connected to one network
nected in a star or V connection.
or feeder.
Inputs or outputs that are not needed for
measurement are not connected.

Fig. 13/74 Fig. 13/75

Single-phase AC current Four-wire three-phase, balanced

Fig. 13/76 Fig. 13/77

Three-wire three-phase, balanced Three-wire three-phase, unbalanced

13

Fig. 13/78 Fig. 13/79

Four-wire three-phase, unbalanced Four-wire three-phase,
(high-voltage network) unbalanced (low-voltage network)

13/48 Siemens SIP · 2004

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS T

Technical data

for universal transducer with RS232/RS485

interface
Input Interface
For connection to AC voltage sys- RS232 ( V. 24 ) optional RS485 acc.
tems only to IEC 60870-5-103
Maximum Y 230 /∆ 400 V and ∆ 500 V Baud rate 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200 Baud
rated mains voltage adjustable by software
Permissible UE = 600 V; IE = 10 A Basic standard IEC 60688
control range Electrically isolated connection To analog output 1
Rated frequency fEN 50 Hz, 60 Hz, 16 2/3 Hz Auxiliary voltage Acc. to EN 50082-2
Frequency range fE 50/60 Hz ± 5 Hz Variant 1:
Waveform sinusoidal or distorted Rated output voltage VauxN 24 to 60 V DC
up to the 32nd harmonic Voltage range Vaux ± 20 % of the rated range
AC input current IE Variant 2:
Rated input voltage VauxN 100 to 230 V AC, 47-63 Hz
Rated input current IEN Min. 1 A, max. 5 A Voltage range Vaux ± 10 % of the rated range
Input range IE 0 to 10 A or 110 to 250 V DC
Voltage range Vaux ± 20 % of the rated range
Power consumption 0.01 VA at IE = 1 A Power consumption 1.5 - 3 W depending on the output
per current path 0.05 VA at IE = 5 A wiring
0.1 VA at IE = 10 A
Errors and influences Acc. to IEC 60688
Continuous overload capacity 12 A
Relative error information with
Surge withstand capability 200 A for 1 s ± sign
Input AC voltage VE Errors in case of reference
Rated voltage VEN Max. 500 V ∆ conditions Referred to IAN or VAN
Max. 288 V Y and single-phase Current, voltage ≤ 0.2 %
Power consumption 0.02 VA at VE = 100 V/ 3 Active, reactive, apparent power ≤ 0.3 %
per line VL-N 0.33 VA at VE = 230 V
Phase angle ≤ 0.5 %
Continuous overload capacity VL-L = 600 V
Power factor ≤ 1 % (measured as from >1% of the
Surge withstand capability VL-L ≤ 850 V / 5 surges 1 s internal apparent power)
at intervals of 5 s
Frequency ≤ 3 mHz ± 0.2 % of the output range
Analog outputs (measured in L1 as from 20 % of the
Electrically isolated Bipolar DC current or DC voltage, internal voltage range)
short-circuit-proof and idling resis- Energy ≤ 0.2 %
tant
Reference conditions
Rated output current IAN 20 mA Input current IE IEN ± 1 %
Rated control range 0 to IAN Input voltage VE VEN ± 1 %
Permissible control range ± 1.2 IAN Frequency fE fEN ± 1 %
No-load voltage VAL ≤ 25 V Sinusoidal waveform Harmonic distortion ≤ 5 %
Rated load RBIN 7.5 V/IAN Load RB RBIN ± 1 %
Operating load RB 0 to 15 V/IAN Ambient temperature Tamb 23 °C ± 1 °C
Rated output voltage VAN 10 V Auxiliary voltage VH VHN
Rated control range 0 to VAN Warm-up time ≤ 15 min
Extraneous fields None
Permissible control range ± 1.2 VAN
Influences Referred to AN
Short-circuit current ≤ 50 mA
of the input voltage ≤ 0.2 %
Rated load RBIN VAN / 2.5 mA of VEN up to 1.2 VEN
Load current ≤ 20 mA of the input current ≤ 0,2 %
13
Residual ripple IPP ≤ 0.5 % PP of IAN of IEN up to 1.2 IEN
Setting time t99 ≤ 0.3 s1) of the auxiliary voltage of ≤ 0.1 %
0.8 to 1.2 VauxN
Binary output
of the ambient temperature ≤ 0.2 % / 10 K
Contact-free via optocoupler
of the frequency (45 to 65 Hz) ≤ 0.03 % / Hz
Permissible voltage ± 100 V DC or 100 V AC of harmonics ≤ 0.02 % per 10 % harmonic distor-
Permissible current 150 mA continuously (up to 32nd harmonic) tion
500 mA for 100 ms of the load ≤ 0.1 % in the event of a load change
Internal resistance ≤ 10 Ω for 0 Ω to 15 V/ IAN
Permissible operating frequency ≤ 10 Hz heating up ≤ 0.3 %
Hysteresis at 2 % of int. range limit
Energy pulse range 256 to 7200 pulses/h
Pulse width App. 100 ms 1) Applicable to measured frequency for ∆f/∆t ≤ 8 Hz/s.

Siemens SIP · 2004 13/49

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS T

Technical data

for universal transducer with RS232/RS485

interface
Electrical tests
Basic standard IEC 60688
Insulation tests Acc. to DIN EN 61010-1
Type tests
Inputs 3.7 kV, 50 Hz, sine
(currents with respect to one 6.8 kV surge voltage:
another and to voltages) 1.2/50 µs, Ri = 500 Ω
Inputs to outputs 5.5 kV, 50 Hz, sine
Interface 10.2 kV surge voltage:
and auxiliary power 1.2/50 µs, Ri = 500 Ω
Auxiliary power to 3.7 kV , 50 Hz , sine
outputs and interface 6.8 kV surge voltage:
1.2/50 µs, Ri = 500 Ω
Outputs and interface with respect 700 V DC
to one another, and analog output
1 connected to the interface with
electrical isolation
Ambient temperature Acc. to IEC 60688
Operating temperature range -10 °C to + 50 °C e.g.
(depending on measured voltage, in the case of input voltage
output load and method 3x100 V and sum of the
of installation) continuously applied
output loads of ≤ 40 mA
Storage temperature range - 40 °C to + 85 °C
Climatic application class EN 60721-3-3 temperature 3K8H
Humidity 3K5
Fire resistance class V0
Safety to DIN EN 61010-1
Surge voltage category III
Fouling factor 2
Electromagnetic compatibility
Interference emission Acc. to DIN EN 50081-1
and IEC/CISPR 22
Radio interference field strength Acc. to DIN EN 55022 Cl. B
Interference immunity Acc. to EN 50082-2
and IEC / EN 61000-4
Interference immunity Acc. to IEC 801-3
electromagnetic fields 10 V/m
Static discharge Acc. to IEC 801-2
electricity ESD 8 kV
Fast transients, Acc. to IEC 801-4
asym. burst 2 kV with cap. link
Unit design
Dimensions See part 16
Degree of protection Acc. to DIN VDE 0470 T 1 /
13 IEC 60529
Housing IP 40
Terminals IP 20
Connection By screw terminals
Current inputs 4 mm2
Voltage inputs 2.5 mm2
Outputs/interface 2.5 mm2
Weight Approx. 0.65 kg

13/50 Siemens SIP · 2004

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS T

SIMEAS T PAR

Parameterization software
Description
By means of the SIMEAS T PAR software,
SIMEAS T transducers with an RS232 or
an RS485 interface can be parameterized or
calibrated swiftly and easily. Measured
quantities can be displayed on the PC on-
line via a graphical meter or can be re-
corded and stored over a period of up to
one week.
SIMEAS T PAR was designed for installa-
tion on a commercially available PC or
laptop with the MS-Windows operating

SR40148.tif
system. It is operated via the Windows
graphical user interface by PC mouse and
keyboard. Operating instructions can be Fig. 13/80
created by printing the “Help” file. Com- Parameterization of the basic parameters
munication with the transducer is achieved
by means of a connecting cable (optionally
available) connected via the interface that
is available on every PC or laptop. For
units with an RS232 interface, use the con-
necting cable 7KG6051-8BA or, for units
featuring an RS485 interface, use the con-
verter 7KG6051-8EB/EC. Three mutually
independent program sections can be
called up.

Parameterization serves to set the trans-

ducer to the required measured quantities,
measuring ranges and output signals etc.
Users are able to parameterize the trans-
ducer themselves in only a few steps.
SR40149.tif

Entry of the data in the windows provided

is clear and simple with the support of
Fig. 13/81
“Help” windows. Parameterization of an analog output
Parameterization is also possible without
the transducer. After storage of the data
under a separate file name, the transducers
can be adjusted with the “Send file” com-
mand.
They can also be reparameterized online
during operation. 13
SR40150.tif

Fig. 13/82
Parameterization of the binary output

Siemens SIP · 2004 13/51

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS T

SIMEAS PAR

Parametrization software
Features
• Extremely simple and straightforward
operation
• Storage of parameterization data under a
user-defined name even without the
transducer
• Parameters are sent to transducers even
after installation on the site
• When “Receive” is selected, the trans-
ducer’s parameters are read into the
”Parameterization window", can be mod-
ified and can be sent back by selecting

SR40151.tif
“Send”
• Entered data is subjected to an extensive
plausibility check and a message and Fig. 13/83
“Help” are displayed in the event of in- Calibrating an analog output
valid inputs
• A parameterization list with the specific
connection diagram of the transducer
can be printed
• A self-adhesive data plate can be printed
and fixed to the transducer, including a
possibility of entering three lines of text
containing the name and location etc.
• When units with an RS485 interface are
chosen, an additional window is avail-
able to enter the bus parameters.

Calibration
As the transducer features neither setting
potentiometers nor other hardware con-
trols, it is calibrated easily by means of the
SR40152.tif

software, by selection of the “Calibrate”

function.
Fig. 13/84
Generally, all the transducers are already
Measured value display with 3 measured quantities
calibrated and factory set when delivered.
Recalibration of the transducers is nor-
mally only necessary after repairs or in the
event of readjustment.
It goes without saying that the windows
and graphical characteristics displayed in
13 the “Calibrate” program can be operated
with ease.
Here also, the test setup and explanations
of how to operate the program are pro-
vided in “Help” windows.
SR40153.tif

Fig. 13/85
Measured value display with 6 measured quantities

13/52 Siemens SIP · 2004

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS T

SIMEAS T PAR

Parameterization software
Features
• Sealed for life design
• Calibration without tools or special
devices
• No test field environment is needed
Current inputs, voltage inputs and the in-
dividual analog outputs can be calibrated
independently of one another.

Reading out data

With graphical instruments, all measured
quantities calculated in the transducer and
power quantities can be displayed online
on a PC or laptop, and either in analog or
digital form.
To improve the resolution of the graphics,
users can freely choose the number of in-
struments on the screen and can freely as-
sign the measured quantity and measuring
range.
These are selected and assigned independ-
ently of the unit’s analog outputs.
Displayed measured values can be stored,
printed or recorded for the EVAL evalua-
tion software.

Features
• Online measurements in the system with
high accuracy
• The meters for the 3 analog outputs with
the appropriate measuring range appear
automatically when the program part is
called up
• Easy addition or modification of meters
with measured quantity and measuring
range
• Selection of measured quantities inde-
pendently of the analog outputs
• Storage of the layout under a file name
• Printing of the instantanious values of
the displayed measured quantities. 13
• Recording and storage of measured val-
ues for the EVAL evaluation software.

Siemens SIP · 2004 13/53

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS T

SIMEAS EVAL

Evaluation software
Description
With a PC or a notebook and the SIMEAS
T PAR software installed on it, up to 25
measured quantities can be displayed and
recorded online with the SIMEAS T digital
transducer. A maximum of one week can
be recorded. Every second, one complete
set of measured values is recorded with
time information. The complete recording
can then be saved under a chosen name.
Using the SIMEAS EVAL evaluation soft-
ware, the stored values can be edited, eval-
uated and printed in the form of a graphic
or a table.
SIMEAS EVAL is a typical Windows pro-
gram, i.e. it is completely window-oriented

SR40156.tif
and all functions can be operated with the
mouse or keyboard.
Fig. 13/86
SIMEAS EVAL is installed together with When a cursor is moved by the mouse, the measured values and
SIMEAS T PAR and is started by double times in the table are adapted automatically
clicking on the EVAL icon. A window con-
taining the series of measurements re-
corded by SIMEAS T PAR is displayed for
selection.

Features
• Automatic diagram marking
• Graphic or tabular representation
• Sampling frequency: 1 s
• A measured value from the table can be
dragged to the graphic by simply right-
clicking on it
• Add your own text to graphics
• Select measured quantities and the mea-
suring range
• Easy zooming with automatic adaption
of the diagram captions on the X and Y
axes
• Up to 8 cursors can be set or moved any-
where
• Tabular online display of the chosen
SR40157.tif

13 cursor positions with values and times

• Characteristics can be placed over one
another for improved analysis Fig. 13/87
• The sequence of displayed measured Printout
quantities can be selected and modified
• The complete recording or edited
graphic can be printed, including a pos-
sibility of selecting the number of curves
on each sheet
• The table can be printed with measured
values and times pertaining to the cursor
positions.

13/54 Siemens SIP · 2004

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS T

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

SIMEAS T 7KG6000 – 8Ao
Universal transducer with RS232 interface for self-parameterization
via SIMEAS T PAR Windows software
Auxiliary power
24 to 60 V DC A
110 to 230 V AC/DC B

PC connecting cable for parameterization

of the transducer with RS232 interface 7KG6051-8BA

SIMEAS T 7KG6000-8Bo - Z ooo

Universal transducer with RS232 interface fully parameterized
(Add – Z as well as Y01 and plain text to order number)
Auxiliary power
24 to 60 V DC A Y 0 1
110 to 230 V AC/DC B Y 0 1

SIMEAS T 7KG6000-8Eo
Universal transducer with RS485 interface
Auxiliary power
24 to 60 V DC A
100 to 230 V AC/DC B

RS232/RS485 converter
For parameterization of the transducer with a 9/25-pin connector
on the PC connecting cable on the transducer and 230 V plug-in
Accessories
power supply unit
Vaux 230 V AC 7KG6051-8EB
Vaux 110 V AC 7KG6051-8EC

SIMEAS T PAR
Languages can be chosen during installation:
English, German, French, Spanish, Italian 7KG6050-8AA

SIMEAS EVAL with SIMEAS T PAR

Languages can be chosen during installation:
English, German, French, Spanish, Italian 7KG6050-8CA

13

Siemens SIP · 2004 13/55

13

13/56 Siemens SIP · 2004


SIMEAS Q
Power Quality Recorder
Description
SIMEAS Q is a compact, cost-effective
power quality recorder and has been devel-
oped to provide full-area monitoring of
power quality according to EN 50160 and
IEC 61000 standards.
The increasing use of non-linear energy
consumers or unbalanced loads has a huge
impact on the network quality of the elec-
trical power supply. Many electrical de-
vices in the industry need a proper power
supply for accurate operation. A poor
quality of the power supply affects the op-
erational reliability inside a network of dif-
ferent consumers and can lead to a cost-
expensive loss of the availability of differ-
ent devices, for example NC machines.
Therefore a coverage acquisition und eval-
uation of the quality of energy supply is
necessary.
SIMEAS Q devices are installed at various
measuring points in order to record a se-
ries of measurements of the required val-
ues for an analysis of the network quality.
In addition to all relevant measured vari-
ables, the SIMEAS Q can also record sys-
tem disturbances, always when an upward
or downward limit value excursion has oc-
curred. The recorded values can be called
up and evaluated using a PC.
Siemens SIP · 2004
LSP2007-afp.tif
Fig. 13/88
SIMEAS Q
The basic task of data transmission and ar-
chiving for several SIMEAS Q devices is
managed by the “SICARO Q Manager”
software installed on the PC, whereby the
data transmission route between the indi-
vidual SIMEAS Q devices and the PC can
be achieved in a number of ways.
SIMEAS Q is available in 3 device versions
with the following communication inter-
faces:
– RS232
– PROFlBUS-DP
– RS485
Furthermore the device version SIMEAS Q
with PROFIBUS-DP interface opens up
another area of application. Together with
programmable control systems (PLCs), it
can be used as a “sensor” for electrical
measured variables.
13 Power Quality / SIMEAS Q
Function overview
Features
• Recorder for all data required for analy-
sis of the quality of the product “elec-
tricity”
• Compact design in assembly housing
• Long-distance data transmission using
various communication routes
• Measurement data buffer for up to
70,000 measured values each with time
stamp
• Measurement and recording of up to
250 measured variables simultaneously
• Suitable for monitoring single-phase
power supply networks and three or
four-wire three-phase AC networks
• Continuous and/or event-controlled re-
cording of up to 250 different measured
variables
• 2 relay outputs for energy pulses, indi-
cation of active power input or active
power output, limit value shortfalls cos
phi or pulse in the case of voltage dips
on phases L1, L2 or L3
Possible measured values
• R.m.s. values of phase voltages
• R.m.s. values of phase currents
• System frequency
• Active, reactive and apparent power, as
well as power factor per phase and for
the overall system
• Balance factor of currents and voltages
• Flickers
• Harmonic voltages and harmonic cur-
rents up to the 40th harmonic
• Total harmonic distortion (THD)
• Active, reactive and apparent output of
the overall system 13
Communication interfaces
• Serial RS232 and RS485 interface for di-
rect and modem connections with up to
115200 bps
• Standards-compliant PROFIBUS-DP
interface for connection to programma-
ble controllers or PC with up to
12 Mbps
13/57
 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS Q

Connection

Two different connection methods or sys-

tem configurations are possible, depending
on the application and existing infrastruc-
ture. One is to use a central PC as the mas-
ter. It is then possible to set up a system for
measured value acquisition and evaluation
using the SICARO Q-Manager software.
The other possibility is to link up to a PLC
system where the SIMEAS Q is connected
to the central master as a slave.

SIMEAS Q with PC as a master

The SIMEAS Q units are installed at vari-
ous points to record electrical quantities in Fig. 13/89
Using the SICARO Q Manager software and a PC with several SIMEAS Q units
order to analyze power quality. The mea-
sured values stored in the device memory
are called up with a personal computer via
one of 3 possible communication inter-
faces and can then be evaluated. For con-
nection to a PC, the following
communication interfaces are available:
• PROFIBUS-DP interface
• Modem-capable, serial RS232 interface
• Serial RS485 interface

SIMEAS Q with PLC systems as master

The SIMEAS Q version with a
PROFIBUS-DP interface opens up a fur-
ther field of application. Together with Fig. 13/90
programmable control systems (PLC), the SIMATIC S7 PLC as the master station with various PROFIBUS-DP slaves
SIMEAS Q can be used as a ”sensor for
electrical quantities“. The PROFIBUS in-
terface, implemented and certified accord-
ing to standard EN 50170 Volume 2,
enables fast adaptation to a PLC systems.
That way, measured values acquired with
the SIMEAS Q can be used for control
tasks.
Detailed information on how to retrieve
measurement data from SIMEAS Q via
PROFIBUS is available to everyone in the
SIMEAS Q user description. The open
communication interface permits data
transmission between SIMEAS Q units and
13 all types of PROFIBUS-DP Masters, such
as programmable controllers or personal
computers (with integrated
PROFIBUS-DP hardware).
Function blocks are available for the
SIMATIC S7-300 and -400 PLC systems,
with an internal or external DP interface.
They permit fast configuration of cus-
tomer-specific PLC programs for applica-
tions combining SIMEAS Q with these
PLC systems.

13/58 Siemens SIP · 2004


Functions
Recording of measured values is possible in
two modes, which can be used simulta-
neously.
• Continuous recording
• Recording in the case of a limit violation
(see page 13/60)
Continuous recording
In continuous recording, depending on the
setting for each measured quantity, the rms
values are acquired and stored in the mem-
ory along with the relevant time and date
information. This records a ”chain of mea-
sured values“ whose resolution can range
from low to very high, depending on the
averaging time set.
In ”continuous recording“ mode, the
SIMEAS Q can record measured quantities
as defined in the standards (e.g. EN 50160).
Acquisition of maximum and minimum
values of measured quantities within the
measurement period (averaging time) is
also possible. The table on the right shows
which measured quantities can be acquired
by continuous recording, depending on
the type of power system.
Siemens SIP · 2004
Measured quantity
Rms values phase-to-ground voltages or
phase-to-phase voltages
Rms value phase currents
System frequency
(always measured at input VPH1)
Active power per phase and
total active power
Reactive power per phase and
total reactive power
Apparent power per phase and
total apparent power
Power factor per phase and
total power factor
Voltage unbalance
Current unbalance
Flicker factor short-term per phase voltage
(Ast or Pst)
Flicker factor long-term per phase voltage
(Alt or Plt)
1st to 40th harmonic voltage per phase
1st to 40th harmonic current per phase
Total harmonic distortion (THD) per phase
Active energy – import / active energy – export
Reactive energy – inductive /
reactive energy – capacitive
Apparent energy
Table 13/3
Possible measured quantities in continuous recording
13 Power Quality / SIMEAS Q
Possible averaging time Max/min
possible
1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, sec yes
1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, 60 min
1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, sec yes
1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, 60 min
1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, sec yes
1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, 60 min
1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, sec yes
1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, 60 min
1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, sec yes
1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, 60 min
1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, sec yes
1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, 60 min
1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, sec yes
1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, 60 min
1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, sec yes
1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, 60 min
1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, sec yes
1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, 60 min
10 min fixed to standards IEC 60868 no
and IEC 60868 A1 - Flickermeters
120 min fixed to standards IEC 60868 no
and IEC 60868 A1 - Flickermeters
1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, sec yes
1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, 60 min
1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, sec yes
1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, 60 min
1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, sec yes
1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, 60 min
1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, 60 min no
13
13/59
 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS Q
Function
Recording in the case of limit violation
Recording in the case of limit violation
means that measurement data are recorded
when the average measured value violates
one or more defined upper or lower limits
(thresholds). When a limit is violated, the
current time and date information and the
mean value since the last limit violation of
that measured quantity are stored in the
memory. This type of recording is primar-
ily used for recording voltage dips. To re-
cord voltage dips, the lowest possible
averaging time of 10 ms is selected. During
measurement, the SIMEAS Q compares
the rms values = 10 ms with the set thresh-
olds and is thus able to record very short
voltage dips. The table on the right shows
the measured quantities for which limit
violations can be parameterized.
Data memory and data transmission
The SIMEAS Q has a measurement mem-
ory with a capacity for 70,000 measured
values. The information on time and date
of the measurement is stored along with
each measured value.
In normal measurement mode, the capac-
ity of the data memory indirectly defines
the intervals at which the PC must retrieve
measurement data in order to obtain an
unbroken chain of values. Retrieving mea-
surement data frees capacity in the
SIMEAS Q, which is then available again
for new measurement data.
If the measurement data are not retrieved,
the SIMEAS Q goes into memory over-
flow/ring buffer mode, which causes loss of
data and gaps in the measured value chain.
It must therefore be ensured that the mea-
sured data are always retrieved before
memory overflow/ring buffer mode oc-
curs.
13
13/60
Measured quantity Possible averaging time Number of
thresholds
Rms values phase-to-ground voltages or 10, 20, 50, 100, 500 ms 5
phase-to-phase voltages 1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, sec
1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, 60 min
Rms value phase currents 10, 20, 50, 100, 500 ms 5
1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, sec
1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, 60 min
System frequency (always measured at input VPH1) 1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, sec 2
1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, 60 min
Active power per phase and 1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, sec 2
total active power 1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, 60 min
Reactive power per phase and 1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, sec 2
total reactive power 1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, 60 min
Apparent power per phase and 1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, sec 2
total apparent power 1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, 60 min
Power factor per phase and 1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, sec 2
total power factor 1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, 60 min
Voltage unbalance 1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, sec 5
1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, 60 min
Current unbalance 1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, sec 5
1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, 60 min
1st to 40th harmonic voltage per phase 1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, sec 2 per
1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, 60 min harmonic
1st to 40th harmonic current per phase 1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, sec 2 per
1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, 60 min harmonic
Total harmonic distortion (THD) per phase 1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, sec 2
1, 2, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, 60 min
Table 13/4 Possible measured quantities in the case of a limit violation
Relay outputs
The SIMEAS Q is fitted with 2 relay out-
puts (opto-relays). One of the following
functions can be assigned to these outputs:
• Indication device active (switched on)
• Energy metering pulse per settable en-
ergy value for:
−Active energy, energy import
−Active energy, energy export
−Reactive energy, capacitive
−Reactive energy, inductive
−Apparent energy
• Indication active power import (contact
open) or active power export (contact
closed)
• Limit power factor (p.f. (cos ϕ))
(contact closed for as long as p.f. is lower
than a settable limit value)
• Pulses on voltage dips
(contact closed for 500 ms if violation of
the first threshold below rated voltage
detected)
The relay outputs enable the SIMEAS Q to
be used for acquisition of measured values
and for energy metering.
Siemens SIP · 2004
 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS Q

Software

Various software products are provided for

working with the SIMEAS Q. This software
is required for parameterization, configur-
ing a substation, acquisition and storage of
the measurement data, and also for dis-
playing and evaluating the measured val-
ues.
If SIMEAS Q units are connected to a PLC
system as slaves, only the SIMEAS Q
parameterization software is required to set
Fig. 13/91
the SIMEAS Q parameters. Connection between SIMEAS Q and PC for the configuration of device parameters with the
SIMEAS Q parameterization software
SIMEAS Q parameterization configuration
software
The SIMEAS Q parameterization software,
executable under the Windows 95/98/NT/
2000 and XP operating systems, is a soft-
ware product for carrying out basic settings
on the SIMEAS Q Power Quality Recorder
before commissioning. The software allows
you to configure the SIMEAS Q for the
communication protocol to be used
(RS232, RS485 or PROFIBUS DP) and to
prepare it for the measurement task.
• Functional scope
−Definition of the device address so that
each device is uniquely identified
−Definition of the connection parame-
ters: Interface used (RS232, RS485,
PROFIBUS-DP) and transmission rate
−Calibration of the unit Fig. 13/92
−Updating of the unit firmware to en- SIMEAS Q parameterization, main menu
able new functions or to update the
whole firmware in case of an error
−Parameterization of the measurement
settings of each unit. The measured
quantities to be acquired can be de-
fined separately for each unit.

13

Fig. 13/93
SIMEAS Q parameterization, typical settings

Siemens SIP · 2004 13/61

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS Q

Software

The SIMEAS Q parameterization software

can be downloaded free of charge via the
Internet at www.powerquality.de or
www.simeas.com.
To configure the SIMEAS Q, a cable is re-
quired to connect the PC. A separate
parameterization package is available for
this, containing the parameterization soft-
ware and the connecting cable required for
the respective unit version.

SICARO Q-Manager – Software for mea-

sured value acquisition
The SICARO Q Manager software, execut- Fig. 13/94
able under the Windows 95/98/NT/2000 SICARO Q Manager
Main menu with system structure
and XP operating systems, is a software Menu item for measurement settings
product for configuring a system with sev-
eral SIMEAS Q units and for gathering the
measured values from the SIMEAS Q units,
displaying them, storing them, and making
them available for further processing.
• Functional scope
−Graphic configuration of a system
structure with the connected SIMEAS
Q units. The system structure simpli-
fies handling of the software during ac-
tive operation.
−Remote parameterization of the mea-
surement settings of each unit. Which
measured quantities will be acquired
and how can they be defined separately
for each unit.
−Remote control of data recording from
the PC.
−Automatic transmission and storage of
the measurement data from the con- Fig. 13/95
nected units. SICARO Q Manager
Display of the currently transmitted measured values
−Display of retrieved measurement data.
The display takes the form of rotary
dial instruments, bar charts and nu-
merical values.
−Automatic, cyclic time setting of all
connected units to align the SIMEAS
Q’s internal clock with the system time
13 of the PC.
−Updating of the unit firmware to en-
able new functions or to update the en-
tire firmware in case of an error.
−Conversion of stored measurement
data to ASCII format. After conver-
sion, the data can be further processed
with suitable software, e.g. Microsoft
Excel.
−Conversion of stored measurement
data for analysis with the SICARO PQ
software.
Fig. 13/96
Presentation of measurement data in ASCII format with Microsoft-Excel

13/62 Siemens SIP · 2004

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS Q

Software

• Evaluation
The SICARO Q Manager software can be
used to display the measured quantities
in various ways on the screen of a PC.
The software also provides a function for
exporting the measurement data in
ASCII format. This makes it possible, for
example, to import the data into
Microsoft Excel with just a few mouse
clicks, where it can be presented in dia-
grams and analyzed as required. The
SICARO Q Manager software can also be
used to export the measurement data for
analysis in an optionally available pro-
gram called SICARO PQ. SICARO PQ
permits fast analysis of measurement
data and automated PQ reporting in Fig. 13/97 SICARO PQ
Parameterization of power quality evaluation criteria or reference levels
terms of the standards EN 50160,
IEC 61000, or based on definable limits
and compatibility levels.

SICARO PQ
The SICARO PQ software, executable un-
der the Windows 95/98/NT/2000 and XP
operating systems, is a software product for
evaluating measured values with respect to
international standards, e.g. EN 50160 or
IEC 61000 or according to definable com-
patibility levels. For analysis with SICARO
PQ, the transmitted measured values first
have to be exported using the SICARO Q
Manager software. The exported data are
then the data source for the analysis soft-
ware. For evaluation and reporting, all that
has to be done is to apply the reference lev-
els and to select a reporting template.
• Functional scope Fig. 13/98 SICARO PQ
−Definition of reference levels for evalu- Display and analysis of continuous measured values
ating power quality.
−Definition of quality profiles for select-
ing various features.
−Definition of reporting template for
setting the report layout.
−Export of a report in HTML format, al-
lowing navigation through and display 13
of the report in any HTML browser.

Fig. 13/99 SICARO PQ

Analysis of voltage dips using a CBEMA plot

Siemens SIP · 2004 13/63

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS Q

Connection Examples

Single-phase alternating current Four-wire three-phase current, same load

Three-wire three-phase current, same load Three-wire three-phase current, any load

Four-wire three-phase current, any load (low-voltage network) Four-wire three-phase current, any load (high-voltage network)

13 The input connections shown above are

only examples. Currents and voltages up to
the maximum permissible values can be
connected even without current and volt-
age transformers.
Voltage transformers can also be con-
nected in a delta or wye connection. All in-
put or output terminals not needed for
measurement remain unconnected.

13/64 Siemens SIP · 2004


Technical data
Input
Maximum rated system voltage
Permissible modulation rate
Rated frequency fEN
Frequency range fE
Waveform
Input alternating current IE
Input rated current IE
Power consumption per current
path
Modulation rate
Continuous overload
Surge withstand capability
Input alternating voltage VE
Power consumption
Input to ground
Rated voltage VEN
Continuous overload
Surge withstand capability
Auxiliary voltage
Rated voltage variant 1
Permissible tolerance range
Rated voltage variant 2
Permissible tolerance range
Power consumption
Binary outputs
Permissible voltage
Permissible current
Internal resistance
Permissible switching frequency
Measurement functions
Number of channels
Calculation method
Sampling rate
Resolution
Voltage
Measuring range
Accuracy
Storage
Siemens SIP · 2004
13 Power Quality / SIMEAS Q
Measurement functions (continued)
For connection to AC systems only Current
Y 230/∆ 400 V Measuring range 0 to 6 A
Accuracy Typically ≤ 0.1 % of rating
VY = 280 V; IE = 6 A Storage Continuously
50 Hz, 60 Hz selectable averaging time 1 to 3600 s
± 5 Hz storage of max., min. and average
th values possible
Sinusoidal or distorted up to 40 har- On limit violation
monic selectable averaging time
10 ms to 3600 s
5 settable limits
Min. 1 A; max. 6 A
Approx. 0.06 VA at IE = 6 A Active power, apparent power,
reactive power
Accuracy Typically ≤ 0.2 % of rating
6A Storage Continuously
12 A selectable averaging time 1 to 3600 s
200 A acc. to IEC/EN 60688 storage of max., min. and average
values possible
On limit violation
0.02 VA at VEN = 100 V / 3 selectable averaging time 1 to 3600 s
2 settable limits each
0.33 VA at VEN = 230 V
Power factor
Max. 230 V (3-phase) Accuracy Typically ≤ 0.2 %
1.2 x VN = 280 V Storage Continuously
2 x VN = 460 V acc. to IEC/EN 60688 selectable averaging time 1 to 3600 s
storage of max., min. and average
values possible
Multi-range PSU AC/DC On limit violation
selectable averaging time 1 to 3600 s
24 to 60 V DC 2 settable limits
± 20 % of the rated voltage Symmetry
110 to 250 V DC and Measurement For measurement in 3-phase system
100 to 240 V AC / 45 to 65 Hz voltage and current
+15/-20 % of the rated voltage Accuracy Typically ≤ 0.2 %
Storage Continuously
3.5 W per connection selectable averaging time 1 to 3600 s
storage of max., min. and average
values possible
2 via opto-relays On limit violation
± 100 V AC/DC selectable averaging time 1 to 3600 s
150 mA permament 2 settable limits
500 mA for 100 ms Frequency
≤ 10 Ω Accuracy ≤ 5 mHz
Storage Continuously
10 Hz selectable averaging time 1 to 3600 s
storage of max., min. and average
values possible
3 voltage inputs with common neutral On limit violation
N selectable averaging time 1 to 3600 s
3 current inputs 2 settable limits
Fast Fourier transform
Harmonics
6400 Hz for 50 Hz system frequency Frequency range Up to 40th harmonic per voltage or
7680 Hz for 60 Hz system frequency current input
per voltage or current input Accuracy Acc. to IEC 61000-4-7 Class B
14 bits Storage Continuously
selectable averaging time 1 to 3600 s 13
0 to 280 V storage of max., min. and average
Typically ≤ 0.1 % of rating values possible
On limit violation
Continuously selectable averaging time 1 to 3600 s
selectable averaging time 1 to 3600 s 2 settable limits per harmonic
storage of max., min. and average
values possible Flicker factor
On limit violation Measurement ASt/AIt or PSt/PIt
selectable averaging time per voltage input
10 ms to 3600 s Accuracy Acc. to IEC 61000-4-15 (IEC 60 868)
5 settable limits Storage Continuously
averaging time Ast and Pst 10 min
averaging time AIt and PIt 120 min
13/65
 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS Q

Technical data

Measurement functions (continued) Electromagnetic compatibility

Active energy, import
Active energy, export
Reactive energy, capacitive
Reactive energy, inductive
Apparent energy
Accuracy
Storage
Electrical tests
Stress tests
Dielectric test
Input circuits against each other
Aux. voltage against interface
and relay outputs
Input circuits against interface
and relay outputs
Impulse voltage withstand test
Input circuits against each other
Aux. voltage against interface
and relay outputs
Input circuits against interface
and relay outputs
Temperature and climatic stress
Industrial atmosphere
SO2
H2S
Mechanical stress
Vibrations, sinusoidal
stationary use
Vibrations, sinusoidal
transportation
Seismic stress stationary
use
Shock, half-sine wave,
stationary use
Shock, half-sine wave,
for resistance
Shock, half-sine wave,
continuous shock
Safety
Mechanical resistance to shock
and impact
Degree of protection
Housing
Terminals
13 Safety class
Temperature and protection
from propagation of fire
Insulation
Clearance and creepage distance
Typically ≤ 0.2 %
Continuously,
selectable averaging time 1 to 60 min
Acc. to IEC/EN 61010-1
Acc. to EN 61010-1
3.7 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min
3.7 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min
5.55 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min
Acc. to EN 61010-1
6.8 kV, 1.2/50 µs
6.8 kV, 1.2/50 µs
10.2 kV, 1.2/50 µs
Acc. to IEC/EN 60688
-10 °C to 55 °C,
no condensation during operation
Acc. to IEC 60068-2-42
DIN 40046 Part 36
Acc. to IEC 60068-2-43
DIN 40046 Part 37
Acc. to IEC 60068-2-6,
IEC 60255-21-1
Acc. to IEC 60068-2-6,
IEC 60255-21-1
Acc. to IEC 60068-3-3,
IEC 60255-21-3
Acc. to IEC 60068-2-27,
IEC 60255-21-2
Acc. to IEC 60068-2-27,
IEC 60255-21-2
Acc. to IEC 60068-2-29,
IEC 60255-21-2
Acc. to IEC 61010-1, IEC 60068-3-75
IP 40
IP 20
Safety class 1
Acc. to IEC 60255-6, IEC 61010-1
Acc. to EN 61010-1,
pollution degree 2,
overvoltage category III
Immunity Acc. to EN 61000-6-2, EN 60688
1 MHz burst disturbance test Acc. to IEC 60255-22-1, 2.5 kV, 400 Hz
Electrostatic discharge Acc. to IEC 61000-4-2 Class III
Radiated electromagnetic
field disturbance test Acc. to IEC 61000-4-3, ENV 50204
Burst Acc. to IEC 61000-4-4
Surge Acc. to IEC 61000-4-5
Conducted disturbances in-
duced by radio-frequency fields Acc. to IEC 61000-4-6 Class III
Magnetic field Acc. to EN 61000-4-8 Class IV,
IEC 60688, IEC 60255-6
Emission Acc. to EN 50081-1, EN 50081-2
Conducted interference Acc. to CISPR 22, EN 55022,
VDE 0878 Part 22
Noise field intensity Acc. to CISPR 11, EN 55011,
VDE 0875 Part 11
Disturbances power supply
systems Acc. to IEC 61000-3-3, IEC 61000-3-2
Communication interface
Interface 9-pin SUB-D connector female
Connection technique
Transmission options
PROFIBUS DP
Transmission rate From 9 600 Bit/s to 12 MBit/s
RS232 interface Modem-capable
Transmission rate From 300 Bit/s to 115 200 Bit/s
RS485 interface
Transmission rate From 300 Bit/s to 115 200 Bit/s
Data memory
Memory for measurement data Memory up to 70 000 measured val-
ues, each with time information
Program memory 256 kByte EEPROM
Real-time clock
Internal real-time clock
Format Year, month, day, hour, minute,
second
Deviation 100 ppm
Back-up With lithium battery
Synchronization and setting Via communication interface
Unit design
Dimensions 90 x 75 x 105 mm (W x H x D)
Housing Snap-on housing for DIN rail
mounting
Degree of protection IP40
Connection elements Degree of protection IP20
- Aux. power supply Terminal for max. 2.5 mm 2
2
- Voltage inputs Terminal for max. 2.5 mm
2
- Current inputs Terminal for max. 4 mm
- Binary outputs Terminal for max. 2.5 mm 2
- Communication interface 9 pin SUB-D connector
Weight Approx. 0.7 kg

13/66 Siemens SIP · 2004

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS Q

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

SIMEAS Q 7KG8000 – 8oo20
Interface
With PROFIBUS-DP interface A
With modem-capable RS232 interface B
With RS485 interface C

Auxiliary voltage
24 to 60 V DC A
110 to 250 V DC and 100 to 240 V AC 45 to 65 Hz B

SIMEAS Q parameterization package 7KG8050-8BC20

for SIMEAS Q with RS232 interface
Comprising:
Software SIMEAS Q parameterization
for configuration and calibration of SIMEAS Q units with an
RS232 interface on a PC
Connecting cable SIMEAS Q to PC
Length 4 m
Connector:
PC side: 9-pin SUB-D connector female
SIMEAS Q side: 9-pin SUB-D connector male

SIMEAS Q parameterization package for SIMEAS Q with RS485 interface 7KG8050-8Ao20

or PROFIBUS DP interface
Comprising:
Software SIMEAS Q parameterization
for configuration and calibration of SIMEAS Q units with
RS485 or PROFIBUS-DP interface on a PC
Connecting cable SIMEAS Q to PC
incl. RS232/RS485 converter
Connector:
PC side: 9-pin SUB-D connector female
SIMEAS Q side: 9-pin SUB-D connector male

Plug-in power supply unit for converter

Auxiliary voltage
230 V AC 50 Hz A
110 V AC 60 Hz B

13

Siemens SIP · 2004 13/67

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS Q

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

RS232-RS485 converter incl. cable 7XV5700-oBB00
Connecting cable SIMEAS Q to PC
Connector:
PC side: 9-pin SUB-D connector female
SIMEAS Q side: 9-pin SUB-D connector male
Plug-in power supply unit for converter
Auxiliary voltage
230 V AC 50 Hz 0
110 V AC 60 Hz 1

SIMEAS Q function module 7KG8000-5AA00-0Ao1

PLC systems
For SIMATIC S7-300 and S7-400
with internal or external
PROFIBUS-DP interface
Delivered on 3 ½ inch diskette
Manual
German A
English B

Software 7KG8000-5BB20- o1
SICARO Q manager
Version 2
Delivered on CD-ROM
for connection and operation of more
than 10 SIMEAS Q units
Manual
German A
English B

13

13/68 Siemens SIP · 2004


SIMEAS R
Disturbance Recorder and Power Quality Monitoring Unit
Description
SIMEAS R is a powerful disturbance (tran-
sient) recorder, power quality monitoring
unit, power and frequency recording sys-
tem, and event recorder. All these features
are independent and run in parallel. The
disturbance recorder with a high sampling
rate and excellent frequency response en-
ables precise analysis of network distur-
bances. The power quality monitoring
system for recording of voltage and current
r.m.s. values, frequency, real and reactive
power, power factor, current and voltage
harmonics, voltage sages and swells, volt-
age flicker, etc. is a reliable tool to monitor
and archive power quality related events.
The power and frequency recording system
is an important equipment in power plants
to understand stability problems and ana-
lyze related topics like the response of gen-
erator excitation control systems. With an
event recorder, various digital signals like
the status of a breaker, isolator, and trip
contacts of protection relays, etc. can be
observed and recorded for further analysis.
SIMEAS R as a field unit forms with
OSCOP P software installed on a DAKON
PC (personal computer for data collection)
a powerful disturbance recording system.
One DAKON PC can communicate with
several SIMEAS Rs using various commu-
nication channels. In the “Automatic
mode”, the DAKON PC is able to collect
all data recorded by SIMEAS Rs.
Siemens SIP · 2004
LSP2413-afp.tif
Fig. 13/106
With a flash memory of 512 MB for each
SIMEAS R and practically unlimited stor-
age capability on DAKON PCs and with a
powerful database, the recording system
enables excellent archiving possibilities.
The data obtained by SIMEAS R is written
to a high-capacity internal bulk storage
medium. Under normal conditions in sub-
stations, power plants and industrial sys-
tems, this type of storage takes months to
fill up. When storage is full, it functions as
a "ring buffer", overwriting the oldest val-
ues with the latest figures.
With a high sampling rate (256 samples
per cycle), this unit records all relevant in-
formation for further analysis of short-
circuits, breaker opening and closing be-
havior, reaction of CTs and VTs on
network disturbances, etc. With a record-
ing capability of 32 analog and 64 binary
channels of each unit and with real-time
synchronization capability, the system can
observe and monitor a huge number of
feeders and power equipment.
SIMEAS R is a recorder meeting all electro-
magnetic compatibility requirements like
all Siemens numerical relays. High level of
hardware and software quality and precise
self diagnosis of each unit is a guarantee for
the investment of our customers.
13 Power Quality / SIMEAS R
Function overview
• Disturbance recorder for applications in
substations at MV/HV/EHV level and
in power plants
• Power and frequency recorder for ap-
plications in power plants
• Power quality recorder for analysis and
recording/archiving of power quality
problems of all power applications
• Event recorder for binary signals for ob-
servation of the status of various pri-
mary components like breakers,
isolators, etc.
• Transient recorder for DC signals
• Test recorder for commissioning and
system test
Powerful recording system
• The field units SIMEAS R and the PC
software OSCOP P form a powerful
disturbance recording and power qual-
ity monitoring system. With a DAKON
PC (Personal computer for data collec-
tion) in automatic mode, powerful data
collection and archiving capability leads to
very short analysis times
• Communication capability via Ethernet
(LAN or WAN structure) in accordance
with Ethernet 802.3 using TCP/IP pro-
tocol, communication via telephone
network using ISDN or analog modem
or direct communication using copper
(RS232) or fiber-optic channels
• Various installation possibilities of the
PC software OSCOP P in server, client
and evaluation mode meet all require-
ments, like visualization, analysis for
parameterization, commissioning, test,
automatic data collection, data archiv-
ing 13
• Precise fault location capability using
OSCOP P & diagnosis software
• Detailed power quality analysis infor-
mation using SlCARO PQ software
Powerful hardware
• Modular hardware system with up to 32
analog and 64 binary inputs in a
19-inch rack
• Flash memory with 512 MB
13/69
 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS R

System Overview Design and data acquisition units

The SIMEAS R recorder is available in two
The DAKON is an industrial PC to which
different housings. The smaller type
two or more SIMEAS R and numerical re-
(ZE8/16) can be equipped with one data
lays with the IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
acquisition unit (DAU). The larger type
can be connected. In “automatic mode”, a
(ZE32/64) provides space for up to 4
DAKON can automatically fetch both data
DAUs. A selection of different DAUs en-
from SIMEAS R and the fault recordings
ables flexible arrangement of inputs for
from protection equipment, and write
current, voltage and DC voltage:
these to its own storage. Communication

SR2000-afp.tif
between the SIMEAS R, a DAKON and − VDAU (8 voltage channels)
evaluation PCs is possible in various ways, − DAU (8 current channels)
for example via a wide area network
(WAN) or local area network, with the − VCDAU (4 voltage and 4 current chan-
TCP/IP protocol and electric or optical ca- nels)
bles, as well as with converters and hubs. − DDAU (8 DC channels)
As an alternative, communication via ana- All data acquisition units described also Fig. 13/107
log or ISDN modems with a star coupler is feature 16 binary channels. If a larger num- SIMEAS R, compact housing
also possible. ber of binary signals is to be recorded, the
recorder can optionally be equipped with a
BDAU with 32 binary channels.
Time synchronization
To enable a comparison of recordings
from fault recorders and protection equip-
ment at different locations, precise time
synchronization of all SIMEAS R and
DAKON devices is necessary. This is en-
sured by the use of additional components,
such as GPS or IRIG-B receivers and the

SR2005-afp.tif
synch box module.

Analysis and evaluation software

All data recorded with SIMEAS R can be
analyzed with the OSCOP P software pack-
Fig. 13/108
age. OSCOP P is also used for SIMEAS R, front view.
parameterizing the SIMEAS R and archiv- A DAU can be seen in the middle slot
ing the fault recordings and mean values.
The DIAGNOSE software module is an op-
tional additional package for OSCOP P,
serving to work out the location of a fault
in a line. Depending on data availability,
the program can use fault recordings made
at either end of a line to determine the
fault location. The measured values re-
corded with the “mean value and power
quality recorder” function can be analyzed
SR2006-afp.tif

13 with the SICARO PQ software package.

For example, information can be obtained
about the system voltage quality on a spe-
cific feeder.

Fig. 13/109
DAUs

13/70 Siemens SIP · 2004

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS R

Functions

Dynamic fault recorder for analog and

binary channels
The “fault recorder” function includes re-
cording of analog and digital signals. These
signals are continuously recorded and si-
multaneously compared with the para-
meterized trigger criteria. On triggering, all
channels are recorded concurrently and
with a pre-fault, variable fault progression
and post-fault, depending on the parame-
ter settings for recording.

Recording alternating current and voltage

Three different data acquisition units are
available for recording currents and volt-
ages:
− VCDAU with 4 voltage and 4 current
inputs,
− CDAU with 8 current inputs or
Fig. 13/110
− VDAU with 8 voltage inputs. DAU data acquisition unit
The sampling rate for recording analog
channels is 256 times higher than the sys-
tem frequency. For a system frequency of
50 Hz, the sampling rate is therefore
12.8 kHz (for 60 Hz, 15.36 kHz per
channel).

Recording of the process variables

DC signals are measured via the DDAU
data acquisition unit, which has 8 signal
inputs. The DDAU can be ordered for an
input range of -1 V to +1 V, -10 V to +10 V
or -20 mA to +20 mA. These inputs can be
assigned to one process signal each, e.g.
display of temperature in K, speed of rota-
tion in rpm, voltage in kV, current in kA.
If a recorder contains only DDAUs, it is
possible to parameterize the sampling rates
10 Hz / 100 Hz / 1 kHz / 10 kHz. If the
recorder also contains other DAUs, the
sampling rate of the DC signals is always 10
kHz. To suppress signal disturbance, a dig- 13
ital filter with a settable averaging time can
be activated by parameterization.

Siemens SIP · 2004 13/71

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS R

Functions

Fig. 13/111
Block diagram of the fault recorder function, trigger function and trigger inhibit

Recording of binary signals
The recording of binary channels is fully
synchronized with recording of analog
channels. The sampling rate is 2 kHz. A
group of 16 binary inputs can record up to
250 state changes per second.
Flexible triggering
With its numerous settable trigger condi-
tions, SIMEAS R can be precisely adapted
to the specific requirements of an applica-
tion:
13 • Triggering on the rms value of an analog
channel (min. / max. triggering)
For triggering, the recorder calculates a
measured value corresponding to the
rms value of a current or voltage (I, V)
continuously at intervals of half a system
cycle. The values sampled over half a sys-
tem cycle are used to calculate this mea-
sured value.
Triggering occurs (i.e. recording is
started) when the measured value either
exceeds a positive maximum limit or falls
below a positive minimum limit.
One practical example of this is trigger- under “Triggering on the rms value of an
ing on a maximum value of the rms cur- analog channel, min. / max. triggering”.
rent and on a minimum value of an rms
voltage.
• Triggering on a change in the rms value of
an analog channel (dM/dt triggering)
Each time the measured value described
above (V, I) is calculated, the difference is
formed between two measured values one
system cycle apart. This difference is com-
pared with the set rate-of-change (dM/dt)
limit, e.g. 10 kV / 20 ms. This permits trig-
gering on a positive or negative change to
the rms value of a voltage or current input.
• Triggering on the rms value of the positive
or negative sequence system (min. / max.
triggering)
The recorder can be parameterized to
treat the analog inputs of a data acquisi-
tion unit as single, independent chan-
nels, or assign them to a three-phase
system. In the latter case, positive and
negative sequence components can be
calculated both for current and voltage
channels and used for triggering. Calcu-
lation of the measured quantities and of
the triggering is performed as described

13/72 Siemens SIP · 2004


Functions
Examples of logic gating:
• Voltage min. trigger threshold, record-
ing reached, and current max.
• Binary contact channel 1 high record-
ing and current max. trigger reached
• Binary contact 1, 3, 4 high and 6, 7, 9
low recording
• Triggering on the limit of a DC channel
(min. / max. triggering)
Triggering is performed when the sam-
pled value of the DC signal exceeds the
max. limit or falls below the min. limit.
• Triggering on the gradient of a DC chan-
nel (gradient triggering)
For the gradient trigger, the difference is
calculated between two sampled values
of a DC signal in a settable time interval.
Triggering can be performed on a posi-
tive or negative gradient.
• Triggering on binary channels
Triggering to state (high or low), or on
the positive or negative signal edge or on
a binary input change is possible.
• Logic gating of trigger conditions
Analog and binary trigger conditions can
be ANDed. The logic gating of triggers
serves, for example, to distinguish a fault
from an intentional line disconnection.
The logic operation is applied to a
settable time window from 0 to 1 s. If the
triggering conditions are detected as
“true” during this time window, record-
ing starts. A total of 8 patterns with 8
start selectors each can be parameterized
as trigger criteria.
• Triggering via the front panel
(manual trigger)
This function is especially useful for
commissioning work. It permits testing
of the polarity of current and voltage
channels and testing of phase angle off-
sets.
• Triggering via PC
This triggering is identical with the man-
ual triggering but activated from the PC
via the OSCOP P software.
Siemens SIP · 2004
13 Power Quality / SIMEAS R
• Network trigger
This triggering applies to devices com-
municating via an Ethernet network.
Triggering is performed either from the
PC for all connected SIMEAS-R record-
ers, or sent from a SIMEAS R to further
devices.
• External trigger
A recording start can be triggered exter-
nally via a separate binary input. Record-
ing is limited to 10 s and is performed for
as long as a voltage is applied to this in-
put. The duration of the recording and
the pre- and post-faults can be
parameterized. Smart sequence control
monitors the trigger conditions during
recording. If retriggering is permitted
and the maximum fault recording length
is reached, a dynamic fault recording
length is reached. For external triggering,
time synchronization of all SIMEAS R
devices in the system is required to en-
sure the fault records have the same time
reference.
Sequence control and trigger inhibit
The sequence control prevents overflow of
the memory due to pending or cyclically
repeated triggering. It also controls the
variable recording times, enabling (for ex-
ample) correct recording of sequential
faults in the power system without record-
ing being interrupted. The maximum re-
cording time Tmax is activated from the
time of triggering and limits recording if
the trigger criterion does not return to
normal within time Tmax.
The minimum recording time Tmin is acti-
vated after return to normal of the trigger
criterion from the active state. This ensures
a minimum length of fault recording.
The trigger inhibit suppresses intermittent
trigger conditions. It is activated as soon as
a trigger criterion is fulfilled. Retriggering
is prevented for as long as the trigger in-
hibit time is running. That means if the 13
trigger criterion again changes from the
passive to the active state, no retriggering
occurs for as long as the trigger inhibit
time is active. If a trigger criterion is ful-
filled within the trigger inhibit time, the
trigger inhibit time is restarted. If
retriggering occurs after the trigger inhibit
time has elapsed and before Tmax has
elapsed, recording continues. The Tmax,
Tmin and trigger inhibit time parameters
are set separately for each analog and bi-
nary channel.
13/73
 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS R

Functions One special application is recording of the

properties of primary control in a power
Power and frequency recorder plant. For example, if a power plant unit is
shut down at another location in a grid, the
The frequency and power recorder calcu-
frequency of the power system will drop.
lates and stores the active and reactive
This causes a considerable change in the
power and the power factor plus the fre-
power output of the power plant in which
quency (P, Q, p.f. (cos ϕ ) and f). This func-
recording is taking place. Because all chan-
tion is used, for example, to record the
nels are recorded simultaneously, the user
load conditions before, during and after a
can establish a power balance, e.g. at the
fault in a power plant. Power swings in the
infeed points in substations.
power system and the frequency curve over
a long time can be recorded.

Fig. 13/112
13 Block diagram of the power and frequency recorder

13/74 Siemens SIP · 2004


Functions
Recording principle
The variables active power, reactive power,
power factor and frequency (P, Q, p.f.
(cos ϕ) and f) are continuously calculated
at intervals of one system cycle and stored
in a buffer. If the parameter “averaging
time” is set to “1", the calculation interval
of the frequency and power recorder is one
system cycle. The values in the fault re-
cording therefore correspond to the values
in the buffer. Other settings of the ”averag-
ing time" parameter can reduce the re-
corder’s calculation interval. For example,
if the “averaging time” parameter is set to
“4", a mean value is formed over the 4 val-
ues of the variables (P, Q, p.f. (cos ϕ), f)
last calculated and written to the buffer af-
ter 4 system cycles have elapsed. This
means that the calculation interval of the
fault recording is 4 system cycles. The ”av-
eraging time" parameter can be set in the
range 1 to 250. The number of calculated
values before the trigger point (pre-fault)
can be selected in the range 0 to 500.
The system frequency is measured via a
voltage channel if the unit is equipped with
an appropriate module (VDAU, VCDAU);
if not, the frequency is measured via a cur-
rent channel of a CDAU by automatic de-
termination of the current signal with the
highest amplitude and the lowest harmonic
distortion.
Measured variables in a wye connection
If the recorder is in a “wye connection”,
the powers and p.f. (cos ϕ) are measured
for each phase: P1, P2, P3, P4; Q1, Q2, Q3,
Q4, p.f. 1, p.f. 2, p.f. 3, p.f. 4.
Measured variables in a delta connection
If the recorder is in a “delta connection”,
the powers and p.f. (cos ϕ) for the entire
system are measured: P Q, p.f. (cos ϕ).
Siemens SIP · 2004
Fig. 13/113
Digital recorder function
Coupled CDAU functions
If both VCDAUs and CDAUs are used in a
unit, the current channels of the CDAUs
can be assigned to the voltages of a
VCDAU. That way, the active and reactive
powers can be calculated across DAUs.
One typical application for this is monitor-
ing the power of several feeders on a
busbar.
The “coupled CDAU” feature requires ex-
ternal time synchronization.
The “frequency and power recorder” func-
tion uses similar trigger conditions to those
for the “dynamic fault recorder for analog
and binary channels” function. Here is a
description of these functions:
• Triggering on the time value of the fre-
quency or power (min./max. trigger)
Triggering on the time value of the active
power P, reactive power Q, frequency f,
or power factor (cos ϕ) is especially rele-
vant, for example, if limit violations of
these variables are being examined in a
power plant. Triggering is detected if the
measured variable exceeds the para-
meterized maximum or falls below the
minimum.
13 Power Quality / SIMEAS R
• Triggering on a frequency or power
change (dM/dt trigger)
That means triggering on a positive or
negative change of variables P, Q, or f.
For this purpose, the change of the trig-
ger variable in a parameterizable time in-
terval is calculated and compared with
the set limit. Triggering on values P, Q,
or f is independent.
• Triggering via front panel (manual trig-
ger)
This function is especially useful for
commissioning work, for example, to
check the current direction of power
flow or the power factor.
• PC triggering
This triggering is started from the PC via
the OSCOP P program.
• Network trigger
The same principle applies as for an ana-
log fault recorder. The “power and fre-
quency recorder” function uses a 13
separate trigger channel.
13/75
 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS R
Functions
Power quality recorder and mean value re-
corder
The mean value recorder and power qual-
ity recorder functions store the signals con-
tinuously. The averaging time for the
groups listed below can be freely
parameterized in the range of 10 s to one
hour. The following electrical quantities
are measured, stored and displayed in the
evaluation program:
− Voltage and current
− Active and reactive power
− Frequency, positive and negative sequence
system
− Weighted and unweighted THD
− Current and voltage harmonic
− Process variables
− Voltage dips
− Flicker
With this function it is possible to monitor
a substation or part of a substation (e.g.
feeder) continuously and to evaluate its
power quality. The measurement is used
for monitoring the rms current progres-
sion as well as the active and reactive
power. This enables the energy require-
ment of a feeder to be averaged over a long
period. Moreover, an analysis of the rms
voltage, the current harmonic progression,
the THD, the progression of voltage dips
and flicker effects (Pst and PIt value) provides
information about the quality of the power
supply on a feeder. Existing fault sources can
thus be located and countermeasures taken.
Event recorder
With the independent “event recorder”
function, SIMEAS R continuously records
the status of the binary inputs and stores
them in an event memory. This permits
analysis of the state changes of the binary
inputs over a long time, for example, sev-
13 eral months. This is relevant, for example,
for examining faults that occur on switch-
ing.
The described independent recording
functions “analog and binary recorder,
frequency and power recorder, mean
value and power quality recorder and
event recorder” can run in parallel de-
pending on the parameter settings.
13/76
Bulk storage
SIMEAS R features a bulk storage in flash
technology to ensure the required high de-
gree of reliability. During commissioning,
it is possible to allocate separate areas to
the various recorder functions, depending
on the importance of the individual func-
tions for the application. A memory alloca-
tion for a typical application could look
like this:
a) Analog and binary recorder 200 MB
b) Frequency and power recorder 50 MB
c) Mean value and power quality recorder
100 MB
d) Event recorder 50 MB
e) Operating system and firmware 100 MB
Total 500 MB
The unit automatically reserves the mem-
ory range required for the operating system
and firmware. Each memory range for re-
cordings (a to d) is organized as a “circu-
lating memory”. As soon as a memory
range is 90 % full after several recordings,
the procedure is as follows: the “latest fault
record” is written to memory first, then the
oldest recordings are deleted until the free
capacity in this range reaches 80 % of the
allotted memory size.
Data compression
Even if you are using fast modem cards or
a LAN/WAN connection, data compres-
sion is essential in a fault recorder to
achieve:
− Efficient use of the device’s internal bulk
storage as a distributed data archive
− Fast transmission of the fault recordings
to a DAKON or an evaluation PC to en-
able a fault analysis to be performed im-
mediately after the fault
− Acceptable transmission times when using
slow transmission media, e.g. an analog mo-
dem
− Coping with LAN/WAN “bottlenecks”,
which are particularly frequent in
large-scale networks.
Example:
The data volume of a typical analog fault
record with a duration of 2 s (100 system
cycles at 50 Hz) with 4 DAUs (VCDAU,
CDAU, or VDAU) and therefore 32 analog
channels (without taking account of the 64
binary channels) without data compres-
sion is:
S = 32 x 256 x100 x 2 = 1,638,400 byte =
1.6384 MB
32 = number of analog channels
256 = sampled values per system cycle
100 = number of system cycles
(100 x 20ms = 2 s at a system fre-
quency of 50 Hz
2 = number of bytes per analog value
The data compression function of the
SIMEAS R, which was specially developed
for system faults, typically reduces this data
volume, measured in many practical test
cases, to 5 to 15 % (80 to 240 kB) of the
theoretically calculated data volume.
Siemens SIP · 2004

Functions
Time synchronization
Time synchronization is achieved via a
special input of the processor module to
which a synchronization box
(7KE6000-8HA*) is connected externally.
Depending on implementation, the syn-
chronization box can pick up the time sig-
nal from various receiver types, for
example, via a GPS, DCF77 or IRIG-B.
Synchronization with a GPS signal is the
usual method. This requires special receiv-
ers that generally output a modulated tele-
gram (DCF77, IRIG-B). This time telegram
is passed on to the synchronization box.
(In Germany and neighboring countries
the DCF77 signal can be received directly.
In this special case, the synchronization
box can be connected to a DCF77 receiver
with an integrated ferrite antenna.)
When configuring a fault recorder system,
it is important to ensure that the right syn-
chronization box is ordered for the re-
ceiver type. It decodes the receiver signal
and sends a time telegram to the SIMEAS
R with an internal protocol.
Independently of this synchronization, it is
also possible to synchronize with a minute
pulse via a binary input. This feature can
be used to reset the second hand of the
SIMEAS R’s internal clock to zero on each
pulse.
If external synchronization fails, all the
data acquisition units (DAUs) of a re-
corder are synchronized by the internal
clock. The time is adjusted automatically
on recovery of the synchronization tele-
gram. If two or more recorders are used at
a single mounting location, the signal from
the synchronization box is wired to the
control input of the various recorders in
parallel.
If the synchronization signal has to be dis-
tributed via optical cables due to a substan-
tial distance between the various SIMEAS
R recorders, the following additional com-
ponents are required:
• Sync FO distributor: converts the 24-V
signal of the synchronization box to 8 FO
outputs (7KE6000-8AH/8AJ).
• Sync transceiver: converts the FO signal to
24 V (7KE6000-8AK/8AL).
Siemens SIP · 2004
13 Power Quality / SIMEAS R
Communication interfaces and compo-
nents
SIMEAS R features the following commu-
nication interfaces:
• COM-S interface
This RS232 interface on the front panel is
for direct communication with an evalu-
ation PC. This interface can be used to
parameterize and test the recorder dur-
ing commissioning. It has fixed commu-
nication parameters.
• COM1 interface
This serial interface (RS232) is located on
the rear of the recorder. This interface
enables the recorder to communicate via
an external analog or ISDN modem. The
recorder can then be connected to a tele-
phone network, but a direct mo-
dem-to-modem connection is also
possible. The communication parame-
ters of this interface can be set.
• PCMCIA interface for an analog modem
The recorder has a PCMCIA slot for an
analog modem for connection to an ana-
log telephone network.
• Ethernet interface
This integrated interface is used to con-
nect the recorder to a LAN (local area
network) IEEE 802.3 (10 Mbps Ethernet)
with the TCP/IP protocol. (Please note
that recorders delivered up to about Feb-
ruary 2003 have a PCMCIA slot for an
Ethernet card at the rear).
• Ethernet structure
The network used to connect to an eval-
uation PC or a DAKON has star topol-
ogy. One or more connection nodes
(hubs) can be used. To improve the reli-
ability of communication channels, opti-
cal cables can be used for the network.
The following components can be used
to set up an optical network:
− Transceiver
(7KE6000-8AF/8AG)
Converter from 10BASE-T ports with 13
copper cable to 10BASE-FL with optical
cable. The unit has an FO and a
10BASE-T network port. Housing: DIN
rail mounting.
− Multiport repeater, or hub
(7KE6000-8AD/8AE)
This hub enables connection to two or
more Ethernet cable segments. The unit
has one FO and six 10BASE-T network
ports. Housing: DIN rail mounting.
13/77
 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS R

Functions

Examples of intelligent sequence control:

The examples are represented in the form
of binary contacts. The intelligent sequence
control can be applied to binary and ana-
log inputs.

Example of Tmax with state trigger Tmin = 200 ms

a) The state change is detected and the Tmax = 1 s
recording time Tmax is started. If this state is Pre-fault = 100 ms
maintained, the recording time Tmax expires. Trigger cause = binary

1 > Pre-fault = 100 ms, 2 > run time Tmax = 1 s,

length of recording including pre-fault = 1100 ms

Examples of Tmin with state trigger Tmin = 200 ms

a) The state change is detected and the Tmax = 1 s
recording time Tmax is started. Pre-fault = 100 ms
Trigger cause = binary
b) If this state is not maintained, the recording
time Tmin expires, however, the time Tmax is not
exceeded. 1 > Pre-fault = 100 ms, 2 > assumed 300 ms, 3 > run time Tmin = 200 ms,
length of recording including pre-fault = 600 ms

a) The state change is detected and the Tmin = 200 ms

recording time Tmax is started. Tmax = 1 s
b) If this state is not maintained, the recording Pre-fault = 100 ms
time Tmin expires, however, the time Tmax is not Trigger cause = binary
exceeded.
1 > Pre-fault = 100 ms, 2 > assumed 900 ms, 3 > run time Tmin = 100 ms,
(limited by Tmax), length of recording including pre-fault = 1100 ms

Example of Tedge with edge trigger Edge = 300 ms

a) The state change is detected and the
recording time Tedge is started. If the state
changes on an input that was configured for
an edge trigger, the recording time Tedge
always expires.
Pre-fault = 100 ms
Trigger cause = binary
1 > Pre-fault = 100 ms, 2 > run time Tedge = 300 ms,
length of recording including pre-fault = 300 ms

Examples of the inhibit time Tmin = 200 ms

a) The state change is detected and the Tmax = 1 s
recording time Tmax and the inhibit Pre-fault = 100 ms
time are started. Inhibit time = 200 ms
Trigger cause = MIN
b) If this state is not maintained, the recording
time Tmin is started. 1 > Pre-fault = 100 ms, 2 > assumed 200 ms, 3 > assumed 100 ms,
4 > run time Tmax = 1 s, length of recording including pre-fault = 1400 ms
c) At this time, a new state change is detected
and the recording time Tmax and the inhibit
time are restarted.
13
a) A violation of the MIN limit is detected, and Tmin = 200 ms
the recording time Tmax and the inhibit Tmax = 1 s
time are started. Pre-fault = 100 ms
Inhibit time = 500 ms
b) If this limit violation is not maintained, the Trigger cause = binary
recording time Tmin is started.
1 > Pre-fault = 100 ms, 2 > assumed 200 ms, 3 > assumed 100 ms,
c) At this time, the limit is violated but the 4 > run time derived from item b) Tmin = 200 ms,
recording time Tmax is not restarted since the length of recording including pre-fault = 500 ms
inhibit time is still active.

13/78 Siemens SIP · 2004

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS R

Functions
Example of the inhibit time Tmin = 200 ms
a) A violation of the MIN limit is detected and Tmax = 1 s
the recording time Tmax and the inhibit time Pre-fault = 100 ms
are started. Inhibit time = 200 ms
Trigger cause = MIN
b) If this limit violation is not maintained, the
recording time Tmin is started. 1 > Pre-fault = 100 ms, 2 > assumed 200 ms, 3 > assumed 100 ms,
4 > run time Tmax = 1 s, length of recording including pre-fault = 1400 ms
c) At this time, the limit is violated, and the
recording time Tmax and the inhibit time are
restarted.

Example of Tmax Tmin = 200 ms

a) A violation of the MIN limit is detected and Tmax = 1 s
the recording time Tmax is started. Pre-fault = 100 ms
If this limit violation is maintained, the record- Trigger cause = MIN
ing time Tmax expires.
1 > Pre-fault = 100 ms, 2 > run time Tmax = 1 s,
length of recording including pre-fault = 1100 ms

Examples of Tmin Tmin = 200 ms

a) A violation of the MIN limit is detected and Tmax = 1 s
the recording time Tmax is started. Pre-fault = 100 ms
Trigger cause = MIN
b) If this limit violation is maintained, the
recording time Tmin expires, however, the time
Tmax is not exceeded. 1 > Pre-fault = 100 ms, 2 > assumed 300 ms, 3 > run time Tmin = 200 ms,
length of recording including pre-fault = 600 ms

a) A violation of the MIN limit is detected and Tmin = 200 ms

the recording time Tmax is started. Tmax = 1 s
b) If this limit violation is not maintained, the Pre-fault = 100 ms
recording time Tmin expires, however, the time Trigger cause = MIN
Tmax is not exceeded.
1 > Pre-fault = 100 ms, 2 > assumed 900 ms, 3 > run time Tmin = 100 ms,
(limited by Tmax), length of recording including pre-fault = 1100 ms

a) A lower limit violation of ∆m/∆t is detected Tmin = 200 ms

and the recording time Tmin is started. The re- Tmax = 1 s
cording time Tmin is always started for a ∆m/∆t Pre-fault = 100 ms
limit violation if no MIN or MAX trigger is si- Inhibit time = 500 ms
multaneously violated. Trigger cause = negative
rate of change 1 > Pre-fault = 100 ms, 2 > run time Tmin = 200 ms

13

Siemens SIP · 2004 13/79

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS R

Hardware

Housing
Two types of housing are available for
SIMEAS R:
− 1/2 19-inch rack with 3 slots and
− 19-inch rack with 6 slots
The first slot is filled by the CPU module,
the last slot of each rack by the PSU. The
remaining slots can be filled with various
data acquisition units (DAUs). The mod-
ules are slotted into the rack vertically and

SR2004-afp.tif
the terminals are located at the rear of the
rack.

Central processor
The central processor coordinates the data
acquisition units, communication via the 1 CPU module
2 Data acquisition unit DAU
interfaces, and manages the database for 3 Power supply unit
the various fault records and mean values. Fig. 13/114 4 Bus board
It also monitors the entire hardware. Layout of a SIMEAS R

Power supply
The power supply is drawn from two dif-
ferent units (PSUs), depending on the sup-
ply voltage:
− 24 V - 60 V DC
− 110 V - 250 V DC and 115 - 230 V AC
In the event of a sudden power failure, the
recorder continues to function, drawing its
power from a storage capacitor (for details
such as duration, see “Technical Data”).
This allows time for a controlled reset if the
SR2001-aip.tiv

power supply fails during operation. The

PSU can optionally be equipped with a
battery. The battery ensures operation for
up to 10 minutes. The battery is loaded au-
tomatically and its charge state is moni-
tored by an independent circuit. With a
weekly automatic load test, the memory ef-
fect of the battery is reduced. Use of the
battery is especially recommended if the
recorder is powered from an AC source
13 without UPS back-up.
Fig. 13/115
Rear view
Data acquisition units (DAUs) The AC inputs of the DAUs are rated and
calibrated for system frequencies 50 Hz /
The following data acquisition units are
60 Hz / 16.7 Hz. The sampling frequency
available for the unit:
of the analog channels is fA = 256 x fN.
− VCDAU: 4 current / 4 voltage channels
fA = sampling frequency
and 16 binary channels
fN = rated frequency of the system voltage.
− VDAU: 8 voltage channels and 16 binary
channels
− CDAU: 8 current channels and 16 binary
channels
− DDAU: 8 channels for process variables
and 16 binary channels
− BDAU: 32 binary channels

13/80 Siemens SIP · 2004


Hardware
Sampling rates resulting from rated fre-
quency settings
Rated frequency fN Sampling rate
50 Hz 12.8 kHz
60 Hz 15.3 kHz
16.7 Hz 4.3 kHz
Analog-to-digital converters
Each analog channel has a 16-bit ana-
log-to-digital converter (ADC) with an in-
tegrated dynamic anti-aliasing filter. This
obviates use of an external anti-aliasing fil-
ter. The anti-aliasing filter automatically
adapts to the network environment be-
cause the recorder sampling rate and there-
fore the sampling rate of the ADC are set
with the parameter for the rated system
frequency.
Dynamics of the current channels
The CDAU comprises eight (and the
VCDAU four) current channels. Each cur-
rent channel has two independent ADCs.
The first ADC is connected to an inductive
current transformer (CT) that is optimized
for the current range of 0 to 7 A (rms
value) and dimensioned for very high pre-
cision. If a higher current is measured, the
recorder automatically switches over to the
input of the second CT. This CT is con-
nected to a hall generator that measures
the same current as the inductive trans-
former but is optimized for the 0 to 600 A
range (high dynamics). Because the hall
generator also transmits DC, its frequency
range does not have a lower limit. Use of
two different transformer principles en-
sures that the recorder measures very accu-
rately in the nominal range of the line
current and, in the event of a fault, records
current curves with high amplitude and
sustained DC component without any loss
of information.
Current terminals
If a CDAU or VCDAU is removed from
the rack, the current terminals are auto-
matically shorted out to avoid damaging
the connected CT.
Siemens SIP · 2004
13 Power Quality / SIMEAS R
Channels for process signals
The sampling rate of a DDAU is a fixed
10 kHz, if other DAU types are used in the
recorder. However, if a recorder contains
only DDAUs, sampling rates of 10 Hz /
100 Hz / 1 kHz / 10 kHz can be
parameterized.
A low sampling rate setting is recom-
mended for monitoring slowly varying
process variables (to keep the recorded
data volume manageable). These channels
can be connected to ± 10 V, ± 1 V or
± 20 mA, depending on the type.
Configuration notes
The PCMCIA memory and communica-
tion cards used for the modem or Ethernet
in PCCARD technology are constantly un-
dergoing further development. Because
they are used in substations, where CE
markings are prescribed, only cards ap-
proved by Siemens may be used in the sys-
tem. In particular, the system noise
immunity stipulated by the applicable IEC
regulations and the high ambient tempera-
ture range necessitate special cards. The
planning department should be consulted
about selecting the correct PCs and cor-
rectly setting up the overall system.
Modes
The SIMEAS R has three operating modes:
Normal mode
In normal mode all functions are active.
Blocked mode
In blocked mode, the recording functions
“dynamic recorder for analog and binary
channels” and “power and frequency re-
corder” are inactive, i.e. no fault records
are recorded. If this mode is selected, only
the functions “mean value and power qual-
ity recorder” and “event recorder” are ac-
tive. The mode is used, for example, to test
equipment connection during commis- 13
sioning.
Test mode
In test mode, all functions are active but
recorded events are entered with “test” as
their cause. The “event recorded” alarm re-
lay does not pick up. “Test mode” is used
to check the functionality of the
SIMEAS R. The different modes can be se-
lected on the keyboard. Remote control via
OSCOP P is possible at any time.
13/81
 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS R

Hardware

LEDs on the front panel of the recorder

The front panel of the recorder contains
8 red and 8 green parameterizable LEDs
as signed as follows:
8 green LEDs
• Recorder in operation
• Operating voltage OK
• Battery capacity OK
• Event recorded
• Data transmission to the PC
• Circulating memory active
• Two further LEDs freely programmable
8 red LEDs
• Fault DAU(s)
• Fault printer
• Fault time synchronization
• Fault fine synchronization
• Fault data memory
• PC not accessible
• Temperature ≤ 5 °C
• Temperature ≥ 55 °C,
and 5 LEDs permanently assigned to the Fig. 13/116
control buttons listed below LEDs and control buttons
Control buttons
The recorder has the following control
buttons that are located on the front panel:
• Acknowledge group alarm
• Normal mode
• Blocked mode
• Test mode
• Manual trigger
Control inputs
There are four contact inputs at the rear of
the recorder:
• Acknowledge group alarm
• System reset
• External start
• Time synchronization
Alarm outputs
The recorder has four alarm outputs. The
13 first is permanently connected to the pro-
cessor watchdog. The other three can be
freely programmed and are pre-assigned as
follows:
• Watchdog
• Ready to run
• Event being recorded
• Group alarm
Group alarm
− Fault DAU(s)
− Fault printer
− Fault synchronization
− Fault data memory

13/82 Siemens SIP · 2004

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS R

Technical data

Mechanical design Analog and binary inputs and outputs

1/2 19" version Slot 2 To be equipped according to table
(1/2 19" version) “Equipping version”
Dimensions (W x H x D) 223 x 266 x 300 mm
Slot 2 to 5 To be equipped according to table
Number of slots 3
(19" version) “Equipping version”
Slot 1 - CPU Equipping versions
PCCARD Slot Slot 0 Type I and II VCDAU 8 analog (4 current / 4 voltage)
Slot 1 Type I to III and 16 binary channels
Slot 2 DAU See “Analog and binary in- and out- CDAU 8 analog (8 current) and
puts” 16 binary channels
Slot 3 Power supply unit VDAU 8 analog (8 voltage) and
19" version 16 binary channels
BDAU 32 binary channels
Dimensions (W x H x D) 445 x 266 x 300 mm
DDAU 8 analog (8 current ± 20 mA or
Number of slots 6 8 voltage ± 1 V or ± 10 V)
Slot 1 - CPU Approx 1.5 mA/input and 16 binary channels
VCDAU, CDAU und VDAU Sampling Rated Frequency
PCCARD Slot Slot 0 Type I and II
frequency frequency range
Slot 1 Type I to III
4.3 kHz 16.7 Hz 12 to 20 Hz
Slot 2 - 5 DAU See “Analog and binary in- and out- 12.8 kHz 50 Hz 40 to 60 Hz
puts” 15.36 kHz 60 Hz 50 to 70 Hz
Slot 6 Power supply 64 times oversampling

Auxiliary voltage Measuring range 1 1.5 to 200 Vrms

Low-voltage version Impedance >100 kΩ
Resolution 15 mV
DC voltage
Overvoltage Max. 300 Vrms for 5 s
Rated auxiliary DC voltage Vaux 24/28/60 V DC
Accuracy (at 23 °C 1 °C and Class 0.3
Permissible voltage ranges 19.2 to 72 V DC
rated frequency) ± 0.25 % of measured value
High-voltage version ± 30 mV
DC voltage Frequency response 3 to 5500 Hz (5 %)
Rated auxiliary DC voltage Vaux 110/125/220/250 V DC Number of analog-digital con- 1
Permissible voltage ranges 88 to 300 V DC verters per channel
Measuring range 2 3 to 400 Vrms
AC voltage 50/60 Hz
Rated auxiliary DC voltage Vaux 115/230 V AC Impedance > 200 kΩ
Permissible voltage ranges 92 to 276 V AC Resolution 30 mV
Overvoltage Max. 600 Vrms for 5 s
Voltage stability without back-up battery Accuracy (at 23 °C 1 °C and Class 0.3
Bridging time Measured times rated frequency) ± 0.25 % of measured value
Central unit ± 30 mV
ZE8/16 ZE32/64 Frequency response 3 to 5500 Hz (5 %)
Number of analog-digital
for Vaux = 24 V DC ≥ 400 ms≥ 150 ms converters per channel
for Vaux = 60 V DC ≥ 450 ms≥ 170 ms Voltage channel 1
for Vaux = 110 V DC ≥ 500 ms≥ 180 ms Current channel 2
for Vaux = 250 V DC ≥ 700 ms≥ 200 ms
for Vaux = 115 V AC ≥ 500 ms≥ 200 ms
for Vaux = 230 V AC ≥ 800 ms≥ 348 ms
Optionally with back-up battery Power failure bridging time up to
10 min with all functions operating
Power consumption
13
1/2 19" version
8 analog / 16 binary channels 24 to 60 V DC 20 W
110 to 250 V DC 18 W
115 to 230 V AC 30 VA
19" version
32 analog / 64 binary channels 24 to 60 V DC 45 W
110 to 250 V DC 40 W
115 to 230 V AC 70 VA

Siemens SIP · 2004 13/83

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS R

Technical data

Analog and binary inputs and outputs (cont´d) Analog and binary inputs and outputs (cont´d)
Current input (CDAU or VCDAU) Binary inputs (BDAU, VCDAU, DDAU, CDAU und VDAU)
Dynamic AD and converter Sampling frequency 2 kHz
switching Principle of storage Only status changes are stored with
Measuring range 5 mA to 400 Arms real time and a resolution of 1 ms
Accuracy range 5 mA to 7 Arms Storage capacity 250 status changes per 16 inputs,
Resolution 0.5 mA within 1 s, total storage capacity
(at 23 °C ± 1 °C and rated Class 0.5 depends on the parameter setting
frequency) ± 0.5 % of measured ± 0.5 mA (typically approx. 100,000 status
Frequency response 3 to 5500 Hz (5 %) changes)
Range > 7 Arms to 200 Arms
Voltage ranges of control inputs Input L-level H-level
Resolution 30 mA
according to components voltage
(at 23 °C ± 1 °C and rated Class 1.5
installed V V V
frequency) ± 1.5 % of measured value ± 30 mA
Frequency response 0 to 5500 Hz (5 %) 24 ≤7 ≥ 18
Range > 200 Arms to 400 Arms 48 to 60 ≤ 14 ≥ 36
Resolution 30 mA 110 to 125 ≤ 28 ≥ 75
(at 23 °C ± 1 °C and rated Class 3.5 220 to 250 ≤ 56 ≥ 165
frequency) ± 3.5 % of measured value Input current 1 mA
Frequency response 0 to 5500 Hz (5 %) Input Overload
Continuous 20 A voltage
Overload 100 A, 30 s V V
500 A, 1s 24 28.8
1200 A, half-wave 48 to 60 72
Recording 200 A, plus 100 % displacement 110 to 125 150
Burden < 0.1 VA 220 to 250 300
DC inputs (DDAU)
Input range ± 20 mA (50 Ω)
(depending on the Order No.) ± 1 V / ± 10 V (> 40 kΩ / > 400
kΩ)
Accuracy Class 0.5
(at 23 °C ± 1 °C
Range 1 V ± 0.5 % measured value ± 1 mV
Range 10 V ± 0.5 % measured value ± 10 mV
Range 20 mA ± 0.5 % measured value ± 20 µA
Sampling frequency 10 Hz, 100 Hz, 1 kHz, 10 kHz
per module (parameterizable)
(if used together with a VCDAU,
CDAU, or VDAU, the DC channels
are recorded in parallel.
Only a sampling rate of 10 kHz per
channel is permitted.)
Processing of higher DC voltages via
isolation amplifier (e.g. SIMEAS T)

13

13/84 Siemens SIP · 2004

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS R

Technical data

Binary inputs and outputs Communication interfaces

Control inputs 4 inputs Slot 1 - CPU
Input 1 Input for time synchronization for LPT 1 Printer interface, Centronics, for
connection to the synchro-box or a connection of a laser printer
station clock with minute pulse (Emulation Postscript level 2)
24 to 60 V, filter time > 2 µs COM 2/COM S RS232 serial interface, on front
> 110 V, filter time < 5 µs side for connection of a PC,
Input 2 External start, 19.2 kBd
filter time 50 ms COM 1 RS232 serial interface, on rear for
Input 3 External reset connection of e.g. an additional
filter time 50 ms modem, 300 Bd to 57.6 Bd or an
Input 4 External group alarm external ISDN terminal adapter
Filter time 50 ms Ethernet Compatible acc. to IEEE 802.3
Voltage ranges of control inputs Input L-level H-level Software TCP/IP
according to components in- voltage Twisted pair (10BaseT) RJ45
stalled V V V Slot 0 data transmission
24 ≤7 ≥ 18 Modem Transmission rate up to 56 kBps
48 to 60 ≤ 14 ≥ 36 Dialing method audio and pulse
110 to 125 ≤ 28 ≥ 75 CCIT V.21, V.22, V.22 to V.23,
220 to 250 ≤ 56 ≥ 165 V.32, V.32 to V.34, V.90
Input current 1 mA Certified in all European countries
Input Input 1 Input 2 to 4
voltage Overload Overload Climatic stress
V V V
Temperatures
24 28.8 28.8
48 to 60 72 72 Transport and storage –25 °C to +70 °C
110 to 125 150 150 Operation
220 to 250 300 300 for cubicle/panel flush-mounting –5 °C to +55 °C
Signal outputs (condensation not permissible)
for panel surface-mounting 0 °C to +40 °C
4 signal outputs with isolated main
Humidity 95 % without condensation
contact,
signal output 1 hard-wired to watch-
dog,
3 signals outputs freely allocatable.
Switching capacity MAKE 30 W/VA
BREAK 20 VA
30 W resistive
25 W for L/R ≤ 50 ms
Switching voltage 250 V
Permissible current 1 A continuous
Allocation of the signal outputs SIMEAS R ready for operation
and status of LEDs Operating voltage OK
Normal mode
Test mode
Locked mode
Transmission SIMEAS R - PC active
Recording event
DAU fault 13
Printer fault
Time synchronization error
Computer not available
Data memory fault
Data memory full
Cyclic storage active
Battery capacity OK
Temperature monitoring < –5 °C
Temperature monitoring > +55 °C
Fine synchronization error
Group alarm
Relay 1 - not allocatable; watchdog
Relay 2 - not allocatable
Relay 3 - not allocatable
Relay 4 - not allocatable

Siemens SIP · 2004 13/85

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS R

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

SIMEAS R central unit ZE8/16 with integrated Ethernet port 7KE6000-0oooo oooo
With one slot for data acquisition unit (DAU); ½ x 19" rack
Housing
For panel flush mounting (perforated housing) D
For surface mounting (perforated housing) E
For 19" assembly (perforated housing) F

Measurement at
16.7 Hz network C
50 Hz network D
60 Hz network E

Remote data transmission to DAKON or evaluation PC in addition

to the integrated Ethernet port
(Cables must be ordered separately)
Usage of COM1 or COM2 or
Ethernet/Standard 4
External ISDN modem 5
Analog PCMCIA modem 6

Terminals
Standard 1
US design (not possible with surface mounting housing) 2

Signal voltages of the CPU and the binary inputs

24 V DC 1
48 V - 60 V DC 2
110 V - 125 V DC 3
220 V - 250 V DC 4
48 V - 60 V DC, control input 1 24 V DC1) 5
110 V - 125 V DC, control input 1 24 V DC1) 6
220 V - 250 V DC, control input 1 24 V DC1) 7

Data acquisition unit DAU

VDAU ( 8 U / 16 binary inputs) A
CDAU (8 I / 16 binary inputs) B
VCDAU (4 U / 4 I / 16 binary inputs) C
BDAU (32 binary inputs) D
DDAU 20 mA F
DDAU 1 V G
DDAU 10 V H

Auxiliary power
24 V to 60 V DC without battery G
24 V to 60 V DC with battery H
50/60 Hz, 115/230 V AC or 110 V to 250 V DC without battery J
50/60 Hz, 115/230 V AC or 110 V to 250 V DC with battery K

13 Manual
German 1
English 2
Portuguese 7

1) For connecting a synchronization

unit 7KE6000-8HA..
the control input 1 of the CPU has to
be dimensioned for 24 V DC.

13/86 Siemens SIP · 2004

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS R

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

SIMEAS R central unit ZE32/64 with integrated Ethernet port 7KE6000-1oooo oooo
With four (4) slots for data acquisition units (DAUs); 19" rack
Housing
For panel flush mounting (perforated housing) D
For surface mounting (perforated housing)1) E
For 19" assembly (perforated housing) F

Measurement at
16.7 Hz network C
50 Hz network D
60 Hz network E

Remote data transmission to DAKON or evaluation PC in addition

to the integrated Ethernet port
(Cables must be ordered separately)
Usage of COM1 or COM2 or Ethernet 4
External ISDN modem 5
Analog PCMCIA modem 6

Terminals
Standard 1
US design (not possible with surface mounting housing) 2

Signal voltages of the CPU and the binary inputs

24 V DC 1
48 V - 60 V DC 2
110 V - 125 V DC 3
220 V - 250 V DC 4
48 V - 60 V DC, control input 1 24 V DC2) 5
110 V - 125 V DC, control input 1 24 V DC2) 6
220 V - 250 V DC, control input 1 24 V DC2) 7

Data acquisition unit DAU

Note: The fitting of the DAUs is from left to right
VCDAU; 2 units ( 8 U / 8 I /32 binary inputs) A
VCDAU; 4 units (16 U / 16 I / 64 binary inputs) B
VCDAU; 1 unit (4 U / 4 I / 16 binary inputs)
and CDAU; 3 units (24 I / 48 binary inputs) C
Data aquisition units (DAUs) for free assembly D
Attention:
You need to select the required DAU units according to the 7KE6000-4** instructions.
By these instructions, the type of the data acquisition units and the binary inputs will be defined.

Auxiliary power
24 V to 60 V DC without battery G
24 V to 60 V DC with battery H
50/60 Hz, 115/230 V AC or 110 V to 250 V DC without battery J
50/60 Hz, 115/230 V AC or 110 V to 250 V DC with battery K

Manual
13
German 1
English 2
Portuguese 7

1) The number of the possible measur-

ing channels of surface mounting
must be evaluated by the factory.
2) For connecting a synchronization
unit 7KE6000-8HA..
the control input 1 of the CPU has to
be dimensioned for 24 V DC.

Siemens SIP · 2004 13/87

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS R

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

1)
SIMEAS R assembly of the central unit ZE32/64 7KE6000-4oo66 - 6oo0
Slot 1
VCDAU to be equipped in the factory2) J
CDAU to be equipped in the factory2) K
VDAU to be equipped in the factory2) L
BDAU to be equipped in the factory2) M
DDAU to be equipped in the factory2) N
– not prepared / plate only P
VCDAU prepared for a VCDAU for future use Q
CDAU prepared for a CDAU for future use R
VDAU prepared for a VDAU for future use S
BDAU prepared for a BDAU for future use T
DDAU prepared for a DDAU for future use U

Slot 2
VCDAU to be equipped in the factory2) A
CDAU to be equipped in the factory2) B
VDAU to be equipped in the factory2) C
BDAU to be equipped in the factory2) D
DDAU to be equipped in the factory2) E
– not prepared / plate only F
VCDAU prepared for a VCDAU for future use G
CDAU prepared for a CDAU for future use H
VDAU prepared for a VDAU for future use J
BDAU prepared for a BDAU for future use K
DDAU prepared for a DDAU for future use L

Slot 3
VCDAU to be equipped in the factory2) A
CDAU to be equipped in the factory2) B
VDAU to be equipped in the factory2) C
BDAU to be equipped in the factory2) D
DDAU to be equipped in the factory2) E
– not prepared / plate only F
VCDAU prepared for a VCDAU for future use G
CDAU prepared for a CDAU for future use H
VDAU prepared for a VDAU for future use J
BDAU prepared for a BDAU for future use K
DDAU prepared for a DDAU for future use L

Slot 4
VCDAU to be equipped in the factory2) A
CDAU to be equipped in the factory2) B
VDAU to be equipped in the factory2) C
BDAU to be equipped in the factory2) D
DDAU to be equipped in the factory2) E
– not prepared / plate only F
VCDAU prepared for a VCDAU for future use G
13 CDAU prepared for a CDAU for future use H
VDAU prepared for a VDAU for future use J
BDAU prepared for a BDAU for future use K
DDAU prepared for a DDAU for future use L

1) Please apply only for free fitting.

The central unit includes 4 slots for
free fitting with data acquisition units
(DAUs). Preparation of the slots with
the corresponding terminals and
fitting with DAUs.
2) Please specify and order the unit
7KE6000-2.

13/88 Siemens SIP · 2004

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS R

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

SIMEAS R, data acquisition units for free fitting
of the central unit ZE32/64 or as spare parts 7KE6000 - 2oooo

VDAU (8 U / 16 binary inputs) A

CDAU (8 I / 16 binary inputs) B
VCDAU (4 U / 4 I / 16 binary inputs) C
BDAU (32 binary inputs) D

Signal voltages of the binary inputs

24 V DC A
48 to 60 V DC B
110 V to 125 V DC C
220 V to 250 V DC D

Terminals
Standard 1
US design 2
Without terminals as the central unit is already equipped with terminals 3

System frequency
No frequency information 0
16.7 Hz 1
50 Hz 2
60 Hz 3

SIMEAS R, acquisition units for free fitting or as spare parts 7KE6000 - 2oooo

DDAU (8 DC / 16 binary inputs) E

Terminals
Standard A
US design B
Without terminals, as the central unit is already equipped with terminals C

Analog channels
20 mA 1
1V 2
10 V 3

Signal voltages for binary inputs

24 V 1
48 to 60 V DC 2
110 V to 125 V DC 3
220 V to 250 V DC 4

13

Siemens SIP · 2004 13/89

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS R

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

SIMEAS R - Spare parts
Spare flash memory for CPU-486
with firmware 2.1.xx1)
PCMCIA Flash memory with PC card format 7KE6000-3HA
and firmware 2.1.xx1) with standard
parameterization
PCMCIA Flash memory card with PC card format 7KE6000-4HA
and firmware 2.1.xx*) with customized parameterization
Further information on ordering of the
customer-specific parameterization
can be obtained at: http://www.powerquality.de

Firmware upgrade 2.3.xx for CPU-486

Firmware upgrade 2.3.xx 2) with additional functions 7KE6000-2MA1
„recording of flicker and voltage sags”
Valid only for units with
the firmware 2.1.13 / 2.1.16 / 2.1.19
and RAM memory of 32 MB
Delivery on CD.
Further information on our Web site:
http://www.powerquality.de

Spare flash memory for CPU-486 with firmware 2.3.xx2)

PCMCIA Flash memory with PC card-format 7KE6000-3HB
with pre-installed firmware 2.3.xx2) with additional
functions „recording of flicker and voltage sags”
with standard parameterization
Valid only for units with RAM memory of 32 MB
Further information on our Web site:
http://www.powerquality.de
PCMCIA flash memory 7KE6000-4HB
with installed firmware 2.3.xx2) with additional
functions „recording of flicker and voltage sags”
with custom parameterization
Valid only for units with RAM memory of 32 MB
Further information on our Web site:
http://www.powerquality.de

13

1) Current version of firmware 2.1

2) Current version of firmware 2.3

13/90 Siemens SIP · 2004

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS R

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

SIMEAS R - Spare parts
Central processor unit (ELAN-CPU) 7KE6000 - 2Loo

Mass storage and firmware

With IDE-flash memory 2.5" format
and actual firmware with standard parameterization 1
With IDE-flash memory 2.5" format
and current firmware with customer-specific parameterization 2
Further information on ordering of the customer-specific
parameterization can be obtained at: http://www.powerquality.de

Input signal voltage

24 V DC A
48 to 60 V DC B
110 to 125 V DC C
220 to 250 V DC D
48 to 60 V DC, control input 1 DC 24 V (see note) E
110 to 125 V DC, control input 1 DC 24 V (see note) F
220 to 250 V DC, control input 1 DC 24 V (see note) G
Note:
The control input 1 of CPU has to be dimensioned for 24 V DC
on connection of the 7KE6000-8HA** synchronization box.

Power supply for central processor unit 7KE6000-2Go

24 to 60 V DC without battery G
24 to 60 V with battery H
50/60 Hz, 115/230 V AC or 110 to 250 V DC without battery J
50/60 Hz, 115/230 V AC or 110 Vto 250 V DC with battery K

Modems / Ethernet card

remote access server 7KE6000-2Jo

Analog PCMCIA A
PCMCIA card Ethernet; IEEE 802.3; TCP/IP (for CPU-486) C
Analog external D
Analog external for rail mounting E
ISDN external F
ISDN external for rail mounting G
Remote access server H

13

Siemens SIP · 2004 13/91

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS R

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

1)
Synchronization unit 7KE6000 - 8HAoo
In housing with snap-on attachment for 35 mm top-hat
rail according to EN 50 022 with connection cable for ZE (central unit)
Receiver/decoder module
for synchronization (connection via BNC connector)
DCF77 receiver (order antenna 7KE6000-8AQ separately) 1
Decoder for HOPF signal 2
Decoder with serial input for Meinberg or ZERA signal 3
Decoder for Patek - Philippe signal 4
Decoder for IRIG B signal (e.g. of GPS receiver)2) 5
Decoder for telenorma signal 6
Decoder for demodulated IRIG B signal, TTL level 7
Decoder for demodulated DCF77 signal,
open collector connection 8

Auxiliary power
24 to 60 V DC 1
110 to 250 V DC or 115 to 230 V AC 50/60 Hz 2

HUB LV 3) 7KE6000-8AD
HUB HV 4) 7KE6000-8AE
Transceiver LV 3) 7KE6000-8AF
Transceiver HV 4) 7KE6000-8AG
Sync.-FO cable converter LV 3) 7KE6000-8AH
Sync.-FO cable converter HV 4) 7KE6000-8AJ
Sync. -transceiver LV 3) 7KE6000-8AK
Sync.-transceiver HV 4) 7KE6000-8AL
HUB 17, 24 - 250 V DC, 24 - 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7KE6000-8AM

1) For connecting a synchronization

unit 7KE6000-8HA.. the control in-
13 put 1 of the CPU has to be
dimensioned for 24 V DC.
2) The IRIG-B signal has the following
disadvantages: the year is not indi-
cated, there is no switchover for day-
light saving time, there is no relative
time (not orientated towards time
zones). It is strongly recommended to
use a GPS receiver with a DCF77 out-
put. The DCF77 signal can then be
adapted to the DCF77 signal for
SIMEAS R and DAKON via a synch-
box.
3) LV Ⳏ 24 - 60 V DC
4) HV Ⳏ 110 V - 230 V DC/AC,
45 - 65 Hz

13/92 Siemens SIP · 2004

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS R

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

RS232 – FO converter 7XV5652-0BA00

Converter FO to RS232 up to 115 kBd for 35 mm

DIN rail in plastic housing, auxiliary voltage
24 to 250 V DC and 110 to 220 V AC with alarm relay.
Connection to units with RS232 interface via 9-pin
SUB-D connector.
Connection to PC, star coupler, modem via FO 850 nm
for 62.5 µm glass fiber;
Optical interface: 820 nm with ST connector

DCF77 antenna 7KE6000-8AQ

With antenna cable, 10 m long

Communication cable COM1 - to external modem 7KE6000-8AC

Modem side 25-pole / pin, 10 m long

Communication cable COM1 to PC 7KE6000-8Bo

Incl. adapter set

COM1 or 2 - PC, 10 m long A

COM1 or 2 - PC, 5 m long B

Printer cable, Centronics 7KE6000-8DA

3 m long, ZE or PC - printer

Ethernet patch cable with double shield (SFTP),

LAN connector on both sides
Length 0.5 m 7KE6000-8GD00-0AA5
Length 1 m 7KE6000-8GD00-1AA0
Length 2 m 7KE6000-8GD00-2AA0
Length 3 m 7KE6000-8GD00-3AA0
Length 5 m 7KE6000-8GD00-5AA0
Length 10 m 7KE6000-8GD01-0AA0
Length 15 m 7KE6000-8GD01-5AA0
Length 20 m 7KE6000-8GD02-0AA0

Ethernet patch cable with double shield (SFTP),

transposed conductors
Length 0.5 m 7KE6000-8GE00-0AA5
Length 1 m 7KE6000-8GE00-1AA0
Length 2 m 7KE6000-8GE00-2AA0
Length 3 m 7KE6000-8GE00-3AA0
Length 5 m 7KE6000-8GE00-5AA0
Length 10 m 7KE6000-8GE01-0AA0
Length 15 m 7KE6000-8GE01-5AA0
Length 20 m 7KE6000-8GE02-0AA0

13

Siemens SIP · 2004 13/93

 13 Power Quality / SIMEAS R

Selection and ordering data Description Order No. Order

code
Connection cable for current inputs
8-core flexible cable, 2.5 mm2, for 4 current channels 7KE6000 - 8GA00 ooo ooo
Please note: Minimum length 2 m

Without pre-assembled cables A

With end sleeve ferrule B
With end sleeve ferrule on both sides C
Without core identification A
With core identification B

Connection cable for voltage inputs 7KE6000-8GB00-0ooo ooo

8-core flexible cable, 0.75 mm2, for 4 voltage channels
Please note: Minimum length 2 m

Without pre-assembled cables A

With end sleeve ferrule on one side B
With end sleeve ferrule on both sides C
Without core identification A
With core identification B

Connection cable for binary inputs 7KE6000-8GC00-0ooo ooo

32-core flexible cable, 0.25 mm2
Please note: Minimum length 2 m

Without pre-assembled cables A

With end sleeve ferrule on one side B
With end sleeve ferrule on both sides C
Without core identification A
With core identification B

Cable length 2 m and longer

2m 2
3m 3
4m 4
5m 5
6m
7m 7
8m 8
9m 9 R 1 A
Special length (please state length in plain text) 9 R 1 Y

Manual
for firmware version 3.xx
English E50417-B1076-C209-A1
German E50417-B1000-C209-A1
Portuguese E50417-B1079-C209-A1

13 Training
English 9CA4030-0KE00-0BA4
German 9CA4030-0KD00-0BA4
on SIMEAS R, DAKON and OSCOP P / SICARO PQ,
duration 2 days, will be held in our training center in Nuremberg

13/94 Siemens SIP · 2004


OSCOP P
Parameterization and Analysis Software for Power Quality
Description
The software OSCOP P is a program pack-
age for parameterization and automated
remote transmission, archiving, evaluation
files which have been recorded with a
SIMEAS R digital fault and power quality
recorder, OSCILLOSTORE P531 or with
numerical protection relays using the
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol. It incorporates
extensive functions and computation algo-
rithms for manual or automated analysis
and evaluation of events in a power system.
With OSCOP P and SIMEAS R devices you
have PQ monitoring solved. In the case of
a fault, you can react quickly and take the
corresponding measures.
Optional modules and functions
• SICARO PQ - Analysis of power system
quality, SICARO PQ allows fast analysis
of measured power quality data accord-
ing to EN 50160, IEC 61000-2-2 stand-
ards or based on customized settings.
The measured values are automatically
compared with the setpoint values and
evaluated. After the analysis a report is
automatically issued by the software. The
report can be structured by the user with
regard to form and layout. It is also pos-
sible to convert the complete report into
HTML format.
Siemens SIP · 2004
SR13131.tif
Fig. 13/117
OSCOP P, example of measurement
by cursor with vector diagram
• DIAGNOSE - Easy-to-use fault locator
and diagnostic module
The diagnostic module can automatically
analyze the data of power transmission
and distribution lines and calculate the
distance to a fault. The diagnosis module
can handle any number of segments or
single lines. Handling of parallel lines as
well as both ended fault location is also
possible. If desired, the results are logi-
cally linked to the fault record and auto-
matically printed or displayed on the
monitor.
• COMTRADE - Import and export of
fault records
The COMTRADE function allows to im-
port and export events which have been
registered by devices of other manufac-
turers to be imported in accordance with
the IEEE standard. Thus it is possible to
import, edit and analyze stored fault
events of another unit or system in
OSCOP P.
Operating systems
• MS Windows 98SE (DAKON 98 only),
Windows NT, WIN 2000, WIN XP Pro-
fessional
13 Power Quality / OSCOP P
Function overview
• Parameterization and remote configura-
tion of SIMEAS R & OSCILLOSTORE
P531
• Data transmission, data evaluation and
data archiving for SIMEAS R/
OSCILLOSTORE P531 fault and qual-
ity recorder systems and numerical pro-
tection relays with IEC 60870-5-103
protocol
• Fully-automatic remote data transmis-
sion via dedicated line or telephone net-
work with dial-up modem at a max.
speed of 57,600 bit/s (connection also
via ISDN) or Ethernet
• Network of several evaluation PCs (also
in client-server mode), DAKON and
SIMEAS R via LAN or WAN (TCP/IP)
and therefore output on one or more
power-system printers
• Fully-automatic display on the monitor
or output of fault records - in the form
of a sine wave or r.m.s. value curve (real
r.m.s. value) - on printers and output of
event logs
• Archiving of a large quantity of data
with embedded database system
Evaluation functions
• Comfortable graphic evaluation pro-
gram for analyzing recorded data, with
extensive zoom functions, variable scal-
ing, print preview.
• Computation of various line variables
for the cursor position, e.g. impedance,
reactance, active power, reactive power,
apparent power, harmonics, peak r.m.s.
values, voltage symmetry, etc.
• Filtering function for signals from pro-
tection relays
13
• Function for automatic creation of a
power balance and tables for evaluating
power quality
Optional functions
• DIAGNOSE: for automatic analysis of
faults in the power system
• SICARO PQ: for automatic power
quality analysis
• COMTRADE: Import and export of
data according to the IEEE Comtrade
standard.
13/95
 13 Power Quality / OSCOP P
Application
OSCOP P system program
OSCOP P is a PC program for retrieving
and processing of records made with the
SIMEAS R digital fault and power quality
recorder, the SIMEAS Q power quality
recorder, or with numerical protection re-
lays using the IEC 60870-5-103 protocol.
The following tasks can be performed
manually or automatically using OSCOP P:
• Retrieving measurement data from con-
nected devices and storing it in the data-
base
• Evaluation of data
• Visualization of results
• Output of results via a fax or printer
• Archiving of records
Appropriate installation of the OSCOP P
on application- specific PC hardware en-
ables the fault recorder system to perform
its task without interruption.
DAKON PC
A number of devices (SIMEAS R,
SIMEAS Q, protection relays) can be
connected to a data concentrator PC
(called the DAKON PC). A DAKON PC
can collect the required data and automati-
cally pass them on to a server PC.
Server PC
A number of DAKON PCs can be con-
nected to one server PC. Data from the
server PC can be retrieved and evaluated
by several connected client PCs.
One server PC can pass on the collected
data to a higher- level server PC.
Evaluation PC
A number of DAKON PCs, SIMEAS Rs
and SIMEAS Qs can be connected to one
evaluation PC. This configuration is pri-
marily for local parameterization and data
13 evaluation. An evaluation PC can also be
installed in the office and connected to a
DAKON PC or server PC.
Client PC
A client PC is connected to a server PC and
is used for data evaluation. The client PC
cannot pass on data to higher-level PCs.
Client-server network
All the above PCs can be interconnected
via an Ethernet protocol. This ensures fast
data exchange, e.g. between the PCs in sev-
eral substations and a central server.
13/96
Data transfer
The remote data transfer between the PC
and the connected units can be fully auto-
matic. Here are some examples of possible
communication links:
• Direct link, e.g. connection of numerical
protection relays to an RS232 interface
via a star coupler
• Connection of SIMEAS R and
SIMEAS Q units via an analog or ISDN
modem and public telephone network
• Networking of several evaluation PCs,
DAKON PCs, server PCs and SIMEAS R
via the Ethernet with the TCP/IP proto-
col.
Automatic operation
OSCOP P can be parameterized to perform
many tasks either manually or automati-
cally. Complete automation
of tasks – such as retrieving data, evalua-
tion, on-screen display, printing and faxing
– can reduce the user's work-load.
Addressing a device specifically and analyz-
ing its data can also be performed manu-
ally.
Evaluation program
The evaluation program allows simulta-
neous display of any number of curves in
any combination. Easy-to-use zoom func-
tions, grid lines, several measuring cursors
and additional calculations for diverse
power system variables enable optimum
evaluation of power system faults. Via the
clipboard function, extracts from records
can be re-used for a report in nearly all
Windows applications, for example MS
Word.
Peripheral equipment
OSCOP P can address all peripheral de-
vices such as printers and faxes supported
by the operating system.
Data processing
OSCOP P can perform the tasks of collect-
ing data, writing it to the database, evaluat-
ing it, visualizing it, printing it and faxing it.
This ensures uninterrupted functioning of
the installed fault recorder system without
intervention by maintenance personnel.
Supplementary functions (options)
DIAGNOSE (fault locator)
The optional “DIAGNOSE” software mod-
ule performs automatic analysis of the fault
records of power transmission and distri-
bution lines. This function serves to com-
pute a fault location on the line.
The result is presented in clear text. As part
of the parameterization, the line can be di-
vided into several segments to facilitate
fault localization (applies to one-end cal-
culation only). If the current and voltages
of a parallel line are recorded, the inductive
effect is automatically taken into account.
If the data relating to a fault are available at
both ends of a transmission line, the fault
location can be determined more accu-
rately from two sources. When parameter-
ized accordingly, and with automatic data
transfer, these functions are performed au-
tomatically. If desired, the results are logi-
cally linked to the fault record and
automatically printed or displayed on the
monitor. Power system faults can be fil-
tered selectively to save time. Experts can
then concentrate their efforts on more
complex events.
Importing and exporting data
The additional “data import” function per-
mits processing of events that have been
recorded by devices of other manufactur-
ers in OSCOP P. These data must be in
Comtrade or ASCII format. The data are
imported by OSCOP P and are available
for further processing.
The additional “export” function can pro-
vide from the SIMEAS R in the above for-
mat to other programs.
Supplementary functions (cont’d)
SICARO PQ analysis of power quality
This software package permits analysis of
SIMEAS R measurement data (r.m.s volt-
age and current, frequency, THD, active
and reactive power, etc.) based on the
power quality standard EN 50160 or freely
definable limits. The measured values are
automatically compared with the set-
points and evaluated. After analysis, a re-
port is automatically generated by the soft-
ware, its structure and layout having been
predefined by the user. It is also possible to
convert the completed report to HTML
format. In this format the report can be
easily sent via e-mail. The HTML report
can be visualized and printed out using an
Internet browser. SICARO PQ also permits
analysis of data measured by SIMEAS Q
quality recorders. In conjunction with
OSCOP P, measured values can be re-
trieved and analyzed automatically. The
SICARO PQ software package is also avail-
able as single license software, permitting
power quality analysis even without an
OSCOP P license. However, automated
operation is then not supported and the
data required for power quality analysis
must be provided in files.
Siemens SIP · 2004
 13 Power Quality / OSCOP P

Features

Parameterization
One important component of the
parameterization is the definition of the
network topology, followed by assignment
of devices. The communication structure
with individual devices and other PCs
must then be configured in the OSCOP P
program. When these steps have been per-
formed each individual device can then be
parameterized.
Definition of network topology
− Region(s)
− Substation(s)

SR13118.tif
− Feeder(s)
− Followed by assignment of each device to
a region, substation, feeder and voltage Fig. 13/118
level Assignment of devices to feeders and substations

Type of communication link to the PC per

device:
− Null modem (direct link)
− Dedicated line modem
− Analog modem, including telephone
number
− ISDN modem, including ISDN number
− Ethernet link (LAN / WAN), including
TCP/IP number
− X.25 network, including X.25 address

Device password:
− For each SIMEAS R
− For each protection relay
SR13119c.eps

Serial PC interfaces per device

− Address (in the PC)
− Baud rate Fig. 13/119
− Number of data bits Connection parameters
− Number of stop bits
− Parity

13
SR13120.tif

Fig. 13/120 Parameters for SIMEAS R/system control

Siemens SIP · 2004 13/97

 13 Power Quality / OSCOP P

Features

Parameterization (cont’d)
Program password
Depending on the requirements, different
rights can be assigned to each user. This
ensures coordinated parameterization of
devices. The intention is to avoid non-har-
monized parameterization of identical de-
vices from different PCs.
The following access rights can be assigned:
a) Access to all functions is permitted
b)PC parameterization is disabled
c) Device parameterization and diagnosis
are disabled, plus b)
d)All delete functions are disabled, plus c)
e) Retrieving data from lower-level PCs is
Fig. 13/121
disabled, plus d)
SIMEAS R parameters/fault recorder/trigger settings
Storage of files / data base:
− Name of drive for storing the data
− Limitation of the database in Mbytes
Language setting for user interface
− English
− German
− French
− Spanish
− Italian
Parameterization of the SIMEAS R digital
fault and power quality recorder
− Device designation
− Short identification of a measurement
channel
− Channel legend
− Measuring range of a measurement
channel
Fig. 13/122
− Dimension of a measurement channel
SIMEAS R parameters/power/frequency recorder
− Color of a measurement channel
− System time
− Storage capacity per recording function
− Transmission type (ASCII or binary)
− Local printer
Activation of the functions
13
− Fault recorder
− Power and frequency recorder
− Mean value and power quality recorder
− Voltage dip and flicker
− Event recorder
− Report printer
• Parameterization of the fault record
− Trigger values
− Pre-fault recording
− Recording times Fig. 13/123
− Trigger disable Parameters of the output devices

13/98 Siemens SIP · 2004

 13 Power Quality / OSCOP P

Features

Parameters for automatic functions

Fault recordings can be automatically dis-
played on the screen, printed, faxed and
exported in a predefined format.
Printing
− Fault records on/off per device
− R.m.s. value curve or sine wave per
device
− Number of curves per sheet
− Max. number of sheets
− Time scale
− Amplitude scale
− Color display on/off
− Event log on/off per device
Fax transmission Fig. 13/124
Sequence control system of automatic mode
− Telephone number for each fax terminal
− Designation of the fax terminal
− Assignment of a device to the fax termi-
nal
− Fault record on/off per device
− R.m.s. value curve or sine waves per
device
− Event log on/off per device
Display on the monitor
− Fault records on/off per device
− R.m.s. value curve or sine waves per
device
− Event log on/off per device
Diagnostic function (option)
− Diagnostic function on/off per device
− Print-out on/off per device
Fig. 13/125
− Output on monitor on/off per device Zoomed display of the current and voltage of a phase (with grid lines)
Export functions (ASCII, Comtrade)
− On/off per data type and device
− Indication of target drive and directory

13

Fig. 13/126
R.m.s. value of a three-pole fault

Siemens SIP · 2004 13/99

 13 Power Quality / OSCOP P

Features

Automatic and manual data transfer

One or more SIMEAS Rs can be connected
to a DAKON PC or server PC. Data trans-
fer may be manual or automatic. A server
PC retrieves the data either directly from
the SIMEAS R or via a DAKON PC. Here
are some examples of settings for data
transfer.
Automatic data transfer
− Interrogation of all or selected systems
− Continuous operation via all available

SR13127.tif
communications channels
− Time-controlled operation
− Transfer of header data with event infor-
mation only
Fig. 13/127
− Transfer of r.m.s value curve of DAKON Example of a measurement by cursor with vector diagram
PC only
− Transfer of diagnosis result of DAKON
PC only
− Transfer of a combination of the r.m.s
value curve or sine wave with the results
of diagnosis
− Matching of the parameters between
SIMEAS R, DAKON PC and OSCOP P
Manual sorting of records/ filtering func-
tion:
− Sorting by region
− Sorting by substation
− Sorting by voltage level
− Sorting by cause of recording
− Sorting by date and time
SR13128.tif

− Header data transfer

− Measurement data transfer
− Local print-out of events Fig. 13/128
− Local deletion of events Example of diagnosis results
− Deletion of all manual starts
− Directory of all events
− Retrieve diagnosis results of DAKON PC
− Retrieve r.m.s value curve of DAKON PC
− Measuring signals (sine wave)
− Combination of measuring signal and
r.m.s value curve with diagnosis results
13 − Interrogation of the status of SIMEAS R
and DAKON PC
SR13129.tif

Fig. 13/129
Example of a protection relay event log

13/100 Siemens SIP · 2004


Features
Evaluation
Selection of the recording
Extensive filtering function covering re-
gion, substation, voltage level, feeder, date
and time window, type of event, type of
device, etc.
− All or selected channels
− Mixing of different systems and channels
− Changing the channel designation
− Changing the color of a channel
Display
− R.m.s value curve
− Instantaneous value curve (sine wave)
− Computed phase-to-phase voltages as in-
stantaneous or r.m.s value
− Instantaneous values with grid lines
− Instantaneous values of several superim-
posed curves each with scaling
− Computed differential quotient (∆M/∆t)
as a curve with time interval settable
from 1ms to 99999 s
− Computed relative deviation (∆M/M) as
a curve
− Computed absolute deviation (∆M) as a
curve
Zoom function
(positive and negative)
− Amplitude and time axis
− General zoom
− Channel-specific zoom
(for enlarging very small individual
signals)
− Window zoom (magnifying function)
− Horizontal zoom
− Vertical zoom
Moving individually selected channels
− In x-direction
− In y-direction
− In x- and y-directions
Siemens SIP · 2004
Measuring
− Eight measuring value cursors for instan-
taneous value and time (including differ-
ences between the cursors)
− Trigger line (can also be used as a mea-
suring value cursor)
− Data records can be moved from the
value window to the clipboard and can
then be integrated in a report.
Computation with reference to the cursor
position
Calculation of all values is updated with
cursor movements
− Amplitudes and r.m.s values
− Phase angle and power factor (p.f.)
(cos ϕ) relative to any channel
− Impedance and reactance between one
phase and earth
− Impedance and reactance between two
phases
− Active, reactive and apparent power; sin-
gle or three-phase
− Voltage symmetry
− Vector diagram with selected curves (one
curve is defined as the reference)
− 1st to 21st order harmonics and DC
components as percentage or r.m.s value
− Total harmonic distortion
Print-out of the r.m.s value curves
− Print layout corresponding to the win-
dow contents on the monitor
− Complete print-out from the beginning
to the end of recording
13 Power Quality / OSCOP P
Print-out of the instantaneous value curve
− Print layout corresponding to the win-
dow contents on the monitor (full
graphic resolution, no hardcopy)
− Complete print-out from the beginning
to the end of the recording
− Print-out of the instantaneous value
curve, including the computed curves
(e.g. calculation of the phase-to-phase
voltages from the phase-to-earth volt-
ages)
− Print-out of all initially selected curves
between two cursors
− All computed values in table form
− Vector diagrams
To transfer the window contents to other
Windows applications with the highest
possible graphic resolution, the clipboard
function of the Windows operating system
is used. A typical example is writing a re-
port using a word processing program (for
example MS Word).
Printing
On printers (also color) supported by the
Windows operating system:
− All system parameters
− All curves
− All event logs
− All computed values
− All tables and
− Vector diagrams
Automatic print-out and display on the
monitor
For the various possibilities, see parameters
for the automatic functions
Measured-value and parameter files
• Import and export of measured-value
and parameter files from diskette or hard
disk
• Annotation of measured- value files with
comments
13
13/101
 13 Power Quality / OSCOP P
Method of operation
DIAGNOSE with fault-locating function for
transmission lines (option)
The optional DIAGNOSE software package
is used with OSCOP P for calculating fault
locations on a transmission line after a
short-circuit. DIAGNOSE is software that
supports the user in routine work. This
module provides extensive setting options
to calculate the fault location as accurately
as possible.
Line segments
This module permits entry of several line
segments, to take account of their differing
properties, e.g. overhead line and buried
cable segments.
Parallel lines
In the event of a fault on a line, the abso-
lute error of the calculated fault location
may be substantial if the inductive cou-
pling of the parallel line is not taken into
account. If the parameters of a parallel line
are known, it is possible to improve the
accuracy of the calculated fault location
with correct parameterization of the
DIAGNOSE program.
Double-end computation of the fault
location
If the current and voltage signals of a line
are registered at both ends by different
SIMEAS Rs during a short-circuit, the fault
location can be computed by evaluating
both recordings. This calculation usually
leads to a more accurate fault location.Ap-
propriate parameterization of the substa-
tion and device assignment activates
double-end computation.
Results
The result is output as an absolute value in
km and as impedance in ohms. The fault
type (e.g. phase L1-L2) is assigned to the
measured-value files with a distance in km.
On request, the peak and r.m.s values with
phase angle are specified before and during
13 the fault and the active, reactive and appar-
ent power before, during and after the
fault. The diagnostic result is displayed on
the screen in clear text or output on the
printer. With appropriate parameterization
the result can be faxed via a DAKON PC or
server PC. The explanatory component is
implemented as a graphic curve display.
Besides the fault location, time data con-
cerning rapid auto- reclosure (RAR) and
automatic reclosures (ARC) are stated.
13/102
Accuracy Additional function:
For one-end fault localization, the error is SICARO PQ analysis of power system qual-
typically 5 % with correct parameterization ity (option)
and low-resistance short-circuits. The al- SICARO PQ permits automated analysis of
gorithm used provides data about the ac- data and also generates an analysis report.
curacy of the fault location calculation The criteria for the evaluation of the analy-
(reliability data in %). sis are limit values specified in the
Parameters for the diagnostic module EN 50160 standard. This standard is preset,
but analysis on the basis of applica-
The following parameters can be defined
tion-specific limit values is also possible.
for the diagnostic module:
• Rated frequency Networking of evaluation stations
• Single or parallel line OSCOP P expansion level “Server” permits
• One or two-end calculation of the fault design of a network of evaluation stations
locations (only if recording devices have via a LAN or WAN (TCP/IP). In this case,
been installed at both ends) a server PC or a DAKON PC is used as the
• Number of line segments (for one-end server. All fault events of the connected
calculation only) fault recorders or numerical protection re-
• Line length per segment lays (IEC 60870-5-103) are read into the
(for one-end calculation only) database and archived by this server.
• Positive sequence impedance per seg- OSCOP P can then run on any number of
ment client PCs within the network (10 licenses
• Negative sequence impedance per seg- are possible in the basic version).
ment
• Allocation of the feeder currents to the Due to the fact that OSCOP P is installed
respective voltages completely at each workstation, autono-
mous data archiving is possible throughout
Several parameter sets are possible per line; a company, e.g. according to different ar-
for example, the different line parameters eas of responsibility.
for single or parallel line calculation.
Changeover is performed manually.
The diagnostic software works either auto-
matically or manually.
Data required for a single line:
− Phase currents L1, L2, L3
− Phase-to-earth voltages VL1, VL2, VL3
Data required for a parallel line:
− Phase currents L1, L2, L3 per line
− Phase-to-earth voltages VL1, VL2, VL3
from busbar or per line
Additional function:
Import and export of data (option)
With this additional module, all fault
events can be imported and exported in a
standard format complying with the inter-
national IEEE standard (Comtrade or
ASCII format). This allows import of fault
events from another device or system for
processing with OSCOP P. Fault events ex-
ported according to this standard can be
used for testing numerical protection re-
lays with the aid of appropriate equipment.
Siemens SIP · 2004
 13 Power Quality / OSCOP P

Configuration information

Operating system
− Windows 98 SE
− (DAKON 98 only)
− Windows NT 4.0
− Windows 2000
− Windows XP Professional

Hardware requirements
Evaluation PC / Client PC
− Personal computer, 500 MHz processor
or better
− RAM 128 Mbytes
− Hard disk, recommended minimum
10 Gbytes
− Color graphic card VGA or S-VGA
− Printers supported by the Windows op-
erating system
− Mouse / keyboard for operation
− Network card as required
DAKON PC / Server PC
− Personal computer, 2 GHz processor or
better
− RAM 512 Mbytes
− Hard disk, recommended minimum
40 Gbytes
− Network card as required
− Color graphic card VGA or S-VGA
− Printers supported by the Windows op-
erating system
− Mouse / keyboard for operation

13

Siemens SIP · 2004 13/103

 13 Power Quality / OSCOP P

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

OSCOP P 6.40 system program 1)
7KE6010 –1oooo - oooo
For evaluation PC
Level 1, with database for a max. of 1 device A 0 B
Level 2, with database for a max. of 5 devices B 0 B
Level 3, with database for a max. of 10 devices C 0 B
Level 4, with database for a max. of 1000 devices D 0 B
Devices: SIMEAS R, OSCILLOSTORE P531,
protection relay with IEC 60870-5-103 protocol,
and unlimited number of SIMEAS Q

For DAKON XP
Level 5, with database for a max. of 1000 devices
with IEC 60870-5-103 protocol for communication
with numerical protection relays. (Devices: see above) E 0 B

For Server PC + 10 Clients

Level 6 with database for a max. of 1000 devices
network server including 10 clients
with IEC 60870-5-107 protocol for communication
with numerical protection relays. (Devices: see above) F

Additional function 1
With diagnosis software fault locator A
Without B

Additional function 2
With Comtrade import and export function
for disturbance records in accordance with the
IEEE Comtrade standard 1
Without 0

Additional function 3
With SICARO PQ for network quality analysis
in accordance with EN 50160 and IEC 1000-2-2 1
Without 0

Additional function 4 (For Server PC only)

With SICAM archive including the additional function 22) 1
Without 0

Additional function 5 (For Server PC only)

With Comtrade archive including the additional function 22) A
Without B

Manual
German A
English B
French C
Spanish D
13 Italian E

Supplied on the following data media:

On CD-ROM
(including manual in printed form and in the corresponding language) 0

1) The version 6.40 is not released for

DAKON 98.
The version 6.40 is only released for
WIN 2000 & WIN XP.
2) The application of this function
must be clarified with the Product
Management before ordering.

13/104 Siemens SIP · 2004

 13 Power Quality / OSCOP P

Selection and ordering data Description Order No. Order

Code
OSCOP P 6.40 dongle-free version 7KE6010-2AA00 - 0Aoo-Z X01
For users with a license agreement
for the dongle-free version.
The order is only valid if a copy of the signed
license agreement is sent to the factory.

Manual
German A
English B
French C
Spanish D
Italian E

Supplied on the following data media:

On CD-ROM 0

Description Order No.

OSCOP P upgrade 6x
Upgrade of an existing dongle-connected, OSCOP P license
(version 6.1 or higher) to a higher level. Scope of delivery comprises
a software to reprogram the dongle for OSCOP P.
No dongle will be supplied.
An OSCOP P update (CD) or a manual must be ordered
separately, if required. When placing a purchase order,
please always submit the serial number of the original OSCOP P license.

Upgrade to a higher level 7KE6010 –3Aoo

Level 1 to Level 2 A
Level 1 to Level 3 B
Level 1 to Level 4 C
Level 1 to Level 5 D
Level 1 to Level 6 E

Level 2 to Level 3 F
Level 2 to Level 4 G
Level 2 to Level 5 H
Level 2 to Level 6 J

Level 3 to Level 4 K
Level 3 to Level 5 L
Level 3 to Level 6 M

Level 4 to Level 5 N
Level 4 to Level 6 P

Level 5 to Level 6 Q
13
Supplied on the following data media:
On 3½ inch floppy disks 1

Siemens SIP · 2004 13/105

 13 Power Quality / OSCOP P

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

1)
OSCOP P update 6.40
Update for the version 6.1 / 6.3 / 6.40
to the current version of 6.40
Dongle-connected version
Only for users with an existing license agreement for OSCOP P 6.1 / 6.3 / 6.40
Supplied without dongle, manual on documentation CD

Current version of OSCOP P 6.40 on CD C53207-A409-D997-1

Dongle-free version
Only for users with an existing license agreement
for the dongle-free version of OSCOP P 6.1 / 6.3 / 6.40
Supplied with manual on documentation CD

Current version of OSCOP P 6.40 on CD C53207-A409-D998-1

OSCOP P update 6.3

Update of an older version of 6.1 / 6.3
to the current version 6.3
Dongle-connected version
Only for users with an existing license
agreement for the OSCOP P 6.1.x/6.3.x
Supplied without dongle, manual on documentation CD

Current version of OSCOP P 6.3.xx on 3 1/2 inch floppy disks C53207-A409-D993-1

Current version of OSCOP P 6.3.xx on CD C53207-A409-D994-1

Dongle-free version
Only for users with an existing license agreement
for the dongle-free version of OSCOP P 6.1.x/6.3.x
Supplied with manual on documentation CD

Current version of OSCOP P 6.3.x on 3 1/2 inch floppy disks C53207-A409-D995-1

Current version of OSCOP P 6.3.x on CD C53207-A409-D996-1

OSCOP P update 6.1

Dongle-connected version
Only for users with an existing license
agreement for the OSCOP P 6.1.x
Supplied without dongle, manual on documentation CD

Current version of OSCOP P 6.1.x on 3 1/2 inch floppy disks C53207-A409-D984-1

Current version of OSCOP P 6.1.x on CD C53207-A409-D985-1

Dongle-free version
Only for users with an existing license agreement
for the dongle-free version of OSCOP P 6.1.xx
Supplied with manual on documentation CD

Current version of OSCOP P 6.1.x on 3 1/2 inch floppy disks C53207-A409-D986-1 13

Current version of OSCOP P 6.1.x on CD C53207-A409-D987-1

Manual
A manual is always supplied when ordering OSCOP P

German E50417-H1000-C170-A2
Italian E50417-H1072-C170-A2
English E50417-H1076-C170-A2
French E50417-H1077-C170-A2
Spanish E50417-H1078-C170-A2

1) The version 6.40 is not released for

DAKON 98
The version 6.40 is released for the
operating system WIN2000 & WIN XP.

Siemens SIP · 2004 13/107

 13 Power Quality / OSCOP P

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

1)
OSCOP P update 6.40
Update for the version 6.1 / 6.3 / 6.40
to the current version of 6.40
Dongle-connected version
Only for users with an existing license agreement for OSCOP P 6.1 / 6.3 / 6.40
Supplied without dongle, manual on documentation CD

Current version of OSCOP P 6.40 on CD C53207-A409-D997-1

Dongle-free version
Only for users with an existing license agreement
for the dongle-free version of OSCOP P 6.1 / 6.3 / 6.40
Supplied with manual on documentation CD

Current version of OSCOP P 6.40 on CD C53207-A409-D998-1

OSCOP P update 6.3

Update of an older version of 6.1 / 6.3
to the current version 6.3
Dongle-connected version
Only for users with an existing license
agreement for the OSCOP P 6.1.x/6.3.x
Supplied without dongle, manual on documentation CD

Current version of OSCOP P 6.3.xx on 3 1/2 inch floppy disks C53207-A409-D993-1

Current version of OSCOP P 6.3.xx on CD C53207-A409-D994-1

Dongle-free version
Only for users with an existing license agreement
for the dongle-free version of OSCOP P 6.1.x/6.3.x
Supplied with manual on documentation CD

Current version of OSCOP P 6.3.x on 3 1/2 inch floppy disks C53207-A409-D995-1

Current version of OSCOP P 6.3.x on CD C53207-A409-D996-1

Dongle-connected version
Only for users with an existing license
agreement for the OSCOP P 6.1.x
Supplied without dongle, manual on documentation CD

Current version of OSCOP P 6.1.x on 3 1/2 inch floppy disks C53207-A409-D984-1

Current version of OSCOP P 6.1.x on CD C53207-A409-D985-1

Dongle-free version
Only for users with an existing license agreement
for the dongle-free version of OSCOP P 6.1.xx
Supplied with manual on documentation CD

Current version of OSCOP P 6.1.x on 3 1/2 inch floppy disks C53207-A409-D986-1 13

Current version of OSCOP P 6.1.x on CD C53207-A409-D987-1

Manual
A manual is always supplied when ordering OSCOP P

German E50417-H1000-C170-A2
Italian E50417-H1072-C170-A2
English E50417-H1076-C170-A2
French E50417-H1077-C170-A2
Spanish E50417-H1078-C170-A2

1) The version 6.40 is not released for

DAKON 98
The version 6.40 is released for the
operating system WIN2000 & WIN XP.

Siemens SIP · 2004 13/107

13

13/108 Siemens SIP · 2004

Relay Communication
Equipment
Table of contents see next page

14
 Contents Page
7XV5101 RS232 - FO Connector Modules 14/3
7XV5103 RS485 Bus System up to 115 kBaud 14/5
7XV5104 Bus Cables for Time Synchronization 14/9
7XV5105 Bus Cable for Time Synchronization (for 7SD5 Relays) 14/11
7XV5300 Star coupler 14/13
7XV5450 Mini Star-Coupler 14/15
7XV5451 Optical Repeater 14/19
7XV5452 Optical Repeater 820/1300 nm up to 8.5 km 14/23
7XV5461 Two-Channel Serial Optical Repeater 14/25
7XV5550 Active Mini Star - Coupler 14/29
7XV5650/5651 RS485 - FO Converter 14/33
7XV5652 RS232 - FO Converter 14/37
7XV5653 Two - Channel Binary Transducer 14/41
7XV5662 Communication Converter for X.21/RS422 and G.703.1 14/45
7XV5662 Communication Converters for ISDN Lines 14/49
7XV5662 Communication Converter for Pilot Wires 14/51
7XV5662 Temperature Monitoring Box 14/55
7XV5664 GPS/DFC77 Time Synchronization Receiver 14/59
7XV57 RS232 - RS485 Converter 14/61
7XV5800 Industrial Modems 14/65
7XV5850/51 Ethernet Modems 14/67

14

14/2 Siemens SIP · 2004

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5101

7XV5101
RS232-FO Connector Modules

LSP2029-afp.tif

LSP2030-afp.tif

LSP2032-afp.tif
Fig. 14/1 Fig. 14/2 Fig. 14/3

Fig. 14/1
Connector modules/adapters 7XV5101-0A
Fig. 14/2
Connector modules/adapters 7XV5101-0B
Fig. 14/3
Elbow plugs 7XV5101-8A / 7XV5101-8B

Elbow plug 7XV5101-8

Description
Connector modules 7XV5101
Optical connection of protection relays
with an electrical (non-isolated) RS232
interface, e.g. to a star coupler, for central-
ized control is made possible with the
fiber-optic RS232 connector modules.
The 25-pin elbow plug allows an optical
connection to be established between the
protection relays and the star coupler or
active mini star- coupler via the operator
interface and fiber-optic connector mod-
ules. The front cover of the relay remains
closed.

Thus, further devices such as PCs or note- For the fiber-optic cables, a recess should
books, modems or serial data switches can be worked into the front panel frame so
be effectively protected against electromag- that the fiber-optic connector modules
netic interference. An appropriate connec- 7XV5101-0A can be conveniently placed
tor module is available for each of the underneath the front cover. The auxiliary
above-mentioned applications. These voltage is supplied from the protection
fiber-optic RS232 connector modules are relay at its serial interface from pin 9.
housed in a SUB-D plug casing and can be The elbow plug is available in two different
directly plugged into the respective inter- designs matching the different types of
faces of the pertaining devices. No further protection relays.
settings are required. In its normal posi-
tion, the optical interface is set to steady
light OFF. Data transmission is fully du-
plex and transparent. The optical interface
with FSMA connectors has an operational
wavelength of 820 nm and can reach dis-
tances of up to 1500 m with 62.5/125 µm
multi-mode FO cables.
14
The various designs differ from each other
in the number of pins (9 or 25 poles), in
the design of the connector (male or fe-
male) and in their mode of auxiliary volt-
age supply (pin 9 from device or plug-in
power supply unit (PSU). Further infor-
mation on application and design can be 1) Connector on the left; fiber-optic outlet
obtained from the selection and ordering down to the right.
data. 2) Connector on the right; fiber-optic outlet
on the left passing through the cover.

Siemens SIP · 2004 14/3

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5101

Technical data

7XV5101- 0A 0B 1B
Housing Plastics, metal-plated X X X
Dimensions 58 x 53 x 17 mm X X X
Dimensions 72 x 32 x 17 mm
1) 1)
Power supply + 5 V via pin 9 of the relay X
+ 5 V via female connector X X X
Plug-in PSU 220 V / 50 Hz (included in delivery) X X
Via external keyboard connector located at the notebook
Electrical interfaces V.24 /RS232 DCE (steady light OFF) X X
V.24 /RS232 DTE (steady light OFF) X
DTE / DCE switchable X X X
Pin assignment 2 = TxD, 3 = RxD, 5 = GND
Pin assignment 3 = TxD, 2 = RxD, 5 = GND
Pin assignment 2 = TxD, 3 = RxD, 7 = GND X
Pin assignment 2 = RxD, 3 = TxD, 7 = GND X X
Pin assignment 9 = + 5 V X X X
Bridge contact 4 - 5, 6 - 8 - 20 25-pin X X X
Bridge contact 7 - 8, 1 - 4 - 6 9-pin
Optical interfaces FSMA connector (screw-type) black = transmit, blue = receive X X X
FSMA connector (screw-type) T = transmit, R = receive
2)
Optical power 27 µW (- 15.7 dBm) X X X
2)
Sensitivity 1 µW (- 30 dBm) X X X
2)
Optical budget 7 dB (+ 3 dB backup) X X X
Wavelength 850 nm X X X
Transmission range 1500 m (with 62.5 µm multi-mode FO cable) X X X
800 m (with 50 µm multi-mode FO cable)
1) Not available for 7XV5101-0B version/BB and 7XV5101-1B version/BB.
2) Valid for 62.5 µm FO cable.

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7XV5101 fiber-optic connector module 820 nm - RS232 7XV5101-¨ ¨

25-pin male connector for relays (Vaux pin 9 without PSU) 0 A

25-pin male connector for modem (with PSU 230 V AC) 0 B
25-pin female connector for PC/notebook (with PSU 230 V AC) 1 B

14 Elbow plug to 7XV5101-0A connector module 7XV5101-oo

Angled towards long edge of relay connector 8 A

Angled towards short edge of relay connector 8 B

14/4 Siemens SIP · 2004

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5103

7XV5103
RS485 Bus Cable System up to 115 kbaud (not for PROFIBUS)

Function overview

• Direct connection of the SIPROTEC 4

protection units with RS485 interface to
the FO – RS485 converter 7XV5650
• Adaptor/cable for compact protection
units, e. g. 7SJ600, 7SD600, 7RW600
• 4 cable lengths from 1 to 10 m
LSP2396-afp.tif • Shielded twisted pair cables with 9-pin
SUB-D connectors
• Metal plug casings with mechanical
strain relief of the cable connections
• Compact plugs
• Baud rates of up to 115 kbaud
• Maximum extension of the bus up to
1000 m within the boundaries of an
earthing system.
Fig. 14/4 RS485 bus cable system • Bus termination with termination plug
with integrated 220 Ω resistor.

Description

Due to its relatively high immunity against

interference, the RS485 bus, a cost-effec-
tive, half-duplex communication system, is
increasingly applied in the utility corpora-
tions. Whereas previously it was mainly
used in industry for monitoring and con-
trol purposes, it is now also often used in
substations for control and protection pur-
poses. Here, protocols such as DIGSI,
IEC 60870-5-103 or VDEW, are used with
baud rates of up to 115 kbaud to connect a
master with up to 31 slaves via a shielded
twisted wire pair (bus connection). Under
ideal conditions, the length of this bus may
be up to 1000 m. A prerequisite is that the
bus is installed correctly, that appropriate
cables and plug connectors are used, and
that the bus is terminated correctly. De-
vices with different termination methods
require special adapters to achieve the
highest degree of immunity against inter-
ference. The RS485 bus system 7XV5103 is
specially matched to the mentioned re-
quirements of our control and protection
product range.
14

Siemens SIP · 2004 14/5

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5103

Application

The 9-pin male connector of the Y-bus ca-

ble M1 always comes from the direction of
the master, and provides the connection to
the slaves via the 1, 3, 5 or 10 meter long ca-
ble and the 9-pin male connector M2. At
the M2 plug, a 20 cm long cable with 9-pin
female connector F3 is provided for exten-
sion of the bus. The compact protection
units, e. g. 7SJ600, are connected via the
adaptor cable 7XV5103-2AA00 with female
connector F2 or directly with an RS485 con-
verter 7XV5103-3AA00. Following the last
unit, the bus is terminated with bus termi-
nating resistor connector 7XV5103-0AA00
fitted to the F3 connector.
Fig. 14/5 Protection units connected to the RS485 bus

Notes on the RS485 bus

The housings of all slaves connected to the
bus must be effectively earthed to a com-
mon earthing system to avoid dangerous
currents flowing via the cable shield of the
bus due to earth potential differences.
Larger distances, particularly to other
buildings, should preferably be bridged
with FO cables connected via converters
(e. g. 7XV5651).
The RS485 bus must be radially configured
(as in Fig. 14/5), i. e. no spur connections
from the bus to the connected slaves are al-
lowed, as this would correspond to a star
configuration, which would have severe
negative effects on the performance.
The bus must be terminated at the first de-
vice (in general, this is the master), and at
the last device, with a bus terminating re-
sistor of 220 ohm, to avoid interference
due to reflection. No terminating resistors
may be fitted in between.
As up to 32 devices (including master) are
all communicating on the RS485 bus, they
must all be set to the same baud rate and
data format. Each slave must have a differ-
ent device address. Within the system, only
one master may be active, and only one
slave may respond.

14

14/6 Siemens SIP · 2004

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5103

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7XV5103 RS485 bus system up to 115 kbaud 7XV5103-0AA¨¨
RS485 Y-bus cable
Twisted pair with 9-pin SUB-D connectors
Length 1 m 0 1
Length 3 m 0 3
Length 5 m 0 5
Length 10 m 1 0

RS485 bus extension cable 7XV5103-1AA¨¨

Twisted pair with 9-pin SUB-D connectors
Length 10 m 1 0
Length 20 m 2 0
Length 30 m 3 0
Length 40 m 4 0
Length 50 m 5 0

Adaptor RS485 7XV5103-¨AA00

Shielded cable with twisted wire pairs with crimp lugs/9-pin SUB-D connector
for units with terminals or compact protection units, e. g. 7SJ600, 7SD6 etc. 2
RS485 adapter with 9-pin SUB-D connector for mounting
with terminals on compact protection units, e. g. 7SJ600, 7SD6 etc. 3
Bus termination connector 220 Ω, 9-pin SUB-D connector 5

RS485 copper cable 7XV5103-7AAoo

For connection between the 7XV5662-oAD10 thermo-box
and SIPROTEC 4 units (port C or port D with RS485 interface)
Length 5 m 0 5
Length 25 m 2 5
Length 50 m 5 0

14

Siemens SIP · 2004 14/7

14

14/8 Siemens SIP · 2004

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5104

7XV5104
Bus Cable for Time Synchronization
Function overview

• Opto-electrical solution for SIPROTEC

4 devices with IRIG-B interface (Port A)
• Direct connection of SIPROTEC 4 de-
vices with IRIG-B interface to sync.-
transceiver 7XV5654

LSP2506.tif
• Adapter/cable for cascading and match-
ing to other converters
• 4 orderable cable lengths from 1 m to
10 m
Fig. 14/6 RS485 bus system
• 2-core, twisted and shielded cable with
9-pin SUB-D connectors
• Metal plug connector casings with fix-
ing screws and strain relief for cable
connections
• Compact dimensions of the plugs
• Max. extent of electrical bus 20 m
within building

Description

The evaluation of fault records, operational

alarms and fault signals calls for millisec-
ond-accurate determination of the abso-
lute time. The SIPROTEC 4 units have an
internal clock on a quartz basis, which de-
viates from the normal time after a while.
Radio clocks are therefore used for precise
synchronization; they set the clocks in the
devices via time signals or protocols such
as DCF77 or IRIG-B. All the devices are
connected in parallel with an electrical bus,
so that all of them receive the time infor-
mation at the same time at Port A. By
means of the prefabricated bus cables and
adapters 7XV5104 the SIPROTEC 4 units
can be connected via their IRIG-B interface
directly to the sync.-transceiver 7XV5654.
The maximum length of the electrical bus
when prefabricated cables are used is
20 m. Relevant applications are described
in the manual for the sync.-transceiver
7XV5654.

14

Siemens SIP · 2004 14/9

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5104

Application

Notes on the IRIG-B bus

In this system solution only the 24 V DC
time synchronization inputs of the
SIPROTEC 4 units are used (see below).
7XV5105 cables are available for synchro-
nizing the differential protection relays
with an additional seconds pulse.
The housings of all bus users must be prop-
erly mutually earthed, as otherwise danger- Fig. 14/7
ous earth potential currents can flow via the
bus cable shield.

Typical applications
The 9-pin male connector of the Y-bus ca-
ble S1 always comes from the direction of
the radio clock or sync.-transceiver and
provides via the 1, 3, 5 or 10 m cable and
the 9-pin male connector the connection
to the first and subsequent bus devices. At
connector S2 a 9-pin female connector B3
is provided (on a 20 m long cable) to ex-
tend the bus. If more than six SIPROTEC 4
units are to be connected to the
sync.-transceiver 7XV5654, the adapter
7XV5104-3AA00 splits the connection X1
of the sync.-transceiver into two buses for
a maximum of 6 units each. (For typical
applications see 7XV5654 manual). Fig. 14/8
Connection of max. twelve SIPROTEC 4 units to the IRIG-B bus via prefabricated Y-bus cable

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

Y-connection cable IRIG-B / DCF77 7XV5104-0AA¨¨
Y-connection cable for SIPROTEC 4 unit with IRIG-B / DCF77 connection
and bus extension. Copper cable 2-wire, shielded, with 9-pin SUB-D connectors
Length 1 m 0 1
Length 3 m 0 3
Length 5 m 0 5
Length 10 m 1 0

Extension cable (copper)

Cable for the bus length extension. Copper cable 2-wire, shielded,
with 9-pin SUB-D connector
Length 10 m 7XV5104-1AA10

Adapter / accessories 7XV5104-oAA00

Adapter cable to sync.-transceiver 7KE6000-8Ax, length 0.3 m,
shielded, 2 wires with end sleeves to 9-pin SUB-D connector (female) 2
14 T-adapter cable to sync.-transceiver 7XV5654-0BA00
Splits connector X1 into 2 buses for max. six SIPROTEC 4 units per bus
9-pin SUB-D connector (male) to 2 x 9-pin SUB-D connector (female)
Copper cable 2-wire, shielded (length 0.3 m) 3

14/10 Siemens SIP · 2004

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5105

7XV5105
Bus Cable for Time Synchronization (for 7SD5 Relays)
Function overview

• Opto-electrical solution for SIPROTEC 4

7SD5 differential protection relays with
IRIG-B interface (Port A)
• Direct connection of 7SD5 protection
relays via IRIG-B interface to sync.-

LSP2506.tif
transceiver 7XV5654
• Transmission of time telegram and sec-
onds pulse at the same time
• 4 orderable cable lengths from 1 m to
Fig. 14/9 Y-cable 7XV5105
10 m
• 4-wire, twisted and shielded cable with
9-pin SUB-D connectors
• Metal plug connector casing of compact
dimensions, with fixing screw and
strain relief for cable connections
• Max. extent of electrical bus 20 m
within building

Description

The evaluation of fault records, operational

alarms and fault signals calls for a millisec-
ond-accurate absolute time stamp. The dif-
ferential protection relays have an internal
clock on a quartz basis, by means of which
the protection is normally synchronized.
In special applications, GPS radio clocks
are used to synchronize the 7SD5 differen-
tial protection relays with the absolute
time. These clocks send a time telegram to-
gether with a microsecond-accurate sec-
onds pulse, so that the transmission time
in both the sending and the receiving di-
rection can be precisely measured. All the
devices in each system are connected in
parallel via an electrical bus, so that all
devices receive the time information and
the seconds pulse at the same time. By
means of the prefabricated bus cables
7XV5105, the 7SD5 relays can be con-
nected via their IRIG-B interface (Port A)
directly to the sync.-transceiver 7XV5654.
The maximum length of the electrical bus
when the prefabricated cables are used is
20 m. Relevant applications are described
in the manual for the sync.-transceiver
14
7XV5654.

Siemens SIP · 2004 14/11

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5105

Application

Notes on the IRIG-B bus

In this system solution only the 24 V DC
time synchronization inputs (Port A) of
the SIPROTEC 4 protection relays are
used. 2-core 7XV5104 cables are available
for time synchronization of the SIPROTEC 4
protection relays without additional sec-
onds pulse.
The housings of all bus users must be prop- Fig. 14/10
erly mutually earthed, as otherwise danger-
ous earth potential currents can flow via the
bus cable shield.

Typical applications
The 9-pin male connector of the Y-bus ca-
ble S1 always comes from the direction of
the radio clock or sync.-transceiver and
provides via the 1, 3, 5 or 10 m cable and
the 9-pin male connector the connection
to the first and subsequent bus devices. At
connector S2 a 9-pin female connector B3
is provided (on a 20 m long cable) to ex-
tend the bus. If more than six SIPROTEC 4
units are to be connected to the radio
clock, up to 4 sync.-transceivers 7XV5654
can be connected, each with 6 protection
relays. (For typical applications see the
7XV5654 manual). Fig. 15/11
Connection of max. six SIPROTEC 4 protection relays 7SD5
to the IRIG-B bus via prefabricated Y-bus cable

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

Y-connection cable IRIG-B / DCF77 7XV5105-0AA¨¨
Y-connection cable for direct connection of a SIPROTEC 4 differential
protection relay with IRIG-B / DCF77 connection to sync.-transceiver 7XV5654
and bus extension. Copper cable 4-wire, shielded, with 9-pin SUB-D connectors
Length 1 m 0 1
Length 3 m 0 3
Length 5 m 0 5
Length 10 m 1 0

Extension cable (copper)

Cable for bus length extension. Copper cable with 4 wires, shielded
with 9-pin SUB-D connectors
Length 10 m 7XV5105-1AA10

14 Adapter / accessories
Adapter cable to two sync.-transceivers 7KE6000-8Ax, length 0.3 m
shielded, 2 wires with end sleeves to 9-pin SUB-D connector (female) 7XV5105-2AA00

14/12 Siemens SIP · 2004


7XV5300
Star Coupler
LSP2020-afp.tif
Fig. 14/12
Star coupler
Description
With this fiber-optic star coupler, the mes-
sages of the relay operating software DIGSI
or IEC 60870-5-103 protocol are distrib-
uted to all relays via a maximum of
30 fiber-optic interfaces. The transmitting
FO interface (FO port) of the star coupler’s
expansion unit is connected to the relay’s
receiving FO interface. Every message con-
tains an address so that only the corre-
sponding relay will answer. This relay now
sends the answer back to the operator PC
via the expansion module’s receiving FO
interface and the main module’s transmit-
ting FO interface.
Siemens SIP · 2004
14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5300
Function overview
• Up to 30 SIPROTEC relays can be re-
motely operated via fiber-optic cables
• The smallest assembly unit consists
of a main module including a power
supply unit (PSU) and an expansion
module with 3 FO interfaces
• Up to 9 additional expansion modules
can be installed later, making commu-
nication via 30 FO interfaces possible
• The star-coupler is cascadable
• All fiber-optic interfaces (full duplex)
have FSMA connectors and the
steady-light indication can be set to ON
or OFF individually (manufacturer’s
presetting: “OFF”)
• An RS232 interface with a 9-pin SUB-D
miniature connector allows the relays
also to be operated locally
• The fiber-optic interface on the main
module is inactive when the RS232 in-
terface is being used
• Data is transmitted transparently, i.e.
independent of any protocol
• The wavelength of all ports is 850 nm
• The max. distance between star coupler
and relay is approx. 1.5 km
• The power supply covers the following
voltage ranges without switching:
48 - 250 V DC and 110 - 220 V AC. The
power supply has been designed for the
maximum configuration
• Every module has 3 LEDs: one for the
operating voltage (green), one for the
flow of data (yellow) and one in case of
disturbance (red)
Hardware
• The star-coupler together with its inte-
grated power supply unit is housed in a
19” subrack
14
14/13
 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5300

Application

Via the modular star coupler, up to

30 SIPROTEC protection units with an
optical interface can be connected
optically to a PC for remote operation.
In this way, interference-free connection
between local relays and a central opera-
tion unit can be established via FO cables.
With the use of optical interfaces, any po-
tential transfer within the substation is
avoided.

Fig. 14/13
Application configuration

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7XV5300 modular star coupler 7XV5300-0¨ A 0 0

Number of relays to be operated

No expansion module A
With 1 expansion module for 3 relays B
2 expansion modules for 6 relays C
3 expansion modules for 9 relays D
4 expansion modules for 12 relays E
5 expansion modules for 15 relays F
6 expansion modules for 18 relays G
7 expansion modules for 21 relays H
8 expansion modules for 24 relays J
9 expansion modules for 27 relays K
10 expansion modules for 30 relays L

Spare parts
Main module 7XV5301-0AA00
Expansion module 7XV5302-0AA00

14

14/14 Siemens SIP · 2004

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5450

7XV5450
Mini Star-Coupler
Function overview

One optical input and

up to 4 optical outputs
• Distance spanned: 1.5 km
with 62.5/125 µm multi-mode fiber
• Multiple mini star-couplers cascadable

LSP2360-afpen.tif
• RS232 interface for local access
• Baud rate via FO: up to 1.5 Mbaud;
Baud rate with RS232:
Up to 115 kbaud
• Protocol transparency
• Light idle state:
Light ON/light OFF selectable
Fig. 14/14
• Wide-range power supply
Mini star-coupler with self-monitoring function
and alarm contact
• Optical ST connectors

Description

The mini star-coupler multiplies an opti-

cal signal received at an input for up to
four outputs. A signal received at one of
the outputs is transmitted via the input
interface to a central unit or to an up-
stream mini star-coupler or converter. As
the mini star-coupler does not transmit se-
lectively to individual outputs, the proto-
cols used for data transmission must
operate with unique DTE addresses, so all
units “hear” the central interrogation, but
only the addressed unit answers to the
request (e.g. IEC 60870-5-103 or DIGSI).
Data are transmitted in transparent full-
duplex mode. An RS232 interface is pro-
vided for direct serial communication with
DTEs at each mini star-coupler. As long as
this interface is in use, the optical input in-
terface to the central unit is blocked.
Cascading mini star-couplers replace the
7XV5300 star coupler.

14

Siemens SIP · 2004 14/15

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5450

Application

The mini star-coupler allows SIPROTEC

relays to be centrally accessed or remotely
interrogated with DIGSI via optical inter-
faces. The component is cascadable, so that
star topologies or ring topologies can be
configured. A ring structure ensures that
all four outputs are used. The mini star-
coupler has a local RS232 interface socket.
By connecting a PC to this interface and
using the 7XV5100-4 cable, the optical in-
put is disconnected to avoid data collision
due to local and remote access concurring
at the same time.

Construction

The 7XV5450 mini star-coupler is pro-

vided with a snap-on mounting housing
for a 35 mm EN 50022 rail. Auxiliary
power supplies can be connected via
screw-type terminals. The fiber-optic
cables are connected by ST connectors.
Fig. 14/15 Star topology with mini star-couplers
The unit is free of silicone and halogen as
well as flame-retardant.

14
Fig. 14/16 Ring structure with mini star-couplers

14/16 Siemens SIP · 2004

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5450

Rated auxiliary voltage

Technical data
24 to 250 V DC and 60 to 230 V AC ± 20 % without switchover
Current consumption
Approx. 0.25 to 0.4 A
LEDs
3 LEDs
Green Operating voltage o.k.
Yellow Receiving data
Yellow Sending data
Connectors
Power supply 2-pole Phoenix screw-type terminal
FO cables Multi-mode fiber with ST connectors
RS232 9-pin SUB-D socket
Alarm contact 2-pole Phoenix screw-type terminal
Light idle state
Light ON/OFF selectable By jumpers
Housing
Plastic housing, EG90, charcoal grey; 90 x 75 x 105 mm (W x H x D)
for snap-on mounting on 35 mm EN 50022 rail

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7XV5450 mini star-coupler 7XV5450-0BA00
Optical mini star-coupler with plastic housing for snap-on mounting onto 35 mm rail.
Rated auxiliary voltage 24 - 250 V DC and 110 - 220 V AC with alarm relay.
Connection of up to 4 protection units to a star coupler via FO cable for
62.5 / 125 µm and 850 nm wavelength, max. distance 1.5 km.
Connection of PC or modem to a star coupler via FO cable for
62.5 / 125 µm and 850 nm wavelength, max. distance 1.5 km.
Connection also by 9-pin RS232 connector.
Cascadable
Fiber-optic connectors with ST connector

14

Siemens SIP · 2004 14/17

14

14/18 Siemens SIP · 2004

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5451

7XV5451 Optical Repeater,

820 nm Multi-Mode FO Cable to 1300 nm Mono-Mode FO Cable
Function overview

• Minimum baud rate: 9600 baud /

Maximum baud rate: 1.5 Mbaud
• Distance spanned on 820 nm side:
1.5 km with multi-mode FO cable
62.5/125 µm
• Distance spanned on 1300 nm side:
approx. 14 km with mono-mode

LSP2111-afp.tif
FO cable, attenuation 0.36 dB/km
(depending on version)
• Wide-range power supply with self-
supervision function and alarm relay
• No setting of baud rate necessary
• Protocol transparency/full duplex
operation
• Light idle state: Light ON / light OFF
Fig. 14/17
Optical repeater (selectable) in idle state for 820 nm in-
terface (not for 1300 nm interface)

Description

The optical repeater 820 nm/1300 nm

converts serial information received with a
wavelength of 820 nm on multi-mode FO
cable to a wavelength of 1300 nm, and vice
versa. This allows devices to be connected
to mono-mode FO cables that are com-
monly used for long-distance data com-
munication, and thus serial information to
be transmitted with rates between
9.6 kbaud and 1.5 Mbaud interference-free
in full duplex mode over distances of up to
14 km.
When used in combination with 7SD5/
7SD6 line differential relays, it makes
cost-effective bidirectional transmission of
serial differential protection data possible
via mono-mode FO cables over long dis-
tances. The protection relay is directly cou-
pled to the repeater via the 820 nm optical
interface.
It should not be used together with serial
protocols like the DIGSI protocol,
IEC 60870-5-103/101 and other serial pro-
tocols.
14

Siemens SIP · 2004 14/19

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5451

Application

The optical repeater / converter can be

used for the connection of two 7SD5/7SD6
line differential relays if mono-mode FO
cables are installed between the relays.
Connection between the converter and the
optical interfaces of the relays is established
via FSMA connectors and multi-mode FO
cables. The maximum distance spanned
with mono- mode FO cables is approx.
14 km. ST connectors are used for con-
necting the FO cables on the mono-mode
side.
In combination with the 7XV5653 binary
signal transducer, the maximum transmis-
sion distance can be extended from
3 km with multi-mode FO cables (direct
link of two transducers) to 14 km with Fig. 14/18 Connection of two different relays
mono-mode FO cables. The 820 nm to
1300 nm converter for this application is
also necessary if mono-mode FO cables are
installed.

Construction

The 7XV5451 repeater is provided with a

snap-on mounting housing for a 35 mm
EN 50022 rail. Auxiliary power supplies
can be connected via screw-type terminals.
The fiber-optic cables are connected by ST
connectors. The unit is free of silicone and
halogen as well as flame-retardant.

BI - Binary input
K - output contact

Fig. 14/19 Binary signal transducer with mono-mode FO connection

14

14/20 Siemens SIP · 2004

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5451

Rated auxiliary voltage

Technical data
24 to 250 V DC and 60 to 230 V AC ± 20 % without switchover
Current consumption
Approx. 0.1 to 0.2 A
LEDs
2 LEDs
Green Operating voltage o.k.
Yellow Receiving data on 1300 nm side
Connectors
Power supply 2-pole Phoenix screw-type terminal
820 nm line FSMA screw-type connectors
1300 nm line ST connectors
for mono-mode FO cable
Max. distance Up to 14 km, with max. 9 dB FO attenuation
Alarm contact 2-pole Phoenix screw-type terminal
Light idle state
Light ON/OFF selectable By jumpers
Housing
Plastic housing, EG90, charcoal grey; 90 x 75 x 105 mm (W x H x D)
for snap-on mounting onto 35 mm EN 50022 rail
For more detailed information, please visit us on the Internet at: www.siprotec.com, download area, accessories.

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7XV5451 optical repeater 820 nm / 1300 nm1) 7XV5451-0AA00

Optical repeater with plastic housing for snap-on mounting onto 35 mm rail.
Rated auxiliary voltage 24 - 250 V DC and 110 - 230 V AC with alarm contact.
Connection of PC, star couplers or modems via FO cable
for 62.5 / 125 µm or 50 / 120 µm and 820 nm wavelength
(multi-mode FO cable) with FSMA connectors; max. distance 1.5 km.
Cascadable; designed also for use in combination with the 7SD5/7SD6 line differential
protection relays.
Connection of remote side for 1300 nm mono-mode FO cable with ST connector, max. distance approx. 14 km
Fiber-optic connectors for 820 nm multi-mode FO cable with FSMA connector1)

14

1) As of November 2004, the device will

be replaced by 7XV5461, which offers
the same functionality. Delivery ter-
minated 09/2005.

Siemens SIP · 2004 14/21

14

14/22 Siemens SIP · 2004

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5452

7XV5452 Optical Repeater,

820 nm / 1300 nm up to 8.5 km
Function overview

• Minimum baud rate: 9600 baud /

Maximum baud rate: 1.5 Mbaud
• No setting of baud rate necessary
• Protocol transparency1)/full duplex
operation
• Selectable: Light ON / Light OFF in idle

LSP2397-afpen.tif
state on 820 nm side; on 1300 nm side:
light always ON in idle state
• Distance spanned on 820 nm side:
1.5 km with multi-mode fiber
62.5/125 µm
• Distance spanned on 1300 nm side:
8.5 km with multi-mode fiber
62.5/125 µm, attenuation loss
Fig. 14/20 2.0 dB/km
Optical repeater • Wide-range power supply with self-
supervision function and alarm relay

Description

The optical repeater 820 nm/1300 nm

converts serial information received with a
wavelength of 820 nm on multi-mode FO
cable to a wavelength of 1300 nm, and vice
versa. Operating in pairs, it is possible to
transmit serial information with rates bet-
ween 9.6 kbaud and 1.5 Mbaud interfer-
ence-free in full duplex mode over dis-
tances of up to 8.5 km.
When used in combination with 7SD5 line
differential relays, it allows cost-effective
bidirectional transmission of serial differ-
ential protection data via multi-mode FO
cables over long distances. The protection
relay is directly coupled to the repeater via
the 820 nm optical interface. For transmis-
sion routes with mono-mode FO cables
(up to 14 km) there is the 7XV5451 ver-
sion.

14

1) See warning overleaf.

Siemens SIP · 2004 14/23

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5452

Application

The optical repeater / converter can be

used for interfacing differential relays
from the 7SD5 and SIPROTEC ranges
(Fig. 14/20). The connection is directly at
the optical interfaces of the relays. The
maximum distance spanned with
multi-mode FO cable is 8.5 km. In combi-
nation with a binary signal transducer
7XV5653 the maximum transmission dis-
tance can be extended from 3 km (with
multi-mode FO cable) to 8.5 km (Fig.
14/21). The binary signal transducer can
pick up 2 isolated signals via binary inputs
and emit them on the remote side via
floating contacts, e.g. in the form of line
protection with the 7SJ531 relay.
Caution: In the transmission of other se-
rial protocols, e.g. IEC 60870-5-103,
IEC 61850-5-101, DIGSI, DNP3,
MODBUS etc., problems have occurred.
We therefore strongly advise against use in
such applications.

Fig. 14/21 Fig. 14/22

Interface on the line differential relay Binary signal transmission up to 8.5 km

Technical data Supply voltage

24 to 250 V DC ± 20 % and
60 to 230 V AC ± 20 % without switchover
Current consumption
Approx. 0.1 to 0.2 A
LEDs
2 LEDs
green Operating voltage o.k.
yellow Receiving data on 1300 nm side
Connectors
Power supply 2-pin Phoenix screw-type terminal
820 nm line FSMA screw-type connectors for multi-mode FO cable
1300 nm line ST connectors for multi-mode FO cable
Alarm contact 2-pin Phoenix screw-type terminal
Controls
1 DIP switch for setting idle state light
Housing
Plastic housing, EG90, charcoal grey; 90 x 75 x 105 mm (W x H x D)
for snap-on-mounting onto 35 mm DIN EN 50022 rail

14
Selection and ordering data Description Order No.
7XV5452 optical repeater 820 nm/1300 nm multi-mode FO cable 7XV5452-0AA00
Optical repeater for mounting rail
As supplement to line differential relay 7SD5, 35 mm in plastic housing
Auxiliary voltage 24 to 250 V DC and 110 to 220 V AC with alarm relay
Connection to remote station via FO 1300 nm for multi-mode FO cable
up to 8.5 km with ST connector
Connection of PC, star couplers, protection relay via FO 820 nm for 62.5 µm
glass fiber up to 1.5 km with FSMA connector
Cascadable

14/24 Siemens SIP · 2004

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5461

7XV5461
Two-Channel Serial Optical Repeater
Function overview

• Two independent multiplexed 820 nm

ports with ST connectors for max.
1.5 km via 50/125 µm and 62.5/125 µm
LSP2507.tif

Fig. 14/23
Optical repeater with
wide-range power supply
multi-mode FO cable.
• Data rate of serial ports 1 / 2 from
300 bit/s - 4.096 Mbit/s. Automatic
baud rate adjustment to synchronous
and asynchronous serial signals; no set-
tings necessary.
• Powerful 1300 nm / 1550 nm port with
LC- Duplex connector for distances up
to 24 km / 60 km / 100 km via
9/125 µm mono-mode FO cable
• 24 to 250 V DC and 115/230 VAC
wide-range power supply with alarm re-
lay.
• Data exchange display by LED
• Integrated commissioning support

Description

The optical repeater transmits serial optical

signals over long distances via mono-mode
FO cables. It converts serial optical 820 nm
signals at Port 1 and Port 2 in the range of
300 bit/s to 4.096 Mbit/s. Both synchro-
nous and asynchronous signals can be con-
nected. Two independent, serial 820 nm
inputs with ST connectors are available,
witch are multiplexed to Port 3. Two de-
vices with an optical 820 nm interface, for
example the 7SD5 / 7SD6 line differential
protection relay or the RS232/820 nm
7XV5652 converter, can be connected to
Ports 1 and 2 via multi-mode FO cables for
distances of up to 1.5 km. Signal transmis-
sion at Port 3 is achieved via the LC-Du-
plex connector at wavelengths of 1300nm/
1550 nm for connection of a mono-mode
FO cable. For Port 3 there are three op-
tions for max. 25 km (1300 nm) / 60 km
(1300 nm) and 100 km /1550 nm) optical
fiber lengths. The device can be connected
to all battery voltages and AC supply
sources. Loops can be activated for
Ports 1 / 2 for commissioning purposes, so
that the input signals can be mirrored at
14
the port in question.

Siemens SIP · 2004 14/25

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5461

Typical applications

The protection relays (for example 7SD5 /

7SD6 differential protection or 7SA52 /
7SA6 distance protection) exchange infor-
mation via Port 1. Interference-free data
exchange is made possible by mono-mode
FO cable up to a distance of 100 km. Pro-
tection remote control with DIGSI is con-
nected to Part 2 of the repeater via the
7XV5450 mini star-coupler. This port
provides the serial connection to the other
substation with a PC where DIGSI is in-
stalled. The protection relays on the re-
mote substation can be scanned remotely
via Port 2. The baud rate is optimally set
to 57.6 kbit/s so that there is no diver-
gence from local operation. During com-
missioning and operation, data of the
device in the other substation can be
changed and read out. Alternatively, it is
possible to connect power system control
or additional protection data transmission
to Port 2. This makes optimum use of the
long-distance optical fiber for two inde-
pendent serial connections for transmit-
ting data between 300 bit/s and
4.096 Mbit/s.

Fig. 14/24
Transfer of protection data and remote control of a substation via
an optical long-distance connection

Technical data Connections

Ports 1 / 2 ST connector for 820 nm for 50/125 µm and 62.5/125 µm multi-mode
FO cable
Port 3 LC-Duplex connector for 1300 nm/1550 nm for 9/125 µm mono-mode
FO cable
2-pole screw-type terminals for auxiliary voltage supply
3-pole make/break contact for alarm relay
Housing
188 x 56 x 10 mm aluminum housing for mounting on 35 mm DIN rail to EN 50032. Weight 0.8 kg.
Degree of protection acc. to EN 60529: IP41
Power supply
Wide range 24 to 250 V DC without connector jumpers, 115 / 230 V AC
14
Displays
4 LEDs
Green Power supply
Red Alarm relays
2 yellow Data exchange

14/26 Siemens SIP · 2004

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5461

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7XV5461 two-channel serial, optical repeater 7XV5461 - 0B¨00

Connection of two serial optical inputs with ST connector for 62.5/125 µm

multi-mode FO cable up to 1.5 km, from 300 bit/s to 4.096 Mbit/s
24 to 250 V DC, 115/230 VA C wide-range power supply
Fault relay and LED for operational and fault display

Optical 1300 nm output with LC-Duplex connector for 9/125 µm mono-mode

FO cable for distances up to 25 km (permissible path attenuation 13 dB) G
Optical 1300 nm output with LC-Duplex connector for 9/125 µm mono-mode
FO cable for distances up to 60 km (permissible path attenuation 29 dB) H
Optical 1550 nm output with LC-Duplex connector for 9/125 µm mono-mode
FO cable for distances up to 100 km (permissible path attenuation 29 dB) J

14

Siemens SIP · 2004 14/27

14

14/28 Siemens SIP · 2004

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5550

7XV5550
Active Mini Star-Coupler
Function overview

One optical input and 4 optical outputs or

one RS485 input and 5 optical outputs
• RS232 interface for local access
• RS485 interface for bus structure
• Baud rate and data format can be

LSP2359-afpen.tif
set independently for each port
• Baud rate 1200 baud – 115 kbaud
• Data format 8N1, 8N2, 8E1
• Max. distance: 1.5 km with 62.5/125 µm
multi-mode fiber-optic cable
• Light idle state:
Light ON/light OFF selectable
Fig. 14/25 • Wide-range power supply with
Active mini star-coupler self-supervision function and alarm
contact
• Optical ST connectors

Description

Five optical ports allow the active mini

star-coupler to centrally or remotely com-
municate with devices with serial interfaces
using different baud rates and data for-
mats. Using a simple ASCII sequence, only
one of the available output channels is
switched to a transparent full duplex oper-
ation. The active mini star-coupler can be
used with any terminal program or for
SIPROTEC protection relays with the
DIGSI operating program. Each of the in-
put and output channels can be
parameterized independently to the device
attached by adjustable baud rates and data
formats or as input or output ports. For
communication with more than 5 devices,
the active mini star-coupler can be
cascaded together with an RS485 bus in
half-duplex mode with further devices.

14

Siemens SIP · 2004 14/29

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5550

Application

Using the integrated optical interfaces of

the active mini star-coupler, data trans-
mission for the protection relays V1/2,
SIPROTEC 3 or 4 can be performed cen-
trally or remotely with DIGSI. When us-
ing the RS485 bus structure each active
mini star-coupler provides five optical
outputs. An RS232 interface is available
for local operation with a notebook. The
control PC (directly or via modem) al-
ways operates with the same data format,
while the interfaces to the different pro-
tection relays using other formats are
adapted accordingly. For V1/2 protection
relays, a 7XV5101-0A plug-in connector
module is required for each relay and each
relay must be connected to a separate
port.

Construction

The active mini star-coupler is provided

with a snap-on mounting housing for a
35 mm EN 50022 rail. Auxiliary power
supplies can be connected via screw-type
terminals. The fiber-optic cables are con- Fig. 14/26
nected by ST connectors. The unit is free
of silicone and halogen as well as flame-re-
tardant.

14

14/30 Siemens SIP · 2004

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5550

Rated auxiliary voltage

Technical data
24 to 250 V DC and 60 to 230 V AC ± 20 % without switchover
LEDs
3 LEDs
Green Operating voltage o.k.
Yellow Receiving data
Yellow Sending data
Connectors
Power supply 2-pole Phoenix screw-type terminal
FO connections 820 nm ST connectors
RS232 9-pin SUB-D socket
RS485 2-pole Phoenix screw-type terminal
Alarm contact 2-pole Phoenix screw-type terminal
Light idle state
Light ON/OFF selectable By jumpers
Housing
Plastic housing, EG90, charcoal grey; 90 x 75 x 105 mm (W x H x D)
for snap-on mounting onto 35 mm EN 50022 rail

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7XV5550 active mini star-coupler 7XV5550-0BA00
Optical active mini star-coupler with plastic housing for snap-on mounting onto 35 mm rail.
Rated auxiliary voltage 24 - 250 V DC and 110 - 230 V AC with alarm relay.
Connection of up to 4 protection units to an active mini star-coupler via FO cable
for 62.5 / 125 µm and 850 nm wavelength, max. distance 1.5 km.
Connection of PC or modem to an active mini star-coupler via FO cable
for 62.5 / 125 µm and 850 nm wavelength, max. distance 1.5 km.
Connection also by 9-pin RS232 connector.
Cascadable
Fiber-optic connectors with ST connector

14

Siemens SIP · 2004 14/31

14

14/32 Siemens SIP · 2004

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5650/51

7XV5650/5651
RS485 – FO Converter
Function overview

• Baud rates 9.6 – 115 kbaud

• Topologies:
7XV5650: Optical star
7XV5651: Optical line, RS485 bus
• Protocol transparency
• Light idle state:
Light ON/light OFF selectable
• Distance: 1.5 km with 62.5/125 µm
FO cable

LSP2409-afp.tif
• 120 Ω terminator for RS485 bus,
activated/deactivated by DIP switch
• Wide-range power supply with
self-supervision function and fault
Fig. 14/27 output relay
RS485 – FO converter

Description

The RS485 – FO converter allows up to 31

devices to be connected with a bus-capable
electrical RS485 interface. It provides an
optical link-up to a central unit or a star
coupler. The converter has been designed
for use in substations for interference-free
transmission of serial data with rates be-
tween 9.6 and 115.2 kbaud by multi-mode
FO cable.
The 7XV5651 converter is designed to act
as a T-coupler, data can be distributed in
a line structure system, forming a basis for
building up cost-effective optical bus
systems.
The version 7XV5650 is designed for star
topology via fiber-optic connection.

14

Siemens SIP · 2004 14/33

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5650/51

Application

The converters can be used in an optical

line structure or in an optical star struc-
ture. Application in optical line structure
allows relays to be connected interference-
free via fiber-optic cables; for indoor in-
stallation, a cost-effective RS485 bus can
be used.

Fig. 14/28 Optical line structure with connected RS485 interfaces

14

Fig. 14/29 Connection of optical interfaces to an RS485 bus

14/34 Siemens SIP · 2004

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5650/51

Application

Several units equipped with FO interface

and DIGSI or IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
can be connected to an existing RS485 bus
structure.
Within one system, the data format and
the baud rate have to be set to the same
values.

Fig. 14/30 Optical star structure with connected RS485 interfaces

14

Fig. 14/31 Connection of optical interfaces to an RS485 bus

Siemens SIP · 2004 14/35

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5650/51

The converter is provided with a snap-on
Construction
mounting housing for a 35 mm EN 50022
rail. Auxiliary power supplies can be
connected via screw-type terminals.
The fiber-optic cables are connected by ST
connectors. The unit is free of silicone and
halogen as well as flame-retardant.

Technical data Rated auxiliary voltage

24 to 250 V DC and 60 to 230 V AC ± 20 % without switchover
Current consumption
Approx. 0.2 to 0.3 A
LEDs
2/3 LEDs
Green Operating voltage o.k.
Yellow Receiving data on FO channel 1
Yellow Receiving data on FO channel 2 (7XV5651 only)
Connectors
Power supply 2-pole Phoenix screw-type terminal
FO 820 nm ST connector
RS485 9-pin SUB-D socket
2-pole Phoenix screw-type terminal
Alarm contact 2-pole Phoenix screw-type terminal
Light idle state
Light ON/OFF selectable
Housing
Plastic housing, EG90, charcoal grey; 90 x 75 x 105 mm (W x H x D)
for snap-on mounting onto 35 mm EN 50022 rail

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7XV565 RS485 – FO converter 7XV565o-0BA00
Converter with 1 RS485 interface and 2 FO cables
for transmission rates from 9.6 kbaud to 1.5 Mbaud.
With plastic housing for snap-on mounting on 35 mm rail.
Rated auxiliary voltage 24 - 250 V DC and 110 - 230 V AC
with alarm contact.
Connection of units with RS485 interface
by 9-pin SUB-D connector or screw-type terminals.
Connection of PC or modem to a star coupler via FO cable
for 62.5/125 µm or 50/125 µm and 850 nm wavelength.
Fiber-optic connectors: FO 820 nm with ST connector
1 channel 0
2 channels 1

14

14/36 Siemens SIP · 2004

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5652

7XV5652
RS232 – FO Converter
Function overview

• Serial baud rates up to 115 kbaud

• No setting of baud rate necessary
• Protocol transparency
• Light idle state: Light ON / light OFF

LSP2406-afpde.tif
selectable
• Distance: 3 km with 62.5/125 µm FO
cable
• Wide-range power supply with
self-supervision function and alarm
contact
Fig. 14/32
• Supports the serial TxD and RxD lines
RS232 – FO converter of the RS232 interface.
No handshake lines supported

Description

The RS232 – FO converter is used to con-

vert serial RS232 signals to FO transmis-
sion signals in full duplex mode. It has one
FO channel for transmission and one for
receiving, as well as a protected RS232 in-
terface rated to withstand 2 kV discharges,
thus allowing direct connection to the
serial system interface of SIPROTEC relays.
It is designed to be used in substations for
isolated, interference-free transmission
of serial signals to a central unit, a star
coupler or a PC.
The converter supports the conversion of
serial TxD (transmit) and RxD (receive)
signals to an optical output. No handshake
signals are supported.

14

Siemens SIP · 2004 14/37

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5652

Application

With the serial RS232 – FO converter, an

existing RS232 interface at a SIPROTEC
relay can be upgraded to an optical 820 nm
interface to connect the relay with further
optical components for central and remote
interrogation with DIGSI (see Fig. 14/22).
Another application is the interfacing be-
tween a line differential relay and a com-
munication network, which provides
electrical RS232 inputs. The connection
between the communication room, where
the converter is located, and the relay is ex-
ecuted without interference via multi-
mode FO cables (Fig. 14/33).

Construction

The converter is provided with a snap-on

mounting housing for a 35 mm EN 50022
rail. Auxiliary power supplies can be
connected via screw-type terminals. The
fiber-optic cables are connected by ST con-
nectors. The unit is free of silicone and
halogen as well as flame-retardant.

Fig. 14/33 Remote interrogation with the RS232 interface

14
Fig. 14/34 Relay peer-to-peer communication

14/38 Siemens SIP · 2004

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5652

Rated auxiliary voltage

Technical data
24 to 250 V DC and 60 to 230 V AC ± 20 % without switchover
Current consumption
Approx. 0.1 to 0.2 A
LEDs
1 LED
Green Operating voltage o.k.
Connectors
Power supply 2-pole Phoenix screw-type terminal
FO cables 820 nm ST connectors
RS232 9-pin SUB-D socket
Alarm contact 2-pole Phoenix screw-type terminal
Light idle state
Light ON/OFF selectable
Housing
Plastic housing, EG90, charcoal grey;
90 x 75 x 105 mm (W x H x D)
for snap-on mounting onto 35 mm
EN 50022 rail

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7XV5652 RS232 – FO converter 7XV5652-0BA00
For conversion of FO to RS232 (V.24) signals up to 115 kbaud
With plastic housing for snap-on mounting on 35 mm rail
Rated auxiliary voltage 24 - 250 V DC and 110 - 230 V AC with alarm contact.
Connection of units with RS232 interface by 9-pin SUB-D connector
Connection of PC, star coupler, modem via FO cable for 62.5/125 µm and 850 nm wavelength
Fiber-optic connectors: FO 820 nm with ST connector

14

Siemens SIP · 2004 14/39

14

14/40 Siemens SIP · 2004

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5653

7XV5653
Two-Channel Binary Transducer
Function overview

• 2 isolated binary inputs

(24 to 250 V DC)
• 2 isolated trip contacts
• Fast remote trip via a serial
point-to-point link of up

LSP2361-afpde.tif
to 115 kbaud/12 ms.
• Telegram-backed interference-free
transmission via FO cable
• Permanent data link supervision and
indication
• Distance of approx. 3 km via
multi-mode FO cable 62.5/125 µm
• Transmission of up to 100 km
Fig. 14/35 via mono-mode FO cable with
Binary transducer
7XV5461 repeater
• Transmission via communication net-
works, ISDN Telephone networks and
leased lines and pilot wires with
Description 7XV5662-0A¨01 communication con-
verters
The transducer registers binary informa- • Wide-range power supply with
tion from contacts via two binary inputs self-supervision function and alarm
and forwards it interference-free to the sec-
relay
ond transducer via fiber-optic cable. The
indications/signals received by this second
transducer are put out via its contacts. The
two contacts can be used as trip contacts.
The transducer is equipped with independ-
ent and bidirectional binary inputs (2) and
contact outputs (2).
The transducer has been designed for ap-
plication in substations. Highly reliable,
telegram-backed serial data transmission is
used between the transducers. Transmis-
sion errors and failure of the data link are
indicated via an alarm contact, i.e. a per-
manent supervision of power supply and
the datalink is integrated in the transducer.

14

Siemens SIP · 2004 14/41

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5653

Application

The bidirectional transducer registers bi-

nary information at two binary inputs and
forwards it via fiber-optic cable to a sec-
ond transducer, which outputs the signals
via contacts. Distances of about 3 km can
be covered directly via multi-mode fiber-
optic cables. The 7XV5461 repeater is
available for distances up to 100 km via
mono-mode fiber-optic cable. (Fig. 14/36)
With two transducers connected to
7XV5461, up to four binary signals can be
transferred. One application is phase-se-
lective intertripping.
With a communication converter, the
transducer can be interfaced to different
kinds of communication links. Modern
N<64 kbit/s digital networks and ISDN
networks can be used. Existing pilot wires
can also be used for data exchange be-
tween the relays. The data to be exchanged
includes directional signals, intertrip sig- Fig. 14/36
nals and other information.

Construction

The converter is provided with a snap-on

mounting housing for a 35 mm EN 50022
rail. Auxiliary power supplies can be
effected via screw-type terminals. The fi-
ber-optic cables are connected by ST con-
nectors. The unit is free of silicone and
halogen as well as flame-retardant.

X = 1: Options for the communication link:

G.703.1, X.21 interface to a communication network
X = 2: ISDN network or ISDN leased line
X = 3: pilot-wire cable up to 15 km

Fig. 14/37
14

14/42 Siemens SIP · 2004

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5653

Rated auxiliary voltage

Technical data
24 to 250 V DC and 60 to 230 V AC ± 20 % without switchover
Current consumption
Approx. 0.15 to 0.25 A
LEDs
6 LEDs
1 x green Operating voltage o.k.
2 x yellow Contact unit ½ active
2 x yellow Command relay ½ active
1 x red Alarm
Connectors
Power supply 2-pole Phoenix screw-type terminal
FO connection 820 nm FSMA screw-type connector
FO connection 820 nm ST connector
Binary inputs 4-pole Phoenix screw-type terminal
Alarm contact 2-pole Phoenix screw-type terminal
Light idle state
Light ON/OFF selectable
Housing
Plastic housing, EG90, charcoal grey;
90 x 75 x 105 mm (W x H x D) for snap-on mounting onto 35 mm EN 50022 rail

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7XV5653 two-channel binary transducer 7XV5653-0BA00
Binary signal transducer
Plastic housing, for snap-on mounting onto 35 mm EN 50022 rail
Rated auxiliary voltage 24 to 250 V DC
and 110 to 230 V AC with alarm relay, 2 binary inputs, 2 trip contacts,
1 alarm relay with potential-free contact for pilot-wire supervision
Connection to a second transducer via FO cable for 62.5 / 125 µm
and 820 nm wavelength (ST connectors). Max. distance 3 km.
Connection to a second transducer via a communication system
with a RS232 interface, 9-pin SUB-D connector, baud rate settable by DIP-switches
Fiber-optic connectors with ST connector

14

Siemens SIP · 2004 14/43

14

14/44 Siemens SIP · 2004


7XV5662-0AA00 / 7XV5662-0AA01
Communication Converter for X.21/RS422 and G.703.1
Fig. 14/38
Communication converter for X.21/RS422 and G.703.1
Description
The communication converter for cou-
pling to a communication network is pe-
ripheral device linked to the protection
device via fiber optic cables, which enables
serial data exchange between two protec-
tion devices. A digital communication net-
work is used. The electrical interfaces in
the CC-XG for the access to the communi-
cation device are selectable as X21
(64 kbit/s, 128 kbit/s, 256 kbit/s or
512 kbit/s) or G.703.1 (64 kbit/s). At the
opposite side, the data are converted by
second communication converter so that
they can be read by the second device. The
communication converters thus allow two
protection devices to communicate syn-
chronously and to exchange large data vol-
umes over large distances. Typical
applications are the serial protection inter-
faces of differential protection and distance
protection of the devices 7SD5, 7SD6,
7SA52 and 7SA6, where 7XV5662-0AA00
must be used.
Should asynchronous serial data of differ-
ential protection 7SD51 or of the binary
signal transducer 7XV5653 be transmitted,
the device 7XV5662-0AA01 must be used
(asynchronous from 300 bit/s to
115.2 kbit/s dependent on the baudrate set
for X.21 or G.703.1 interface). The connec-
tion to the protection device is made inter-
ference-free by means of a multimode
fiber-optic cable, with ST connectors at the
Siemens SIP · 2004
14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5662
LSP2459-afp.tif
CC-XG. The maximum optical transmis-
sion distance is 1.5 km (0.93 mile).
The data transfer between the protection
devices is realized as a point-to-point con-
nection that is bit-transparent. Data must
be exchanged on dedicated communica-
tion channels, not via switching points.
Function overview
• Optical interface with ST connector for
connection to the protection unit
• Distance: 1.5 km with 62.5/125 µm
multi-mode FO cable between CC - XG
and the protection unit / serial device
• Electrical interface to the communica-
tion device via SUB -D connector
(X.21, 15 pins, settable to 64, 128, 256
or 512 kbit/s) or with 5-pin screw-type
terminals (G.703.1, 64 kbit/s).
• Synchronous data exchange for 7SD52,
7SD6, 7SA6 and 7SA52 protection re-
lays (communications converter ver-
sion -0AA00)
• Asynchronous data exchange for 7SD51
protection relay, 7XV5653 or other de-
vices with asynchronous interface
(communication converter version -
0AA01)
• Max. cable length between communica-
tion device and communication con-
verter: 100 m for X.21 /RS422
• Max. cable length between communica-
tion device and communication con-
verter: 300 m for G.703.1
• Monitoring of:
- auxiliary supply voltage,
- clock signal of communication net-
work
- and internal logic
• Loop test function selectable by jump-
ers in the CC - XG
• Wide-range power supply unit (PSU)
for 24 to 250 V DC and 115 to 250 V AC
14
14/45
 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5662

Application

The CC - XG can be used for two

applications.
One application is the synchronous
serial data exchange (converter
version - 0AA00) between
SIPROTEC 4 differential relays
(7SD52, 7SD6) and/or the serial
teleprotection between distance re-
Fig. 14/39 Connection of two protection devices via a communication
lays (7SA6 and 7SA52). The relays
network linked with 7XV5662-0AA0x
have to be equipped with an opti-
cal 820 nm plug-in module “FO5”.
Another application is the trans- Technical data data
mission of asynchronous serial
data to the line differential protec- Rated auxiliary voltage
tion relay 7SD51 or the binary sig- 24 to 250 V DC ± 20 %
nal transmitter 7XV5653. 115/2130 V AC ± 20 % without switchover
Power consumption Approx. 3.5 W
Functions LEDs
4 LEDs
The protection unit is optically
linked to the CC-XG, which makes LED 1 Red: Error
interference-free data transfer be- LED 2 Yellow: Receiving from
tween the CC - XG and the protec- X.21/RS422/G.703 interface
tion unit possible. The LED 3 Yellow: Transmitting to
communication converter is lo- X21/RS422/G.703 interface
cated close to the communication LED 5 Green: Operating voltage o.k.
device. It adapts the FO active in- Connectors
terface of the protection relay to
Power supply 2-pole screw-type terminal
the electrical specifications of the
communication network interface. Alarm/ready contact 3-pole make/break contact
The interface types - optionally Serial G.703.1 interface 5-pole receive and transmit line
X.21 / RS422 or G.703.1 - and the SUB-D connector 15-pin SUB-D connector for electrical
required transmission rate can be X.21/RS422 interface
set by means of jumpers. FO cable 820 nm, 2 ST connectors for TxD and
RxD for 62.5/125 µm multi-mode FO
Data transfer between the protec- (max. distance to protection unit
tion units is effected on the basis of 1.5 km)
a point-to-point connection, fur- Housing
thermore it is a synchronous,
Aluminium die-cast housing Dimensions 188 x 56 x 120 mm
bit-transparent transmission via
(WxHxD
the communication network.
Weight Approx. 0.8 kg
Degree of protection According to EN 60529: IP 41
For snap-on mounting onto 35 mm EN 50022 rail

14

14/46 Siemens SIP · 2004

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5662

Operating mode
Technical data
Synchronous operation with 7XV5662-0AA00 for 7SD52, 7SD6, 7SA52 and 7SA6

G.703.1: Interface selectable by jumper X30 in position 2 - 3

Setting in the protection unit Setting in CC-XG by jumper
64 kbit/s per parameter 64 kbit/s by jumper X20 = 1

X.21/RS422: Interface selectable by jumper X30 in position 1 - 2

Asynchronous operation with
Setting in the protection unit Setting in CC-XG by jumper:
64 kbit/s per parameter 64 kbit/s by jumper X20 = 1
128 kbit/s per parameter 128 kbit/s by jumper X22 = 1
256 kbit/s per parameter 256 kbit/s by jumper X24 = 1
512 kbit/s per parameter 256 kbit/s by jumper X26 = 1
7XV5662-0AA01 for 7SD51, 7XV5653 and units with asynchronous serial
interface (no handshake supported, only serial TxD and RxD signals are
supported)

G.703.1: Interface selectable by jumper X30 in position 2 - 3

Setting in protection unit Setting in CC-XG by jumper
max. 19.2 kbit/s 64 kbit/s by jumper X20 = 1

X.21/RS422: Interface settable by jumper X30 in position 1 - 2

Setting in protection unit
max. 19.2 kbit/s async.
max. 38.4 kbit/s async.
max. 57.6 kbit/s async.
max. 115.2 kbit/s async.
Setting in CC-XG by jumper
64 kbit/s by jumper X20 = 1
128 kbit/s by jumper X22 = 1
256 kbit/s by jumper X24 = 1
512 kbit/s by jumper X26 = 1

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

Communication converter for X.21/RS422/G.703.1 interface 7XV5662 - 0AA0¨
Converter to synchronous or asynchronous serial coupling of protection
units with optical inputs/outputs with ST connector to
communication devices with electrical X.21/RS422 or G.703.1 interface.
Connection to protection unit via FO cable for 62.5/125 µm and
820 nm wavelength, max. distance 1.5 km, ST connectors
Electrical with X.21/RS422 (15-pin SUB-D connector) or G.703.1
(screw-type terminal)
Baud rate and interface type selectable by jumpers
For synchronous operation with 7SD52, 7SD6, 7SA6, 7SA52 0
For asynchronous operation with 7SD51, 7XV5653 or serial devices 1

14

Siemens SIP · 2004 14/47

14

14/48 Siemens SIP · 2004


7XV5662-0AB00 / 7XV5662-0AB01
Communication Converter
Fig. 14/40
Communication converter for ISDN lines
Description
The S0 communication converter is a pe-
ripheral unit connected with the protec-
tion unit, and allows serial data exchange
between two protection units over ISDN
switched or dedicated lines.
A private or public communication net-
work is used for data exchange. The digital
synchronous S0 bus provides access to the
network. The data are changed at the op-
posite end by a second S0 communication
converter back into a form that the second
protection unit can read (Fig. 14/40). This
conversion allows two protection units and
serial terminals to mutually exchange data.
By means of two S0 communication con-
verters and an ISDN link you can send data
from one protection unit to another, and
likewise receive data from that second unit.
Siemens SIP · 2004
14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5662
LSP2518.tif
The converter is available in two versions:
• The variant 7XV5662-0AB00 allows
connection of a maximum of two pro-
tection relays featuring a synchronous
serial interface with 64 kbit/s. It is in-
tended for communication by the dif-
ferential protection relays 7SD52 /
7SD610 and for serial signal comparison
by the distance protection relay 7SA52 /
7SA6.
• The variant 7XV5662-0AB01 allows
connection of a maximum of two units
featuring an asynchronous serial inter-
face with max. 19.2 kbit/s. It can be used
for communication by the differential
protection relay 7SD51 or the binary
signal transmitter 7XV5653. Asynchron-
ous serial data can be transferred
between two devices.
Function overview
The S0 communication converter has the
following features:
• Transfer speed for long-distance
line-side S0 bus: 2 x 64 kbit/s
• Connection to protection unit via
62.5/125 µm multi-mode fiber optic
link with ST connectors on the S0 com-
munication converter. Two independ-
ent optical inputs / outputs are available
(for parameter assignment to other S0
communication converters in the net-
work).
• Maximum fiber optic length for con-
nection to protection unit = 1.5 km.
• 5-pin screw terminal (S0 bus) for data
connection to ISDN communication
device.
• A 9-pin SUB–D for connection to a PC
with a DIGSI cable (7XV5100–4) for
parameterization of the unit with the
aid of the software for the S0 communi-
cation converter.
• Wide-range power supply unit for
DC 24 to 250 V DC (voltage limit 19 to
300 V DC) and AC 115 to 250 V AC
(range 92 to 286 V AC).
• Monitoring of auxiliary voltage, of
clock signal from communication net-
work and of internal logic circuitry, also
fault signal on an alarm relay.
• Facility for using jumpers to connect
communication loops, for checking
data flow at the interfaces.
• Robust die cast aluminum housing of
dimensions 188 mm × 120 mm ×
56 mm (W × D × H) for rail mounting.
• Operating states indicated by LED.
• Power input < 3.5 VA.
14
14/49
 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5662

Application

By means of two S0 communication con-

verters and an ISDN link, data can be sent
from one protection unit to another, and
likewise be received from that second unit.
The connection between the S0 communi-
cation converter and the protection unit
takes the form of an interference-free
62.5/125 µm multi-mode fiber optic link.
Data transfer between the protection units Fig. 14/41
comprises a point-to-point link, is
bit-transparent and synchronous, and runs
with 64 kbit/s via the communication net-
work.
The communication converter S0 has two
serial optical input interfaces, each with 64
kbit/s. The long-distance line-side S0 bus
passes this information to other S0 com-
munication converters in the network,
which can be selected as users or are per-
manently connected via dedicated line.
The S0 communication converter helps
simplify commissioning of the whole com-
munication link. Parameter setting for the
S0 communication converter takes place
via the serial PC interface on the converter
with the aid of straightforward software Fig. 14/42
(downloadable from the Internet). The
software allocates users and telephone
numbers to the interfaces, and specifies
which converter calls and which one an-
swers. Selection and ordering data

The S0 communication converter features a

relay contact for issue of a “device OK“ sig-
nal (GOK) and also a wide-range power
supply unit covering the entire customary
DC and AC auxiliary voltage range. All sig-
nificant operating states are indicated by
LEDs.
Communication converter for ISDN switched / 7XV56 62-0AB00
dedicated lines for synchronous data terminals
Converter for serial data exchange via two ISDN lines with 64 kbit/s
in dedicated line mode (S0 bus)
Connection: 2 x optical 820nm / ST connectors (2 optical inputs)
Electrical: To ISDN S0 bus with 64 kbit/s or 128 kbit/s
Suitable for connection of SIPROTEC 4 relays 7SD52, 7SD610,
7SA522 and 7SA6 with synchronous interface

Communication converter for ISDN switched / 7XV56 62-0AB01

dedicated lines for asynchronous data terminals
Converter for serial data exchange via two ISDN lines with 64 kbit/s
in dedicated line mode
Connection to ISDN network with S0 bus
Connection: 2 x optical 820nm / ST connectors to
asynchronous terminal (e.g. 7SD51, 7XV5653 or DIGSI interface)
Electrical: To ISDN S0 bus with 64 kbit/s or 128 kbit/s

14

14/50 Siemens SIP · 2004

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5662

7XV5662-0AC00/7XV5662-0AC01
Communication Converter for Pilot Wires
Function overview

• Optical interface with ST connector for

connection to the protection unit

LSP2460-afp.tif
• Distance: 1.5 km with 62.5/125 µm
multi-mode FO cable between CC - CO
and the protection unit
• Electrical interface to the pilot wire
(line) with 2 screw-type terminals. 5 kV
isolated
• Synchronous data exchange for 7SD52,
7SD6, 7SA6 and 7SA52 via pilot wire
Fig. 14/43 (typ. 15 km) (CC - CO version -0AA00)
Communication converter for pilot wires • Asynchronous data exchange for
7SD51, 7XV5653 or other units with
asynchronous interface (CC - CO ver-
sion -0AA01) (typ. 15 km)
• Loop test function selectable by jump-
ers in CC - CO
• Master or slave mode of the CC - CO
The connection to the protection device is selectable by jumper (one master and
Description
made interference-free by means of a one slave device required at the end of
The communication converter copper multimode fiber-optic cable, with ST con-
the pilot wire, factory presetting: master
(CC-CO) is a peripheral device linked to nectors at the CC-CO. The maximum op-
tical transmission distance is 1.5 km mode)
the protection device which enables serial
data exchange between two protection (0.93 mile). The data transfer between the • Wide-range power supply with
devices. It uses a single pair of copper wires protection devices is realized as a point-to- self-supervision function and alarm
(pilot wire) that may be part of a telecom- point connection that is bit-transparent. contact
munications cable or of any other suitable Data must be exchanged via dedicated pi-
symmetrical communications cable (no lot wires, not via switching points.
Pupin cable). At the opposite side, the data
are converted by a second communication
converter so that they can be read by the
second protection device. The communi-
cation converters (master/slave) thus allow
two protection devices to communicate
synchronously and to exchange large data
volumes over considerable distances. Typi-
cal applications are the protection inter-
faces of differential protection and distance
protection of the devices 7SD5, 7SD6,
7SA52 and 7SA6, where 7XV5662-0AC00
must be used (synchronous connection
with 128 kbit/s). Should asynchronous se-
rial data of differential protection 7SD5 or
of the binary signal transducer 7XV5653 be
transmitted, the device 7XV5662-0AC01
must be used (asynchronous from 300 bit/s
14
to 38.2 kbit/s).

Siemens SIP · 2004 14/51

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5662

Application

The CC - CO can be used for two

applications.
One application is the synchronous
serial data exchange (converter
version - 0AA00) between
SIPROTEC 4 differential relays
(7SD52, 7SD6) and/or the serial
teleprotection between distance re-
lays (7SA6 and 7SA52). The relays
have to be equipped with an opti-
cal 820 nm plug-in module “FO5”.
Another application is the trans-
mission of asynchronous serial
data via pilot wires to the line dif-
ferential protection relay 7SD51 or
the binary signal transmitter
Fig. 14/44
7XV5653. Other serial devices may
also be used.
If the maximum distance between
the protection units is longer than
spanned by two CC-CO, the con-
verters can be cascaded (see Fig.
14/45). A power supply between
the two master units is required.
If the isolation level is higher than
5 kV (provided by the pilot wire
inputs of the units), external isola-
tion transformers (barrier trans-
formers) can be used on both sides.
These transformer offer 20 kV iso-
lation voltage and thus help to
avoid hazardous high voltages at
the inputs of the CC-CO, which
might be induced by a short-circuit
from a parallel power line or cable.
Fig. 14/45

Functions
The protection unit is optically
linked to the CC-CO, which makes
interference-free data transfer be-
tween the CC - CO and the protec-
tion unit possible. The communi-
cation converter is located close to
the pilot wire. It converts serial
14 data of the protection unit into a
frequency-modulated signal. This
signal is transmitted via one pair of
copper wires of a pilot wire/com-
munication line (bi-directional,
full duplex operation).
By means of jumpers, one unit is Data transfer between the protec-
defined as “master” and the other tion units is effected on the basis of
unit as “slave”. In a “training” dur- a point-to-point connection, fur-
ing commissioning, the electrical thermore it is a synchronous,
characteristics of the pilot wire are bit-transparent transmission. Due
measured by pressing a pushbutton, to the telegram-backed data ex-
and the CC - COs are tuned to change, mal-operation is ruled out.
these characteristics.
The measured characteristics are
used as parameters that will be ad-
hered to for optimal data transfer.
Digital data transfer makes a low
insulation level of the pilot wire
possible, because no high voltages
are produced on the pilot wire dur-
ing short-circuit conditions.

14/52 Siemens SIP · 2004

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5662

Rated auxiliary voltage

Technical data
24 to 250 V DC ± 20 %
115/230 V AC ± 20 % without switchover
LEDs
4 LEDs
LED 1 Red: Line activation
LED 2 Yellow: Line transport
LED 3 Yellow: Data transfer
LED 5 Green: Power ON
Connectors
Power supply 2-pole screw-type terminal
Alarm/ready contact 3-pole make/break contact
Pilot wire 2-pole for pilot-wire connection
5-kV isolated inputs
FO cable 820 nm, 2 ST connectors for TxD and
RxD for 62.5/125 µm multi-mode FO (max. distance to protection unit
1.5 km)
Pushbutton
Measuring and training of param-
eters of the pilot wire
Housing
Aluminum die-cast housing Dimensions 188 x 56 x 120 mm (WxHxD)
Weight Approx. 0.8 kg
Degree of protection According to EN 60529: IP 41
For snap-on mounting onto 35 mm EN 50022 rail
Operating mode
Synchronous operation with 7XV5662-0AC00 for 7SD52, 7SD6, 75A52 and 7SA6
Setting in the protection unit: 128 kbit/s per parameter
Setting in CC - CO: 128 kbit/s. No setting required
Asynchronous operation with 7XV5662-0AC01 for 7SD51, 7XV5653 and units with asynchronous serial
interface (no handshake supported, only serial TxD and RxD signals are
supported)
Max. baud rate for protection unit: 38.4 kbit/s
Max. baud rate for CC - CO 128 kbit/s.
No setting required
Max. distance with pilot wire AWG 16 / 1.3 mm2 / 13 Ω/km: max. 40 km
AWG 18 / 0.82 mm2 / 21.9 Ω/km: max. 27 km
AWG 20 / 0.5 mm2 / 34.1 Ω/km: max. 18 km
AWG 22 / 0.33 mm2 / 51.7 Ω/km: max. 11 km
AWG 26 / 0.13 mm2 / 137 Ω/km: max. 4.5 km
Shielded twisted pair (STP) recommended. Max. loop resistance: 1400 Ω
Attenuation < 40 dB at 80 kHz

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

Communication converter for pilot wires 7XV5662 - 0AC0¨
Converter for synchronous or asynchronous serial coupling of protection
units with optical inputs/outputs with ST connector to
conventional pilot wires. 5-kV isolation of unit analog inputs
14
towards the pilot wires.
Connection to protection unit via FO cable for 62.5/125 µm and
820 nm wavelength, max. distance 1.5 km, ST connectors
Synchronous serial data 128 kbit/s
Asynchronous serial data rate max. 57.2 kbit/s
For synchronous operation with 7SD52, 7SD6, 7SA6, 7SA52 0
For asynchronous operation with 7SD51, 7XV5653 for other units 1

Siemens SIP · 2004 14/53

14

14/54 Siemens SIP · 2004

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5662

7XV5662-oAD10
Temperature Monitoring Box
Function overview

• Measurement and display of 6 tempera-

tures with Pt100, Ni100 or Ni120 sen-
sors per box. With two boxes: a total of
12 measurements.
• Connection of up to 2 boxes via the
RS485 interface of the relay. Optical
connection can be established with
additional converters (7XV5650 /

LSP2411-afp.tif
7XV5651)
• 2- or 3-wire connection of thermal sen-
sors is supported (3-wire connection
recommended)
• Monitoring of each sensor wiring and
Fig. 14/46 alarm in case of wire breakage. Alarm is
Temperature monitoring box indicated in the box itself and in the re-
lay monitoring function.
• Measuring range of temperature for
Pt100: -100 °C to +800 °C
Description

The temperature monitoring box (also

called RTD-unit(resistance temperature
detector) or thermo-box) can be used to-
gether with the 7UT6, 7UM62 and 7SJ6 re-
lays for thermal monitoring of machines
and transformers. It is connected via its se-
rial RS485 interface to the RS485 interface
of the SIPROTEC 4 units. External opto-
electrical converters (7XV5650 / 7XV5651),
however, allow the RTD unit to be con-
nected to the optical 820-nm interface of
the protection relay (Port C or Port D).
Measurement of 6 temperature values is ef-
fected by Pt100 (recommended), Ni100 or
Ni200 sensors and transmitted by tele-
grams to the SIPROTEC relay. The relay
displays the measured values, monitors
them and generates alarms when previ-
ously parameterized limiting values are ex-
ceeded. For 7UT6 with its extensive
transformer monitoring functions, special
functions like hot-spot calculation are
available. Wiring to the sensors and wire
breakage are monitored as well. Two boxes
with a maximum of 12 sensors (this corre-
sponds to 12 measuring locations) can be
14
connected to one SIPROTEC relay.

Siemens SIP · 2004 14/55

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5662

Application

A maximum of two RTD units can be con-

nected to a protection relay. These units
offer up to 12 RTD inputs, which can be
monitored by the RTD function in the re-
lay or supervised by a user-defined logic in
the relay, where user-defined alarms can be
generated. The connection (up to 1000 m)
between the RTD unit and the relay can be
made by an RS 485 - electrical bus. For dis-
tributed RTD units or fully interfer-
ence-free connections, FO connections are
recommended. Fig. 14/48 illustrates the Fig. 14/47
application with FO cables and 7XV5651 Connection of two RTD units to a protection unit
converters. If only one RTD unit is con- via RS485 bus
nected to the relay it is sufficient to have
one FO connection from the 7XV565x
converter to the relay.

Fig. 14/48
Optical connection of two RTD units to a protection unit

14

14/56 Siemens SIP · 2004

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5662

Technical data
Rated auxiliary voltage Measuring delay time
for 7XV5662-2AD10 24 to 60 V AC/DC Time tM < 1.5 s (normal operation, depends
Tolerance DC-supply 20 to 81 V DC (0.85 x 24 V...1.35 x 60 V) on number of connected sensors)

Tolerance AC-supply 20 to 66 V AC (0.85 x 24 V...1.1 x 60 V) Switch points

Auxiliary voltage Number 6, numerically adjustable

for 7XV5662-5AD10
Tolerance DC-supply
Tolerance AC-supply
90 to 240 V AC/DC Relay operating function Standard = closed circuit current prin-
ciple (NC)
81 to 297 V DC (0.9 x 90 V...1.35 x 220 Option = operating current (NO)
V)
Temperature alarm
76 to 264 V AC (0.85 x 90 V...1.1 x 240
V) Temperature range 1 … 6 - 199 to + 800 °C

Power consumption < 8 VA Hysteresis 1 to 20 K

Frequency 0 / 50 / 60 Hz Release delay time tALARM 0.1 to 99.9 s

Relay output Pickup delay time tALARM off 0 to 999 s

Number 1 changeover (CO) contact Max. ambient temperature

Switching voltage max. 415 V AC Operating temperature - 20 to + 65 °C

Switching current max. 5 A UL 508 ambient temperature - 20 to + 55 °C

Switching power cos ϕ = 1 (p.f.) max. 1250 V A (ohmic load) Storage temperature - 20 to + 70 °C
max. 48 W at 24 V DC no condensation permitted

Derating factor p.f. = 0.7/0.5 RS485 interface

UL electrical ratings 3 A resistive, 240 V AC Address of unit 0 to 99

C300/Q300 Baud rate 4800, 9600, 19200 Baud
Rated operational current Ie Parity N, O, E (no, uneven, even)
AC15 Ie = 1.5 A Ve = 400 V Housing
Ie = 3 A Ve = 250 V Type V8
DC13 Ie = 2 A Ve = 24 V Dimensions (W x H x D) 140 x 90 x 58 mm
Ie = 0.2 A Ve = 125 V
Ie = 0.1 A Ve = 250 V Line connection solid wire each 1 x 1.5 mm2
Recommended fuse for contacts T 3.15 A (gL) Stranded wire with insulated each 1 x 1.0 mm2
7 connector end sleeve
Expected life mechanical 3 x 10 operations
Torque 0.5 Nm (3.6 lb.in)
Expected life electrical 1 x 106 operations with 250 V AC / 5 A
Protection class of housing IP31
2 x 106 operations with 250 V AC / 3 A
Protection class of terminals IP20
2 x 107 operations with 250 V AC / 1 A
Mounting Snap-on mounting onto 35 mm
Insulation EN 50022 rail or M4 screws
Standard VDE 0660 / VDE 0160 Weight Approx. 350 gr
Test voltage between supply VDE 0110 / 415 V AC / I Gr.C
voltage Vs, protected earth, relay
contacts and against sensors /
RS485 2000 V DC
Sensor connection
Number 6 x Pt100 acc. to DIN 43760 /IEC 60751
Measuring accuracy ± 0.5 % of value ± 1 digit
Sensor current < 2 mA
3-wire sensor Pt100 + RL = max. 490 Ω
2-wire sensor RL = 0...50.6 Ω adjustable

14

Siemens SIP · 2004 14/57

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5662

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

Temperature monitoring box 7XV5662 - oAD10
Measurement of up to 6 temperatures for 7UT6, 7SJ6 or 7UM62
with Pt100, Ni100 or Ni120 sensors (Pt100 recommended),
With serial RS485 interface
Power supply range (24 - 60 V AC/DC) 2
Power supply range (90 - 240 V AC/DC) 5

14

14/58 Siemens SIP · 2004

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5664

7XV5664
GPS/DCF77 Time Synchronization Receiver
Function overview

LSP2410-afp.tif
• An optical output with ST connector is
provided for potential and interference-
free direct transmission of DCF77 or
IRIG-B time synchronization telegrams
to the SIPROTEC 4 units. There they
are converted to an electrical signal by a
7XV5654-0BA00 converter and injected
via the time synchronization interface
of the SIPROTEC 4 units (Port A) (see

LSP2508.eps
Fig. 14/50)
• On a second optical output, a high-
precision minute or second pulse can be
issued with microsecond accuracy.
Sync.-transceiver 7XV5654
• With this minute pulse, the SIPROTEC 4
Fig. 14/49
GPS/DFC77
unit internal clock can be synchronized
time synchronization receiver via a binary input. The opto-electrical
7XV5664 converter 7XV5654-0BA00 supports
this process.
• A special application of the pulse-per-
Description second function is the highly accurate
The 7XV5664 GPS/DCF77 time signal re- synchronization of 7SD52 differential
ceiver (TSR) is part of the time synchroni- protection unit versions that feature the
zation system for all SIPROTEC 4 units. It GPS synchronization function. This fa-
is equipped with an antenna and a 25-m cilitates the exact detection of the trans-
screened cable. The other devices of the fer time of telegrams between the units
time synchronization system are the in both the transmit (send) and the re-
7XV5450 mini star-coupler (optional) and
ceive direction.
the 7XV5654-0BA00 time synchronization
unit (sync.-transceiver). • The receiver requires 24 V DC power
A user-friendly software package for PC supply. Other auxiliary voltages may be
(included in the scope of delivery) facili- converted to 24 V DC by the DC/DC
tates configuration of the receiver via an converter 7XV5810-0BA00.
RS232 interface.
The optical outputs provide interference-
free transmission of the time signals to the
relays. Close to the relays, the sync.-trans-
ceiver 7XV5654 converts these optical sig-
nals to electrical signals. These signals are
input signals for Port A of SIPROTEC 4
units or for binary inputs, which can also
be used for time synchronization.

14

Siemens SIP · 2004 14/59

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5664

Application

The GPS/DCF77 TSR is installed

close to the aerial (max. distance 25
m). Auxiliary voltage is supplied by
the 7XV5810-0BA00 wide-range
power supply unit from the AC
system or a substation battery. The
interference-free transmission of
the time telegrams or synchroniza-
tion pulses is effected via a fiber-
optic cable to the sync. -transceiv-
ers which are located close to the
relay. With the mini star-coupler
7XV5450, these signals can be
transmitted to further sync.-trans-
ceivers, if required.
A 7XV5664-0BA00 sync.- trans-
ceiver is used to convert the optical
signals to 24-V electrical signals for
the time synchronization interface
(Port A) of the SIPROTEC 4 unit.
For every six SIPROTEC 4 units,
one sync.- transceiver is required.
On the second optical output, a
minute pulse can be issued to the
relays. The 7XV5654 converts the
optical pulses to electrical pulses
for a binary input of the relay. The
connection of the sync.-transceiver
to the protection units is estab-
lished with an adaptor cable and Fig. 14/50 SIPROTEC 4 protection unit with GPS-time synchronization
two 7XV5104 Y-bus cables
(see Fig. 14/50)

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

GPS-time signal receiver 7XV5664-0AA00
for time synchronization of all SIPROTEC 4 units with aerial,
25 m coaxial cable, PC software with cable (without wide-range
power supply unit 7XV5810-0BA00)
Device in standard industrial housing for DIN-rail mounting
2 optical ST connectors. 24 V DC power supply voltage

Time synchronization unit (sync.-transceiver) 7XV5654-0BA00

Sync.-transceiver for conversion of 2 optical time signals to 24 V/battery voltage
for the time synchronizing interface of SIPROTEC 4 units (Port A) / or binary input
2 optical ST connectors. Wide range power supply. Alarm contact.

Y-bus cable 7XV5104-0AAoo

Y-bus cable 2-wire shielded with 9-pin SUB-D connector and metal
housing for the clock synchronization of SIPROTEC 4 units
Length 1 m 0 1
14
Length 3 m 0 3
Length 5 m 0 5
Length 10 m 1 0
Note: Extension cables 7XV5104-1AAxx in 10, 20, 30, 40, 50 m available

Adaptor cable 7XV5104-2AA00

Adaptor cable 2-wire shielded with cable lugs to 9-pin SUB-D connector
(female) for connection of the Y-cable to the sync.-transceiver 7XV5654-0BA00

14/60 Siemens SIP · 2004

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV57

7XV57
RS232 – RS485 Converter
Function overview

• Minimum baud rate: 9600 baud

• Maximum baud rate: 115 kbaud
• No setting of baud rate necessary
LSP2027-afp.tif • Compact plug casing
• Power supply via plug in PSU
• Maximum 31 relays at RS485 bus
• Complete set for connecting 1 relay
to RS485 bus

Fig. 14/51
RS232 – RS485 converter

Description

Up to 31 SIPROTEC 4 relays with an elec-

trical, bus-capable RS485 interface to a PC
for centralized control can be connected
via the RS232ÖRS485 converter.
The converter is housed in an expanded
plug casing. The interfaces are connected
to 25-pin female connectors. The auxiliary
voltage is supplied via a plug-in power sup-
ply unit attached to the side. Auxiliary
voltages of 110 or 230 V AC make opera-
tion with all common AC networks possi-
ble.
A twisted and shielded cable with two wires
is required for the RS485 bus. The protec-
tion relays are connected to the bus in se-
ries. Data transmission at a speed of 19.2
kbaud with a bus length of up to
approximately 1000 m is possible.
The converter, plug-in power supply unit
and the connecting cable to the first relay
are included in the scope of supply.

14

Siemens SIP · 2004 14/61

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV57
Applications
The RS232ÖRS485 converter allows up to
31 SIPROTEC 4 protection relays with
electrical busable RS485 interfaces to be
connected to a PC notebook.
The converter is housed in an expanded
plug casing. The interfaces are connected
to 25 pin female connectors. The RS485
interface has a terminating resistor. The
auxiliary voltage is supplied via a plug-in
power supply unit attached to the side.
Auxiliary voltages of 110 V or 230 V AC
make operation with all common AC net-
works possible.
Functions
The converter works according to the mas-
ter/slave principle. In idle state, the RS232
interface is inactive while the RS485 inter-
face is switched to the receiving mode.
During communication, the PC (master)
sends data to the RS232 interface, which
are transmitted (half duplex) to the protec-
tion unit (slave) by the converter at the
RS485 interface. After data transmission,
the RS485 interface is once again switched
to the receiving mode. Vice versa, data
supplied by the protection unit are sent
back by the converter to the RS232 inter-
face and to the PC.
No handshake signals are being processed
during communication. This means that
data sent by the PC are mirrored, which
may cause problems in special applica-
tions.
14
14/62
Fig. 14/52 Protection units connected to the RS485 bus
Note
The converter may not be used with a substation modem due to non-existing isolation. It is recom-
mended to use the 7XV5650 and 7XV5651 converters in conjunction with the substation modem.
Connections
The PC is connected to the converter by
means of a DIGSI cable e.g. 7XV5100-2.
A twisted and shielded cable with two
wires is required for the RS485 bus. The
conductor cross section has to be adapted
to the ring cable lugs and the SUB-D con-
nectors. The individual wires protruding
from the shield should be kept as short as
possible. The shield is connected to the
housing earth at both ends. The protection
units are connected to the bus in series.
The shield between the converter and the
protection units, or between the protection
units, is connected at both sides. Whenever
substantial cable lengths or high baud rates
are involved, a terminating resistor of 220
ohm should be applied between signal
lines A and B at the last protection unit.
Data transmission at a speed of 19.2
kbaud, with a bus length of up to approx.
1000 m, is possible.
Siemens SIP · 2004
 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV57

Technical data Design

Plug chassis Plastics
Dimensions 63 x 94 x 16 mm (W x H x D)
Degree of protection IP 20
Power supply
Power supply 110 or 230 V AC
Via Plug-in power supply unit
Electrical interfaces
Type RS232 to RS485 (non-isolated)
Assignment See Fig. 14/52
CE conformity, standards
This product is in conformity with the directive of Conformity is proved by tests performed by
the Council of the European Communities on the Siemens AG in accordance with the generic standards
approximation of the laws of the Member States EN 50081-1 and EN 50082-2.
relating to the electromagnetic compatibility
(EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC).

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7XV5700 RS232 – RS485 converter 7XV5700-¨ ¨ ¨ 0 0

Rated auxiliary voltage

Via plug-in auxiliary power supply unit (PSU) 230 V / 50 Hz AC 0
Via plug-in auxiliary PSU 110 V / 60 Hz AC 1

Connecting cable
With RS485 connecting cable for 7SJ60, 7RW60, 7SD6, 7SV60, length 1 m A
With RS485 connecting cable for SIMEAS Q and SIPROTEC 4, length 1 m B
With RS485 connecting cable for SIMEAS T, length 1 m C
Without RS232 connecting cable A
With RS232 connecting cable 7XV5100-2 for PC/notebook, 9 pin B
With RS232 adaptor, 25-pin connector (male) to 9-pin connector (female) for PC / notebook C

14

Siemens SIP · 2004 14/63

14

14/64 Siemens SIP · 2004

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5800

7XV5800
Industrial Modems
Function overview

• Synchronous and asynchronous

support
n.t
if • Dial-up and 2-wire leased line support
fpe
P2
394-a
• 4-wire leased line support and dial
LS
backup on some models
• Remote configuration for centralized
Fig. 14/53
set-up and management
7XV5800 industrial modem • Phone number storage for automatic or
DTR dialing
• Flash memory for easy updates
• Data transmission, fax, and other
value-added software
• Auxiliary voltage supply via power
supply unit 230 V AC

Description

The full-featured MultiModem II modem

range for industrial application provides
high-speed and reliable data and fax com-
munication. It is housed in a robust metal
case. This modem range is ideally suited
for applications in control systems and
substations in the power transmission and
distribution sector. It supports the data
frame 8E1, which is used for the IEC 103
and DIGSI protocols, if a parity bit should
be transmitted.
For the current modem versions, please
consult our download area on the Internet:
www.siprotec.com “Accessories”

14

Siemens SIP · 2004 14/65

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5800
Application
It is highly recommended to use
the modems described below for
any communication application
mentioned in this catalog.
Selection and ordering data
14
1) The 7XV5662-0AC01 communica-
tion converter can be used for 2-wire
leased line support up to 10 km.
14/66
33.6K Model MT2834 desk top unit 56K Model MT5634 (PCMCIA) for Notebooks
• V.34 / 33.6 K • PCMCIA Standard V.90 / K56flex™
• Expanded Class 2 faxing at 14.4 K • Class 1 and Class 2 faxing at 14.4 K
• Synchronous and asynchronous support • Global model for worldwide use
• Password-protected, fixed and • “Plug and Play” operation
variable call-back security
• 11-bit application support (IEC protocol)
• Multi-Tech AT command set
• AS/400® settings, UUCP spoofing
• External sync clock support
56K Model MT5600 desk top unit
• V.90 / K56flex™
• Class 1 and Class 2 faxing at 14.4 K
• LCD panel for easy configuration and
diagnostics
Description Order No.
7XV5800 industrial modem 7XV5800-¨¨¨00
desktop unit in metal housing with
power supply unit, 230 V AC
MT2834
V.34 / 33.6 K with 10 / 11 bit (8E1) call-back security 2
MT5600
V.90/56 K with 10 bit (8N1) call-back security 3
Region
TYPE DE Germany A
TYPE INTL Europe / rest of the world B
Operating modes
TYPE BA dial-up and 2-wire leased line support1) A
Modem for Notebooks 7XV5800-7AA00
MT5634 ZLXI
PCMCIA Type II MultiMobile modem V.90 / 56 K with 10 bit (8N1),
for worldwide use
Siemens SIP · 2004
 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5850/51

7XV5850/5851
Ethernet Modems
Function overview

• DIGSI supports the administration and

the building of connections via the
Ethernet network.
• RS232 interfaces for data transfer and

LSP2509.tif
configuration of the modem.
• Serial baud rate and data format
(RS232) for the terminal devices is
selectable from 2400 Bd up to 57.6 kBd
with data format 8N1, 8E1.
Fig. 14/54 • An Ethernet interface LAN to the
7XV585x Ethernet modem 10/100 Mbit network.
• Better security with password protec-
tion and IP address selection is possible.

Description The substation modem may be configured

to have password protection, and only pro-
A control PC and protection units can ex- vides access for defined IP addresses, e.g.
change serial data via an Ethernet network only that of the office modem, as an addi-
using two Ethernet modems 7XV585x. tional security feature. The modem is ac-
Connection to the Ethernet modem is in cessed with DIGSI Remote like a normal
each case made via the asynchronous serial telephone modem with the exception that
interface of the terminal units. In the mo- instead of telephone numbers, IP addresses
dem, the serial data is packed into the se- are assigned by the network administrator
cure TCP/IP protocol as information data, for each modem.
and is transferred between the modems us-
ing the Ethernet connection. Conformity
with the standard and gap-free transmis-
sion of serial DIGSI or IEC 60870-5-103/
101 telegrams via the network is ensured
by the modem which receives the serial
telegram communication and packs the se-
rial IEC telegrams into blocks for commu-
nication via the Ethernet. The data is
transmitted in full duplex mode; serial
control wires are not supported. The con-
nection is established between the IP ad-
dress of the dialing modem in the office
and the IP address of the pick-up modem
in the plant, and is configured prior to di-
aling up with DIGSI by means of AT com-
mands via the RS232 interface.
14

Siemens SIP · 2004 14/67

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5850/51

Application

Fig. 14/55
Operation of various
SIPROTEC protection unit
generations via Ethernet
modems

Using the office computer and DIGSI 4, If an Ethernet connection will be available
both plant 1 and 2 may be dialed up via in the plant in the future, the existing mo-
Ethernet modems. A TCP/IP point-to- dem can be exchanged for an Ethernet mo-
point data connection is established be- dem. The entire serial bus structure and
tween the office and corresponding plant cabling may remain unchanged.
modem when dialed up via the network.
This is maintained until the office modem
terminates the connection. The serial data
exchange takes place via this data connec-
tion, whereby the modem converts the
data from serial to Ethernet with full du-
plex mode. Between the office modem and
the office PC, the highest baud rate is al-
ways used, e.g. 57.6 kB for SIPROTEC 4
units. The serial baud rate of the substation
modem is adapted to the baud rate re-
quired by the protection relays, e.g. substa-
tion modem 1 with 57.6 kB for SIPROTEC 4
and substation modem 2 with 9.6 kB for
SIPROTEC 3 units. These settings are only
14 defined once in the modem. The Ethernet
modems are integrated in DIGSI 4 similar
to telephone modems. Instead of the tele-
phone number, the IP address is selected
which was assigned to the modem by
means of settings.

14/68 Siemens SIP · 2004

 14 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5850/51

Technical data Terminations

RS232 interface 9-pin, SUB-D connector
Ethernet 10BaseT, 10/100 Mbit, RJ45
Power supply (see below)
Desktop device for office use 7XV5850-0AA00
Housing Desktop housing, plastic, charcoal grey, 46 x 109 x 74 (W x H x D) in mm
Supply Wide-range plug-in power supply, auxiliary voltage 100 - 240 V AC
Scope of supply With RS232 cable for Notebook/PC. With Ethernet cable (cross-over) 2 m
Modem for rail mounting 7XV5851-0AA00
Housing Rail mounting, plastic, charcoal grey, 46 x 109 x 74 (W x H x D) in mm
Supply Auxiliary voltage 18 - 24 V DC (screw terminal), expandable with 7XV5810-0BA00
Scope of supply With RS232 cable to SIPROTEC 4, 7XV5300, 7XV5550, 7XV5652.
With Ethernet cable (cross-over) 2 m for configuration
Indication (8 x LED)
Power Operating voltage ok
RS232 TxD Transmitting data to RS232
LAN Tx Transmitting data to LAN
Error Error on RS232
System RS232 connection established
RS232 RxD Receiving data from RS232
LAN Rx Receiving data from LAN
Link LAN LAN connection established

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

Ethernet Modem 7XV585o - 0AA00

Ethernet modem for serial, asynchronous transmission of data up to

57.6 kbit via the 10/100 Mbit Ethernet and configuration software

Desktop device (office version)

Connection to Ethernet RJ45, serial connection SUB-D 9-pin socket
including wide-range power supply 100/240 V AC
With cross-over Ethernet patch cable 2 m for configuration
With serial connection cable to PC 2 m 0
EN 50022 rail device (preferred as substation modem)
Connection to Ethernet RJ45, serial connection SUB-D 9-pin socket
Auxiliary supply 18 - 24 V DC (other voltages with 7XV5810-0BA00)
including cross-over Ethernet patch cable 2 m and serial connection
cable to SIPROTEC 4, 7XV5300, 7XV5450, 7XV5550, 7XV5652 2 m 1

14

Siemens SIP · 2004 14/69

14

14/70 Siemens SIP · 2004

Test Equipment
and Accessories Page

7XV75 Test Switch 15/3

7PA2 Auxiliary Relays for Various Applications 15/5
7TS15 Annunciation Relay 15/11
7SV73 Power Supply Unit 15/13
3RV16 Voltage Transformer Circuit-Breaker 15/15

15
15

15/2 Siemens SIP · 2004

 15 Test Equipment and Accessories / 7XV75

7XV75 Test Switch

Function overview

The following versions are available

in a flush-mounting housing:
• For feeder protection without an open
star point
• For feeder protection without an open
star point and with additional contacts
• For feeder protection without an open
star point for two CT cores or separate
LSP2401-afp.tif

earth-fault CT
• For feeder protection with an open star
point
• For feeder protection with an open star
point and independently switchable trip
and CT circuits
• For a 3-winding transformer differen-
Fig. 15/1 7XV75 test switch tial protection

Description

The 7XV75 test switch serves for testing

protection relays including CT circuits and
command contacts. With the help of the
switches located on the front side, the cur-
rent and voltage inputs as well as the cir-
cuits of the protection relay to be tested are
interrupted and applied to the front side.
Via this plug-in connector, currents and
voltages can be fed by an injection test set
and the different commands and indica-
tions can be tested.

15

Siemens SIP · 2004 15/3

 15 Test Equipment and Accessories / 7XV75

Technical data Test switch

Rated operating voltage Vn 400 V AC
Rated operating current In 6A
Test current capacity for 1 s 150 A
for 10 s 60 A

Unit design
Metal housing 7XP20
Dimension 1/6 of 19” wide
Weight Approx. 3.4 kg

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7XV75 test switch 7XV750¨-¨CA00

Without open star point for feeder protection 0

With open star point for feeder protection 1
For 3-winding transformer differential protection 2
Without open star point for two CT cores or separate earth-fault CT 3
Without open star point for feeder protection and with additional contacts 7
With open star point and independently switchable trip and CT circuits for feeder protection 8

Front test plug connection

With 16-pin Harting connector 0
With 16 banana connectors 1

Accessories Connecting cable with 16-pin Harting connector and open end 7XV6200-0
Connecting cable with 16-pin Harting connector and 17 cable lugs 6 mm 7XV6200-2
Connecting cable with 16-pin Harting connector and 17 banana plugs 4 mm 7XV6200-3

15

15/4 Siemens SIP · 2004

 15 Test Equipment and Accessories / 7PA

7PA22/23/26/27/30
Auxiliary Relays for Various Applications
Technical data

Switching contacts
Continuous current 10 A
Overload capability 80 A/200 ms
150 A/10 ms
Switching current/voltage 40 A/0.5 s/110 V DC
Breaking capacity for 105 operating cycles
Non-inductive Inductive, 20 ms
1 contact 2 contacts 1 contact 2 contacts
in series in series
V DC A A A A
24 6.6 12.7 3.2 6.0
60 2.6 4.9 1.4 2.7
125 1.2 2.2 0.6 1.1

LSP2457-afp.tif
220 0.6 1.1 0.3 0.6

For details see characteristics

Vmax, open contact 250 V DC/400 V AC
Mechanical service life 107 operating cycles
Operating temperature - 10 °C to + 70 °C
Fig. 15/2 7PA2 auxiliary relays 14 °F to 158 °F
Max. permissible humidity 93 % at 40 °C/104 °F
Seismic stress class according to IEEE 501
Degree of ZPA 3 g acceleration at
Description 33 Hz

Due to their quality, reliability and design,

these relays are optimal for applications re-
quiring high reliability and availability
such as power stations, substations, railway
and industrial plants. Typical examples in-
clude petrochemical industry, chemical in-
dustry, cement industry, rolling mills etc.
The relays comply with the IEC, EN, IEEE
standards (type and routine test) and bear
the CE mark.
The robust switch contacts are character-
Standards
ized by high make/break capacity, overload
capability and continuous current intensity Electrical tests performed according to IEC 60255
- Insulation 2 kV/50 Hz/ 1 min
capacity; thus perfect insulation is obtain- - Impulse withstand 5 kV/1.2/50 µs
ed. Direct control of high-voltage and me- strength
dium-voltage switchgear is possible. - Dielectric strength > 2000 MΩ/
500 Vpeak-to-peak
Their high degree of protection and the Flammability tests according to IEC 60692-2-1
transparent cover ensure reliable operation Plastic materials UL 94: VO,
in tropical and/or salty sea air ambient IEC 60695: 850 °C/30 s
conditions. 1562 °F/30 s
Degree of protection Relay: IP 40
acc. to IEC 60529 With socket cover:
IP 50
Climatic stress test according to
- IEC 60255-7 Non-dissipating unit
dry heat +70 °C/96 h 158 °F/96 h
Dissipating unit
+55 °C/96 h 131 °F/96 h
- IEC 60068-2-30 +55 °C/12 h 15
cyclic humid heat 131 °F/12 h
- IEC 60068-2-1 100 cycles
cold Non-dissipating unit
-10 °C/2 h 14 °F/2 h
- IEC 60255-7 At rated voltage VN
thermal aging test +55 °C/1440 h
131 °F/1440 h

Siemens SIP · 2004 15/5

 15 Test Equipment and Accessories / 7PA

Technical data
7PA22
While the auxiliary voltage is being sup-
Fast-acting lockout relay plied to the SET coil, the reset pushbutton
Description must not remain pushed longer than 20 s.

The bistable 7PA22 is a fast-acting lockout Rated voltages and consumption

relay with eight changeover contacts and is VN Voltage range Consumption
plugged into a mounting frame equipped while switching
with a plug-in socket (type 7XP9010) with V DC V DC
screw-type terminals at the rear. 24 19 - 26
30 24 - 33
Functions
60 48 - 66 ≤ 48 W
No continuous power consumption. Posi-
110 88 - 121
tion indication on the front side. Mechani-
cal reset pushbutton. 125 100 - 137
Position memory with two positions ( e.g. 220 176 - 242
for yes/no, open/close, auto/manual, lo-
cal/remote etc.). • Pick-up time: < 10 ms
Fig. 15/3 Connection diagram
General description see page 15/5. Contacts represented in position RESET
Refer to part 16 for dimension drawings.

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7PA22 fast-acting lockout relay 7PA22o1-o

Auxiliary voltage
24 V DC 1
60 V DC 2
110 V DC 3
220 V DC 4
125 V DC 5
30 V DC 6

Socket
without socket 0
with flush-mounting socket 7XP9010-1 1

Accessories Description Order No.

Socket as spare part
Flush mounting 7XP9010-1
Surface mounting 7XP9012-0

15

15/6 Siemens SIP · 2004

 15 Test Equipment and Accessories / 7PA

Protection functions Technical data

While the auxiliary voltage is being sup-
7PA23 plied to the SET coil, the reset pushbutton
must not remain pushed longer than 20 s.
Fast-acting lockout relay Rated voltages and consumption
Description VN Voltage range Consumption
while switching
The bistable 7PA23 is a fast-acting lockout
relay with four changeover contacts and is V DC V DC
plugged into a mounting frame equipped 24 19 - 26
with a plug-in socket (type 7XP9011) with 30 24 - 33
screw-type terminals at the rear.
60 48 - 66 ≤ 24 W

Functions 110 88 - 121

125 100 - 137 Fig. 15/4 Connection diagram
No continuous power consumption. Posi-
tion indication on the front side. Mechani- 220 176 - 242 Contacts represented in position RESET
cal reset pushbutton. • Pick-up time: < 8 ms
Position memory with two positions General description see page 15/5.
(e.g. for yes/no, open/close, auto/manual, Refer to part 16 for dimension drawings.
local/remote etc.).

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7PA23 fast-acting lockout relay 7PA23o1-o

Auxiliary voltage
24 V DC 1
60 V DC 2
110 V DC 3
220 V DC 4
125 V DC 5
30 V DC 6

Socket
without socket 0
with flush-mounting socket 7XP9011-1 1

Accessories Description Order No.

Socket as spare part
Flush mounting 7XP9011-1
Surface mounting 7XP9013-0

15

Siemens SIP · 2004 15/7

 15 Test Equipment and Accessories / 7PA

7PA26 Monostable relay Technical data

Rated voltages and consumption
Description
VN Voltage Consumption
The monostable 7PA26 has eight change- range
over contacts and is plugged into a mount- V DC V DC
ing frame equipped with a plug-in socket
24/30 19 - 33 7PA26o1: ≤ 6 W
(type 7XP9010) with screw-type terminals Peak: ≤ 45 W
at the rear. 60 48 - 66
7PA26o0: ≤ 5 W
110/125 88 - 137
220 176 - 242

• Pick-up time: 7PA26o0 < 20 ms

7PA26o1 < 10 ms
• Drop-out time: < 40 ms
General description see page 15/5.
Refer to part 16 for dimension drawings.

Fig. 15/5 Connection diagram

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7PA26 monostable relay 7PA26oo-o

Auxiliary voltage
24 /30 V DC 1
60 V DC 2
110/125 V DC 3
220 V DC 4

Standard, 20 ms 0
Fast, 10 ms 1

Socket
without socket 0
with flush-mounting socket 7XP9010-0 1

Accessories Description Order No.

Socket as spare part
Flush mounting 7XP9010-0
Surface mounting 7XP9012-0

15

15/8 Siemens SIP · 2004

 15 Test Equipment and Accessories / 7PA

Technical data
7PA27 Monostable relay
Rated voltages and consumption
Description
VN Voltage Consumption
The monostable 7PA27 is a fast-acting relay range
with four changeover contacts and is V DC V DC
plugged into a mounting frame equipped
24/30 19 - 33 ≤ 3.5 W
with a plug-in socket (type 7XP9011) with Peak: ≤ 25 W
screw-type terminals at the rear. 60 48 - 66
110/125 88 - 137
220 176 - 242

• Pick-up time: < 8 ms

• Drop-out time: < 40 ms
Fig. 15/6 Connection diagram
General description see page 15/5.
Refer to part 16 for dimension drawings.

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7PA27 monostable fast-acting relay 7PA27o0 -o

Auxiliary voltage
24 /30 V DC 1
60 V DC 2
110/125 V DC 3
220 V DC 4

Socket
without socket 0
with flush-mounting socket 7XP9011-0 1

Accessories Description Order No.

Socket as spare part
Flush mounting 7XP9011-0
Surface mounting 7XP9013-0

15

Siemens SIP · 2004 15/9

 15 Test Equipment and Accessories / 7PA

7PA30
Trip circuit supervision
Description
The 7PA30 relay is equipped with green
LED and two changeover contacts. It is ap-
plied for trip circuit supervision in the open
and close position of the circuit-breaker. It
monitors the trip circuit, the trip coil and
the proper state of the fuses and mini cir-
cuit-breakers of the circuit.

Functions
The 7PA30 indicates a trip circuit failure
with a time delay of 150 ms.
The relay is always in an energized condi-
tion, regardless of the position of the cir-
cuit-breaker (open/close).
In the event of actuation of the relay, its
unassigned contacts can be used for:
– Blocking the circuit-breaker connection
– Issuing the trip command to another
c.-b. upstream or to a second trip coil of Fig. 15/7 Connection diagram
the same c.-b. Switching contacts shown without
– Local or remote signaling auxiliary power supply in the relay

Under normal operating conditions, the

7PA30 cannot issue spurious tripping be- Technical data Rated voltages and consumption
cause of the large resistance of its coil. In
the event of a short-circuit of the coil, the 7PA30 relays are applied only for trip cir- VN Voltage range Consumption
LED would melt and thus prevent un- cuits with a power consumption of > 30 W.
wanted operation of the circuit-breaker. V DC V DC
24 19 - 26
30 24 - 33
60 48 - 66 ≤ 2.4 W
110/125 88 - 137
220 176 - 242
General description see page 15/5.
Refer to part 16 for dimension drawings. • Drop-out time: < 18 ms

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7PA30 trip circuit supervision 7PA30o0-o

Auxiliary voltage
24 V DC 1
60 V DC 2
110 / 125 V DC 3
220 V DC 4
30 V DC 6

Socket
15 without socket 0
with flush-mounting socket 7XP9011-0 1

Accessories Description Order No.

Socket as spare part
Flush mounting 7XP9011-0
Surface mounting 7XP9013-0

15/10 Siemens SIP · 2004

 15 Test Equipment and Accessories / 7TS15

7TS15 Annunciation Relay

Function overview

• Local/remote indication and reset

• 2 additional diode trip circuits
• Immunity against transient distur-
bances, voltage surges and capacitance
discharge
• 4 LED indications, latching type, signal-
ing until reset
• Outputs
4 trip and alarm circuits that follow the
input position. Each output has:
− one diode 2.5-A-tripping output for
LSP2417-afp.tif

each input
− One potential-free alarm contact
(NO or NC, to be selected with inter-
nal jumper on PCB).
Fig. 15/8 7TS15 annunciation relay
− One potential-free tripping contact
(NO or NC, to be selected with inter-
nal jumper on PCB)
Description Capacity of the output contacts:
Imax 5 A, Vmax 220 V DC.
The 7TS15 relay features auxiliary trip in- One common tripping output via diode
dication for local and remote signaling. It (2.5 A, Vmax 220 V DC)
has four independent output contacts and
LED indication. It is plugged into a • Inputs
mounting frame equipped with a plug-in − 4 alarm/trip inputs
socket (type 7XP9010) with screw-type ter- − Input for remote reset
minals at the rear. The relay complies with
the IEC and EN standards and bears the − Pushbutton for local reset
CE mark.
The 7TS15 is a reliable and versatile high-
speed relay with four fault trip inputs. It
has four local LEDs and auto-resetting out-
put contacts, used in SCADA controls. Ad-
ditionally, it features two diode tripping
circuits.
Reset is possible via remote input and via
local reset pushbutton.

15

Siemens SIP · 2004 15/11

 15 Test Equipment and Accessories / 7TS15

Technical data Connection diagram

• Rated voltages (VN):
24, 30, 110/125, 220 V DC
• Voltage range +10 % - 20 %
VN
• Operating temperature -10 to +55 °C
• Operating humidity 93 %/40 °C
• Pickup time 5 ms
• Consumption
For one trip
VN mA/5 ms
24 V DC 80
30 V DC 90
110/125 V DC 1400
220 V DC 1500

For a permanent trip

VN mA/5 ms
24 V DC 24
30 V DC 25
110/125 V DC 7
220 V DC 5

For a latched LED

VN mA/5 ms
24 V DC 2.5 2 Direct common trip output
30 V DC 2.5 3, 4, 5, 6 Direct trip output
110/125 V DC 2.5 1(-), 7(+) Auxiliary supply
220 V DC 2 a1, a2, … d2 (OUTPUT CONTACTS NC or NO)
Contacts represented without auxiliary supply in the relay
Fig. 15/9

Standards Selection and ordering data

Electrical tests performed acc. to IEC 60255/61810 Description Order No.

- Insulation 2 kV/50 Hz/ 1 min
- Impulse withstand 7TS15 annunciation relay with 4 LEDs 7TS15o0-o
strength 5 kV/1.2/50 µs
Rated auxiliary voltage
High-frequency test acc. to IEC 60255-22-1
- Common mode 2.5 kV / 1 MHz
24 V DC 1
- Differential mode 1 kV / 1 MHz 110/125 V DC 3
Flammability tests according to IEC 60695-2-1/1 220 V DC 4
For plastic materials 850 °C 30 V DC 6
1562 °F
Degree of protection Relay: IP 40 Socket
acc. to IEC 60529 With transparent cover: Without socket 0
IP 50
Climatic stress test according to With flush-mounting socket 7XP9010-2 1
- IEC 60068-2
dry heat Non-dissipating unit Socket as spare part
+70 °C/96 h 158 °F/96 h Flush mounting 7XP9010-2
Dissipating unit
Surface mounting 7XP9012-0
+55 °C/96 h 131 °F/96 h
15 - IEC 60068-2-30 +40 °C/93 %/16 h
cyclic humid heat 104 °F/93 %/16 h
- IEC 60068-2 100 cycles
cold Non-dissipating unit
-10 °C/2 h 14 °F/2 h
- IEC 60255-7 At rated voltage VN
thermal aging test +55 °C/1440 h
131 °F/1440 h

15/12 Siemens SIP · 2004

 15 Test Equipment and Accessories / 7SV73

7SV73 Power Supply Unit

Function overview

The 7SV73 power supply unit

LSP2371-afp.tif
features the following functions:
• Automatic battery connection in the
event of a power failure
(uninterruptible)
• For battery fault detection, the battery
medium-voltage is fed to the monitor
via fuse F4
Fig. 15/11 • Exhaustive discharge protection with
LSP2336-afp.tif

Battery box battery disconnection on drop below

limit voltage
• Optical display with 6 LEDs on the
front panel on the charging module
• One alarm relay with the group indica-
tion: battery operation and relay
Fig. 15/10
disturbance
Charging module
• Three-position LED seven-segment
display

Description
Because of the large battery capacity,
several protection relays can be powered
The 7SV73 power supply unit is used for and several circuit-breakers operated at
stations without a central DC voltage the same time. The output power given
supply, i.e. stations too small to merit the in the technical data must be taken into
use of a station battery. During normal op- account.
eration, the power unit supplies the nu-
merical protection relays with energy from
the power supply unit while keeping the
batteries fully charged. This energy is
drawn either from the 100 V voltage trans-
former secondary circuit or from the 230 V
station AC voltage.
In the event of a fault, the power unit
7SV73 is able to maintain an uninter-
ruptible supply to the protection relays and
at the same time operate circuit-breaker
coils, if necessary. This energy is provided
by two series-connected batteries, i.e. all
components must have a voltage input of
VN = 24 V.

15

Siemens SIP · 2004 15/13

 15 Test Equipment and Accessories / 7SV73

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

7SV73 power supply unit
in 7XP20 housing 7SV7320-0¨A00
Unit design
(charging module)
For panel surface mounting, terminal connection on side B
For panel flush mounting, cubicle mounting E

Battery set
For replacement, two spare batteries (Panasonic, LC R 12 V 6.5 PD) 7XV2200-2AA00

15

15/14 Siemens SIP · 2004

 15 Test Equipment and Accessories / 3RV16

3RV16 Voltage Transformer Circuit-Breaker

Function overview

Application
• Protection of voltage-transformer
secondary circuits for the connection
of protection relays with voltage-
dependent starting element
Functions
• Auxiliary contact of 3RV16 prevents the
LSP2402-afp.tif

distance protection tripping via the

underimpedance starting in case of a
fault in the voltage transformer circuits
• Tripping time of instantaneous
element in few milliseconds
Fig. 15/12 Construction
3RV16 voltage transformer circuit-breaker • Snap-on mounting on 35-mm mount-
ing rail, or screw mounting

same time as the main circuits, if not be-

Description
fore. This adjustment has the effect of pre-
The voltage transformer circuit-breaker venting the opening of the circuit-breaker
protects the secondary side of voltage from producing a tripping command via
transformers used to connect protection the underimpedance starting of the dis-
relays with voltage-dependent starting. The tance protection relay.
switch is used for distance protection with The auxiliary voltage for blocking
low-impedance starting. Special auxiliary voltage-dependent starting (underim-
contacts reliably prevent low-impedance pedance) must always be routed via the
starting from triggering distance protection NO contact 11-14.
if only one error has occurred in the con-
verter line.
The voltage transformer circuit-breaker
can also be used to safely disconnect the
distance protection relay from the voltage
transformer. In this case the special auxil-
iary contacts also prevent erratic triggering
of the distance protection.
Additional fuses are not required. A “Fuse
Failure Monitor” (FFM) is also not re-
quired.
The circuit-breakers are snap-mounted on
a 35-mm mounting rail to EN 50022.
Push-in lugs are available for screw-type
connection of the circuit-breakers.
The circuit-breaker for voltage transform-
ers also incorporates 2 auxiliary contacts
(normally 1 NO + 1 NC). During the
closing operation, contact making via the 15
NO contact of the control switch takes
place later than via the main contacts,
whereas during the opening operation the
auxiliary circuits are interrupted at the

Siemens SIP · 2004 15/15

 15 Test Equipment and Accessories / 3RV16
Functions
The voltage transformer circuit-breaker
largely corresponds with the circuit-
breaker 3RV1, SIRIUS, size S00. Two spe-
cial characteristics are taken into account
for safe prevention of faulty triggering of
the distance protection relay.
Auxiliary switch for blocking
the distance protection
The main contacts of the circuit-breaker
open if the voltage transformer circuit-
breaker is tripped or switched off. The
distance protection would falsely interpret
low impedance as a fault, which results in
immediate power cut-out within only a
few milliseconds.
To prevent this fault response, special
auxiliary contacts with a time-dependent
assignment to the circuit-breaker’s main
contacts (see Technical data) must be pro-
vided. The distance protection is blocked
with the help of these auxiliary contacts,
and thus prevents faulty triggering.
Characteristics
The specified tripping characteristics of the
thermal overload pickup (a) correspond to
the mean value of the leakage bandwidth in
cold state; at operating temperature these
times are reduced to approx. 25 % of the
specified values. The characteristics below
are schematic representations. Precise char-
acteristics are available from “Technical As-
sistance” (E-mail: nst.technical-assistance@
siemens.de).
15
Fig. 15/14 Characteristics
15/16
An auxiliary switch for blocking the Impedance across the main contacts
distance protection relay is available,
There is only minor current flow across the
equipped with 1 changeover contact fitted
main contacts of the voltage transformer
permanently in the voltage transformer
circuit-breaker. To ensure reliable func-
circuit-breaker. This changeover contact
tioning of the distance protection, main
can be used as 1 NO (11-14) or 1 NC
contact resistance must be minimal and
(11-12) contact. Due to the high contact
nearly constant throughout the service life
stability of these auxiliary contacts at the
of the circuit-breaker.
lowest possible rated operational currents
Ie/AC-15 ≥ 0.5 mA at 230 V, it is also suit- This is realized with suitable contacts and
able for modern solid-state distance pro- contact materials for the 3RV16 voltage
tection relays. transformer circuit-breaker.
The laterally mountable auxiliary switches
of the SIRIUS range can be used for signal-
ing functions. They cannot be used for
blocking the distance protection relay.
Fig. 15/13 Timing diagram of auxiliary switches for blocking distance protection
Connection diagrams
Fig. 15/15 Internal connections
Note:
When using the NC contact to con-
nect the voltage transformer circuit-
breaker, the binary input of the dis-
tance protection device (Siemens
7SA xxx) should be set to “active
without voltage”. This type of con-
nection is used for additional moni-
toring of correct wiring.
Fig. 15/16 Typical connections
Siemens SIP · 2004
 15 Test Equipment and Accessories / 3RV16

Technical data
Conductor cross-sections, main circuit, 1 or 2 conductors General technical data
Type 3RV1611- Type 3RV1611-
1AG14 1CG14 1DG14 1AG14 1CG14 1DG14
Terminal type Screw connection Rated current 1.4 2.5 3
Terminal screw Prozidriv size 2 Permissible ambient temperature
Solid 2 x (0.5 to 1.5 mm2); During storage/transport -50 to +80 °C
2 x (0.75 to 2.5 mm2); During operation -20 to +60 °C (up to 70 °C possible
(max. 4 mm2); with current reduction)

Finely stranded with end sleeve 2 x (0.5 to 1.5 mm2); Rated operational voltage VE 400 V
2 x (0.75 to 2.5 mm2) Rated frequency 16.7 to 60 Hz
Stranded 2 x (0.5 to 1.5 mm2); Rated insulation voltage VI 690 V
2 x (0.75 to 2.5 mm2); Short-circuit breaking capacity at 50 kA
(max. 4 mm2) 400 V AC, short-circuit proof up to
Auxiliary switch for blocking the distance protection Current setting of the 1.4 A 2.5 A 3A
With defined time-dependent 1 changeover contact, solid-state thermal overload release
assignment for blocking distance compatible (usable as 1 NO or 1 NC) Operating value of the 6 ± 20 % 10.5 ± 20 % 20 ± 20 %
protection instantaneous electromagnetic
Rated operational current IE/ AC-14 0.5 A/VE 250 V overcurrent release
rated operational voltage VE AC-14 1 A/VE 125 V Tripping time of the Approx.
DC-13 0.27A/VE 250 V instantaneous electromagnetic 6 ms at 12 A 6 ms at 20 A 6 ms at 40 A
DC-13 0.44 A/VE 125 V overcurrent release
Short-circuit protection for auxiliary circuit Disconnection life:
Fusible link, gL/gG max. 10 A short-circuit current Ip Max. short-circuit disconnections
Miniature circuit-breaker, max. 6 A ≤ 0.1 kA ≤ 10
C characteristic 0.1 to 2 kA ≤3
2 kA to 50 kA 1
Internal resistance
in cold state > 0.25 Ω ± 6.5 %
in heated state > 0.30 Ω ± 6.5 %
Selection and ordering data
Shock resistance 15 g
acc. to IEC 60068, Part 2-27
Description Order No.
Degree of protection IP 20
3RV16 voltage transformer circuit-breaker acc. to IEC 60529
with 1 auxiliary contact, 1 changeover Touch protection Safe against finger touch
acc.to DIN VDE 0106 Part 100
1.4/ 6 A 3RV1611-1AG14
Service life Operating cycles
2.5/10.5 A 3RV1611-1CG14 mechanical 10000
3/20 A 3RV1611-1DG14 electrical 10000
Laterally mountable auxiliary switches 1 NO/NC 3RV1901-1A Permissible mounting position any

15

Siemens SIP · 2004 15/17

15

15/18 Siemens SIP · 2004

Appendix Page

Relay Characteristics 16/2

Dimension Drawings 16/7
Assignment for New Products 16/29
Order No. Index 16/30
Training 16/32
Siemens Companies and Representatives 16/33
Notes

16
 16 Appendix

Relay characteristics

Inverse-time characteristics of TOC functions

IEC 60255-3 ANSI/IEEE
Normal Very Extremely Long Inverse Short Long Definite Moderately Very Extremely
inverse inverse inverse inverse inverse inverse inverse inverse inverse inverse
Fig. 16/1 16/2 16/3 16/4 16/5 16/6 16/7 16/8 16/9 16/11 16/13
Relay
7SD5 n n n n n n n n n n n
7SD610 n n n n n n n n n n n
7SJ450*-***00-0 n n n
7SJ450*-***00-1 n n n
7SJ460*-***00-0 n n n
7SJ460*-***00-1 n n n
7SJ600 n n n n n n n n n n n
7SJ602 n n n n n n n n n n n
7SJ61 n n n n n n n n n n n
7SJ62 n n n n n n n n n n n
7SJ63 n n n n n n n n n n n
7SJ64 n n n n n n n n n n n
7UM61 n n n n n n n n
7UM62 n n n n n n n n
7UT612 n n n n n n n n n n n
7UT613 n n n n n n n n n n n
7UT63 n n n n n n n n n n n

16

16/2 Siemens SIP · 2004

 16 Appendix

Relay characteristics

Inverse-time overcurrent protection

characteristics according to IEC 60255
and BS142.

Fig. 16/1 Fig. 16/2

0.14 13.5
Inverse t= ⋅ Tp Very inverse t= ⋅ Tp
(I I p)
0 . 02
−1 (I I p) − 1

Fig. 16/3 80 Fig. 16/4 120

t= ⋅ Tp t= ⋅ Tp
Extremely
(I I p)
2
−1 Long inverse (I I p) − 1
inverse

I = current
t = tripping time 16
Ip = pickup setting
Tp = time multiplier setting

Siemens SIP · 2004 16/3

 16 Appendix

Relay characteristics

Inverse-time overcurrent protection

characteristics according to
ANSI (IEEE) C37.112

Fig. 16/5 Fig. 16/6

t =  2 . 0938 + 0.17966  ⋅ TD  0.2663 
8.9341
Inverse M −1  Short inverse t =  M 1 .2969 − 1 + 0.03393  ⋅ TD

t = tripping time in seconds

16 M = current in multiples of pickup Fig. 16/7 Fig. 16/8
t =  + 2.18592  ⋅ TD t =  1 .5625 + 0.21359  ⋅ TD
5.6143 0.4797
setting (I/Ip) range 0.1 to 4 Long inverse M −1  Definite M −1 
inverse
TD = time dial

16/4 Siemens SIP · 2004

 16 Appendix

Relay characteristics

Inverse-time overcurrent protection

characteristics according to
ANSI (IEEE) C37.112

Fig. 16/9 Fig. 16/10 0.97 ⋅ TD

t =  0.02 + 0.0228  ⋅ TD
0.0103 t reset =
Moderately M −1  Reset M2 −1
inverse moderately inverse

t = tripping time in seconds

M = current in multiples of pickup Fig. 16/11 Fig. 16/12 4.32 ⋅ TD
16
t =  2 + 0.0982  ⋅ TD
3.922 t reset =
setting (I/Ip) range 0.1 to 4 Very inverse M − 1  Reset M2 −1
very inverse
TD = time dial

Siemens SIP · 2004 16/5

 16 Appendix

Relay characteristics

Inverse-time overcurrent protection

characteristics according to
ANSI (IEEE) C37.112

t = tripping time in seconds

M = current in multiples of pickup
5.82 ⋅ TD
t =  2 + 0.0243  ⋅ TD
Fig. 16/13 5.64 Fig. 16/14
setting (I/Ip) range 0.1 to 4 t reset =
Extremely M − 1  Reset M2 −1
TD = time dial inverse extremely inverse

Pinout of communication port Pin no. PC interface RS232 RS485 PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, MODBUS, RS485
at front RS485 DNP 3.0, RS485
PROFIBUS-DP Slave,
RS485
1 Shield (with shield ends electrically connected)
2 RxD RxD – – –
3 TxD TxD A/A’ (RxD/TxD-N) B/B’ (RxD/TxD-P) A
4 – – – CNTR-A (TTL) RTS (TTL level)
5 GND GND C/C’ (GND) C/C’ (GND) GND1
6 – – – + 5 V voltage supply VCC1
(max. Load < 100 mA)
7 RTS RTS –*) _*) –
8 CTS CTS B/B’ (RxD/TxD-P) A/A’ (RxD/TxD–N) B
9 – – – – –
*) Pin 7 also can carry the RS232 RTS signal to an RS485 interface.
Pin 7 must therefore not be connected

16

16/6 Siemens SIP · 2004

 16 Appendix

Dimension drawings Relay Flush/cubicle-mounting Surface-mounting Detached

version version HMI
Reference table Fig. Fig. Fig.
6MD63 16/24 16/27 16/28
6MD66 16/26 16/27 17/28
7KE6000 - 16/44, 16/45 -
7KG6000 - 16/52 -
7KG7000 - 16/46 to 16/50 -
7KG8000 - 16/51 -
7PA22 16/55, 16/57, 16/59 16/55, 16/57, 16/59 -
7PA23 16/56, 16/58, 16/60 16/56, 16/58, 16/60 -
7PA26 16/55, 16/57, 16/59 16/55, 16/57, 16/59 -
7PA27 16/56, 16/58, 16/60 16/56, 16/58, 16/60 -
7PA30 16/56, 16/58, 16/60 16/56, 16/58, 16/60 -
3RV16 16/53 16/53 -
7RW600 16/15 16/16, 16/17 -
7SA513 16/33 16/34 -
7SA522 16/24, 16/26 16/27 -
7SA61 16/22, 16/24, 16/25, 16/26 16/23, 16/27 -
7SA63 16/22, 16/24, 16/26 16/23, 16/27 -
7SA64 - - 16/28
7SD5 16/24, 16/26 16/27 -
7SD600 16/15 16/16, 16/17 -
7SD610 16/22 16/23 -
7SJ45 16/20 16/21 -
7SJ46 16/20 16/21 -
7SJ600 16/15 16/16, 16/17 -
7SJ602 16/18 16/19 -
7SJ61 16/22 16/23 -
7SJ62 16/22 16/23 -
7SJ63 16/24, 16/26 16/27 16/28
7SJ64 16/22, 16/24, 16/26 16/23, 16/27 16/28
7SN600 16/15 16/16, 16/17 -
7SS522 central unit 16/37 16/38 -
7SS523 bay unit 16/35 16/36 -
7SS525 16/22 - -
7SS60 16/15, 16/43 - -
7SV512 16/29 16/30 -
7SV600 16/15 16/16, 16/17 -
7SV73 16/15 16/17 -
7TS15 16/57 16/59 -
7UM511 16/31 16/32 -
7UM512 16/31 16/32 -
7UM515 16/31 16/32 -
7UM516 16/31 16/32 -
7UM61 16/22, 16/24 16/23, 16/27 -
7UM62 16/24, 16/26 16/27 -
7UT512 16/29 16/30 -
7UT513 16/31 16/32 -
7UT6 16/22, 16/24, 16/26 16/23, 16/27 -
7UW500 16/31 16/32 -
7VE511 16/29 16/30 -
7VE512 16/31 16/32 -
7VE61 16/22 16/23 -
7VE63 16/24 16/27 - 16

Siemens SIP · 2004 16/7

 16 Appendix

Dimension drawings Relay Flush/cubicle-mounting Surface-mounting Detached

version version HMI
Reference table Fig. Fig. Fig.
7VH60 16/15 16/17 -
7VK512 16/29 16/30 -
7VK61 16/24 16/27 -
7XV5300 16/40 - -
7XV5450 16/39 16/39 -
7XV5451 16/39 16/39 -
7XV5550 16/39 16/39 -
7XV5650/51/52/53 16/39, 16/54 16/39, 16/54 -
7XV5662 16/41 16/41 -
7XV75 16/42 - -

16

16/8 Siemens SIP · 2004

 16 Appendix

Dimension drawings in mm / inch

Dimension drawings for 1/6 x 19" housing (7XP20)

Side view View from the rear Panel cutout

Fig. 16/15
Housing for panel flush mounting/
cubicle mounting, terminals at rear (1/6 x 19")

Front view Side view

Fig. 16/16
Housing for surface mounting,
terminals at top and bottom (1/6 x 19")

16

Siemens SIP · 2004 16/9

 16 Appendix

Dimension drawings in mm / inch

Dimension drawings for 1/6 x 19" housing (7XP20)

Front view Side view

Fig. 16/17
Housing for panel surface mounting, terminals
on the side (1/6 x 19")

Dimension drawings for SIPROTEC 7SJ602

Side view / screw-type terminals View from the rear Panel cutout

Fig. 16/18
7SJ602 with7XP20 housing
for panel flush mounting/cubicle mounting,
terminals at rear

16

16/10 Siemens SIP · 2004

 16 Appendix

Dimension drawings in mm / inch

Dimension drawings for SIPROTEC 7SJ602

Fig. 16/19
7SJ602 with 7XP20 housing
for surface mounting,
terminals at top and bottom

Dimension drawings for SIPROTEC easy

Panel cutout
Fig. 16/20
7SJ45, 7SJ46 housing for panel flush mounting

16
Fig. 16/21
7SJ45, 7SJ46 housing for rail mounting

Siemens SIP · 2004 16/11

 16 Appendix

Dimension drawings in mm / inch

Dimension drawings for SIPROTEC 4

1/3 x 19" housing (7XP20)

Side view Rear view 1 Rear view 2 Panel cutout

7SA610, 7SD61, 7SJ64 7SJ61, 7SJ62, 7UT612,
7UM611
Fig. 16/22
Housing for panel flush mounting/
cubicle mounting (1/3 x 19")

Front view Side view

Fig. 16/23
1/3 x 19” surface-mounting housing

16

16/12 Siemens SIP · 2004

 16 Appendix

Dimension drawings in mm / inch

Dimension drawings for SIPROTEC 4

1/2 x 19" flush-mounting housings (7XP20)

Side view 1 Side view 2 Panel cutout

Rear view 1 Rear view 2 Rear view 3 Rear view 4

7SA61/63, 7UM621, 7SJ64 7SJ63, 7UM613 7SA522, 7SD52 7UT613

Fig. 16/24
1/2 x 19" flush-mounting housing

16

Siemens SIP · 2004 16/13

 16 Appendix

Dimension drawings in mm / inch

Dimension drawings for SIPROTEC 4

2/3 x 19" flush-mounting housings (7XP20)

Side view

Rear view Panel cutout

Fig. 16/25
2/3 x 19" flush-mounting housing for 7SA613

16

16/14 Siemens SIP · 2004

 16 Appendix

Dimension drawings in mm / inch

Dimension drawings for SIPROTEC 4

1/1 x 19" flush-mounting housings (7XP20)

Side view 1 Side view 2

* Terminals M and L additionally for 7UT635 only

Panel cutout Rear view 1

7SA6, 7UM622, 7SJ64, 7UT633, 7UT635

Rear view 2 Rear view 3

7SJ63, 7MD63 7SA522, 7SD52
16
Fig. 16/26
in 1/1 x 19" flush-mounting housing

Siemens SIP · 2004 16/15

 16 Appendix

Dimension drawings in mm / inch

Dimension drawings for SIPROTEC 4

1/2 and 1/1 x 19" surface-mounting housings
(7XP20)

Front view Side view

1/2 x 19" surface-mounting
housing 7XP20

Front view
1/1 x 19" surface-mounting housing 7XP20
(without sloped FO case)

Fig. 16/27
1/2 and 1/1 x 19" surface-mounting housing

16

16/16 Siemens SIP · 2004

 16 Appendix

Dimension drawings in mm / inch

Dimension drawings for SIPROTEC 4

1/2 and 1/1 x 19" housings
with detached operator panel

Detached operator panel (side view) Rear view Panel cutout

Fig. 16/28
Housing with detached
operator panel 16

Siemens SIP · 2004 16/17

 16 Appendix

Dimension drawings in mm / inch

Dimension drawings for SIPROTEC 3

1/3 x 19" housing

Front view Side view Panel cutout

Fig. 16/29
1/3 x 19" housing
for flush mounting or
cubicle mounting

Front view Side view Detail Z:

Fig. 16/30
1/3 x 19" housing
for panel surface mounting

16

16/18 Siemens SIP · 2004

 16 Appendix

Dimension drawings in mm / inch

Dimension drawings for SIPROTEC 3

1/2 x 19" housing

Front view Side view Panel cutout

Fig. 16/31
1/2 x 19" housing
for panel flush mounting/cubicle mounting

Front view Side view Detail Z:

Fig. 16/32
1/2 x 19" housing
for panel surface mounting

16

Siemens SIP · 2004 16/19

 16 Appendix

Dimension drawings in mm / inch

Dimension drawings for SIPROTEC 3

1/1 x 19" housing

Front view Side view

Fig. 16/33
1/1 x 19" housing
for panel flush mounting/cubicle mounting

16
Fig. 16/34
1/1 x 19" housing for panel surface mounting

16/20 Siemens SIP · 2004

 16 Appendix

Dimension drawings in mm / inch

Front view Side view Panel cutout

Fig. 16/35
7SS52 bay unit in 7XP2040-2 housing
for panel flush mounting/cubicle mounting

Front view Side view View from below

Fig. 16/36
7SS523 bay unit in 7XP2040-1 housing for
panel surface mounting

16

Siemens SIP · 2004 16/21

 16 Appendix

Dimension drawings in mm / inch

Front view Top view

Fig. 16/37
7SS522 central unit in SIPAC subrack

Front view Side view

Fig. 16/38
16 7SS522 central unit with housing for wall mounting

Rear view

16/22 Siemens SIP · 2004

 16 Appendix

Dimension drawings in mm / inch

Fig. 16/39
Converter devices for rail mounting

Fig. 16/40
7XV5300 star coupler in 19" subrack

Fig. 16/41
7XV5662 communication converter 16

Siemens SIP · 2004 16/23

 16 Appendix

Dimension drawings in mm / inch

Front view Side view Rear view Panel cutout

Fig. 16/42
7XV75 with housing 7XP2020-2
(for panel flush mounting)

Side view Rear view Panel cutout

Fig. 16/43
Housing 7XP204 of the peripheral modules (7SS60)
for panel or cubicle flush mounting

16

16/24 Siemens SIP · 2004

 16 Appendix

Dimension drawings in mm / inch

Front view Side view Panel cutout

Fig. 16/44
7KE6000 SIMEAS R
1/2 x 19” with 7XP20 housing for panel flush mounting

Front view Side view

Fig. 16/45
7KE6000-1 SIMEAS R
1/1 x 19” unit in 7XP20 housing
for panel flush mounting

16
Panel cutout

Siemens SIP · 2004 16/25

 16 Appendix

Dimension drawings in mm / inch

7KG7000 SIMEAS P
Fig. 16/46

Attention:
Depending on the cable
cross-section a minimal
bend radius has to be
considered.

SIMEAS P500/P600 SIMEAS P610 SIMEAS P500/P600/P610 SIMEAS P500/P600/P610

Fig. 16/47

SIMEAS P660 SIMEAS P550/P650 SIMEAS P550/P650/P660 SIMEAS P550/P650/P660

Fig. 16/48

SIMEAS P5xx/P6xx
with transparent plastic facia IP54
Fig. 16/49 SIMEAS P100/P200

16 Fig. 16/50
1) Dimension illustration valid for
standard rail according
DIN EN 50022 - 35 x 7.5 mm

16/26 Siemens SIP · 2004

 16 Appendix

Dimension drawings in mm / inch

Front view Side view

Fig. 16/51
7KG8000 SIMEAS Q

Front view Side view

Fig. 16/52
7KG6000 SIMEAS T

1) Auxiliary switch, 2-pole, located on the side.

2) Auxiliary switch, 4-pole, located on the side.
3) Auxiliary release.
4) Auxiliary switch transverse position.
5) Link for screw fixing.
6) Only with undervoltage release combined with
leading auxiliary switch.
7) Drilling diagram.
8) Monitoring rail 35 mm, acc. to EN 50022.
Fig. 16/53 11 Lockable in OFF position with padlock, bracket
diameter 3.5 to 4.5 mm
7RV16 circuit-breaker

Fig. 16/54 16
Temperature monitoring box

Siemens SIP · 2004 16/27

 16 Appendix

Dimension drawings in mm / inch

Fig. 16/55 Fig. 16/56

7PA22, 7PA26 auxiliary relays 7PA23/27 auxiliary relay
7TS15 indication relay 7PA 30 trip circuit supervision

Fig. 16/57 Fig. 16/58

Flush mounting socket 7XP9010 Flush mounting socket 7XP9011
for 7PA22, 7PA26 auxiliary relays for 7PA23/27 auxiliary relay
7TS15 indication relay 7PA30 trip circuit supervision

Fig. 16/59 Fig. 16/60

7PA22, 7PA26 auxiliary relays
7TS15 indication relay Surface mounting socket 7XP9013
for 7PA23/27 auxiliary relay
7PA30 trip circuit supervision

16

16/28 Siemens SIP · 2004

 16 Appendix

Assignment for new products

Products applied until now Function Recommended new products

7PA10 Auxiliary relay 7PA26/27
7PA20 Lockout relay 7PA22/23
7PA21 Trip circuit monitoring 7PA30

7RP72 Frequency relay 7RW600

7SD24 Line differential relay 7SD600

7SD502/503 Line differential relay via 7SD610 + 7XV5662-0AC00
pilot wire
7SD510/511 Line differential relay via FO 7SD610
7SD512 Line differential relay via FO 7SD522

7SA500 Distance protection 7SA6, 7SA522

7SA501 Distance protection 7SA6, 7SA522
7SA502 Distance protection 7SA6, 7SA522
7SA510 Distance protection 7SA6, 7SA522
7SA511 Distance protection 7SA6, 7SA522

7SJ41 Overcurrent relay 7SJ45

7SJ50 Overcurrent relay 7SJ600/602
7SJ510 Overcurrent relay 7SJ61
7SJ511 Overcurrent relay 7SJ61
7SJ512 Overcurrent relay 7SJ62, 7SJ64
7SJ531 Overcurrent relay 7SJ63, 7SJ64

7SN71 Transient earth fault relay 7SN600

7SV72 Power supply unit 7SV73
7UT512 Transformer differential relay 7UT612
7UT513 Transformer differential relay 7UT613/7UT63

7UM51 Machine protection 7UM61/62

7VE51 Paralleling device 7VE61/63

7SS51 Busbar protection 7SS52

7SS13 Busbar protection 7SS60

7VH80/83 High-impedance diff. protection 7VH60

7SV50 BF relay 7SV600

7SV512 Breaker failure relay 7VK61
7VK512 Auto-reclosure und 7VK61
synchronism check relay
7XV72 Test switch 7XV75

7XS50 DIGSI operating program 7XS54

16

Siemens SIP · 2004 16/29

 16 Appendix

Order No. Index

Order No. Page Order No. Page

0-163083 5/79, 5/114, 5/150, 5/194, 6/36, 6/74, 7/39, 7/75, 8/41, 7PA26 15/8
10/18, 11/28, 11/64, 11/107
7PA27 15/9
0-163084 5/79, 5/114, 5/150, 5/194, 6/36, 6/74, 7/39, 7/75, 8/41,
10/18, 11/28, 11/64, 11/107 7PA30 15/10

0-539635 5/79, 5/114, 5/150, 5/194, 6/36, 6774, 7/39, 7/75, 8/41, 7SA513 6/91
10/18, 11/28, 11/64, 11/107 7SA522 6/39
0-539668 5/79, 5/114, 5/150, 5/194, 6/36, 6/74, 7/39, 7/75, 8/41, 7SA61 6/28
10/18, 11/28, 11/64, 11/107
7SA63 6/29
0-734372 5/797, 5/114, 5/150, 5/194, 6/36, 6/74, 7/39, 7/75, 8/41,
10/18, 11/28, 11/64, 11/10 7SA64 6/30

0-827039 5/79, 5/114, 5/150, 5/194, 6/36, 6/74, 7/39, 7/75, 8/41, 7SD5 7/70
10/18, 11/28, 11/64, 11/107 7SD600 7/13
0-827040 6/36, 6/74, 7/39, 7/75, 8/41, 10/18, 11/28, 11/64, 11/107 7SD610 7/36
0-827396 5/79, 5/114, 5/150, 5/194, 6/36, 6/74, 7/39, 7/75, 8/41, 7SJ450 5/9
10/18, 11/28, 11/64, 11/107
7SJ460 5/17
0-827397 6/36, 6/74, 7/39, 7/75, 8/41, 10/18, 11/28, 11/64, 11/10
7SJ600 5/29
1-734387 5/79, 5/114, 5/150, 5/194, 6/39, 6/74, 7/39, 7/75, 8/41,
10/18, 11/28, 11/64, 11/107 7SJ602 5/49, 5/50
3AX11 5/9 7SJ61 5/75,
3PP1326 11/64, 11/70, 11/72 7SJ62 5/109
3PP1336 11/27, 11/63, 11/70, 11/72, 11/74 7SJ63 5/145
3RV1611 6/35, 6/73, 7/38, 7/74, 8/40, 10/18, 15/17 7SJ64 5/188
3RV1901 15/17 7SN600 10/36
4AM4930 7/14 7SS50 9/36
4AM50 5/9 7SS52 9/30
4AM5120 9/16 7SS60 9/15
4AM5272 9/16 7SV512 10/38, 10/40
4NC5225 11/64, 11/74 7TM7000 9/15
6MD63 13/4 7TR7100 9/15
6MD66 13/18 7TS15 15/12
6MD665 13/26 7TS7200 9/15
7KE6000 13/86 7UM511 11/70
7KE6010 13/104 7UM512 11/72
7KG100 13/41 7UM5150 11/74
7KG200 13/41 7UM516 11/76
7KG6000 13/55 7UM61 11/26
7KG6050 13/55 7UM62 11/62
7KG6051 13/55 7UT51 8/48
7KG7050 13/42 7UT612 8/34
7KG7052 13/42 7UT613 8/36
7KG75 13/41 7UT63 8/38
7KG76 13/41 7UW5000 11/78
7KG8000 13/67, 13/68 7VE51 11/112
7KG8050 13/67 7VE6110 11/105
7PA22 15/6 7VE6320 11/106
16
7PA23 15/7 7VH600 9/43

16/30 Siemens SIP · 2004

 16 Appendix

Order No. Index

Order No. Page Order No. Page

7VK61 10/17 7XV5651 7/14, 9/15

7XP2041 9/15 7XV5653 14/53
7XP90 15/6, 15/12 7XV5654 14/60
7XR6004 11/64, 11/74 7XV5662 5/51, 5/78, 5/113, 5/149, 5/193, 6/36, 6/73, 7/38, 7/74,
8/40, 11/6, 11/27, 14/39, 14/47, 14/50, 14/53, 14/58
7XR6100 11/27, 11/63, 11/70, 11/72
7XV5664 7/38, 14/60
7XR9513 7/14
7XV5700 5/29, 7/14, 9/15, 10/29, 13/68, 14/63
7XR9515 7/14
7XV5800 14/66
7XR9516 7/38, 7/74
7XV585 14/69
7XS407 3/7
7XV600 10/29
7XS5400 3/7, 5/51, 5/78, 5/113, 5/149, 5/193, 6/35, 6/73, 6/92,
7/13, 7/39, 7/75, 8/40, 8/48, 9/16, 9/31, 10/18, 10/29, 7XV6010 9/15
10/38, 10/40, 11/27, 11/63, 11/70, 11/72, 11/74, 11/76,
11/107, 11/112 7XV6200 15/4

7XS5401 3/7, 5/51, 5/78, 5/113, 5/149, 5/193, 6/35, 6/73, 6/92, 7XV73 15/14
7/13, 7/39, 7/75, 8/40, 8/48, 10/18, 10/29, 10/38, 10/40, 7XV750 15/4
11/27, 11/63, 11/70, 11/72, 11/74, 11/76, 11/107, 11/112
9CA4030 13/94
7XS5402 3/7, 5/51, 5/78, 5/113, 5/149, 5/193, 6/35, 6/73, 6/92,
7/13, 7/39, 7/75, 8/40, 8/48, 9/31, 10/18, 10/29, 10/38, C53000 5/29, 5/51, 5/78, 5/113, 5/149, 5/193, 6/35, 6/73, 6/92,
10/40, 11/27, 11/63, 11/70, 11/72, 11/74, 11/76, 11/107, 7/39, 7/75, 8/40, 8/48, 10/18, 10/29, 10/38, 10/40, 11/27,
11/112 11/64, 11/70, 11/72, 11/74, 11/76, 11/107, 11/112

7XS5410 3/7, 3/12, 5/51, 5/78, 5/113, 5/149, 5/193, 6/35, 6/73, C53207 5/78, 5/113, 5/149, 5/193, 6/36, 6/73, 7/38, 7/74, 9/43,
6/92, 7/13, 7/39, 7/75, 8/40, 9/31, 10/18, 10/38, 10/40, 13/107
11/27, 11/63, 11/70, 11/74, 11/76 C73165 5/29, 5/79, 5/114, 5/150, 5/194, 6/36, 6/74, 7/39, 7/75,
7XS5411 3/7, 3/12 8/41, 9/15, 10/18, 11/28, 11/64, 11/107

7XS5416 3/12 C73334 5/79, 5/114, 5/150, 5/194, 6/36, 6/74, 7/39, 7/39, 7/75,
8/41, 9/43, 10/18, 11/28, 11/64, 11/107
7XS5440 3/8
E50417 9/16, 13/94, 13/107
7XS5460 3/8, 5/78, 5/113, 5/149, 5/193
W73078 9/15
7XT3300 11/64, 11/74
7XT3400 11/64
7XT7100 11/64, 11/74
7XV22 15/14
7XV5100 3/7, 5/51, 5/78, 5/113, 5/149, 5/193, 6/35, 6/73, 6/92,
7/13, 7/39, 7/75, 8/40, 8/48, 9/31, 10/18, 10/38, 10/40,
11/27, 11/63, 11/70, 11/72, 11/74, 11/76, 11/107, 11/112
7XV5101 14/4
7XV5103 5/51, 5/78, 5/113, 5/149, 5/193, 8/40, 11/63, 14/7
7XV5104 14/10, 14/60
7XV5105 14/12
7XV5300 14/14
7XV5301 14/14
7XV5302 14/14
7XV5450 14/17
7XV5451 14/21
7XV5452 14/24
7XV5461 6/36, 6/73, 7/38, 7/74, 14/27
7XV5550 14/31
7XV565 14/36 16
7XV5650 5/29, 7/14, 9/15, 10/29

Siemens SIP · 2004 16/31

 16 Appendix

Training

Equipment reliability and availability are

essential for all owners and users. At the
same time, maintenance costs need to be
kept to a minimum. The liberalization of
energy markets presents new challenges to
all; maintaining and enhancing competi-
tive strength are among today’s most im-
portant business goals. Investment in
technical plants and human resources en-
ables these goals to be realized. Innovations
in the technical field confront the users
with the need of establishing, maintaining
and extending their qualification and
know-how. Our training programs are tai-
lored to meet your specific needs. With our
know-how, we can help you to keep ahead.
Our training centers offer training pro-
grams comprising an extensive range of
courses covering all the important aspects
of numerical protective relaying. Choosing
our courses will simplify your planning
and ensure you of high-quality profes-
sional instruction at a reasonable cost. It is
also possible to arrange training on your
own premises thereby reducing costs for
group participation. We will jointly plan a
complete training program that matches
your business goals and your particular
working context.
Each course and the corresponding train-
ing documents are available in many lan-
guages. On the Internet at
www. ptd-training.com you will find our
complete training program with details of
contents, dates, costs and contacts.

16

16/32 Siemens SIP · 2004

 16 Appendix

Siemens Companies and Representatives of the Power Transmission and Distribution Group

Europe Siemens Sp.z.o.o. South Australia Asia Taiwan

ul. Gawronow 22 Siemens Ltd., PT & D Dept.
Austria PL-40-533 Katowice Siemens Ltd., PT & D China 13, Yuan Qu Street
Phone: +48-32-2084153 Melbourn Head Office Nan Gang District, 8F-1
Siemens AG Österreich Fax: +48-32-2084259 Siemens Ltd., PT & D
Siemensstr. 90 - 92 885 Mountain Highway No. 7, Wangjing Zhonghuan 115 Taipei, Taiwan R.O.C.
1211 Wien Portugal Bayswater VIC 3153 Nanlu, Chaoyang District Phone.: +886-2-2376 1829
Phone: +43-5-1707-23252 Phone: +61-3-9721 2819 Beijing, 100015 Fax: +886-2-2378 6430
Siemens S. A..
Fax: +43-5-1707-53075 Rua Irmaos Siemens, 1- Alfagide Fax: +61-3-9721 7328 Phone: +86-10-6472 1888 Thailand
P-2720 093 Amadora ext. 3149
Belgium Fax: +86-10-6472 1464 Siemens Limited, PTD
Phone: +351-21-417 8361 Charn Issara Tower II, 25nd
Siemens N. V. Fax: +351-21-417 8071
Demeurslaan 132 North America Hong Kong Floor
B-1654 Huizigen Slovenia Siemens Ltd., PTD 2922/283 New Petchburi Road
Phone: +32-2-536-7789 USA 58/F Central Plaza Bangkapi, Huay Kwang
Branch office: Siemens Austria Bangkok 10310
Fax: +32-2-536-6900 Siemens PT&D, Inc. 18 Harbour Road
Spain 7000 Siemens Rd. Wanchai, Hong Kong Phone.: +66-2-715-4771
Czech Republic Wendell , NC 27591-8309 Phone: +852-25 83 3362 Fax: +66-2-715-4701
Siemens S.A.
Siemens s. r. o. Ronda de Europa 5 Phone: +1 800 347 6657 Fax: + 852-28 02 9908
Evropska 33a Vietnam
E 28 760 Tres Cantos (Madrid) +1-919-365 2196
CZ-160 00 Praha Fax: +1-919-365 2552 India Siemens AG
Phone: +34-91-514 7561 Representation
Phone: +420-2-3303 2132 Fax: +34-91-514 4730 Internet: www.siemenstd.com Siemens Ltd., PTD
Fax: +420-2-3303 2190 6A Maruti Industrial Area The Landmark Building, 2nd
Switzerland Sector-18 Floor
Denmark Haryana 122 015 / Gurgaon 5B Ton Duc Thang Str.
Siemens-Schweiz AG
Siemens A / S Freilagerstr. 28 Central America Phone: +91-124-634 9359 District 1
Borupvang 3 CH-8047 Zürich ext. 2100 Ho Chi Minh City
DK-2750 Ballerup Costa Rica Fax: +91-124-634 6431 Phone.: +84-8-825 1900
Phone: +41-1-585-586645
Phone: +45-4477 4820 Fax: +41-1-585-544755 Siemens S.A., Fax: +84-8-825 1580
Fax: +45-4477 4034 P.O.Box 10022-1000 Indonesia
Turkey La Uruca P.T. Siemens Indonesia
Finland 200 Este de la Plaza Jl. Jend. A. Yani Kav. B 67-68
Siemens Sanayi ve Ticaret AS Middle East
Siemens Osakeyhtiö Yakacik Yolu No: 111, Kartal San José Pulo Mas
Majurinkatu 6 34870 Istanbul-Turkey Phone: +506-287 5120 Jakarta 13210
FIN-02600 Espoo Iran
Phone: +90-216-459 2721 Fax: +506-233 5244 Phone: +62-21-472 9153
Phone: +358-10-511 3094 Fax: +90-216-459 2682 Fax: +62-21-472 15055, Siemens Sherkate Sahami
Fax: +358-10-511 3770 Mexico 472 9 201 (Khass) (SSSK)
Hungary Siemens S.A. DE C.V. Siemens House
France Poniente 116 No. 590 Korea Avenue Ayatollah Taleghani 32
Siemens Rt.
Siemens S. A.. S. Gizella út 51-57 Col. Ind. Vallejo Siemens Ltd Teheran 15
9, rue du Docteur Finot H-1143 Budapest Delegación Azcapotzalco 6th Floor Asia Tower Bldg Phone: +98-21-614 1
F 93527 Saint Denis, Cedex 2 Phone: +36-1-471 1686 02300 Mexico D.F. 726, Yeoksam-dong, Fax: +98-21-614 2294
Phone: +33-1-4922 3972 Fax: +36-1-471 1622 Phone: +52-5-328 5336 Kangnam-gu
Fax: +33-1-4922 3090 Kuwait
Fax: +52-5-328 5324 Seoul 135-719, Korea
United Kingdom Phone: +82-2-52 77 805 National & German Electrical &
Greece Electronic Services Company
Siemens plc Fax: +82 2 52 77 889
Siemens A. E. Sir William Siemens House Gulf Investment Corporation
Artemidos 8 Princess Road South America Malaysia (GIC) Building
GR-151 10 Amaroussio/Athen Manchester M20 2UR Siemens Al-Mubarak St., Block – 4
Phone: +30-210-6864 717 Phone: +44-161-446 5119 Argentina Electrical Engineering Sdn Bhd 1st & 2nd Floor
Fax: +30-210-6864 536 Fax: +44-161-446 6476 Siemens S.A. 13th Floor, CP Tower 32041 Sharq
Julio A. Roca 516 11 Section 16/11, Jalan Phone: +965-241-8888
Siemens A.E. North Capital Federal Damansara Fax: +965-246 3222
Georgikis Scholis 89 C1067ABN Buenos Aires 46350 Petaling Jaya
GR-54110 Thessaloniki Africa Phone: +54-11-4738 7194 United Arab Emirates
Selangor Darul Ehsan
Phone: +30-2310-479 217 Fax: +54-11-4738 7319 Phone: +60-3-7952 5324 Siemens Resident Engineers
Fax: +30-2310-479 265 Egypt (direct) Al Moosa Tower, 21st Floor
Siemens Ltd. Brazil Phone: +60-3-7952 5555 Sheikh Zayed Road
Italy Siemens Ltda. Dubai
Cairo, P.O.Box 775 / 11511 (switchb.)
Siemens S.p. A. 55 El Nakhil and Coronel Bento Bicudo, 111 Lapa Phone: +971-4-331 9578
Via Vipiteno 4 Fax: +60-3-7957 0380
El-Aenab St. 05069-900 Sao Paulo -SP Fax: +971-4-331 9547
I-20 128 Milano El-Mohandessin, Giza Phone: +55-11-3833 4079 Pakistan
Phone: +39-02-6676 2391 Phone: +20-2-333 3644, Fax: +55-11-3833 4886 Siemens Pakistan Engineering Siemens Resident Engineers
Fax: +39-02-6676 2213 Fax: +20-2-333 3608 Co. Hamdan Street
Columbia Ltd PT&D P.O. Box 732
Ireland Morocco Siemens S.A., GDH Abu Dhabi
Siemens Ltd. B-72, Estate Avenue,
Siemens S. A. Santafe de Bogota,D.C. S.I.T.E. Phone: +971 2 626 2800
Leeson Close Km 1, Route de Rabat Carrera 65 No. 11-83 Fax: +971 2 626 9871
Dublin 2 LKarachi 75700, Pakistan
Ain-Sebâa Apartado 8 01 50 Phone: +92-21-2566 213
Phone: +353-1-216 2425 Conmuta Saudi Arabia
20250 Casablanca Fax: +92-21-2566 215
Fax: +353-1-216 2458 Phone: +212-22-351 025 Santafé de Bogotá 6 Siemens Ltd PT&D
Fax: +212-22-340 151 Phone: +57-1-294 2272 Philippines Jeddah Head Office
Netherlands P.O. Box 4621
Fax: +57-1-294 2500 Siemens Inc., PT & D
Siemens Nederland N.V. Nigeria 21412 Jeddah
Prinses Beatrixlaan 26 14 F Centerpoint Bldg.
Siemens Ltd., Venezuela Julia Vargas Avenue Phone: +966-2-665 8420
2595 AL Den Haag 98/100, Oshodi / Siemens S.A., Fax: +966-2-665 8490
Phone: +31-70-333 3126 Ortigas, Pasig City 1605
Apapa Expressway Avenida Don Diego Cisneros/ Phone.: +63-2-637 0900 +966-2-663 0894
Fax: +31-70-333 3225 Lagos Urbanización Los Ruices Fax.: +63-2-633 5592
Norway Phone: +234-1-4500 137 Caracas 1071
Fax: +234-9-523 6133 Phone: +58-212-203 8755 Singapore
Siemens A / S Fax: +58-212-203 8613
Ostre Aker vei 90 Power Automation
South Africa 28 Ayer Rajah Crecent
N-0518 Oslo Siemens Ltd.,
Phone: +47-22-633 375 05-02/03
300 Janadel Avenue Singapore 139959
Fax: +47-22-633 796 Private Bag X71 Phone.: +65-6872 2688
Poland Halfway House 1685 Fax: +65-6872 3692
Siemens Sp.z.o.o. North Phone: +27-11-652 2287
ul. Zupnicza 11 Fax: +27-11-652 2497
PL-03-821 Warszawa 16
Phone: +48-22-870 9127
Fax: +48-22-870 8627

Siemens SIP · 2004 16/33

 16 Appendix

Notes

If not stated otherwise on the individual

pages of this catalog, we reserve the right to
include modifications, especially regarding
dimensions and weights.
Drawings are not binding.
All product designations used are trade-
marks or product names of Siemens AG or
other suppliers.
If not stated otherwise, all dimensions in
this catalog are given in mm/inch.

16

16/34 Printed in Italy

KGK 0404 4.5 940 En 100945 D6307